Yuken Catalog PDF

Hydraulic Equipment Catalogue
Please note before using this catalogue:

This catalogue was planned and edited in such manner it can be used in the planning of hydraulic system, for
product recommendation, and as technical material for those who usually handle oil hydraulic equipment.
Product description
This catalogue describes Yukens primary standard oil hydraulic equipment.
Details of Description
The principal details described for each model include the following.
Specifications
Model Number Designation
Instructions
Attachment
Outer dimensional drawing
Performance characteristics
List of seals
Interchangeability between new and old products
Others
However, there are some models for which descriptions are shortened.
In this case, please request for separate materials.
Design Standards
The range of Yuken hydraulic products is available to three different Design Standards as follows:
a) Those products manufactured for use in Europe and other countries using metric standards are
designed to meet the appropriate CETOP, DIN and ISO standards and are identified as 80 Design
Standard.
b) Those products manufactured for use in North America are designed to meet the appropriate NAS,
USAS and NFPA standards, and are identified as 90 or 950 Design Standard.
c) Those products manufactured for use in Japan are designed to meet the appropriate JIS standards, and
have no suffix to the Design Number.
The distinctive features of the various Design Standards are as shown below.
Design
Standard
Feature
European Design
Standard
N. American Design Standard
Japanese
Standard "JIS"
"80" Design Standard
Port Tapping
BSP. F
NPT
Pressure Gauge Connection
BSP. Tr
NPT
SAE Straight Thread

O-ring Port
(UN/UNF Thread)
Mounting Bolt
Metric
UNC
Metric
Conduit Entry
BSW
NPT
Rc
Rc
For North American Design Standards, this catalogue describes 950 for AR/A/A3H Series Variable
Displacement Piston Pumps and 90 for other control valves. Control valves with 950 are also
available. Please contact us for the details.
1
Design Number
Yuken products have factory applied Design numbers, the key to which is as follows.
Example: A16-F-R-01-C-K- 3 2 8 0
Design Standard
Major Design No.
"80" European design standard
Minor Design No.
"90" N. American design standard

(Port tapping: NPT Thd.)
"950" N. American design standard
(SAE Straight thread O-ring Port)
"Omitted" JIS Domestic standard
Design Numbers are subject to change. But installation dimensions and specifications remain unchanged for
variation in the second digit of design numbers (minor design number).
Index System
When looking up products by name, please use to Yuken
hydraulic Equipment Catalogue Index on page 6.
When looking up products by model number, please use the
Model Number Index on page 9.
Satety Precautions
To prevent serious accidents, equipment damage, and other
property damage, please observe the following precautions, as
well as all related regulations regarding safety.
Before using the product, be sure you read and understand all
the instructions in the Operator's Manual entirely.
In this catalogue, safety precautions are classified into three ranks:
DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION. These words are defined as follows:
3. Precautions for Operation

DANGER
WARNING
DANGER: Indicates
an imminent danger that is very

likely to cause death or severe injury unless
the situation is avoided.
WARNING: Indicates a potential danger that may
cause death or severe injury unless the
situation is avoided.
Indicates
a potential danger that may cause
CAUTION:
a minor or moderate injury or that may
result in property damage.
1. Precautions for Use

CAUTION 1 To avoid possible injury when handling the
products, wear protective safety equipment in
accordance with the instructions in the
Operator's Manual.
CAUTION 2 Failure to support the weight of the product or
lifting the product with improper posture may
result in injury to the hands or back. Be sure to
follow the instructions in the operator's
manual.
CAUTION 3 Do not climb on, strike, drop or exert
unnecessary force on the product. This may
lead to injury or fire due to improper
operation, damage, or oil leakage.
CAUTION 4 Oil on the product or floor must be cleaned up
thoroughly. Oil could cause you to drop the
product or slip on the floor.
2. Precautions for Installation, Removal, and Maintenance

WARNING 1 All installation, removal, maintenance, piping
or wiring should be performed by properly
trained personnel.
WARNING 2 Before starting the work for installation,
removal, maintenance, piping and wiring, do
the following jobs. Failure to do these jobs
may cause the equipment to move suddenly or
spout the oil from it during the work, which
eventually may cause the serious accidents.
Shut off the power supply to the equipment
and make sure that all the electrical motors
or engines have stopped.
Fix the Cylinder rod not move/move down
when installing/removing the Cylinder.
Get the pressure in the pipes and cylinders in
the hydraulic system back to zero pressure.
WARNING 3 Before working on any electrical wiring, be
sure to shut off the power supply. Failure to do
this may cause electrical shock.
CAUTION 4 Keep all installation holes and surfaces clean.
Failure to do this may cause insufficient
tightening of the bolts that may cause fire due
to oil leakage.
CAUTION 5 Before installing the product, be sure that all
specified bolts are tightened with the specified
torque.
Tightening with the outside
specifications may cause improper operation,
damage, oil leakage, etc.
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
CAUTION
CAUTION
1 Never operate any device in an environment

where there is danger of explosion or fire,
unless the device is fully protected. This may
lead to major and serious accidents including
explosion or fire.
2 Do not approach near the pumps or motors in
operation. There is a fear of injury by such an
accident that the hands or clothes are caught
by or coiled into the pumps and the motors.
3 In event of abnormal operation (unusual
sounds, oil leakage, smoke, etc.), immediately
stop operation and take appropriate corrective
measures.
4 Completely discharge air from the cylinder at
low pressure. Failure to do so may result in
unexpected movement of the cylinder, which
in turn may cause injury.
5 To adjust the cushion, gradually increase the
cylinder speed from a low speed [50 mm/s (2
in./s) or less]. Rapidly accelerating the
cylinder may produce abnormal surge
pressure, resulting in damage to the cylinder or
the machinery and consequently leading to a
serious accident.
6 Before operating this device for the first time,
check that hydraulic and electrical circuits are
properly connected and that adjoining surfaces
are tightly aligned.
7 Do not use the product out of the specification
as described in the catalogue, related data
sheets, drawings, etc. Not doing so may cause
improper operation, damage or injury.
8 During operation, high temperatures in the
hydraulic system or solenoid units may occur.
Wear protective gear on hands and body when
around these parts.
9 Be sure to operate the product with proper oil,
and within established ranges for temperature,
viscosity and purity. Use outside of specified
limits may cause improper operation or fire
due to oil leakage.
4. General Precautions
WARNING 1 Never convert the products. If any conversions
are made, unexpected machine movement may
cause injury.
CAUTION 2 Do not disassemble or change the products
without prior consent of the manufacturer.
Failure to do this will cause the products not to
perform the specified performance and
characteristics, and moreover will become the
causes of the accidents or failures.
CAUTION 3 For transportation/storage of the product, pay
attention to environmental conditions, such as
ambient temperature and humidity, and take
anti-dust/rust measures.
CAUTION 4 The seals may be required to replace if the
products is used after long-term storage.
CAUTION 5 Read the manual thoroughly and take due care
to replace the seals.
5. Related Regulations
CAUTION To ensure that this product is used in a safe
manner, it is essential to observe the above
precautions, as well as all related regulations
regarding safety.
Head Office and Sagami Plant
Sagami Plant Front Gate
R&D Centre Design Room
Fukuroda Plant
Outline of the Company

Live with hydraulic (Challenge to possibility)
The speed of technological innovations in the 21st century, hydraulic technology is also expected to undergo
great change.
We
have been making efforts to meet the expectations of wide range of industrial fields as a leading
manufacturer in hydraulic equipment, always thinking What do our customers want?. It is YUKENs
desire to continue our efforts in development by fusing oil hydraulic with all high technology rather than
adhering solely to it to ensure a widespread use of oil hydraulic in our daily lives.
Trade name: Yuken Kogyo Co., Ltd.
Inception: 1929
Incorporation: 1956
Capital: 4,109,101,656 (as of April 2007)
Sales: 19.4 billion (as of 2006)
Number of employees: about 460 persons (as of April 2007)
Head office: 4-34, Kamitsuchidana-Naka 4-chome, Ayase,
kanagawa Prefecture, 252-1113, Japan
Tel. 0467-77-2111
International Sales Department : Hamamatsucho Seiwa Bldg., 4-8, Shiba-Daimon
(Tokyo office)
1-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo, 105-0012, Japan
Tel. 03-3432-2110 Fax. 03-3436-2344
URL http://www.yuken.co.jp
E-mail int.bd@yuken.co.jp
Products:
Hydraulic equipment for industrial use:
Hydraulic pumps, Hydraulic motors, Directional control valves,
Pressure control valves, Flow control valves, Modular valves,
Logic valves, Proportional electro-hydraulic control equipment, Servo valves,
Hydraulic cylinders, etc.
Hydraulic equipment for industrial vehicles
Hydraulic pumps, Hydraulic motors, Various control valves, etc.
Hydraulic systems
Various hydraulic systems for industrial machine,
Various hydraulic systems for marine use, Special hydraulic power units,
Various standard power packs, etc.
Applied hydraulic products
Environmental machinery
A compacting & separation machine for kitchen garbage,
Automatic shavings compactor KIRIKO,
PET bottle compacting press,
Various compactors
Factories:
Sagami plant: 4-34, Kamitsuchidana-Naka 4-chome, Ayase, Kanagawa Prefecture, 252-1113
Tel. 0467-77-2111
(Technical Center, Sagami factory, Component Assembly Centre, Hydraulic System Centre)
Fukuroda factory: 65, Kitadage, Daigo-machi, Kuji-gun, Ibaraki Prefecture, 319-3521
Tel. 02957-2-0425
HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT CATALOGUE

INDEX
A
PISTON PUMPS
13
AR Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ..........15

A Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps ............................................................27
Single Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ..............................................................33

Single Pumps, Solenoid Two Pressure Control Type ................................................55
Single Pumps, Pressure Compensator with Unloading Type ....................................63
Single Pumps, Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Load Sensing Type ........................64
Single Pumps, Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type ......74
Single Pumps, Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control TypeOBE Type ..........................................................................................................86
Single Pumps, Pilot Pressure Control Type Pressure Compensator ..........................96
Single Pumps, Constant Power Control type ..........................................................105
Double Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ..........................................................113
Variable/Fixed Double Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type..................................115
A3H Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps ......................................................117
Single Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ............................................................122
Single Pumps, Constant Power (Torque) Control type............................................141
Single Pumps, Load Sensing Type ..........................................................................150
VANE PUMPS
159
PV2R Series Single Vane Pumps ............................................................................163

PV2R4A Series Single Vane Pumps ......................................................................177
PV2R Series Double Vane Pumps ..........................................................................181
PV2R24A/34A Series Double Vane Pumps............................................................196
PRESSURE CONTROLS
201
Remote Control Relief Valves ....................................................................................203

Direct Type Relief Valves ..........................................................................................206
Pilot Operated Relief Valves ......................................................................................209
Low Noise type Pilot Operated Relief Valves ............................................................216
Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves..............................................................................220
Low Noise type Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves ..................................................230
H/ HC Type Pressure Control Valves ........................................................................237
Pressure Reducing (and Check) Valves ......................................................................251
Pressure Reducing and Relieving Valves....................................................................260
Unloading Relief Valves ............................................................................................265
Brake Valves ..............................................................................................................271
Semiconductor Type Pressure Switches......................................................................272
FLOW CONTROLS
275
Flow Control (and Check) Valves ..............................................................................277

Pilot Operated Flow Control (and Check) Valves ......................................................289
Restrictors/One Way Restrictors ................................................................................299
Throttle (and Check) Modules ....................................................................................305
Deceleration (and Check) Valves................................................................................310
Feed Control Valves....................................................................................................318
Needle Valves..............................................................................................................325
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
327
Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves ............331

DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ........................................336
DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..........................................344
DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..........................................361
6
Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..........................378

Electronic Relay Incorporated Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..........379
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves ..........................................381
G Series Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves ..409
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ....................................................................412
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves ..........................................418
Pilot Operated Directional Valves ..............................................................................423
Manually Operated Directional Valves ......................................................................429
Mechanically Operated Directional Valves ................................................................441
Rotary Type Directional Valves ..............................................................................441
Cam Operated Directional Valves ..........................................................................445
Poppet Type Directional Valves..................................................................................451
Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..............................................453
Multi Purpose Control Valves ................................................................................459
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves ................................................480
Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ............................................489
Check Valves / Pilot Controlled Check Valves ..........................................................497
In-line Check Valves................................................................................................498
Right Angle Check Valves ......................................................................................500
Pilot Controlled Check Valves ................................................................................504
MODULES
511
005 Series Modular Valves ........................................................................................517

01 Series Modular Valves ..........................................................................................535
LOGIC VALVES
647
Directional/Directional & Flow Control Logic Valves ..............................................650

Solenoid Operated Directional Control Logic Valves ................................................651
Relief Logic Valves ....................................................................................................652
Solenoid Controlled Relief Logic Valves ..................................................................653
PROPORTIONAL ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC CONTROLS 655
Series Hybrid Components, Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Controls ................656

Pilot Relief Valves ..................................................................................................658
Pressure Control Valves ..........................................................................................659
Relief Valves............................................................................................................660
Relieving and Reducing Valves ..............................................................................661
Flow Control (and Check) Valves ..........................................................................662
Flow Control and Relief Valves ..............................................................................663
High Flow Series Flow Control and Relief Valves ................................................664
Directional and Flow Control Valves ......................................................................665
High Response Type Directional and Flow Control Valves....................................666
E Series Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Controls ......................................................667
Pilot Relief Valves ..................................................................................................670
Relief Valves............................................................................................................676
Relieving and Reducing Valves ..............................................................................685
40 Series Flow Control (and Check) Valves ........................................................695
10 Series Flow Control (and Check) Valves ........................................................705
40-10 Series Flow Control and Relief Valves ..................................................712
10-10 Series Flow Control and Relief Valves ..................................................722
High Flow Series Flow Control and Relief Valves ................................................733
Shockless Type Directional and Flow Control Valves ............................................743
Directional and Flow Control Valves ......................................................................746
High Response Type Directional and Flow Control Valves....................................753
Direct Type............................................................................................................753
Tow Stage Type ....................................................................................................760
Power Amplifiers ....................................................................................................766
Setting Adjusters......................................................................................................789
PISTON PUMPS
VANE PUMPS
PRESSURE
CONTROLS
FLOW CONTROLS
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROLS
MODULES
LOGIC VALVES
PROPORTIONAL
ELEC.-HYD.
CONTROLS
SERVO VALVES
EH
ACTUATORS
POWER
PACKAGES
Others
ACCESSORIES
DATA SHEET
J
K
L
SERVO VALVES
797
High-Speed Linear Servo Valves ................................................................................798

Direct Type ..............................................................................................................798
Two Stage Type ......................................................................................................800
Linear Servo Amplifiers ..........................................................................................802
OBE (On-Board Electronics) Type Linear Servo Valves ..........................................803
ACTUATORS
805
CJT Series Standard Hydraulic Cylinders ..................................................................806
HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS / POWER PACKAGES
809
Energy-Saving Hydraulic Units and Controllers ........................................................810

Energy-Saving Controller ........................................................................................811
Equipped with Variable Displacement Vane Pump <YM-e Pack> ........................812
Equipped with Variable Displacement Piston Pump <YA-e Pack>........................813
Space Saving & Low Noise Type Hydraulic Power Unit <YF Pack>........................814
Low Noise & Small Type Hydraulic Power Unit <YP Pack> ....................................815
Intelligent Hydraulic Servo Drive Pack ......................................................................816
ACCESSORIES & Others
819
Accessories
Air Bleed Valves......................................................................................................820
F3 Series Pipe Flange Kits ......................................................................................821
Data Sheet
O-ring Size ..............................................................................................................833
SAE Strait Thread O-ring Port ................................................................................835
Worldwide
Affiliated Companies and Distributors ....................................836
Hydraulic Equipment
Model Number Index

A
A-BSG: Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves with Vent
Restrictor, Sub-plate Mounting ........................220
A-BST: Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves with Vent
Restrictor, Threaded Connection ......................220
A-S-BSG: Low Noise Type Solenoid Controlled Relief
Valves with Vent Restrictor..........................230
A--R-01: A Series Variable Displacement Piston
Pumps-Single Pump, Pressure Compensator
Type ..............................................................33
Pumps-Single Pump, Solenoid Two Pressure
Control Type ................................................55
Pumps-Single Pump, Pressure Compensator
with Unloading Type ....................................63
Pumps-Single Pump, Proportional ElectroHydraulic Load Sensing Type ......................64
A--R-04E: A Series Variable Displacement Piston
Pumps-Single Pump, Electro-Hydraulic
Proportional Pressure &Flow Control
Type ..........................................................74
A--R-04EH: A Series Variable Displacement Piston
Pumps-Single Pump, Electro-Hydraulic
Proportional Pressure & Flow Control
Type (OBE Type) ....................................86
Pumps-Single Pump, Pilot Pressure Control
Type Pressure Compensator..........................96
Pumps-Single Pump, Constant Power
Control Type ..............................................105
A--R0101: A Series Variable Displacement
Piston Pumps-Double Pump,
Pressure Compensator Type ..............113
AR--R01: A Series Variable Displacement
Piston Pump-Variable/Fixed Double Pump,
Pressure Compensator Type ..................115
AG: Adaptor for Needle Valve ......................................325
AMB-EL: Power Amplifiers for High Response Type
Proportional Directional and Flow Control
Valves............................................................786
AMC-IV: Energy-Saving Controller ..............................811
AMC-T: Multifunction Slope Controller........................792
AMC-V6: Six Point Setting Adjuster ............................791
AME-D-10: Power Amplifiers For 10 Series
Proportional Control Valve ........................767
AME-D-40: Power Amplifiers For 40 Series
Proportional Flow Control Valves ............772
AME-D2-1010: Power Amplifiers For 10-10 Series
Proportional Flow Control and Relief
Valves ..................................................780
AME-D2-H1: Power Amplifiers For 40-10 Series
Proportional Flow Control and Relief
Valves......................................................778
AME-DF: Power Amplifiers For 40 Series Proportional
Flow Control Valves ....................................772
AME-T: Power Amplifiers For 40 Series Proportional
Flow Control Valves ........................................772
AMLS: Power Amplifiers for High-Speed
Linear Servo Valves ..........................................802
AMN-D: Amplifiers for 10 Series
Proportional Control Valves ..........................771
AMN-G: Power Amplifiers for Shockless Type

Valves..............................................................782
AMN-L: Power Amplifiers for High Response Type
Valves ..............................................................786
AMN-T: Slope Controllers ............................................796
AMN-W: Power Amplifiers for Shockless Type
Valves ............................................................782
AR-F-R-01: AR Series Variable Displacement
Piston Pumps-Single Pump,
Pressure Compensator Type ......................19
A3H-R01: A3H Series Variable Displacement
Pressure Compensator Type ....................122
Constant Power (Torque) Control Type ..141
Load Sensing Type ..................................150
B
BG: Pilot Operated Relief Valves,
Sub-plate Mounting ................................................209
BGM: Sub-plates for Relief Valve ................................213
BSG: Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves,
Sub-plate Mounting ..............................................220
BST: Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves,
Threaded Connection ............................................220
BT: Pilot Operated Relief Valves,
Threaded Connection ..............................................209
BUCG: Unloading Relief Valves ..................................265
BUCGM: Sub-plates for Unloading Relief Valve..........267
C
CDSC: Solenoid Operated Poppet Type
Two-Way Valves, Cartridge Type ....................480
CDSG: Solenoid Operated Poppet Type
Two-Way Valves, Casket Mounting..................480
CDST: Solenoid Operated Poppet Type
Two-Way Valves, Threaded Connection ..........480
CG: Pilot Selector Valves........................................474-477
CIT: In-line Check Valves..............................................498
CJT: CJT Series Hydraulic Cylinders ............................806
CJT35L, 70L, 140L: CJT Series Hydraulic Cylinders with
Proximity Switch ..........................806
CPF, CPDF: Pilot Controlled Check Valves,
Flanged Connection ..................................504
CPG, CPDG: Pilot Controlled Check Valves,
Sub-plate Mounting..................................504
CPT, CPDT: Pilot Controlled Check Valves,
Threaded Connection ................................504
CRF: Right Angle Check Valves,
Flanged Connection ..............................................500
CRG: Right Angle Check Valves,
Sub-plate Mounting..............................................500
CRGM: Sub-plates for Right Angle Check Valve ........502
CRT: Right Angle Check Valves,
D
DCG: Mechanically Operated Directional Valves,
DCT: Mechanically Operated Directional Valves,
Threaded Connection ..........................................445
DG-01: Remote Control Relief Valves,
Sub-plate Mounting ..........................................203
DG-02: Direct Type Relief Valves,
Sub-plate Mounting ..........................................206
DGM: Sub-plates for Remote Control Relief Valve ....204
DHF: Pilot Operated Directional Valves,
Flanged Connection..............................................423
DHG: Pilot Operated Directional Valves,
Sub-plate Mounting ............................................423
DHGM: Sub-plate for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated
Directional Valves ..........................401, 402, 403
DMF: Manually Operated Directional Valves,
Flanged Connection ............................................430
DMG: Manually Operated Directional Valves,
DMT: Manually Operated Directional Valves,
DP: Digital Pressure Monitors......................................274
DRG: Rotary Type Directional Valves,
DRGM: Sub-plates for Rotary Type
Directional Valves ..........................................443
DRT: Rotary Type Directional Valves,
DSG-005: Solenoid Operated Directional Valves,
DSG-005 Series ............................................336
DSG-01: 1/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves,
DSG-01 Series ................................................344
DSG-03: 3/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves,
DSG-03 Series ................................................361
DSGM-005: Sub-plats for DSG-005 Series Solenoid
Operated Directional Valves......................342
DSGM-01: Sub-plates for 1/8 Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve ........................................356
DSGM-03: Sub-plates for 3/8 Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve ........................................373
DSHF: Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional
Valves, Flanged Connection ..............................381
DSHG: Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional
Valves, Sub-plate Mounting ............................381
DSLG-01: 1/8 Poppet Type Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves ......................................453
DSLHG: Multi-Purpose Control Valves ......................459
DSPC: Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional
Valves, Cartridge Type ......................................489
DSPG: Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional
Valves, Sub-plate Mounting..............................489
DT-01: Remote Control Relief Valves,
Threaded Connection ........................................203
DT-02: Direct Type Relief Valves,
Threaded Connection ........................................206
E
E-DSG-01, 03: Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid
Operated Directional Valves ......................378
E-YA: Energy-saving Hydraulic Units YA-e Pack
(Equipped with Piston Pump) ............................813
10
E-YM: Energy-saving Hydraulic Units YM-e Pack

(Equipped with Vane Pump) ............................812
EBG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Relief Valves ....676
EDFG: Shockless Type Proportional Directional and
Flow Control Valves (Direct Type) ..................743
EDFHG: Proportional Directional and Flow Control
Valves (Two Stage Type)................................746
EDG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Pilot
Relief Valves ......................................................670
EFBG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Flow Control and
Relief Valves
10 - 10 Series ..............................................722
40 - 10 Series ..............................................712
High Flow Series ..............................................733
EFBGM: Sub-plates for Proportional Flow Control and
Relied Valves
For 10 - 10 Series Valves ................727, 728
For 40 - 10 Series Valves ................717, 718
EFG, EFCG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Flow Control
(and Check) Valves
10 Series ..............................................705
40 Series ..............................................695
EFGM: Sub-plates for Proportional Flow Control (and
Check) Valves
For 10 Series Valves ....................................708
For 40 Series Valves ............................698, 699
EHBG: EH Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Relief Valves ....................................................661
EHDFG-01, 03: EH Series-Proportional ElectroHydraulic Directional and Flow Control
Valves ................................................665
EHDFG-04, 06: EH Series-High Response Type
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Directional and Flow Control
Valves ................................................666
EHDG: EH Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Pilot Relief Valves ............................................658
EHFBG: EH Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Flow Control and Relief Valves ............663, 664
EHFCG: EH Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Flow Control and Check Valves ....................662
EHFG: EH Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Flow Control Valves ........................................662
EHRBG: EH Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Relieving & Reducing Valves ........................661
ELDFG: High Response Type Proportional Directional
and Flow Control Valves (Direct Type) ..........753
ELDFHG: High Response Type Proportional Directional
and Flow Control Valves (Two Stage Type) ..760
ERBG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Relieving &
Reducing Valves ..............................................685
ERBGM: Sub-plates for Proportional Relieving &
Reducing Valves ....................................687, 688
F
F-: Hydraulic equipment for use of phosphate ester type
fluids (disregard F- for reference to phosphate ester
application and see standard model number)
F3: F3 Series Pipe Flange Kits ..................................821
F5-06--1021, 10801, 10950: Pipe Flange for AR Series
Variable Displacement Piston Pump ................24
FCG: Flow Control and Check Valves ..........................277

FG: Flow Control Valves ..............................................277
FGM: Sub-plates for Flow Control Valve ..............281-283
FHCG: Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves ..289
FHG: Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves ..................289
G
G-DSG-01,03: G Series Shockless Type
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..412
G-DSHG: G Series Shockless Type Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves ................418
GCT: In-line Type Needle Valves ................................325
GCTR: Angle Type Needle Valves ..............................325
H
HCF: HC Type Pressure Control Valves,
Flanged Connection ............................................237
HCG: HC Type Pressure Control Valves,
HCT: HC Type Pressure Control Valves,
HF: H Type Pressure Control Valves,
Flanged Connection ................................................237
HG: H Type Pressure Control Valves,
HGM: Sub-plates for H and HC Type
Pressure Control Valves ....................244, 245, 246
HT: H Type Pressure Control Valves,
J
JT: Semiconductor Type Pressure Switches ..................272
L
L-DSG-01: 1/8 Low Wattage (14W) Type
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ......344
L-DSG-03: 3/8 Low Wattage (14W) Type
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ......361
LB: Relief Logic Valves ................................................652
LBS: Solenoid Controlled Relief Logic Valves ............653
LD: Directional/Directional and Flow Control
Logic Valves ..........................................................650
LDS: Solenoid Operated Directional Control
Logic Valves ........................................................651
LP-1A: Mounting Bracket Kits for AR Series
Variable Displacement Piston Pump ..................24
LSVG: Hi-Speed Linear Servo Valves (Direct Type)....798
LSVHG: Hi-Speed Linear Servo Valves
(Two Stage Type)............................................800
LSVHG-EH: OBE Type Linear Servo Valves ............803
M
MAC-01: 1/8 Anti-Cavitation Modular Valves ............568
MAC-03: 3/8 Anti-Cavitation Modular Valves ............609
MBA-01: 1/8 Relief Modular Valves for A-Line ..........536
MBA-03: 3/8 Relief Modular Valves for A-Line ..........578
MBB-01: 1/8 Relief Modular Valves for B-Line ..........536
MBB-03: 3/8 Relief Modular Valves for B-Line ..........578
MBK-005: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 005 Modular
Valves ..........................................................534
MBK-01: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 1/8 Modular

Valves ............................................................576
Valves ............................................................618
Valves ............................................................630
MBK-10: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 1-1/4 Modular
Valves ............................................................644
MBP-005: 005 Relief Modular Valves for P-Line ........518
MBP-01: 1/8 Relief Modular Valves for P-Line ............536
MBP-03: 3/8 Relief Modular Valves for P-Line ............578
MBR-01: 1/8 Brake Modular Valves ............................542
MBW-03: 3/8 Relief Modular Valves for A, B-Lines....578
MC-01, 02: Manually Operated Setting Adjusters ........790
MCA-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for A-Line ..........605
MCB-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for B-Line ..........605
MCP-005: 005 Check Modular Valves for P-Line ........529
MCP-01: 1/8 Check Modular Valves for P-Line............567
MCP-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for P-Line............605
MCPT-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for P, T Lines....607
MCT-01: 1/8 Check Modular Valves for T-Line ..........567
MCT-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for T-Line ..........605
MDC-005: 005 Blocking Plate ......................................530
MDC-01-A: 1/8 Blocking Plates ....................................571
MDC-01-B: 1/8 Bypass Plates........................................571
MDC-03-A: 3/8 Blocking Plates ....................................613
MDC-03-B: 3/8 Bypass Plates........................................613
MDS-01: 1/8 Connecting Plates ....................................572
MDS-03: 3/8 Connecting Plates ....................................614
MF-01: Pressure and Temperature Compensated 1/8 Flow
Control (and Check) Modular Valves ............551
MF-03: Pressure and Temperature Compensated 3/8 Flow
Control (and Check) Modular Valves ............591
MHA-01: 1/8 Counterbalance Modular Valves
for A-Line ......................................................544
MHA-03: 3/8 Counterbalance Modular Valves
for A-Line ......................................................588
MHB-03: 3/8 Counterbalance Modular Valves for
B-Line ............................................................588
MHP-01: 1/8 Sequence Modular Valves........................544
MHP-03: 3/8 Sequence Modular Valves........................588
MJ-01: 1/8 Pressure Switch Modular Valves ..............547
MMC-005: Base Plates, For 005 Modular Valves ........531
MMC-01: Base Plates, for 1/8 Modular Valves ............573
MMC-03: Base Plates, for 3/8 Modular Valves ............615
MP-005: 005 Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves ..527
MP-01: 1/8 Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves......569
MP-10: 1-1/4 Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves ..640
MR-01: 1/8 Reducing Modular Valves ........................539
MR-10: 1-1/4 Reducing Modular Valves ....................634
MRL-03: 3/8 Reducing Modular Valves for
Low Pressure Setting ....................................584
MRP-005: 005 Reducing Modular Valves ....................521
MS-06: 3/4 Throttle and Check Modular Valves ........623
MS-10: 1-1/4 Throttle and Check Modular Valves......637
MSA-005: 005 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
for A- Line ....................................................524
MSA-01: 1/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
for A- Line ......................................................563
MSA-03: 3/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
for A- Line ......................................................602
11
MSB-005: 005 Throttle and Check Modular Valves

for B-Line ....................................................524
MSB-01: 1/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
for B- Line ......................................................563
MSB-03: 3/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
for B- Line ......................................................602
MSCP-01: 1/8 Check and Throttle Modular Valves ......561
MSCP-03: 3/8 Check and Throttle Modular Valves ......600
MSP-01: 1/8 Throttle Modular Valves for P-Line ........559
MSP-03: 3/8 Throttle Modular Valves for P-Line ........598
MST-01: Temperature Compensated 1/8 Throttle and
Check Modular Valves..................................555
MST-03: Temperature Compensated 3/8 Throttle and
Check Modular Valves..................................595
MSW-005: 005 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
for A, B Lines ..............................................524
MSW-01: 1/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
for A, B- Lines ..............................................563
MSW-03: 3/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
for A, B- Lines ..............................................602
SK1091: Power Amplifiers for Proportional Directional

and Flow Control Valves ................................784
SK1106: Amplifier for 04E Type Pump ......................85
SK1112: Cable Assembly for 04E Type Pump ............85
SK1114: IH Controller ..................................................817
SRCF: One Way Restrictors, Flanged Connection ........299
SRCG: One Way Restrictors, Sub-plate Mounting ........299
SRCT: One Way Restrictors, Threaded Connection ......299
SRF: Restrictors, Flanged Connection ..........................299
SRG: Restrictors, Sub-plate Mounting ..........................299
SRT: Restrictors, Threaded Connection ........................299
ST1004: Air Bleed Valves..............................................820
PV2R1, 2, 3, 4: PV2R Series Single Vane Pumps......163

PV2R4A: PV2R4A Type Single Vane Pumps ..............177
PV2R12, 13, 23, 33, 14, 24, 34: PV2R Series
Double Vane Pump ....181
PV2R24A/34A: PV2R24A/34A Type Double
Vane Pumps ........................................196
UBGR: Brake Valves ....................................................271

UCF1G: Feed Control Valves ........................................318
UCF2G: Feed Control Valves ........................................318
R
RBG: Pressure Reducing and Relieving Valves,
RBGM: Sub-plates for Pressure Reducing and
Relieving Valve ........................................261, 262
RCF: Pressure Reducing and Check Valves,
Flanged Connection ..............................................251
RCG: Pressure Reducing and Check Valves,
RCT: Pressure Reducing and Check Valves,
RF: Pressure Reducing Valves, Flanged Connection ....251
RG: Pressure Reducing Valves, Sub-plate Mounting ....251
RT: Pressure Reducing Valves, Threaded Connection ..251
S
S-BG: Low Noise Type Pilot Operated Relief Valves ..216
S-BSG: Low Noise Type Solenoid Controlled
Relief Valves ....................................................230
S-DSG-01: 1/8 Shockless Type Solenoid Operated
S-DSG-03: 3/8 Shockless Type Solenoid Operated
S-DSHG: Shockless Type Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves ................381
SB1100/SB1190: EH Series-Proportional ElectroHydraulic Pressure Control Valves ..659
SJT: Pressure Sensors ..................................................274
SK1015: Power Amplifiers for 10 Series Control
Valves ..............................................................767
SK1022: Power Amplifiers for 10 Series Control
Valves ..............................................................767
12
T
T--DSG-01, 03: Electronic Relay Incorporated Type
Solenoid Operated Directional
Valves ................................................379
TC1G: Throttle Modules ................................................305
TC2G: Throttle and Check Modules ..............................305
Y
YF10/YF16: Space Saving & Low Noise Type
Hydraulic Power Units <YF Pack> ..........814
YP: Low Noise & Small Type
Hydraulic Power Units <YP Pack> ......................815
YSD: Intelligent Hydraulic Servo Drive Pack..............816
Z
ZCG: Deceleration and Check Valves,
ZCT: Deceleration and Check Valves,
ZG: Deceleration Valves, Sub-plate Mounting ..............310
ZGM: Sub-plates for Deceleration Valve ......................314
ZT: Deceleration Valves, Threaded Connection ............310
A
PISTON PUMPS
Yuken offers low noise/high efficiency, swash plate type variable displacement piston pumps. These pumps
have been developed by Yuken's leading hydraulic engineers and provide a diverse lineup to meet a wide range
of application requirements.
Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps ................................ P15
Compact and Lightweight
A compact design and an aluminum body ensures a high power to mass ratio.
Low Noise
Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps ...................................... P27

A variety of control methods are supported
Ten types of unique control methods are available which integrate amplifiers and sensors. These control
types range from standard pressure compensator control to proportional solenoid pressure/flow control.
Available in a wide range of displacements from 10 to 219 cm3/rev (.610 to 13.36 cu. in.
/rev)
Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps .......................... P117

Variable displacement piston pumps offer high pressure, high performance in a simple and compact package.
High Pressure: 35 MPa (5080 PSI)

High volumetric efficiency
These pumps maintain a high volumetric efficiency, even at a pressure of 35 MPa (5080 PSI).
Available in a wide range of displacements

Seven models are available in displacements ranging of 16.3 to 180.7 cm3/rev (.995 to 11.03 cu. in./rev).
13
"AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps
"A" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps
"A3H" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

14
"
" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps
AR16
Axial Port Type
AR16
Side Port Type
"AR" series variable displacement pump has been developed which the aim of even further the quientness in
operation, smaller in size and lighter in mass and based on Yuken technology and engineering which put on market
the "A" series pump which has a reputation for its quiet operation and high efficiency.
Geometric Displacement
Graphic
Symbol
Pump Type
.1
1
.2
2
.5
5
10
2
20
5
50
100
cu. in./rev
10 15
200 300
cm3/rev
Maximum
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Page
16 (2320)
18
AR16
"AR" Series
Variable Diplacement
Piston Pumps
M
O
AR22
15
Hydraulic Fluids
Hydraulic Fluids
Control of Contamination
Use petroleum base oils such as anti-wear type hydraulic

oils or R & O (Rust and Oxidation inhibitor) type hydraulic
oils equivalent to ISO VG-32 or 46. The recommended
viscosity range is from 20 to 400 mm2/s (98 to 1800 SSU)
and temperature range is from 0 to 60 C (32 to 140 F),
both of which have to be satisfied for the use of the above
hydraulic oils.
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over

contamination of the operating oil which can otherwise
lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the unit.
Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS
Grade 10.
The suction port must be equipped with at least a 100 m
(150 mesh) reservoir type filter and the return line must
have a line type filter of under 10 m.
Instructions
Mounting
Drain Piping
When installing the pump the filling port should be positioned

upwards.
Install drain piping according to the chart and ensure that

pressure within the pump housing should be maintained at
a normal pressure of less than 0.1 MPa (14.5 PSI) and
surge pressure of less than 0.5 MPa (72.5 PSI).
Length of piping should be less than 1 m (3.3 ft.), and the
pipe end should be submerged in oil.
In case AR16 and AR22 pump, a screw-in torque of fitting
is 40 to 50 Nm (354 to 443 IN.1bs.). Do not apply bending
and thrust torque to the fitting.
Alignment of Shaft
Employ a flexible coupling whenever possible, and avoid
any stress from bending or thrust.
Maximum permissible misalignment is less than 0.1 mm
(.004 inches) TIR and maximum permissible misangular
is less than 0.2.
Suction Pressure
[Recommended Drain Piping Size]
Permissible suction pressure at inlet port of the pump is

between -16.7 and +50 kPa (5 in.Hg Vacuum and 7 PSIG).
For piping to the suction port, use the pipes of the same
diametre as that of the specified pipe flange to be used.
Make sure that the height of the pump suction port is
within one metre (3.3 ft) from the oil level in the reservoir.
Fitting Size
Model
AR16, AR22
Japnese Std. "JIS" &

European Design Std.
N.American
Design Std.
3/8
SAE #8
[Inside Dia. 8.5 mm (.33 in.) or more]
10 mm
(.39 in.)
Hints on Piping
Bleeding Air
When using steel pipes for the suction or discharge ports,

excessive load from the piping to the pump generates
excessive noise.
Whenever there is fear of excessive load, please use rubber
hoses.
It may be necessary to bleed air from pump case and

outlet line to remove causes of vibration. An air bleed
valve (Model Number ST1004-*-10*, Page 820) is
recommended for this purpose.
Suction Piping
In case the pump is installed above the oil level, the
suction piping and suction line filter should be located
lower than the pump position to prevent air in the suction
line.
16
Inside Dia.
of Pipe
PISTON PUMPS
Starting
"AR" Series
Before first starting, fill pump case with clean operating

oil via the filling port.
In order to avoid air blockage when first starting, adjust
the control valves so that the discharged oil from the
pump is returned direct to the reservoir or the actuator
moves in a free load.
[Volume of Pre-fill Oil Required]
Model
Volume cm3 (in.3 )
AR16
AR22
430 (26.2)
Setting Discharge Pressure and Delivery

At the time of shipment, the unit has been preset to
maximum delivery and minimum discharge pressure.
Adjust the preset delivery and pressure to meet your
system requirements.
Adjustment of Discharge Pressure

Turning the adjustment screw clockwise, increases
pressure.
Volume adjusted by each full turn of the pressure
adjustment screw
Model Numbers
Adjustment Volume
MPa (PSI)
AR16/AR22-FR01B
2.9 (420)
AR16/AR22-FR01C
5.4 (780)
Adjustment of Delivery
Turning the delivery adjustment screw clockwise,
decreases delivery.
The minimum adjustable flow and adjustable volume of
each full turn of the delivery adjustment screw
Model
Numbers
Adjustable volume
with each full turn
of the adjustment
screw
cm3/rev (cu.in./rev)
AR16
1.5 (.092)
6 (.366)
AR22
2.1 (.128)
8.5 (.519)
Minimum adjustable flow

17

Pressure Compensator Valve
Spool
Pressure Adj. Screw
Control Piston
Drain Port
Pivot
Flow Adj. Screw
Journal Bearing
OUT
IN
Shaft
Port Plate
Yoke
Cylinder Block
Slipper Retainer
Spring
Piston Ass'y
Features
Smaller in Size and Lighter in Mass
As indicated in the dimensional comparison presented
below, the AR16 is smaller than the A16 (32 design).
Also, the mass of AR16 is substantially lighter than the
A16.
Low Noise
The noise level of AR16 has been reduced by 1-2 dB (A)
at full flow and full cut-off compared with that of the
excellent A16 quiet pump.
[Comparison of "AR16" with "A16"]

A16,32 Design
AR16,20 Design
Fully Extended
263.5(10.37)
187(7.36)
190(7.48)
188(7.40)
Fully Extended
240(9.45)
130(5.12)
Model
18
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Approx. Mass
(Flange Mtg.)
AR16
9.8 kg (21.6 lbs.)
A16
16.5 kg (36.4 lbs.)
Ratio of Mass
(AR16/A16)
60 %
PISTON PUMPS
A
"AR" Series
"AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps Single Pump,

Pressure Compensator Type
Graphic Symbol
M
O
Specifications
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Geometric
Displacement
Model Numbers
AR16-FR01*-20/2080/20950
15.8 ( .964)
AR22-FR01*-20/2080/20950
22.2 (1.355)
Rated
Shaft Speed Range

r/min.
Intermittent
16 (2320)
Max.
Min.
1800
600
1800
600
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
9.8 (21.6)
When setting the pressure, make sure the full cut-off pressure never exceeds the maximum intermittent pressure.

AR16
-F
R
Series Number
AR16
(15.8 cm3/rev)
AR22
(22.2 cm3/rev)
Mounting
F:
Flange Mtg.
Direction of
Rotation
Viewed from
Shaft End
R: 1
Clockwise
(Normal)
01
-20
Control Type
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Port
Position
Design Number
Design Std.
B: 1.2 - 7
{170 - 1020}
None:
Axial Port
C: 2.0 - 16
{290 - 2320}
S:
Side Port
01:
Pressure
Compensator
Type
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation.

Consult Yuken for details.
20
Refer to
20
2. Design Standards:
None......... Japanese Standard "JIS"
80 . .. . ......... European Design Standard
950 . . ......... N. American Design Standard
Pipe Flange Kits

Pipe flange kits are available.
When ordering, specify the kit number from the table below.
Pipe Flange Kit Numbers
Name
of
Port
Pump Model
Numbers
AR16-FR01
AR22-FR01
Suction
Threaded Connection
Socket Welding
Japanese
Standard
"JIS"
European
Design
Standard
N. American
Design
Standard
Japanese Standard
"JIS"
European Design Standard
N. American
Design Standard
F5-06-A-1021
F5-06-A-10801
F5-06-A-10950
F5-06-B-1021
F5-06-B-10901
Discharge
Discharge port is available only for the threaded connections.

Detail of the pipe flange kits are shown on page 24.
Mounting Bracket Kits

Mounting bracket available on separate order.
Refer to page 24 for dimennsions of the Mtg. bracket.
Pump Model Numbers
Mtg. Bracket Kit Numbers
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
AR16/AR22-FR01
LP-1A-10
2.2 (4.9)
Note: The mounting bracket kit consists of a mounting bracket, two hex. bolts and two plain washers.

Single Pump, Pressure Compensator Type
19
Typical Pump Characteristics of Type "AR16" at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50C (122F)]
Performance Characteristic Curve
Output Flow
kW
8
20
Input Power
4
10
4
2
0
0
0
500
12
1000
1500
Pressure
16 MPa
2000
80
HP
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
L/min U.S.GPM
8
30
Output Flow
60
Input Power
Input Power
U.S.GPM
8
N=1800 r/min
Volumetric Efficiency
Overall Efficiency
kW
8
6
20
Input Power
10
2
0
0
PSI
500
0
0
16 MPa
12
1000
1500
Pressure
2320
Output Flow
L/min
30
Efficiency
80
60
HP
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
%
100
N=1500 r/min
Overall Efficiency
Output Flow
Efficiency
%
100
2000
PSI
2320
Input Power
kW
10
8
Input Power
10
8
6
4
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
10
P= 2 (290)
P=0.7 (100)
P=MPa(PSI)
HP
12
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
kW
10
N=1500 r/min
Input Power
HP
12
0
0
5
1
10
2
20
15
3
4
5
Output Flow
30
25
6
8
6
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
P=0.7 (100)
4
2
L/min
8 U.S.GPM
N=1800 r/min
5
1
10
2
15
20
3
4
5
Output Flow
25
6
30
L/min
8 U.S.GPM
Drain
in.3/min L/min
120 2.0
Full Cut-off Power

kW
1.5
N=1800 r/min
100
1.5
80
1.5
Drain
Full Cut-off Power
HP
2.0
1.0
1800
1.0
0.5
r/min
0.5
20
0
0
4
500
8
1000
N=1500 r/min
40
r/min
1500
0.5
Full Cut-off
1.0
60
12
1500
16 MPa
2000
PSI
500
1000
2320
Full Cut-off Pressure
in
800 r/m
1500,1
Full Flow
12
1500
16 MPa
2000
PSI
2320
Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A)
80
N=1500 r/min
70
60
Noise Level
Noise Level
dB(A)
80
Full Flow
N=1800 r/min
70
Full Flow
60
50
50
Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
40
0
0
20
4
500
12
1000
1500
Pressure
16 MPa
2000
PSI
40
0
0
4
500
2320

12
1000
1500
Pressure
16 MPa
2000
PSI
2320
PISTON PUMPS
Typical Pump Characteristics of Type "AR22" at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50C (122F)]
Overall Efficiency
80
HP kW
16 12 60
10
12
8
6
8
4
4
2
0
Output Flow
30
Input Power
20
4
10
0
500
0
0
16 MPa
12
1000
1500
Pressure
2000
Input Power
L/min
U.S.GPM
40
10
%
100
N=1800 r/min
80
L/min U.S.GPM
40
10
Output Flow
HP kW
16 12 60
10
12
8
8
6
4
4
2
0
30
Overall Efficiency
Input Power
20
4
10
0
0
PSI
"AR" Series
N=1500 r/min
500
1000
2320
Output Flow
Efficiency
%
100
Output Flow
Input Power
Efficiency
2
0
0
16 MPa
12
1500
2000
PSI
2320
Pressure
Input Power
kW
10
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 14 (2030)
12
Input Power
10
HP
14
N=1500 r/min
P= 10 (1450)
8
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
6
4
P= 12 (1740)
P= 6 (870)
P= 2 (290)
50 L/min
40
6
8
Output Flow
10
P= 1 (145)
0
30
20
P= 4 (580)
0
10
P= 8 (1160)
P= 1 (145)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 2 (290)
2
N=1800 r/min P=MPa(PSI)

P= 14 (2030)
10
P= 4 (580)
4
2
kW
10
12
P= 12 (1740)
Input Power
HP
14
12
0
0
U.S.GPM
10
30
20
50 L/min
40
6
8
Output Flow
10
12
U.S.GPM
Drain
in.3/min L/min
2.0
120
Full Cut-off Power

HP
2.0
1800 r/min
100
kW
1.5
1.5
Drain
1.0
1.0
180
0.5
0.5
1500
in
0 r/m
1500 r/min
0.5
r/min
20
4
500
12
1000
1500
2000
16 MPa
PSI
500
2320
1500
Full Flow
0
0
Full Cut-off
1.0
60
40
,1800
r/min
12
1000
1500
Pressure
16 MPa
2000
PSI
2320
dB(A)
80
dB(A)
80
N=1500 r/min
70
Noise Level
Noise Level
Full Cut-off Power
80
1.5
Full Flow
60
50
N=1800 r/min
70
Full Flow
60
50
Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
40
0
0
4
500
12
1000
1500
Pressure
16 MPa
2000
2320
PSI
40
0
0
4
500

8
1000
1500
Pressure
12
16 MPa
2000
2320
PSI
21
Response Characteristics Change in Accordance with Circuits and Operating Conditions.

Test Circuit and Conditions
Circuit
Hydraulic High Pressure Hose

3/4" 1 m (3.3 ft.)
SOL
M
O
Conditions
Drive Speed : 1500 r/min
Hydraulic Fluid : ISO VG32 oil
Oil Temperature : 50 C (122 F)
Viscosity : 20 mm2/s (100 SSU)
Result of Measurement
t1
Pressure
t2
Ps
P1
2 MPa (290 PSI)
2 MPa (290 PSI)

Time
SOL
OFF
Model
AR16
AR22
22

P1
MPa (PSI)
16 (2320)
OFF
ON
Response Time
ms
t1
t t22
Overshoot
Overshoot
Pressure
Pressure
Ps
MPa (PSI)
60
65
5.6 ( 810)
70
70
7.3 (1060)

PISTON PUMPS
AR16-FR01*-20/2080/20950
AR22-FR01*-20/2080/20950
Filling Port
[22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
22.2
147
(5.79)
172
(6.77)
Discharge Port
"C" Thd.
(.874)
32.5 32.5
(1.28) (1.28)
120
(4.72)
Pressure Adj. Screw

13(.51) Hex.
106
(4.17)
130
(5.12)
76
(2.99)
96
(3.78)
114
(4.49)
77
(3.03)
31
(1.22)
10
(.39)
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
INC.
82.55(3.2500)
Dia.
82.50(3.2480)
50
(1.97)
47.6
(1.874)
Suction Port
19(.75) Dia.
(.98)
19.05(.7500)
Dia.
19.02(.7488)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
Flow Adj. Screw

13(.51) Hex.
DEC.
Drain Port
"D" Thd.
12(.47)
44.5
Fully Extended
195.5(7.70)
(1.75)
6.5
68
(2.68) (.26)
25
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
Fully Extended
165.5(6.52)
Fully Extended
100.5
(3.96)
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)
"AR" Series
Axial Port Type

"F" Thd
"E" Thd.
17(.67) Deep
2 Places
95(3.74) Dia.
Install the pump so that the "Filling port" is at the top.

Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 3/8
AR16/AR22-FR01*-20
AR16/AR22-FR01*-2080
SAE #12
SAE #8
Rc 1/4
M10
3/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F
AR16/AR22-FR01*-20950
"F" Thd.
"E" Thd.
1/4 BSP.Tr
3/8-16 UNC
SAE #4
DIMENSIONS IN
AR16-FR01*S-20/2080/20950
AR22-FR01*S-20/2080/20950
Side Port Type
"E" Thd. 17 (.67) Deep

2Places
47.6
(1.874)
Drain Port
"D" Thd.
22.2
(.874)
74
(2.91)
Suction Port
19 (.75) Dia.
158
(6.22)
74
(2.91)
Discharge Port
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
AR16/AR22-FR01*S-20
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 3/8
AR16/AR22-FR01*S-2080
3/4 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
AR16/AR22-FR01*S-20950
SAE #12
SAE #8
"E" Thd.
M10
3/8-16 UNC
For other dimensions, refer to "Axial Port Type".

23
Pipe Flange Kit for Suction Port

Threaded Connection
Japanese Std. "JIS": F5-06-A-1021
48(1.89)
11(.43) Dia. Through

2 Places
Rc 3/4 Thd.
30
(1.18)
O-Ring
SO-NB-G30
47.6
(1.874)
66(2.60)
22.2
(.874)
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (2 Pcs.)

M10 45 Lg.
15
(.59)
Approx. Mass ............... 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs.)
N. American Design Std.:

F5-06-A-10950
European Design Std.:

F5-06-A-10801
48(1.89)
31(1.22)
22.2
(.874)
0.3 0.5
(.01 .02)
20
(.79)
10.8
(.43)
3/4 BSP. F Thd.
19
0.2 0.5
(.01 .02) (.75)
O-Ring
SO-NB-G30
14.8
(.58)
M10 35 Lg.
Socket Welding
F5-06-B-1021/10901
O-Ring
SO-NB-G30
11.5
(.45)
15.6
(.61)
3/8-16UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
15
(.59)
8
(.31)
O-Ring
SO-NB-G30
47.6
(1.874)
27.7 Dia.
(1.09)
22.2
(.874)
Kit Numbers
C
mm (In.)
F5-06-B-1021
15 (.59)
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw

M10
F5-06-B-10901 16.75 (.66) 3/8-16 UNC
Approx. Mass ............... 0.3 kg (.66 lbs.)
17
(.67)
Plain Washer
(2 Pcs.)
50
(1.969)
56.5
(2.22)
95
(3.74)
27.5
(1.08)
95
(3.74)
72.5
72.5
(2.854) (2.854)
180
(7.09)
80
(3.15)
145.5
(5.73)
14
(.55)
15
(.59)
Hex. Bolt (2 Pcs.)

M10 25 Lg.
Japanese Std. "JIS"

1-1/4 Lg. N. American Design Std.
45Lg.

24(.94) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
3
(.12)
Mtg. Bracket
Remarks
DIMENSIONS IN
Mtg. Bracket Kit: LP-1A-10
24
SAE #12
Approx. Mass ............... 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs.)
48(1.89)

2 Places
66(2.60)
34(1.34)
47.6
(1.874)
70(2.76)

17.5(.69) C' bore
2 Places

PISTON PUMPS
Spare Parts List
21 26 15
16 29 31 12 30 32 14 23 11 10 6
33 13 24
35 34 4 27 17
"AR" Series
AR16-FR01*-20/2080/20950
AR22-FR01*-20/2080/20950
1 3 25
38
39
40
41
42
9 28
70
71
5 19 37 36 8
2 22 18 20
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61
Design "20950" Only

63
62
Section Z-Z
List of Seals & Bearings
Item
Name of Parts
Gasket
17
Bearing
19
Bearing
20
Oil Seal
30
31
32
54
Part Numbers
AR16-FR01
AR22-FR01
Qty.
1302-PK312891-5
6305
HMK 1715 V2
Z30-1303-PK410300-8
TCN 254511
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
SO-NA-P8
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
O-Ring
SO-NA-A018
62
O-Ring
SO-NB-P10
70
O-Ring
SO-NB-A905
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits

Pump Model Numbers
Seal Kit Number
AR16-FR01*-20/2080/20950
KS-AR16-01-20
AR22-FR01*-20/2080/20950

25
Interchangeability in Installation between "A" Series and "AR" Series

Specifications
Model
16 MPa (2320 PSI)
16 MPa (2320 PSI)
16 MPa (2320 PSI)
16 MPa (2320 PSI)
600 -1800 r/min
Shaft Speed Range
16.5 kg (36.4 lbs.)
Approx. Mass (Flange Mtg.)
AR22-FR01*-20*
22.2 cm3/rev (1.355 cu.in./rev)
21 MPa (3050 PSI)
Intermittent
A22-*-R-01-*-K-32*
15.8 cm3/rev (.964 cu.in./rev)
Rated
Operating
Pres.
AR16-FR01*-20*
A16-*-R-01-*-K-32*
Description
600 -1800 r/min
9.8 kg (21.6 lbs.)
16.5 kg (36.4 lbs.)
9.8 kg (21.6 lbs.)
Interchangeability in Installation
Model Numbers
"A" Series
"AR" Series
A16-*-R-01-*-K-32*
AR16-FR01*-20*
A22-*-R-01-*-K-32*
AR22-FR01*-20*
Piping
Mtg. Flange &

Shaft End
Suction Port
Discharge Port
Drain Port
Yes
Yes
No
No
Comparison of dimensions between "A" series and "AR" series are shown below.
Note: Dimensions with star mark
44.5
Filling Port
6.5
26.5
Drain Port "D" Thd.
Suction Port
19 Dia.
96
109
62
12
106
130
172
65
+0.03
0
R12
95
"E" Thd. 17 Deep

8 Places
22.2
4.76
12
47.6
187
25
19.05 -0.03
Pressure Adj. Screw
Flow Adj. Screw
82.55 -0.05
59
0
21.24 -0.16
Fully Extended
219
are identical to each other.
18
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K
Discharge Port
19 Dia.
188
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/8
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-32
M10
3/8 BSP.F
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-3280
SAE #8
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-32950
AR16/22-FR01*-20
Rc 3/4
Rc 3/8
AR16/22-FR01*-2080
3/4 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
AR16/22-FR01*-20950
SAE #12
SAE #8
"F" Thd.
3/8-16 UNC
M10
3/8-16 UNC
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.Tr
SAE #4
AR16/AR22-FR01
22.2
32.5
32.5
120
26
76
10
147
172
106
130
Discharge Port "C" Thd.

114
96
Pressure Adj. Screw
31
12
77
50
47.6
Suction Port
19 Dia.
82.55 -0.05
25
"E" Thd.
17 Deep
2 Places
Pressure
Gauge
Connection
"F" Thd.
Fully Extended
165.5
Fully Extended
100.5
+0.03
4.76 0
6.5
0
21.24 -0.16
Fully Extended
195.5
68
19.05 -0.03
Flow Adj. Screw
Filling Port
Drain Port "D" Thd.
44.5
95
"
A37
A1637
A56
A16
A10

Graphic
Symbols
Pump Type
.1
1
.2
2
.5
5
10
Maximum
Operating
Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
100
200 300
cm3/rev
2
20
5
50
cu. in./rev
10 15
Page
A10
21 (3050)
A16
A22
16 (2320)
A37
21 (3050)
A56
Single Pumps
30
M
O
A70
28 (4060)
A90
A145
A220
Outboard Pump
A16
A37
A56
A37
A70
A220
A56
A145
M
O
Double Pumps
M
O
Inboard Pump
A16
16 (2320)
28 (4060)
113
28 (4060)
115
A90
PV2R2
PV2R1
Outboard Pump
Variable / Fixed
Double Pumps
M
O
Inboard Pump
A16
A37
A70
A220
A56
A145
A90
Various control types are available such as pressure compensator type. Refer to page 31 and 32.
The maximum operating pressure for each double pump depends on its combination of pumps. Contact us for details.
27
Hydraulic Fluids
Hydraulic Fluids
Use petroleum based oils such as anti-wear type hydraulic

oils or R & O (Rust and Oxidation inhibitor) type hydraulic
oils equivalent to ISO VG-32 or 46. The recommended
viscosity range is from 20 to 400 mm2/s (98 to 1800 SSU)
and temperature range is from 0 to 60C (32 to 140F),
both of which have to be satisfied for the use of the above
hydraulic oils.

contamination of the operating oil which can otherwise
lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the unit.
Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS
Grade 10.
The suction port must be equipped with at least a 100 m
(150 mesh) reservoir type filter and the return line must
have a line type filter of under 10 m.
Instructions
Mounting
Drain Piping
When installing the pump the filling port should be

positioned upwards.

pressure within the pump housing should be maintained
at a normal pressure of less than 0.1 MPa (14.5 PSI) and
surge pressure of less than 0.5 MPa (72.5 PSI).
Length of piping should be less than 1 m (3.3 ft.), and
the pipe end should be submerged in oil.
Alignment of Shaft
is less than 0.2.
Suction Pressure

Fitting Size
Model
Permissible suction pressure at inlet port of the pump is

between -16.7 and +50 kPa (5 in.Hg Vacuum and 7
PSIG).
Make sure that the height of the pump suction port is
within one metre (3.3 ft) from the oil level in the reservoir.
Hints on Piping
excessive noise.
hoses.
Suction Piping
In case the pump is installed above the oil level, the
suction piping and suction line filter should be located
lower than the pump position to prevent air in the
suction line.
A10

N.American
Design Std.
3/8
SAE #6
10 mm
(.39 in.)
A16, A22
3/8
SAE #8
A37
1/2
SAE #10
[Inside Dia. 10 mm (.47 in.) or more]
12 mm
(.47 in.)
A56, A70
A90, A145
3/4
SAE #12
19 mm
(.75 in.)
Bleeding Air
It may be necessary to bleed air from pump case and
outlet line to remove causes of vibration. An air bleed
valve (Model Number ST1004-*-10*, Page 820) is
recommended for this purpose.

excessive noise.
Whenever there is fear of excessive load, please use
rubber hoses.
28
Inside Dia.
of Pipe
PISTON PUMPS
At the time of shipment, the unit has been preset to
maximum delivery and minimum discharge pressure.
Adjust the preset delivery and pressure to meet your
system requirements.

Model
Volume cm3 (cu.in.)
A10
370 (22.6)
A16/A22
600 (36.6)
A37/A56
1200 (73.2)
A70
"A" Series
Starting
Before first staring, fill pump case with clean operating
oil via the filling port.
the control valves so that the discharged oil from the
pump is returned direct to the reservoir or the actuator
moves in a free load.

pressure.
adjustment screw
Model Numbers
Adjustment Volume
MPa (PSI)
2100 (128)
A10-FR01B
2.9 (420)
A90
2500 (153)
A10-FR01C/H
5.4 (780)
A145
3300 (201)
A16/A22/A37/A56-*-R-01-B
3.5 (510)
A16/A22/A37/A56-*-R-01-C
6.5 (940)
A16/A37/A56-*-R-01-H
7.9 (1150)
A70/A90/A145-*-R01B
2.3 (330)
A70/A90/A145-*-R01C
3.2 (460)
A70/A90/A145-*-R01H
4.0 (580)
A70/A90/A145-*-R01K
4.7 (680)
Turning the flow adjustment screw clockwise, decreases
delivery.
Model
Numbers
Adjustable volume
with each full turn
of the adjustment
screw
Minimum adjustment flow

A10
1.1 (.067)
2.0 (.122)
A16
1.4 (.085)
4.0 (.244)
A22
2.0 (.122)
6.0 (.366)
A37
2.9 (.177)
10 (.610)
A56
3.9 (.238)
12 (.732)
A70
4.4 (.268)
30 (1.83)
A90
4.8 (.293)
56 (3.42)
A145
7.2 (.439)
83 (5.06)
29

Control Piston
Spool
Drain Port
Pressure Adj. Screw
Pivot
Flow Adj. Screw
Shaft
OUT
IN
Yoke
Swash Plate
Port Plate
Slipper Retainer
Cylinder Block
Spring, Yoke Return
Piston Ass'y
Features
High efficiency
Under the conditions of pressure 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
and speed 1800 r/min, the volumetric efficiency is over
98% and the overall efficiency is over 90%.
Low noise level

In the "A16" pump, the noise level is as low as 57.3
dB(A) [at the full cut-off pressure 21 MPa (3050 PSI)
with speed 1500 r/min one metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally
away from pump head cover.]
"A16" type performance characteristics

%
100
N=1800 r/min
"A16" type noise level characteristics

L /min
32 U.S.GPM
8
28
7
24
6
20
5
Output Flow
9 60
Efficiency
Input Power
12
Input Power
0
0
500
1000
12
1500
16
2000
2500
16
12
0
20 MPa
21
3000 PSI
dB(A)
80
N=1500 r/min
70
Noise Level
Overall Efficiency
kW
12 80
Output Flow
HP
16
60
Full Cut-off
50
40
500
1000
Pressure
1500
16
2000
20 MPa
21
2500
3000 PSI
Pressure
Accomplishment of energy-saving
Because the overall efficiency is high and the cut-off
characteristics is sharp, thus the input power may be
saved.
30
12
Low heat generation

Because of small power loss, it is possible to reduce the
rise in oil temperature. Accordingly, capacity of a
reservoir can be reduced.
PISTON PUMPS
"01"
Pressure
Compensator
Type
Graphic Symbols
Performance Characteristics
Output Flow
Control Type
M
O
Explanation
Page
When the system pressure increases and comes close

to the preset cut-off pressure, the pump flow decreases
automatically while maintaining the set pressure as it
is.
33
This type of control is ideal for an application where the

output power of the actuator has to be controlled in two
different load pressures while keeping the actuator
speed nearly constant.
55
"A" Series
Control Type
"02"
Solenoid-two
Pressure
Control
Type
PL
Output Flow
Pressure
PH
PL
Pressure
M
O
Output Flow
M
O
"06"
Two-Pressure
Two-Flow
Control Type
by Solenoid
Valve
Pressure
(S Input Current i 1
L)
Pressure
(S Input Voltage L)
Output Flow
M
O
PH
PL
QH
QL
PL
Pressure
M
O
PL
PH
M
O
QH
QL
63
The pump can be used in combination with the

multistage pressure control valve.
L)
Input Voltage
ElectroHydraulic
Proportional
Pressure &
"04EH"
Flow
Control
Type
(OBE Type)
"05"
SOL
"ON"
SOL
"OFF"
L)
i2
(S Input Current i2
Output Flow
i1
ElectroHydraulic
Proportional
Pressure &
Flow
Control
Type
Two-Pressure
Two-Flow
Control Type
by System
Pres.
It is suitable for a situation where a long unloading

time is required and heat generation and noise have
to be kept at their lowest levels.
Output Flow
"04E"
PH
Pressure
(S
"04"
Proportional
ElectroHydraulic
Load
Sensing
Type
M
O
Output Flow
"03"
Pressure
Compensator
with
Unloading
Type
SOL
"ON"
SOL
"OFF"
PH
This is an energy-saving type control which regulates

the pump flow and load pressure to be at absolute
minimum necessary level to operate the actuator.
Pump flow rate and cut-off pressure are controlled
proportional to the input current to the control device
on the pump and the input current is regurated by the
specific amplifier.
This type of control has the pressure sensor and tilt

angle sensor in the pump. The pump is used with the
external amplifier (amplifier is integrated into pump
in case of "04EH").
Flow and pressure can be controlled in proportion to
input voltage by only one control valve.
The features has been greatly improved by electrical
feedback of swash plate tilt angle correspond to flow
rate and load pressure to control valve.
Linearity of input characteristics is excellent and
easy to set.
Hysteresis is lower,repeatability and reproducibility
are fine.
64
74
86
This type of control is suitable for an application like

"Presses" where the changeover from rapid advance to
feed is required just when the pressing (pressurizing)
starts.
SOL"OFF"
This pump control is suitable for machining found on

machine tool, where machining starts after the
changeover from rapid advance, to feed has been made.
SOL"ON"
PL
Pressure
PH
31
Control Type
"07"
Graphic Symbols
Pilot Pressure
Control Type
Pressure
Compensator
Output Flow
Control Type
M
O
Pressure
Explanation
Page
The pump is used in combination with the

pilot relief valve or multistage pressure
control valve. By controlling the pilot
pressure, the full cut-off pressure can be
remote-controlled according to your
requirements.
96
Pump input power can be controlled in

accordance with the motor output.
When the discharge pressure rise, the
output flow decreases corresponding to
the preset input power.
105
The pump can act for function of two
pumps, low-pressure large-flow and
high-pressure small-flow. Therefore, the
motor capacity can be reduced.
"09"
Output Flow
Output Flow
Constant
Power
Control Type
Input Power
M
O
Pressure
Control type "05" and "06" are not shown in this catalogue. Contact us for the details.
Availability of Control Type

Mark "
32
" in the table below refers to standard model.
Model
Numbers
A10
10.0 (.610)
A16
15.8 (.964)
A22
22.2 (1.355)
A37
36.9 (2.25)
A56
56.2 (3.43)
A70
70.0 (4.27)
A90
91.0 (5.55)
A145
145 (8.85)
Control Type
01
02
03
04
04E
04EH
05
06
07
09
PISTON PUMPS
A
"A" Series
"A" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps Single Pump,

Graphic Symbol
M
O
Specifications
Operating Presure
MPa (PSI)
Shaft Speed Range

r/min
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev
(cu. in. /rev)
Minimum
Adj. Flow
cm3/rev
(cu. in. /rev)
Rated
Intermittent
Max.
Min.
10.0 (.610)
2 (.122)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
1800
600
A16-*-R-01-*-*-K-32*
15.8 (.964)
4 (.244)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
1800
600
16.5 (36.4) 18.7 (41.2)
A22-*-R-01-*-*-K-32*
22.2 (1.355)
6 (.366)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
1800
600
16.5 (36.4) 18.7 (41.2)
A37-*-R-01-*-*-K-32*
36.9 (2.25)
10 (.610)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
1800
600
28.0 (61.7) 32.3 (71.2)
A56-*-R-01-*-*-K-32*
56.2 (3.43)
12 (.732)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
1800
600
35.0 (77.2) 39.3 (86.7)
A70-*R01*S-60*
70.0 (4.27)
30 (1.83)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
1800
600
58.5 (129)
70.5 (155)
A90-*R01*S-60*
91.0 (5.55)
56 (3.42)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
1800
600
72.5 (160)
93 (205)
A145-*R01*S-60*
145 (8.85)
83 (5.06)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
1800
600
92.5 (204) 117.5 (259)
Model Numbers
A10-FR01B-12*
A10-FR01C/H-12*
1. Whenever setting pressure, make sure the full cut-off pressure never
exceeds the maximum intermittent pressure.
Flange
Mtg.
Foot
Mtg.
5.1 (11.2)
8.5 (18.7)
One Cycle Time

1/5 of One Cycle
2. Care should be taken in cases of used at a higher pressure than the rated
pressure, because operating terms may be restricted. For example, if
used as per maximum illustrated operating conditions, intermittent time
at maximum flow is restricted to under 1/5 of one cycle time and under
six seconds simultaneously. Conditions may vary according to the actual
working pressure and delivery (inclination angle of the swash plate).
Consult factory or Yuken sales representative for further information.
Pressure
(Max. 6s)
21 MPa (3050 PSI)

{28 MPa (4060 PSI)} *1
Output
Flow
Max.
3. The table above shows specifications for using petroleum based oils.
Pumps (customized design) for special fluids are also available. Their
operating pressure and maximum shaft speed however differ from the
values in the table above depending on the fluid type.
Range of operating temperature and viscosities may differ from those
of petroleum based oils due to their characteristics.
20 MPa (2900 PSI)

{27 MPa (3920PSI)} *1
*1. Applicable only for "A70/90/145"
Specifications and Design numbers for Special Fluids

Type
of
Fluids
WaterGlycols
Phosphate
Ester Type
Polyol
Ester Type
Pump
Series
Allowable
Maximum
Shaft Speed
r/min
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Rated
Max.
1200
(1800)
Temperature
Range
Viscosity
Range
C (F)
mm2/s (SSU)
Design Numbers for

Special Fluid
(Occasion of Japanese
Std. JIS) 3
Rated
Intermittent
A16 A56
14(2030)
16(2320)
{14(2030)}
A70 A145
21(3050)
21(3050)
A16 A56
14(2030)
16(2320)
{14(2030)}
A70 A145
21(3050)
21(3050)
6006
A16 A56
16(2320)
16(2320)
32450
A70 A145
21(3050)
21(3050)
3230
0 - 50 (32 - 104)
20 - 200(98 - 927)
1200
1800
(1800)
1800
3206
0 - 60 (32 - 140)
0 - 60 (32 - 140)
6030
20 - 200(98 - 927)
60450
1. The figures in brackets are for A22 type.

2. As the specific gravities of water-glycol fluids and phosphate ester type fluids are higher than one, an overhead reservoir is required when pumps
are operated at 1500 r/min or more.
3. For the design numbers of pumps for European Design and North American Design Standards, please contact us.

33

A16
Series
Number
-F
-R
-01
-B
-S
-K
-32
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
Control
Type
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Port
Position
Shaft
Extension
Design
Number
Design
Std.
B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)

C: 1.2 - 16 (170 - 2320)
H: 1.2 - 21 (170 - 3050)
A16
(15.8 cm3/rev)
A22
(22.2 cm3/rev)
F: Flange
Mtg.
Viewed from
Shaft End
A37
(36.9 cm3/rev)
L: Foot
Mtg.
R: Clockwise
(Normal)
01: Pressure
Compensator
Type
B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)

C: 1.2 - 16 (170 - 2320)
H: 1.2 - 21 (170 - 3050)
A56
(56.2 cm3/rev)
A70
B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)

C: 1.2 - 16 (170 - 2320)
32
None:
Axial Port
32
K:
Keyed Shaft
S:
Side Port
Refer to
32
32
-F
01
-60
Series
Number
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
Control
Type
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Port
Position
Design
Number
Design
Std.
A10
(10.0 cm3/rev)
F: Flange
Mtg.
A70
(70.0 cm3/rev)
A90
(91.0 cm3/rev)
A145
(145 cm3/rev)
B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)

C: 2.0 - 16 (290 - 2320)
H: 2.0 - 21 (290 - 3050)
Viewed from
Shaft End
F: Flange
Mtg.
L: Foot
Mtg.
R: Clockwise
(Normal)
01: Pressure
Compensator
Type
12
60
Refer to
B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)

C: 1.5 - 16 (220 - 2320)
H: 1.8 - 21 (260 - 3050)
K: 2.0 - 28 (290 - 4060)
60
S: Side Port
60
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult

Yuken for details.
2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"
80 ............... European Design Standard
950 ............. N. American Design Standard
3. When A10 pump is used as the foot Mtg., order the Mtg. Bracket kit
shown below separately. Refer to page 24 for dimensions of the Mtg.
bracket.
Note: The mounting bracket kit consists of a mounting bracket, two hex.
bolts and two plain washer.
Mtg. Bracket
Kit Numbers
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
LP-1A-10
2.2 (4.9)
4. The pressure adjustment range "B" is not available to the European

Design Standard and the N. American Design Standard of "A10".
Pipe Flange Kits

Pipe flange kits are available. When ordering, specify the kit number from the table below.
Threaded Connection
Pump Model
Numbers
Name of
Port
A16-*-R-01
A22-*-R-01
A37-*-R-01
A56-*-R-01
A70-*R01
A90-*R01
A145-*R01
Socket Welding
Butt Welding
Japanese Std.
"JIS"
European
Design Std.
N. American
Design Std.
F5-06-B-1090
F5-06-C-10
F5-06-C-1090
F5-06-B-1090
F5-06-C-10
F5-06-C-1090
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-B-1090
F5-10-C-10
F5-10-C-1090
F5-10-A-1080
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-B-1090
F5-10-C-10
F5-10-C-1090
F5-12-A-10
F5-12-A-1080
F5-12-B-10
F5-12-B-1090
F5-12-C-10
F5-12-C-1090
Discharge
F5-08-A-10
F5-08-A-1080
F5-08-B-10
F5-08-B-1090
F5-08-C-10
F5-08-C-1090
Suction
F5-16-A-10
F5-16-A-1080
F5-16-B-10
F5-16-B-1090
F5-16-C-10
F5-16-C-1090
Discharge
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-B-1090
F5-10-C-10
F5-10-C-1090
Japanese Std.
"JIS"
European
Design Std.
N. American
Design Std.
F5-06-A-1080
F5-06-B-10
F5-06-A-1080
F5-06-B-10
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
Discharge
F5-10-A-10
Suction
Japanese Std.
"JIS"
European
Design Std.
Suction
F5-06-A-10
Discharge
F5-06-A-10
Suction
N. American
Design Std.
1. In case of using socket welding flanges, there is a case where the operating pressure should be set lower than the normal because of strength of the
flanges. Therefore, please pay cautious attention to the operating pressure when the socket welding flanges are used.
2. As dimensions of the pipe flange mounting surface are conformed to SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series), pipe flanges conforming
to the SAE Standards can be used.
Details of the pipe flange kits are shown on page 824.
34

PISTON PUMPS

Conditions
"A" Series
Circuit
Drive Speed :
1500 r/min
Hydraulic Fluid : ISO VG32 oil
Oil Temperature :A10-A56: 50 C (122 F) [Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU)]
A70-A145: 40 C (104 F) [Viscosity 32 mm2/s (150 SSU)]
SOL
High Pressure Rubber Hose

Model
M
M
O
Ruber Hose Size
A10
1/2"
800 mm (2.6 ft.)
A16
A22
3/4"
700 mm (2.3 ft.)
A37
A56
3/4"
2000 mm (6.6 ft.)
A70
3/4"
3500 mm (11.5 ft.)
3/4"
3000 mm (9.8 ft.)

+
1-1/4" 2000 mm (6.6 ft.)
A90
A145
Pressure
t1
t2
PS
2 MPa(290PSI)
[3 MPa(440PSI)]
2 MPa(290PSI)
[3 MPa(440PSI)]
P1
P2
P2
Time
SOL
OFF
ON
OFF
Applicable only for "A90/A145"
Model
Full Cut-off
Pressure
P1
MPa (PSI)
t1
t2
A10
21 (3050)
100
75
2.6 (380)
A16
16 (2320)
38*
59*
3.6 (520)
A22
16 (2320)
30*
72*
5.9 (860)
A37
16 (2320)
40*
78*
7.8 (1130)
A56
16 (2320)
38*
88*
7.6 (1100)
A70
25 (3630)
80
100
7.8 (1130)
A90
25 (3630)
90
110
7.9 (1150)
A145
25 (3630)
100
150
8.8 (1280)
Response Time
ms
Overshoot Pressure
PS
MPa (PSI)
* Response time except A10, A70, A90 and A145 is measured Yoke travel.

35
Typical Performance Characteristics of Type "A10" at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50C (122F)]
N=1500 r/min
100
L /min
U.S.GPM
20
5
Overall Efficiency
15
60
Output Flow
HP kW
8 40
6
8
4
4
2
0
0
10
r
Powe
Input
0
0
12
Input Power
80
Efficiency
0
20 21 MPa
16
N=1800 r/min
U.S.GPM
5
Output Flow
60
15
HP kW
8 40
6
8
4
4
2
0
0
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

3050 PSI
Pressure
L /min
20
Overall Efficiency
80
4
3
10
Inpu
0
0
wer
t Po
12
Output Flow
Output Flow
Input Power
Efficiency
100
0
20 21 MPa
16
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

3050 PSI
Pressure
Input Power
kW
8
10
Input Power
6
5
6
4
4
3
2
2
0
10
15
3
6
5
6
4
4
3
2
2
1
0
20 L /min
N=1800 r/min P=MPa (PSI)

P= 20 (2900)
P= 18 (2610)
P= 16 (2320)
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
7
8
1
0
0
kW
8
10
P=MPa (PSI)
P= 20 (2900)
P= 18 (2610)
P= 16 (2320)
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
7
8
HP
N=1500 r/min
Input Power
HP
0
0
U.S.GPM
5
1
Output Flow
in3./min
1.0
1800 r/min
.8
.6
U.S.GPM
A10-FR01H
Full Cut-off
80
0.8
1.0
60
0.6
A10-FR01C
0.4
.4
.2
L /min
1.5
A10-FR01H
Drain
Full Cut-off Power
1.0
20 L /min
Drain
kW
1.2
15
Output Flow
Full Cut-off Power

HP
1.4
10
A10-FR01C
1500 r/min
1800 r/min
A10-FR01B
Flow
40
0.5
1500 r/min
Full
20
0.2
800
1500,1
A10-FR01B
0
0
0
4
500
12
16
20 MPa
21
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

3050 PSI
4
500
12
r/min
16
1000 1500 2000
Pressure
20 MPa
21
2500 3000
3050 PSI
dB (A)
70
dB (A)
70
N=1500 r/min
N=1800 r/min
60
50
Full Cut-off
40
0
0
4
500
8
1000
12
1500
Pressure
36
Noise Level
Noise Level
Full Flow
Full Flow
16
2000
2500
20
21
MPa
3000
3050 PSI
60
50
Full Cut-off
40
0
0
4
500
8
1000

12
1500
Pressure
16
2000
2500
20
21
MPa
3000
3050 PSI
PISTON PUMPS
Input Power
0
0
12
16
kW
12 80
12
9 60
20
8
12
8
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

Pressure
16
Input Power
12
4
0
20 MPa
21
16
5
4
3
2
1
0
"A" Series
HP
16
N=1800 r/min
L /min
Overall Efficiency
U.S.GPM
32
8
Output Flow
28
7
24
6
Output Flow
Output Flow
U.S.GPM
L /min
7
24
6
20
5
16
4
12
3
8
2
4
1
0
0
20 MPa
21
Output Flow
Efficiency
Input Power
HP kW
12
9 60
Input Power
80
%
100
N=1500 r/min
Overall Efficiency
Efficiency
%
100
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

Pressure
Input Power
Example: At a pressure of under 10 MPa (1450 PSI), a flow 20 L/min (5.3 U.S.GPM), and rotation 1500 r/min, the axial input becomes
about 3.7 kW (5 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
kW
12
N=1500 r/min
10
8
6
4
4
2
0
0
0
5
1
10
2
15
20
25
3
4
5
6
Output Flow
Full Cut-off Power
10
15
20
25
3
4
5
Output Flow
30 L /min
8 U.S.GPM
Drain
L /min
3
Full Cut-off
Full Flow
in.3/min
150
A16- *-R-01-H
1800 r/min
A16- *-R-01-C
N=1500 r/min
A16- *-R-01-B
0
0
1800 r/min
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 20 (2900)
P= 18 (2610)
P= 16 (2320)
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
P= 0.7 (100)
8 U.S.GPM
1.0
1.5
.5
A16- *-R-01-H
0.5
N=1800 r/min
10
kW
1.5
1.0
kW
12
12
30 L /min
Full Cut-off Power

HP
2.0
HP
16
12
16
20 MPa
21
Drain
Input Power
12
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 20 (2900)
P= 18 (2610)
P= 16 (2320)
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
P= 0.7 (100)
Input Power
HP
16
100
A16- *-R-01-C
50
N=1500 r/min
A16- *-R-01-B
1500,1800 r/min
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

12
16
20 MPa
21
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

Pressure
dB(A)
80
N=1500 r/min
70
Noise Level
Noise Level
dB(A)
80
Full Flow
60
50
N=1800 r/min
70
Full Flow
60
50
Full Cut-off
40
0
0
12
16
Full Cut-off
20 MPa
21
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

Pressure
40
0
0
12
16
20 MPa
21
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

Pressure

37
4
0
20
Input Power
12
8
4
0
0
16 MPa
12
1500
1000
Pressure
500
10
N=1800 r/min
Output Flow
U.S.GPM
L /min 12
40
10
8
30
Overall Efficiency
20
Input Power
0
0
16 MPa
12
1500
1000
Pressure
500
2000 2320 PSI
10
Output Flow
30
%
100
80
kW
12 60
10
8
6
4
2
0
HP
16
Input Power
12
U.S.GPM
L /min 12
40
10
Overall Efficiency
Output Flow
80
kW
12 60
10
8
6
4
2
0
HP
16
Input Power
N=1500 r/min
Output Flow
Efficiency
%
100
Efficiency
2000 2320 PSI
Input Power
about 5.4 kW (7.2 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
HP
14
kW
10
HP
14
N=1500 r/min
P=MPa(PSI)
12
8
N=1800 r/min
P= 14 (2030)
12
P= 14 (2030)
10
kW
10
P= 12 (1740)
P= 12 (1740)
10
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
6
4
P= 4 (580)
4
2
0
0
10
20
30
P= 1 (145)
40
6
8
Output Flow
10
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
P= 1 (145)
50 L /min
12 13 U.S.GPM
Full Cut-off Power
10
20
30
6
8
Output Flow
in.3/min
150
A22- *-R-01-C
L /min
3
A22- *-R-01-C
Drain
2
1800 r/min
0.5
.5
100
N=1500 r/min
50
N=1500 r/min
12
500
1000
1500
16 MPa
2000
A22- *-R-01-B
1500,1800 r/min
A22- *-R-01-B
12 13 U.S.GPM
Full Cut-off
1.0
10
1800 r/min
1.5
1.0
P=MPa(PSI)
50 L /min
40
Drain
kW
1.5
HP
2.0
P= 6 (870)
P= 2 (290)
P= 8 (1160)
Full Cut-off Power
Input Power
Input Power
P= 10 (1450)
2320
Full Flow
PSI
500
12
1000
1500
Pressure
16 MPa
2000
2320
PSI
dB(A)
80
N=1500 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
dB(A)
80
70
Full Flow
60
N=1800 r/min
70
Full Flow
60
Full Cut-off
50
0
0
38
4
500
1000
Pressure
10
1500
12
Full Cut-off
14 MPa
2030 PSI
50
4
500

1000
Pressure
10
1500
12
14 MPa
2030 PSI
PISTON PUMPS
20
10
Input Power
10
20
0
0
12
16
20
21
0
MPa
Input Power
40
20
kW
30 60
HP
40
30
Output Flow
12
40
20
Input Power
10
10
20
16
60
20
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

Pressure
12
16
20
21
"A" Series
U.S.GPM
L /min
16
60
12
30
N=1800 r/min
L /min
Overall Efficiency
U.S.GPM
80
80
20
0
MPa
Output Flow
80
Output Flow
%
100
Efficiency
N=1500 r/min
Overall Efficiency
kW
30 60
HP
40
Input Power
%
100
Output Flow
Efficiency
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

Pressure
Input Power
kW
25
N=1500 r/min
30
20
Input Power
25
20
15
15
10
10
5
0
0
10
20
4
30
40
50
60
15
15
10
10
5
1
N=1500 r/min
A37- *-R-01-B
30
40
50
60
70 L /min
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 U.S.GPM
Output Flow
Full Cut-off
N=1800 r/min
12
16
20 MPa
21
A37- *-R-01-H
N=1500 r/min
120
90
A37- *-R-01-C
60
150
20
in.3/min L /min
3
180
N=1800 r/min
10
A37- *-R-01-C
20
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 20 (2900)
P= 18 (2610)
P= 16 (2320)
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
P= 1 (150)
Drain
A37- *-R-01-H
N=1800 r/min
20
25
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 U.S.GPM
Output Flow
kW
3
kW
25
30
Drain
Full Cut-off Power
HP
35
70 L /min
Full Cut-off Power

HP
4
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 20 (2900)
P= 18 (2610)
P= 16 (2320)
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
P= 1 (150)
Input Power
HP
35
A37- *-R-01-B
30
0
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

1500,1800 r/min
Full Flow
12
16
20 MPa
21
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

Pressure
70
Full Flow
60
Full Cut-off
50
40
0
0
dB(A)
80
N=1500 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
dB(A)
80
12
N=1800 r/min
70
Full Flow
60
Full Cut-off
50
16
20 MPa
21
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

Pressure
40
0
0
12
16
20 MPa
21
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

Pressure

39
Efficiency
Overall Efficiency
Output Flow
40
20
Input Power
0
0
4
500
12
16
N=1800 r/min
80
Overall Efficiency
60
L /min
U.S.GPM
120
30
100
25
80
20
60
15
Input Power
40
10
20
5
0
0
16
20 MPa
21
Output Flow
HP
60 kW
40
Output Flow
Input Power
HP
60 kW
40
L /min
U.S.GPM
100
25
80
20
60
15
40
10
20
5
0
0
20 MPa
21
Input Power
80
60
20
%
100
N=1500 r/min
Output Flow
Efficiency
%
100
40
20
20
0
0
1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

Pressure
4
500
12
1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

Pressure
Input Power
kW
40
N=1500 r/min
35
Input Power
40
30
25
30
20
20
20 (2900)
18 (2610)
16 (2320)
14 (2030)
12 (1740)
10 (1450)
10
5
0
0
0
20
5
40
10
60
80
15
20
Output Flow
100
50
40
25
HP
5
kW
4
30
25
20
20
15
10
5
0
Drain
N=1500 r/min
500
10
60
80
15
20
Output Flow
100
25
120 L /min
30 U.S.GPM
Full Cut-off
12
N=1800 r/min
3
A56- *-R-01-H
16
20 MPa
21
A56- *-R-01-C
100
Full Flow
1 A56- *-R-01-B
50
40
150
20
L /min
4
in. /min
200
1500,1800 r/min
N=1500 r/min
0
0
1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
4
500
12
16
20 MPa
21
1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI

Pressure
70
Full Flow
60
Full Cut-off
50
0
0
dB(A)
80
N=1500 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
dB(A)
80
4
500
12
N=1800 r/min
70
Full Flow
60
Full Cut-off
16
20 MPa
21
1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
50
0
0
4
500
12
16
20 MPa
21
1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Pressure
40
20 (2900)
18 (2610)
16 (2320)
14 (2030)
12 (1740)
10 (1450)
8 (1160)
6 (870)
4 (580)
2 (290)
P=MPa(PSI)
0
P=
P=
P=
P=
P=
P=
P=
P=
P=
P=
Drain
35
30 U.S.GPM
N=1800 r/min
10
N=1800 r/min
kW
40
30
120 L /min
Full Cut-off Power
Full Cut-off Power
HP
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
P=MPa(PSI)
15
10
P=
P=
P=
P=
P=
P=
Input Power
HP
50
Pressure

PISTON PUMPS
Performance Characteristics Curve
25
80
40
40
20
Input Power
20
20
10
1000
15
20
2000
Pressure
Output Flow
120
60
kW
60
60
25
Input Power
20
20
25 MPa
30
100
40
40
L /min
140 U.S.GPM
35
Overall Efficiency
80
"A" Series
100
HP
80
Input Power
Input Power
Output Flow
N=1800 r/min
Output Flow
L /min
120 U.S.GPM
30
kW
60
60
Efficiency
Overall Efficiency
80
60
HP
80
%
100
N=1500 r/min
Output Flow
Efficiency
%
100
3000 3500 PSI

3630
10
1000
15
20
2000
Pressure
25 MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
Input Power
about 26 kW (35 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
kW
60
N=1500 r/min
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 24 (3480)
P= 22 (3190)
P= 20 (2900)
P= 18 (2610)
P= 16 (2320)
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
50
Input Power
60
40
40
30
20
20
10
0
20
40
60
80
10
20
Output Flow
30
35
50
40
40
30
20
20
10
0
20
40
60
10
U.S.GPM
80
100 120 140 L /min
20
Output Flow
30
35
U.S.GPM
L /min
7
in.3/min
400
300
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
1500,1800 r/min
200
3
2
100
2
1
0
0
10
1000
15
2000
Full Cut-off
4
Drain
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 24 (3480)
P= 22 (3190)
P= 20 (2900)
P= 18 (2610)
P= 16 (2320)
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
N=1800 r/min
Drain
kW
7
8
Full Cut-off Power
kW
60
60
100 120 140 L /min
Full Cut-off Power

HP
10
HP
80
Input Power
HP
80
20
25 MPa
Full Flow
1500,1800 r/min
3000 3500 PSI
10
1000
15
2000
Full Cut-off Pressure 3630
Pressure
20
25 MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
dB(A)
80
N=1500 r/min
70
Noise Level
Noise Level
dB(A)
80
Full Flow
60
Full Cut-off
50
0
0
10
1000
15
2000
Pressure
20
25 MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
N=1800 r/min
70
Full Flow
60
Full Cut-off
50
0
0
10
1000
15
2000
Pressure

20
25 MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
41
%
100
Overall Efficiency
80
60
N=1800 r/min
Overall Efficiency
80
60
L /min
Input Power
Input Power
40
20
0
10
15
1000
20
2000
80
60
42
150
40
140
20
0
0
3000 3500 PSI

3630
Pressure
160
40
0
25 MPa
Input Power
40
U.S.GPM
44
170
Output Flow
kW
80
HP
100
Input Power
40
120
Output Flow
HP
80
Output Flow
kW
60
L /min U.S.GPM
38
140
36
130
34
Output Flow
N=1500 r/min
Efficiency
Efficiency
%
100
10
15
1000
20
2000
25 MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
Pressure
Input Power
Example: At a pressure of under 18 MPa (2610 PSI), a flow 110 L/min (29.1 U.S.GPM), and rotation 1500 r/min, the axial input
becomes about 34 kW (46 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
HP
80
N=1500 r/min
60
50
Input Power
60
40
30
40
20
20
10
100
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 25 (3630)
P= 24 (3480)
P= 22 (3190)
P= 20 (2900)
P= 18 (2610)
P= 16 (2320)
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
0
0
20
40
10
60
80
30
35
20
20
10
0
0
0
400
300
1800 r/min
20
40
10
60
15
1500 r/min
100 120 140 160
20 25 30
Output Flow
35
45 U.S.GPM
40
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
100
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
Full Flow
0
0
0
10
1000
15
20
2000
25 MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
10
1000
15
2000
Pressure
20
25 MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
N=1500 r/min
70
Full Flow
60
Full Cut-off
0
0
5
1000
10
15
2000
Pressure
42
20
dB(A)
80
Noise Level
Noise Level
dB(A)
80
50
L /min
Full Cut-off
4
200
80
6
Drain
Full Cut-off Power
30
40
in.3/min L /min
500
8
40
Drain
kW
7
HP
9
60
U.S.GPM
Full Cut-off Power
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 25 (3630)
P= 24 (3480)
P= 22 (3190)
P= 20 (2900)
P= 18 (2610)
P= 16 (2320)
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
N=1800 r/min
50
100 120 140 L /min
15 20 25
Output Flow
kW
70
60
HP
80
Input Power
kW
70
25 MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
N=1800 r/min
Full Flow
70
60
Full Cut-off
50
0
0
5
1000

10
15
2000
Pressure
20
25 MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
PISTON PUMPS
Input Power
210
kW
120
120
56
54
200
80
Input Power
80
40
40
10
1000
15
2000
Pressure
60
20
L /min
270 U.S.GPM
70
260
68
Output Flow
HP
160
Overall Efficiency
80
L /min U.S.GPM
220
58
Input Power
60
kW
120
120
250
80
66
240
Input Power
80
40
40
25 MPa
"A" Series
N=1800 r/min
Output Flow
Efficiency
Overall Efficiency
80
Output Flow
HP
160
%
100
N=1500 r/min
Output Flow
Efficiency
%
100
3000 3500 PSI

3630
10
15
1000
20
25
MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
2000
Pressure
Input Power
kW
140
HP
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
N=1500 r/min
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0 40
0
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 28(4060)
P= 26(3770)
P= 24(3480)
P= 22(3190)
P= 20 (2900)
P= 18 (2610)
P= 16 (2320)
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
P= 1 (145)
80 120 160 200 240 L /min
10
20
30 40 50
Output Flow
60
100
80
60
40
20
0
0 40
0
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 28(4060)
P= 26(3770)
P= 24(3480)
P= 22(3190)
P= 20 (2900)
P= 18 (2610)
P= 16 (2320)
P= 14 (2030)
P= 12 (1740)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
P= 4 (580)
P= 2 (290)
P= 1 (145)
80 120 160 200 240 280 L /min
10
20
30 40 50
Output Flow
60
70
U.S.GPM
Drain
kW
12.5
in.3/min L /min
600 10.0
10.0
10
7.5
7.5
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
5.0
Full Cut-off
400
1800 r/min
Drain
Full Cut-off Power
N=1800 r/min
120
U.S.GPM
Full Cut-off Power

HP
15
kW
140
HP
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
Input Power
Input Power
Example: At a pressure of under 20 MPa (2900 PSI), a flow 180 L/min (47.6 U.S.GPM), and rotation 1500 r/min, the axial input
becomes about 64 kW (86 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
5.0
1500 r/min
200
2.5
2.5
Full Flow
0
10
1000
15
2000
20
25
MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
10
1000
15
2000
Pressure
1500,1800 r/min
20
25
MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
dB(A)
90
N=1500 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
dB(A)
90
80
Full Flow
70
N=1800 r/min
80
Full Flow
70
Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
60
0
0
5
1000
10
15
2000
Pressure
20
25
MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
60
0
0
5
1000

10
15
2000
Pressure
20
25
MPa
3000 3500 PSI

3630
43
Flange Mtg.
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Adjustment Range "C" & "H"

Japanese Standard "JIS": A10-FR01-C/H-12
1
Filling Port
[22(.87) Hex. Head. Plug Furnished]
3
44.5(1.75)
Drain Port
Fully Extended
RC 3/8 Thd.
186(7.32)
6.5(.26)
90.5
(3.56)
25(.98)
52.5
(2.07)
25
25
(.98)
(.98)
64.5
64.5
(2.54) (2.54)
Discharge Port
RC 1/2 Thd.
65
(2.56)
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)
10.5
(.41)
131
(5.16)
156
(6.14)
159.5
(6.28)
12
(.47)
31
(1.22)
19.05(.7500)
19.02(.7488) Dia.
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
82.55(3.2500)
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
Suction Port
RC 1/2 Thd.
41
(1.61)
85
(3.35)
167
(6.57)
103
(4.06)
Pressure Adj. Screw

Flow Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
13(.51)Hex.
INC.
Fully Extended
DEC.
34(1.34) Dia. Spotface
102(4.02)
2 Places
106
(4.17)
130
(5.12)
93(3.66) Dia.
European Design Standard: A10-FR01-C/H-1280

N. American Design Standard: A10-FR01-C/H-12950
Filling Port
Draim Port
"F" Thd.
Plug
"D" Hex.
Suction Port
"E" Thd.
Model Numbers
Discharge Port
"E" Thd.
A
159.5(6.28)
Dimensions mm(Inches)
A
Thread Size
A10-FR01C/H-1280
159
72
64
27
1/2 BSP. F
(6.25) (2.83) (2.52) (1.06)
A10-FR01C/H-12950
71
62
22
157
(6.18) (2.80) (2.44) (.87)
F
3/8 BSP. F
SAE #8
SAE #6
For other dimensions, refer to Japanese Standard "JIS".
Pressure Adjustment Range "B"

Japanese Standard "JIS": A10-FR01-B-12
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.

2. Use either port of two suction and discharge ports at your option.
Keep the remaining ports plugged.
3. As the tightening torques of suction, discharge and drain port
fittings, conform to the below.
Tightening Torque Nm(IN. lbs.)
Model Numbers
25
25
(.98)
(.98)
64.5
64.5
(2.54) (2.54)
131
(5.16)
156
(6.14)
Drain Port
A10-FR01B/C/H-12
65-75 (575-664) 40-50 (354-443)
A10-FR01C/H-1280
56-62 (496-549) 33-36 (292-319)
A10-FR01C/H-12950
47-51 (363-451) 40-50 (354-443)
For other dimensions, refer to above Pressure Adj. Range "C" & "H".
44
Suction Port &

Discharge Port

PISTON PUMPS
Axial Port Type
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex.
Suction Port 22.2

19(.75) Dia. (.874)
65
(2.56)
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-3290
SAE #8
M 10
3/8-16 UNC
Fully Extended 44.5(1.75)

219(8.62)
6.5
59
Filling Port
(2.32) (.26)
26.5
Drain Port
(1.04)
"C" Thd.
25
(.98)
"D" Thd. 17(.67) Deep

8 Places
Discharge Port
19 (.75) Dia.
12
(.47)
172
(6.77)
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)
12
(.47)
106
(4.17)
130
(5.12)
188
(7.40)
14
(.55)
15
(.59)
80
(3.15)

4 Places
3(.12)
50 56.5
(1.969) (2.22)
95
(3.74)
R12
(R .47)
95(3.74) Dia.
Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
Foot Mtg.: A16-L-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950

A22-L-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950
18
(.71)
Pressure Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
INC.
47.6
(1.874)
187
(7.36)
109
(4.29)
62
(2.44)
DEC.
3/8 BSP.F
96
(3.78)
16
(.63)
"D" Thd.
Rc 3/8
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-3280
19.05(.7500)
19.02(.7488) Dia.
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
82.55(3.2500)
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
16
Flow Adj. Screw (.63)
17(.67) Hex.
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-32
"A" Series
Flange Mtg.: A16-F-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950

A22-F-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950
95
(3.74)
72.5
72.5
(2.854) (2.854)
180
(7.09)
27.5
(1.08)
For other dimensions, refer to "Flange Mtg.".
DIMENSIONS IN
Side Port Type

Flange Mtg.: A16-F-R-01-*-S-K-32/3280/32950
A22-F-R-01-*-S-K-32/3280/32950
Discharge Port 19 (.75) Dia.

Rear Side
Suction Port 19 (.75) Dia.
44.5
(1.75)
Fully Extended
219(8.62)
"D" Thd. 17 (.67) Deep

4 Places (Both Sides)
74
(2.91)
Surface of Suction Port
47.6(1.874)
78(3.07) 109(4.29)
188
(7.40)
74
(2.91)
Surface of Discharge Port
22.2
(.874)
150.5
(5.93)

Foot Mtg. Type; Mounting bracket is common to that of "Axial Port Type".

45
Axial Port Type

Flange Mtg.: A37-F-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
A37-F-R-01-*-K-32
19
(.75)
A37-F-R-01-*-K-32950
SAE #10
77
9.5
(3.03) (.37)
30.2
(1.189)
72
(2.83)
30
(1.18)
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
32(1.26)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

8 Places
Discharge Port
32 (1.26) Dia.
7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79)
Filling Port
22.23(.8752)
22.20(.8740) Dia.
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
Suction Port
32(1.26) Dia.
19 (.75)
59(2.32)
58.7
(2.311)
202
(7.95)
112
(4.41)
68
(2.68)
13
(.51)
1/2 BSP.F
Fully Extended
247(9.72)
Pressure Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
INC.
M 10
Rc 1/2
A37-F-R-01-*-K-3280
12
(.47)
195
(7.68)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
105
(4.13)
14
(.55)
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
E
mm (IN.)
25
(.98)
"D" Thd.
R14
(R .55)
120(4.72) Dia.
146
(5.75)
174
(6.85)
202
(7.95)
Foot Mtg.: A37-L-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950
3(.12)
14
(.55)
15
(.59)
102
(4.02)

4 Places
60
74
(2.362)(2.91)
115
39
(4.53)
(1.54)
120
(4.72)
95
95
(3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)
DIMENSIONS IN
Side Port Type

Flange Mtg.: A37-F-R-01-*-S-K-32/3280/32950
Discharge Port 32 (1.26) Dia.

Rear Side
Suction Port 32 (1.26) Dia.
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

202
(7.95)
86
(3.39)
Surface of
Suction Port
86
(3.39)
Surface of
Discharge Port
59
(2.32)
58.7(2.311)
112(4.41)
202(7.95)
Fully Extended
247(9.72)
30.2
(1.189)
178.5
(7.03)

46

PISTON PUMPS
Suction Port
35(1.38) Dia. 30.2
(1.189)
76
(2.99)
Model Numbers
A56-F-R-01-*-K-32
12
(.47)
207
(8.15)
"D" Thd.
E
mm (IN.)
M 10
19 (.75)
7/16-14 UNC
20 (.79)
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
A56-F-R-01-*-K-32950
SAE #12
Drain Port "C" Thd.

(Both Sides)
41
(1.61)
Surface of
Drain Port
49
(1.93)
14
(.55)
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
25
(.98)
9.5
(.37)
40
(1.57)
Discharge Port
32 (1.26) Dia.
A56-F-R-01-*-K-3280
Filling Port 1
43.5(1.71)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

8 Places
"C" Thd.
62
(2.44)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
19
(.75)
Pressure Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
INC.
58.7
(2.311)
236
(9.29)
138
(5.43)
90
(3.54)
77
(3.03)
13
(.51)
Fully Extended
259.5(10.22)
50.5(1.99)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
101.60(4.0000)
Dia.
101.55(3.9980)
Flange Mtg.: A56-F-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950
"A" Series
Axial Port Type
R14
(R.55)
120(4.72) Dia.
146
(5.75)
174
(6.85)
232
(9.13)

2. Use either port of the two drain ports at your option. Keep the
remaining port plugged.
Foot Mtg.: A56-L-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950
3(.12)
14
(.55)
15
(.59)
102
(4.02)

4 Places
120
(4.72)
60
77
(2.362) (3.03)
115
42
(4.53)
(1.65)
95
95
(3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)
DIMENSIONS IN
Side Port Type

Flange Mtg.: A56-F-R-01-*-S-K-32/3280/32950
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
Discharge Port 32 (1.26) Dia.

Rear Side
Suction Port 35 (1.38) Dia.
Fully Extended
259.5(10.22)
62
(2.44)
236
(9.29)
138
(5.43)
58.7(2.311)
232
(9.13)
100
(3.94)
100
(3.94)
30.2
(1.189)
191
(7.52)


47
Flange Mtg.: A70-FR01*S-60/6080/60950
19.5(.77)
73
73
(2.87) (2.87)
9.5(.37)
40(1.57)
"E" Thd. 17(.67) Deep

4 Places
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
Pressure Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
14(.55)
18(.71)
90
(3.54)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980) Dia.
52.4
(2.063)
16
(.63)
18
(.71)
246.5
(9.70)
26.2
(1.031)
Surface of Drain Port

7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)

(From Rear)
4 Places
Discharge Port
26(1.02) Dia.
95
(3.74)
182
(7.17)
Drain Port
"C" Thd. (Both Sides)
95
(3.74)
114.4
(4.504)
180
(7.09)
118
(4.65)
14(.55)
Fully Extended
310.5(12.22)
65
(2.56)
62
(2.44)
114.4
(4.504)
134
(5.28)
181
(7.126)
211
(8.31)
35(1.38) Dia.
Spotface
(From Rear)
2 Places
Eye Bolt
M10
Filling Port
DEC.
INC.
69.9
(2.752)
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
View Arrow Y
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places

2. Use either port of the two drain ports at your option.
Keep the remaining port plugged.
3. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic
fluid from pump casing.
Case Drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
35.7
(1.406)
246.5
(9.70)
View Arrow X
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
A70-FR01*S-60
Rc 3/4
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
F
mm (IN.)
M 12
M 10
19 (.75)
A70-FR01*S-6080
3/4 BSP.F
A70-FR01*S-60950
SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A70-LR01*S-60/6080/60950
127
(5.00) Dia.
42.5
(1.67)
26
(1.02)
77
125
(4.921) (3.03)
195
37
(7.68)
(1.46)
3
(.12)
24
(.94)
130
(5.12)

4 Places
171
(6.73)
130
130
(5.118)
(5.118)
320
(12.60)
48

PISTON PUMPS
Flange Mtg.: A90-FR01*S-60/6080/60950

2
23(.91)

105
105
(4.13) (4.13)
68 68
(2.68) (2.68)
13(.51)
22
(.87)
23
(.91)
30.2
(1.189)
"E" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
270
(10.63)
Case Drain Port

5(.2) Hex. Soc.
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
161.6
(6.362)
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
127
(5.00)
Discharge Port
32(1.26) Dia.
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980) Dia.
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
113
(4.45)
58.7
(2.311)
63(2.48)
"A" Series
190.5
(7.50)
Fully Extended
329(12.95)
119.5
(4.70)
Drain Port
95(3.74)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through

(From Rear)
4 Places
R22
(R.87)
161.6
(6.362)
Eye Bolt
M10
Pressure Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
Filling Port
[27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
INC.
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
77.8
(3.063)
DEC.
View Arrow Y
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
42.9
(1.689)
270
(10.63)

2. Use either port of the two drain ports at your option.
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
A90-FR01*S-60
Rc 3/4
A90-FR01*S-6080
3/4 BSP.F
A90-FR01*S-60950
SAE #12
View Arrow X
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
F
mm (IN.)
M 12
M 10
19 (.75)
1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A90-LR01*S-60/6080/60950
125
110
(4.921) (4.33)
70
200
(7.87) (2.76)
25(.98)
24(.94)
3
(.12)
140
(5.51)

4 Places
215
(8.46)
157.5
157.5
(6.201)
(6.201)
375
(14.76)

49
Flange Mtg.: A145-FR01*S-60/6080/60950

143
(5.63)
Drain Port 2
357.5
112
(14.07)
(4.41)
89
23
(3.50) (.91)
13
(.51)
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.

112
112
(4.41) (4.41)
72 Surface of Drain Port

(2.83)
72
(2.83)
110
(4.33)
11.14
11.11
.4386
.4374
44.45(1.7500)
44.40(1.7480) Dia.
30.2
(1.189)
"E" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
3
Case Drain Port

5(.2) Hex. Soc.
24
(.94)
26
(1.02)
299.5
(11.79)
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
58.7
(2.311)
Discharge Port
32(1.26) Dia.
228.6
(9.000)
198.5
141
(7.81)
(5.55)
70
(2.76)
INC.
R22
(R .87)

(From Rear)
4 Places
228.6
(9.000)
273
(10.75)
Filling Port
Eye Bolt
M10
Pressure Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
77.8
(3.063)
INC.
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.

2. Use either port of the two drain ports at your option. Keep the
remaining port plugged.
3. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic fluid
from pump casing.
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
42.9
(1.689)
299.5
(11.79)
Model Numbers
A145-FR01*S-60
View Arrow X
A145-FR01*S-6080
A145-FR01*S-60950
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
M 12
M 10
Dimensions mm (IN.)
SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
21 (.83)
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A145-LR01*S-60/6080/60950
50

30(1.18)
280
(11.02)
187.3
187.3
(7.374)
(7.374)
438
(17.24)
29(1.14)
119
114.3
(4.500) (4.69)
185
80
(7.28) (3.15)
3
(.12)
187.3
(7.37)

4 Places
PISTON PUMPS
Spare Parts List
"A" Series
A10-FR01-B-12
A10-FR01C/H-12/1280/12950
39 25 23 22 21 20 15 18 19 16 40 28 27 14 29 12 11 1
38 35 64 23 37 36
10
7
8
6
5
2
9
4
3
33 34 42 24 17 32 30 31 26 13
37 41
51 52 53 54 55 56 59 57 58 63 60 62 61
Section X-X
71
73
70
Design "1280" Only
72
Design "12950" Only
List of Seals & Bearings

Qty.
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Pres. Adj. Range

B
C&H
Remarks
Oil Seal
TCN24408Y
O-Ring
SO-NA-G50
Bearing
6204
16
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
20
O-Ring
SO-NB-G120
23
O-Ring
SO-NB-P6
33
Bearing
HMK1215
37
O-Ring
SO-NB-P12
54
O-Ring
SO-NA-A018
62
O-Ring
SO-NB-P10
64
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
71
Bonded Seal
KP-C-04
Only for "1280" Design, Not included in Seal Kit
73
O-Ring
AS568-908 (NBR, Hs90)
Only for "12950" Design, Not included in Seal Kit
List of Seal Kits

Pump Model Numbers
A10-FR01B-12
A10-FR01C-12/1280/12950
A10-FR01H-12/1280/12950
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-A10-01B-12
KS-A10-01H-12

51
Spare Parts List
A16/A22/A37/A56-*-R-01-*-*-K-32/3280/32950
25 40
35
43
44
25 11
56
60 31
52
22
32
27
61
58
29
57
51
5
55
54
49
53
50
28
19 33 20
30
17
10 21
23 43 37 14 18 15 13 24 12 34 39 16 41 36 6 42
47
46
38
45
Section X-X
List of Seals and Bearings
Part Numbers
Item
Name of Parts
27
Bearing
28
Bearing
29
Oil Seal
30
35
36
O-Ring
SO-NB-P12
37
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
38
O-Ring
SO-NA-A017
39
Seal Washer
W8
60
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
61
O-Ring
A16-*-R-01
A37-*-R-01
6307
NUP 207E
Z30-1303-PK410300-8
HMK 2025V2
HMK 2530V2
TCN 254511
TCN 355511
TCN 355511
Gasket
1303-PK211969-1
1316-PK211970-9
1307-PK211971-7
O-Ring
SO-NA-G25
SO-NA-G30
SO-NA-P36
6305
HMK 1715
SO-NB-P10A
SO-NA-G55
List of Seal Kits

Pump Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
A16-*-R-01-*-K-*-32*
KS-A16-01-32
A22-*-R-01-*-K-*-32*
52
A37-*-R-01-*-K-*-32*
KS-A37-01-32
A56-*-R-01-*-K-*-32*
KS-A56-01-32
A56-*-R-01
Qty.
A22-*-R-01

1
S O-NA-G75
PISTON PUMPS
Spare Parts List
"A" Series
A70/A90-*R01*S-60/6080/60950
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
63
55
27
53
26
55
37
12
32
56
36
67
4
51
46
35
42
45
60
64
62
34
54
40
47
38
48
52
66
39
23
24
58
19
44
43
11
21
20
25
61
33
31
13
18
28
59
10
54
50
44
68
16
22
15 14
44
Detail "A"
69
17
29
65
30
70
Section Z-Z
Section X-X
(Only for "A70")
Section X-X

Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
A70-*R01* S
A90-*R01* S
Gasket
1314E-PK211972-5
1310E-PK211973-3
22
Back Up Ring
1310E-PK412440-0
1310E-PK412440-0
38
Bearing
NUP 208EX50
NUP 210E
39
Needle Bearing
HMK 3030V2
HMK 3530BV2
40
Oil Seal
TCN 355511
TCN 456812
42
O-Ring
SO-FA-G85
SO-FA-G95
43
O-Ring
SO-NA-P18
SO-NA-P18
44
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
67
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P18
68
Seal Washer
W10
70
O-Ring
SO-NB-P15
SO-NB-P5
List of Seal Kits

Pump Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
A70-*R01* S-60*
KS-A70-01-60
A90-*R01* S-60*
KS-A90-01-60
When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number
from the table left.

53
Spare Parts List
A145-*R01*S-60/6080/60950
58 69 51 52 36 65 62 46 65 14 8
25
X
7 33 16 3 60 37 73 59 5
76
9
59
44
67
54
70
41
35
68
27
29
64
74
39
30
57
40
28
53 2 34 26 11 6
1 32 38 10 13 12 16 71 31 72
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
24
62
56
19
17
50
48
66
23
57
63 15 46
20
21 45
18
43
22
59
47
49
Detail "A"
Section X-X

Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
Gasket
1312-PK211974-1
15
Back Up Ring
1310E-PK412440-0
39
Bearing
NUP 2211ET2
40
Needle Bearing
41
Oil Seal
TCN 507212
43
O-Ring
S-31.5 (NBR, Hs70)
44
O-Ring
SO-FA-G105
45
O-Ring
SO-NA-P18
46
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
47
O-Ring
SO-NA-A017
8Q-NK38
55 30
48
O-Ring
SO-NA-A016
49
Back Up Ring
For SO-NB-A017
50
Back Up Ring
For SO-NB-A016
73
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
76
O-Ring
SO-NB-P5
When ordering seals, please specify the kit number "KS-A145-01-60".
54

PISTON PUMPS
Graphic Symbol
"A" Series

Solenoid Two Pressure Control Type
PH
Output Flow
PL
SOL
"OFF"
M
O
SOL
"ON"
PL
Pressure
PH
Specifications
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev
(cu. in. /rev)
Minimum
Adj. Flow
cm3/rev
(cu. in. /rev)
A16-*-R-02-*-K*-32*
15.8 (.964)
4 (.244)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
A22-*-R-02-*-K*-32*
22.2 (1.355)
6 (.366)
16 (2320)
A37-*-R-02-*-K*-32*
36.9 (2.25)
10 (.61)
A56-*-R-02-*-K*-32*
56.2 (3.43)
A70-*R02S*-60*
Model Numbers
Rated
Minimum
Adj. Pres.
1
Intermittent MPa (PSI)
Shaft Speed Range

r/min
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Flange
Mtg.
Foot
Mtg.
Max.
Min.
1.2 (170)
1800
600
24.5 (54.0) 26.7 (58.9)
16 (2320)
1.2 (170)
1800
600
24.5 (54.0) 26.7 (58.9)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
1.2 (170)
1800
600
36 (79.4)
40.3 (88.9)
12 (.73)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
1.2 (170)
1800
600
43 (94.8)
47.3 (104)
70.0 (4.27)
30 (1.83)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
2 (290)
1800
600
63.5 (140)
75.5 (166)
A90-*R02S*-60*
91.0 (5.55)
56 (3.42)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
2 (290)
1800
600
80.5 (178)
101 (223)
A145-*R02S*-60*
145 (8.85)
83 (5.06)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
2 (290)
1800
600
97.5 (215) 122.5 (270)
2. When operating the pump exceeding the rated pressure, operating

conditions are restricted. Refer to page 33 for the details.
Solenoid Ratings
Solenoid operated directional valves used on these pumps are YUKEN DSG-01 series (standard type). For detail
specifications of solenoid operated directional valves, refer to page 345.

Single Pump, Solenoid Two Pressure Control Type
55

A16
Series
Number
-F
-R
-02
-S
-K
-A100
-32
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
Control
Type
Port
Position
Shaft
Extension
Coil Type of
Solenoid Valve
Design
Number
Design
Std.
A16
(15.8 cm3/rev)
A22
(22.2 cm3/rev)
A37
(36.9 cm3/rev)
F:
Flange
Mtg.
L:
Foot
Mtg.
Viewed from
Shaft End
R:
Clockwise
(Normal)
32
02:
Solenoid Two
Prsuure Control
Type
AC
A100, A120
A200, A240
None:
Axial Port
S:
Side Port
K:
Keyed Shaft
A56
(56.2 cm3/rev)
A70
Series
Number
A70
(70.0 cm3/rev)
A90
(91.0 cm3/rev)
A145
(145 cm3/rev)
32
Refer to
02
A100
-60
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
Control
Type
Port
Position
Coil Type of
Solenoid Valve
Design
Number
Design
Std.
F:
Flange Mtg.
L:
Foot Mtg.
Viewed from
Shaft End
R:
Clockwise
(Normal)
02:
Solenoid Two
Prsuure Control
Type
AC
A100, A120
A200, A240
S:
Side Port
DC
D12, D24
D48
R(AC DC Rectified)
R100, R200
60
60
Refer to
60

950 ............ N. American Design Standard
For performance characteristics, refer to models of pressure compensator type on page 37 to 43.
Pipe Flange Kits

For pipe flange, refer to form of pressure compensator type on page 34.

32
-F

Yuken for details.
56
32
DC
D12, D24
D48
R(AC DC Rectified)
R100, R200
PISTON PUMPS
Axial Port Type
Fully Extended
2 3
256.5(10.10)
Pilot Port "PP2"
141.5
"E" Thd.
(5.57)
95
136
74.5
(3.74)
(5.35)
(2.93)
44.5
112
3
51.5
(4.41)
(1.75)
(.12) (2.03)
59
6.5
1
(2.32) (.26)
Filling Port
26.5
"PP1"
(1.04)
Drain Port
"PP2"
"C" Thd.
12
(.47)
19.05(.7500)
19.02(.7488) Dia.
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
82.55(3.2500)
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
12
(.47)
Lock Nut
17(.67) Hex.
172
(6.77)
Pressure Adj. Screw (PH)

14(.55) Hex.
Works at Solenoid
INC.
Energised
16
(.63)
23
(.91)
3(.12)
Pilot Port "PP1"

"E" Thd.
176
(6.93)
194.5
(7.66)
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)
96
(3.78)
25
(.98)
Electrical Conduit
Connection
"D" Thd. (Both Ends)
18(.71)
272.5
(10.73)
145
(5.71)
117
(4.61)
62
(2.44)
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
R12(R.47)
95(3.74) Dia.
106
(4.17)
130
(5.12)
188
(7.40)
A16-F-R-02-K-*-3280
A22-F-R-02-K-*-3280
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ...... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
132.5
77.6
(5.22)
(3.06)
d
51.5
(2.03)
Pressure Adj. Screw (PL)

14(.55) Hex.
Works at Solenoid INC.
De-energised
161
(6.34)
Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
22.2
(.874)
65
(2.56)
Suction Port
19(.75) Dia.
47.6
(1.874)
DEC.
"F" Thd. 17(.67) Deep

8 Places
Discharge Port
19(.75) Dia.
View Arrow X
"A" Series
Flange Mtg.: A16-F-R-02-K-*-32/32950

A22-F-R-02-K-*-32/32950
mm (IN.)
Model Numbers
A16/A22-F-R-02-K-A*-3280
193 (7.60)
181 (7.13)
39 (1.54)
A16/A22-F-R-02-K-D*-3280
204 (8.03)
192 (7.56)
39 (1.54)
A16/A22-F-R-02-K-R*-3280
207 (8.15)
185.2 (7.29)
53 (2.09)
For other dimensions, refer to 32/32950 design.

1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is
at the top.
2. The pilot port provided is for connecting a
control valve, if multistage pressure control
is required.
3. The pilot port "PP2" is not provided for
N.American Design Standard.
Model Numbers
A16/A22-F-R-02-K-*-32
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/8
G 1/2
Rc 1/4
A16/A22-F-R-02-K-*-3280
3/8 BSP.F
A16/A22-F-R-02-K-*-32950
SAE #8
1/4 BSP. Tr
1/2 NPT
SAE #4
"F" Thd.
M10
3/8-16 UNC
DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Side Port Type
Foot Mounting Type
Port mounting dimensions are the same as those of pressure

compensator model.
Refer to page 45 for port mounting dimensions.
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.

Refer to page 45 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.

57
Side Port Type

Flange Mtg. : A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-32/32950
Fully Extended
279.5(11.00)
2
164.5
Pilot Port "PP2"
(6.48)
Thd.
"E"
159
95
71.5
(6.26)
(3.74)
(2.81)
59(2.32)
135
6 48.5
1
(5.31)
(.24) (1.91)
Filling Port
9.5
77
(3.03)
(.37)
Drain Port
30(1.18)
"PP1"
"C" Thd.
Lock Nut
17(.67) Hex.
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
Electrical Conduit
Connection
105
(4.13)
30.2
12
(1.189) (.47)
178.5
(7.03)
Pilot Port "PP1"

"E" Thd.
146
(5.75)
174
(6.85)
202
(7.95)

14(.55) Hex.
De-energised
A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-3280
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
74.6
155.5
(2.94)
(6.12)
d
48.5
(1.91)
165
(6.50)
Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
DEC.
R14(R.55)
120(4.72) Dia.
86
(3.39)
"F" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
25
(.98)
14
(.55)
Front Side : Discharge Port 32(1.26) Dia.

Rear Side : Suction Port 32(1.26) Dia.
13 26
Pressure Adj. INC. (.51) (1.02)
Screw (PH)
14(.55) Hex.
6(.24)
Works at Solenoid
Energised
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
180
(7.09)
198.5
(7.81)
32(1.26)
22.23(.8752)
22.20(.8740) Dia.
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
288.5
(11.36)
149
(5.87)
121
(4.76)
68
(2.68)
58.7
(2.311)
"PP2"
86
(3.39)
Surface of
Suction Port
Surface of
Discharge Port
View Arrow X
mm (IN.)
Model Numbers

2. The pilot port provided is for connecting a control
valve, if multistage pressure control is required.
3. The pilot port "PP2" is not provided for N.American
Design Standard.
Model Numbers
A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-32
A37-F-R-02-S-K-A*-3280
197 (7.76)
185 (7.28)
39 (1.54)
A37-F-R-02-S-K-D*-3280
208 (8.19)
196 (7.72)
39 (1.54)
A37-F-R-02-S-K-R*-3280
211 (8.31)
189.2 (7.45)
53 (2.09)
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 1/2
G 1/2
Rc 1/4
A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-3280
1/2 BSP.F
A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-32950
SAE #10
1/4 BSP. Tr
1/2 NPT
SAE #4
"F" Thd.
"H" mm (IN.)
M10
19 (.75)
7/16-14 UNC
20 (.79)
58
Axial Port Type
Foot Mounting Type

compensator model.


PISTON PUMPS
Side Port Type

Fully Extended
292(11.50)
177
(6.97)
95
171.5
(3.74)
(6.75)
62(2.44)
147.5
(5.81)
50.5(1.99) 9.5(.37)
43.5(1.71)
"PP1"
Front Side : Discharge Port 32(1.26) Dia.

Rear Side : Suction Port 35(1.38) Dia.
12
30.2
(1.189)
(.47)
207
(8.15)
"F" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
6(.24)
A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-3280
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
168
(6.61)
74.6
(2.94)
48.5
(1.91)
100
(3.94)
Surface of
Suction Port
100
(3.94)
146
(5.75)
174
(6.85)
232
(9.13)
Pilot Port "PP1"

"E" Thd.
14(.55) Hex.
De-energised
DEC.
R14(R.55)
120(4.72) Dia.
26
13
(.51) (1.02)
190
(7.48)
Pressure Adj.
INC.
Screw (PH)
14(.55) Hex.
Works at Solenoid
Energised
Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
25
(.98)
14
(.55)
321.5
(12.66)
174
(6.85)
146
(5.75)
90
(3.54)
77
(3.03)
58.7(2.311)
205
(8.07)
223.5
(8.80)
"PP2"
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
3 4
Pilot Port "PP2"

"E" Thd.
71.5
(2.81)
Electrical Conduit
6 48.5
Connection
1
(.24)
(1.91)
Filling Port
Drain Port 2
5
41
49 5
40
(1.93)
7.97(.3138) (1.61)
(1.57)
7.94(.3126)
31.75(1.2500)
Dia.
31.70(1.2480)
Lock Nut
17(.67) Hex.
"A" Series
Flange Mtg.: A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-32/32950
Surface of
Discharge Port
View Arrow X
2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option.
3. The pilot port provided is for connecting a control
valve, if multistage pressure control is required.
4. The pilot port "PP2" is not provided for N.American
Design Standard.
5. Dimensions show surface of drain port.
Model Numbers
A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-32
A56-F-R-02-S-K-A*-3280
222 (8.74)
210 (8.27)
39 (1.54)
A56-F-R-02-S-K-D*-3280
233 (9.17)
221 (8.70)
39 (1.54)
A56-F-R-02-S-K-R*-3280
236 (9.29)
214.2 (8.43)
53 (2.09)
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/4
G 1/2
Rc 1/4
A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-3280
3/4 BSP.F
A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-32950
SAE #12
mm (IN.)
Model Numbers
1/4 BSP. Tr
1/2 NPT
SAE #4
"F" Thd.
"H" mm (IN.)
M10
19 (.75)
7/16-14 UNC
20 (.79)

Axial Port Type
Foot Mounting Type

compensator model.


59
Flange Mtg. : A70-FR02S*-60/60950

Drain Port 2
95
95
Surface of
Discharge Port
(3.74) (3.74)
73
73
(2.87) (2.87)
10
27(1.06) Dia. Spotface (From Rear)
(.39)
4 Places
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980) Dia.
Discharge Port
26(1.02) Dia.
19.5
(.77)
16
(.63)
18
(.71)
246.5
(9.70)
26.2
(1.031)
Pilot port "PP1"

"E" Thd.
10
(.39)

(From Rear)
2 Places
114.4
(4.504)
134
(5.28)
181
(7.126)
211
(8.31)
Eye Bolt
M10
Filling Port
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.

14(.55) Hex.
De-energised
69.9
(2.752)
INC.
87.5
14(.55) Hex.
(3.44)
Works at Solenoid 64.5
Energised
(2.54)
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
118
(4.65)
52.4
(2.063)
90
(3.54)
114.4
(4.504)
180
(7.09)
9.5(.37)
202.5
(7.97)
186.5
(7.34)
18(.71)
14(.55)
62(2.44)
40
(1.57)
"F" Thd.
17(.67) Deep
4 Places
Pilot Port "PP2" 3 4

"E" Thd.
Surface of
Suction Port
Electrical Conduit Connection
217.5
(8.56)
236
(9.29)
Fully Extended
354.5(13.96)
239
(9.41)
95
233.5
(9.19)
(3.74)
209.5
(8.25)
65
(2.56)
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
"H" Thd. "J" Deep

4 Places
Case Drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
View Arrow X
35.7
(1.406)
246.5
(9.70)
View Arrow Y
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/4
G 1/2
Rc 1/4
A70-FR02S*-60
A70-FR02S*-6080
3/4 BSP.F
A70-FR02S*-60950
SAE #12
1/4 BSP. Tr
1/2 NPT
SAE #4
"F" Thd.
"H" Thd.
"J" mm (IN.)
M10
M12
19 (.75)
7/16-14 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
21 (.83)

A70-FR02S*-6080
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
230
90.6
(9.06)
(3.57)
d
64.5
(2.54)
3. The pilot port provided is for connecting a control valve,

if multistage pressure control is required.
4. The pilot port "PP2" is not provided for N.American Design

Standard.
DIMENSIONS IN
Model Numbers
mm (IN.)
a
A70-FR02SA*-6080
235 (9.25)
223 (8.78)
39 (1.54)
A70-FR02SD*-6080
246 (9.69)
234 (9.21)
39 (1.54)
A70-FR02SR*-6080
249 (9.80)
227.2 (8.94)
53 (2.09)
Foot Mounting Type

Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator
model. Refer to page 48 for the dimensions of mounting
bracket.
60

PISTON PUMPS
Flange Mtg.: A90-FR02S*-60/60950
22
(.87)
23
(.91)
"F" Thd. "J" Deep

4 Places
270
(10.63)
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980) Dia.
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
58.7
(2.311)
113
(4.45)
2.5
(.1)
212
(8.35)
196
(7.72)
63
(2.48)
3 4
68
Surface of
(2.68) Drain Port
52
(2.05) 9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
21.5 (.85) Dia. Through

(From Rear)
4 Places
"A" Series
Pilot Port "PP2"

"E" Thd.
68
(2.68)
161.6
(6.362)
127
226
(8.90)
(5.00)
245.5
(9.67)
Surface of
Drain Port
263.5
95
(10.37)
(3.74)
23(.91)
119.5
(4.70)
13(.51)
30.2
(1.189)

105
105
(4.13) (4.13)
Drain Port
Discharge Port
32(1.26) Dia.
R22(R.87)
161.6
(6.362)
Case drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
Pilot Port "PP1"
"E" Thd.
22.5
(.89)
Fully Extended
379(14.92)
258
95
(10.16)
(3.74)
Eye Bolt
M10
Filling Port
2.5
(.10)
14(.55) Hex.
Energised

77.8
(3.063)
88
(3.46)
168
(6.61)
196
(7.72)

14(.55) Hex.
Works at Solenoid
INC.
De-energised
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
DEC.
View Arrow X
42.9
(1.689)
270
(10.63)
"H" Thd. "K" Deep

4 Places
View Arrow Y
Model Numbers
A90-FR02S*-60
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 3/4
G 1/2
A90-FR02S*-6080
3/4 BSP.F
A90-FR02S*-60950
SAE #12
"E" Thd.
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP. Tr
1/2 NPT
SAE #4
"F" Thd.
"H" Thd.
"J" mm (IN.) "K" mm (IN.)
M10
M12
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
7/16-14 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
20 (.79)
21 (.83)

A90-FR02S*-6080
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
54.1(2.13)
255
(10.04)
52
d
(2.05)


Standard.
DIMENSIONS IN
Model Numbers
mm (IN.)
a
A90-02FRSA*-6080
244 (9.61)
232 (9.13)
39 (1.54)
A90-02FRSD*-6080
255 (10.04)
243 (9.57)
39 (1.54)
A90-02FRSR*-6080
258 (10.16)
236.2 (9.30)
53 (2.09)
Foot Mounting Type

bracket.

61
Surface of
Discharge Port
112
(4.41)
23(.91)
Fully Extended
400.5(15.77)
285
(11.22)
255.5
(10.06)
Drain Port "C" Thd.

(Both Sides)
13(.51)
89
(3.50)
Pilot Port "PP2"

"E" Thd.
44.45(1.7500)
44.40(1.7480) Dia.
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
152.40(6.0000) Dia.
152.35(5.9980)
24
(.94)
26
(1.02)
Case Drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
12
(.47)
3 4
Surface of
Drain Port
11.14(.4386)
11.11(.4374)
299.5
(11.79)
198
(7.80)
247.5
(9.74)
214
(8.43)
228.6
(9.000)
110
(4.33)
58.7
(2.311)
Discharge Port
32(1.26) Dia.
30.2
(1.189)
72
(2.83)
70
(2.76)
"F" Thd.
"J" Deep
4 Places
72
(2.83)
Surface of
Drain Port
Surface of
Suction Port
112
112
(4.41) (4.41)

(From Rear)
4 Places
Eye Bolt
M10
141
(5.55)
Flange Mtg. : A145-FR02S*-60/60950
R22(R .87)
228.6
(9.000)
273
(10.75)

279
(10.98)
95
(3.74)
66.5
(2.62)
Pilot Port "PP1"

"E" Thd.
12
(.47)
Filling Port
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.

14(.55) Hex.
De-energised
77.8
(3.063)

14(.55) Hex.
Energised
229
(9.02)
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
"H" Thd. "K" Deep

4 Places
42.9
(1.689)
299.5
(11.79)
View Arrow X
View Arrow Y
Model Numbers
A145-FR02S*-60
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/4
G 1/2
Rc 1/4
A145-FR02S*-6080
3/4 BSP.F
A145-FR02S*-60950
SAE #12
1/4 BSP. Tr
1/2 NPT
SAE #4
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area
"J" mm (IN.) "K" mm (IN.)
M10
M12
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
7/16-14 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
20 (.79)
21 (.83)

89.5(3.52)

Standard.
b
66.5
(2.62)
"H" Thd.

A145-FR02S*-6080
275.5
(10.85)
"F" Thd.
DIMENSIONS IN
Model Numbers
mm (IN.)
a
A145-FR02SA*-6080
246 (9.69)
234 (9.21)
39 (1.54)
A145-FR02SD*-6080
257 (10.12)
245 (9.65)
39 (1.54)
A145-FR02SR*-6080
260 (10.24)
238.2 (9.38)
53 (2.09)
Foot Mounting Type

bracket.
62

PISTON PUMPS

Pressure Compensator with Unloading Type
SOL
"OFF"
"A" Series
Output Flow
Graphic Symbol
SOL
"ON"
M
O
Pressure
Specifications
Model Numbers
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev
(cu. in. /rev)
Minimum
Adj. Flow
cm3/rev
(cu. in. /rev)
Rated
Intermittent
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Shaft Speed
Range
r/min
Unloading Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max.
Min.
A16-*-R-03-*-K-*-32*
15.8 (.964)
4 (.244)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
1.2 (170)
1800
600
A22-*-R-03-*-K-*-32*
22.2 (1.355)
6 (.366)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
1.2 (170)
1800
600
A37-*-R-03-*-K-*-32*
36.9 (2.25)
10 (.61)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
1.2 (170)
1800
600
A56-*-R-03-*-K-*-32*
56.2 (3.43)
12 (.73)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
1.2 (170)
1800
600
A70-*R03S*-60 *
70.0 (4.27)
30 (1.83)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
1.2 (170)
1800
600
A90-*R03S*-60 *
91.0 (5.55)
56 (3.42)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
1.2 (170)
1800
600
A145-*R03S*-60 *
145 (8.85)
83 (5.06)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
1.2 (170)
1800
600

A16
Series
Number
-F
-R
-03
-S
-K
-A100
-32
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
Control
Type
Port
Position
Shaft
Extension
Coil Type of
Solenoid Valve
Design
Number
Design
Std.
A16
(15.8 cm3/rev)
A22
(22.2 cm3/rev)
A37
(36.9 cm3/rev)
32
F:
Flange
Mtg.
L:
Foot
Mtg.
Viewed from
Shaft End
R:
Clockwise
(Normal)
03:
Pressure
Compensator
with
Unloading Type
None:
Axial Port
S:
Side Port
A56
(56.2 cm3/rev)
A70
Series
Number
A70
(70.0 cm3/rev)
A90
(91.0 cm3/rev)
A145
(145 cm3/rev)
AC
A100,A120
A200,A240
DC
K:
Keyed Shaft D12,D24
D48
R(AC DC Rectified)
R100,R200
32
Refer to
32
32
-F
03
A100
-60
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
Control
Type
Port
Position
Coil Type of
Solenoid Valve
Design
Number
Design
Std.
F:
Flange Mtg.
L:
Foot Mtg.
Viewed from
Shaft End
R:
Clockwise
(Normal)
03:
Pressure
Compensator
with
Unloading Type

Yuken for details.
AC
A100,A120
A200,A240
S:
Side Port
DC
D12,D24
D48
R(AC DC Rectified)
R100,R200
60
60
Refer to
60

Consult Yuken when detailed material such as dimensions figures is required.

Single Pump, Pressure Compensator with Unloading Type
63

Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Load Sensing Type
Graphic Symbols
Output Flow
M
O
A16/A22/A37/A56
(Small
Input
Current i 2
Large)
(Small
Pressure
Input
Current i1
Large)
M
O
A70/A90/A145

A56
Series Number
-F
-R
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
A16
(15.8 cm3/rev)
F:
Flange Mtg.
A37
(36.9 cm3/rev)
L:
Foot Mtg.
A56
(56.2 cm3/rev)
A70
Series Number
A70
(70.0 cm3/rev)
A90
(91.0 cm3/rev)
A145
(145 cm3/rev)
R:
Clockwise
-F
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
F:
Flange Mtg.
L:
Foot Mtg.
-K
-32
Control Type
Pressure Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Shaft
Extension
Design
Number
Design Std.
04:
Proportional
Electro-Hydraulic
Load Sensing
Type
1
B: 1.5 - 6.9 (220 - 1000)

C: 1.5 - 15.7 (220 - 2280)
32
32
K:
Keyed Shaft
B: 2 - 6.9 (290 - 1000)

C: 2 - 15.7 (290 - 2280)
H: 2 - 20.6 (290 - 2990)
04
Control Type
Pressure Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
04:
Proportional
Electro-Hydraulic
Load Sensing
Type

Yuken for details.
32
32
-60
Port Position
Design
Number
Design Std.
C: 1.5 - 16 (220 - 2320)

H: 1.5 - 21 (220 - 3050)
S:
Side Port
60
Refer to 2
60
Consult Yuken when N. American Design Standard is required.
64
Refer to 2
60
Viewed from
Shaft End
R:
Clockwise
-C
B: 1.5 - 6.9 (220 - 1000)

C: 1.5 - 15.7 (220 - 2280)
H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 2990)
Viewed from
Shaft End
A22
(22.2 cm3/rev)
-04

Single Pump, Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Load Sensing Type
PISTON PUMPS
Pipe Flange Kits

Pipe flange kits are available.
When ordering, specify the kit number from the table below.
Socket Welding
Threaded Connection
Butt Welding
Pump Model
Numbers
Name of
Port
A16-*-R-04
A22-*-R-04
Discharge
A37-*-R-04
A56-*-R-04
Suction
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-C-10
Discharge
F5-06-A-10
F5-06-A-1080
F5-06-B-10
F5-06-C-10
A70-*R04
Suction
F5-12-A-10
F5-12-A-1080
F5-12-B-10
F5-12-C-10
Discharge
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-C-10
Suction
F5-16-A-10
F5-16-A-1080
F5-16-B-10
F5-16-C-10
Discharge
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-C-10
A90-*R04
A145-*R04
Suction
Japanese
Standard
"JIS"
"A" Series

Japanese Standard Japanese Standard
"JIS" &
"JIS" &
European Design European Design
Standard
Standard
F5-06-A-1080
F5-06-B-10
F5-06-C-10
European
Design
Standard
F5-06-A-10
2
flanges. Therefore, please pay cautious attension to the operating pressure when the socket welding flanges are used.
2. Discharge port for pump model "A16" and "A22" is available only the threaded connections.
Instructions
Bleeding Air
In order to get steadily controlled pressure and flow, bleed air by loosening the air vent screw and fill solenoid armature
with operating oil.
Manual Adjustment Screws
Manual adjustment screws may be used for initial running adjustment or in case of electrical failures in order to adjust
pressure and flow temporarily. In case of normal use, put the manual adjustment screws back in their preset positions.
Position of Cable Departure
Position of cable departure can be changed. For details, refer to EDG-01 valve on page 672.
Connection of Surge Cut-off Valve to "A" Series Pump (For A16 to A56 Type)
If using surge cut-off valve (SF1105-A-10), connect between pilot port "PP" of this pump and port "PP" of surge cutoff valve as pilot piping (refer to drawing below).
Inside diameter of pipe should be more than 8 mm(.32 in.).
Consult Yuken of detail of surge cut-off valve.
Surge Cut-off Valve
(SF1105-A-10)
i1
"PP"
i2
M
O

65
Specifications
Model No.
A16
A22
A37
A56
A70
A90
A145
15.8
(.964)
22.2
(1.355)
36.9
(2.25)
56.2
(3.43)
70.0
(4.27)
91.0
(5.55)
145
(8.85)
16
(2320)
16
(2320)
16
(2320)
16
(2320)
21
(3050)
21
(3050)
21
(3050)
21
(3050)
16
(2320)
21
(3050)
21
(3050)
21
(3050)
21
(3050)
21
(3050)
Max.
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
Min.
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
L/min
(U.S. GPM)
1 - 28.4
(.26 - 7.5)
1 - 40
(.26 - 10.6)
1 - 66
(.26 - 17.4)
1 - 101
(.26 - 26.7)
1 - 126
(.26 - 33.3)
1 - 163
(.26 - 43.1)
2 - 261
(.53 - 69.0)
Min Pres. Required

for Flow Adj.
MPa
(PSI)
1.5
(220)
1.5
(220)
1.5
(220)
2.0
(290)
1.0
(145)
1.0
(145)
1.0
(145)
Differential Pres.
(Discharge Pres.
-Load Pres.)
MPa
(PSI)
Step Response 5
(0 Max. Flow)
ms
Descriptions
Geometric
Displacement
cm /rev
(cu. in./rev)
Rated
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Intermittent
Shaft Speed Range
r/min
Flow Adj.
Range
Flow
Control
0.22
(30)
0.37
(55)
70
80
120
125
Hysteresis
3% or less
Rated Current
mA
900
700
740
Pres. Adj. Range

Step
Response
ms
Hysteresis
Pres.
Control
210
820
920
920
10
MPa (PSI)
Refer to Model Number Designation
t1
80
80
50
55
150
150
160
t2
140
90
80
80
80
120
180
C: 860
H: 765
C: 873
H: 765
C: 875
H: 755
2% or less
Rated Current
(Pres. Adj. Range)

B: 770, C:880, H:790
mA
Coil Resistance
[20C (68F)]
Applicable Amplifier Model

Approx. Mass
kg
(lbs.)
120
790
Coil Resistance
[20C (68F)]
100
10
AME-D2-1010-*-10
Flange Mtg.
32
(70.6)
32
(70.6)
38
(83.8)
45
(99.2)
72.5
(160)
88.5
(195)
109.5
(241)
Foot Mtg.
34.2
(75.4)
34.2
(75.4)
43.2
(95.3)
49.3
(109)
84.5
(186)
109
(240)
134.5
(297)
Model
2. When operating the pump exceeding the rated pressure, operating

conditions are restricted. Refer to page 33 for the details.
A16, A22
1.5
(220
16 MPa
16 1.5 MPa High Pressure Hose
2320 PSI) (2320
220 PSI) 3/8" 2 m (6.6 ft)
4. The figure mentioned in the above table are those obtained using
Yuken's amplifier.
A37, A56
2.0
(290
16 MPa
2320 PSI) (2320
290 PSI) 3/4" 2 m (6.6 ft)
5. Step response depends on circuit and operating conditions. Data

shown in the table above is an example based on the condition right.
A70, A90
A145
3.0
(435
16 MPa
2320 PSI) (2320
435 PSI) 1-1/4" 2 m (6.6 ft)
Pres. Step Response

t1
t2
Loading Volume
3. For detail specifications of power amplifiers, refer to page 780.
66

PISTON PUMPS
Typical Performance Characteristics at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50C (122F)]
PSI
3000
2500
A70/A90/A145
MPa
21
20
"H"
16
2000
1500
1000
500
0
A16/A22/A37/A56
"C"
12
8
"B"
PSI
3500
MPa
24
3000
20
2500
200
400
600
"H"
16
2000
12
"C"
1500
8
1000
500
0
0
"A" Series
Full Cut-off Pres. vs. Input Current
800 900
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
Input Current mA
Input Current mA
Note: Pressure adjustment range "H" is not available for A22.
A22
Output Flow vs. Input Current
U.S.GPM L /min
11
40
10
A16
U.S.GPM L /min
32
8
24
16
Output Flow
Output Flow
N=1800 r/min
2
0
10
0
0
200
400
600
800
U.S.GPM
30
1000
Output Flow
25
N=1800 r/min
400
L /min
110
100
20
80
15
60
10
40
20
0
0
60
600
800
N=1800 r/min
200
400
600
800 900
Input Current mA
50
12
A70
10
40
30
U.S.GPM
20
35
30
L /min
140
120
20
80
10
40
6
2
0
Output Flow
4
10
0
0
200
400
600
800
Input Current mA
0
0
N=1800 r/min
200
400
600
800
1000
Input Current mA
A90
U.S.GPM L /min
200
50
N=1800 r/min
A145
U.S.GPM
75
70
30
120
60
20
80
10
40
Output Flow
160
40
Output Flow
200
A56
U.S.GPM L /min
70
18
Output Flow
20
Input Current mA
A37
14
30
Input Current mA
16
N=1800 r/min
0
0
200
400
600
Input Current mA
800
1000
50
40
L /min
280
240
200
160
30
120
20
80
10
40
N=1800 r/min
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
Input Current mA

67
Flange Mtg. : A16-F-R-04-*-K-32/3280

A22-F-R-04-*-K-32/3280
229
(9.02)
213
(8.39)
167.5
(6.59)
Cable Departure
(For Pres. Control)
DIMENSIONS IN
44.5(1.75)
6.5(.26)
Filling Port
59
(2.32)
101.5
(4.00)
63.2
(2.49)
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
26.5
(1.04)
188
(7.40)
152.2
(5.99)
70
(2.76)
Pilot Port "PP"

"D" Thd.
2
Cable Departure
(For Flow Control)
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
57.5
(2.26)
103
(4.06)
41
(1.61)
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex.

3 Places.
22.2(.874)
18
(.71)
106
(4.17)
130
(5.12)
Suction Port 19(.75) Dia.
M10 Thd. 17(.67) Deep

4 Places
See
R12
(R.47)
95(3.74) Dia.
47.6
(1.874)
INC.
48
(1.89)
12
(.47)
172
(6.77)
187
for Pump Discharge Pressure
(7.36)
"D" Thd
262
(10.31)
Tank Port
Air Vent
"F" Thd.
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Safety Valve Pressure Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)
12
(.47)
96
(3.78)
19.05(.7500)
Dia.
19.02(.7488)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
82.55(3.2500)
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
255.5
(10.06)
177.5
(6.99)
152.5
(6.00)
57.5
(2.26)
25(.98)
32.5
(1.28)
94
(3.70)
56
(2.20)
85
(3.35)
Discharge Port
"E" Thd.
190.5
(7.50)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
A16/A22-F-R-04-*-K-32
A16/A22-F-R-04-*-K-3280
1. Detail of Discharge Port
[For Japanese Standard]
1
(.04)
14
(.55)
2.5
(.10)
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
G 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
3/8 BSP.F
"F" Thd.
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
2. Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area......Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
3. Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment.
28(1.10) Dia.
18.6(.73) Dia. 15
G 3/8 Thd.
Foot Mounting Type

68

PISTON PUMPS
Flange Mtg. : A37-F-R-04-*-K-32/3280
Manual Flow Adj. Screw

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
110.5
(4.35)
77
(3.03)
"A" Series
308.5
(12.15)
296.5
(11.67)
Safety Valve
Pressure Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
77.3
(3.04)
30(1.18)
195
(7.68)
228
(8.98)
282
(11.10)
Suction Port
32(1.26) Dia.
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
4 Places
25
(.98)
14
(.55)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
R14
(R .55)
120(4.72) Dia.
146
(5.75)
174
(6.85)
202
(7.95)
115.5
(4.55)
Cable Departure 1
(For Flow Control)
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.)
30.2
(1.189)
22.2
(.874)
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
47.6
(1.874)
85
(3.35)
58.7
(2.311)
100.5
(3.96)
27
Pilot Port "PP" (1.06)
"D" Thd.
22.23(.8752)
22.20(.8740) Dia.
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
12
(.47)
Pressure Gauge
Connection for Pump
Discharge Pressure
"D" Thd
105
(4.13)
32(1.26)
7
(.28)
275.5
(10.85)
185.5
(7.30)
147.2
(5.80)
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
132
(5.20)
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc.

3 Places.
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw INC.

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
59
(2.32)
Cable Departure 1
9.5
(For Pres. Control)
(.37)
Filling Port
A37-F-R-04-*-K-32
Discharge Port
20(.79) Dia.
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
4 Places
A37-F-R-04-*-K-3280
"D" Thd.
Rc 1/2
Rc 1/4
1/2 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
36 42
(1.42) (1.65)
83
(3.27)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg. : A37-L-R-04-*-K-32/3280
60 74
(2.362) (2.91)
39
115
(4.53)
(1.54)
14
(.55)
15
(.59)
102
(4.02)
3
(.12)

4 Places
120
(4.72)
95
95
(3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)

69
Flange Mtg. : A56-F-R-04-*-K-32/3280

320.5
(12.62)
308.5
(12.15)

3 Places.
Pilot Port "PP"

"D" Thd.
12
(.47)
207
(8.15)
240
(9.45)
294
(11.57)
100
(3.94)
27
(1.06)
116
(4.57)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
35.32(1.931)
35.14(1.383)
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
77.8
(3.06)
41 49
(1.61) (1.93)
Safety Valve
Pressure Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
25
(.98)
14
(.55)
90
(3.54)
283.5
(11.16)
185.5
(7.30)
147.2
(5.80)
7
(.28)
"D" Thd
9.5
(.37)
INC.
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Cable Departure 1
(For Pres. Control)
122.5
(4.82)
50.5
Filling Port
(1.99)
43.5
(1.71) 40
(1.57)
2
Drain Port (Both Sides)
Thd.
"C"

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
62
(2.44)
R14
(R.55)
120(4.72) Dia.
146
(5.75)
174
(6.85)
232
(9.13)
Cable Departure 1
(For Flow Control)
47.6
(1.874)
94
(3.70)
58.7
(2.311)
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.)
Suction Port
35(1.38) Dia.
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
4 Places
30.2
(1.189)
22.2
(.874)

"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
Discharge Port
20(.79) Dia.
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
4 Places
A56-F-R-04-*-K-32
A56-F-R-04-*-K-3280
"D" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
38 44
(1.50) (1.73)
85
(3.35)
View Arrow X
60 77
(2.362)(3.03)
42
115
(4.53)
(1.65)
14
(.55)
15
(.59)
102
(4.02)

4 Places
(.12)
Foot Mtg. : A56-L-R-04-*-K-32/3280
DIMENSIONS IN
120
(4.72)
95
95
(3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)
70

PISTON PUMPS
Flange Mtg. : A70-FR04*S-60/6080
Discharge Port
25 (.98) Dia.
35 (1.38) Dia. Spotface

(From Rear)
2 Places
16(.63)
58.7
(2.311)
215
(8.46)

(From Rear)
4 Places
276
(10.87)
Suction Port
38 (1.50) Dia.
69.9
(2.752)
from pump casing.
M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep

4 Places
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.)
A70-FR04*S-60
A70-FR04*S-6080
"D" Thd.
"A" Series
Eye Bolt
M10
1. Use either port of two drain ports at your option. Keep the remaining
port plugged.
"C" Thd.
196.5
(7.74)
114.4
(4.504)
134
(5.28)
181
(7.126)
211
(8.31)
18(.71)
Filling Port
[22 (.87) Hex. Head plug Furnished]
Model Numbers
X
118
(4.65)
7.97 (.3138)
7.94 (.3126)
14(.55)
30.2
(1.189)
M10 Thd. 17(.67) Deep
4 Places
73
73
(2.87) (2.87)
50
(1.97)
83
(3.27)
Primary Pressure
Gauge Connection for
Pump Discharge Pressure
"D" Thd.
114.4
(4.504)
180(7.09)
40
(1.57)
Tank Port
"E" Thd.
95
(3.74)
14(.55)
9.5
(.37)
137(5.39)
19.5
(.77)
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
for Pump Discharge
Pressure
"D" Thd.
18(.71)
62
(2.44)
INC.
Safety Valve
Pressure Adj. Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
120(4.72)
Cable Departure
(For Flow Control)
196.5
(7.74)
169
(6.65)
140
(5.51)
104.3
(4.11)
Pilot Port
"D" Thd.
65
(2.56)
90
(3.54)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places

"C" Thd.
127.00 (5.0000)
Dia.
126.95 (4.9980)
Manual Flow INC.

Adj. Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
344.5
(13.56)
227.5
(8.96)
196.5
(7.74)
191.5
(7.54)
137
(5.39)
35.32 (1.391)
35.14 (1.383)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Cable Departure 3
(For Pres. Control)
31.75 (1.2500)
Dia.
31.70 (1.2480)
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
INC.
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
35.7
(1.406)
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP. Tr
3/8 BSP. F
246.5
(9.70)
Case Drain Port 2

5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A70-LR04*S-60/6080
127
(5.00) Dia.
42.5
(1.67)
26
(1.02)
77
125
(4.921) (3.03)
195
37
(7.68)
(1.46)
3
(.12)
24
(.94)
130
(5.12)

4 Places
171
(6.73)
130
130
(5.118)
(5.118)
320
(12.60)

71
Flange Mtg. : A90-FR04*S-60/6080

Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
INC.
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Manual Flow
INC.
Adj. Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
3
Cable Departure
(For Flow Control)
Cable Departure 3
(For Pres. Control)
370.5
(14.59)
251
(9.88)
Drain Port (Both Sides) 1
220
"C" Thd.
(8.66)
215
(8.46)
160.5
95
Pilot Port
(6.32)
(3.74)
"D" Thd.
23(.91)
119.5
Secondary Pressure Gauge
(4.70)
Connection for Pump
13(.51)
Discharge Pressure

Safety Valve
Pressure Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
206.5
(8.13)
179
(7.05)
150
105
(5.91)
(4.13)
68 68
(2.68) (2.68)
104.3
(4.11)
"D" Thd.
127
206
(5.00)
(8.11)
161.6
(6.362)
137
(5.39)
120
(4.72)
9.56 (.3764)
9.53 (.3752)
50
(1.97)
58.7
(2.311)
22
(.87)
23
(.91)
238.5
(9.39)
299.5
(11.79)
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980) Dia.
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
Tank Port
"E" Thd.
Primary Pressure
Pump Discharge Pres.
"D" Thd.
M10 Thd. 17(.67) Deep
4 Places
Discharge Port
25 (.98) Dia.
113
(4.45)
83
(3.27)
30.2
(1.189)
63(2.48)

(From Rear)
4 Places
R22
(R .87)
161.6
(6.362)
Filling Port
Eye Bolt
M10
Case Drain Port 2

5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
77.8
(3.063)
port plugged.
from pump casing.
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.)
Model Numbers
A90-FR04*S-60
A90-FR04*S-6080
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP. Tr
3/8 BSP. F
42.9
(1.689)
270
(10.63)
"E" Thd.
M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep

4 Places
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A90-LR04*S-60/6080
125
110
(4.921) (4.33)
70
200
(7.87) (2.76)
215
(8.46)
157.5
157.5
(6.201)
(6.201)
375
(14.76)
72

25(.98)
24(.94)
3
(.12)
140
(5.51)

4 Places
PISTON PUMPS
Flange Mtg. : A145-FR04*S-60/6080

Cable Departure 3
(For Pres. Control)
Cable Departure
(For Flow Control)
Tank Port
"E" Thd.
INC.
Pilot Port "D" Thd.
Secondary Pressure Gauge

Connection for Pump
Discharge Pressure
"D" Thd.
110
(4.33)
58.7
(2.311)
24
(.94)
26
(1.02)
264
(10.39)
332
(13.07)

(From Rear)
4 Places
R22
(R.87)
Eye Bolt
M10
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
77.8
(3.063)
1. Use either port of the two drain ports at your option. Keep the remaining
port plugged.
2. Case drain ports are available for use when draining hydraulic fluid
from pump casing.
M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep

4 Places
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.)
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP. Tr
3/8 BSP. F
42.9
(1.689)
299.5
(11.79)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A145-LR04*S-60/6080
280
(11.02)
187.3
187.3
(7.374)
(7.374)
438
(17.24)
30(1.18)
119
114.3
(4.500) (4.69)
185
80
(7.28) (3.15)
3
(.12)
187.3
(7.37)

4 Places
29(1.14)
A145-FR04*S-6080
Safety Valve
Pressure Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
11.14 (.4386)
11.11 (.4374)
Filling Port
Case Drain Port

5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
A145-FR04*S-60
228.6
(9.000)
273
(10.75)
Model Numbers
"A" Series

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
44.45(1.7500)
Dia.
44.40(1.7480)
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
M10 Thd. 17(.67) Deep

4 Places
Discharge Port
25 (.98) Dia.
216.5
(8.52)
189
(7.44)
112
160
(6.30)
(4.41)
72 72
(2.83) (2.83)
85.3
(3.36)
70
(2.76)
83
(3.27)
30.2
(1.189)
Primary Pressure
Pump Discharge Pres.
"D" Thd.
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
208
141
(8.19)
(5.55)
228.6
(9.000)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
400
(15.75)
280.5
112
(11.04)
(4.41)
23
249.5
(9.82)
(.91)
225
(8.86)
13
168
(6.61)
(.51)
89
(3.50)
50
(1.97)
INC.

"C" Thd.
137
(5.39)
120
(4.72)
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.

73

Electro-Hydraulic Proportional pressure & Flow Control Type
Input Signal for
Pressure Control
Amplifier
Proportional Solenoid
L)
Input Voltage
Control
Valve
Control
Piston
(S
Pressure
Sensor
Performance
Characteristics
Output Flow
Input Signal for

Flow Control
Pressure
(S
Input Voltage
L)
1. Unloading pressure when input

signal is 0 V.
2. Safety valve setting pressure
Safety valve
Tilt Angle Sensor
Bias Piston
Graphic Symbols
A16/A22/A37/A56

A70
-F
R
04E
Direction of
Series Number Mounting
Rotation
A16
(15.8 cm3/rev)
A22
(22.2 cm3/rev)
A37
(36.9 cm3/rev)
A56
(56.2 cm3/rev)
A70
(70.0 cm3/rev)
A90
(91.0 cm3/rev)
A145
(145.0 cm3/rev)
F:
Flange
Mtg.
L:
Foot
Mtg.
Viewed
from
Shaft
End
R:
1
Clockwise
(Normal)
Control
Type
A70/A90/A145
16
Control Pressure at
Input Signal is 5 V
Unit of
Control
Pressure
Use the same measure

04E:
of the control pressure
Proportional as shown on the right,
6.9 MPa
Pressure &
specify within the
Flow Control
range of maximum
Type
operating pressure
M: MPa
P: PSI
-60
2
-60
3
Type of
Compensation Design
Number
Outboard Pump
Number
None
A:
B:
06
42
11
42
01
42
02
42
60
60
60
60
60
60
2
2
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult Yuken for details.
2. These pumps, except A16 and A22 types, can be connected to outboard pumps.
- A37/A56 type (outboard pump connection symbol: None): spigot diameter: 82.55 mm (3.250 in.) (A16, A22, and PV2R1).
- A70/A90/A145 type (outboard pump connection symbol: "A"): spigot diameter:82.55 mm (3.250 in.) (A16, A22, and PV2R1).
- A70/A90/A145 type (outboard pump connection symbol: "B"): spigot diameter:101.6 mm (4.000 in.)(A37 and PV2R2).
3. Amplifier Compensation Number may differ according to the main machine conditions. Consult Yuken for detail.
Consult Yuken when N. American Design Standard is required.
74
*
Design
Std.

Single Pump, Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type
Refer to
4
PISTON PUMPS
Model Numbers
Descriptions
Geometric
Displacement
cm /rev
(cu. in./rev)
Rated
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Intermittent
Shaft Speed Range
Max. Flow
A16
A22
A37
A56
A70
A90
A145
15.8
(.964)
22.2
(1.355)
36.9
(2.25)
56.2
(3.43)
70.0
(4.27)
91.0
(5.55)
145.0
(8.85)
16
(2320)
16
(2320)
16
(2320)
16
(2320)
25
(3630)
25
(3630)
25
(3630)
21
(3050)
16
(2320)
21
(3050)
21
(3050)
28
(4060)
28
(4060)
28
(4060)
126.0
(33.3)
163.0
(43.1)
261.0
(69.0)
600 - 1800
r/min
L/min
(U.S. GPM)
Min. Pres. Required

Flow for Flow Adj.
Control
Hysteresis
28.4
(7.5)
40.0
(10.6)
66.4
(17.5)
MPa
(PSI)
101.0
(26.7)
2.0 (290)
1 % or less
Repeatability
1 % or less
Input Signal
Max. Flow / 5 V DC
Min. Adjustment
Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
0.7 (100)
Pressure
Hysteresis
Control
Repeatability
1 % or less
1 % or less
Input Signal
Coil Resistance
Specified Control Pressure / 5 V DC

[@ 20C (68 F)]
10
Flow Control : 10 k
Input Impedance
W
Power Input (Max.)
30
Flow
5 V DC/Max. Flow
Pressure
5 V DC/Specified Control Pressure

Voltage : Max. 30 V DC Current : Max. 40 mA
Alarm Signal Output (Open Collector)

Ambient Temperature
Pressure Control : 10 k
24 V DC (21 - 28 V Included Ripple)
Supply Electric Power
Output Signal
"A" Series
Specifications
C (F)
0 - 50 (32 - 122)
(With Circulated Air)
Flange Mtg.
20.5
(45.2)
20.5
(45.2)
32.0
(70.6)
39.0
(86.0)
64.0
(141)
76.5
(169)
96.4
(213)
Foot Mtg.
22.7
(50.1)
22.7
(50.1)
36.3
(80.0)
43.3
(95.5)
76.0
(168)
97.0
(214)
121.4
(268)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
1. Whenever setting pressure, make sure the full cut-off pressure never exceeds the maximum intermittent pressure.
2. When operating the pump exceeding the rated pressure, operating conditions are restricted.
Refer to page 33 for the details.
3. Maximum flow differs to shaft speed.
The value listed above indicates shaft speed of 1800 r/min.
For other shaft speed calculate by the ratio of shaft speed.
4. To secure the required minimum pressure, special sequence valves are available, to be directly installed at the discharge port of the pump. Consult
Yuken for details.
Pipe Flange Kits

For Pipe flange, refer to form of pressure compensator type on page 34.
Instructions
Input Signal
The pump is on unload condition when the pump is operated without input signal voltage.
Electric Source
Always turn off electric source whenever the connector for swash plate tilt angle sensor is removed.
Compensation of Pump Maximum Regulated Flow at Frequency
If the same maximum flow is required at 50 Hz or 60 Hz, connect short plug in the amplifier to 60 Hz at the place where
supplied frequency is 60 Hz. At this condition, maximum flow comes to the same value at 50 Hz.
If short plug is used at 60 Hz without making the change, maximum flow increased in proportion to frequency.
Painting on Amp. Box and Solenoiod
To maintain suitable radiation effect, the amp. Box and the solenoid of the control valve should not be painted.
75
Outboard Pumps
Attachment
A37 to A145 type pumps, except A16 and A22, can be used
as double pumps, by connecting an outboard pump on the
cover side. See the table below for details.
Amplifier
Pump Model Numbers
Amplifier Model Numbers
Control Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Connectable Outboard Pump

Spigot Diameter
for Connecting
an Outboard Pump
mm (in.)
Outboard Pump
Connection Symbol
None
A37/A56
82.55
(2.500)
"A"
A70/A90/A145
A16-*R04E
-06-42
-16-06-10
SK1106-
-16-06-1001
14.7 19.6
(2132 2842)
SK1106-
-16-06-1002
19.6 21.0
(2842 3045)
SK1106-
-22-11-10
SK1106-
-22-11-1001
SK1106-
-37-60-10
SK1106-
-37-60-1001
14.7 19.6
(2132 2842)
SK1106-
-37-60-1002
19.6 21.0
(2842 3045)
SK1106-
-56-60-10
SK1106-
-56-60-1001
14.7 19.6
(2132 2842)
SK1106-
-56-60-1002
19.6 21.0
(2842 3045)
SK1106-
-70-60-10
SK1106-
-70-60-1001
14.7 19.6
(2132 2842)
A22-*R04E
A37, PV2R2
Connectable pumps shafts are involute-serrated design, not the standard

parallel key slot design. For details, including pump dimensions and
model numbers, consult Yuken.
Coupling
Please use assembly part number when ordering coupling
assemblies for shaft connections to outboard pumps.
A37-*R04E
SK1106-
-70-60-1002
19.6 22.6
(2842 3277)
SK1106-
-70-60-1003
22.6
(3277
SK1106-
-91-60-10
SK1106-
-91-60-1001
14.7 19.6
(2132 2842)
SK1106-
-91-60-1002
19.6 22.6
(2842 3277)
SK1106-
-91-60-1003
22.6
(3277
-11-42
-60-42
40 mm (1.57 in.)
-60-42
"D2" Dia.
"D1" Dia.
A56-*R04E
Involute-serration
Outboard Pump
Connection Symbol
None
A37/A56
"A"
A70/A90/A145
Part Number of
Coupling Ass'y
098-PK412588-6
"B" 098-PK412623-1
Dimensions
mm (in.)
"D1"
"D2"
Serration Size
Nominal Dia.
No. of Teeth
Mojule
27 19.5
18.75
(1.06) (.77)
24
0.75
36
26
(1.42) (1.02)
24
25
Selecting an Outboard Pump Type

The maximum torque of outboard pumps is limited by shaft
and coupling assembly strength. When determining the
outboard pump type, the value of the displacement times the
pressure for a particular pump should not exceed the value
shown in the table below.
Outboard Pump
q2 P2
Pump
Model
No.
Inboard Pump and

Outboard Pump
(q1 P1) (q2 P2)
A37
900(7963) and less
A56
1742(15413) and less
A70
2408(21305) and less
519(4592) and less 935(8272) and less
A90
4348(38470) and less
977(8644) and less
A145 4739(41930) and less
951(8414) and less
Outboard pump connection symbol

"None"/"A"
"B"
A70-*R04E
A90-*R04E
A145-*R04E
*-60-60
*-60-60
14.7
2132)
14.7 16.0
(2132 2320)
(
14.7
2132)
14.7
2132)
14.7
2132)
14.7
2132)
14.7
2132)
SK1106-
-145-60-10
SK1106-
-145-60-1001
14.7 19.6
(2132 2842)
SK1106-
-145-60-1002
19.6 22.6
(2842 3277)
SK1106-
-145-60-1003
22.6
(3277
*-60-60
Note 1. The symbol " ", shown with pump and amplifier model numbers,
is the control pressure at input signal of 5 V.
2. Cable for pump-amplifier connection is not included. See Page 85
for details on ordering cables.
q1, q2 : Displacement cm3/rev (cu.in./rev)

P1, P2 : Pressure MPa (PSI)
For selection of the appropriate pump, both values, 1 and 2 , should be
satisfied.
76
A16, A22, PV2R1
101.6
(4.000)
"B"
Connectable Pump
14.7
2132)
SK1106-

PISTON PUMPS
Output Flow vs. Input Signal

A16
A56
16
0
0
1
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
A22
10
Output Flow
1500 r/min
60
10
40
20
0
0
1
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
125
1800 r/min
100
1500 r/min
30
20
75
50
10
10
25
15
1800 r/min
20
80
A70
30
20
U.S.GPM L /min
40
150
L /min
45
40
Output Flow
U.S.GPM
12
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
L /min
120
100
25
1500 r/min
Output Flow
Output Flow
1800 r/min
24
U.S.GPM
30
"A" Series
L /min
U.S.GPM 32
8
1
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
0
0
4
1
2
3
Input Signal V DC
A90
A37
L /min
80
40
1800 r/min
Output Flow
16
60
1500 r/min
12
40
Output Flow
U.S.GPM
20
U.S.GPM L /min
175
45
1500 r/min
125
30
100
20
75
50
10
20
25
0
0
0
4
1
2
3
Input Signal V DC
A145
U.S.GPM
60
MPa
28
25
3000
2000
A*-*R04E27.5M
A*-*R04E24.5M
20 A - R04E20.6M
**
1
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
L /min
280
1800 r/min
240
50
200
40
160
30
120
20
80
10
40
0
15
10
1000
Output Flow
Full Cut-off Pres. vs. Input Signal

PSI
4000
Note: Pump characteristics at 1800 r/min is the same as those at 1500 r/min
where frequency is compensated.
(Refer to page 75.)
1800 r/min
150
1500 r/min
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
A*-*R04E15.7M
A*-*R04E6.9M
0
0
1
2
3
Input Signal V DC
Refer to page 37 to 43 for performance characteristics of

pressure compensator type excluding characteristics appeared
on this catalogue.

77
Flange Mtg. : A16-FR04E*-06-42/4280

A22-FR04E*-11-42/4280
232.5
(9.15)
205.5
(8.09)
147.5
(5.81)
26.5
(1.04)
44.5(1.75)
1
Filling Port
151.5
(5.96)
6.5(.26)
142
(5.59)
Drain Port "C" Thd.

25(.98)
59
(2.32)
95(3.74) Dia.
162
(6.38)
Cable
3
Departure
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3Places
96
(3.78)
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)
12
(.47)
172
(6.77)
Pres. Sensor Connector
78
(3.07)
12(.47)
18(.71)
19.05(.7500)
Dia.
19.02(.7488)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
82.55(3.2500)
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
R12
(R.47)
106
(4.17)
130
(5.12)
Tilt Angle Sensor Connector
47.6
(1.874)
47.6
(1.874)
M10 Thd. 17(.67) Deep

8 Places
Discharge Port
19 (.75) Dia.
Suction Port
19(.75) Dia.
22.2
(.874)
22.2
(.874)
65
(2.56)
View Arrow X
View Arrow Y

3. For cable connection with amplifiers, see page 85.
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ...... Not Exceeding 1.5mm 2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
A16/A22-FR04E*-*-42
A16/A22-FR04E*-*-4280
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type
78

PISTON PUMPS
Flange Mtg. : A37-FR04E*-01-42/4280
274.5
(10.81)
251.5
(9.90)
224.5
(8.84)
166.5
(6.56)
"A" Series
Cable Departure 3
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ......
Filling Port 1
Drain Port "C" Thd.
151.5
(5.96)
86
(3.39)
Surface of
Discharge Port
77
62
(3.03) (2.44)
30
9.5
(1.18) (.37)
146.5
(5.77)
86
(3.39)
Surface of
Suction Port
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
105
(4.13)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
166
(6.54)
40(1.57)
30.2
12
(1.189)
(.47)
178.5
(7.03)
252.5
(9.94)
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep

4 Places
R14
(R.55)
120(4.72) Dia.
146
(5.75)
174
(6.85)
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep

4 Places
Suction Port
32(1.26) Dia.
A37-FR04E*-01-4280
58.7
(2.311)

Model Numbers
A37-FR04E*-01-42
90
(3.54)
14(.55)
25(.98)
Discharge Port
32 (1.26) Dia.
31.75(1.2500)
Dia.
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
58.7
(2.311)
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/2
Hex. Hd. Screw

Plain Washer
1/2 BSP.F
30.2
(1.189)
178.5
(7.03)
End Cover
Seal Cover
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

79
Flange Mtg. : A56-FR04E*-02-42/4280

4
Discharge Port
32 (1.26) Dia.
M10 Thd.
19(.75) Deep
4 Places
30.2
(1.189)
191
(7.52)
12
(.47)
265
(10.43)
98
(3.86)
14(.55)
25(.98)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
58.7
(2.311)
90
(3.54)
191
(7.52)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Filling Port 1
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
287
(11.30)
2
Drain Port "C" Thd.
264
(Both Sides)
(10.39)
151.5
160.5
237
Surface of
Surface of
(5.96)
(6.32)
(9.33)
Discharge Port
Suction Port
100
100
62
179
(3.94)
(3.94)
(7.05)
(2.44)
41
49
9.5
50.5
(1.61) (1.93)
(1.99)
(.37)
43.5
(1.71)
40
(1.57)
Air Vent
7.97(.3128)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
7.94(.3126)
3 Places
R14
(R.55)
146
(5.75)
174
(6.85)
120(4.72) Dia.
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep

4 Places
3

Model Numbers
A56-FR04E*-02-42
A56-FR04E*-02-4280
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
58.7
(2.311)
Suction Port
35(1.38) Dia.
Hex. Hd. Screw

Plain Washer
30.2
(1.189)
191
(7.52)
End Cover
Seal Cover
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

80

PISTON PUMPS
Flange Mtg. : A70-FR04E**-60-60/6080

4
62
(2.44)
19.5(.77)
65
(2.56)
9.5(.37)

116.5
155
(4.59)
(6.10)
95
95
(3.74) (3.74)
73
73
(2.87) (2.87)
40(1.57)
Discharge Port
26 (1.02) Dia.
M10 Thd.
17(.67) Deep
4 Places
26.2
(1.031)
16
(.63)
18
(.71)
246.5
(9.70)
305.5
(12.03)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
127.00(.50000)
126.95(4.9980) Dia.
X
180
(7.09)
18(.71)
52.4(2.063)

(From Rear)
2 Places
181
(7.126)
211
(8.31)
Filling Port 1
Eye Bolt
M10
3
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
69.9
(2.752)
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
90
(3.54)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
207.5
(8.17)
Drain Port "C" Thd.

(Both Sides)
118
(4.65)
333.5
(13.13)
307
(12.09)
249
(9.80)
"A" Series
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ......Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
View Arrow Y

5. If you do not use the special sequence valve, plug the port (FP-SC-1/32).
Model Numbers
A70-FR04E**-60-60
A70-FR04E**-60-6080
35.7
(1.406)
246.5
(9.70)
Case Drain Port
5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
Hex. Hd. Screw

Plain Washer
End Cover
Seal Cover
M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
4 Places
View Arrow X
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

81
Flange Mtg. : A90-FR04E**-60-60/6080

4
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ......Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
347
(13.66)
Drain Port "C" Thd.
320
(Both Sides)
(12.60)
262
95
(10.31)
(3.74)
23(.91)
119.5
(4.70)
13(.51)
117.5
(4.63)
155
(6.10)
105
105
(4.13) (4.13)
68 68
(2.68) (2.68)
113
(4.45)
Discharge Port
32 (1.26) Dia.
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
4 Places
30.2
(1.189)
22
(.87)
23
(.91)
270
(10.63)
324
(12.76)
38.10(1.5000)
Dia.
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
58.7
(2.311)
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)

(From Rear)
4 Places
161.6
(6.362)
127
217
(5.00)
(8.54)
63(2.48)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
R22
(R.87)
161.6
(6.362)
Case Drain Port

5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
1
Filling Port
Eye Bolt
M10
A90-FR04E**-60-60
A90-FR04E**-60-6080
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
77.8
(3.063)

Model Numbers
42.9
(1.689)
270
(10.63)
Hex. Hd. Screw

Plain Washer
End Cover
Seal Cover
M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
4 Places
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

82

PISTON PUMPS
Flange Mtg. : A145-FR04E**-60-60/6080

4
358.5
(14.11)
331.5
(13.05)
273.5
(10.77)
112
(4.41)
23
(.91)
Drain Port 2
"C" Thd.
(Both Sides)
89
(3.50)
59
(2.32)

13
(.51)

11.14(.4386)
11.11(.4374)
141
219
(5.55)
(8.62)
228.6
(9.000)
110
(4.33)
30.2
(1.189)
24
(.94)
26
(1.02)
299.5
(11.79)
357.5
(14.07)
44.45(1.7500)
Dia.
44.40(1.7480)
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
58.7
(2.311)
Discharge Port
32 (1.26) Dia.
Case Drain Port

5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
169.5
(6.67)
112
112
(4.41) (4.41)
72 72
(2.83) (2.83)
70
(2.76)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places 5
M10 Thd.
19(.75) Deep
4 Places
"A" Series
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)

(From Rear)
4 Places
228.6
(9.000)
273
(10.75)
R22
(R.87)
A145-FR04E A ; 379.5(14.94)
A145-FR04E B ; 383(15.08)
*
*
Eye Bolt
M10
Filling Port
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
Model Numbers
A145-FR04E**-60-60
A145-FR04E**-60-6080
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
77.8
(3.063)

42.9
(1.689)
299.5
(11.79)
Hex. Hd. Screw

Plain Washer
End Cover
Seal Cover
M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
4 Places
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


83
Amplifiers for Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type Pumps (SK1106- -*-*-10**)
Specifications
Model No.
SK1106- -*-*-10**
Description
10 [at 20 C (68 F)]
Applicable Coil Resistance
10 k (PIN, QIN)
Input Impedance
Power Supply
30 W
Power Input (Max.)
Max. Flow/5V (QIN), Specified Pres./5V (PIN)
Input Signal
Output Signal for Sensor Monitor 5V/Max. Flow (SMQ), 5V/Specified Pres. (SMP)
0 - 50 C (32 - 122 F)
Ambient Temperature
450 g (1.0 lbs.)
Approx. Mass
15
50/60 Hz Short Plug

(Including in the Amplifier)
CN1
Solenoid
1 2
POWER
1 2 3
CN2
Power Supply
04E PUMP
/ SOLENOID
CN1
CONTROLLER
/ POWER SUPPLY
CN2
CN3
Pres. Sensor
CN2
Power
Supply
CN3
Pres.
Sensor
CN4
Tilt
Angle
Sensor
CN5
Input/
Output
Signal
84
Name of Signal
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
MODEL
SK1106-
-10
AMP. MFG NO.
/ I/O SIGNAL
PUMP MFG NO.
CN5
YUKEN KOGYO CO. LTD.

MADE IN JAPAN
100
(3.94)
Output to pilot valve solenoid

0 [V]
(0V )
(24V)
+24 [V]
0 [V]
+5 [V]
Power Supply for Sensor
0 [V]
Input Signal - Sensor
0 [V]
+8 [V]
Power Supply for Sensor
0 [V]
Input Signal - Sensor
0 [V]
(Qin)
Input Signal - Flow
(COM)
Input Signal - Common
(Pin)
Input Signal - Pres.
Output Signal - Sensor Monitor P (SMP)
Output Signal - Sensor Monitor Q(SMQ)
0 [V]
48
(1.89)
CN1
Solenoid
/ TILT ANGLE SENSOR
CN4
92
(3.62)
Detail of Connector
Connector
/ PRESSURE SENSOR
CN3
5
(.20)
CN5
Input/Output
Signal
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN4
Tilt Angle Sensor
140
(5.51)
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4
FUSE
FUSE
(5A)
165
(6.50)
Fuse
N-SK 1106-10
****-07
DIMENSIONS IN

PISTON PUMPS
Cable Connection Between Pump and Amplifier
Proportional
Pilot Valve
"A" Series
The cable connections between the proportional pilot valve and the sensor of the pump and the attached amplifier
(SK1106) are shown below.
The cable assemblies are not included in the pump assembly. Purchase separately with model number described in
the below table if required.
"A" Series Piston Pump
Tilt Angle Sensor
Pressure
Sensor
Cable Ass'y
Colour of Lead Wire

Red......Power Supply, +24V DC
White...Power Supply, 0V
Shield...Ground
Colour of Lead Wire

Red........Input Signal, Flow
Black.....Input Signal, Common
White....Input Signal, Pressure
Yellow...Sensor Monitor, Pressure
Green.....Sensor Monitor, Flow
1
2
3
4
5
: For Solenoid
: For Power Supply
: For Pressure Sensor
: For Tilt Angle Sensor
: For Signal
2
5
06P
05P
04P
03P
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4
1 2 3
02P
1 2
2
POWER
Solenoid
CN1
Power
Supply
CN2
FUSE
(5A)
CN3
Pres.
Sensor
CN4
Tilt Angle
Sensor
Signal
CN5
Amplifier
Model : SK1106-*-*-*-11**
1. Cable assemblies are available. When ordering, specify the cable ass'y model numbers from the table below.
Cable Ass'y Model Numbers
Name of Cable Ass'y
Approx. Length of Cable mm(ft.)

2000 (6.6)
5000 (16.4)
10000 (32.8)
1 For Solenoid
SK1112-S-2-10
SK1112-S-5-10
SK1112-S-10-10
2 For Power Supply
SK1112-V-2-10
SK1112-V-5-10
SK1112-V-10-10
3 For Pressure Sensor
SK1112-P-2-10
SK1112-P-5-10
SK1112-P-10-10
4 For Tilt Angle Sensor
SK1112-Q-2-10
SK1112-Q-5-10
SK1112-Q-10-10
5 For Signal
SK1112-C-2-10
SK1112-C-5-10
SK1112-C-10-10
2. For the details of amplifier, see the previous page.

85

"OBE" Type Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type
L)
Performance
Characteristics
Input Voltage
Input Signal for

Flow Control
Amplifier
Proportional Solenoid
Pressure
(S
Control
Piston
(S
Pressure
Sensor Control
Valve
Output Flow
Input Signal for

Pressure Control
Input Voltage
L)
1. Unloading pressure when input

signal is 0 V.
2. Safety valve setting pressure
Safety valve
Tilt Angle Sensor
Graphic Symbols
Bias Piston
Example of Specified Control Pressure

Control Pressure at
Input Signal is 5 V
kgf/cm2
MPa
PSI
Control
Pressure
Symbol (EX.)
70
70
6.9
1000
105
105
10.3
1500
140
140
13.7
2000
175
175
17.2
2500
210
A16/A22/A37/A56
A70/A90/A145

A16
-F
R
04EH
Direction of
Rotation
A16
(15.8 cm3/rev)
A22
(22.2 cm3/rev)
A37
(36.9 cm3/rev)
A56
(56.2 cm3/rev)
A70
(70.0 cm3/rev)
A90
(91.0 cm3/rev)
A145
(145.0 cm3/rev)
F:
Flange
Mtg.
L:
Foot
Mtg.
Viewed
from
Shaft
End
R:
1
Clockwise
(Normal)
Control
Type
70
Control Pressure at
Input Signal is 5 V
R
Amplifier
Direction
210
20.6
3000
7M
71.4
1015
16M
163.2
16
2320
21M
214.2
21
3045
Specify Control Pressure

between 6.9 MPa and
Maximum Operating
Pressure
(Refer to above Table)
Compensation Design
Port Position
Number
Number
S:
Side Port
Viewd from
Shaft End
R: Right
L : Left
-42
2
None:
Axial Port
04EH:
"OBE" Type
Proportional
Pressure &
Flow Control
Type
-06
S:
Side Port
06
42
11
42
01
42
02
42
60
60
60
60
60
60
2. Amplifier Compensation Number may differ according to the main machine conditions. Consult Yuken for detail.
3. Design Standards: None......Japanese Standard "JIS"
950.........N.American Design Standard
86

Single Pump, "OBE" Type Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type
*
Design
Std.
Refer to
3
PISTON PUMPS
Model Numbers
Descriptions
Geometric
Displacement
cm /rev
(cu. in./rev)
Rated
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Intermittent
Shaft Speed Range
A22
A37
A56
A70
A90
A145
15.8
(.964)
22.2
(1.355)
36.9
(2.25)
56.2
(3.43)
70.0
(4.27)
91.0
(5.55)
145.0
(8.85)
16
(2320)
16
(2320)
16
(2320)
16
(2320)
25
(3625)
25
(3625)
25
(3625)
21
(3050)
16
(2320)
21
(3050)
21
(3050)
28
(4060)
28
(4060)
28
(4060)
126.0
(33.3)
163.0
(43.1)
261.0
(69.0)
600 - 1800
r/min
L/min
(U.S. GPM)
Max. Flow
A16
Min. Pres. Required

Flow for Flow Adj.
Control
Hysteresis
28.4
(7.5)
40.0
(10.6)
66.4
(17.5)
101.2
(26.7)
2.0 (290)
MPa (PSI)
1 % or less
Repeatability
1 % or less
Input Signal
Max. Flow / 5 V DC
Min. Adjustment
Pressure
0.7 (100)
MPa (PSI)
Pressure
Hysteresis
Control
Repeatability
1 % or less
1 % or less
Input Signal
Specified Control Pressure / 5 V DC

[@ 20C (68 F)]
Coil Resistance
10
Flow Control : 10k Pres. Control : 10k
Input Impedance

W
Power Input (Max.)

Output Signal
30
Flow
5 V DC / Max. Flow
Pressure
5 V DC / Specified Control Pressure

Voltage : Max. 30 V DC Current : Max. 40 mA

Ambient Temperature
Mass
"A" Series
Specifications
C (F)
0 - 50 (32 - 122)
Flange Mtg.
20.7
(45.6)
20.7
(45.6)
32.2
(71)
39.2
(86.4)
64
(141)
76.5
(169)
98
(216)
Foot Mtg.
22.9
(50.5)
22.9
(50.5)
36.5
(80.5)
43.5
(95.9)
76
(168)
97
(214)
123
(271)
kg
(lbs.)
3. Maximum flow differs to shaft speed.
The value listed above indicates shaft speed of 1800 r/min.
For other shaft speed calculate by the ratio of shaft speed.
Pipe Flange Kits

For Pipe flange, refer to form of pressure compensator type on page 34.
Instructions
Input Signal
The pump is on unload condition when the pump is operated without input signal voltage.
Electric Source
Always turn off electric source whenever the connector for swash plate tilt angle sensor is removed.
Compensation of Pump Maximum Regulated Flow at Frequency
If the same maximum flow is required at 50 Hz or 60 Hz, connect short plug in the amplifier to 60 Hz at the place where
supplied frequency is 60 Hz. At this condition, maximum flow comes to the same value at 50 Hz.
If short plug is used at 60 Hz without making the change, maximum flow increased in proportion to frequency.
Painting on Amp. Box and Solenoiod
To maintain suitable radiation effect, the amp. box and the solenoid of the control valve should not be painted.

87
Output Flow vs. Input Signal

A16
A56
Output Flow
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
24
16
0
0
1
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
L / min
U.S.GPM 120
30
100
25
80
20
Output Flow
L / min
U.S.GPM 32
8
15
60
10
40
20
0
0
A22
1
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
A70
10
L / min
45
40
30
20
U.S.GPM L / min
40
150
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
Output Flow
U.S.GPM
12
Output Flow
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
0
0
20
10
10
30
1
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
125
1800 r/min
100
1500 r/min
75
50
25
0
0
1
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
A90
A37
40
1800 r/min
16
Output Flow
L / min
80
60
12
1500 r/min
40
Output Flow
U.S.GPM
20
U.S.GPM L / min
175
45
30
1800 r/min
150
1500 r/min
125
100
20
75
50
10
20
1
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
25
0
0
1
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
A145
Note: Pump characteristics at 1800 r/min is the same as those at 1500 r/min
where frequency is compensated.
(Refer to page 87.)
Output Flow
L / min
U.S.GPM 280
70
240
60
200
50
40
160
30
120
20
80
10
40
0
0
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
1
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
Full Cut-off Pres. vs. Input Signal
3000
2000
20
15
A*-*R04EH20.6M
10
1000
0
kgf/cm2(PSI)
280 (4000)
MPa A*-*R04EH27.5M
28
25 A - R04EH24.5M
**
A*-*R04EH15.7M
5
0
0
PSI
4000
A*-*R04EH280
210 (3000)
A*-*R04EH210
140 (2000)
A*-*R04EH140
70 (1000)
A*-*R04EH70
A*-*R04EH6.9M
1
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
0
0
1
2
3
4
Input Signal V DC
Refer to page 37 to 43 for performance characteristics of

pressure compensator type excluding characteristics appeared
on this catalogue.
88

PISTON PUMPS
Axial Port Type
"A" Series
Flange Mtg.: A16-FR04EH*-*-42/42950

A22-FR04EH*-*-42/42950
1
Filling Port
[ 22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
239
(9.41)
221
(8.70)
59
(2.32)
150.5
(5.93)
144
(5.67)
25
(.98)

G 1/2 Thd.
Drain Port "C" Thd.

25
(.98)
"D" Thd. 17(.67) Deep

8 Places
12
(.47)
172
(6.77)
65
(2.56)
94
(3.70)
144
(5.67)
96
(3.78)
82.55(3.2500)
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
22.2
(.874)
19.05(.7500)
19.02(.7488) Dia.
47.6
(1.874)
Discharge Port
19(.75) Dia.
Suction Port
19(.75) Dia.
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
251.5
(9.90)
173.5
(6.83)
138.5
(5.45)
See
44.5
(1.75)
6.5
(.26)
18
(.71)
11
(.43)
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)

3. For detail of amplifier, refer to page 95.
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
A16/A22-FR04EH*-*-42
Rc 3/8
M10
A16/A22-FR04EH*-*-42950
SAE #8
3/8-16 UNC
Model Numbers
R12
(R.47)
95(3.74) Dia.
106
(4.17)
130
(5.12)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Side Port Type
Foot Mounting Type

compensator model. Refer to page 45 for port mounting
dimensions.


89
Axial Port Type

1
Filling Port
152.5
(6.00)
146
(5.75)
59
(2.32)
9.5
(.37)
77
(3.03)
30
(1.18)

G 1/2 Thd.
Drain Port "C" Thd.

32
(1.26)
Suction Port
32(1.26) Dia.
30.2
(1.189)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

8 Places
12
(.47)
195
(7.68)
72
(2.83)
148.5
(5.85)
22.23(.8752)
22.20(.8740) Dia.
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
58.7
(2.311)
Discharge Port
32(1.26) Dia.
105
(4.13)
267.5
(10.53)
177.5
(6.99)
142.5
(5.61)
See
261.5
(10.30)
243.5
(9.59)
101
(3.98)
14
(.55)

Model Numbers
A37-FR04EH*-*-42
A37-FR04EH*-*-42950
"D" Thd.
"E"
mm (IN.)
Rc 1/2
M10
19 (.75)
SAE #10
7/16-14 UNC
20 (.79)
"C" Thd.
25
(.98)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
R14
(R.55)
120(4.72) Dia.
146
(5.75)
174
(6.58)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
90
Side Port Type
Foot Mounting Type

dimensions.


PISTON PUMPS
Axial Port Type
"A" Series

1
Filling Port
152.5
(6.00)
146
(5.75)
62
(2.44)
9.5
(.37)
Drain Port 2
Suction Port
35(1.38) Dia.
30.2
(1.189)
90
(3.54)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

8 Places
12
(.47)
207
(8.15)
76
(2.99)
163
(6.42)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
35.52(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
58.7
(2.311)
Discharge Port
32(1.26) Dia.
40
(1.57)
300.5
(11.83)
202.5
(7.97)
167.5
(6.59)
See

G 1/2 Thd.
274
(10.79)
256
(10.08)
50.5
(1.99)
43.5
(1.71)
116
(4.57)

49
(1.93)
41
(1.61)
Model Numbers
A56-FR04EH*-*-42
A56-FR04EH*-*-4290
"D" Thd.
"E"
mm (IN.)
Rc 3/4
M10
19 (.75)
SAE #12
7/16-14 UNC
20 (.79)
"C" Thd.
25
(.98)
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
14
(.55)

port plugged.
R14
(R.55)
120(4.72) Dia.
146
(5.75)
174
(6.85)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Side Port Type
Foot Mounting Type

dimensions.


91
Flange Mtg.
Amplifier Direction "L" : A70-FR04EH*_
LS-*-60/60950
16
(.63)
18
(.71)
246.5
(9.70)
306.5
(12.07)

(From Rear)
2 Places
Eye Bolt
(M10)
114.4
(4.504)
134
(5.28)
181
(7.126)
211
(8.31)
117.5
(4.63)

(From Rear)
4 Places
Surface of Electrical Conduit Connection
Filling Port 1
3
69.9
(2.752)
Amplifier Direction "R" :

A70-FR04EH*R
_S-*-60/60950
18
(.71)
90
(3.54)
26.2
(1.031)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980) Dia.
52.4
(2.063)
Discharge Port
26(1.02) Dia.
"E" Thd. 17(.67) Deep
4 Places
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
118
(4.65)
40
(1.57)
Plug 5
2(.079) Hex. Soc.
213.5
(8.41)

G 1/2 Thd.
114.4
(4.504)
180
(7.09)
Drain Port 2
14
(.55)
65
(2.56)
62
(2.44)
19.5
(.77)
9.5
(.37)
179.5
(7.07)
314
(12.36)
155
107.5
(4.23)
(6.10)
95
95
(3.74) (3.74)
89.5
(3.52)
73
73
(2.87) (2.87)
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
35.7
(1.046)
246.5
(9.70)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
View Arrow X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Use either port of two drain ports at your option. Keep the remaining port plugged.
Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment.
For detail of amplifier, refer to page 95.
If you use the special sequence valve, remove the plug.
Model Numbers
A70-FR04EH**S-*-60
A70-FR04EH**S-*-60950
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/4
M12
M10
SAE #12
1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC
Dimensions mm (IN.)
F
19 (.75)
21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type
92

PISTON PUMPS
95
(3.74)
23
(.91)
Surface of
Drain Port
63
(2.48)

G 1/2 Thd.
"E" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
30.2
(1.189)
22
(.87)
23
(.91)
270
(10.63)
324
(12.76)
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
127
(5.00)

(From Rear)
4 Places
R22
161.6
(R.87)
(6.362)
Surface of
105
105 Surface of
Discharge Port (4.13) (4.13) Suction Port
Eye Bolt
(M10)
Filling Port 1
3
77.8
(3.063)

A90-FR04EH*R
_S-*-60/60950
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980) Dia.
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
58.7
(2.311)
113
(4.45)
Plug 5
2(.079) Hex. Soc.
Discharge Port
32(1.26) Dia.
107
155
(4.21)
(6.10)
89.5
(3.52)
Surface of
68
68
Drain Port
(2.68) (2.68)
189
(7.44)
223
(8.78)
Drain Port 2
123.7
(4.87)
119.5
(4.70)
13
(.51)
161.6
(6.362)
Surface of
"A" Series
Flange Mtg.
LS-*-60/60950
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
42.9
(1.689)
270
(10.63)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
View Arrow X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Model Numbers
A90-FR04EH**S-*-60
A90-FR04EH**S-*-60950
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/4
M12
M10
SAE #12
1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC
Dimensions mm (IN.)
F
19 (.75)
21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

93
Flange Mtg.
LS-*-60/60950
Drain Port 2
149.5
(5.89)
89
(3.50)
13
(.51)
112
(4.41)
23
(.91)
107.5
178.5
(4.23)
(7.03)
89.5
(3.52)
Surface of
72
72
Drain Port
(2.83) (2.83)
Surface of
Drain Port
70
(2.76)
G 1/2 Thd.
Discharge Port
32(1.26) Dia.
"E" Thd. "H" Deep
4 Places
30.2
(1.189)
24
(.94)
26
(1.02)
299.5
(11.79)
357.5
(14.07)
191
(7.52)
225
(8.86)
228.6
(9.000)
11.14(.4386)
11.11(.4374)

(From Rear)
Surface of 4 Places
Suction Port
R22
(R.87)
Surface of
Discharge Port
112
112
(4.41) (4.41)
228.6
(9.000)
273
(10.75)
Eye Bolt
(M10)
Filling Port
3
77.8
(3.063)

A145-FR04EH*R
_S-*-60/60950
44.45(1.7500)
44.40(1.7480) Dia.
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
58.7
(2.311)
110
(4.33)
Plug 5
2(.079) Hex. Soc.
141
(5.55)
Surface of
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
42.9
(1.689)
299.5
(11.79)
View Arrow X
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Model Numbers
A145-FR04EH**S-*-60
A145-FR04EH**S-*-60950
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/4
M12
M10
SAE #12
1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC
Dimensions mm (IN.)
F
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
21 (.83)
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type
94

PISTON PUMPS
Detail of Amplifier
Connecting Terminal
"A" Series
LED for Power Supply

50/60 Hz Short Plug
CMG
FMG
LQC
DITHER
24 V
50Hz
Compensation Cartridge
0V
FUSE
60Hz
P GAIN
ALM
C
ALM SMQ SMP Q IN

S
P IN
CH
SPARE
FUSE
Connector for Tilt Angle Sensor
Terminal
Name
P IN
Input Signal, Pressure (+)
Input Signal (COM)
Q IN
Input Signal, Flow (+)
SMP
Sensor Monitor Output, Pressure
SMQ
Sensor Monitor Output, Tilt Angle
0V
Power Supply
24 V
ALM S
Alarm Output
ALM C
Alarm Output (COM)
CH
Output Current Check (to COM)
Note 1. For "SENSOR MONITOR" terminal, external instruments

should have input impedance of more than 10 k.
2. For "CH" terminal, external instruments should have input
impedance of more than 10 k.
3. Volume adjustment of "DITHER", "GAIN", "CMG", "FMG"
and "LQC" is made at the time of shipment.
Adjustment at the customer is not required.
4. Use shielded cable for "Input" connection.
The ground of the shielded cable must be connected to input
signal side.
Circuit Schematic
ALARM
SIG COM
P SENSOR
MONITOR
PRESS.
SENSOR
P IN
A
P GAIN
ALARM
LQC
Q IN
A
D
CMG
CH
OSC
DITHER
POSITION
SENSOR
FMG
24 V
0V
Q SENSOR
MONITOR

95

Pilot Pressure Control Type Pressure Compensator
Output Flow
Graphic Symbol
M
O
Pressure
Specifications
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev
(cu. in. /rev)
Minimum
Adj. Flow
cm3/rev
(cu. in. /rev)
A10-FR07-12*
10.0
(.610)
2
(.122)
A16-*-R-07-*-K-32*
15.8
(.964)
A22-*-R-07-*-K-32*
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Intermittent
Minimum
Adj. Pres.
MPa (PSI)
16
(2320)
21
(3050)
4
(.244)
16
(2320)
22.2
(1.355)
6
(.366)
A37-*-R-07-*-K-32*
36.9
(2.25)
A56-*-R-07-*-K-32*
Model Numbers
Shaft Speed Range

r/min
Max.
Min.
Flange
Mtg.
Foot
Mtg.
2.0
(290)
1800
600
8.5
(18.7)
10.7
(23.6)
21
(3050)
1.2
(175)
1800
600
21
(46.3)
23.2
(51.2)
16
(2320)
16
(2320)
1.2
(175)
1800
600
21
(46.3)
23.2
(51.2)
10
(.610)
16
(2320)
21
(3050)
1.2
(175)
1800
600
29
(63.9)
33.3
(73.4)
56.2
(3.43)
12
(.732)
16
(2320)
21
(3050)
1.2
(175)
1800
600
36
(79.4)
40.3
(88.9)
A70-*R07S-60*
70.0
(4.27)
30
(1.83)
25
(3630)
25
(3630)
2
(290)
1800
600
60.3
(133)
72.3
(159)
A90-*R07S-60*
91.0
(5.55)
56
(3.42)
25
(3630)
25
(3630)
2
(290)
1800
600
77.5
(171)
98
(216)
A145-*R07S-60*
145
(8.85)
83
(5.06)
25
(3630)
25
(3630)
2
(290)
1800
600
94
(207)
119
(262)
Rated
96
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)

Single Pump, Pilot Pressure Control Type Pressure Compensator
PISTON PUMPS
Series Number
-F
-R
-07
-S
-K
-32
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
Control
Type
Port
Position
Shaft
Extension
Design
Number
Design Std.
A16
(15.8 cm3/rev)
A22
(22.2 cm3/rev)
A37
(36.9 cm3/rev)
Viewed from
Shaft End
F:
Flange Mtg.
R:
Clockwise
(Normal)
L:
Foot Mtg.
32
None:
Axial Port
07:
Pilot Pressure
Control Type
Pressure
Compensator
S:
Side Port
32
K:
Keyed Shaft
A70
(70.0 cm3/rev)
A90
(91.0 cm3/rev)
A145
(145 cm3/rev)
32
A70
A10
(10.0 cm3/rev)
Refer to
32
A56
(56.2 cm3/rev)
Series Number
"A" Series
A16
-F
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
F:
2
Flange Mtg.
F:
Flange Mtg.
L:
Foot Mtg.
07
Control Type
-60
Port Position
Design
Number
Design Std.
12
Viewed from
Shaft End
R:
Clockwise
(Normal)
07:
Pilot Pressure
Control Type
Pressure
Compensator
60
Refer to
S:
Side Port
60
60

Yuken for details.
2. When A10 pump is used as the foot Mtg., order the Mtg. Bracket kit
shown below separately. Refer to page 24 for dimensions of the Mtg.
bracket.
Mtg. Bracket
Kit Numbers
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
LP-1A-10
2.2 (4.9)

Note: The mounting bracket kit consists of a mounting bracket, 2 hex. bolts
and 2 plain washer.
For performance characteristics, refer to models of pressure compensator type on page 36 to 43.
Pipe Flange Kit


97
Flange Mtg.
DIMENSIONS IN
Japanese Standard "JIS" : A10-FR07-12

Filling Port 1
Drain Port RC 3/8 Thd.
Pilot Port "PP"
RC 1/4 Thd.
Fully Extended
96.5(3.80)
Safety Valve
Pressure Adj. Screw
33(1.30)
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
25 25
(.98) (.98)
64.5 64.5
(2.54) (2.54)
10.5
(.41)
131
(5.16)
156
(6.14)
159.5
(6.28)
2 3
Discharge Port
RC 1/2 Thd.
11
(.43)
65
(2.56)
2 3
Suction Port
RC 1/2 Thd.
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)
19.05(.75000)
Dia.
19.02(.74880)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
82.55(3.2500)
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
92
(3.62)
DEC.
Fully Extended
180(7.09)
44.5(1.75)
170
(6.69)
6.5(.26)
90.5
(3.56)
52.5
25
(.98)
(2.07)
171
(6.73)
107
(4.21)
41
(1.61)
INC.
Flow Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
93 (3.66)
Dia.
106
(4.17)
130
(5.12)
European Design Standard : A10-FR07-1280

N. American Design Standard : A10-FR07-12950
Filling Port
Pilot Port "PP"

"H" Thd.
Drain Port
"F" Thd.
Plug
"D" Hex.
2 3
Suction Port
"E" Thd.
Model Numbers
2 3
C
B
Discharge Port
"E" Thd.
C
B
A
159.5(6.28)
Dimensions mm (IN.)
Thread Size
A10-FR07-1280
159
(6.26)
72
(2.83)
64
(2.52)
22
(.87)
A10-FR07-12950
157
(6.18)
71
(2.80)
62
(2.44)
27
(1.06)
1/2 BSP. F 3/8 BSP. F 1/4 BSP. Tr

SAE #8
SAE #6
SAE #4
For other dimensions, refer to Japanese Standard "JIS".

2. Use either port of two suction and discharge ports at your option. Keep the remaining ports
plugged.
3. As the tightening torques of suction, discharge and drain port fittings, conform to the below.
Model Numbers
65-75 (575-664)
40-50 (354-443)
A70-FR07-1280
56-62 (496-549)
33-36 (292-319)
A70-FR07-12950
47-51 (416-451)
40-50 (354-443)
A70-FR07-12
98
Tightening Torque Nm (IN. lbs.)

Suction Port &
Drain Port
Discharge Port

PISTON PUMPS
Axial Port Type
"A" Series
Flange Mtg. : A16-F-R-07-K-32/3280/32950

A22-F-R-07-K-32/3280/32950
Fully Extended
227(8.94)
202
(7.95)
187
(7.36)
44.5
(1.75)
59
6.5
(2.32) (.26)
26.5
(1.04)
Filling Port
Drain Port "C" Thd.
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)
12
(.47)
96
(3.78)
109
(4.29)
82.5
(3.25)
62
(2.44)
19.05(.75000)
19.02(.74880) Dia.
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
82.55(3.2500)
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
187
(7.36)
25(.98)
18
(.71)
Pilot Port "PP"

"D" Thd.
12
(.47)
172
(6.77)
106
(4.17)
130
(5.12)
188
(7.40)
Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
DEC.
16
(.63)
Safety Valve Pressure Adj.

Screw 17(.67) Hex. Soc.
43.5
(1.71)
18
(.71)
R12
(R.47)
95(3.74) Dia.
Pilot Port "PP"

"E" Thd.
Suction Port
19(.75) Dia.
22.2
(.874)
65
(2.56)
65
(2.56)
47.6
(1.874)
INC.

2. Use either port of two pilot ports at your option.
"F" Thd. 17(.67) Deep

8 Places
Discharge Port
19(.75) Dia.
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/8
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
A16/A22-F-R-07-K-32
A16/A22-F-R-07-K-3280
3/8 BSP. F
A16/A22-F-R-07-K-32950
SAE #8
"F" Thd.
M10
3/8 BSP. F 1/4 BSP. Tr

SAE #6
SAE #4
3/8-16 UNC
DIMENSIONS IN
Axial Port Type
Foot Mounting Type

dimensions.


99
Side Port Type

Flange Mtg. : A37-F-R-07-S-K-32/3280/32950
Fully Extended
250
(9.84)
225
(8.86)
210
(8.27)
2
77
(3.03)
30
(1.18)
46.5
(1.83)
13
21
(.51)
(.83)
Pilot Port "PP"

"E" Thd.
R14
(R.55)
120(4.72) Dia.
146
(5.75)
174
(6.85)
202
(7.95)

2. Use either port of two pilot ports at your option.
71
(2.80)
INC.
86
(3.39)
25
(.98)
14
(.55)
105
(4.13)
22.23(.87520)
Dia.
22.20(.87400)
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
12
30.2
(1.189)
(.47)
178.5
(7.03)
Discharge Port 32(1.26) Dia.

(Rear Side)
Suction Port 32(1.26) Dia.
DEC.
Screw 17(.67) Hex. Soc
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
32(1.26)
"F" Thd. "H" Deep

Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20) Hex. Soc
Filling Port
Drain Port "C" Thd.
112
(4.41)
88.5
(3.48)
68
(2.68)
58.7
(2.311)
202
(7.95)
Pilot Port "PP"

"D" Thd.
59
(2.32)
9.5
(.37)
86
(3.39)
View Arrow X
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
A37-F-R-07-S-K-3280
1/2 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP. Tr
A37-F-R-07-S-K-32950
SAE #10
SAE #6
SAE #4
Model Numbers
A37-F-R-07-S-K-32
"F" Thd.
"H" mm (IN.)
M10
19 (.75)
7/16-14 UNC
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
100
Axial Port Type
Foot Mounting Type

dimensions.


PISTON PUMPS
Side Port Type
Pilot Port "PP"

"D" Thd.
Fully Extended
262.5(10.33)
237.5
(9.35)
222.5
(8.76)
62
(2.44)
50.5 9.5
(1.99) (.37)
"A" Series
Flange Mtg. : A56-F-R-07-S-K-32/3280/32950
Filling Port 1
Drain Port "C" Thd.
(Both Sides)
43.5
(1.71)
Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
46.5
(1.83)
DEC.
13
(.51)

Screw 5(.20) Hex. Soc.
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
12
(.47)
191
(7.52)
Pilot Port "PP"

"E" Thd.
25
(.98)
14
(.55)
30.2
(1.189)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
"F" Thd. "H" Deep

Discharge Port 30(1.18) Dia.
(Rear Side)
Suction Port 35(1.38) Dia.
49
(1.93)
40(1.57)
138
(5.43)
97.5
(3.84)
90
(3.54)
77
(3.03)
58.7
(2.311)
236
(9.29)
41
(1.61)
R14
(R.55)
120(4.72)
Dia.
146
(5.75)
174
(6.85)
232
(9.13)
21
(.83)

2. Use either port of two pilot and drain ports at your option.
80
(3.15)
INC.
100
(3.94)
100
(3.94)
View Arrow X
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
A56-F-R-07-S-K-3280
3/4 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP. Tr
A56-F-R-07-S-K-32950
SAE #12
SAE #6
SAE #4
Model Numbers
A56-F-R-07-S-K-32
"F" Thd.
"H" mm (IN.)
M10
19 (.75)
7/16-14 UNC
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Axial Port Type
Foot Mounting Type

dimensions.


101
Flange Mtg. : A70-FR07S-60/6080/60950

2

65
(2.56)

4 Places
(From Rear)
19.5
(.77)
16
(.63)
18
(.71)
26.2
(1.031)
14(.55)
114.4
(4.504)
180
(7.09)
90
(3.54)
"E" Thd.
17(.67) Deep
4 Places
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)

(From Rear)
2 Places
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980) Dia.
52.4
(2.063)
Discharge Port
26(1.02) Dia.
18
(.71)
40
(1.57)
180.5
(7.11)
9.5
(.37)
182
(7.17)
62
(2.44)
Fully Extended
351.5(13.84)
95
95
(3.74)
(3.74)
73
73
(2.87) (2.87)
13
(.51)
118
(4.65)
Drain Port "C" Thd.

(Both Sides)
114.4
(4.504)
134
(5.28)
181
(7.126)
211
(8.31)
246.5
(9.70)
Surface of
Pilot Port "PP1"
Eye Bolt
M10
Filling Port
Safety Valve Pres.

Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
22(.87)
316.5
(14.46)
244
(9.61)
69.9
(2.752)
INC.
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
DEC.
View Arrow X
Case Drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.

from pump casing.
Model Numbers
A70-FR07S-60
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/4
A70-FR07S-6080
3/4 BSP.F
A70-FR07S-60950
SAE #12
165.5
(6.52)
Pilot Port "PP1"

"F" Thd.
Pilot Port "PP2"

"F" Thd.
"D" Thd. "H" Deep

35.7
(1.406)
246.5
(9.70)
View Arrow Y
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
M12
M10
1/2-13 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
"F" Thd.
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP. Tr
SAE #4
"H" mm (IN.)
19 (.75)
21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type
102

PISTON PUMPS
Flange Mtg. : A90-FR07S-60/6080/60950
"A" Series
Drain Port "C" Thd.

(Both Sides)
95
(3.74)
23(.91)
119.5
(4.70)
13(.51)

105
105
(4.13) (4.13)
68
68
(2.68) (2.68)
63(2.48)
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
270
(10.63)
Case Drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.

(From Rear)
4Places
Surface of Pilot Port "PP1"

2
Fully Extended
376(14.80)
341
(13.43)
268.5
(10.57)
Filling Port 1
17.5
(.69)
Pilot Port "PP2"

"F" Thd.
Safety Valve Pres. Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
77.8
(3.063)
88
(3.46)
170
(6.69)
9.5
(.37)
R22(R.87)
161.6
(6.362)
Eye Bolt
M10
Pilot Port "PP1"
"F" Thd.
127
(5.00)
161.6
(6.362)
113
(4.45)
22
(.87)
23
(.91)
30.2
(1.189)
"E" Thd.
"H" Deep
4 Places
38.10(1.5000)
Dia.
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
58.7
(2.311)
Discharge Port
32(1.26) Dia.
190
(7.48)
190.5
(7.50)
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
42.9
(1.689)
270
(10.63)
View Arrow X
"D" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
View Arrow Y

from pump casing.
Model Numbers
A90-FR07S-60
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/4
A90-FR07S-6080
3/4 BSP.F
A90-FR07S-60950
SAE #12
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
M12
M10
1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC
"F" Thd.
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP. Tr
SAE #4
H mm (IN.)
19 (.75)
21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

103
Flange Mtg. : A145-FR07S-60/6080/60950

Drain Port "C" Thd.
(Both Sides)

112
(4.41)
89
23
(3.50) (.91)
13
(.51)
Fully Extended
400.5(15.77)

112
112
(4.41) (4.41)
72 72
(2.83) (2.83)
15
(.59)
30.2
(1.189)
24
(.94)
26
(1.02)
299.5
(11.79)
Case Drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.

(From Rear)
4Places
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
Surface of
Pilot Port "PP1"
Eye Bolt
M10
Safety Valve Pres.

Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
24
(.94)
R22(R.87)
228.6
(9.000)
273
(10.75)
Filling Port 1
Pilot Port "PP2"

"F" Thd.
362.5
(14.27)
290
(11.42)
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
77.8
(3.063)
177
(6.97)
192
(7.56)
Pilot Port "PP1"

"F" Thd.
11.14(.4386)
11.11(.4374)
110
(4.33)
"E" Thd.
"J" Deep
4 Places
44.45(1.7500)
44.40(1.7480) Dia.
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
58.7
(2.311)
Discharge Port
32(1.26) Dia.
228.6
(9.000)
198.5
141
(7.81)
(5.55)
70
(2.76)
"D" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
View Arrow X
42.9
(1.689)
299.5
(11.79)
View Arrow Y
from pump casing.
Model Numbers
A145-FR07S-60
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/4
A145-FR07S-6080
3/4 BSP.F
A145-FR07S-60950
SAE #12
"D" Thd.
M12
"E" Thd.
M10
1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC
"F" Thd.
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP. Tr
SAE #4
H mm (IN.)
J mm (IN.)
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
21 (.83)
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type
104

PISTON PUMPS
Input Power
Output Flow
w
lo
F
ut
tp
Ou
"A" Series

Constant Power Control Type
Input Power
Pressure
Graphic Symbols
M
O
M
O
M
O
A16
A37/A56
A70/A145
Specifications
Model Numbers
A16-*-R-09-*-*-K-32*
A37-*-R-09-*-*-K-32*
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev
(cu. in. /rev)
Minimum 2
Adj. Flow
cm3/rev
(cu. in. /rev)
15.8 (.964)
36.9 (2.25)
Operating Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Max.
Shaft Speed Range

r/min
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Max.
Min.
Flange
Mtg.
Foot
Mtg.
21 (3050)
1800
600
29.0 (63.9)
31.2 (68.8)
21 (3050)
1800
600
37.0 (81.6)
41.3 (91.1)
21 (3050)
1800
600
44.0 (97.0)
48.3 (107)
A56-*-R-09-*-*-K-32*
56.2 (3.43)
A70-*R09*S-60*
70.0 (4.27)
30 (.295)
25 (3630)
1800
600
72.8 (161)
84.8 (187)
A145-*R09*S-60*
145 (8.85)
83 (5.06)
25 (3630)
1800
600
110 (243)
135 (298)
1. Maximum Operating Pressure of A16/A37/A56 varies according to Input Power Setting. See Model Number Designation for details.
2. Minimum Adjustment Flow of A70/A145 is absolutely minimum flow that can be adjusted with Flow Adjustment Screw.
A90 type pump (91 cm3/rev) is available. Ask Yuken for Details.

Single Pump, Constant Power Control Type
105

A16/A37/A56
A16
-F
-R
-09
-A
-16M
Series Number
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
Control Type
Input Power Setting
Specify Control Pres.
A: 3.7 kW
(5 HP)
B: 5.5 kW
(7.5 HP)
E : 2.2 kW
(3 HP)
F : 1.5 kW
(2 HP)
A: 3.7 kW
(5 HP)
09: Constant B: 5.5 kW
(7.5 HP)
Power
Control
A: 3.7 kW
Type
(5 HP)
B: 5.5 kW
(7.5 HP)
C: 7.5 kW
(10 HP)
D: 11 kW
(15 HP)
C : 7.5 kW
(10 HP)
D : 11 kW
(15 HP)
A16
(15.8 cm3/rev)
A37
(36.9 cm3/rev)
F: Flange
Mtg.
L: Foot
Mtg.
Viewed from
Shaft End
R: Clockwise
(Normal)
A56
(56.2 cm3/rev)
E : 15 kW
(20 HP)
F : 18.5 kW
(25 HP)
G : 22 kW
(30 HP)
7M : 7 MPa
(1020 PSI)
10.5M : 10.5 MPa
(1520 PSI)
14M : 14 MPa
(2030 PSI)
16M : 16 MPa
(2320 PSI)
17.5M : 17.5 MPa
(2540 PSI)
21M : 21 MPa
(3050 PSI)
-K
-32
Shaft
Extension
Design
Number
Design
Std.
32
32
K: Keyed
Shaft
Refer to
3
32
A70/A145
A70
-F
09
-60
Series Number
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
Control Type
Input Power Setting
Direction of Port
Design
Number
A70
(70 cm3/rev)
A145
(145 cm3/rev)
F: Flange
Mtg.
L: Foot
Mtg.
Viewed from
Shaft End
R: Clockwise
(Normal)
09: Constant
Power
Control
Type
A: 15 kW
(20 HP)
B: 18.5 kW
(25 HP)
E : 22 kW
(30 HP)
F : 30 kW
(40 HP)
A: 15 kW
(20 HP)
B: 18.5 kW
(20 HP)
C: 22 kW
(30 HP)
D: 30 kW
(40 HP)
E : 37 kW
(50 HP)
F : 45 kW
(60 HP)
G : 55 kW
(75 HP)
H : 75 kW
(100 HP)
Design
Std.
60
Refer to
3
S: Side Port
60
2. Specify control pressure of A16/A37/A56 with lower than Maximum Operating Pressure depending on Input Power Setting.
Performance
Characteristics
Model
A16
A37
A56
Maximum Operating Pressure

MPa (PSI)
1.5 kW (2 HP) 2.2 kW (3 HP) 3.7 kW (5 HP) 5.5 kW (7.5 HP) 7.5 kW (10 HP) 11 kW (15 HP) 15 kW (20 HP) 18.5 kW (25 HP) 22 kW(30 HP)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
10.5 (1520) 16 (2320)
21 (3050)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
10.5 (1520) 14 (2030) 17.5 (2540) 21 (3050)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)

Pipe Flange Kits

Socket Welding 1
Butt Welding
3
3
3
Japanese
Japanese
N. Ameraican
N. Ameraican
N. Ameraican
Std. "JIS" &
Std. "JIS" &
Design
Design
Design
European
European
Standard
Standard
Standard
Design Std.
Design Std.
Threaded Connection
Pump Model
Numbers
A16- -R-09
*
A37-*-R-09
A56-*-R-09
A70-*-R-09
A145- -R-09
Name of Port
Suction
Discharge
Suction
Discharge
Suction
Discharge
Suction
Discharge
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
European
Design Std.
F5-06-A-10
F5-06-A-1080
F5-10-A-10
F5-06-A-10
F5-12-A-10
F5-08-A-10
F5-16-A-10
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
F5-06-A-1080
F5-12-A-1080
F5-08-A-1080
F5-16-A-1080
F5-10-A-1080
F5-06-B-10
2
F5-06-B-1090
F5-10-B-10
F5-06-B-10
F5-12-B-10
F5-08-B-10
F5-16-B-10
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-B-1090
F5-06-B-1090
F5-12-B-1090
F5-08-B-1090
F5-16-B-1090
F5-10-B-1090
F5-06-C-10
2
F5-10-C-10
F5-06-C-10
F5-12-C-10
F5-08-C-10
F5-16-C-10
F5-10-C-10
F5-06-C-1090
2
F5-10-C-1090
F5-06-C-1090
F5-12-C-1090
F5-08-C-1090
F5-16-C-1090
F5-10-C-1090
1. In case of using socket welding flanges, there is a case where the operating pressure should be set lower than the normal because of strength of hat
2. Discharge port for pump model "A16" is available only the threaded connections.
3. As dimensions of the pipe flange mounting surface are conformed to SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series), pipe flanges conforming
to the SAE Standards can be used.
106

PISTON PUMPS
Typical Performance Characteristics at 1500 r/min

A70
U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM
L/min
200
L/min
8 30
5.5 kW
Input Power
20
50
kW HP
6
8
2.2 kW
10
3.5
(500)
7
(1000)
30 40
30
Output Flow
30
22 kW
100
18.5 kW
15 kW
20
20
15 20
1.5 kW
0
0
30 kW
25
Output Flow
3.7 kW
Input Power
40 150
5
Input Power
Output Flow
kW HP
40
50
35
Input Power
Output Flow
"A" Series
A16
10. 5
(1500)
Pressure
14
(2000)
17. 5
(2500)
0
0
21 MPa
(3000) (PSI)
30 kW
50
10
22 kW
10
10
18.5 kW
15 kW
0
0
10
1000
0 0
30 MPa
20
2000
Pressure
3000
4000
PSI
A37
U.S.GPM
kW HP
12 16
Input Power
50
Output Flow
12
10
7.5 kW
40
5.5 kW
30
6
A145
10
20
10
L/min
300
50
3.5
(500)
7
(1000)
10. 5
(1500)
Pressure
14
(2000)
17. 5
(2500)
0
21 MPa
(3000) (PSI)
Output Flow
70
45 kW
60
Input Power 55 kW
Output Flow
60
3.7 kW
0
37 kW
U.S.GPM
70
4
3
kW HP
75 100
55 kW
200
70
60
40
40
37 kW
30
30
30 kW
100
22 kW 20
20
30 kW
10
0
U.S.GPM
L/min 5.5 kW 7.5 kW11 kW 15 kW
120
22 kW
30
20
15
100
16
10
20
20
2000
Pressure
3000
10
0 0
30 MPa
4000
PSI
24
60
40
10
1000
30
20
Output Flow
80
10
40
20
10
22 kW
50
Input Power
Output Flow
25
18.5 kW kW HP
24 32
Input Power
80
50
45 kW
A56
90
Input Power
11 kW
Input Power
15
L/min
60 Output Flow
0
0
3.7 kW
3.5
(500)
7
(1000)
10. 5
(1500)
Pressure
14
(2000)
17. 5
(2500)
0 0
21 MPa
(3000) (PSI)

107
Flange Mtg. : A16-F-R-09-*-K-32/3280/32950

Filling Port 2
44.5
(1.75)
6.5
(.26)

257
(10.12)
229
(9.02)
172
(6.77)
26.5
(1.04)
252
(9.92)
R12
(R.47)
18
(.71)
96
(3.78)
19.05(.7500)
Dia.
19.02(.7488)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
82.55(3.2500)
Dia.
82.50(3.2480)
12
(.47)
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)
12
(.47)
Fully Extended
111
(4.37)
25
(.98)
78
(3.07)
130
(5.12)
106
(4.17)
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
95(3.74) Dia.
Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended
245
(9.65)
63.5
(2.50)
47.6
(1.874)
Suction Port
19(.75) Dia.
"E" Thd. 19(.75) Deep

4 Places
22.2
(.874)
32.5
(1.28)
94
(3.70)
Input Power Setteing Screw

56
(2.20)
87
(3.43)
Discharge Port
"D" Thd.
View Arrow X
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 3/8
G 1/2
A16-F-R-09-*-K-3280
3/8 BSP.F
1/2 BSP.F
A16-F-R-09-*-K-32950
SAE #8
SAE #8
Model Numbers
A16-F-R-09-*-K-32
1. Detail of Discharge Port

[For Japanese Standard]
0.5
(.020)
17
(.67)
2.5
(.098)
M10
3/8-16 UNC

G1/2 Thd.
22.6(.89) Dia.
34(1.34) Dia.
15
"E" Thd.
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

108

PISTON PUMPS
59
(2.32)
9.5
(.37)
Filing Port 1
101
(3.98)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)

195
(7.68)
228
(8.98)
282
(11.10)
"D" Thd.
Pressure Adj. Screw
R14
(R.55)
22.23(.8752)
Dia.
22.20(.8740)
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
101.60(4.0000)
Dia.
101.55(3.9980)
12
(.47)
14
(.55)
25
(.98)
105
(4.13)
Fully Extended
155
(6.10)
7
(.28)
101
(3.98)
32
(1.26)
90
(3.54)
30
(1.18)
Drain Port "C" Thd.
"A" Series
Flange Mtg. : A37-F-R-09-*-K-32/3280/32950
146
(5.75)
174
(6.85)
120(4.72) Dia.
Fully Extended
141
(5.55)
Input Power Setting Screw
Discharge Port
20(.79) Dia.

47.6
(1.874)
58.7
(2.311)
Suction Port
30(1.18) Dia.
"F" Thd. 19(.75) Deep

4 Places
"E" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
30.2
(1.189)
36
(1.42)
22.2
(.874)
42
(1.65)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
A37-F-R-09-*-K-32
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 1/2
Rc 1/4
A37-F-R-09-*-K-3280
1/2 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
A37-F-R-09-*-K-32950
SAE #10
SAE #4
"E" Thd.
"F" Thd.
"H" mm (IN.)
M10
M10
19 (.75)
7/16-14 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
60 74
(2.362) (2.91)
39
115
(4.53)
(1.54)
14
(.55)
15
(.59)
102
(4.02)

4 Places
3
(.12)
Foot Mtg. : A37-L-R-09-*-K-32/3280/32950
120
(4.72)
95
95
(3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)

109
Flange Mtg. : A56-F-R-09-*-K-32/3280/32950

Filling Port 1
50.5
(1.99)
43.5
(1.71)
Drain Port 2
41
(1.61)

"D" Thd.
14
(.55)
31.75(1.2500)
Dia.
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
101.60(4.0000)
Dia.
101.55(3.9980)
207
(8.15)
240
(9.45)
294
(11.57)
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
25
(.98)
161
(6.34)
90
(3.54)
7
(.28)
12
(.47)
49
(1.93)

40
(1.57)
98
(3.86)
62
(2.44)
9.5
(.37)
R14
(R.55)
120(4.72) Dia.
146
(5.75)
174
(6.85)
232
(9.13)
Pressure Adj. Screw

Fully Extended
141
(5.55)
Input Power Setting Screw
Discharge Port
20(.79) Dia.

47.6
(1.874)
58.7
(2.311)
Suction Port
35(1.38) Dia.
"E" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
"F" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
22.2
(.874)
44
(1.73)
30.2
(1.189)
38
(1.50)
View Arrow X
A56-F-R-09-*-K-32950
"D" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
"E" Thd.
"F" Thd.
"H" mm (IN.)
M10
M10
19 (.75)
7/16-14 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
20 (.79)
3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr

SAE #12
SAE #4

4 Places
Foot Mtg. : A56-L-R-09-*-K-32/3280/32950
DIMENSIONS IN
60 77
(2.362)(3.03)
42
115
(4.53)
(1.65)
14
(.55)
15
(.59)
102
(4.02)
A56-F-R-09-*-K-3280
"C" Thd.
(.12)
Model Numbers
A56-F-R-09-*-K-32
120
(4.72)
95
95
(3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)
110

PISTON PUMPS
"E" Thd. 17(.67) Deep

4 Places

(From Rear) 4 places
188
95
(7.40)
(3.74)
73 73
(2.87)(2.87)
Input Power Setting Screw "A"
18
(.71)
212.5
(8.37)
3
Input Power Setting Screw "B"

(From Rear) 2 places
114.4
(4.504)
134
(5.28)
181
(7.126)
211
(8.31)
Filling Port 1
Safety Valve Pressure

Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
14
(.55)
Discharge Port
18(.71) Dia.
52.4
(2.063)
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
31.75(1.2500)
Dia.
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
127.00(5.0000)
Dia.
126.95(4.9980)
26.2
(1.031)
90
(3.54)
18
(.71)
114.4
(4.504)
180
(7.09)
118
182
(4.65)
(7.17)
62
(2.44)
19.5
(.77)
9.5
(.37)
40
(1.57)
180.5
(7.11)
Fully Extended
351.5
(13.84)
Drain Port 2
65
(2.56)
"A" Series
Flange Mtg. : A70-FR09*S-60/6080/60950
Eye Bolt
M10
INC.
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
DEC.
69.9
(2.752)
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
View Arrow Y
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
35.7
(1.406)
246.5
(9.70)
View Arrow X

4. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic fluid from pump casing.
Model Numbers
A70-FR09*S-60
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/4
A70-FR09*S-6080
3/4 BSP.F
A70-FR09*S-60950
SAE #12
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
F mm (IN.)
M12
M10
19 (.75)
1/2-13 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

111
Flange Mtg. : A145-FR09*S-60/6080/60950

Input Power Setting Screw "B"
Drain Port 2
112
214
112
(4.41)
(8.43)
(4.41)
89
23
(3.50) (.91)
72 72
(2.83)(2.83)
13
11.14(.4386)
(.51)
11.11(.4374)
70
(2.76)
Fully Extended
397
(15.63)
"E" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
58.7
(2.311)
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
24
(.94)
299.5
(11.79)
44.45(1.7500)
44.40(1.7480) Dia.
49.39(1.994)
49.21(1.937)
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
YUKEN
228.6
(9.000)
198.5
141
(7.81)
(5.55)
57
(2.24)
30.2
(1.189)
Discharge Port
32(1.26) Dia.
Fully Extended
246
(9.69)
110
(4.33)
Input Power Setting Screw "A"

(From Rear)
4 Places
R22
(R.87)
228.6
(9.000)
273
(10.75)
Eye Bolt
M10
INC.
Pressure Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
Filling Port 1
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
77.8
(3.063)

4. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic fluid from
pump casing.
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
42.9
(1.689)
299.5
(11.79)
View Arrow X
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
A145-FR09*S-60
Rc 3/4
A145-FR09*S-6080
3/4 BSP.F
A145-FR09*S-60950
SAE #12
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
F mm (IN.)
H mm (IN.)
M12
M10
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
1/2-13 UNC
7/16-14 UNC
21 (.83)
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type
112

PISTON PUMPS
Graphic Symbol
M
O
"A" Series
"A" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps Double Pumps,

M
O
Specifications
Min. Adj.
Flow
cm3/rev
(cu.in./rev)
Outboard Pump
15.8 (.964)
4 (.244)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Inboard Pump
15.8 (.964)
4 (.244)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Outboard Pump
15.8 (.964)
4 (.244)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Inboard Pump
22.2 (1.355)
6 (.366)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Outboard Pump
22.2 (1.355)
6 (.366)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Inboard Pump
22.2 (1.355)
6 (.366)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Outboard Pump
15.8 (.964)
4 (.244)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Inboard Pump
36.9 (2.25)
10 (.610)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Outboard Pump
22.2 (1.355)
6 (.366)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Inboard Pump
36.9 (2.25)
10 (.610)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Outboard Pump
15.8 (.964)
4 (.244)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Inboard Pump
56.2 (3.43)
12 (.732)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Outboard Pump
22.2 (1.355)
6 (.366)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Inboard Pump
56.2 (3.43)
12 (.732)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Outboard Pump
15.8 (.964)
4 (.244)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Inboard Pump
70.0 (4.27)
30 (1.831)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Outboard Pump
22.2 (1.355)
6 (.366)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Inboard Pump
70.0 (4.27)
30 (1.831)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Outboard Pump
36.9 (2.25)
10 (.610)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Inboard Pump
70.0 (4.27)
30 (1.831)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Outboard Pump
15.8 (.964)
4 (.244)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Inboard Pump
91.0 (5.55)
56 (3.42)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Outboard Pump
22.2 (1.355)
6 (.366)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Inboard Pump
91.0 (5.55)
56 (3.42)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Outboard Pump
36.9 (2.25)
10 (.610)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Inboard Pump
91.0 (5.55)
56 (3.42)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Outboard Pump
56.2 (3.43)
12 (.732)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Inboard Pump
91.0 (5.55)
56 (3.42)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Outboard Pump
15.8 (.964)
4 (.244)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Inboard Pump
145 (8.85)
83 (5.06)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Model Numbers
A1616-*R01*01**K-32*
A1622-*R01*01**K-32*
A2222-*R01*01**K-32*
A1637-*R01*01**K-32*
A2237-*R01*01**K-32*
A1656-*R01*01**K-32*
A2256-*R01*01**K-32*
A1670-*R01*01**-60*
A2270-*R01*01**-60*
A3770-*R01*01**-60*
A1690-*R01*01**-60*
A2290-*R01*01**-60*
A3790-*R01*01**-60*
A5690-*R01*01**-60*
A16145-*R01*01**-60*
A22145-*R01*01**-60*
A37145-*R01*01**-60*
A56145-*R01*01**-60*
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev
(cu.in./rev)
Rated
22.2 (1.355)
6 (.366)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
145 (8.85)
83 (5.06)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Outboard Pump
36.9 (2.25)
10 (.610)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Inboard Pump
145 (8.85)
83 (5.06)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Outboard Pump
56.2 (3.43)
12 (.732)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
Inboard Pump
145 (8.85)
83 (5.06)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Min.
Flange
Mtg.
Foot
Mtg.
1800
600
35.5
(98.3)
37.7
(83.1)
1800
600
35.5
(98.3)
37.7
(83.1)
1800
600
35.5
(98.3)
37.7
(83.1)
1800
600
50
(110)
54.3
(120)
1800
600
50
(110)
54.3
(120)
1800
600
54.5
(120)
58.8
(130)
1800
600
54.5
(120)
58.8
(130)
1800
600
77.5
(171)
89.5
(197)
1800
600
77.5
(171)
89.5
(197)
1800
600
86.5
(191)
98.5
(217)
1800
600
88
(194)
108.5
(239)
1800
600
88
(194)
108.5
(239)
1800
600
100.5
(222)
121
(267)
1800
600
107.5
(237)
128
(282)
1800
600
109
(240)
134
(295)
1800
600
109
(240)
134
(295)
1800
600
121.5
(268)
146.5
(323)
1800
600
128.5
(283)
153.5
(338)
Intermittent Max.
Inboard Pump
Outboard Pump
Shaft Speed
Range
r/min

Double Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type
113

A1637
-F
Series
Number
Mounting
Direction
of
Rotation
A1616
(15.8/15.8
cm3/rev)
A1622
(15.8/22.2
cm3/rev)
A2222
(22.2/22.2
cm3/rev)
A1637
(15.8/36.9
cm3/rev)
A2237
(22.2/36.9
cm3/rev)
A1656
(15.8/56.2
cm3/rev)
A2256
(22.2/56.2
cm3/rev)
A1670
(15.8/70.0
cm3/rev)
A2270
(22.2/70.0
cm3/rev)
A3770
(36.9/70.0
cm3/rev)
A1690
(15.8/91.0
cm3/rev)
A2290
(22.2/91.0
cm3/rev)
A3790
(36.9/91.0
cm3/rev)
A5690
(56.2/91.0
cm3/rev)
A16145
(15.8/145
cm3/rev)
A22145
(22.2/145
cm3/rev)
A37145
(36.9/145
cm3/rev)
A56145
(56.2/145
cm3/rev)
Viewed
from
Shaft
End
Outboard Pump
Inboard Pump (Driven End)
01
01
Control
Type
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa(PSI)
Control
Type
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa(PSI)
32
32
K:
Keyed
Shaft
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
32
32
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
32
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
L:
Foot
Mtg.
Design
Std.
32
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
32
S:
Side Port
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
1 01:
R:
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
Clockwise Pressure C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
Compen(Normal)
sator Type
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
F:
Flange
Mtg.
-32
Port
Design
Position of Shaft
Outboard Extension Number
Pump
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
60
01:
Pressure
Compensator Type
60
None:
Axial Port
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
60
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
Refer to
2
60
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
60
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.5-16 (220-2320)
H: 1.8-21 (260-3050)
K: 2.0-28 (290-4060)
None:
Keyed
Shaft
60
60
60
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
60
60
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult Yuken

for details.
114
60

Double Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type
PISTON PUMPS
Graphic Symbol
"A" Series
"A" Series Piston Pumps Variable / Fixed Double Pumps

A16R1
-F
Series
Mounting
Number
A22R1
A56R1
A70R1
A90R1
Inboard Pump (Driven End)
01
Direction
of
Control Type
Rotation
-23
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa(PSI)
Nominal
Displacement
cm3/rev
Discharge
Port
Position
Suction
Port
Position
B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)

C: 1.2 - 16 (170 - 2320)
H: 1.2 - 21 (170 - 3050)
1 01:
R:
Clockwise Pressure
(Normal) Compensator
Type
6, 8
10, 12
14, 17
19, 23
25, 31
-32
Shaft
Design
Extension Number
*
Design
Std.
32
K:
Keyed
Shaft
32
32
32
A: Up
A: Up
60
B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)

C: 1.5 - 16 (220 - 2320)
H: 1.8 - 21 (260 - 3050)
K: 2.0 - 28 (290 - 4060)
60
A145R1
None:
Keyed
Shaft
A70R2
A90R2
Viewed from
Shaft End
B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)

C: 1.2 - 16 (170 - 2320)
F:
Flange
Mtg.
L:
Foot
Mtg.
Outboard Pump
B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)

C: 1.2 - 16 (170 - 2320)
H: 1.2 - 21 (170 - 3050)
Viewed
from
Shaft
End
A16R1
A37R1
B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)

C: 1.5 - 16 (220 - 2320)
H: 1.8 - 21 (260 - 3050)
K: 2.0 - 28 (290 - 4060)
41, 47
53, 59
65
Refer to
2
60
60
60
60
A145R2
"A" Series Piston Pumps

Variable / Fixed Double Pumps
115
Specifications
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev
(cu.in./rev)
Model Numbers
Outboard Pump
A16R1-*R01*-*AAK-32*
Inboard Pump
Inboard Pump
Inboard Pump
Inboard Pump
Inboard Pump
Inboard Pump
A70R2-*R01*-*AA-60*
A90R2-*R01*-*AA-60*
A145R2-*R01*-*AA-60*
145 (8.85)
16 (2320)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
28 (4060)
28 (4060)
28 (4060)
Refer to the following table

70.0 (4.27)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)

91.0 (5.55)
Outboard Pump
Inboard Pump
16 (2320)
Outboard Pump
Inboard Pump
16 (2320)

91.0 (5.55)
Outboard Pump
Inboard Pump
16 (2320)

70.0 (4.27)
Outboard Pump
Inboard Pump
21 (3050)

56.2 (3.43)
Outboard Pump
A90R1-*R01*-*AA-60*
16 (2320)

36.9 (2.25)
Outboard Pump
A70R1-*R01*-*AA-60*
A145R1-*R01*-*AA-60*
22.2 (1.355)
Outboard Pump
A56R1-*R01*-*AAK-32*
Intermittent
Outboard Pump
A37R1-*R01*-*AAK-32*
Rated

15.8 (.964)
Outboard Pump
A22R1-*R01*-*AAK-32*
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)

145 (8.85)
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Geometric Displacement and Max. Pressure of

Outboard Pump
116
Model Numbers
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev
(cu.in./rev)
A*R1-*R01*-6
5.8 (.354)
A*R1-*R01*-8
8.0 (.488)
Max Pres. MPa (PSI)

Anti-Wear
Type
R&O
Type
21
(3050)
A*R1-*R01*-10
9.4 (.574)
A*R1-*R01*-12
12.2 (.744)
A*R1-*R01*-14
13.7 (.836)
A*R1-*R01*-17
16.6 (1.013)
A*R1-*R01*-19
18.6 (1.135)
A*R1-*R01*-23
22.7 (1.385)
17.5 (2540)
A*R1-*R01*-25
25.3 (1.544)
15 (2180)
15 (2180)
A*R1-*R01*-31
31.0 (1.892)
12 (1740)
12 (1740)
A*R2-*R01*-26
26.6 (1.623)
A*R2-*R01*-33
33.3 (2.03)
A*R2-*R01*-41
41.3 (2.52)
A*R2-*R01*-47
47.2 (2.88)
20 (2900)
A*R2-*R01*-53
52.5 (3.20)
18 (2610)
A*R2-*R01*-59
58.2 (3.55)
16 (2320)
A*R2-*R01*-65
64.7 (3.95)
14 (2030)
21
(3050)
16
(2320)
21
(3050)
14
(2030)
"A" Series Piston Pumps

Variable / Fixed Double Pumps
Shaft Speed
Range
r/min
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Max.
Min.
Flange
Mtg.
Foot
Mtg.
1800
750
28.8
(63.5)
31.0
(68.4)
1800
750
28.8
(63.5)
31.0
(68.4)
1800
750
39
(86.0)
43.3
(95.5)
1800
750
47
(104)
51.3
(113)
1800
750
66
(146)
78
(172)
1800
750
82
(181)
105
(232)
1800
750
102
(225)
129
(284)
1800
600
72.5
(160)
84.5
(186)
1800
600
91.5
(202)
112
(247)
1800
600
112
(247)
137
(302)
"
Constant Power (Torque)

Control Type
Load Sensing Type

Pump Type
Graphic
Symbol
.1
1
.2
2
.5
5
10
20
50
100
cu. in./rev
10 15
200 300
cm3/rev
Maximum
Operating
Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
Page
35
(5080)
120
A3H16
A3H37
A3H56
Single Pump
A3H71
A3H100
A3H145
A3H180
Three control types are available such as pressure compensator type. Refer to page 121.
117
Hydraulic Fluids
Hydraulic Fluids
Use petroleum base oils such as anti-wear type hydraulic

oils or R & O (Rust and Oxidation inhibitor) type
hydraulic oils equivalent to ISO VG-32 or 46.
The recommended viscosity range is from 20 to 400
mm2/s (98 to 1800 SSU) and temperature range is from 0
to 60C (32 to 140F), both of which have to be satisfied
for the use of the above hydraulic oils.

contamination of the operating oil which can otherwise lead
to breakdowns and shorten the life of the unit. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS Grade 10.
The suction port must be equipped with at least a 100
m (150 mesh) reservoir type filter and the return line
must have a line filter of under 10 m.
Instructions
Mounting
Drain Piping
When installing the pump the filling port should be

positioned upwards.

pressure within the pump housing should be maintained
at a normal pressure of less than 0.1 MPa (15 PSI) and
surge pressure of less than 0.5 MPa (70 PSI).
Length of piping should be less than 1 m (3.3 ft.), and the
pipe end should be submerged in oil.
Alignment of Shaft
is less than 0.2.
Suction Pressure

Fitting Size
Model
Permissible suction pressure at suction port of the pump

is between -16.7 and +50 kPa (5 in.Hg Vacuum and 7
PSIG). In case of the speed is over 1800 r/min, adjust the
pressure 0 to +50 kPa (0 to 7 PSIG).
Make sure that the height of the pump suction port is whithin
one metre (3.3ft.) from the oil level in the reservoir.
Hints on Piping
excessive noise.
hoses.

A3H16
A3H37
1/2
SAE #10
A3H56
3/4
A3H180
N.American
Design Std.
SAE #12
12 mm
(.47 in.)
or more
19 mm
(.75 in.)
or more
Safety Valve
When delivery line is blocked suddenly, surge pressure is
occurred so a safety valve should be set in the circuit to
eliminate any damage on equipment and piping.
Bleeding Air
It may be necessary to bleed air from pump case and outlet
line to remove causes of vibration.
Suction Piping
Starting
In case the pump is installed above the oil level, the suction
piping and suction line filter should be located lower than
the pump position to prevent air in the suction line.
Before first staring, fill pump case with clean operating

oil via the fill port.
the control valves so that the discharged oil from the pump
is returned direct to the tank or the actuator moves in a
free load.
118
Inside Dia.
of Pipe
Model
Volume cm3(in.3)
A3H16
A3H37
A3H56
A3H71
A3H100
A3H145
A3H180
400 (24.4)
700 (42.7)
900 (54.9)
1300 (79.3)
1700 (104)
2400 (146)
3200 (195)
PISTON PUMPS

pressure.
Turning the flow adjustment screw clockwise, decreases
delivery.

adjustment screw
Model Numbers
Adjustment Volume
MPa (PSI)
A3H16/A3H37/A3H56-01
5.5 (780)
A3H71/A3H100/A3H145-01
6.3 (915)
A3H180-01
5.7 (830)

Model
Numbers
Adjustable volumre
with each full turn
of the adjustment
screw
A3H16
1.4 (.085)
8 (.488)
A3H37
3.3 (.201)
16 (.976)
A3H56
4.2 (.256)
35 (2.14)
A3H71
4.9 (.299)
45 (2.75)
A3H100
6.2 (.378)
63 (3.84)
A3H145
9.4 (.574)
95 (5.80)
A3H180
10.3 (.629)
125 (7.63)
"A3H" Series
At the time of shipment, the unit has been preset to maximum delivery and minimum discharge pressure.
Adjust the preset delivery and pressure to meet your system requirements.
Minimum adjustment flow

Flow Adjustment Screw Protrusion Length "L" vs. Geometric Displacement (reference)
cm3/rev
cu.in./rev
12 200
A3H180
180
Flow Adj. Screw
Lock Nut
Cover
10
160
A3H145
140
8
120
6
A3H100
100
80
A3H71
60
A3H56
40
A3H37
20
Retainer
A3H16
0
5
.2
10
15
.4
.6
20
mm
.8 Inches
Adjustment Screw Protrusion Length "L"
119

Spool
Pressure Compensator Valve

Pressure Adj. Screw
Control Piston
Drain Port
Flow Adj. Screw
Pivot
Shaft
OUT
IN
Port Plate
Cradle
Cylinder Block
Slipper Retainer
Spring
Spring
Control Type
Piston Ass'y
Features
High performance at maximum pressure
35MPa
Volumetric efficiency is over 95% and
overall efficiency is more than 90% at
1800 r/min.
"A3H37" type performance charateristics
100
N=1800 r/min
Overall Efficiency
80
ut
Inp
PP
M
0
S
0
DR
5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Pressure
M
0
DR
Output Flow
Output Flow
Output Flow
40
20
M
0
120
20
L/min
40
r
we
Po
kW
Input Power
60
Output Flow
P
PP
Output Flow
Efficiency
60
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
"01"
"09"
Constant Power Control Type
"14"
Load Sensing Type
DR
MPa
Compact size
A3H series are compact in size because
output / mass ratio is large.
PISTON PUMPS
"01"
Graphic Symbols
Pressure
Compensator
Type
Output Flow
Control Type
M
O
Explanation
Page
When the system pressure increases and comes close

to the preset cut-off pressure, the pump flow decreases
automatically while maintaining the set pressure as it
is.
122
Pressure
This type of control can control the pump input power

according to the motor output.
When the system pressure increases, the pump swash
plate tilt angle (output flow) decreases, in correspondence
to predetermined shaft input values.
Output Flow
Constant Power
"09" (Torque) Control
Type
Pressure
"A3H" Series
Control Type
141
This type of control can enable one pump to act as two

pumps (low-pressure and large-flow/high-pressure and
small-flow). Therefore, the motor capacity can be
reduced.
"14"
Output Flow
This is an energy-saving type control which maintains the

pump flow and load pressure at the absolute minimum
necessary level to operate the actuator.
Load Sensing
Type
Pressure
This type of control automatically regulates the output

flow so that the inlet-outlet differential pressure of the
flow control valve at the output side is constant. To do
so, the load pressure must be introduced to the load
sensing port "L" of the pump through the external piping.
150
This type of control provides the remote control of the

full cut-off pressure by connecting a remote control relief
valve to the pilot port "PP".
A flow control valve is not included with the pump. Install the valve separately.
Availability of Control Type
Mark " " in the table below refers to standard model.

Model Numbers
cm3/rev (cu. in./rev)
A3H 16
16.3 (.995)
A3H 37
37.1 (2.26)
A3H 56
56.3 (3.44)
A3H 71
70.7 (4.31)
A3H100
100.5 (6.13)
A3H145
145.2 (8.86)
A3H180
180.7 (11.03)
"01"
"09"
Constant Power
(Torque) Control Type
"14"
Load Sensing Type
121
"A3H" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps-Single Pump,

Graphic Symbol
M
O
Specifications
Model Numbers
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev
(cu.in./rev)
Minimum
Adj. Flow
cm3/rev
(cu.in./rev)
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Rated
Intermittent
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Shaft Speed Range

r/min
Max.
Flange
Mtg.
Min.
Foot
Mtg.
A3H 16-*R01KK-10*
16.3 (.995)
8.0 (.488)
3600
600
14.5 (32.0) 23.4 (51.6)
A3H 37-*R01KK-10*
37.1 (2.26)
16.0 (.976)
2700
600
19.5 (43.0) 27.0 (59.5)
A3H 56-*R01KK-10*
56.3 (3.44)
35.0 (2.14)
2500
600
25.7 (56.7) 33.2 (73.2)
A3H 71-*R01KK-10*
70.7 (4.31)
45.0 (2.75) 28 (4060)
2300
600
35.0 (77.2) 42.5 (93.7)
A3H100-*R01KK-10*
100.5 (6.13)
63.0 (3.84)
2100
600
44.6 (98.3) 72.6 (160)
A3H145-*R01KK-10*
145.2 (8.86)
95.0 (5.80)
1800
600
60.0 (132)
88.0 (194)
A3H180-*R01KK-10*
180.7 (11.03)
125.0 (7.63)
1800
600
70.4 (155)
98.4 (217)
35 (5080)
1. Consult Yuken when pump is used over rated pressure because there is a restriction on operating condition.
2. The maximum shaft speeds shown in the above table are at suction pressure 0 kPa (0 PSIG).
3. The table above shows specifications for using petroleum based oils.
Pumps (customized design) for special fluids are also available. Their operating pressure and maximum shaft speed however differ from the values
in the table above depending on the fluid type.
Range of operating temperature and viscosities may differ from those of petroleum based oils due to their characteristics.
Specifications and Design numbers for Special Fluids
Type of Fluids
Water-Glycols
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Allowable
Maximum
Shaft Speed
r/min
Rated
Intermittent
Rated
Max.
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
1200
(1800)
Temperature
Range
Viscosity
Range
C (F)
mm2/s (SSU)
Design Numbers
for Special Fluid
(Occasion of
Japanese Std.
"JIS") 2
1030
0 - 50 (32 - 104)
20 - 200 (98 - 927)
Phosphate Ester Type
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
1200
(1800)
Polyol Ester Type
21 (3050)
25 (3630)
1200
1800
1006
0 - 60 (32 - 140)
0 - 60 (32 - 140)
20 - 200 (98 - 927)
10450
1. As the specific gravities of water-glycol fluids and phosphate ester type fluids are higher than one, an overhead reservoir is required when pumps are
operated at 1500 r/min or more.
2. For the design numbers of pumps for European Design and North American Design Standards, please contact us.
122

PISTON PUMPS
Series Number
-F
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
01
Control Type
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
K
Shaft Extension
-10
2
A3H16
(16.3 cm3/rev)
10
A3H37
F: Flange Mtg.
(37.1 cm3/rev)
10
A3H56
L: Foot Mtg.
(56.3 cm3/rev)
01: Pressure
Compensator K: 5 - 35 (725 - 5080)
Type
A3H71
(70.7 cm3/rev)
R: Clockwise
(Normal)
A3H100
(100.5 cm3/rev)
10
K : Keyed Shaft
Viewed from
Shaft End
Design
Design Std.
Number
"A3H" Series
A3H16
10
Refer to 3
10
F: Flange Mtg.
A3H145
(145.2 cm3/rev)
L: Foot Mtg.
K : Keyed Shaft
44.45mm (1.75 IN.) Dia.
K1: Keyed Shaft 5
50.8mm (2.0 IN.) Dia.
A3H180
(180.7 cm3/rev)
10
10
2. We can also supply spline-type shaft extension. Consult Yuken for details.
3. Design Standards: None ......... Japanese Standard "JIS"
80 ............. European Design Standard
950 ........... N. American Design Standard (Applicable only for A3H16/37/56/71)
954 ........... N. American Design Standard (Applicable only for A3H100/145/180)
4. Mounting type "L" is not available for N. American Design Standard.
5. Shaft extension "K1" is applicable only for N. American Design Standard.
Pipe Flange Kits

Threaded Connection
Pump Model
Numbers
A3H16- R01
A3H37- R01
A3H56- R01
A3H71- R01
A3H100- R01
A3H145- R01
*
*
A3H180- R01
Name of Port
European
Design Std.
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
Suction
F5-08-A-10
Discharge
F6-06-A-M-10
Suction
F5-10-A-10
Discharge
F6-08-A-M-10
Suction
F5-12-A-10
Discharge
F6-08-A-M-10
Suction
F5-16-A-10
Discharge
F6-10-A-M-10
Suction
F5-20-A-10
Discharge
F6-10-A-M-10
Suction
F5-24-A-10
Discharge
F6-12-A-M-10
F5-08-A-1080
1
F6-06-A-M-1080
F6-08-A-M-1080
F6-08-A-M-1080
F6-10-A-M-1080
F6-10-A-M-1080
F6-12-A-M-1080
F5-10-A-1080
F5-12-A-1080
F5-16-A-1080
F5-20-A-1080
F5-24-A-1080
N. Ameraican
Design
Standard
Socket Welding
Butt Welding
2
Japanese N. Ameraican2
Japanese
N. Ameraican
Std. "JIS" &
Std. "JIS" &
Design
Design
European
European
Standard
Standard
Design Std.
Design Std.
F5-08-B-10
F5-08-B-1090
F5-08-C-10 F5-08-C-1090
F6-06-B-M-10 F6-06-B-U-1090
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-B-1090
F5-10-C-10 F5-10-C-1090
F6-08-B-M-10 F6-08-B-U-1090
F5-12-B-10
F5-12-B-1090
F5-12-C-10 F5-12-C-1090
F6-08-B-M-10 F6-08-B-U-1090
F5-16-B-10
F5-16-B-1090
F5-16-C-10 F5-16-C-1090
F6-10-B-M-10 F6-10-B-U-1090
F5-20-B-10
F5-20-B-1090
F5-20-C-10 F5-20-C-1090
F6-10-B-M-10 F6-10-B-U-1090
F5-24-B-10
F5-24-B-1090
F6-12-B-M-10 F6-12-B-U-1090
1. These flanges are with tapered threaded port, maximum pressure is restricted at 31 MPa (4500 PSI).
2. As dimensions of the surface of pipe flanges are conformed to the SAE standards mentioned below, the pipe flanges conforming to the SAE
standards can be used.
Suction Port: SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series)
Discharge Port: SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (High Pressure Series)
Details of pipe flange kits are shown on page 824 & 829.

123
Size of High Pressure Rubber House
Circuit
High Pressure Rubber Housea
Model
High Pressure
Rubber Hose
SOL
A3H16
3/4B
1500 mm (4.9 ft.)
A3H37/56/71
3/4B
2000 mm (6.6 ft.)
A3H100/145
1-1/4B
2000 mm (6.6 ft.)
A3H180
1-1/4B
2500 mm (8.2 ft.)
M
O
Conditions
Drive Speed: 1500 r/min
Hydraulic Fluid: ISO VG32 Oil
Oil Temperature: 40 C (104 F) [Viscosity 32 mm2/s (150 SSU)]
t1
t2
t1
t2
Ps
Overshoot Pres.
MPa (PSI)
A3H 16
30
140
2.5 (363)
A3H 37
40
80
3.5 (508)
A3H 56
50
90
7.5 (1088)
A3H 71
50
140
10.0 (1450)
A3H100
70
170
11.0 (1595)
A3H145
70
180
12.5 (1813)
A3H180
70
220
12.0 (1740)
Response Time ms
Pressure
Model
Ps
28 MPa
(4060 PSI)
2 MPa (290PSI)
2 MPa (290PSI)
Time
SOL
OFF
124
ON
OFF

PISTON PUMPS
Typical Performance Characteristics of Type "A3H16" at Viscosity 32 mm2/s (150 SSU) [ISO VG32 oils, 40C (104F)]
0
0
20
35
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
10
Input Power
Input Power
16
12
20
40
30
20 (2900)
15 (2180)
8
5
16
12
15 (2180)
8
4
5 ( 730)
0
10
3
15
20
5
6
Output Flow
30 L/min
25
8 U.S.GPM
15
20
5
6
Output Flow
25
20 (2900)
20
20
15 (2180)
15
10 (1450)
10
5 ( 730)
5
0
20
30 L/min
7
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
10
5 ( 730)
0
10
N=3600 r/min
MPa (PSI)
35 (5080)
30
10 (1450)
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
25
20 (2900)
10
10 (1450)
4
0
15
0
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
kW
40
HP
50
20
MPa (PSI)
35 (5080)
12
8
er
ow
tP
npu
N=1800 r/min
kW
HP 20
24
35 (5080)
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
15
40
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
MPa (PSI)
20
kW
40
Input Power
N=1500 r/min
16
20
Input Power
kW
HP 20
24
60
40
0
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
60
Overall Efficiency
80
Output Flow
HP
60
"A3H" Series
U.S.GPM
Efficiency
L/min
10
In
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
er
ow
P
put
10
10
20
U.S.GPM
kW
20
20
0
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
N=3600 r/min
Output Flow
Inp
Output Flow
Input Power
10
10
30
Overall Efficiency
80
Output Flow
er
ow
ut P
10
HP
30
%
100
N=1800 r/min
60
Input Power
20
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
8
Output Flow
Efficiency
L/min
Output Flow
kW
20
HP
20
30
Overall Efficiency
80
60
Input Power
%
100
N=1500 r/min
L/min
%
100
8 U.S.GPM
30
40
10 12
Output Flow
60 L/min
50
14
16 U.S.GPM
Note) The dotted line in the graph indicates less than minimum adjustable flow.
Full Cut-off Power
Drain
3600 r/min
5
4
1.0
L/min
U.S.GPM 5
1.2
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
Drain
Full Cut-off Power
kW
HP 5
6
.8
3600 r/min
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
.6
t-of
l Cu
Ful
3600 r/min
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
.4
1
1
0
.2
10
15
20
25
30
35 MPa
ow
ll Fl
Fu
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

10
15
20
25
30
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
dB(A)
80
70
Full Flow
60
N=1800 r/min
70
Full Flow
60
10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
N=2500 r/min
Full Flow
70
60
Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
50
dB(A)
80
Noise Level
N=1500 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
dB(A)
80
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
50
0
0
10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
50
5000 PSI

10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
125
40
er
ow
ut P
Inp
20
20
12
40
20
ut
Inp
Po
20
25
20
20 (2900)
15
15 (2180)
10
10 (1450)
5 ( 730)
10
0
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 L/min
30
20
70
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
30
10
0
10 12
Output Flow
14
MPa(PSI)
35 (5080)
40
50
40
30
30
20
16 U.S.GPM
40
50
60
70
U.S.GPM
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
20 (2900)
30
30
15 (2180)
20
10 (1450)
10
5 ( 730)
20
10
5 ( 730)
30
N=2700 r/min MPa(PSI)

35 (5080)
40
40
10 (1450)
10
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
50
50
15 (2180)
20
0
20
60
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
20 (2900)
16
8
20
0
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
HP
90 kW
65
80 60
70
50
24
40
N=1800 r/min
60
Input Power
Input Power
40
HP kW
80 60
N=1500 r/min
MPa(PSI)
35 (5080)
60
owe
tP
npu
40
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
Input Power
HP
50 kW
35
80
80
Input Power
32
100
kW
80
40
L/min
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
L/min
er
120
Overall Efficiency
80
Output Flow
HP
120
0
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
12
N=2700 r/min
60
16
40
20
20
20
60
kW
40
40
0
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
80
Output Flow
%
100
Output Flow
kW
40
Overall Efficiency
80
60
HP
60
N=1800 r/min
Input Power
HP
60
Efficiency
16
Input Power
U.S.GPM
Output Flow
Output Flow
L/min
Efficiency
60
Overall Efficiency
80
60
Input Power
%
100
N=1500 r/min
Output Flow
%
100
0
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
80 L/min
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 U.S.GPM
Output Flow
12
16
20
Output Flow
24
L/min
28 U.S.GPM
Full Cut-off Power
Drain
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
L/min
U.S.GPM 10
2.4
8
2.0
2700 r/min
10
Drain
Full Cut-off Power
kW
HP 10
12
1.6
1.2
10
15
20
25
35 MPa
30
Full
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

2700 r/min
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
-off
Cut
.4
Full
.8
2700 r/min
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
10
15
20
Flow
25
30
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
Full Cut-off
0
10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
N=1800 r/min
60
50
Full Cut-off
0
0
10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
N=2500 r/min
Full Flow
Full Flow
70
dB(A)
80
Noise Level
60
126
Full Flow
70
50
dB(A)
80
N=1500 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
dB(A)
80
25
30
4000
35 MPa
70
Full Cut-off
60
50
5000 PSI

10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
PISTON PUMPS
60
we
t Po
40
40
0
24
16
40
Inpu
8
20
0
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0
0
16
60
owe
tP
npu
40
8
20
0
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
24
80
40
40
50
60
40
30
20
20
12
ut
Inp
40
40
60
40
20
16
20
24
Output Flow
15 (2180)
20
10 (1450)
28 U.S.GPM

35 (5080)
12
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
60
50
20 (2900)
40
15 (2180)
60
40
30
10 (1450)
20
5 ( 730)
10
0
70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 L/min
20
5 ( 730)
10
0
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 L/min
28 U.S.GPM
16
20
24
Output Flow
"A3H" Series
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
70
20 (2900)
30
24
40
100
80
32
16
60
Po
80
60
40
r
we
40
8
20
0
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
N=1800 r/min
MPa(PSI)
35 (5080)
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
50
10
0
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 L/min
80
80
Input Power
80
MPa(PSI)
35 (5080)
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
20 (2900)
15 (2180)
10 (1450)
5 ( 730)
Input Power
Input Power
60
40
kW
80
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
HP
100 kW
70
N=1500 r/min
120
100
HP kW
120 90
kW
70
140
Output Flow
60
Input Power
HP
80
Overall Efficiency
80
HP
120
U.S.GPM
Efficiency
32
100
kW
80
HP
80
U.S.GPM
Output Flow
N=2500 r/min
Output Flow
80
60
Input Power
Output Flow
120
Overall Efficiency
80
Output Flow
kW
80
%
100
N=1800 r/min
L/min
32
100
Efficiency
120
Input Power
U.S.GPM
60
Overall Efficiency
80
Output Flow
L/min
Efficiency
Input Power
HP
80
%
100
N=1500 r/min
L/min
%
100
20
24
28
32
Output Flow
36 38 U.S.GPM
Drain
L/min
10
kW
HP 10
12
8
8
U.S.GPM
8
2.0
2500 r/min
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
Drain
Full Cut-off Power
Full Cut-off Power
1.6
2500 r/min
1500,1800 r/min
1.2
Full
.8
4
2
0
.4
10
15
20
25
30
35 MPa
Full
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

off
Cut-
10
15
1500,1800 r/min
2500 r/min
Flow
20
25
30
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
dB(A)
90
dB(A)
90
N=1500 r/min
Full Cut-off
60
10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
Full Flo
70
60
50
N=2500 r/min
80
Noise Level
Full Flo
70
50
dB(A)
90
80
Noise Level
Noise Level
80
N=1800 r/min
Full Cut-off
0
0
10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
Full Flow
70
Full Cut-off
60
50
5000 PSI

10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
127
100
Inp
90
wer
ut P
40
110
80
28
24
20
HP
120
kW
80
N=1500 r/min
70
MPa(PSI)
35 (5080)
Input Power
80
60
50
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
40
20 (2900)
60
40
30
15 (2180)
20
10 (1450)
10
5 ( 730)
12
70
16
90
20
110
130
24 28 32
Output Flow
36
50
20 (2900)
60
40
15 (2180)
30
12
70
16
90
20
110
130
24 28 32
Output Flow
36
U.S.GPM
120
40
36
32
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
N=2300 r/min
MPa(PSI)
35 (5080)
100
120
80
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
60
20 (2900)
15 (2180)
40
10 (1450)
20
5 ( 730)
0
60
150 L/min
44
130
Inp
40
40
80
L/min
P
ut
40
0
50
40 U.S.GPM
140
er
ow
80
5 ( 730)
10
0
150
80
HP kW
160 120
20
150 L/min
160
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
170
Output Flow

35 (5080)
60
40
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
20
Overall Efficiency
80
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
20
0
50
L/min
80
N=2300 r/min
60
kW
100
120
10 (1450)
20
24
HP
160
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
HP
kW
110
80
100
70
80
28
90
w
Po
In
Input Power
HP
100
put
40
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
32
100
er
Input Power
120
110
80
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
Output Flow
kW
80
40
36
130
60
%
100
Output Flow
Input Power
Output Flow
80
40
Overall Efficiency
80
32
kW
80
N=1800 r/min
Input Power
L/min
60
HP
120
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
Overall Efficiency
80
Output Flow
Input Power
Efficiency
%
100
N=1500 r/min
Output Flow
Input Power
%
100
80
40 U.S.GPM
100
20
24
120
160 L/min
140
28 32 36
Output Flow
40
44 U.S.GPM
Full Cut-off Power

kW
16
3.2
Full Cut-off Power
14
16
12
10
12
2300 r/min
2.8
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
2.4
Drain
HP
20
Drain
L/min
U.S.GPM 14
3.6
8
8
4
0
.8
.4
5
10
15
20
25
30
10
2300 r/min
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
Fu
6
4
low
ll F
Fu
35 MPa
ff
-o
ut
C
ll
1.6
1.2
12
2.0
2300 r/min
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

10
15
20
25
30
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
dB(A)
90
dB(A)
90
N=1500 r/min
Full Cut-off
60
128
10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
Full Flow
70
Full Cut-off
60
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
50
N=2300 r/min
80
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
Full Flow
70
dB(A)
90
80
80
50
N=1800 r/min
0
0
10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
Full Flow
70
Full Cut-off
60
25
30
4000
35 MPa
50
5000 PSI

10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
PISTON PUMPS
130
120 32
pu
150 40
140
36
80
60
80
40
40
20
120
170
120
80
10 (1450)
20
5 ( 730)
20 (2900)
60
15 (2180)
40
10 (1450)
20
5 ( 730)
40
5 ( 730)
0
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 L/min
24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 U.S.GPM
Output Flow
"A3H" Series
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
100
80
44
N=2100 r/min
MPa(PSI)
35 (5080)
15 (2180)
40
U.S.GPM
180 48
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
160 120
20 (2900)
60
80
40
0
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 L/min
80
52
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0
0
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
190
o
tP
Inp
kW
HP
140
180
100
Input Power
Input Power
120
r
we
50
Input Power
MPa(PSI)
35 (5080)
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
20 (2900)
15 (2180)
10 (1450)
100
200
50
60
210 56
100

35 (5080)
220
Output Flow
100
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
HP kW
160 120
N=1500 r/min
Overall Efficiency
80
kW
150
150
Input Power
HP kW
160 120
N=2100 r/min
L/min
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
44
HP
200
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
w
Po
In
40
160
er
80
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
180 48
80
40
52
%
100
Output Flow
36
190
Output Flow
Input Power
ut
Inp
40
e
ow
Overall Efficiency
80
170
120
Input Power
80
140
Output Flow
Input Power
150 40
80
40
160
Output Flow
kW
100
HP
120
N=1800 r/min
kW
120
HP
160
44
%
100
L/min
80
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
Overall Efficiency
L/min
Efficiency
N=1500 r/min
Output Flow
%
100
0
100 120 140 160 180 200 220 L/min
24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 U.S.GPM
Output Flow
28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 U.S.GPM
Output Flow
Full Cut-off Power
Drain
kW
16
HP
20
12
10
12
8
8
6
4
2
0
2100 r/min
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
ll
Fu
Drain
Full Cut-off Power
16
U.S.GPM L/min
3.6 14
3.2 12
2.8
10
2.4
8
2.0
1.6
6
1.2
4
.8
2
.4
0
0
2100 r/min
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
14
10
15
20
25
30
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

ff
t-o
Cu
1500,1800 r/min
2100 r/min
Full
5
10
15
Flow
20
25
30
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
dB(A)
90
dB(A)
90
N=1500 r/min
60
10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
Full Cut-off
80
70
Full Cut-off
60
50
0
0
10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
N=2100 r/min
Full Flow
Full Flow
w
Full Flo
70
dB(A)
90
80
80
50
N=1800 r/min
70
Full Cut-off
60
50
5000 PSI

10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
129
Output Flow
100
100
Inp
50
50
0
ut
50
180
r
we
Po
42
HP
200
140
34
U.S.GPM
74
Overall Efficiency
80
Output Flow
66
240
58
we
100
200
o
tP
50
pu
In
100
160
50
50
0
42
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
280
N=1800 r/min
kW
150
150
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
L/min
58
%
100
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
kW
150
Input Power
150
220
Overall Efficiency
80
Output Flow
Input Power
HP
200
N=1500 r/min
L/min
Efficiency
%
100
Output Flow
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
HP
180
kW
140
160
120
120
100
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
80
20 (2900)
60
15 (2180)
40
10 (1450)
80
40
100
18
140
26
180
34 42 50
Output Flow
kW
180
160
120
100
120
260 L/min
58
66 U.S.GPM
20 (2900)
80
80
15 (2180)
60
10 (1450)
40
5 ( 730)
20
0
80
MPa (PSI)
35 (5080)
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
140
40
220
N=1800 r/min
160
200
5 ( 730)
20
0
60
HP
240
N=1500 r/min MPa (PSI)

35 (5080)
Input Power
Input Power
Input Power
120
26
160
34
200
240
42 50 58
Output Flow
280 L/min
74 U.S.GPM
66
Full Cut-off Power

HP
25
20
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
U.S.GPM
5
L/min
20
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
15
15
15
Drain
Full Cut-off Power
Drain
kW
20
10
10
5
5
0
10
10
15
20
25
30
1000 2000 3000 4000

35 MPa
ff
t-o
Cu
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
Full
ll
Fu
5000 PSI
10
1000
15
Flow
20
25
2000 3000
Pressure
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
80
Full Flow
70
60
0
130
N=1500 r/min
Full Cut-off
10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
dB(A)
90
Noise Level
Noise Level
dB(A)
90
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
N=1800 r/min
low
Full F
80
70
60
Full Cut-off
0
0
10
1000

15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
PISTON PUMPS
kW
160
240
160
ut
Inp
80
80
60
r
we
Po
200
50
Output Flow
160
we
160
300
80
260
70
o
tP
Inp
80
80
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
90
Overall Efficiency
80
kW
240
240
340
N=1800 r/min
220
60
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
"A3H" Series
70
HP
320
U.S.GPM
280
Input Power
Output Flow
%
100
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
80
Output Flow
Input Power
L/min
Efficiency
Overall Efficiency
80
60
HP
240
N=1500 r/min
L/min
%
100
Output Flow
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressusre
Input Power
Input Power
200
160
MPa(PSI)
35 (5080)
160
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
120
20 (2900)
120
80
15 (2180)
80
40
200
160
120
50
0
30 (4350)
28 (4060)
25 (3630)
120
20 (2900)
15 (2180)
10 (1450)
40
5 ( 730)
50
80 U.S.GPM
40
60
Output Flow
160
80
40
100 150 200 250 300 L/min

20
MPa(PSI)
35 (5080)
80
5 ( 730)
N=1800 r/min
240
10 (1450)
40
kW
210
200
HP
280
N=1500 r/min
Input Power
HP
240
kW
200
100 150 200 250 300 350 L/min
10 20
80 90 U.S.GPM
40
60
Output Flow
Full Cut-off Power
16
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
U.S.GPM
5
16
12
Drain
HP
24
Full Cut-off Power
Drain
kW
20
L/min
20
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
10
2
Full
4
0
10
15
20
25
30
1000 2000 3000 4000

35 MPa
ut-of
Full C
5000 PSI
10
1000
15
1500 r/min
1800 r/min
Flow
20
25
2000 3000
Pressure
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
80
N=1500 r/min
Full
Flow
Full Cut-off
70
60
0
10
1000
15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
dB(A)
90
Noise Level
Noise Level
dB(A)
90
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
N=1800 r/min
low
Full F
80
Full Cut-off
70
60
0
0
10
1000

15
20
2000 3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
131
Flange Mtg.: A3H16-FR01KK-10/1080/10950
Flow Adj. Screw

13(.51) Hex.
74.5
(2.93)
49.5
(1.95)
9.5
(.37)
Fully Extended
205.5(8.09)
39
Drain Port
(1.54)
"C" Thd.
DEC.
37
(1.46)
28
(1.10)
Filling Port
74.5
(2.93)
"D" Thd. 19(.75) Deep
8 Places
23.8
(.937)
31.5
(1.24)
82
(3.23)
Discharge Port
19(.75) Dia.
10
(.39)
174.5
(6.87)
89.8
(3.535)
Position of Drain Port
10
(.39)
13.5
(.53)
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/2
A3H16-FR01KK-1080
1/2 BSP.F
A3H16-FR01KK-10950
SAE #10
119
(4.69)
89.8
(3.535)
Model Numbers
INC.
Pres. Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
A3H16-FR01KK-10
22.23(.8752)
Dia.
22.20(.8740)
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
101.60(4.0000)
Dia.
101.55(3.9980)
26.2
(1.031)
31.5
(1.24)
81
(3.19)
52.4
(2.063)
50.8
(2.000)
109.5
(4.31)
Suction Port
26(1.02) Dia.
"D" Thd.
M10
28
(1.10)
126
(4.96)
3/8-16 UNC
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A3H16-LR01KK-10/1080/10950

22
(.87)
16
(.63)
18
(.71)
115
(4.53)

4 Places
100
(3.937)
165
(6.50)
41.5
(1.63)
44
(1.73)
152
(5.98)
120
(4.724)
120
(4.724)
288
(11.34)
132

PISTON PUMPS
82
(3.23)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
"E" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
Filling Port
47.5
(1.87)
40
(1.57)
94
(3.70)
Discharge Port
24(.94) Dia.
30.2
(1.189)
35
(1.38)
27.8
(1.094)
35
(1.38)
25.40(1.0000)
Dia.
25.37( .9988)
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
127.00(5.0000)
Dia.
126.95(4.9980)
90
(3.54)
57.2
(2.252)
58.7
(2.311)
114
(4.49)
Suction Port
32(1.26) Dia.
"A3H" Series
81
(3.19)
Fully Extended
61.5
(2.42)
223(8.78)
Drain Port
49
12.5
"C" Thd.
(1.93) (.49)
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
12
(.47)
189.5
(7.46)
114.5
(4.508)
Positon of Dain Port
16.5
(.65)
13.5
(.53)
INC.
Pres. Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
Model Numbers
A3H37-FR01KK-10
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/2
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
M12
M10
F
H
mm(IN.) mm(IN.)
22 (.87)
18 (.71)
A3H37-FR01KK-10950 SAE #10 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83)
20 (.79)
A3H37-FR01KK-1080
1/2 BSP.F
143
(5.63)
114.5
(4.508)
28
(1.10)
150
(5.91)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A3H37-LR01KK-10/1080/10950

22
(.87)
100
(3.937)
150
(5.91)
23
(.91)
150
(5.91)
3
(.12)
16
(.63)
19
(.75)

4 Places
66.5
(2.62)
158
(6.22)
39.5
(1.56)
115
(4.528)
115
(4.528)
278
(10.94)

133

Fully Extended
223(8.78)
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
92
(3.62)
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
89
(3.50)
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
Filling Port
62
(2.44)
46.5 12.5
(1.83) (.49)
47.5
(1.87)
40
(1.57)
107
(4.21)
Discharge Port
26(1.02) Dia.
"E" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
35.7
(1.406)
38
(1.50)
13
(.51)
27.8
(1.094)
38
(1.50)
206
(8.11)
114.5
(4.508)
Positon of Dain Port
19
(.75)
13.5
(.53)
A3H56-FR01KK-10
Rc 3/4
A3H56-FR01KK-1080
3/4 BSP.F
A3H56-FR01KK-10950
SAE #12
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
F
H
mm(IN.) mm(IN.)
M12
M12
22 (.87) 22 (.87)
143
(5.63)
114.5
(4.508)
"C" Thd.
INC.
Pres. Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)

Model Numbers
31.75(1.2500)
Dia.
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
127.00(5.0000)
Dia.
126.95(4.9980)
102
(4.02)
57.2
(2.252)
69.9
(2.752)
125
(4.92)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
28
(1.10)
154
(6.06)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A3H56-LR01KK-10/1080/10950

22
(.87)
100
(3.937)
150
(5.91)
23
(.91)
150
(5.91)
3
(.12)
16
(.63)
19
(.75)

4Places
67
(2.64)
158
(6.22)
40
(1.57)
115
(4.528)
115
(4.528)
278
(10.94)
134

PISTON PUMPS
97
(3.82)
Filling Port
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
8 Places
Suction Port
51(2.01) Dia.
42.9
(1.689)
41.5
(1.63)
38.10(1.5000)
Dia.
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
127.00(5.0000)
Dia.
126.95(4.9980)
114
(4.49)
66.7
(2.626)
77.8
(3.063)
140
(5.51)
50
(1.97)
117
(4.61)
106.5
(4.19)
75
(2.95)
55
12.5
(2.17) (.49)
60.5
(2.38)
"A3H" Series
Fully Extended
264(10.39)
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
Discharge Port
34(1.34) Dia.
31.8
(1.252)
41.5
(1.63)
Case Drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
229.5
(9.04)
14
(.55)
154
(6.06)
114.5
(4.508)
Positaion of Drain Port
19
(.75)
13.5
(.53)
INC.
Pres. Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
A3H71-FR01KK-10
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/4
A3H71-FR01KK-1080
3/4 BSP.F
A3H71-FR01KK-10950
SAE #12
"D" Thd.
E mm (IN.)
M12
19 (.75)
1/2-13 UNC
21 (.83)
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
143
(5.63)
114.5
(4.508)
Model Numbers
28
(1.10)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A3H71-LR01KK-10/1080/10950

22
(.87)
100
(3.937)
150
(5.91)
80
(3.15)
53
(2.09)
23
(.91)
150
(5.91)
3
(.12)
16
(.63)
19
(.75)

4Places
158
(6.22)
115
(4.528)
115
(4.528)
278
(10.94)

135
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

8 Places
112
(4.41)
103
(4.06)
Fully Extended
284.5(11.20)
60
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
(2.36)
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
12.5
(.49)
H
Filling Port
Discharge Port
34(1.34) Dia.
129.5
(5.10)
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
31.8
(1.252)
45
(1.77)
50.8
(2.000)
45
(1.77)
17
(.67)
249.5
(9.82)
210
(8.27)
161.6
(6.362)
23
(.91)
21.5
(.85)
44.45(1.7500)
Dia.
44.40(1.7480)
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
152.40(6.0000)
Dia.
152.35(5.9980)
118.5
(4.67)
88.9
(3.500)
66.7
(2.626)
144
(5.67)
Suction Port
63(2.48) Dia.
INC.
Pres. Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
196
(7.72)
161.6
(6.362)
11.14(.4386)
11.11(.4374)
1/2-13 UNC Thd. 32(1.26) Deep

"10954" Design Only
39
(1.54)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
A3H100-FR01KK-10
A3H100-FR01KK-1080
A3H100-FR01KK-10954
Thread Size
Dimensions mm (Inches)
C
D
E
F
H
J
Rc 3/4
M12
19 (.75) 95 (3.74) 81 (3.19) 63 (2.48)
3/4 BSP.F
SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83) 74.6 (2.94) 60.6 (2.39) 50 (1.97)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A3H100-LR01KK-10/1080

32
(1.26)
140
(5.512)
220
(8.66)
108
(4.25)
63
(2.48)
37
(1.46)
210
(8.27)
3
(.12)
29
(1.14)
32
(1.26)

4Places
198
(7.80)
165
(6.496)
165
(6.496)
398
(15.67)
136

PISTON PUMPS
Flange Mtg.: A3H145-FR01KK*-10/1080/10954

Drain Port
"C" Thd.
31.8
(1.252)
49
(1.93)
129
(5.08)
66.7
(2.626)
88.9
(3.500)
50.8
(2.000)
49
(1.93)
139
(5.47)
152
(5.98)
Suction Port
63(2.48) Dia.
74
(2.91)
"A3H" Series
Filling Port
Discharge Port
34(1.34) Dia.
12.5
(.49)
K
22
(.87)
Case Drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
220
(8.66)
161.6
(6.362)
26
(1.02)
21.5
(.85)
152.40(6.0000)
Dia.
152.35(5.9980)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

8 Places
111
(4.37)
"P" Dia.
121
(4.76)
Fully Extended
321.5 (12.66)
283.5
(11.16)
Flow Adj. Screw

19(.75) Hex.
DEC.
INC.
Pres. Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
200
(7.87)
161.6
(6.362)
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
"E" Thd. "H" Deep
39
(1.54)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
A3H145-FR01KK-10
A3H145-FR01KK-1080
C
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
Thread Size
D
M12
22 (.87)
95 (3.74)
21 (.83)
SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC

A3H145-FR01KK1-10954
K
L
5/8-11 UNC
49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)

81 (3.19) 63 (2.48) 49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
32 (1.26)
1/2-13 UNC
A3H145-FR01KK-10954
74.6 (2.94) 60.6 (2.39) 50 (1.97)

36 (1.42)
49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)

49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
DIMENSIONS IN

32
(1.26)
198
(7.80)
123
(4.843)
123
(4.843)
29
(1.14)
200
(7.874)
270
(10.63)
48
(1.89)
13
(.51)
37
(1.46)
210
(8.27)
3
(.12)
32
(1.26)
140
(5.51)

4Places
212
(8.35)
165
(6.496)
165
(6.496)
398
(15.67)

137
Flange Mtg.: A3H180-FR01KK*-10/1080/10954

117
(4.61)
Fully Extended
347.5(13.68)
Filling Port
Flow Adj. Screw

19(.75) Hex.
DEC.
81
(3.19)
12.5
(.49)
138
(5.43)
Case Drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
36.5
(1.437)
53
(2.09)
152.40(6.0000)
Dia.
152.35(5.9980)
Discharge Port
44(1.73) Dia.
61.9
(2.437)
53
(2.09)
148.5
(5.85)
160
(6.30)
79.4
(3.126)
106.4
(4.189)
Suction Port
76(2.99) Dia.
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
H
"N" Dia.
129.5
(5.10)
27.5
(1.08)
24
(.94)
309.5
(12.19)
"D" Thd. 29(1.14) Deep

8 Places
161.6
(6.362)
INC.
Pres. Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
21.5
(.85)
200
(7.87)
161.6
(6.362)
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
"E" Thd. "F" Deep
39
(1.54)
220
(8.66)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
A3H180-FR01KK-10
A3H180-FR01KK-1080
C
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
Thread Size
D
K
J
M12
1/2-13 UNC 32 (1.26)
A3H180-FR01KK-10954
74.6 (2.94) 60.6 (2.39) 50 (1.97)
SAE #12 5/8-11 UNC

A3H180-FR01KK1-10954
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)

112 (4.41) 97.5 (3.84) 80 (3.15) 56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
5/8-11 UNC 36 (1.42)
49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)

49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
DIMENSIONS IN

32
(1.26)
198
(7.80)
123
(4.843)
123
(4.843)
29
(1.14)
200
(7.874)
270
(10.63)
65
(2.56)
212
(8.35)
165
(6.496)
165
(6.496)
30
(1.18)
398
(15.67)
138
37
(1.46)
210
(8.27)
3
(.12)
32
(1.26)
140
(5.51)

4Places

PISTON PUMPS
Spear Parts List
53 46 49 44 35 49 55 47
31 54 10 42 45 11 7
9 21 39 33 43 19 29 22 4 27 23 1
52
48
50
41
36
38
56
3
5
48
40
Y
Y
"A3H" Series
A3H16/A3H37/A3H56-*R01KK-10/1080/10950
28
6
60
59
58
2 37 53 20 17 8 26 12 14 34 25 13 24 30
67 73 63 68 64 66 69 65 62 61
Detail of Section X X
72 71
51 18 44
15
Detail of Section Y Y
16
Detail of "Z"

Item
17
18
36
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
68
69
Name of Parts
A3H16
2270-PK313655-3
Part Numbers
A3H37
2271-PK-313518-3
1310E-PK412440-0
A3H56
2272-PK313433-5
Gasket
Back Up Ring
Cylindrical Roller Bearing
NUP205E
Tapered Roller Bearing
4T-33008
4T-30204
Needle Roller Bearing
HMK2025V2
4T-33006
4T-32205R
Oil Seal
TCN254511 (FKM) TCN284811 (FKM) TCN355511 (FKM)
O-Ring
S65 (NBR, Hs70)
S85 (NBR, Hs70)
S95 (NBR, Hs70)
O-Ring
S71 (NBR, Hs70)
SO-NA-G60
SO-NA-G60
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P18
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P8
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NA-A018
O-Ring
SO-NB-P26
O-Ring
Q'ty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
When ordering seals, please specify the kit number from the table below.
List of Seals kit

Pump Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
A3H16-*R01KK-10/1080/10950
A3H37-*R01KK-10/1080/10950
A3H56-*R01KK-10/1080/10950
A3H16-01-10
A3H37-01-10
A3H56-01-10

139
Spear Parts List
A3H71-*R01KK-10/1080/10950
A3H100/A3H145/A3H180-*R01KK*-10/1080/10954
X
52 44 48 43 35 48 55 45 49
40 42 12 8
9 23 37 33 41 27 21 24 4 25 51
10
50
53
47
46
31
29
38
36
56
3
Y
Y
17
54
6
39
60
59
58
2 30 18 11 22 19 7 15 13 34 26 14 28 1 16
67 73 63 68 64 66 69 65 62 61
72 71
51 20 43
Detail of Section X X
Detail of Section Y Y

Item
19
20
29
30
36
38
39
40
41
42
43
68
69
Name of Parts
A3H71
2273-PK212356-0
Part Numbers
A3H100
A3H145
2274-PK212368-5 2275-PK212382-6
1310E-PK412440-0
4T-33206
HR33011
Gasket
Back Up Ring
33009JR
Cylindrical Roller Bearing
2276-PK412859-1
4T-33206
4T-30210
32205JR
2276-PK412860-9
Needle Roller Bearing
Oil Seal
TCN426512 (FKM) TCN507212 (FKM) TCN557812 (FKM) TCN557812 (FKM)
O-Ring
S100 (NBR, Hs70) S110 (NBR, Hs70) S125 (NBR, Hs70) S130 (NBR, Hs70)
SO-NA-G105
O-Ring
SO-NA-G95
SO-NA-G80
SO-NA-G95
SO-NB-P26
SO-NB-P24
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P18
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P10A
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
SO-NA-A021
O-Ring
SO-NB-P32
O-Ring
When ordering seals, please specify the kit number from the table below.
List of Seals kit
140
A3H180
2276-PK212301-6
Pump Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
A3H71-*R01KK-10/1080/10950
A3H100-*R01KK-10/1080/10954
A3H145-*R01KK-10/1080/10954
A3H180-*R01KK-10/1080/10954
A3H71-01-10
A3H100-01-10
A3H145-01-10
A3H180-01-10

Q'ty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
PISTON PUMPS
Graphic Symbol
P
PP
M
"A3H" Series

Constant Power (Torque) Control Type
M
O
S
DR
Specifications
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev
(cu.in./rev)
Minimum
Adj. Flow
cm3/rev
(cu.in./rev)
A3H 37-*R09-***K-10*
37.1 (2.26)
A3H 56-*R09-***K-10*
Model Numbers
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Shaft Speed Range

r/min
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max.
Min.
Flange
Mtg.
Foot
Mtg.
16.0 (.976)
2700
600
23.0 (50.7)
30.5 (67.3)
56.3 (3.44)
35.0 (2.14)
2500
600
29.0 (63.9)
36.5 (80.5)
A3H 71-*R09-***K-10*
70.7 (4.31)
45.0 (2.75)
2300
600
38.0 (83.8)
45.5 (100)
A3H100-*R09-***K-10*
100.5 (6.13)
63.0 (3.84)
2100
600
48.0 (106)
76.0 (168)
A3H145-*R09-***K-10*
145.2 (8.86)
95.0 (5.80)
1800
600
63.0 (139)
91.0 (201)
A3H180-*R09-***K-10*
180.7 (11.03)
125.0 (7.63)
1800
600
74.2 (164)
102.2 (225)
35 (5080)
The maximum shaft speeds shown in the above table are at suction pressure 0 kPa (0 PSIG).

A3H37
-F
09
Direction of
Rotation
Control Type
-11
Input Power
Setting
Frequency Pole Number

of Power of Electric
Source
Motor
-10
2
Shaft Extension
A3H37
(37.1 cm3/rev)
A3H56
(56.3 cm3/rev)
A3H71
(70.7 cm3/rev)
10
F: Flange
Mtg.
L: Foot
Mtg.
A3H180
(180.7 cm3/rev)
F: Flange
Mtg.
L: Foot
Mtg.
10
Viewed from
Shaft End
A3H100
(100.5 cm3/rev)
A3H145
(145.2 cm3/rev)
Design
Design Std.
Number
R: Clockwise
(Normal)
5.5: 5.5 kW
09: Constant
|
A: 50 Hz
110: 110 kW
Power
(Torque)
Control Refer to the table B: 60 Hz
on following page
Type
for combination.
K : Keyed Shaft
10
4: 4 Poles
Refer to 3
6: 6 Poles
10
K : Keyed Shaft
44.45mm
(1.75 IN.) Dia.
K1: Keyed Shaft 5
50.8mm
(2.0 IN.) Dia.
[
[
10
10

Single Pump, Constant Power (Torque) Control Type
141
Combination of pump series and input power setting (
= available combinations)
Input Power Setting
kW (HP)
Pole Number of Electric Motor : 4P
Model Numbers
Pole Number of Electric Motor : 6P
11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75

(15) (20) (25) (30) (40) (50) (60) (75) (100) (120) (150) (7.5) (10) (15) (20) (25) (30) (40) (50) (60) (75) (100)
50 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
A3H 37
A3H 56
A3H 71
A3H100
A3H145
A3H180
Pipe Flange Kits

Typical Performance Characteristics of Control Type "09" at Viscosity 32 mm2/s [ISO VG32 oils, 40C (104F)]
A3H37
L/min
70
U.S.GPM
60
16
U.S.GPM
20 L/min
70
N=1500 r/min
16
Output Flow
50
Output Flow
12
40
8
30
50
40
8
10
30
22 kW (30 HP)
20
60
12
20
N=1800 r/min
10
15
20
25
30
18.5 kW (25 HP)

15 kW (20 HP)
11 kW (15 HP)
35 MPa
18.5 kW (25 HP)

15 kW (20 HP)
10
11 kW (15 HP)
0
0
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
10
15
20
25
30
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
A3H56
U.S.GPM L/min
32 120
U.S.GPM L/min
32 120
N=1500 r/min
100
100
24
80
60
40
30 kW (40 HP)
20
22 kW (30 HP)
18.5 kW (25 HP)
15 kW (20 HP)
35 MPa
8
0
0
0
142
10
15
20
25
30
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
Output Flow
Output Flow
24
16
N=1800 r/min
80
16
60
37 kW (50 HP)
40
30 kW (40 HP)
22 kW (30 HP)
18.5 kW (25 HP)
8
20
0
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure

PISTON PUMPS
Typical Performance Characteristics of Control Type "09" at Viscosity 32 mm2/s [ISO VG32 oils, 40C (104F)]
A3H71
U.S.GPM L/min
40 150
N=1500 r/min
125
125
30
100
Output Flow
Output Flow
30
20
75
50
37 kW (50 HP)
10
100
20
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
75
45 kW (60 HP)
50
37 kW (50 HP)
10
30 kW (40 HP)
25
0
N=1800 r/min
25
22 kW (30 HP)
18.5 kW (25 HP)
35 MPa
"A3H" Series
U.S.GPM L/min
40 150
30 kW (40 HP)
22 kW (30 HP)
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
10
15
20
25
30
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
A3H100
L/min
U.S.GPM 200
50
175
150
40
125
30
100
20
75
55 kW (75 HP)
50
45 kW (60 HP)
37 kW (50 HP)
30 kW (40 HP)
22 kW (30 HP)
10
25
0
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
Output Flow
Output Flow
40
L/min
U.S.GPM 200
50
175
N=1500 r/min
N=1800 r/min
150
125
30
100
20
75
55 kW (75 HP)
50
45 kW (60 HP)
37 kW (50 HP)
30 kW (40 HP)
10
25
0
35 MPa
0
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
10
15
20
25
30
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
A3H145
U.S.GPM L/min
80 300
U.S.GPM L/min
80 300
N=1500 r/min
250
250
60
200
Output Flow
Output Flow
60
40
150
100
75 kW (100 HP)
20
50
30 kW (40 HP)
0
N=1800 r/min
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
200
40
150
90 kW (120 HP)
100
75 kW (100 HP)
20
50
55 kW ( 75 HP)
45 kW ( 60 HP)
37 kW ( 50 HP)
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
10
15
20
25
30
55 kW ( 75 HP)
45 kW ( 60 HP)
37 kW ( 50 HP)
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
A3H180
L/min
U.S.GPM 350
90
80
N=1500 r/min
L/min
U.S.GPM 350
90
300
80
150
100
20
50
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
90 kW (120 HP)
75 kW (100 HP)
55 kW ( 75 HP)
45 kW ( 60 HP)
37 kW ( 50 HP)
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
Output Flow
Output Flow
200
300
250
250
60
40
N=1800 r/min
60
200
40
150
110 kW (150 HP)
100
90 kW (120 HP)
75 kW (100 HP)
20
50
0
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
55 kW ( 75 HP)
45 kW ( 60 HP)
35 MPa
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure

143
Flange Mtg.: A3H37-FR09-***K-10/1080/10950
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
Fully Extended
223(8.78)
49
(1.93)
139
(5.47)
94
(3.70)
82
(3.23)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
58.7
(2.311)
47.5
(1.87)
40
(1.57)
90
(3.54)
112
(4.41)
Y UKEN
12
(.47)
41.8
(1.65)
189.5
(7.46)
Input Pwoer Setting Screw
Discharge Port
24(.94) Dia.
Fully Extended
127.00(5.0000)
Dia.
126.95(4.9980)
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
25.40(1.00000)
Dia.
25.37( .99880)
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
Filling Port 1
154
"E" Thd. "H" Deep
(6.06)
4 Places
57.2
(2.252)
61.5
(2.42)
12.5
(.49)
30.2
(1.189)
35
(1.38)
121
(4.76)
Suction Port
32(1.26) Dia.
27.8
(1.094)
35
(1.38)
114.5
(4.508)
16.5
(.65)
13.5
(.53)
INC.
Pres. Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
143
(5.63)
114.5
(4.508)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
28
(1.10)
150
(5.91)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
Thread Size
C
D
E
Rc 1/2
A3H37-FR09-***K-10
M12
M10
A3H37-FR09-***K-1080 1/2 BSP.F
A3H37-FR09-***K-10950 SAE #10 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
F
22 (.87)
18 (.71)
21 (.83)
20 (.79)

DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

144

PISTON PUMPS
Filling Port 1
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
89
(3.50)
102
(4.02)
112
(4.41)
Input Pwoer 2
Setting Screw
45.5
(1.79)
206
(8.11)
Discharge Port
26(1.02) Dia.
Fully Extended
13
(.51)
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
"D" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
57.2
(2.252)
107
(4.21)
162
(6.38)
69.9
(2.752)
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
Y UKEN
127.00(5.0000)
Dia.
126.95(4.9980)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
31.75(1.2500)
Dia.
31.70(1.2480)
"E" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
114.5
(4.508)
16.5
(.65)
13.5
(.53)
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
35.7
(1.406)
38
(1.50)
129
(5.08)
27.8
(1.094)
38
(1.50)
INC.
Pres. Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
143
(5.63)
114.5
(4.508)
Fully Extended
239(9.41)
46.5
(1.83)
150
(5.91)
62
(2.44)
12.5
(.49)
47.5
(1.87)
40
(1.57)
"A3H" Series
Flange Mtg.: A3H56-FR09-***K-10/1080/10950
28
(1.10)
154
(6.06)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
A3H56-FR09-***K-10
A3H56-FR09-***K-1080
A3H56-FR09-***K-10950
Thread Size
C
D
E
Rc 3/4
M12
M12
3/4 BSP.F
SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
F
22 (.87)
22 (.87)
21 (.83)
20 (.79)

DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


145
Flange Mtg.: A3H71-FR09-***K-10/1080/10950
75
(2.95)
12.5
(.49)
60.5
(2.38)
Fully Extended
264(10.39)
55
(2.17)
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
Filling Port 1
Suction Port
51(2.01) Dia.
167.5
(6.59)
50
(1.97)
113
(4.45)
114
(4.49)
2
Discharge Port
34(1.34) Dia.
Fully Extended
14
(.55)
54.5
(2.15)
229.5
(9.04)
66.7
(2.626)
77.8
(3.063)
117
(4.61)
175
(6.89)
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
Y UKEN
127.00(5.0000)
Dia.
126.95(4.9980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
38.10(1.5000)
Dia.
38.05(1.4980)
97
(3.82)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

8 Places
42.9
(1.689)
41.5
(1.63)
134.5
(5.30)
31.8
(1.252)
41.5
(1.63)
Case Drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
(Opposite Side)
154
(6.06)
114.5
(4.508)
19
(.75)
13.5
(.53)
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
143
(5.63)
114.5
(4.508)
Pres. Adj. Screw

13(.51) Hex.
INC.
28
(1.10)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
Thread Size
C
D
Rc 3/4
A3H71-FR09-***K-10
M12
A3H71-FR09-***K-1080 3/4 BSP.F
A3H71-FR09-***K-10950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
E
19 (.75)
21 (.83)

DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

146

PISTON PUMPS
12.5
(.49)
H
Filling Port 1
Fully Extended
284.5(11.20)
"A3H" Series
Flange Mtg.: A3H100-FR09-***K-10/1080/10954
60
(2.36)
Suction Port
63(2.48) Dia.
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
175.5
(6.91)
103
(4.06)
113
(4.45)
118.5
(4.67)
Fully Extended
17
(.67)
59.2
(2.33)
Discharge Port
34(1.34) Dia.
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
8 Places
249.5
(9.82)
66.7
(2.626)
88.9
(3.500)
179
(7.05)
129.5
(5.10)
Y UKEN
152.40(6.0000)
Dia.
152.35(5.9980)
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
44.45(1.7500)
Dia.
44.40(1.7480)
50.8
(2.000)
45
(1.77)
142.5
(5.61)
31.8
(1.252)
45
(1.77)
Case Drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
(Opposite Side)
210
(8.27)
161.6
(6.362)
23
(.91)
21.5
(.85)
11.14(.4386)
11.11(.4374)
INC.
Pres. Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
196
(7.72)
161.6
(6.362)
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
39
(1.54)
1/2-13 UNC Thd. 32(1.26) Deep

"10954" Design Only
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
A3H100-FR09-***K-10
A3H100-FR09-***K-1080
A3H100-FR09-***K-10954
Thread Size
C
D
Rc 3/4
M12
3/4 BSP.F
SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC
Dimensions
F
mm (Inches)
H
19 (.75)
95 (3.74)
81 (3.19)
63 (2.48)
21 (.83)
74.6 (2.94)
60.6 (2.39)
50 (1.97)

DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


147
Flange Mtg.: A3H145-FR09-***K*-10/1080/10954
J
12.5
(.49)
K
Fully Extended
321.5(12.66)
Filling Port 1
74
(2.91)
Suction Port
63(2.48) Dia.
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
182
(7.17)
111
(4.37)
Flow Adj. Screw

19(.75) Hex.
DEC.
113
(4.45)
129
(5.08)
73.5
(2.89)
2
Discharge Port
34(1.34) Dia.
Fully Extended
"P" Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
Dia.
152.35(5.9980)
Y UKEN
22
(.87)
66.7
(2.626)
88.9
(3.500)
139
(5.47)
187
(7.36)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep 50.8

8 Places
(2.000)
49
(1.93)
149
(5.87)
283.5
(11.16)
31.8
(1.252)
49
(1.93)
Case Drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
(Opposite Side)
220
(8.66)
161.6
(6.362)
26
(1.02)
21.5
(.85)
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
200
(7.87)
161.6
(6.362)
INC.
Pres. Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
39
(1.54)
"E" Thd. "H" Deep

"10954" Design Only
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
A3H145-FR09-***K-10
A3H145-FR09-***K-1080
C
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
Thread Size
D
M12
A3H145-FR09-***K-10954
19 (.75)
1/2-13 UNC
Dimensions
K
95 (3.74)
mm (Inches)
L
5/8-11 UNC
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)

81 (3.19) 63 (2.48)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
32 (1.26)
21 (.83)
SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC

A3H145-FR09-***K1-10954
74.6 (2.94) 60.6 (2.39) 50 (1.97)

36 (1.42)
49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)

49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)

DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

148

PISTON PUMPS
H
12.5
(.49)
J
Fully Extended
347.5(13.68)
81
(3.19)
Filling Port 1
Suction Port
76(2.99) Dia.
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
189
(7.44)
117
(4.61)
113
(4.45)
138
(5.43)
24
(.94)
81.9
(3.22)
Discharge Port
44(1.73) Dia.
"D" Thd. 29(1.14) Deep

8 Places
309.5
(12.19)
79.4
(3.126)
106.4
(4.189)
195
(7.68)
Fully Extended
"N" Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
Dia.
152.35(5.9980)
148.5
(5.85)
Flow Adj. Screw

19(.75) Hex.
DEC.
"A3H" Series
Flange Mtg.: A3H180-FR09-***K*-10/1080/10954
61.9
(2.437)
53
(2.09)
156
(6.14)
36.5
(1.437)
53
(2.09)
Case Drain Port

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
(Opposite Side)
220
(8.66)
161.6
(6.362)
27.5
(1.08)
21.5
(.85)
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
200
(7.87)
161.6
(6.362)
INC.
Pres. Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
"E" Thd. "F" Deep
39
(1.54)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
A3H180-FR09-***K-10
A3H180-FR09-***K-1080
C
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
Thread Size
D
M16
A3H180-FR09-***K-10954
J
K
L
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)

112 (4.41) 97.5 (3.84) 80 (3.15)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
1/2-13 UNC 32 (1.26)

99.8 (3.93) 85.3 (3.36) 70 (2.76)
SAE #12 5/8-11 UNC

A3H180-FR09-***K1-10954
5/8-11 UNC 36 (1.42)
49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)

49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)

DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


149

Load Sensing Type
Graphic Symbol
"PP"
"L"
M
O
A flow control valve is not

included with the pump.
Install the valve separately.
Specifications
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev
(cu.in./rev)
Model Numbers
Rated
Load Sensing
Pres. Difference
P
MPa (PSI)
Intermittent
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Shaft Speed Range

r/min
Max.
Min.
Flange Mtg.
Foot Mtg.
A3H 16-*R14K-10*
16.3 (.995)
3600
600
17.5 (38.6)
26.4 (58.2)
A3H 37-*R14K-10*
37.1 (2.26)
2700
600
22.5 (49.6)
30.0 (66.2)
A3H 56-*R14K-10*
56.3 (3.44)
2500
600
28.7 (63.3)
36.2 (79.8)
A3H 71-*R14K-10*
70.7 (4.31)
2300
600
38.0 (83.8)
45.5 (100)
A3H100-*R14K-10*
100.5 (6.13)
2100
600
47.6 (105)
75.6 (167)
A3H145-*R14K-10*
145.2 (8.86)
1800
600
63.0 (139)
91.0 (201)
A3H180-*R14K-10*
180.7 (11.03)
1800
600
73.4 (162)
101.4 (224)
1.5 (218)
28 (4060)
35 (5080)
At the time
of shipment
1. The operating pressure means pump discharge pressure.

2. Load pressure difference P is adjustable in range of 1.0 -3.0 MPa (145-435 PSI).
3. The maximum shaft speeds shown in the above table are at suction pressure 0 kPa (0 PSIG).

A3H37
Series Number
-F
Mounting
Direction of
Rotation
14
Control Type
K
Shaft Extension
A3H16
(16.3 cm3/rev)
F: Flange Mtg.
A3H56
(56.3 cm3/rev)
L: Foot Mtg.
R: Clockwise
(Normal)
14: Load
Sensing
Type
K : Keyed Shaft
10
10
10
F: Flange Mtg.
A3H145
(145.2 cm3/rev)
L: Foot Mtg.
K : Keyed Shaft
[44.45mm (1.75 IN.) Dia.]
K1: Keyed Shaft 5
[50.8mm (2.0 IN.) Dia.]
950 ........... N. American Design Standard (Applicable only for A3H16/37/56/71)
150
Design Std.
10
Viewed from
Shaft End
A3H71
(70.7 cm3/rev)
A3H180
(180.7 cm3/rev)
Design
Number
10
A3H37
(37.1 cm3/rev)
A3H100
(100.5 cm3/rev)
-10

Single Pump, Load Sensing Type
10
10
Refer to 3
PISTON PUMPS
Pipe Flange Kits
Typical Performance Characteristics of Control Type "A3H71" at Viscosity 32 mm2/s [ISO VG32 oils, 40C (104F)]
Pressure vs. Output Flow
Load Sensing Pressure Difference
P=1.5 MPa (218PSI)
U.S.GPM L/min
140
36
32
N=1800 r/min
"A3H" Series
120
100
Output Flow
24
80
16
60
40
8
20
0
0
0
0
10
1000
15
20
25
2000
3000
Pressure
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
Full Cut-off Input Power

HP
18
16
kW
14
2300 r/min
12
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
Full Cut-off Power
10
12
8
8
6
4
4
2
0
0
0
5
1000
10
15
20
25
30
2000
3000
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
Drain
U.S.GPM
5
Drain
L/min
20
15
ll
Fu
2300 r/min
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
ff
t-o
Cu
1/10 Q
1/8 Q
1/4 Q
1/2 Q
2300 r/min
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
ss
r le
10
-off
Cut
o
sure
pre
5
1
0
MAX. Q
0
0
0
5
1000
10
15
20
2000
3000
Pressure
25
30
4000
35 MPa
5000 PSI
Ask Yuken for Performance caracteristics of other series than A3H71.

151
Flange Mtg.: A3H16-FR14K-10/1080/10950
Load Sensing Port "L"

"D" Thd.
89.5
(3.52)
75.5
(2.97)
Pilot Port "PP"

"D" Thd.
74.5
(2.93)
31.5
(1.24)
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw
13(.51) Hex.
Fully Extended
205.5(8.09)
131.5
Position of Pilot Port "PP"
(5.18)
124.5
Position of Load Sensing Port "L"
(4.90)
Filling Port
39
(1.54)
49.5
(1.95)
9.5
(.37)
37
(1.46)
28
(1.10)
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
Discharge Port
19(.75) Dia.
Suction Port
26(1.02) Dia.
26.2
(1.031)
31.5
(1.24)
82
(3.23)
23.8
(.937)
31.5
(1.24)
10
(.39)
174.5
(6.87)
89.8
(3.535)
10
(.39)
13.5
(.53)
22.23(.8752)
Dia.
22.20(.8740)
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
101.60(4.0000)
Dia.
101.55(3.9980)
81
(3.19)
50.8
(2.000)
52.4
(2.063)
137.5
(5.41)
"E" Thd. 19(.75) Deep

8 Places
Load Sensing Pres. Difference Adj. Screw

13(.51) Hex.
INC.
Pressure Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
119
(4.69)
89.8
(3.535)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
28
(1.10)
126
(4.96)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
Thread Size
C
D
E
Rc 1/2
A3H16-FR14K-10
Rc 1/4
M10
A3H16-FR14K-1080 1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
A3H16-FR14K-10950 SAE #10
SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

152

PISTON PUMPS

"D" Thd.
92
(3.62)
78
(3.07)
Pilot Port "PP"

"D" Thd.
82
(3.23)
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
34
(1.34)
94
(3.70)
142
(5.59)
90
(3.54)
57.2
(2.252)
30.2
(1.189)
35
(1.38)
Discharge Port
24(.94) Dia.
27.8
(1.094)
35
(1.38)
25.40(1.0000)
Dia.
25.37( .9988)
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
127.00(5.0000)
Dia.
126.95(4.9980)
Suction Port
32(1.26) Dia.
61.5
(2.42)
12.5
(.49)
47.5
(1.87)
40
(1.57)
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
Fully Extended
223(8.78)
146.5
(5.77)
139.5
(5.49)
Filling Port
49
[22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (1.93)
"E" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
58.7
(2.311)
"F" Thd. "J" Deep

4 Places
"A3H" Series
Flange Mtg.: A3H37-FR14K-10/1080/10950
12
(.47)
189.5
(7.46)

13(.51) Hex.
INC.
Pressure Adj. Screw
114.5
(4.508)
16.5
(.65)
13.5
(.53)
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
143
(5.63)
114.5
(4.508)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
28
(1.10)
150
(5.91)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
Thread Size
C
D
E
F
Rc 1/2
A3H37-FR14K-10
Rc 1/4
M12
M10
A3H37-FR14K-1080 1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
A3H37-FR14K-10950 SAE #10
SAE #4 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC
22 (.87)
18 (.71)
21 (.83)
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


153
Flange Mtg.: A3H56-FR14K-10/1080/10950

"D" Thd.
Pilot Port "PP"

"D" Thd.
94
(3.70)
80
(3.15)
89
(3.50)
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
36
(1.42)
Fully Extended
239(9.41)
161.5
(6.36)
154.5
(6.08)
Filling Port
46.5
(1.83)
62
(2.44)
12.5
(.49)
47.5
(1.87)
40
(1.57)
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
"E" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
Discharge Port
24(.94) Dia.
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
35.7
(1.406)
38
(1.50)
107
(4.21)
27.8
(1.094)
38
(1.50)
13
(.51)
206
(8.11)
31.75(1.2500)
Dia.
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
127.00(5.0000)
Dia.
126.95(4.9980)
102
(4.02)
57.2
(2.252)
69.9
(2.752)
153
(6.02)
"F" Thd. "J" Deep

4 Places

13(.51) Hex.
INC.
Pressure Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
114.5
(4.508)
19
(.75)
13.5
(.53)
143
(5.63)
114.5
(4.508)
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
28
(1.10)
154
(6.06)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
Thread Size
C
D
E
F
Rc 3/4
A3H56-FR14K-10
Rc 1/4
M12
M12
A3H56-FR14K-1080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
A3H56-FR14K-10950 SAE #12
SAE #4 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC
22 (.87)
22 (.87)
21 (.83)
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

154

PISTON PUMPS
75
(2.95)
12.5
(.49)
60.5
(2.38)

"D" Thd.
Pilot Port "PP"

"D" Thd.
106.5
(4.19)
91
(3.58)
97
(3.82)
43.5
(1.71)
"A3H" Series
Flange Mtg.: A3H71-FR14K-10/1080/10950
Fully Extended
264(10.39)
181
(7.13)
DEC.
174
Flow Adj. Screw Position of Load Sensing Port "L"
(6.85)
17(.67) Hex.
Filling Port
55
(2.17)
50
(1.97)
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
Discharge Port
34(1.34) Dia.
117
(4.61)
Case Drain Port
5(2.0) Hex. Soc.
31.8
(1.252)
41.5
(1.63)
14
(.55)
229.5
(9.04)
154
(6.06)
114.5
(4.508)
19
(.75)
13.5
(.53)
38.10(1.5000)
Dia.
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
127.00(5.0000)
Dia.
126.95(4.9980)
42.9
(1.689)
41.5
(1.63)
114
(4.49)
Suction Port
51(2.01) Dia.
66.7
(2.626)
77.8
(3.063)
159
(6.26)
"E" Thd. "F" Deep

8 Places

13(.51) Hex.
INC.
Pressure Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
143
(5.63)
114.5
(4.508)
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
28
(1.10)
View Arrow X
Thread Size
Model Numbers
A3H71-FR14K-10
A3H71-FR14K-1080
A3H71-FR14K-10950
C
D
E
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
M12
3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
SAE #4 1/2-13 UNC
SAE #12
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
F
19 (.75)
21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


155
Flange Mtg.: A3H100-FR14K-10/1080/10954

"D" Thd.
Pilot Port "PP"

"D" Thd.
112
103
(4.41) (4.06)
90
(3.54)
42.5
(1.67)
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
Fully Extended
284.5(11.20)
196.5
(7.74)
189.5
(7.46)
Filling Port
60
(2.36)
H
12.5
(.49)
J
K
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
129.5
(5.10)
Case Drain Port

5(2.0) Hex. Soc.
31.8
(1.252)
45
(1.77)
44.45(1.7500)
Dia.
44.40(1.7480)
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
152.40(6.0000)
Dia.
152.35(5.9980)
Discharge Port
34(1.34) Dia.
Suction Port
63(2.48) Dia.
50.8
(2.000)
45
(1.77)
118.5
(4.67)
88.9
(3.500)
66.7
(2.626)
163
(6.42)
"E" Thd. "F" Deep

8 Places
17
(.67)
249.5
(9.82)

13(.51) Hex.
INC.
Pressure Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
210
(8.27)
161.6
(6.362)
23
(.91)
21.5
(.85)
196
(7.72)
161.6
(6.362)
11.14(.4386)
11.10(.4370)
39
(1.54)
1/2-13 UNC Thd. 32(1.26) Deep

"10954" Design Only
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
A3H100-FR14K-10
A3H100-FR14K-1080
A3H100-FR14K-10954
Thread Size
C
D
E
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
M12
3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
SAE #4 1/2-13 UNC
SAE #12
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
19 (.75)
95 (3.74)
81 (3.19)
63 (2.48)
21 (.83)
74.6 (2.94)
60.6 (2.39)
50 (1.97)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

156

PISTON PUMPS

"D" Thd.
Pilot Port "PP"

"D" Thd.
121
(4.76)
93.5
(3.68)
111
(4.37)
46
(1.81)
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw
19(.75) Hex.
Fully Extended
321.5(12.66)
222.5
(8.76)
215.5
(8.48)
Filling Port
74
(2.91)
"A3H" Series
Flange Mtg.: A3H145-FR14K*-10/1080/10954
K
12.5
(.49)
L
N
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
139
(5.47)
Case Drain Port

5(2.0) Hex. Soc.
283.5
(11.16)
31.8
(1.252)
49
(1.93)
220
(8.66)
161.6
(6.362)
26
(1.02)
21.5
(.85)
22
(.87)
152.40(6.0000)
Dia.
152.35(5.9980)
50.8
(2.000)
49
(1.93)
"Q" Dia.
129
(5.08)
Discharge Port
34(1.34) Dia.
Suction Port
63(2.48) Dia.
66.7
(2.626)
88.9
(3.500)
171
(6.73)
"E" Thd. "H" Deep

8 Places

13(.51) Hex.
INC.
Pressure Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
200
(7.87)
161.6
(6.362)
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
39
(1.54)
"F" Thd. "J" Deep
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
A3H145-FR14K-10
A3H145-FR14K-1080
Thread Size
C
D
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
E
M12
F
H
19 (.75)
1/2-13 UNC
A3H145-FR14K-10954
SAE #12
SAE #4
K
95 (3.74)
5/8-11 UNC
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)

81 (3.19) 63 (2.48)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
32 (1.26)
21 (.83)
1/2-13 UNC
A3H145-FR14K1-10954
74.6 (2.94) 60.6 (2.39) 50 (1.97)

36 (1.42)
49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)

49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


157
Flange Mtg.: A3H180-FR14K*-10/1080/10954
Pilot Port "PP"

"D" Thd.
129.5
(5.10)
87.5
(3.44)
117
(4.61)
40
(1.57)

"D" Thd.
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw
19(.75) Hex.
Fully Extended
347.5(13.68)
244.5
(9.63)
237.5
(9.35)
Filling Port
K
12.5
(.49)
L
81
(3.19)
N
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
61.9
(2.437)
53
(2.09)
148.5
(5.85)
N
Case Drain Port

5(2.0) Hex. Soc.
36.5
(1.437)
53
(2.09)
24
(.94)
152.40(6.0000)
Dia.
152.35(5.9980)
Discharge Port
44(1.73) Dia.
Suction Port
76(2.99) Dia.
"P" Dia.
138
(5.43)
106.4
(4.189)
79.4
(3.126)
179
(7.05)
"E" Thd.
29(1.14) Deep
8 Places
309.5
(12.19)
220
(8.66)
161.6
(6.362)
27.5
(1.08)
21.5
(.85)

13(.51) Hex.
INC.
Pressure Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
200
(7.87)
161.6
(6.362)
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
"F" Thd. "H" Deep
39
(1.54)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers
A3H180-FR14K-10
A3H180-FR14K-1080
Thread Size
C
D
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
E
M12
F
1/2-13 UNC 32 (1.26)
A3H180-FR14K-10954
SAE #12
SAE #4
99.8 (3.93) 85.3 (3.36) 70 (2.76)
5/8-11 UNC
A3H180-FR14K1-10954
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)

112 (4.41) 97.5 (3.84) 80 (3.15)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
5/8-11 UNC 36 (1.42)
49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)

49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

158

B
VANE PUMPS
Output Flow at 1200 r/min at No-Load
Pump Type
.3
Graphic
Symbols
1
.5
2
2
5
10
"PV2R" Series
Single Pumps
Fixed Displacedment
5
20
PV2R1
10
20
50
100
"PV2R24A/34A" Series
Double Pumps
200
PV2R2 PV2R3 PV2R4
"PV2R4A" Series
Single Pumps
"PV2R" Series
Double Pumps
Maximum
U.S.GPM
Operating
100 200
Pressure
MPa
500 800
(PSI)
L/min
50
PV2R4A
Small Volume
(PV2R1)
(PV2R2) (PV2R3)
Large Volume (PV2R2) (PV2R3) (PV2R4)

Small Volume
PV2R2 PV2R3
Large Volume
Page
21
(3050)
163
17.2
(2500)
177
21
(3050)
181
21 (3050)
17.2(2500)
196
PV2R4A
159
Hydraulic Fluids
1. Type of hydraulic fluids
Any type of hydraulic fluids listed in the Table 1 below can be used. However, the specifications of the pumps such
as maximum pressure and maximum pump speed may be changed according to the type of hydraulic fluids to be used.
For details, please refer to the specifications of the pump concerned.
Hydraulic fluids
Petroleum Base Oils
Synthetic Fluids
(Table 1)
Use anti-wear type oils or R & O (Rust and Oxidation inhibitor) type oils (equivalent to ISO VG32 or 46).
Use phosphate ester type fluids.
When phosphate ester type fluid is used, prefix "F-" to the model number because the special seals
(fluororubber) are required to be used.
Standard pumps can be used without conditions.

Water-Glycols However, if any type other than those in Table 2 is used, the maximum operating
Water
pressure is limited.
Containing
Fluids
Water in Oil
Standard pumps can be used without conditions.
Emulsions
Anti-wear type water-glycols
(Table 2)
Fluid Manufacturer
Exxon Mobil
JAPAN ENERGY CORP.
NIPPON OIL CORPORATION
Showa Shell Sekiyu K. K.
MATSUMURA OIL RESEARCH CORP.
Commercial Trade Name

Mobil Nybac FR 200 D
JOMO Hydria G
HYRANDO FRX 46
Shell HFC Fluid 46
HYDOL HAW
COSMO OIL LUBRICANTS CO. , LTD.
COSMO FLUID HQ 46
COSMO FLUID GS 46
2. Fluid viscosity and temperature

Use the hydraulic fluids which satisfy the recommended viscosity and oil temperature given in the Table 3 below.
However, please note that if any of the pumps listed in the table 4 is started at low speed, the maximum fluid viscosity
is limited.
Fluid viscosity and temperature
Fluid
Petroleum Base Oils
Phosphate Esters
Water Glycols
Water in Oil Emulsions
Temperature
C (F)
(Table 3)
Maximum viscosity for low start-up speed (Table 4)
Viscosity
mm2/s(SSU)
0-70 (32-158)
0-50 (32-122)
5-50 (41-122)
20-400 (100-1800)
Start-up Speed
r/min
Max. Viscosity
mm2/s (SSU)
PV2R1
PV2R12
PV2R13
PV2R14
750
100 (455)
950
200 (910)
PV2R2
PV2R23
PV2R24
PV2R24A
600
100 (455)
950
200 (910)
Pump Type
3. Control of contamination
Contamination of hydraulic fluids results in pump failures and reduced pump lives. Carry out sufficient contamination
control for hydraulic fluids and keep contamination level within NAS class 12.
Also, use a 100 m (150-mesh) tank filter on the suction side, more than 50 mm (2 in.) away from the tank bottom.
160
Fixed Vane Pumps
VANE PUMPS
Instructions
2. Suction pressures
Set the suction pressure at pump inlet port at the value given in the table below. Furthermore, use the pipes in the
suction side having the diameter as indicated on the installation drawings. In case where the pump is installed on the
tank or at the position higher than the tank top cover, the height of the suction port of the pump should be less than 1
metre (3.3 ft.) from the oil level {less than 0.8 metre (2.6 ft.) in case of using phosphate ester fluids or water
containing fluids}.
Suction Pressure
Minimum
Phosphate ester type fluid
Petroleum base oil
Water containing fluid
Pump Type
"PV2R" Series
Single Pumps
"PV2R" Series
Double Pumps
PV2R1
PV2R2
-20 kPa
(5.9 in. Hg Vacuum)
PV2R3
PV2R4
PV2R4A
-20 kPa
(5.9 in. Hg Vacuum)
PV2R12
-20 kPa
(5.9 in. Hg Vacuum)
PV2R13
PV2R23
PV2R33
PV2R14
PV2R24
PV2R34
PV2R24A
PV2R34A
-16 kPa
(4.7 in. Hg Vacuum)
Maximum
B
Fixed Vane Pumps
1. Alignment of shaft
Employ a flexible coupling whenever possible, and avoid any stress from bending or thrust.
Maximum permissible misalignment is less than 0.1 mm (.004 inches) TIR and maximum permissible misangular is
less than 0.2.
+30 kPa
(+4.3 PSIG)
-20 kPa
(5.9 in. Hg Vacuum)
In relation to the rotating speed of the pump, the minimum suction pressure may be restricted for a certain nominal
displacement. For details, please refer to the specifications of the pump concerned.
3. Precautions at starting
At an initial operation or at an operation after a long rest, the pump may have difficulty in sucking up fluid. In such cases,
an air bleed valve should be installed beforehand on the discharge side (model No. ST1004-*-10*, see page 820), or
discharge air by slightly slackening the connection on the discharge side. At starting, operate the pump intermittently as
far as possible with no load.
For fluid viscosity at starting, see the item of "Hydraulic Fluids".
4. Other precautions
If a pump is used at speed below 1200 r/min, install the pump with the suction port upside so that the pump can suck up
fluid easily at starting.
Fixed Vane Pumps
161
Interchangeability in Installation between Current and New Design

The models shown below have been changed in design.
Model Numbers
Name
Current
New
Interchangeability in
Installation
Major Changes
''PV2R1'' Series
Single Pumps
PV2R1-*-*-RAA-40*
41*
PV2R1-*-*-RAA-42*
Yes
Lower noise level
''PV2R2'' Series
Single Pumps
PV2R2-*-*-RAA-40*
PV2R2-*-*-RAA-41*
Yes
Lower noise level
''PV2R3'' Series
Single Pumps
PV2R3-*-*-RAA-30*
PV2R3-*-*-RAA-31*
Yes
Lower noise level
''PV2R12'' Series
Double Pumps
PV2R12-*-*-*-REAA-40*
41*
PV2R12-*-*-*-REAA-42*
Yes
Lower noise level
''PV2R13'' Series
Double Pumps
PV2R13-*-*-*-RAAA-40*
41*
PV2R13-*-*-*-RAAA-42*
Yes
Lower noise level
''PV2R14'' Series
Double Pumps
PV2R14-*-*-*-RAAA-30*
31*
PV2R14-*-*-*-RAAA-32*
Yes
Lower noise level
''PV2R23'' Series
Double Pumps
PV2R23-*-*-*-REAA-40*
PV2R23-*-*-*-REAA-41*
Yes
''PV2R33'' Series
Double Pumps
PV2R33-*-*-*-RAAA-30*
PV2R33-*-*-*-RAAA-31*
Yes
Lower noise level
162
''PV2R24'' Series
Double Pumps
PV2R24-*-*-*-RAAA-30*
PV2R24-*-*-*-RAAA-31*
Yes
''PV2R34'' Series
Double Pumps
PV2R34-*-*-*-REAA-30*
PV2R34-*-*-*-REAA-31*
Yes
Fixed Vane Pumps
VANE PUMPS
"PV2R" Series Single Vane Pumps
B
"PV2R" Series
Single Vane Pumps
These pumps are of high pressure and high performance, which have been developed especially for low noise operation.
To comply with a variety of applications including injection moulding machines, PV2R series single pumps provide the
output flow of such a wide range as from 5.8 to 237 cm3/rev (.354 to 14.46 cu.in./rev).
The intergral driving parts of the pumps are combined into a kit form and available for supply as a cartridge kit.
Therefore, the replacement of the driving parts can be done easily.
Graphic Symbol

FSpecial Seals
F:
For phosphate
ester type
fluids (Omit
if not
required)
PV2R1
-6
Series
Number
Nominal
Displacement
cm3/rev
PV2R1
6, 8, 10, 12
14, 17, 19
23, 25, 31
PV2R2
41, 47, 53
59, 65
PV2R3
76, 94, 116
PV2R4
136, 153, 184

200, 237
-R
-42
-*
Shaft
Rotation
Discharge
Port
Position
Suction
Port
Position
Design
Number
Design
Standards
-L
Type of
Mounting
(Viewed from Shaft End)

L:
Foot
Mounting
F:
Flange
Mounting
R:
A:
Clockwise
A:
Upwards
(Normal)
42
(Normal)
41
Refer to
Upwards
31
(Normal)
30

2.Design Standards:None.....Japanese Standard "JIS"

80 . .. ...... European Design Standard
90 . .. ...... N. American Design Standard
Pipe Flange Kits

Pump
Model
Numbers
PV2R1
PV2R2
PV2R3
PV2R4
Name
of
Port
Threaded Connection
2
Japanese
Standard "JIS"
European
Design
Standard
N. American
Design
Standard
Butt Welding
2
Japanese
Standard "JIS"
European
Design
Standard
N. American
Design
Standard
Japanese
Standard "JIS"
European
Design
Standard
Suction
F5-08-A-10
F5-08-A-1080
F5-08-B-10
F5-08-B-1090
F5-08-C-10
F5-08-C-1090
Discharge
F5-04-A-10
F5-04-A-1080
F5-04-B-10
F5-04-B-1090
F5-04-C-10
F5-04-C-1090
Suction
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-B-1090
F5-10-C-10
F5-10-C-1090
Discharge
F5-06-A-10
F5-06-A-1080
F5-06-B-10
F5-06-B-1090
F5-06-C-10
F5-06-C-1090
Suction
F5-16-A-10
F5-16-A-1080
F5-16-B-10
F5-16-B-1090
F5-16-C-10
F5-16-C-1090
Discharge
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-B-1090
F5-10-C-10
F5-10-C-1090
Suction
F5-24-A-10
F5-24-B-10
F5-24-B-1090
F5-24-C-10
F5-24-C-1090
Discharge
F5-12-A-10
F5-12-B-10
F5-12-B-1090
F5-12-C-10
F5-12-C-1090
F5-12-A-1080
N. American
Design
Standard
Socket Welding
2. As dimensions of the pipe flange mounting surface are conformed to SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series), pipe flanges conforming to
the SAE Standards can be used.
Notes: Special seals (Viton seals) are required when phosphate ester type fluids are used. (Prefix "F-" to the pipe flange kit number when ordering.)
163
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure
Model
Numbers
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev
(cu.in./rev)
PV2R1-6
PV2R1-8
PV2R1-10
PV2R1-12
PV2R1-14
PV2R1-17
PV2R1-19
PV2R1-23
PV2R1-25
5.8 ( .354 )
8.0 ( .488 )
9.4 ( .574 )
12.2 ( .744 )
13.7 ( .836 )
16.6 ( 1.013 )
18.6 ( 1.135 )
22.7 ( 1.385 )
25.3 ( 1.544 )
PV2R1-31
31.0 ( 1.892 )
PV2R2-41
PV2R2-47
PV2R2-53
PV2R2-59
PV2R2-65
PV2R3-76
PV2R3-94
41.3 ( 2.52 )
47.2 ( 2.88 )
52.5 ( 3.20 )
58.2 ( 3.55 )
64.7 ( 3.95 )
76.4 ( 4.66 )
93.6 ( 5.71 )
PV2R3-116
115.6 ( 7.05 )
PV2R4-136
PV2R4-153
PV2R4-184
PV2R4-200
PV2R4-237
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
136
153
184
201
( 8.30 )
( 9.34 )
( 11.23 )
( 12.27 )
Petroleum Base Oils
Anti-Wear
Type
MPa (PSI)
Water Containing Fluids
R&O
Type
Anti-Wear
Type
Water
Glycols
16
(2320)
Output
Flow
&
Input
Power
Water
Glycols
Water
in Oil
Emulsions
Phosphate
Esters
16
(2320)
7
(1020)
7
(1020)
16
(2320)
14
(2030)
16
(2320)
7
(1020)
7
(1020)
14
(2030)
Refer to
Pages
172 & 173
14
(2030)
16
(2320)
7
(1020)
7
(1020)
14
(2030)
Refer to
Page 174
21
(3050)
Refer to
Pages
170 - 172
21
(3050)
21
(3050)
16
(2320)
17.5
(2540)
14
(2030)
16
(2320)
7
(1020)
7
(1020)
14
(2030)
Refer to
Pages
174 & 175
Min.
1800
(1200)
750
1800
(1200)
600
1800
(1200)
1800
(1200)
1800
(1200)
1800
(1200)
For the brands of anti-wear type water-glycols , see the item of "Hydraulic Fluids" on page 160.
If PV2R3-116 is used at speed above 1700 r/min, the suction pressure is limited to 0 kPa (0 in. Hg.).
If PV2R4-237 is used at speed above 1700 r/min, the suction pressure is limited to -13 kPa (3.94 in. Hg. vacuum).
If phosphate ester or water containing fluids are used, the maximum speed is limited to 1200 r/min.
For starting at low speed, the maximum viscosity is limited. For details, see the item of "Hydraulic Fluids" on page 160.
For pressure above 16 MPa (2320 PSI), raise the speed over 1450 r/min.
PVR2R1
PVR2R2
PVR2R3
PVR2R4
Max.
16
(2320)
237 ( 14.46 )
Model Numbers
Shaft Speed Range

r/min
21 6
(3050)
Mass
164
Synthetic
Fluids
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)

Flange Mtg.
Foot Mtg.
9.0 ( 19.8) 11.2 ( 24.7)
15.5 ( 34.2) 19.8 ( 43.7)
30.9 ( 68.1) 40.9 ( 90.2)
68.5 (151)
93.5 (206)
600
600
3
4
VANE PUMPS
Flange Mtg.: PV2R1-*-F-RAA-42/4290
7
(.276)
R9.5(R.37)
R8(R.31)
38.1
(1.500)
52.4
(2.063)
40(1.57)
56 (2.20)
17.5
(.689)
Port Position
A
130
(5.12)
106
(4.173)

2 Places
18
(.71)
82.55 Dia.
82.50
(3.250)
(3.248)
R12
(R.47)
97(3.82) Sq.
69.5
(2.74)
44.5
(1.75)
36
(1.42)
25
(.98)
58
(2.28)
178.5
(7.03)
56
(2.20)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
26.2
(1.031)
19.05(.7500) Dia.
19.02(.7488)
"C" Thd.
17(.67) Deep
4 Places
106.5
(4.19)
"PV2R" Series
Single Vane Pumps
13
(.51)
Suction Port
28(1.10) Dia.
4.79
4.76
Key Width
(.1886)
(.1874)
Discharge Port
15(.59) Dia.
95(3.74)
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
E mm (Inches)
M10
M8
14 (.55)
3/8-16 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
16 (.63)
PV2R1-*-F-RAA-42
PV2R1-*-F-RAA-4290
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: PV2R1-*-L-RAA-42/4290

4 Places
69.5
(2.74)
14
(.55)
15
(.59)
80
(3.15)
145.5(5.73)
3
(.12)
178.5
(7.03)
56
(2.20)
50
(1.969)
95
(3.74)
95
(3.74)
56.5
(2.22)
27.5
(1.08)
72.5
(2.854)
72.5
(2.854)
180
(7.09)
165

16
(.63)
Suction Port
34(1.34) Dia.
9
(.354)
R11(R.43)
R9(R.35)
47.6
(1.874)
58.7
(2.311)
49(1.93)
65(2.56)
30.2
(1.189)
"D" Thd. 17(.67) Deep

4 Places
22.2
(.874)
222
(8.74)
80
(3.15)
Port Position
A
174
(6.85)
146
(5.748)
125(4.92) Sq.
R14
(R.55)
25
(.98)
101.60 Dia.
101.55
(4.000)
(3.998)
70
(2.76)
87
(3.43)
59
(2.32)
47
(1.85)
32
(1.26)
25.40( 1.0000)
Dia.
25.35( .9980)
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
"C" Thd.
"E" Deep
4 Places
132.5
(5.22)
6.38
6.35
KeyWidth
(.2512)
(.2500)
Discharge Port
21(.83) Dia.

2 Places
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
E mm (Inches)
M10
M10
19 (.75)
PV2R2-*-F-RAA-41
PV2R2-*-F-RAA-4190
7/16-14 UNC 7/16-14 UNC
120(4.72)
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN

4 Places
87
(3.43)
14
(.55)
15
(.59)
102
(4.02)
189(7.44)
3
(.12)
222
(8.74)
80
(3.15)
60
(2.362)
115
(4.53)
120
(4.72)
73
(2.87)
38
(1.50)
95
(3.740)
95
(3.740)
230
(9.06)
166
VANE PUMPS
Suction Port
51(2.01) Dia.
9
(.354)
R11(R.43)
R13(R.51)
58.7
(2.311)
77.8
(3.063)
65(2.56)
87(3.43)
Port Position
112
(4.41)
75
(2.95)
63
(2.48)
40
(1.57)
A
213
(8.39)
181
(7.126)
R16
(R.63)
31
(1.22)
127.00 Dia.
126.95
(5.000)
(4.998)
90
(3.54)
274
(10.79)
90
(3.54)
173
(6.81)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
30.2
(1.189)

2 Places
Model Numbers
PV2R3-*-F-RAA-31
PV2R3-*-F-RAA-3190
166(6.54) Sq.
42.9
(1.689)
31.75(1.2500)
Dia.
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
"C" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
"PV2R" Series
Single Vane Pumps
21
(.83)
7.97
7.94
Key Width
(.3138)
(.3126)
Discharge Port
28(1.10) Dia.
148
(5.83)
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
M12
M10
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
1/2-13 UNC
7/16-14 UNC
21 (.83)
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN

4 Places
112
(4.41)
22
(.87)
23
(.91)
109.5
(4.31)
217(8.54)
2(.08)
274
(10.79)
90
(3.54)
76.2
88
(3.000) (3.46)
131
(5.16)
145
(5.71)
50
(1.97)
117.5
(4.626)
117.5
(4.626)
274
(10.79)
167

13
(.512)
135
(5.31)
92
(3.62)
76
(2.99)
56
(2.20)
Port Position
A
273(10.75) Sq.
228.6(9.000)
228.6(9.000)
115
(4.53)
152.40 Dia.
152.35
(6.000)
(5.998)
140
(5.51)
39(1.54) Dia. Spotface (From Rear)
4 Places
PV2R4-*-F-RAA-30
PV2R4-*-F-RAA-3090
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
M16
M12
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
5/8-11 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
21 (.83)
21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN

4 Places
135
(5.31)
3
(.12)
354
(13.94)
110
(4.33)
29
(1.14)
30
(1.18)
Model Numbers
R22(R.87)
114.3
(4.500)
185
(7.28)
280
(11.02)
99
(3.90)
60
(2.36)
187.3
(7.374)
187.3
(7.374)
438
(17.24)
168
327.3(12.89)
354
(13.94)
110
(4.33)
24
(.94)
217
(8.54)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
35.7
(1.406)
187.3
(7.37)
118(4.65)
R15(R.59)
R37(R1.46)
R13(R.51)
69.9
(2.752)
106.4
(4.189)
"C" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
25
61.9 (.98)
(2.437)
38.10(1.5000)
Dia.
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
Suction Port
76(2.99) Dia.
9.56
9.53
Key Width
(.3764)
(.3752)
Discharge Port
36(1.42) Dia.
VANE PUMPS
Noise Level
Measuring conditions
Fluid viscosity
: 20 mm2/s (100 SSU)
Measurement point : One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover
Back ground noise : 40 dB (A)
55
1200 r/min
55
50
Noise Level
Noise Level
PV2R1-31
dB(A)
60
1200 r/min
1000 r/min
45
1000 r/min
50
45
40
40
0
3.5
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
3.5
Pressure
Pressure
PV2R2-41
dB(A)
65
60
1200 r/min
55
1000 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
PV2R2-65
dB(A)
65
60
50
45
1200 r/min
55
1000 r/min
50
3.5
45
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
3.5
PV2R3-76
dB(A)
65
PV2R3-116
dB(A)
65
1200 r/min
1000 r/min
55
3.5
Noise Level
Noise Level
1200 r/min
60
60
1000 r/min
55
50
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
3.5
PV2R4-136
PV2R4-184
dB(A)
70
1200 r/min
1000 r/min
60
3.5
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
Noise Level
Noise Level
1200 r/min
65
55
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
Pressure
Pressure
dB(A)
70
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
Pressure
Pressure
50
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
"PV2R" Series
Single Vane Pumps
PV2R1-6
dB(A)
60
65
1000 r/min
60
55
3.5
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
Pressure
Pressure
169
Typical Pump Characteristics at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50C (122F)]
U.S.GPM
3.8
1800 r/min
Output Flow
3.4
Output Flow
1500 r/min
1200 r/min
2.6
2.2
1.8
1.4
Input Power
kW HP
1000 r/min
6
8
5
6
4
3
4
2
2
1
0
0
3.5
7
10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
16
Pressure (2320)
3.0
PV2R1-10
L/min
U.S.GPM 18
4.4 17
16
4.0 15
2.8
2.4
2.0
1.6
5.0
4.6
kW HP
11
8
10
1200 r/min
7
6
8
1000 r/min
5
6
4
3
4
2
2
1
0
0
MPa
3.5
7
10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
Output Flow
3.2
5.4
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
1200 r/min
kW HP
10
7
1000 r/min
6
8
5
6
4
3
4
2
2
1
0
0
MPa
3.5
7
10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
16
Pressure (2320)
4.2
3.8
3.4
3.0
2.6
2.2
L/min
22 1800 r/min
21
20
19
kW HP
1500 r/min
14
10
18
17
9 12
8
16
10
15 1200 r/min
7
6
14
8
5
13
1000 r/min
6
12
4
3
4
11
2
10
2
1
9
0
0
8
0
MPa
3.5
7
10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
Pressure
170
1500 r/min
PV2R1-12
U.S.GPM
5.8
Input Power
Output Flow
3.6
1800 r/min
Pressure
Input Power
U.S.GPM L/min
11
2.8
10
2.4
9
8
2.0
7
1.6
6
5
1.2
4
.8
3
PV2R1-8
L/min
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
Input Power
PV2R1-6
VANE PUMPS
3
2
7
1500 r/min
1200 r/min
kW HP
1000 r/min
12 16
10
12
8
6
8
4
4
2
0
0
MPa
3.5
7
10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
6
5
4
3
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
kW HP
20
14
12
1000 r/min
16
10
12
8
6
8
4
4
2
0
0
MPa
3.5
7
10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
1200 r/min
Pressure
Pressure
PV2R1-19
U.S.GPM
10
PV2R1-23
L/min
40
U.S.GPM
11
35
1800 r/min
30
25
1200 r/min
6
5
4
3
Output Flow
1500 r/min
7
20
1000 r/min
kW HP
15 20
16
10
15
10
L/min
45
1800 r/min
40
10
12
8
4
Input Power
Output Flow
9
8
7
35
1500 r/min
30
1200 r/min
1000 r/min
6
5
4
0
7
10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
3.5
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
kW
20 HP
24
15
25
20
16
20
10
15
12
8
4
"PV2R" Series
Single Vane Pumps
1800 r/min
L/min
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
Input Power
U.S.GPM
8
Output Flow
Output Flow
L/min
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
Input Power
U.S.GPM
7
PV2R1-17
Input Power
PV2R1-14
3.5
0
7
10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
Pressure
Pressure
171
PV2R1-25
U.S.GPM
13
12
PV2R1-31
U.S.GPM
L/min
50
16
L/min
60
1800 r/min
1800 r/min
14
1000 r/min
6
20
8
kW
20
HP
30
10
10
3.5
0
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000)
Pressure
60
Output Flow
1500 r/min
50
1200 r/min
12
10
8
10
U.S.GPM
L/min
23
85
22
80
20
14
40
70
16
60
20
HP
40
30
20
10
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
14
1200 r/min
10
10
3.5
0
7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
40
30
30
20
HP
50
40
30
20
10
0
3.5
10
0
7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(PSI)
(1000)
(2000)
(3000)
Pressure
Pressure
172
kW
40
1000 r/min
0
0
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
16
Pressure (2320)
PV2R2-47
12
kW
30
30
18
3.5
50
1000 r/min
HP
30
20
Input Power
Output Flow
16
kW
20
10
0
MPa
(PSI)
1800 r/min
70
1000 r/min
30
PV2R2-41
U.S.GPM L/min
20
75
1200 r/min
20
20
40
Input Power
18
10
Input Power
1200 r/min
30
1500 r/min
12
Input Power
50
1500 r/min
Output Flow
Output Flow
40
10
VANE PUMPS
B
PV2R2-59
18
80
Output Flow
22
26
1800 r/min
90
1500 r/min
70
60
1200 r/min
14
50
1000 r/min
10
40
kW
40
30
3.5
18
70
1500 r/min
1200 r/min
60
14
50
10
40
1000 r/min
kW
50
40
30
20
0
MPa
(PSI)
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000)
Pressure
HP
60
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0
80
40
20
10
90
22
HP
50
30
20
1800 r/min
100
3.5
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000)
Input Power
100
Input Power
Output Flow
26
U.S.GPM
L/min
30 110
"PV2R" Series
Single Vane Pumps
PV2R2-53
U.S.GPM
30 L/min
110
10
0
MPa
(PSI)
Pressure
PV2R2-65
L/min
140
26
1800 r/min
100
1500 r/min
90
22
18
80
1200 r/min
70
60
14
kW
50
1000 r/min
50
40
30
20
HP
60
50
40
30
20
10
Input Power
Output Flow
U.S.GPM
34 130
120
30
110
10
3.5
0
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
Pressure
173
PV2R3-94
PV2R3-76
1800 r/min
130
26
1500 r/min
110
100
90
22
18
kW
60
1200 r/min
80
1000 r/min
70
50
60
14
Output Flow
Output Flow
120
30
HP
80
70
34
60
22
50
20
40
30
20
10
18
1200 r/min
110
100
1000 r/min
90
80
kW
70
70
60
Input Power
30
50
40
30
20
10
3.5
0
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
Pressure
PV2R3-116
U.S.GPM 280
70 260
36
32
28
24
Output Flow
40
180
1500 r/min
160
150
140
1200 r/min
130
220
30
180
140
1000 r/min
120
kW
80
1000 r/min
110
100
kW
60
90
50
30
20
0
MPa
(PSI)
1200 r/min
160
100
120
20
1500 r/min
200
50
40
40
70
HP
80
60
50
60
40
20
10
0
0
MPa
3.5
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
Pressure
174
60
Input Power
Output Flow
44
40
1800 r/min
240
170
60
PV2R4-136
190
48
80
L/min
1800 r/min
200
10
0
3.5
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000)
HP
100
Pressure
U.S.GPM L/min
56 210
52
1500 r/min
130
120
30
26
40
50
1800 r/min
40
30
20
16
(2320)
100
80
60
40
20
10
0
0
17.5 MPa
3.5
7
10.5
14
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure
HP
120
Input Power
34
L/min
U.S.GPM
170
44
42 160
150
38
140
Input Power
U.S.GPM
L/min
38
140
VANE PUMPS
B
PV2R4-184
PV2R4-153
60
1500 r/min
220
200
50
40
30
1200 r/min
180
160
1000 r/min
140
kW
90
120
80
70
60
50
40
30
HP
120
80
60
40
280
70
1500 r/min
260
240
60
50
40
100
300
1200 r/min
220
200
100
1000 r/min
180
160
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0
17.5 MPa
3.5
7
10.5
14
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
70
110
50
100
1500 r/min
300
280
kW
120
260
110
1200 r/min
100
90
220
1000 r/min
200
80
70
180
60
40
50
40
440
60
40
1800 r/min
420
30
140
120
90
80
80
60
340
120
320
110
300
90
80
260
1000 r/min
240
60
100
1200 r/min
280
70
130
1500 r/min
360
HP
160
100
kW
140
380
70
220
60
200
50
50
40
40
30
20
80
L/min
400
340
240
60
U.S.GPM
115
Output Flow
Output Flow
80
100
PV2R4-237
1800 r/min
320
120
Pressure
Input Power
90
140
20
10
0
0
7
17.5 MPa
3.5
10.5
14
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
PV2R4-200
360
HP
160
20
Pressure
U.S.GPM L/min
100 380
90
80
20
kW
110
"PV2R" Series
Single Vane Pumps
80
260
240
1800 r/min
320
Output Flow
Output Flow
1800 r/min
20
10
0
0
17.5 MPa
3.5
7
10.5
14
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
HP
180
160
140
120
100
80
Input Power
280
70
U.S.GPM L/min
90 340
300
Input Power
80
Input Power
U.S.GPM L/min
60
40
20
Pressure
20
10
0
0
7
17.5 MPa
3.5
10.5
14
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure
175
Spare Parts List
PV2R1-*-*-RAA-42/4290
PV2R2-*-*-RAA-41/4190
PV2R3-*-*-RAA-31/3190
PV2R4-*-*-RAA-30/3090
21
10 15 13 14 16
19 17
18
12
5
11
22
23
24
29
20
Section Y-Y
26
25
Section X-X
X
27
28
Cartridge Kits
Model Numbers
PV2R1-6-*-RAA-42*
PV2R1-8-*-RAA-42*
PV2R1-10-*-RAA-42*
PV2R1-12-*-RAA-42*
PV2R1-14-*-RAA-42*
PV2R1-17-*-RAA-42*
PV2R1-19-*-RAA-42*
PV2R1-23-*-RAA-42*
PV2R1-25-*-RAA-42*
PV2R1-31-*-RAA-42*
4 Cartridge Kit Numbers

CPV2R1-6-R-42
CPV2R1-8-R-42
CPV2R1-10-R-42
CPV2R1-12-R-42
CPV2R1-14-R-42
CPV2R1-17-R-42
CPV2R1-19-R-42
CPV2R1-23-R-42
CPV2R1-25-R-42
CPV2R1-31-R-42
Model Numbers
PV2R2-41-*-RAA-41*
PV2R2-47-*-RAA-41*
PV2R2-53-*-RAA-41*
PV2R2-59-*-RAA-41*
PV2R2-65-*-RAA-41*
PV2R3-76-*-RAA-31*
PV2R3-94-*-RAA-31*
PV2R3-116-*-RAA-31*
PV2R4-136-*-RAA-30*
PV2R4-153-*-RAA-30*
PV2R4-184-*-RAA-30*
PV2R4-200-*-RAA-30*
PV2R4-237-*-RAA-30*

CPV2R2-41-R-41
CPV2R2-47-R-41
CPV2R2-53-R-41
CPV2R2-59-R-41
CPV2R2-65-R-41
CPV2R3-76-R-31
CPV2R3-94-R-31
CPV2R3-116-R-31
CPV2R4-136-R-30
CPV2R4-153-R-30
CPV2R4-184-R-30
CPV2R4-200-R-30
CPV2R4-237-R-30
Seals & Bearings

Item
Name of Parts
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Oil Seal
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
Back Up Ring
Bearing
PV2R1
ISD 26 42 8
SO-NB-G80
Part Numbers
PV2R2
PV2R3
ISD 30 42 8
ISD 35 55 11
SO-NB-G105
SO-NB-G135
SO-NB-G60
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-G85
SO-NB-P46
SO-NB-G115
SO-NB-A231
6004
6205
6207
Note: 1) Item Nos. 13 and 14 (o-rings) and 15 and 16

(back up rings) are included in cartridge kit.
2) For pumps for phosphate ester type hydraulic fluids
different part Nos. are used. Please contact us.
When ordering seals, please specify the kit number
from the table right.
176
PV2R4
ISD 45 68 12
SO-NB-G145
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P22A
SO-NA-G130
SO-NA-G80
SO-BE-G130
SO-BB-G80
6209
Qty.
List of Seal Kits

Pump Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
PV2R1-*-*-RAA-42/4290
PV2R2-*-*-RAA-41/4190
PV2R3-*-*-RAA-31/3190
PV2R4-*-*-RAA-30/3090
KS-PV2R1-40
KS-PV2R2-40
KS-PV2R3-30
KS-PV2R4-30
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
VANE PUMPS
"PV2R4A" Series Single Vane Pumps

These high pressure, high performance pumps have been developed to meet space-saving requirements. These pumps are
a very compact version of the PV2R4, a vane pump series that has proven to exhibit outstanding low noise characteristics.
Specifications
Model
Numbers
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev
(cu.in./rev)
PV2R4A-138 138.5 ( 8.45 )
PV2R4A-162 162.6( 9.92 )
Petroleum Base Oils
MPa (PSI)
Synthetic
Fluids
Anti-Wear
Type
R&O
Type
Anti-Wear
Type
WaterGlycols
17.2
(2500)
14
(2030)
16
(2320)
Water
Glycols
Water
in Oil
Emulsions
Phosphate
Esters
7
(1020)
7
(1020)
14
(2030)
Shaft Speed Range

r/min
Output
Flow
&
Input
Power
Max.
1800
(1200)
Refer to
Pages
179 & 180
PV2R4A-193 194.4( 11.86 )
1800
(1200)
"PV2R4A" Series
Single Vane Pumps
Graphic Symbol
Min.
600
2
3
1. For the brands of anti-wear type water-glycols , see the item of "Hydraulic Fluids" on page 160.
2. If PV2R4A-193 is used at speed above 1700 r/min, the suction pressure is limited to 0 kPa (0 in. Hg.).
3. If phosphate ester or water containing fluids are used, the maximum speed is limited to 1200 r/min.

F-
PV2R4A
-138
-L
-R
-10
-*
Special Seals
Series
Number
Nominal
Displacement
cm3/rev
Type of
Mounting
Shaft
Rotation
Discharge
Port
Position
Suction
Port
Position
Design
Number
Design
Standards
10
Refer to 2
F:
For phosphate
ester type
fluids (Omit
if not
required)
PV2R4A
138, 162, 193
L:
Foot
Mounting
F:
Flange
Mounting

R:
Clockwise
(Normal)

A:
Upwards
(Normal)
A:
Upwards
(Normal)
2.Design Standards:None.....Japanese Standard "JIS"

80 . .. ...... European Design Standard
90 . .. ...... N. American Design Standard
Pipe Flange Kits

Pump
Model
Numbers
PV2R4A
Name
of
Port
Threaded Connection
Japanese
Standard "JIS"
Suction
F5-24-A-10
Discharge
F5-12-A-10
European
Design
Standard
F5-12-A-1080
N. American
Design
Standard
Socket Welding
2
Butt Welding
Japanese
Standard "JIS"
European
Design
Standard
N. American
Design
Standard
F5-24-B-1090
F5-24-C-10
F5-24-C-1090
F5-12-B-1090
F5-12-C-10
F5-12-C-1090
Japanese
Standard "JIS"
European
Design
Standard
N. American
Design
Standard
F5-24-B-10
F5-12-B-10
177
Flange Mtg.: PV2R4A-*-F-RAA-10/1090
106.4
(4.189)
166(6.54)
R15(R.59)
69.9
(2.752)
7.97(.3138) Key Width
7.94(.3126)
Suction Port
76(2.99) Dia.
Discharge Port
36(1.42) Dia.
R14(R.55)
21
9
(.83)
(.354)
118
(4.65)
76(2.99)
61.9
(2.437)
35.7
(1.406)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
"C" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
Port Position
181(7.126)
31
(1.22)
50
(1.97)
A
213 (8.39)
127.00
126.95 Dia.
(5.000)
(4.998)
136.3(5.37)
66.5
(2.62)
110 (4.33)
236.3 (9.30)
127 (5.00)
79 (3.11)
31.75(1.250) Dia.
31.70(1.248)
35.32 (1.391)
35.14 (1.383)
318.5 (12.54)
112 (4.41)

2 Places
148
(5.83)
R16
(R.63)
Approx. Mass......40 kg (88.2 lbs.)
Model Numbers
PV2R4A-*-F-RAA-10
PV2R4A-*-F-RAA-1090
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
M16
M12
29 (1.14)
22 (.87)
5/8-11 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
21 (.83)
21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: PV2R4A-*-L-RAA-10/1090
76.2
(3.000)
131
(5.16)
92
(3.62)
54
(2.13)
145
(5.71)
117.5
(4.626)
117.5
(4.626)
274
(10.79)
Approx. Mass......50 kg (110 lbs.)

178
23 (.91)
2
(.08)
22 (.87)

4 Places
109.5
(4.31)
219.5 (8.64)
VANE PUMPS
Noise Level
Measuring conditions
Fluid viscosity
: 20 mm2/s (100 SSU)
Measurement point : One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover
Back ground noise : 40 dB (A)
PV2R4A-193
75
"PV2R4A" Series
Single Vane Pumps
PV2R4A-138
75
1200 r/min
1000 r/min
70
1200 r/min
1000 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
70
65
60
65
60
55
55
0
3.5
7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5 MPa

(1000)
(2000) (2500) (PSI)
3.5
Pressure
7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5 MPa

(1000)
(2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure
PV2R4A-162
PV2R4A-138
U.S.GPM L / min
80
300
U.S.GPM 280
70
260
240
40
1500 r/
min
180
1200 r/m
160
in
140
30
Output Flow
220
200
50
70
min
1000 r/m
in
120
100
40
80
110
100
30
80
50
40
30
20
10
0
0
3.5
7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5

MPa
(1000)
(2000) (2500) (PSI)
60
40
min
220
200
50
HP
60
1500 r/
240
60
kW
70
260
1200 r/m
180
in
kW
HP
in
100
130
120
1000 r/m
160
90
140
80
70
100
60
Input Power
Output Flow
60
1800 r/
280
1800 r/m
in
80
50
40
30
20
20
10
0
0
0
Pressure
3.5
60
40
Input Power
L / min
20
0
MPa
7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5
(1000)
(2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure
179
PV2R4A-193
U.S.GPM L / min
95
360
90
340
1800 r/
min
320
80
300
1500 r/
min
280
Output Flow
70
260
240
60
1200 r/m
in
220
200
50
40
1000 r/m
in
180
160
kW
HP
120
160
120
80
60
80
40
40
20
0
0
3.5
7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5

(1000)
(2000) (2500)
MPa
(PSI)
Input Power
100
Pressure
Spare Parts List
PV2R4A-*-*-RAA-10/1090
2
10
11
13
15
X
12
16
7
Section X-X
Seals & Bearings
Cartridge Kits
Model Numbers
PV2R4A-138-*-RAA-10 *
PV2R4A-162-*-RAA-10 *
PV2R4A-193-*-RAA-10 *

CPV2R4A-138-R-10
CPV2R4A-162-R-10
CPV2R4A-193-R-10
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
8
9
10
11
15
Oil Seal
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Bearing
ISD 45 68 12
SO-NB-G140
SO-NB-A250
SO-NB-G80
6209
1
1
1
1
1
Note: 1) Item Nos. 10 and 11 (o-rings) are included in cartridge

kit.
2) For pumps for phosphate ester type hydraulic fluids
When ordering seals, please specify the kit number
from the table below.
List of Seal Kits
180
Pump Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
PV2R4A- *- *-RAA-10/1090
KS-PV2R4A-10
VANE PUMPS
"PV2R" Series Double Vane Pumps
Graphic Symbol
B
"PV2R" Series
Double Vane Pumps
These double pumps consist of two PV2R seires single pumps combined in tandem within a single housing and driven
by a common shaft. A Single suction port and two discharge ports are provided so that the output flow can be supplied
to separate circuits.

FSpecial
Seals
F:
Special
seals for
phosphate
ester type
fluids
(Omit if not
required)
PV2R13
Series
Number
-6
-76
-L
Large
Small
Volume
Volume
Pump
Pump
Mounting
Nominal
Nominal
Displacement Displacement
cm3/rev
cm3/rev
PV2R12
6, 8
10, 12
14, 17
19, 23
25, 31
26, 33
41, 47
53, 59
65
PV2R13
6, 8
10, 12
14, 17
19, 23
25, 31
76, 94
116
PV2R23
41, 47
53, 59
65
52, 60
66, 76
94, 116
PV2R33
76, 94
116
PV2R14
6, 8
10, 12
14, 17
19, 23
PV2R24
26, 33
41, 47
PV2R34
52, 60
66, 76
94, 116
76, 94
116
136, 153
184, 200
237
-R
-40
Direction
of
Rotation
Small
Volume
Pump
Discharge
Port
Position
Large
Volume
Pump
Discharge
Port
Position
Suction
Port
Position
Design
Number
Design
Standards

E:
Left 45
Upwards
(Normal)
A:
Upwards
(Normal)
L:
Foot Mtg.
R:
1
Clockwise
(Normal)
F:
Flange
Mtg.
42
E:
Left 45
Upwards
(Normal)
42
A:
Upwards
(Normal)
A:
Upwards
(Normal)
A:
Upwards
(Normal)
A:
Upwards
(Normal)
41
Refer to
31
32
31
E:
Left 45
Upwards
(Normal)
31

2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
181
Specifications
Nominal
Displacement
Petroleum Base Oils
cm3/rev
Anti-Wear Type
6
8
10
12
14
17
19
21 2
(3050)
23
R & O Type
Anti-Wear
Type Water
Glycols
16
(2320)
Synthetic Fluids
Water Glycols
Water in Oil
Emulsions
Phosphate Esters
16
(2320)
7
(1020)
7
(1020)
16
(2320)
14
(2030)
16
(2320)
7
(1020)
7
(1020)
14
(2030)
14
(2030)
16
(2320)
7
(1020)
7
(1020)
14
(2030)
14
(2030)
16
(2320)
7
(1020)
7
(1020)
14
(2030)
21
(3050)
21 3
(3050)
21
(3050)
16
(2320)
25
31
26
33
41
47
53
59
65
52
60
66
76
94
21
(3050)
21
(3050)
116
16
(2320)
136
153
184
200
237
17.5
(2540)
Note: 1) For the relation between model (series) No. and

nominal displacement, see the table below.
2) As for PV2R12 and PV2R33 series, the sum of the input powers to small
volume pump and large volume pump is limited against shaft speed as
follows.
HP
160
Nominal Displacement, Large Volume Pump

26, 33, 41, 47,
53, 59, 65
52, 60
66
76, 94
116
136, 153, 184,

200, 237
140
kW
120
100
PV2R33
120
PV2R14
PV2R12
PV2R13
Input Power
6
8
10
12
14
17
19
23
25
Nominal 31
Displace- 26
ment,
33
Small
41
Volume
47
Pump
53
59
65
52
60
66
76
94
116
182
MPa (PSI)
100
80
60
80
60
Allowable
Range
40
Allowable
Range
40
20
PV2R24
20
0
600
PV2R23
1000 1200
Shaft Speed
PV2R34
PV2R33
PV2R12
1500
1800
r/min
1. For the brands of anti-wear type water-glycols, see the item of "Hydraulic
Fluids" on page 160.
2. For pressures above 16 MPa (2320 PSI), raise the speed over 1450 r/min.
3. If nominal displacement "23", of the PV2R14 series is selected, the
maximum operating pressure is limited to 16 MPa (2320 PSI).
VANE PUMPS
Shaft Speed Range

Model
Numbers
PV2R12
PV2R13
PV2R23
PV2R33
PV2R14
PV2R24
PV2R34

Phosphate Esters
Petroleum Base Oils

Max.
1800
1800
1800
1800
(1500)
1800
1800
1800
Min.
750
750
600
2
2
3
3
3
Max.
1200
1200
1200
Min.
750
750
600
1200
600
1200
1200
1200
750
600
600
600
1
2
750
600
600
2
2
Output Flow & Input Power

The pump characteristics are the same as those for PV2R
series single pumps. See the pages concerned.
r/min
3
3
Model
Numbers
PV2R13-*-116
PV2R23-*-116
PV2R23-*-76
PV2R23-*-94
PV2R33-*-76
PV2R33-94-*
PV2R33-116-*
PV2R33-*-94
PV2R33-*-116
PV2R14-*-237
PV2R24-*-237
PV2R34-*-237
PV2R34-116-*
1700 - 1800 r/min
-20 (5.9)
0 (0)
-20 (5.9)
-7 (1.97)
-20 (5.9)
-13 (3.94)
-20 (5.9)
0 (0)
Same as single pump

"PV2R2", refer to pages
172 & 173.
However, as for displacement of "26" and "33",
refer to page 192.
PV2R13
Same as single pump

170 - 172.
Same as single pump

"PV2R3", refer to page
174.
PV2R23
Same as single pump

172 & 173.
Same as single pump

174.
However, as for
displacement of "52",
"60" and "66", refer to
pages 192 & 193.
PV2R33
Same as single pump

174.
Same as single pump

174.
PV2R14
Same as single pump

170 & 171.
PV2R24
Same as single pump

172
refer to page 192.
Less than 1700 r/min
0 (0)
PV2R12
Same as single pump

170 - 172.
kPa (in. Hg Vacuum)
3. For starting at low speed, the maximum viscosity is limited.

For details, see the item of "Hydraulic Fluids" on page 160.
PV2R34
Large Volume Pump
Min. Suction Pres.
-20 (5.9)
Small Volume Pump
1. For PV2R33-116-116, the maximum speed is limited to 1500 r/min.

2. As for the models (nominal displacements) listed below, the minimum suction pressure are limited in relation to the shaft speed.
[For other models, the minimum suction pressure is -20 kPa (5.9 in.
Hg vacuum) irrespective of speed.
Model Numbers
"PV2R" Series
Double Vane Pumps
Shaft Speed Range
Same as single pump

174 & 175.
Same as single pump

174.
However, as for
displacement of "52",
"60" and "66", refer to
pages 192 & 193.
Mass
Model
Numbers
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
PV2R12
PV2R13
PV2R23
PV2R33
PV2R14
PV2R24
PV2R34
Flange Mtg.
25 (55.1)
45.6 (101)
51 (112)
84 (185)
75 (165)
78 (172)
98 (216)
Foot Mtg.
29.3 (64.6)
55.6 (123)
61 (135)
94 (207)
100 (221)
103 (227)
123 (271)
Mounting
183
Pipe Flange Kits

Pipe flange kits are available. When ordering, specify the kit the number from the table below.
Pump
Model
Numbers
Name
of
Port
PV2R12
PV2R13
PV2R23
PV2R33
PV2R14
PV2R24
PV2R34
Threaded Connection
N. American
Design
Standard
Socket Welding
2
Butt Welding
2
2
Japanese
Japanese
Standard "JIS" N. American Standard "JIS" N. American
European
Design
European
Design
Design
Design
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
F5-16-B-10 F5-16-B-1090 F5-16-C-10 F5-16-C-1090
Japanese
Standard "JIS"
European
Design
Standard
Suction
F5-16-A-10
F5-16-A-1080
Large Discharge
F5-06-A-10
F5-06-A-1080
F5-06-B-10
F5-06-B-1090
F5-06-C-10
F5-06-C-1090
Small Discharge
F5-04-A-10
F5-04-A-1080
F5-04-B-10
F5-04-B-1090
F5-04-C-10
F5-04-C-1090
Suction
F5-24-A-10
F5-24-B-10
F5-24-B-1090
F5-24-C-10
F5-24-C-1090
Large Discharge
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-B-1090
F5-10-C-10
F5-10-C-1090
Small Discharge
F5-04-A-10
F5-04-A-1080
F5-04-B-10
F5-04-B-1090
F5-04-C-10
F5-04-C-1090
Suction
F5-24-A-10
F5-24-B-10
F5-24-B-1090
F5-24-C-10
F5-24-C-1090
Large Discharge
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-B-1090
F5-10-C-10
F5-10-C-1090
Small Discharge
F5-06-A-10
F5-06-A-1080
F5-06-B-10
F5-06-B-1090
F5-06-C-10
F5-06-C-1090
Suction
F5-28-A-10
F5-28-B-10
F5-28-B-1090
F5-28-C-10
F5-28-C-1090
Large Discharge
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-B-1090
F5-10-C-10
F5-10-C-1090
Small Discharge
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-B-1090
F5-10-C-10
F5-10-C-1090
Suction
F5-28-A-10
F5-28-B-10
F5-28-B-1090
F5-28-C-10
F5-28-C-1090
Large Discharge
F5-12-A-10
F5-12-A-1080
F5-12-B-10
F5-12-B-1090
F5-12-C-10
F5-12-C-1090
Small Discharge
F5-04-A-10
F5-04-A-1080
F5-04-B-10
F5-04-B-1090
F5-04-C-10
F5-04-C-1090
Suction
F5-28-A-10
F5-28-B-10
F5-28-B-1090
F5-28-C-10
F5-28-C-1090
Large Discharge
F5-12-A-10
F5-12-A-1080
F5-12-B-10
F5-12-B-1090
F5-12-C-10
F5-12-C-1090
Small Discharge
F5-06-A-10
F5-06-A-1080
F5-06-B-10
F5-06-B-1090
F5-06-C-10
F5-06-C-1090
Suction
F5-32-A-10
F5-32-B-10
F5-32-B-1090
F5-32-C-10
F5-32-C-1090
Large Discharge
F5-12-A-10
F5-12-A-1080
F5-12-B-10
F5-12-B-1090
F5-12-C-10
F5-12-C-1090
Small Discharge
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-B-1090
F5-10-C-10
F5-10-C-1090
184
VANE PUMPS
Small
Volume Pump
Discharge Port
Position
78 )
7
(3.0
95
(3.74)
67
(2.64)
55
(2.17)
40
(1.57)
Suction Port and

Large Volume Pump
Discharge Port
Position
R14
(R.55)
25
(.98)

2 Places
Model Numbers
PV2R12-*-*-F-REAA-42
PV2R12-*-*-F-REAA-4290
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
M12
M10
1/2-13 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
120
(4.72)
Dimensions
M8
19 (.75)
14 (.55)
5/16-18 UNC
21 (.83)
16 (.63)
DIMENSIONS IN

4 Places
14
(.55)
15
(.59)
102
(4.02)
189(7.44)
3
(.12)
95
(3.74)
60
82
(2.362) (3.23)
47
115
(4.35)
(1.85)
mm (Inches)
Foot Mtg.: PV2R12-*-*-L-REAA-42/4290

326
(12.83)
80
129
(3.15)
(5.08)
A
174
(6.85)
146
(5.748)
101.60 Dia.
101.55
(4.000)
(3.998)
70
(2.76)
75
(2.95)
326
(12.83)
129
80
(5.08)
(3.15)
View Arrow X
"D" Thd. 17(.67) Deep

4 Places
22.2
(.874)
125(4.92) Sq.
42.9
(1.689)
58 8)
.2
(2
25.40( 1.0000)
Dia.
25.35( .9980)
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
"C" Thd. "J" Deep

4 Places
143
(5.63)
"PV2R" Series
Double Vane Pumps
R9(R.35)
49(1.93)
"E" Thd. "K" Deep

4 Places
47.6
(1.874)
Small Volume Pump

Discharge Port
15(.59) Dia.
9
(.354)
R8(R.31)
40(1.57)
(3 97
.8 Sq
2)
.
16
(.63)
6.38
6.35
Key Width
(.2512)
(.2500)
R10
(R.39)
77.8
(3.063)
Suction Port
53.5(2.11) Dia.
.1 )
38 .500
(1
Large Volume Pump

Discharge Port
21(.83) Dia.
(.6 17.
89 5
)
Flange Mtg.: PV2R12-*-*-F-REAA-42/4290
120
(4.72)
95
(3.740)
95
(3.740)
230
(9.06)
185
Large Volume Pump

Discharge Port
30(1.18) Dia.
21
9
(.83)
(.354)
Suction Port
78.5(3.09) Dia.
Small Volume Pump
Discharge Port
15(.59) Dia.
R15
(R.59)
61.9
(2.437)
106.4
(4.189)
17.5
(.689)
58.7
(2.311)
118 )
5
(4.6
40(1.57)
"E" Thd. "J " Deep
4 Places
R11(R.43)
65(2.56)
38.1
(1.500)
97
(3.82) Sq.
R8(R.31)
7.97
7.94
Key Width
(.3138)
(.3126)
Flange Mtg.: PV2R13-*-*-F-RAAA-42/4290
"D" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
30.2
(1.189)
"C" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
Port Position
31.75(1.2500)
Dia.
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
A
213
(8.39)
181
(7.126)
31
(1.22)
166(6.54) Sq.
R16
(R.63)
127.00 Dia.
126.95
(5.000)
(4.998)
90
(3.54)
112
(4.41)
75
(2.95)
63
(2.48)
40
(1.57)
58
(2.28)
95
(3.74)
183
(7.20)
120.5
(4.74)
370
(14.57)
115.5
(4.55)

2 Places
148(5.83)
PV2R13-*-*-F-RAAA-42
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
M16
M10
M8
PV2R13-*-*-F-RAAA-4290 5/8-11 UNC
7/16-14 UNC 5/16-18 UNC
Dimensions
H
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
14 (.55)
21 (.83)
20 (.79)
16 (.63)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: PV2R13-*-*-L-RAAA-42/4290

4 Places
112
(4.41)
2
(.08)
120.5
(4.74)
370
(14.57)
115.5
(4.55)
76.2
88
(3.000) (3.46)
50
131
(5.16) (1.97)
145
(5.71)
117.5
117.5
(4.626)
(4.626)
274
(10.79)
186
mm (Inches)
22
(.87)
23
(.91)
109.5
(4.31)
217(8.54)
Model Numbers
VANE PUMPS
9
(.354)
Sq
.
30.2
(1.189)
"D" Thd. "L" Deep

4 Places
( 2 70
.7
6)
403
(15.87)
115.5
(4.55)
R9(R.35)
112
(4.41)
View Arrow X
R16
(R.63)
166(6.54) Sq.
127.00 Dia.
126.95
(5.000)
(4.998)
90
(3.54)
95
(3.74)
183
(7.20)
63
(2.48)
40
(1.57)

2 Places
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"J" Thd.
M16
M10
5/8-11 UNC
7/16-14 UNC
PV2R23-*-*-F-REAA-4190
mm (Inches)
L
M10
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
3/8-16 UNC
21 (.83)
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN

4 Places
112
(4.41)
2
(.08)
139.5
(5.49)
Dimensions
K
403
(15.87)
115.5
(4.55)
148
(5.83)
76.2
88
(3.000) (3.46)
50
131
(5.16) (1.97)
22
(.87)
23
(.91)
109.5
(4.31)
217(8.54)
Model Numbers
Suction Port and

Large Volume Pump
Discharge Port
Position
213
(8.39)
181
(7.126)
31
(1.22)
75
(2.95)
49(1.93)
31.75(1.2500)
Dia.
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
"C" Thd. "K" Deep

4 Places
.2 )
22 74
(.8
5
12 92)
.
4
(
58.7
(2.311)
61.9
(2.437)
139.5
(5.49)
Small Volume Pump

Discharge Port
Position
.6 )
47 .874
(1
118 )
5
(4.6
Small Volume Pump

Discharge Port
21(.83) Dia.
"J" Thd. 17(.67) Deep

4 Places
R11
(R.43)
65
(2.56)
"PV2R" Series
Double Vane Pumps
21
(.83)
R15
(R.59)
106.4
(4.189)
Suction Port
78.5(3.09) Dia.
7.97
7.94
Key Width
(.3138)
(.3126)
Large Volume Pump

Discharge Port
30(1.18) Dia.
145
(5.71)
117.5
117.5
(4.626)
(4.626)
274
(10.79)
187
Small Volume Pump

Discharge Port
28(1.10) Dia.
Large Volume Pump

Discharge Port
28(1.10) Dia.
21
9
(.83) (.354)
Suction Port
88(3.46) Dia.
R17
(R.67)
R11
(R.43)
R11(R.43)
58.7
(2.311)
65(2.56)
69.9
(2.752)
30.2
(1.189)
120.7
(4.752)
65(2.56)
58.7
(2.311)
3
12 4)
8
4
( .
7.97
7.94
Key Width
(.3138)
(.3126)
30.2
(1.189)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
"C" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
"D" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
454(17.87)
Port Position
A
213(8.39)
31
(1.22)

2 Places
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
M16
M10
5/8-11 UNC 7/16-14 UNC
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
21 (.83)
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN

454(17.87)
136
(5.35)
124
(4.88)
2
(.08)
136
(5.35)

4 Places
76.2
100
(3.000) (3.94)
62
131
(5.16) (2.44)
145
(5.71)
117.5
117.5
(4.626)
(4.626)
274(10.79)
188
109.5
(4.31)
217(8.54)
PV2R33-*-*-F-RAAA-3190
23(.91)
148
(5.83)
22(.87)
Model Numbers
166(6.54) Sq.
R16
(R.63)
(3.54)
127.00
Dia.
126.95
(5.000)
(4.998) 90
181(7.126)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
124
(4.88)
87
(3.43)
75
(2.95)
56
(2.20)
31.75(1.2500)
Dia.
31.70(1.2480)
136
(5.35)
95
(3.74)
90
(3.54)
183(7.20)
136
(5.35)
VANE PUMPS
13
(.512)
25
(.98)
"E" Thd. "J" Deep

4 Places
123 )
4
(4.8
69.9
(2.752)
40(1.57)
120.7
(4.752)
97 Sq.
(3.82)
38.1
(1.500)
R8(R.31)
17.5
(.689)
35.7
(1.406)
"C" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
"PV2R" Series
Double Vane Pumps
69.9
(2.752)
9.56
9.53
Key Width
(.3764)
(.3752)
Suction Port
88(3.46) Dia.
Small Volume Pump
R17
Discharge Port
(R.67)
13(.51) Dia.
Large Volume Pump

Discharge Port
36(1.42) Dia.
"D" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
R13
(R.51)
R37(R1.46)
Port Position
423(16.65)
273(10.75) Sq.
228.6(9.000)
228.6(9.000)
152.40 Dia.
152.35
(6.000)
(5.998)
140
(5.51)
115
(4.53)
58
(2.28)
217(8.54)
56
(2.20)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
135
(5.31)
92
(3.62)
76
(2.99)
38.10(1.5000)
Dia.
38.05(1.4980)
119.5
(4.70)
24
(.94)
146.5
(5.77)

(From Rear)
4 Places
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
M16
M12
M8
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
14 (.55)
1/2-13 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
21 (.83)
21 (.83)
16 (.63)

423(16.65)
135
(5.31)

4 Places
3(.12)
119.5
(4.70)
DIMENSIONS IN
114.3
99
(4.500) (3.90)
60
185
(7.28) (2.36)
187.3
(7.37)
327.3(12.89)
PV2R14-*-*-F-RAAA-3290 5/8-11 UNC
30(1.18)
146.5
(5.77)
"C" Thd.
29(1.14)
Model Numbers
R22
(R.87)
280(11.02)
187.3
187.3
(7.374)
(7.374)
438(17.24)
189

Suction Port
88(3.46) Dia.
Small Volume Pump
Discharge Port
19(.75) Dia.
R17
(R.67)
69.9
(2.752)
13
(.512)
25
(.98)
120.7
(4.752)
47.6
(1.874)
123 )
4
(4.8
69.9
(2.752)
125 Sq.
(4.92)
R9(R.35)
9.56
9.53
Key Width
(.3764)
(.3752)
Large Volume Pump

Discharge Port
36(1.42) Dia.
49(1.93)
"E" Thd.
17(.67) Deep
4 Places
22.2
(.874)
"C" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
35.7
(1.406)
"D" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
R13(R.51)
R37(R1.46)
Port Position
462(18.19)
273(10.75) Sq.
228.6(9.000)
228.6(9.000)
152.40
Dia.
152.35
(6.000)
(5.998)
140
(5.51)
115
(4.53)
70
(2.76)
217(8.54)
56
(2.20)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
135
(5.31)
92
(3.62)
76
(2.99)
38.10(1.5000) Dia.
38.05(1.4980)
119.5
(4.70)
24
(.94)
171.5
(6.75)

(From Rear)
4 Places
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
M16
M12
M10
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
5/8-11 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
21 (.83)
21 (.83)
462(18.19)
119.5
(4.70)
135
(5.31)
3(.12)
171.5
(6.75)

4 Places
99
114.3
(4.500) (3.90)
185
60
(7.28) (2.36)
280(11.02)
187.3
187.3
(7.374)
(7.374)
438(17.24)
190
187.3
(7.37)
327.3(12.89)
DIMENSIONS IN
30(1.18)
PV2R24-*-*-F-RAAA-3190
"C" Thd.
29(1.14)
Model Numbers
R22
(R.87)
VANE PUMPS
"J" Thd. "N" Deep

4 Places
65(2.56)
152
8)
(5.9
"C" Thd. "K" Deep

4 Places
"D" Thd.
"L" Deep
4 Places
35.7
(1.406)
R13(R.51)
R37(R1.46)
(3 90
.5
4)
69.9
(2.752)
130.2
(5.126)
Small Volume Pump

Discharge Port
28(1.10) Dia.
View Arrow X
518(20.39)
135
(5.31)
273(10.75) Sq.
228.6(9.000)
228.6(9.000)
92
(3.62)
76
(2.99)
56
(2.20)
115
(4.53)
24
(.94)
Suction Port
and Large Volume
Pump Discharge
Port Position
152.40
Dia.
152.35
(6.000)
(5.998) 140
(5.51)
133
(5.24)
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980) Dia.
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
192
(7.56)

(From Rear)
4 Places
Model Numbers
PV2R34-*-*-F-REAA-3190
B
"PV2R" Series
Double Vane Pumps
R17(R.67)
(1 30
.1 .2
89
)
13
(.512)
25
(.98)
R11(R.43)
1
(6 6 6
.5
4) S
q
77.8
(3.063)
Small Volume Pump

Discharge Port
Position
.7 )
58 311
.
(2
Suction Port
100(3.94) Dia.
9.56
9.53
Key Width
(.3764)
(.3752)
Large Volume Pump

Discharge Port
36(1.42) Dia.
R22(R.87)
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"J" Thd.
M16
M12
M8
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
19 (.75)
5/8-11 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
7/16-14 UNC
21 (.83)
21 (.83)
20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
114.3 99
(4.500) (3.90)
185
60
(7.28) (2.36)
187.3
(7.37)
327.3(12.89)
135
(5.31)
30(1.18)
133
(5.24)
3(.12)
192
(7.56)

4 Places
29(1.14)
518(20.39)
280(11.02)
187.3
187.3
(7.374)
(7.374)
438(17.24)
191
14
1800 r/min
1200 r/min
1000 r/min
1500 r/min
10
40
1200 r/min
30
kW
30
20
20
1000 r/min
8
20
kW
20
10
HP
30
20
10
3.5
10
30
20
10
0
0
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
3.5
L/min
110
PV2R23-*-52
PV2R34-52-*
U.S.GPM
30
100
80
1500 r/min
70
16
12
60
1200 r/min
50
40
1000 r/min
30
kW
40
30
20
3.5
1800 r/min
100
22
80
18
70
1500 r/min
1200 r/min
60
14
50
10
40
1000 r/min
kW
50
30
HP
50
40
40
30
30
20
10
L/min
110
50
40
30
20
10
10
0
0
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
HP
60
20
3.5
10
0
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
Pressure
Pressure
192
PV2R23-*-60
PV2R34-60-*
90
1800 r/min
Output Flow
20
26
90
0
0
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
Input Power
Output Flow
24
10
Pressure
Pressure
U.S.GPM
28
HP
40
Input Power
30
50
12
Input Power
Output Flow
1500 r/min
10
L/min
60
1800 r/min
40
U.S.GPM
16
L/min
50
Output Flow
U.S.GPM
13
12
PV2R12-*-33
PV2R24-33-*
Input Power
PV2R12-*-26
PV2R24-26-*
VANE PUMPS
B
PV2R23-*-66
PV2R34-66-*
L/min
Output Flow
28
24
20
16
12
120
1800 r/min
110
100
1500 r/min
90
80
1200 r/min
70
1000 r/min
60
kW
50
60
40
50
HP
70
40
30
20
50
40
30
Input Power
32
"PV2R" Series
Double Vane Pumps
140
U.S.GPM 130
20
10
10
3.5
0
MPa
7 10.5 14 17.5 21
(1000)
(2000)
(3000) (PSI)
Pressure
193
Spare Parts List
PV2R12-*-*-*-REAA-42/4290
PV2R13-*-*-*-RAAA-42/4290
PV2R23-*-*-*-REAA-41/4190
PV2R33-*-*-*-RAAA-31/3190
3
15 14
10 11
21 2 18 7
4 20
24
23
22
27
26
25
Cartridge Kits
Cartridge Kit Numbers
Model Numbers
6 Small Volume
Pump
PV2R12-6- -*-REAA-42*
PV2R12-8- -*-REAA-42*
PV2R12-10- -*-REAA-42*
PV2R12-12- -*-REAA-42*
PV2R12-14- -*-REAA-42*
PV2R12-17- -*-REAA-42*
PV2R12-19- -*-REAA-42*
PV2R12-23- -*-REAA-42*
PV2R12-25- -*-REAA-42*
PV2R12-31- -*-REAA-42*
PV2R23-41- -*-REAA-41*
PV2R23-47- -*-REAA-41*
PV2R23-53- -*-REAA-41*
PV2R23-59- -*-REAA-41*
PV2R23-65- -*-REAA-41*
CPV2R13-6-L-42
CPV2R13-8-L-42
CPV2R13-10-L-42
CPV2R13-12-L-42
CPV2R13-14-L-42
CPV2R13-17-L-42
CPV2R13-19-L-42
CPV2R13-23-L-42
CPV2R13-25-L-42
CPV2R13-31-L-42
CPV2R23-41-L-41
CPV2R23-47-L-41
CPV2R23-53-L-41
CPV2R23-59-L-41
CPV2R23-65-L-41
5 Large Volume
Pump
CPV2R2
- -R-41
CPV2R3
- -R-31
Model Numbers
6 Small Volume
Pump
PV2R13-6- -*-RAAA-42*
PV2R13-8- -*-RAAA-42*
PV2R13-10- -*-RAAA-42*
PV2R13-12- -*-RAAA-42*
PV2R13-14- -*-RAAA-42*
PV2R13-17- -*-RAAA-42*
PV2R13-19- -*-RAAA-42*
PV2R13-23- -*-RAAA-42*
PV2R13-25- -*-RAAA-42*
PV2R13-31- -*-RAAA-42*
PV2R33-76- -*-RAAA-31*
PV2R33-94- -*-RAAA-31*
PV2R33-116- -*-RAAA-31*
CPV2R13-6-L-42
CPV2R13-8-L-42
CPV2R13-10-L-42
CPV2R13-12-L-42
CPV2R13-14-L-42
CPV2R13-17-L-42
CPV2R13-19-L-42
CPV2R13-23-L-42
CPV2R13-25-L-42
CPV2R13-31-L-42
CPV2R33-76-L-31
CPV2R33-94-L-31
CPV2R33-116-L-31
5 Large Volume
Pump
CPV2R3
- -R-31
CPV2R33
- -R-31
Note: The
marks are a spaces for large volume pump nominal
displacement. Referring to the model No. designation on
page 181, write the correct nominal displacement figures.
Seals & Bearings

Item
Name of Parts
7
8
9
10
11
14
15
18
19
Oil Seal
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Bearing
Bearing
PV2R12
ISD 30 42 8
SO-NB-G105
SO-NB-G80
SO-NB-G85
SO-NB-P46
SO-NB-G60
SO-NB-G30
6205
Part Numbers
PV2R13
PV2R23
ISD 35 55 11
ISD 35 55 11
SO-NB-G135
SO-NB-G135
SO-NB-G105
SO-NB-G80
SO-NB-G115
SO-NB-G115
SO-NB-A231
SO-NB-A231
SO-NB-G60
SO-NB-G85
SO-NB-P46
SO-NB-G30
6207
6207
Note: 1) The o-rings under item. Nos. 10 and 11 are included

in the large volume pump cartridge kit and those
under item. Nos. 14 and 15 in the small volume pump
cartridge kit.
2) For pumps for phosphate ester type hydraulic fluids,
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number
194
PV2R33
ISD 35 55 11
SO-NB-G135
SO-NB-G135
SO-NB-G115
SO-NB-A231
SO-NB-G115
SO-NB-A231
6207
6305
Qty.
List of Seal Kits

Pump Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
PV2R12-*-*-REAA-42*
PV2R13-*-*-RAAA-42*
PV2R23-*-*-REAA-41*
PV2R33-*-*-RAAA-31*
KS-PV2R12-40
KS-PV2R13-40
KS-PV2R23-40
KS-PV2R33-30
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
VANE PUMPS
Spare Parts List
PV2R14-*-*-*-RAAA-32/3290
PV2R24-*-*-*-RAAA-31/3190
PV2R34-*-*-*-REAA-31/3190
10 9
5 12 18 16 2 17 19 35 27 24 11 26 4
"PV2R" Series
Double Vane Pumps
3 25 21 20 13 6 29 1
8 15 14 7 33
32
34
31
30
28
36
Cartridge Kits
Model Numbers
6 Small Volume
Pump
PV2R14-6- -*-RAAA-32*
PV2R14-8- -*-RAAA-32*
PV2R14-10- -*-RAAA-32*
PV2R14-12- -*-RAAA-32*
PV2R14-14- -*-RAAA-32*
PV2R14-17- -*-RAAA-32*
PV2R14-19- -*-RAAA-32*
PV2R14-23- -*-RAAA-32*
CPV2R13-6-L-42
CPV2R13-8-L-42
CPV2R13-10-L-42
CPV2R13-12-L-42
CPV2R13-14-L-42
CPV2R13-17-L-42
CPV2R13-19-L-42
CPV2R13-23-L-42
5 Large Volume
Pump
CPV2R2
- -R-41
Note: The
marks are a spaces for large volume pump nominal
displacement. Referring to the model No. designation on
page 181, write the correct nominal displacement figures.

Model Numbers
6 Small Volume
Pump
PV2R24-26- -*-RAAA-31*
PV2R24-33- -*-RAAA-31*
PV2R24-41- -*-RAAA-31*
PV2R24-47- -*-RAAA-31*
PV2R34-52- -*-REAA-31*
PV2R34-60- -*-REAA-31*
PV2R34-66- -*-REAA-31*
PV2R34-76- -*-REAA-31*
PV2R34-94- -*-REAA-31*
PV2R34-116- -*-REAA-31*
CPV2R23-26-L-41
CPV2R23-33-L-41
CPV2R23-41-L-41
CPV2R23-47-L-41
CPV2R33-52-L-31
CPV2R33-60-L-31
CPV2R33-66-L-31
CPV2R33-76-L-31
CPV2R33-94-L-31
CPV2R33-116-L-31
5 Large Volume
Pump
CPV2R4
- -R-30
CPV2R34
- -R-31
Seals & Bearings

Item
Name of Parts
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
24
25
Oil Seal
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
Back Up Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Bearing
Bearing
PV2R14
ISD 45 68 12
SO-NB-G145
SO-NB-G80
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P22A
SO-NA-G130
SO-NA-G80
SO-BE-G130
SO-BB-G80
SO-NB-G60
SO-NB-G30
6209
Note: 1) The o-rings and back up rings under item. Nos. 16

to 19 are included in the large volume pump cartridge
kit and those under item. Nos. 20 and 21 in the small
volume pump cartridge kit.
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number
Part Numbers
PV2R24
ISD 45 68 12
SO-NB-G145
SO-NB-G105
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P22A
SO-NA-G130
SO-NA-G80
SO-BE-G130
SO-BB-G80
SO-NB-G85
SO-NB-P46
6209
PV2R34
ISD 45 68 12
SO-NB-G145
SO-NB-G135
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P22A
SO-NA-G130
SO-NA-G80
SO-BE-G130
SO-BB-G80
SO-NB-G115
SO-NB-A231
6209
6305
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
List of Seal Kits

Pump Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
PV2R14-*-*-RAAA-32*
PV2R24-*-*-RAAA-31*
PV2R34-*-*-REAA-31*
KS-PV2R14-30
KS-PV2R24-30
KS-PV2R34-30
195
"PV2R24A/34A" Series Double Vane Pumps

These double pumps incorporate the new PV2R4A series pumps for the large volume side, a feature that permits discharge
to separate circuits.
Graphic Symbol

FSpecial
Seals
PV2R24A
Series
Number
-26
-193
cm3/rev
F:
Special
seals for
phosphate
ester type
fluids
(Omit if not
required)
PV2R24A
PV2R34A
-L
Large
Small
Volume
Volume
Pump
Pump
Mounting
Nominal
Nominal
Displacement Displacement
-R
-10
Direction
of
Rotation
Small
Volume
Pump
Discharge
Port
Position
Large
Volume
Pump
Discharge
Port
Position
Suction
Port
Position
Design
Number
Design
Standards
cm3/rev
26, 33
41, 47
53, 59
65
138, 162
193
76, 94
116

E:
L:
Left 45
Foot Mtg.
R:
A:
A:
1
Upwards
Clockwise (Normal)
Upwards
Upwards
F:
(Normal)
(Normal)
(Normal)
Flange
A:
Mtg.
Upwards
(Normal)
10
Refer to
10

Pipe Flange Kits

Pipe flange kits are available. When ordering, specify the kit the number from the table below.
Pump
Model
Numbers
PV2R24A
PV2R34A
Name
of
Port
Threaded Connection
Japanese
Standard "JIS"
European
Design
Standard
N. American
Design
Standard
Socket Welding
2
Japanese
Standard "JIS"
European
Design
Standard
N. American
Design
Standard
Butt Welding
2
Japanese
Standard "JIS"
European
Design
Standard
N. American
Design
Standard
Suction
F5-28-A-10
F5-28-B-10
F5-28-B-1090
F5-28-C-10
F5-28-C-1090
Large Discharge
F5-12-A-10
F5-12-A-1080
F5-12-B-10
F5-12-B-1090
F5-12-C-10
F5-12-C-1090
Small Discharge
F5-06-A-10
F5-06-A-1080
F5-06-B-10
F5-06-B-1090
F5-06-C-10
F5-06-C-1090
Suction
F5-32-A-10
F5-32-B-10
F5-32-B-1090
F5-32-C-10
F5-32-C-1090
Large Discharge
F5-12-A-10
F5-12-A-1080
F5-12-B-10
F5-12-B-1090
F5-12-C-10
F5-12-C-1090
Small Discharge
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1080
F5-10-B-10
F5-10-B-1090
F5-10-C-10
F5-10-C-1090
196
VANE PUMPS
Specifications
Petroleum Base Oils
Anti-Wear Type
R & O Type
Anti-Wear
Type Water
Glycols
21
(3050)
14
(2030)
PV2R24A-26
PV2R24A-33
PV2R24A-41
PV2R24A-47
PV2R24A-53
PV2R24A-59
PV2R24A-65
PV2R34A-76
PV2R34A-94
21
(3050)
PV2R34A-116
16
(2320)
PV2R24A/34A-*-138
PV2R24A/34A-*-162
PV2R24A/34A-*-193
17.2
(2500)
Synthetic Fluids
Water Glycols
Water in Oil
Emulsions
Phosphate Esters
16
(2320)
7
(1020)
7
(1020)
14
(2030)
14
(2030)
16
(2320)
7
(1020)
7
(1020)
14
(2030)
14
(2030)
16
(2320)
7
(1020)
7
(1020)
14
(2030)
Double Vane Pumps
Model
Numbers
MPa (PSI)
Output Flow & Input Power, Shaft Speed Range and Mass
Shaft Speed Range
Model
Numbers

Small Volume Pump
PV2R24A
PV2R34A
Same as single pump

172 & 173.
refer to page 192.
Same as single pump
174.
Large Volume Pump
Petroleum Base Oils
r/min

Phosphate Esters
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Flange Mtg. Foot Mtg.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
1800
600
1200
600
60
(132)
70
(154)
1800
600
1200
600
92.5
(204)
102.5
(226)
Same as single pump

"PV2R4A", refer to pages
179 & 180.
If the pump is used at speed above 1400 r/min, the suction pressure is limited to 0 kPa (0 in. Hg.).
197
Flange Mtg.: PV2R24A-*-*-F-REAA-10/1090
Y
)
.7
6
(2
35.7
(1.406)
Small Volume Pump

Discharge Port
19(.75) Dia.
"D" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places
View Arrow Y
Port Position
A
133(5.24)
31
(1.22)
127.00 Dia.
126.95
(5.000)
(4.998)
135.5
(5.33)
110
(4.33)
85
(3.35)
72.5
(2.85)
56
(2.20)
213
(8.39)
181
(7.126)
R16
(R.63)

4 Places
Model Numbers
PV2R24A-*-*-F-REAA-1090
148
(5.83)
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
M16
M14
M10
19 (.75)
22 (.87)
5/8-11 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
21 (.83)
21 (.83)
PV2R24A-*-*-F-REAA-10
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: PV2R24A-*-*-L-REAA-10/1090
98
(3.86)
60
(2.36)
145(5.71)
117.5
(4.626)
117.5
(4.626)
274
(10.79)
198
109.5
(4.31)
23(.91)
2
(.08)
22(.87)
244.5
(9.63)

4 Places
A
76.2
(3.000)
131
(5.16)
160(6.30) Sq.
137(5.39)
38.10(1.5000)
Dia.
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
132.5(5.22)
235.5(9.27)
4)
View Arrow X
"E" Thd.
17(.67) Deep
4Places
"C" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
439(17.28)
.8
7
49
(1.93)
R9
(R.35)
76(2.99)
69.9
(2.752)
.2
(
22
69.9
(2.752)
3
12 4)
8
(4.
.6 )
47 874
.
(1
120.7
(4.752)
9
(.354)
70
21
(.83)
R14(R.55)
.
sq
5 )
12 .92
(4
Suction Port
88(3.46) Dia.
R17(R.67)
Small Volume Pump

Discharge Port Position
9.56(.3764)
Key Width
9.53(.3752)
Large Volume Pump

Discharge Port
VANE PUMPS
Flange Mtg.: PV2R34A-*-*-F-RAAA-10/1090
Double Vane Pumps
9
(.354)
69.9
(2.752)
58.7
(2.311)
130.2(5.126)
21
(.83)
R14
(R.55)
9.56(.3764)
Key Width
9.53(.3752)
Large Volume Pump

Discharge Port
36(1.42) Dia.
Suction Port
100(3.94) Dia.
Small Volume Pump
Discjarge Port
28(1.10) Dia.
R16
R11(R.43)
(R.63)
2
15 8)
.9
5
(
76(2.99)
77.8
(3.063)
35.7
(1.406)
"D" Thd. "L" Deep

4 Places
"C" Thd. "K" Deep
4 Places
"J" Thd. "N" Deep

4 Places
480.5(18.92)
31
(1.22)
R16
(R.63)

2 Places
Model Numbers
148
(5.83)
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"J" Thd.
M16
M14
M10
19 (.75)
22 (.87)
19 (.75)
1/2-13 UNC
7/16-14 UNC
21 (.83)
21 (.83)
20 (.79)
PV2R34-*-*-F-RAAA-1090 5/8-11 UNC
160(6.30) Sq.
A
213
(8.39)
181
(7.126)
127.00
Dia.
126.95
(5.000)
(4.998)
133
(5.24)
85
(3.35)
72.5
(2.85)
56
(2.20)
38.10(1.5000)
Dia.
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
Port Position
148
(5.83)
90
(3.54)
110(4.33)
135.5(5.33)
235.5(9.27)
142
(5.59)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: PV2R34A-* -* -L-RAAA-10/1090
2
(.08)
22(.87)
244.5
(9.63)

4 Places
A
76.2
(3.000)
131
(5.16)
98
(3.86)
60
(2.36)
109.5
(4.31)
30.2
(1.189)
23(.91)
65
(2.56)
145
(5.71)
117.5
(4.626)
117.5
(4.626)
274
(10.79)
199
Spare Parts List
PV2R24A-*-*-*-REAA-10/1090
PV2R34A-*-*-*-RAAA-10/1090
14
13
12
20
11
15
16
19
6
18
10
17
21
4
24
5
23
Cartridge Kits
Model Numbers
PV2R24A-26- -*-REAA-10*
PV2R24A-33- -*-REAA-10*
PV2R24A-41- -*-REAA-10*
PV2R24A-47- -*-REAA-10*
PV2R24A-53- -*-REAA-10*
PV2R24A-59- -*-REAA-10*
PV2R24A-65- -*-REAA-10*
PV2R34A-76- -*-REAA-10*
PV2R34A-94- -*-REAA-10*
PV2R34A-116- -*-REAA-10*
8 Small Volume
Pump
9 Large Volume
Pump
CPV2R23-26-L-41
CPV2R23-33-L-41
CPV2R23-41-L-41
CPV2R23-47-L-41
CPV2R23-53-L-41
CPV2R23-59-L-41
CPV2R23-65-L-41
CPV2R33-76-L-31
CPV2R33-94-L-31
CPV2R33-116-L-31
CPV2R4A- -R-10
CPV2R34A- -R-10
Note: The marks are a spaces for large volume pump nominal displacement. Referring to
the model No. designation on page 196, write correct nominal displacement figures.
Seals & Bearings

Item
Name of Parts
6
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Bearing
Oil Seal
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Bearing
List of Seal Kits

Part Numbers
PV2R24A
6209
ISD 45 68 12
SO-NB-G140
SO-NB-G105
SO-NB-G85
SO-NB-P46
SO-NB-A250
SO-NB-G80
PV2R34A
6209
ISD 45 68 12
SO-NB-G140
SO-NB-G135
SO-NB-G115
SO-NB-A231
SO-NB-A250
SO-NB-G80
6305
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Pump Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
PV2R24A-*-*-REAA-10*
PV2R34A-*-*-RAAA-10*
KS-PV2R24A-10
KS-PV2R34A-10
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from
the table above.
Note: 1) The o-rings under item. Nos. 15 and 16 are included in

the large volume pump catridge kit and those under item.
Nos. 13 and 14 in the small volume pump cartridge kit.
200
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Valve Type
Maximum
Operating
Graphic Symbols Pressure
MPa
1
(PSI)
.5
Maximum Flow
10
20
50
100
U.S.GPM
200
500
Page
2
10
20 30
50
100
Remote Cont.
Relief Valves
25
(3630)
DT 01
DG
Direct Type
Relief Valves
21
(3050)
DT/DG
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
25
(3630)
Low Noise Type

Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
25
(3630)
Sol. Cont.
Relief Valves
25
(3630)
Low Noise Type

Sol. Cont.
Relief Valves
25
(3630)
H TypePress. Cont. Valves /

HC TypePress. Cont. Valves
21
(3050)
HT/HG
HCT/HCG
03
06
Press. Reducing Valves /

Press. Reducing
& Check Valves
21
(3050)
RT/RG
RCT/RCG
03
06
Pres. Reducing
& Relieving Valves
03 : 14(2030)
06 : 25(3630)
RBG
03
06
Unloading
Relief Valves
21
(3050)
BUCG
Brake Valves
25
(3630)
UBGR
Semiconductor Type
Pressure Switches
35
(5080)
JT-02
Pressure Monitoring System
20(2900)
35(5080)
200 300 500
1000 2000
L/min
203
206
02
BT/BG
S-BG
BST/BSG
S-BSG
03
06
10
209
03
06
10
216
03
06
10
220
03
06
10
230
10
HF
16
HCF
237
10
RF
RCF 16
251
06
03
06
260
10
10
265
271
272
274
201
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluids listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum base oils
Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG 46.
Synthetic fluids
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid. When phosphate ester fluid is used,
prefix "F-" to the model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water containing fluids
Use water-glycol fluid.
Note: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives in advance.
Recommended Fluid Viscosity and Temperature

Use under conditions where the viscosity and temperature of the hydraulic fluid remain in the ranges indicated in the
following table.
Name
Remote Control Relief Valves
Direct Type Relief Valves
Pilot Operated Relief Valves
Low Noise Type Pilot Operated Relief Valves
Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves
Low Noise Type Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves
H Type Pressure Control Valves
HC Type Pressure Control Valves
Pressure Reducing Valves
Pressure Reducing and Check Valves
Pressure Reducing and Relieving Valves
Unloading Relief Valves
Brake Valves
Semiconductor Type Pressure Switches
Viscosity
Temperature
15 - 400 mm2/s
(88 - 1800 SSU)
-15 - +70C
(5 - 158F)
15 - 400 mm2/s
(88 - 1800 SSU)
-20 - +70C
(- 4 - 158F)
If the valve is provided with a vent ristrictor (ex. : A-BSG-03), the viscosity range should be 15 - 200 mm2/s (80 - 900 SSU).
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead to
breakdowns and shorten the life of the valves. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade 12.
Use 25 m or finer line filter.

Model change has been made on the following products.
The difference between current and new design has been described on the paragraph of Interchangeability in Installation
between Current and New Design. Refer to relevant pages on each series.
Mounting
Interchangeability
Model Numbers
Name
Current
Solenoid Controlled
Relief Valve
Low Noise Type

Solenoid Controlled
Relief Valve
202
New
BS*-03, -47*
BS*-03, -48*
BS*-06, -47*
BS*-06, -48*
BS*-10, -47*
BS*-10, -48*
S-BSG-03, -52*
S-BSG-03, -53*
S-BSG-06, -52*
S-BSG-06, -53*
S-BSG-10, -52*
S-BSG-10, -53*
Main Changes
Yes
Page
222
Pilot valves (DSG-01) have been
changed in the design numbers 70.
Yes
Pressure Controls
231
PRESSURE CONTROLS

This valve is used as a remote control valve for pilot operated type
pressure control valves.
Specifications
Max. Operating Pres.
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)

FD
Series Number
Special Seals
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
D:
Remote Control
Relief Valves
T
Type of
Mounting
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
DT type
1.6 (3.5)
DG type
1.4 (3.1)
Remote Control
Relief Valves
Model Numbers
Threaded
Sub-plate
Connection
Mounting
DT-01-22*
DG-01-22*
-01
-22
Valve Size
Design
Number
Design Standards
22
None: Japanese Std. "JIS"

80: European Design Std.
90: N. American Design Std.
22
None: Japanese Std. "JIS" and

T: Threaded
Connection
01
G: Sub-plate
Mounting
Graphic Symbol
Instructions
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the handle slowly clockwise for higher
pressures or anti-clockwise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten
the lock nut.
Piping of the tank line should not be connected to any tank line of the other valves, but
connected directly to the reservoir.
Pressure is limited by collars fitted. If a working pressure cannot be attained,
remove some collars. One collar is equivalent to 10 MPa (1450 PSI).
If the internal volume of the vent line is too large, chattering is likely to occur.
Attachment
Mounting bolts
Valve Model
Numbers
DG-01
Socket Head Cap Screw

Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std.
M5 45 Lg.
N. American Design Std.

No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
Qty.
4
Sub-plate
Valve Model
Numbers
DG-01
Japanese Standard "JIS"

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
DGM-02-20
Rc 1/4

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
DGM-02-2080
1/4 BSP.F

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
DGM-02-2090
1/4 NPT
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.7 (1.5)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a
good machined finish.
203
DT-01-22/2280/2290
DIMENSIONS IN
26(1.02)
52(2.05)
Two Collars
DT-01-22
50
(1.97)
Fully Extended
193(7.60)
Rc 1/4
DT-01-2280
1/4 BSP.F
DT-01-2290
1/4 NPT
Dimensions of
The Panel Mounting Hole
Pressure Adjustment
Handle
141.5
(5.57)
INC.
Max.
10(.39)
74
(2.91)
Pressure Port
"A" Thd.
21(.83)
Dia.
44(1.73)
Dia.
26(1.02)
47(1.85)
"A" Thd.
Model Numbers
Tank Port "A" Thd.
Sub-plate: DGM-02-20/2080/2090
50
(1.97)
30
10
(1.18)
(.39)
27
(1.06)
15
(.59) 2(.08)
30
(1.18)
60
(2.36)
50
(1.97)
Fully Extended
142.5(5.61)
Pressure Adjustment
Handle
"B" Thd. 10(.39) Deep
4 Places
INC.
7(.28) Dia. Through

11(.43) C' bore
2 Places
47
(1.85)
38
(1.50)
37
(1.46)
26
(1.02)
48
(1.89)
100
(3.94)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
DGM-02-20
204
6.2(.24) Dia.
"A" Thd. (From Rear)
2 Places
24
(.94)
17
(.67)
19
(.75)
13.5
38
(1.50)
(.53)
65
(2.56)
80
(3.15)
14
(.55)
52
(2.05)
44(1.73)
Dia.
10
(.39)
Pressure Port
Tank Port

Two Collars
52
(2.05)
38
(1.50)
7
(.28)
19
(.75)

4 Places
7.5
(.30)
DG-01-22/2290
"A" Thd.
Rc 1/4
DGM-02-2080
1/4 BSP.F
DGM-02-2090
1/4 NPT
"B" Thd.
M5
No. 10-24 UNC
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
DT-01-22/2280/2290
15
11
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
13
O-Ring
SO-NA-P12
Part Numbers
Qty.
1
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P22.4
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit
number from the table below.
13
14
10
Remote Control
Relief Valves
12
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
DT-01
KS-DT-01-22
DG-01
KS-DG-01-22
DG-01-22/2290
13
10
14
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
11
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
12
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit
number from the table above.
12
11
205

This valve is used in a hydraulic circuit to prevent damage due to
over pressure and to adjust the maximum circuit pressure of small
capacity.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Threaded
Connection
Sub-plate
Mounting
DT-02-*-22* DG-02-*-22*

MPa (PSI)
Pres. Adj.
Range
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
DT type DG type
21 (3050)
Note)
16
(4.23)
1.5 (3.3) 1.5 (3.3)
Note: Refer to the Model Number Designation.

FD
Special Seals
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
Series Number
D:
Direct Type
Relief Valves
Type of
Mounting
-02
-B
-22
Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
B:
T: Threaded
Connection
02
G: Sub-plate
Mounting
-7
( -1020)
C: 3.5-14
(510-2030)
H: 7-21
(1020-3050)
*
Design Standards
22

22

Refer to the Minimum Adjustment Pressure Characteristics.
Graphic Symbol
Instructions
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the handle slowly clockwise for higher
pressures or anti-clockwise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten
the lock nut.
Piping of the tank line should not be connected to any tank line of the other valves, but
connected directly to the reservoir.
Attachment
Mounting bolts
Valve Model
Numbers
DG-02

M5 45 Lg.

No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
Qty.
4
Sub-plate
Valve Model
Numbers
DG-02

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DGM-02-20
Thread
Size
Rc 1/4

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DGM-02-2080
Thread
Size
1/4 BSP.F

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DGM-02-2090
Thread
Size
1/4 NPT
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.7 (1.5)
The sub-plates are those for remote control relief valves. For dimensions, see page 204.
206
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Min. Adjustment Pressure
Nominal Override Characteristics
PSI
175
MPa
1.2
PSI
MPa
3000
21.0
150
1.0
2500
17.5
2000
14.0
100
0.8
0.6
75
50
25
0
1500
10.5
1000
7.0
500
3.5
DT-02-H
DG-02-H
0.4
0.2
0
0
10
2
Flow Rate
12
14
16 L/min
4
DT-02-B
DG-02-B
0
0 2
10 12 14 16
2
3
Flow Rate
4 4.5 U.S. GPM
26(1.02)
Model Numbers
DT-02-*-22
Pressure Port
"A" Thd.
L/min
50
(1.97)
Fully Extended
163(6.42)
Pressure Adjustment
Handle
INC.
74
(2.91)
"A" Thd.
Rc 1/4
DT-02-*-2280
1/4 BSP.F
DT-02-*-2290
1/4 NPT
Dimensions of
The Panel Mounting Hole
Max.
10(.39)
21(.83)
Dia.
26(1.02)
44(1.73)
Dia.
112
(4.41)
47
(1.85)
U.S. GPM
DT-02-*-22/2280/2290
52
(2.05)
DT-02-C
DG-02-C
Direct Type
Relief Valves
125
Pressure
Hydraulic fluid
Specific Gravity : 0.850
Tank Port "A" Thd.
DIMENSIONS IN
DG-02-*-22/2290
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
44(1.73)
Dia.
19(.75)
52
(2.05)
7
(.28)

4 Places
10
(.39)
Pressure Port
Tank Port
50
(1.97)
Pressure Adjustment
Handle
Fully Extended
160(6.42)
INC.
26
(1.02)
48
(1.89)
37
(1.46)
38
(1.50)
47
(1.85)
100
(3.94)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see

the dimensional drawing (page 204) of the subplate used together.
207
Spare Parts List
DT-02-*-22/2280/2290
DG-02-*-22/2290
10
12
11
13
14
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
12
O-Ring
13
14
Part Numbers
Qty.
Remarks
SO-NB-P9
Use only for DG-02
O-Ring
SO-NA-P12
O-Ring
SO-NB-P22.4
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits
208
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
DT-02
KS-DT-01-22
DG-02
KS-DG-02-22
PRESSURE CONTROLS

These valves protect the hydraulic system from excessive pressure, and can be used to maintain constant pressure in a
hydraulic system. Remote control and unloading are permitted by using vent circuits.
Vent Connection
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
Graphic Symbols
Specifications
Model Numbers
Threaded
Connection
Sub-plate
Mounting
BT-03-*-32*
BG-03-*-32*
BT-06-*-32*
BG-06-*-32*
BT-10-*-32*
BG-10-*-32*
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
Pres. Adj.
Range
MPa (PSI)
Note)
-25
( -3630)
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
BT type
BG type
100
(26.4)
5.0
(11.0)
4.7
(10.4)
200
(52.8)
5.0
(11.0)
5.6
(12.3)
400
(106)
8.5
(18.7)
8.7
(19.2)
Note: Refer to the Minimum adjustment Pressure characteristics on page 214.

FSpecial Seals
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
-03
-V
-32
Series Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
High Venting
Pres. Feature
Design
Number
03
06
10
03
06
10
V:
For High
Venting
Pressure
Feature
(Omit if not
required)
32
32
32
32
32
32
B:
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
T: Threaded
Connection
G: Sub-plate
Mounting
*
Design Standards
Use high venting pressure type to reduce the response time from unload to onload.
209
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve
Model Numbers
BG-03
M12
70 Lg. (2 pcs.), M12
95 Lg. (2 pcs.)
1/2-13UNC
2-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.), 1/2-13UNC
3-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)
BG-06
M16
60 Lg. (2 pcs.), M16
80 Lg. (2 pcs.)
5/8-11UNC
2-1/4 Lg. (2 pcs.), 5/8-11UNC
3-1/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)
BG-10
M20
70 Lg. (2 pcs.), M20
90 Lg. (2 pcs.)
3/4-10UNC
2-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.), 3/4-10UNC
3-1/2 Lg. (2 pcs.)
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
BG-03
BG-06
BG-10
Thread
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
BGM-03-20
Rc 3/8
BGM-03-3080
3/8 BSP.F
BGM-03-2090
3/8 NPT
2.4(5.3)
BGM-03X-20
Rc 1/2
BGM-03X-3080
1/2 BSP.F
BGM-03X-2090
1/2 NPT
3.1(6.8)
BGM-06-20
Rc 3/4
BGM-06-3080
3/4 BSP.F
BGM-06-2090
3/4 NPT
4.7(10.4)
BGM-06X-20
Rc 1
BGM-06X-3080
1 BSP.F
BGM-06X-2090
1 NPT
5.7(12.6)
BGM-10-20
Rc 1-1/4
BGM-10-3080
1-1/4 BSP.F
BGM-10-2090
1-1/4 NPT
8.4(18.5)
BGM-10X-20
Rc 1-1/2
BGM-10X-3080
1-1/2 BSP.F
BGM-10X-2090
1-1/2 NPT
10.3(22.7)
Instructions
If a remote control relief valve is used in the vent circuit, see page 203. In addition, if the internal volume of the vent
line is too large, chattering is likely to occur. Thus, as far as possible reduce the inside diametre and the length of the
pipe.
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the handle slowly clockwise for higher pressures or anti-clockwise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Piping of the tank line should not be connected to any tank line of the other valves, but connected directly to the
reservoir.
Pressure is limited by collars fitted. If a working pressure cannot be attained, remove some collars. One collar is
equivalent to 10 MPa (1450 PSI).
With a small flow, the setting pressure may be unstable. Use models numbered 03 and 06 with a flow rate above
8 L/min (2.1 U.S. GPM) and model 10 with 15 L/min (4.0 U.S. GPM).
210
PRESSURE CONTROLS
BT-03-*-32/3280/3290
BT-06-*-32/3280/3290
BT-10-*-32/3280/3290
DIMENSIONS IN
"A" SQ.
Two Collars
Pressure Adjustment
Handle
Vent Port
"T" Thd.
INC.
Fully Extended C
44(1.73)
Dia.
5(.20)
3280 Design Only
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
Four positions of pressure adjustment handle

are available by rotating cover assembly as shown.
Pressure Port
"S" Thd. 2 Places
T
Tank Port
"S" Thd.

"U" Thd.
There are two threaded connection pressure ports. They can be connected each other in-line; one as inlet and the other
as an outlet or the valve can be used by plugging one of the pressure ports.
Model Numbers
BT-03-*-32/3280/3290
BT-06-*-32/3280/3290
BT-10-*-32/3280/3290
Model Numbers
BT-03-*-32
BT-03-*-3280
BT-03-*-3290
BT-06-*-32
BT-06-*-3280
BT-06-*-3290
BT-10-*-32
BT-10-*-3280
BT-10-*-3290
A
75
40
105
52
78
150.5 68.5
62
36
52
90
45
(2.95) (1.57) (4.13) (2.05) (3.07) (5.93) (2.70) (2.44) (1.42) (2.05) (3.54) (1.77)
85
50
101
80
96
183
89
74
49
80
120
60
(3.35) (1.97) (3.98) (3.15) (3.78) (7.20) (3.50) (2.91) (1.93) (3.15) (4.72) (2.36)
Thread Size
"S" Thd.
"T" Thd.
"U" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/4
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/4 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.Tr
1/4 NPT
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.Tr
1/4 NPT
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.Tr
1/4 NPT
211
BG-03-*-32/3290
BG-06-*-32/3290
BG-10-*-32/3290
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
"A" SQ.
Two Collars
Three positions of pressure adjustment handle

are available by rotating cover assembly as shown.
Pressure Adjustment Handle

B
INC.
Fully Extended C
44(1.73)
Dia.
Vent Port

"X" Thd.
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
6
(.24)
Pressure Port
U
D
J
V
E
F
Model Numbers
"S" Dia. Through

"T" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Tank Port
L
A
75
40
105
57
78
78
137 14.1 41
82
117
77
22 13.5 21
55
77
BG-03-*-32/3290
(2.95) (1.57) (4.13) (2.24) (3.07) (3.07) (5.39) (.56) (1.61) (3.23) (4.61) (3.03) (.87) (.53) (.83) (2.17) (3.03)
BG-06-*-32/3290
75
40
105
40
60
78
161
17
52
104 141 83.5 4.5 17.5 26
38
58
(2.95) (1.57) (4.13) (1.57) (2.36) (3.07) (6.34) (.67) (2.05) (4.09) (5.55) (3.29) (.18) (.69) (1.02) (1.50) (2.28)
BG-10-*-32/3290
85
45
101
47
67 87.5 195 20.7 62
124 175 110
6
21.5 32
45
65
(3.35) (1.77) (3.98) (1.85) (2.64) (3.44) (7.68) (.81) (2.44) (4.88) (6.89) (4.33) (.24) (.85) (1.26) (1.77) (2.56)
Model Numbers
BG-03-*-32
BG-03-*-3290
BG-06-*-32
BG-06-*-3290
BG-10-*-32
BG-10-*-3290
212
Thread Size
"X" Thd
Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
1/4 NPT
Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
1/4 NPT
Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
1/4 NPT
Mounting Surface
ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A
PRESSURE CONTROLS
BGM-03,03X-20 / 3080 / 2090
BGM-06,06X-20 / 3080 / 2090
BGM-10,10X-20 / 3080 / 2090
DIMENSIONS IN
A
B
"d" Dia. Through

"e" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
"h"
4 Places
"t" Thd.
T
S
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
V
U
6.2(.24) Dia.
"b" Dia.
2 Places
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
Model Numbers
BGM-03
BGM-06
BGM-10
Model Numbers
BGM-03
BGM-06
BGM-10
BGM-10
BGM-10X
86
26
3.1
26.9
149
13
123 (3.39) 32 (1.02) 97
53.8
(.12) (1.06) (5.87) (.51) (4.84) 95 (1.26) 21 (3.82) (2.12)
(3.74)
(.83)
106.5
27.2
4
35
180
15
150 (4.19) 51 (1.07) 121
66.7
(.16) (1.38) (7.09) (.59) (5.91) 119 (2.01) 18 (4.76) (2.63)
(4.69)
(.71)
138.2
30.2
5.7
41.3
227
16
195 (5.44) 62 (1.19) 154
88.9
(.22) (1.63) (8.94) (.63) (7.68) 158 (2.44) 17 (6.06) (3.50)
(6.22)
(.67)
0
(0)
22
(.87)
42
76.2 31.8 44.5
(1.65) (3.00) (1.25) (1.75)
BGM-10X
BGM-06X
37
55.5 23.8 33.4
(1.46) (2.19) (.94) (1.31)
BGM-06X
BGM-06
19
47.4
(.75) (1.87)
BGM-03X
BGM-03X
126
94
16
82.6
(4.96) (3.70) (.63) (3.25)
BGM-10X
BGM-03
108
78
15
70
(4.25) (3.07) (.59) (2.76)
BGM-06X
Model
Numbers
86
60
13
53.8
(3.39) (2.36) (.51) (2.12)
BGM-03X
"n" Thd. 2 Places

(From Rear)

Design "20"
"h"
"n" Thd.
M12 Thd.
20(.79) Deep
Rc 3/8
M16 Thd.
25(.98) Deep
Rc 3/4
M20 Thd.
28(1.10) Deep
Rc1-1/4
Rc 1-1/2
11
(.43)
17.5
(.69)
19
(.75)
13.5
(.53)
21
(.83)
24
(.94)
17.5
26
31
(.69) (1.02) (1.22)

Design "3080"
"t" Thd.
Rc 1/2
Rc 1
32
22 (1.26) 20
14.5
(.87)
(.79) (.57)
40
(1.57)
40
11 (1.57) 25
23
(.43)
(.98) (.91)
50
(1.97)
50
12.7 (1.97) 32
28
(.50)
63 (1.26) (1.10)
(2.48)
Rc 1/4
"h"
"n" Thd.
M12 Thd.
20(.79) Deep
3/8 BSP.F
M16 Thd.
25(.98) Deep
3/4 BSP. F
"t" Thd.
1-1/4 BSP.F
M20 Thd.
28(1.10) Deep 1-1/2 BSP.F
"h"
"n" Thd.
"t" Thd.
1/2-13UNC Thd. 3/8 NPT

22(.87) Deep
1/2 NPT
1/2 BSP.F
1 BSP.F

Design "2090"
1/4 BSP.F
5/8-11UNC Thd. 3/4 NPT

27(1.06) Deep
1 NPT
1/4 NPT
3/4-10UNC Thd. 1-1/4 NPT

28(1.10) Deep
1-1/2 NPT
213

2
Hydraulic fluid: Viscosity : 35 mm /s (164 SSU)

BT-06, BG-06
PSI MPa
3600 25
24
3300 23
2300 16
15
2000 14
225 1.6
1.3
150 1.0
Pressure
Pressure
BT-03, BG-03
0
0
25
5
50
75
10
15
Flow Rate
20
PSI MPa
3600 25
24
3300 23
2300 16
15
2000 14
275 1.9
1.6
200 1.3
100 L/min
25
U.S. GPM
50
10
100
20
150
30
40
200 L/min
50
U.S. GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure
BT-10, BG-10
PSI MPa
3600 25
24
3300 23
2300 16
15
2000 14
300 2.0
200 1.6
1.2
0
100
25
200
300
50
75
Flow Rate
400
100
L/min
U.S. GPM
Min. Adj. Pressure & Vent Pressure vs. Flow

2
Hydraulic fluid: Viscosity : 35 mm /s (164 SSU)

BT-03, BG-03
BT-06, BG-06
PSI MPa
Pressure
100
80
0.7
0.6
60
0.4
100
40
20
0
0.2
High Venting
Pressure Type
0
0
0
25
5
50
10
15
Low Venting
Pressure Type
75
20
50
100 L/min
25
U.S. GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure
100
50
0
Vent Pressure
High Venting
Pressure Type
0.8
0.4
Low Venting
Pressure Type
0
0
0
100
25
200
300
50
75
400 L/min
100 U.S. GPM
Flow Rate
214
High Venting
Pressure Type
0.8
0.4
Low Venting
Pressure Type
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
30
Flow Rate
BT-10, BG-10
PSI MPa
225 1.6
200
1.2
150
Vent Pressure
PSI MPa
200 1.4
1.2
150
Pressure
Vent Pressure
150
40
200 L/min
50
U.S. GPM
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
BT-03-*-32/3280/3290
BT-06-*-32/3280/3290
BT-10-*-32/3280/3290
18 22
10 11 13 12
2 16 9
17
21
14
20
15
19
Part Numbers
Item
Name of Parts
16
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
17
O-Ring
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P42
24
Bonded Seal
SG-FB-3/8
SG-FB-3/8
BT-03
BT-06
BT-10
Qty.
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the
table below.
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits

24
Valve Model Numbers
23
BT-03
KS-BT-03-32
BT-06
Section "A"
for Design 3280
Seal Kit Numbers
BT-10
KS-BT-10-32
Note: No bonded seals are included in the seal kits.
BG-03-*-32/3290
BG-06-*-32/3290
BG-10-*-32/3290
21 16
10 11 13 12
2 17 9
List of Seals
20
18
14
19
25
23
15
22
24
Item
Name of Parts
17
Part Numbers
Qty.
BG-03
BG-06
BG-10
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
18
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
19
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
20
O-Ring
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P42
table below.
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
BG-03
KS-BG-03-32
BG-06
KS-BG-06-32
BG-10
KS-BG-10-32
215

Pilot operated relief valves here have been particularly developed as low-noise types. Able to protect pumps and control
valves against excessive pressures, they are used to control the pressure in the hydraulic system to a constant level.
Remote control and unloading are permitted by using vent circuits.
Graphic Symbols
Vent Connection
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Pres. Adj.
Range
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
S-BG-03-*-*-40*
S-BG-06-*-*-40*
S-BG-10-*-40*
25 (3630)
Note)
-25
( -3630)
100 (26.4)
200 (52.8)
400 (106)
4.1 (9.0)
5.0 (11.0)
10.5 (23.2)
Note: See minimum adjustment pressure characteristics on page 218.

FSB
Special Seals
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
-03
-V
Low Noise
Type
Series
Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
High Venting
Pres. Feature
S:
Low Noise
Type
B:
Pilot
Operated
Relief
Valves
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
06
10
V:
For High Venting
Pressure Feature
(Omit if not
required)
-L
-40
Direction
of Handle
Design
Number
Viewed from pressure

gauge connection
L: Left (Normal) R: Right
40
40
*
Design Std.
Refer to
40
1. Use the high venting pressure type where it is necessary to reduce the response time from unloading to onloading.
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
S-BG-03
S-BG-06
S-BG-10

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
BGM-03-20
BGM-03X-20
BGM-06-20
BGM-06X-20
BGM-10-20
BGM-10X-20
Thread
Size
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1-1/2
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
BGM-03-3080
BGM-03X-3080
BGM-06-3080
BGM-06X-3080
BGM-10-3080
BGM-10X-3080
Thread
Size
3/8 BSP.F
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/2 BSP.F

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
BGM-03-2090
BGM-03X-2090
BGM-06-2090
BGM-06X-2090
BGM-10-2090
BGM-10X-2090
Thread
Size
3/8 NPT
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
1-1/4 NPT
1-1/2 NPT
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
2.4 (5.3)
3.1 (6.8)
4.7 (10.4)
5.7 (12.6)
8.4 (18.5)
10.3 (22.7)
The sub-plates are those for pilot operated relief valves. For dimensions, see page 213.
216
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Numbers
Qty.
S-BG-03
M12
40 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC
S-BG-06
M16
50 Lg.
S-BG-10
M20
60 Lg.
1-1/2 Lg.
5/8-11 UNC
2 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC
2-1/4 Lg.
line is too large, chattering is likely to occur. Thus, as far as possible reduce the inside Dia. and the length of the pipe.
Piping of the tank line should not be connected to any tank line of the other valves, but connected directly to the reservoir.
S-BG-03-*-L-40/4090
S-BG-06-*-L-40/4090
S-BG-10-*-40/4090
Fully Extended J
Fully Extended
F
Mounting surface
S-BG-03: ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
S-BG-06: ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
S-BG-10: ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A
"K" Dia. Through

"N" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Pressure Port
Opposite Handle Position
S-BG-
DIMENSIONS IN
Vent Port
Tank Port

"Y" Thd
Two Collars
INC.
Fully Extended J
H
Lock Nut
14(.55) Dia.
Note:For other dimensions, see the figures

shown left.
44(1.73) Dia.
03
- -R
06 *
Note:For dimensions of the valve mounting

surface, see the dimensional drawing
(P. 213) of the sub-plate used together.
"Y" Thd.
Model Numbers
X
S-BG-03-*-*-40
T
6
(.24)
1/4 NPT
S-BG-03-*-*-4090
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
S-BG-06-*-*-40
1/4 NPT
S-BG-06-*-*-4090
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
S-BG-10-*-40
1/4 NPT
S-BG-10-*-4090
Model Numbers
Low Noise Type

Instructions
A
S-BG-03
76 53.8 11.1 26.9 53.8 73.6 26.9 163.5 13.5 21

50
130 103 21.5 106 26.1 13 36.1
(2.99) (2.12) (.44) (1.06) (2.12) (2.90) (1.06) (6.44) (.53) (.83) (1.97) (5.12) (4.06) (.85) (4.17) (1.03) (.51) (1.42)
S-BG-06
98
70
14
35 66.7 58.8 33.7 163.5 17.5 26
50
130 103
26
122 19.3 13 21.3
(3.86) (2.76) (.55) (1.38) (2.63) (2.31) (1.33) (6.44) (.69) (1.02) (1.97) (5.12) (4.06) (1.02) (4.80) (.76) (.51) (.84)
S-BG-10
120 82.6 18.7 41.3 88.9 46.1 44.9 180 21.5 32

65
167 135 33.5 155 21.1 18
(4.72) (3.25) (.74) (1.63) (3.50) (1.81) (1.77) (7.09) (.85) (1.26) (2.56) (6.57) (5.31) (1.32) (6.10) (.83) (.71)
217

Hydraulic fluid:
2200
15
14
13
1900
250
50
S-BG-06
PSI
3700
3500
3300
MPa
25
24
23
2200
15
14
13
1900
250
1.5
1.0
0.5
20
40
10
60
80
15
20
Flow Rate
PSI
3600
3400
3200
2200
1900
300
1.5
1.0
0.5
50
0
S-BG-10
Pressure
MPa
25
24
23
Pressure
Pressure
S-BG-03
PSI
3700
3500
3300
100
L/min
150
0
25
U.S. GPM
50
10
100
20
30
150
200
L/min
40
50
U.S. GPM
Flow Rate
MPa
25
24
23
22
15
14
13
2.0
1.5
1.0
0
100
25
200
300
50
75
Flow Rate
400
L/min
100
U.S. GPM
Min. Adj. Pressure and Vent Pressure vs. Flow

Hydraulic fluid:
Vent Pressure
S-BG-03
120
Pressure
100
80
60
40
20
0
S-BG-06
High Vent
Pressure Type
1.2
150
100
Low Vent
Pressure Type
0
0
20
40
10
S-BG-10
PSI MPa
200 1.4
60
15
80
20
Flow Rate
1.0
High Vent
Pressure Type
0.8
0.6
50
0.4
0.2
0
100 L/min
25
U.S. GPM
50
10
PSI MPa
225 1.6
200 1.4
1.2
150 1.0 High Vent
Pressure Type
0.8
100
0.6
50 0.4
Low Vent
0.2
Pressure Type
0
0
300
400
0
100
200
L/min
0
25
50
75
100
U.S. GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure
MPa
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
Pressure
PSI
Low Vent
Pressure Type
150
100
20
30
Flow Rate
200
L/min
40
50
U.S. GPM
Noise Level
Measuring position: At 1m (3.3 ft.) back from the valve front.
Back pressure : 0.1 MPa (14.5 PSI)
Measuring condition
S-BG-03
S-BG-06
Flow rate : 50 L/min
(13.2 U.S.GPM)
60
50
40
0
0
218
12
16
1000
2000
Pressure
20
MPa
3000 PSI
70
60
50
40 0
0
12
16
1000
2000
Pressure
20
MPa
3000 PSI

(52.8 U.S.GPM)
dB(A)
80
Noise Level
70
dB(A)
80
Noise Level
Noise Level
dB(A)
80
S-BG-10
(39.6 U.S.GPM)
70
60
50
40
0
0
12
16
1000
2000
Pressure
20
MPa
3000 PSI
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
S-BG-03,06,10-*-40/4090
13 14 22 12 20 11 10 26 23 24 15 7
21
8
9
19
32
19
25
31
4
S-BG-10
5
18
3 17
6 29 28 16 27
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
25
Part Numbers
Qty.
S-BG-03
S-BG-06
S-BG-10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
26
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
27
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
28
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
29
O-Ring
SO-NB-A024
SO-NB-A024
SO-NB-A128
30
O-Ring
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P36
31
O-Ring
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P42
32
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
Low Noise Type

30
Note:When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
S-BG-03
KS-S-BG-03-40
S-BG-06
KS-S-BG-06-40
S-BG-10
KS-S-BG-10-40
219

These valves are a combination of a pilot operated relief valve and a solenoid operated
directional valve. Piping between the two is eliminated as the solenoid valve is directly
mounted on the relief valve and connected with the relief valve vent. Pump pressure
may be unloaded remotely by an electrical signal to the solenoid, or by connecting pilot
relief valves to the solenoid valve ports.
Specifications
Max.
Pressure
Max.
Operating
Adj.
Flow
Pressure
Range
L/min
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers

Double
Sol.
Single
Sol.
With
Vent
Restrictor
BST-03-*-*-*-*-48*
100 (26.4) 7.1 (15.7) 6.6 (14.6) 7.6 (16.8)
Note)
Threaded
200 (52.8) 7.1 (15.7) 6.6 (14.6) 7.6 (16.8)
BST-06-*-*-*-*-48* 25 (3630)
-25
Connection
( -3630)
400 (106) 10.8 (23.8) 10.3 (22.7) 11.3 (24.9)
BST-10-*-*-*-*-48*
100 (26.4) 6.8 (15.0) 6.3 (13.9) 7.3 (16.1)
BSG-03-*-*-*-*-48*
Note)
Sub-plate
200 (52.8) 7.7 (17.0) 7.2 (15.9) 8.2 (18.1)
BSG-06-*-*-*-*-48* 25 (3630)
-25
Mounting
( -3630)
400 (106) 11.0 (24.3) 10.5 (23.2) 11.5 (25.4)
BSG-10-*-*-*-*-48*
Note: For relief valves, standard pilot operated relief valves are used.
For minimum adjustment pressures and other characteristics, see page 214.

F-
A-
BS
-03
-V
Special
Seals
With Vent
Restrictor
Series
Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
High Venting
Pres. Feature
F:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
1.
2.
3.
4.
A:
1
With Vent
Restrictor
(OptionOmit if not
required)
BS:
Solenoid
Controlled
Relief
Valves
T:
Threaded
Connection
03
06
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
10
-2B3A -A100
Vent
Type
2B3A
2
V: For High
Venting
Pressure
Feature
(Omit if not
required)
2B3B
2B2B
2B2
3C2
3C3
Coil Type
-N
4
AC:
A100, A120
A200, A240
DC:
D12 , D24
D48
AC DC:
R100, R200
None:
Terminal
Box Type
N: With
Plug-in
Connector
(DIN)
N: With
Plug-in
Connector
(DIN)
Models with vent restrictor are applicable only for the vent type 2B3A and 2B3B. For details, see page 222.
Use high venting pressure types to reduce response time from unloading to onloading.
For the details of the vent types, see the following page.
The coil codes are the same as for solenoid operated directional valve DSG-01. See the Solenoid Ratings on page 345.
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.
In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of
delivery with us before ordering.
220
-48
Type of Elect- Design

rical Con.
Number
Design
Standards
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
48
90:
N. American
Design Std.
80:
European
Design Std.
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Vent Types
Vent Type
Graphic Symbols
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
Model Number
Operation
SOL "a"
SOL "b"
Vent Connecting
"A"
OFF
Connected to port "A".
ON
Connected to tank (no-load)
OFF
ON
Connected to port "B".
OFF
Closed state (relief valve

setting pressure)
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Closed state (relief valve

setting pressure)
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
2B3A
DSG-01-2B3A
"B"
b
2B3B
"B"
b
2B2B
DSG-01-2B2B
"A" "B"
b
2B2
Solenoid Controlled
Relief Valves
DSG-01-2B3B
DSG-01-2B2
"A" "B"
a
3C2
DSG-01-3C2
"A" "B"
a
3C3
DSG-01-3C3
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model
Numbers

BSG-03
M12
70 Lg. (2 pcs.), M12
95 Lg. (2 pcs.)
1/2-13UNC
2-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.), 1/2-13UNC
3-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)
BSG-06
M16
60 Lg. (2 pcs.), M16
80 Lg. (2 pcs.)
5/8-11UNC
2-1/4 Lg. (2 pcs.), 5/8-11UNC
3-1/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)
BSG-10
M20
70 Lg. (2 pcs.), M20
90 Lg. (2 pcs.)
3/4-10UNC
2-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.), 3/4-10UNC
3-1/2 Lg. (2 pcs.)
221
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
BSG-03
BSG-06
BSG-10

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
BGM-03-20
Rc 3/8
BGM-03-3080
3/8 BSP.F
BGM-03-2090
3/8 NPT
2.4(5.3)
BGM-03X-20
Rc 1/2
BGM-03X-3080
1/2 BSP.F
BGM-03X-2090
1/2 NPT
3.1(6.8)
BGM-06-20
Rc 3/4
BGM-06-3080
3/4 BSP.F
BGM-06-2090
3/4 NPT
4.7(10.4)
BGM-06X-20
Rc 1
BGM-06X-3080
1 BSP.F
BGM-06X-2090
1 NPT
5.7(12.6)
BGM-10-20
Rc 1-1/4
BGM-10-3080
1-1/4 BSP.F
BGM-10-2090
1-1/4 NPT
8.4(18.5)
BGM-10X-20
Rc 1-1/2
BGM-10X-3080
1-1/2 BSP.F
BGM-10X-2090
1-1/2 NPT
10.3(22.7)
Option
Models with vent restrictor
The type with a vent restrictor has a vent restrictor in vent types 2B3A and 2B3B added between a relief valve and
a solenoid operated directional valve. If prevents shock to the main circuit by gradually lowering the venting pressure
in the shift from the set pressure to unloading.
Unloading pressure are the same as without a vent restrictor.
A-BS*-*-2B3A
b
A-BS*-*-2B3B
b
Instructions
pipe.
reservoir.
Interchangeability in Installation between Old and New Design.

Design 48 valve is one on which DSG-01, design 70 is mounted as a pilot valve. It is interchangeable with old design
(design 47) with respect to specifications, exterior shape and mounting dimensions.
222
PRESSURE CONTROLS
BST-03-*-*-*-48/4890
BST-06-*-*-*-48/4890
BST-10-*-*-*-48/4890
DIMENSIONS IN
Terminal Box Type
C
Position can be shifted by 90 Steps.
DC/R :204.4(8.05)
AC :196.4(7.73)
47.5 DC/R :102.2(4.02)
(1.87) AC :98.2(3.87)
47.5
(1.87)
D
46
(1.81)
Space Needed to Remove

Solenoid-Each End
DC/R :50(1.97)
AC :45.5(1.79)

"r" Thd. (Both Ends)
INC.
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.

SOL b
Remote Control Port "B"

"W" Thd.
V
Vent Port
"k" Thd.
44(1.73)
Dia.
SOL a
Solenoid Controlled
Relief Valves
"C" SQ.
Solenoid Indicator Light
Two Collars
Tank Port
"X" Thd.
Pressure Port
"X" Thd.
2 Places
"h" Thd.
"E" Sq.
Remote Control Port "A"

"W" Thd.
K
L
F
Fully Extended
H
There are two threaded connection pressure ports. They can be connected each other in-line; one as inlet and the other
as an outlet or the valve can be used by plugging one of the pressure ports.
Model Numbers
BST-03-*-48/4890
BST-06-*-48/4890
BST-10-*-48/4890
75
(2.95)
40
(1.57)
52
(2.05)
78
(3.07)
145
(5.71)
45
(1.77)
90
(3.54)
239.3
(9.42)
68.5
(2.70)
152.5
(6.00)
36
(1.42)
105.5
(4.15)
69
(2.72)
62
(2.44)
85
(3.35)
50
(1.97)
80
(3.15)
96
(3.78)
151
(5.94)
60
(2.36)
120
271.8
89
(4.72) (10.70) (3.50)
164.5
(6.48)
49
(1.93)
117.5
(4.63)
81
(3.19)
74
(2.91)

Design 48
Model Numbers
"W" Thd. "X" Thd. "h" Thd. "k" Thd.
BST-10
"r" Thd. "W" Thd. "X" Thd. "h" Thd. "k" Thd.
Rc 3/8
BST-03
BST-06

Design 4890
Rc 1/8
Rc 3/4
Rc 1-1/4
"r" Thd.
3/8 NPT
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
G 1/2
1/8
NPT
3/4 NPT
1/4
NPT
3/8
NPT
1/2
NPT
1-1/4 NPT
223
Models with Plug-in Connector
DIMENSIONS IN
03
BST-06-*-*-*-N-48/4880/4890
10
DC/R :204.4(8.05)
AC :196.4(7.73)
51
51
(2.01) (2.01)
Remote
Control
Port "B"
"W" Thd.
Design 4880 Only
Pressure
Port
"X" Thd.
2 Places
Vent Port
"k" Thd.
(Rear Side)
NN
SOL b
QQ
SOL a
Model Numbers
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 SQ. in.)

"W" Thd
"h" Thd
Tank Port
"X" Thd.
Position of cable departure can be changed. For details,

refer to DSG-01 valve on page 357.
P
NN
QQ
BST-03-*-A*-N
BST-06-*-A*-N
68.5
(2.70)
105.5
(4.15)
239
(9.41)
158.5
(6.24)
BST-10-*-A*-N
89
(3.50)
117.5 271.5 170.5

(4.63) (10.69) (6.71)
BST-03-*-D*-N
BST-06-*-D*-N
68.5
(2.70)
105.5
(4.15)
BST-10-*-D*-N
89
(3.50)
117.5 282.5 181.5

(4.63) (11.12) (7.15)
BST-03-*-R*-N
BST-06-*-R*-N
68.5
(2.70)
105.5
(4.15)
BST-10-*-R*-N
89
(3.50)
117.5 285.5 174.7

(4.63) (11.24) (6.88)
"W" Thd.
Model Numbers
BST-03-*-*-*-N-4880
BST-06-*-*-*-N-4880
"X" Thd.
250
(9.84)
169.5
(6.67)
253
(9.96)
162.7
(6.41)
n
39
(1.54)
39
(1.54)
53
(2.09)
"h" Thd.
"k" Thd.
1/4 BSP.Tr
3/8 BSP.Tr
3/8 BSP.F
1/8 BSP.F
BST-10-*-*-*-N-4880
3/4 BSP.F
1-1/4 BSP.F
See the installation drawing of terminal box type on page 223 for design 48 and
4890 port thread and other dimensions.
Options - Models with Vent Restrictor

Terminal Box Type
Plug-in Connector Type
03
2B3A
A-BST-06 -*- -48/4880
2B3B *
10
03
2B3A
A-BST-06 -*- -N-48/4880/4890
2B3B *
10
DC/R :102.2(4.02)
AC :98.2(3.87)
DC/R :102.2(4.02)
AC :98.2(3.87)
SOL b
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
A-BST-06
A-BST-10
Terminal Box Type

AC Solenoid
DC Solenoid
NN
QQ
NN
QQ
NN
QQ
68.5 135.5
(2.70) (5.33)
269.3
(10.60)
182.5
(7.19)
269
(10.59)
188.5
(7.42)
280
(11.02)
199.5
(7.85)
283
(11.14)
192.7
(7.59)
89
147.5
(3.50) (5.81)
301.8
(11.88)
194.5
(7.66)
301.5
(11.87)
200.5
(7.89)
312.5
(12.30)
211.5
(8.33)
315.5
(12.42)
204.7
(8.06)
For other dimensions, see the models without vent restrictor type on page 223 and 224.
224
R (AC DC) Solenoid
Model Numbers
A-BST-03
NN
QQ
SOL b
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Mounting surface
BSG-03: ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
BSG-06: ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
BSG-10: ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A
BSG-03-*-*-*-48/4890
BSG-06-*-*-*-48/4890
BSG-10-*-*-*-48/4890
DIMENSIONS IN
Terminal Box Type
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)

Solenoid-Each End
DC/R :50(1.97)
AC :45.5(1.79)
DC/R :204.4(8.05)
AC :196.4(7.73)
47.5 DC/R :102.2(4.02)
(1.87) AC :98.2(3.87)
47.5
(1.87)
D
46
(1.81)

"f" Thd. (Both Ends)
Pressure Adjustment
Handle
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
INC.
Two Collars
SOL b

"d" Thd.
S
44(1.73)
Dia.
SOL a
Solenoid Controlled
Relief Valves
"C" SQ.
X
V

"d" Thd.
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
Vent Port
T
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.

"e" Thd.
6
(.24)
Pressure Port
a
"Y" Dia. Through

"Z" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Tank Port
L
E
N
b
F
H
Fully Extended
J
Model
Numbers
BSG-03
40
57
78
78 145 14.1 41
75
82 225.8 77 130.5 22 83.5 47
40 13.5 21
77
55
(2.95) (1.57) (2.24) (3.07) (3.07) (5.71) (.56) (1.61) (3.23) (8.89) (3.03) (5.14) (.87) (3.29) (1.85) (1.57) (.53) (.83) (2.17) (3.03)
BSG-06
75
40
40
60
78 145 17
52 104 249.8 83.5 148 4.5 101 64.5 57.5 17.5 26
58
38
(2.95) (1.57) (1.57) (2.36) (3.07) (5.71) (.67) (2.05) (4.09) (9.83) (3.29) (5.83) (.18) (3.98) (2.54) (2.26) (.69) (1.02) (1.50) (2.28)
BSG-10
45
47
67
84 146 20.7 62 124 283.8 110 155.5 6 108.5 72
85
65 21.5 32
65
45
(3.35) (1.77) (1.85) (2.64) (3.31) (5.75) (.81) (2.44) (4.88) (11.17) (4.33) (6.12) (.24) (4.27) (2.83) (2.56) (.85) (1.26) (1.77) (2.56)
Model Numbers

Design 48

Design 4890
"d" Thd.
"e" Thd.
"f" Thd.
"d" Thd.
"e" Thd.
"f" Thd.
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
G 1/2
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
1/2 NPT
BSG-03
BSG-06
BSG-10
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see the installation drawing (P. 213) of
the sub-plate used together.
225
03
BSG-06-*-*-*-N-48/4880/4890
10
DC/R :204.4(8.05)
AC :196.4(7.73)
51
51
(2.01) (2.01)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
SOL b
PP
Remote
Control
Port "B"
"d" Thd.
Vent Port
Design 4880 Only
Pressure Port

"d" Thd.
Tank Port
Q
77
BSG-03-*-A*-N (3.03)
83.5
BSG-06-*-A*-N (3.29)
BSG-10-*-A*-N 110
(4.33)
77
BSG-03-*-D*-N
(3.03)
83.5
BSG-06-*-D*-N (3.29)
BSG-10-*-D*-N 110
(4.33)
77
BSG-03-*-R*-N
(3.03)
83.5
BSG-06-*-R*-N (3.29)
BSG-10-*-R*-N 110
(4.33)
SS
SOL a
Model Numbers
Model Numbers

"e" Thd
PP
SS
83.5
(3.29)
101
(3.98)
108.5
(4.27)
83.5
(3.29)
101
(3.98)
108.5
(4.27)
83.5
(3.29)
101
(3.98)
108.5
(4.27)
225.5
(8.88)
249.5
(9.82)
283.5
(11.16)
236.5
(9.31)
260.5
(10.26)
294.5
(11.59)
239.5
(9.43)
263.5
(10.37)
297.5
(11.71)
136.5
(5.37)
154
(6.06)
161.5
(6.36)
147.5
(5.81)
165
(6.50)
172.5
(6.79)
140.7
(5.54)
158.2
(6.23)
165.7
(6.52)
"d" Thd.
"e" Thd.
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
39
(1.54)
39
(1.54)
53
(2.09)
BSG-03-*-*-*-N-4880
BSG-06-*-*-*-N-4880
Position of cable departure can be changed. For details, refer to DSG-01

valve on page 357.
BSG-10-*-*-*-N-4880
See the installation drawing of terminal box type on page
225 for design 48 and 4890 port threads and other
dimensions.
DIMENSIONS IN
Options - Models with Vent Restrictor

Terminal Box Type
03
2B3A
A-BSG-06 -*- -N-48/4880/4890
2B3B *
10
03
2B3A
- -48/4890
A-BSG-06-*2B3B *
10
DC/R :102.2(4.02)
AC :98.2(3.87)
DC/R :102.2(4.02)
AC :98.2(3.87)
SOL b
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
Terminal Box Type

AC Solenoid
DC Solenoid
R (AC DC) Solenoid
PP
SS
PP
SS
PP
SS
A-BSG-03
77
113.5
(3.03) (4.47)
255.8
(10.07)
160.5
(6.32)
255.5
(10.06)
166.5
(6.56)
266.5
(10.49)
177.5
(6.99)
269.5
(10.61)
170.7
(6.72)
A-BSG-06
83.5
131
(3.29) (5.16)
279.8
(11.02)
178
(7.01)
279.5
(11.00)
184
(7.24)
290.5
(11.44)
195
(7.68)
293.5
(11.56)
188.2
(7.41)
A-BSG-10
110 138.5
(4.33) (5.45)
313.8
(12.35)
185.5
(7.30)
313.5
(12.34)
191.5
(7.54)
324.5
(12.78)
202.5
(7.97)
327.5
(12.89)
195.7
(7.70)
Model Numbers
For other dimensions, see the models without vent restrictor type on page 225 and 226.
226
PP
SS
SOL b
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
Threaded Connections
Terminal Box Type
03
BST- 06 -*-*-*-48/4890
10
16 23
10
12
13
15
14
Solenoid Controlled
Relief Valves
7
11
19
2
21
1
9
6
22
3
20
4
5
Option
03
BST- 06 -*-*-*-N-48/4880/4890
10
Models with Vent Restrictor
03
48/4890
A-BST- 06 -*-*-*N-48/4880/4890
10
23
41
SOL a
37
29
18
30
40
31
SOL b
34
28
35
36
Design 4880 Only
40
38
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits

Part Numbers
Name of Parts
21
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
BST-06
22
O-Ring
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P42
BST-10
35
Bonded Seal
SG-FB-1/8
SG-FB-1/8
A-BST-03
38
O-Ring
SO-NB-P8
A-BST-06
40
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
BST-03
BST-06
BST-10
Qty.
Valve Model Numbers
Item
The O-Rings for Item 38,40 are used only for the models with the vent
restrictor.
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table
right. In addition to the above seals, seals for the pilot valves are included
in the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve seals, see the page 359.
BST-03
A-BST-10
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-BST-03-48
KS-BST-10-48
KS-A-BST-03-48
KS-A-BST-10-48
Pilot Valves
See page 229 for the pilot valve model numbers to be
used.
227
Spare Parts List
Sub-plate Mounting
Terminal Box Type
03
BSG- 06 -*-*-*-48/4890
10
16
26
10 12 13 15 14
8
7
11
19
2
22
21
24
25
20
23
Option
Models with Vent Restrictor
03
BSG- 06 -*-*-*-N-48/4880/4890
10
03
48/4890
A-BSG- 06 -*-*-*N-48/4880/4890
10
26
41
37 29 18 30 40 35
28
31
36
32
40
38
Design 4880 Only
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
21
22
List of Seal Kits

Part Numbers
Qty.
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
BSG-03
KS-BSG-03-48
BSG-03
BSG-06
BSG-10
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
BSG-06
KS-BSG-06-48
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
BSG-10
KS-BSG-10-48
23
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
A-BSG-03
KS-A-BSG-03-48
24
O-Ring
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P42
A-BSG-06
KS-A-BSG-06-48
32
Bonded Seal
SG-FB-1/8
SG-FB-1/8
SG-FB-1/8
A-BSG-10
KS-A-BSG-10-48
38
O-Ring
SO-NB-P8
40
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
The O-Rings for item 38, 40 are used only for the models with the vent
restrictor.
Pilot Valves
used.
right. In addition to the above seals, seals for the pilot valves are included
in the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve seals, see page 359.
228
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
List of Pilot Valves
Terminal Box Type
Pilot Valve
Model Numbers
Valve Model Numbers
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -4890
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -4890
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -4890
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -4890
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -4890
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -4890
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -N-48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -N-48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -N-48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -N-48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -N-48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -N-48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -N-4880
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -N-4880
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -N-4880
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -N-4880
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -N-4880
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -N-4880
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -N-4890
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -N-4890
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -N-4890
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -N-4890
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -N-4890
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -N-4890
Note: 1. Fill a coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked

2. For the details of the pilot valves, see page 359.
DSG-01-2B3A-
-70
DSG-01-2B3B-
-70
DSG-01-2B2B-
-70
DSG-01-2B2-
-70
DSG-01-3C2-
-70
DSG-01-3C3-
-70
DSG-01-2B3A-
-7090
DSG-01-2B3B-
-7090
DSG-01-2B2B-
-7090
DSG-01-2B2-
-7090
DSG-01-3C2-
-7090
DSG-01-3C3-
-7090
DSG-01-2B3A-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B3B-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B2B-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B2-
-N-70
DSG-01-3C2-
-N-70
DSG-01-3C3-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B3A-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B3B-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B2B-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B2-
-N-70
DSG-01-3C2-
-N-70
DSG-01-3C3-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B3A-
-N-7090
DSG-01-2B3B-
-N-7090
DSG-01-2B2B-
-N-7090
DSG-01-2B2-
-N-7090
DSG-01-3C2-
-N-7090
DSG-01-3C3-
-N-7090
Remarks
C
Solenoid Controlled
Relief Valves
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
229

The low-noise solenoid controlled relief valve is a combination of a low-noise type pilot operated relief valve and a
solenoid operated directional valve. It is used for no-load pump operation by using electric signals or, together with a
remote control relief valve, for two or three pressure control of the hydraulic system.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Approx. Mass
Pressure
Adj. Range
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
S-BSG-03-*-*-*-*-53*
S-BSG-06-*-*-*-*-53*
25 (3630)
- 25
- 3630)
S-BSG-10-*-*-*-*-53*
kg (lbs.)
Double Sol.
Single Sol.
With Vent
Restrictor
100 (26.4)
6.0 (13.2)
5.5 (12.1)
6.5 (14.3)
200 (52.8)
6.9 (15.2)
6.4 (14.1)
7.4 (16.3)
400 (106)
12.6 (27.8)
12.1 (26.7)
12.9 (28.4)
For relief valves, low-noise type pilot operated relief valves are used.
For minimum adjustment pressures and other characteristics, see page 218.

F-
A-
Special
Seals
With
Vent
Restrictor
F:
Special
Seals
for
Phosphate
Ester
Type
Fluids
(Omit
if not
required)
A: 1
With
Vent
Restrictor
(OptionOmit
if not
required)
SLow
Noise
Type
BS
Series
Number
G
Type
of
Mtg.
-03
-V
Valve
size
High
Venting
Pres.
Feature
-2B3A -A100
Vent
Type
03
S:
Low
Noise
Type
BS:
Solenoid
Controlled
Relief
Valves
G:
Sub
-plate
Mtg.
06
10
Coil
Type
3
2
V:
For High
Venting
Pressure
Feature
(Omit if
not
required)
2B3A
2B3B
2B2B
2B2
3C2
3C3
AC:
A100
A120
A200
A240
DC:
D12
D24
D48
AC
DC:
R100
R200
-N
-L
53
Type of
Electrical
Connections
Direction
of
Handle
Design
Number
Design Standards
None:
Terminal
Box Type
N:
With
Plug-in
Connector
(DIN)
Viewed
from
pressure
gauge
connection
L: Left
(Normal)
None:
Japanese Std. "JIS"
53
90:
N. American
Design Std.
R: Right
N:
With
Plug-in
Connector
(DIN)
80:
European Design
Std.
1. Models with vent restrictor are applicable only for the vent type 2B3A and 2B3B. For details, see page 231.
2. Use high venting pressure types to reduce response time from unloading to onloading.
3. The vent types are the same as for the conventional type solenoid controlled relief valves. For the details of the vent types, see page 221.
4. The coil codes are the same as for solenoid operated directional valve DSG-01 valve. See the solenoid ratings on page 345.
230
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Option
Models with vent restrictor
The type with a vent restrictor has a vent restrictor in vent types 2B3A and 2B3B added between a relief valve and a
solenoid operated directional valve. It prevents shock to the main circuit by gradually lowering the venting pressure
in the shift from the setting pressure to unloading.
Unloading pressures are the same as without a vent restrictor.
A-S-BSG-*-2B3B
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
S-BSG-03
S-BSG-06
S-BSG-10

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
BGM-03-20
Rc 3/8
BGM-03-3080
3/8 BSP.F
BGM-03-2090
3/8 NPT
2.4(5.3)
BGM-03X-20
Rc 1/2
BGM-03X-3080
1/2 BSP.F
BGM-03X-2090
1/2 NPT
3.1(6.8)
BGM-06-20
Rc 3/4
BGM-06-3080
3/4 BSP.F
BGM-06-2090
3/4 NPT
4.7(10.4)
BGM-06X-20
Rc 1
BGM-06X-3080
1 BSP.F
BGM-06X-2090
1 NPT
5.7(12.6)
BGM-10-20
Rc 1-1/4
BGM-10-3080
1-1/4 BSP.F
BGM-10-2090
1-1/4 NPT
8.4(18.5)
BGM-10X-20
Rc 1-1/2
BGM-10X-3080
1-1/2 BSP.F
BGM-10X-2090
1-1/2 NPT
10.3(22.7)
Low Noise Type

A-S-BSG-*-2B3A
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model
Numbers

Qty.
S-BSG-03
M12
40 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC
1-1/2 Lg.
S-BSG-06
M16
50 Lg.
5/8-11 UNC
2 Lg.
S-BSG-10
M20
60 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC
2-1/4 Lg.
Instructions
pipe.
reservoir.
Interchangeability in Installation between Old and New Design.

Design 53 valve is one on which DSG-01, design 70 is mounted as a pilot valve. It is interchangeable with old design
(design 52) with respect to specifications, exterior shape and mounting dimensions.
231
Mounting surface
S-BSG-03: ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
S-BSG-06: ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
S-BSG-10: ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A
Terminal Box Type

Opposite Handle Position
S-BSG-
03
- - - - -R-53/5390
06 * * * *
03
- - - - -L-53/5390
06 * * * *
S-BSG-10-*-*-*-*-53/5390
S-BSG-
"N" Dia. Through

"P" Dia. Spotface
4 Places

Fully Extended h
Pressure Port
Fully Extended
J
m
Tank Port
Note: For other dimensions, see the figures shown below.
L
Design Std. Thd. Size

53
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
5390

Solenoid-Each End
DC/R :50(1.97)
AC :45.5(1.79)
DC/R :54.7(2.15)
AC :50.7(2.00)
46
(1.81)
Both Ends
Vent Port

"nn" Thd.
DC/R :204.4(8.05)
AC :196.4(7.73)
95
(3.74)
Manual Actuator
Both Ends
6(.24) Dia.
Remote Control
Port "A"
"ff" Thd.
44(1.73)
Dia.
Remote Control
Port "B"
"ff" Thd.
Two Collars
Pressure Adjustment
Handle
6
(.24)
INC.
Model
Numbers
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Z
d
C
76 53.8 11.1 26.9 53.8 73.6 26.9 13.5 21 216.8 198.5 151.5 117 103 21.5 17.1 36.6 106 26.1 13 163.5 127.4 36.1
S-BSG-03
(2.99) (2.12) (.44) (1.06) (2.12) (2.90) (1.06) (.53) (.83) (8.54) (7.81) (5.96) (4.61) (4.06) (.85) (.67) (1.44) (4.17) (1.03) (.51) (6.44) (5.02) (1.42)
S-BSG-06
98 70 14 35 66.7 58.8 33.7 17.5 26 216.8 198.5 151.5 117 103 26 31.9 51.4 122 19.3 13 163.5 142.2 21.3
(3.86) (2.76) (.55) (1.38) (2.63) (2.31) (1.33) (.69) (1.02) (8.54) (7.81) (5.96) (4.61) (4.06) (1.02) (1.26) (2.02) (4.80) (.76) (.51) (6.44) (5.60) (.84)
S-BSG-10
120 82.6 18.7 41.3 88.9 46.1 44.9 21.5 32 251.8 233.5 186.5 149 135 33.5 43.2 62.7 155 21.1 18 180
(4.72) (3.25) (.74) (1.63) (3.50) (1.81) (1.77) (.85) (1.26) (9.91) (9.19) (7.34) (5.87) (5.31) (1.32) (1.70) (2.47) (6.10) (.83) (.71) (7.09)
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
S-BSG-03
S-BSG-06
S-BSG-10
AC Solenoid
DC/R Solenoid
71.3
(2.81)
56.5
(2.22)
44.3
(1.74)
161.2
(6.35)
161.2
(6.35)
75.3
(2.96)
60.5
(2.38)
48.3
(1.90)
165.2
(6.50)
165.2
(6.50)
For the port screws, see the Plug-in Connector type on page 233.
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see the installation drawing (P. 213) of the
sub-plate used together.
232
DIMENSIONS IN
PRESSURE CONTROLS
03
S-BSG- -*-*-*-N-L-53/5380/5390
06
S-BSG-10-*-*-*-N-L-53/5380/5390
DIMENSIONS IN
aa
bb
102
(4.02)
cc
SS
QQ
Design 5380 Only

"ff" Thd.
Remote
Control
Port "A"
"ff" Thd.

"nn" Thd.
Position of cable departure can be changed. For details, refer to DSG-01 valve on page 357.
Model Numbers
L
QQ
SS
S-BSG-03-*-*-A*-N
71.3
(2.81)
216.5
(8.52)
204.5
(8.05)
151.5
(5.96)
S-BSG-06-*-*-A*-N
56.5
(2.22)
216.5
(8.52)
204.5
(8.05)
151.5
(5.96)
S-BSG-10-*-*-A*-N
44.3
(1.74)
251.5
(9.90)
239.5
(9.43)
186.5
(7.34)
S-BSG-03-*-*-D*-N
75.3
(2.96)
227.5
(8.96)
215.5
(8.48)
151.5
(5.96)
S-BSG-06-*-*-D*-N
60.5
(2.38)
227.5
(8.96)
215.5
(8.48)
151.5
(5.96)
S-BSG-10-*-*-D*-N
48.3
(1.90)
262.5
(10.33)
250.5
(9.86)
186.5
(7.34)
S-BSG-03-*-*-R*-N
75.3
(2.96)
230.5
(9.07)
208.7
(8.22)
151.5
(5.96)
S-BSG-06-*-*-R*-N
60.5
(2.38)
230.5
(9.07)
208.7
(8.22)
151.5
(5.96)
S-BSG-10-*-*-R*-N
48.3
(1.90)
265.5
(10.45)
243.7
(9.59)
186.5
(7.34)
Low Noise Type

Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Remarks
aa
bb
cc
196.4
(7.73)
47.2
(1.86)
39
(1.54)
With AC Solenoid
204.4
(8.05)
51.2
(2.02)
39
(1.54)
With DC Solenoid
204.4
(8.05)
51.2
(2.02)
53
(2.09)
With AC DC
Solenoid
Thread Size
Model Numbers

Design 53

Design 5380

Design 5390
"ff" Thd.
"nn" Thd.
"ff" Thd.
"nn" Thd.
"ff" Thd.
"nn" Thd.
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
S-BSG-03-*-*-*-N
S-BSG-06-*-*-*-N
S-BSG-10-*-*-*-N
233
Options-Models with Vent Restrictor
DIMENSIONS IN
Terminal Box Type
03
- - - -N-L-53/5380/5390
06 * * *
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-*-N-53/5380/5390
A-S-BSG-
03
A-S-BSG- -*-*-*-L-53/5390
06
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-*-53/5390
Model Numbers
A-S-BSG-03-*-*-A*/D*/R*-L
A-S-BSG-06-*-*-A*/D*/R*-L
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-A*/D*/R*
A-S-BSG-03-*-*-A*-N-L
246.8(9.72)
228.5(9.00)
181.5(7.15)
281.8(11.09)
263.5(10.37)
216.5(8.52)
246.5(9.70)
234.5(9.23)
181.5(7.15)
281.5(11.08)
269.5(10.61)
216.5(8.52)
257.5(10.14)
245.5(9.67)
181.5(7.15)
292.5(11.52)
280.5(11.04)
216.5(8.52)
260.5(10.26)
238.7(9.40)
181.5(7.15)
295.5(11.63)
273.7(10.78)
216.5(8.52)
A-S-BSG-06-*-*-A*-N-L
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-A*-N
A-S-BSG-03-*-*-D*-N-L
A-S-BSG-06-*-*-D*-N-L
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-D*-N
A-S-BSG-03-*-*-R*-N-L
A-S-BSG-06-*-*-R *-N-L
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-R*-N
234
Remarks
Terminal Box Type
Plug-in Connector
with AC Solenoid
Plug-in Connector
with DC Solenoid
Plug-in Connector
with R Type Solenoid
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
Terminal Box Type
S-BSG-03,06,10-*-*-*-53/5390
S-BSG-03,06,10-*-*-*-N-53/5380/5390
33
33
26
13
21
14
19
22
12
11
15
31
25
24
30
Low Noise Type

10
4
1
6 23 28 17 34 3 29 28 16 27 18
43
2
42
32
19
Design 5380 Only
*-S-BSG-10
Option-Models with Vent Restrictor
A-S-BSG-03,06,10-*-*-*-53/5390
N-53/5380/5390
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Item
Name of Parts
25
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
26
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
27
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
28
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
29
O-Ring
SO-NB-A024
SO-NB-A024
SO-NB-A128
30
O-Ring
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P36
31
O-Ring
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P42
32
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
38
O-Ring
40
O-Ring
43
Bonded Seal
S-BSG-03
S-BSG-06
S-BSG-10
SO-NB-P14
SG-FB-1/8
35
30 40 28
29 18
38 37 41
40 36
SO-NB-P8
SG-FB-1/8
Qty.
SG-FB-1/8
The O-Rings for item 38, 40 are used only for the models with the vent restrictor.
right. In addition to the above seals, seals for the pilot valves are included in
the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve seals, see page 359.
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
S-BSG-03
KS-S-BSG-03-53
S-BSG-06
KS-S-BSG-06-53
S-BSG-10
KS-S-BSG-10-53
A-S-BSG-03
KS-A-S-BSG-03-53
A-S-BSG-06
KS-A-S-BSG-06-53
A-S-BSG-10
KS-A-S-BSG-10-53
Pilot Valves
used.
235
Spare Parts List

Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Terminal Box Type
Pilot Valve
Model Numbers
Valve Model Numbers
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -53
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -53
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -53
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -53
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -53
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -53
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -5390
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -5390
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -5390
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -5390
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -5390
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -5390
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -N-53
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -N-53
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -N-53
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -N-53
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -N-53
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -N-53
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -N-5380
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -N-5380
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -N-5380
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -N-5380
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -N-5380
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -N-5380
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -N-5390
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -N-5390
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -N-5390
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -N-5390
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -N-5390
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -N-5390
DSG-01-2B3A-
-70
DSG-01-2B3B-
-70
DSG-01-2B2B-
-70
DSG-01-2B2-
-70
DSG-01-3C2-
-70
DSG-01-3C3-
-70
DSG-01-2B3A-
-7090
DSG-01-2B3B-
-7090
DSG-01-2B2B-
-7090
DSG-01-2B2-
-7090
DSG-01-3C2-
-7090
DSG-01-3C3-
-7090
DSG-01-2B3A-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B3B-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B2B-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B2-
-N-70
DSG-01-3C2-
-N-70
DSG-01-3C3-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B3A-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B3B-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B2B-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B2-
-N-70
DSG-01-3C2-
-N-70
DSG-01-3C3-
-N-70
DSG-01-2B3A-
-N-7090
DSG-01-2B3B-
-N-7090
DSG-01-2B2B-
-N-7090
DSG-01-2B2-
-N-7090
DSG-01-3C2-
-N-7090
DSG-01-3C3-
-N-7090
2. For the details of the pilot valves, see page 359.
236
Remarks
PRESSURE CONTROLS
H/HC Type Pressure Control Valves

These valves are hydraulically damped, direct operated, pressure control valves which can be actuated by internal or
external pilot pressure.
HC Type Pressure Control Valves
There are various types of valve including sequence,

unloading and low pressure relief valves, all of which
are operated by a pressure rise in the circuit, sensed
either internally or remotely.
They are available with integral check valves for use

when free reverse flow from secondary port to the
primary port is desired. There are various types of
valve including sequence and counterbalance valves, all
of which are operated by a pressure rise in the circuit,
sensed either internally or remotely.
C
H / HC Type
Pressure Control Valves
H Type Pressure Control Valves
Specifications
Model Numbers
Series
Threaded
Connection
Sub-plate
Mounting
HT-03-**-*-22/2280/2290
H Type Pressure
Control Valves
HT-06-**-*-22/2280/2290
HC Type Pressure
Control Valves
Max. Oper- Max. Flow

L/ m i n
ating Pres.
MPa (PSI) ( U . S . G P M )
50 (13.2)
HG-03-**-*-22/2290
HG-06-**-*-22/2290
HT-10-**-*-22/2280/2290
HG-10-**-*-22/2290
HCT-03-**-*-22/2280/2290
HCG-03-**-*-22/2290
HCT-06-**-*-22/2280/2290
HCG-06-**-*-22/2290
HCT-10-**-*-22/2280/2290
HCG-10-**-*-22/2290
21(3050)
Sub-plate
Mounting
3.7 (8.2)
4.0 (8.8)
125 (33)
6.2 (13.7)
6.1 (13.5)
250 (66)
12.0 (26.5)
11.0 (24.3)
4.1 (9.0)
4.8 (10.6)
125 (33)
7.1 (15.7)
7.4 (16.3)
250 (66)
13.8 (30.4)
13.8 (30.4)
50 (13.2)
21(3050)

Threaded
Connection
For check valve pressure drops of HC type, see free flow pressure drop characteristics described on page 247.
Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described below.

For details, contact us.
Model Numbers
HF/HCF-10-**-*-22/2290
HF/HCF-16-**-*-20/2090
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
21
(3050)
500(132)
250(66)
H / HC Type Pressure Control Valves
237

FSpecial
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Mounting
-03
-C
Valve
Size
Pres. Adj.
Range
MPa (PSI)
3
1
Valve
Type
-P
-22
With
Auxiliary
Pilot Pressure
Design
Number
Design Standards
03
F:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
Ester
Type
Fluids
(Omit if
not
required)
H:
H Type
Pressure
Control
Valves
T:
Threaded
Connection
22
06
10
03
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
L: 0.25 - 0.45
(36 - 65)
M:0.45 - 0.9
(65 - 130)
N: 0.9 - 1.8
(130- 260)
A: 1.8 - 3.5
(260- 510)
B: 3.5 - 7.0
(510- 1020)
C: 7.0 - 14
(1020 - 2030)
06
10
03
HC:
HC Type
Pressure
Control
Valves
T:
Threaded
Connection
06
10
03
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
22
22
22
22
P:
With
Auxiliary
Pilot
Pressure
22
1
2
22
22
22
10
None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &

22
22
06

22


1. For the details of valve types, see the following page.

2. Type 1 is only possible for pressure adjustment ranges L and M.
3. Models with auxiliary pilots are used where valves must be operated under a lower external pilot pressure than the adjusted pressure (types N, A,
and B: about 1/8 of adjusted pressure; type C: about 1/16). This does not apply to pressure adjustment ranges L and M and valve type 1.
Instructions
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the pressure adjustment screw slowly clockwise to increase pressures
or anti-clockwise to decrease pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Connect the secondary side pressure ports of types 1 and 4 (internal drain) and the drain ports of types 2 and 3 (external
drain) directly to the reservoir with a back pressure close to the atmospheric pressure.
There are two threaded connection primary pressure ports. They can be connected each other in-line; one as inlet and
the other as an outlet or the valve can be used by plugging one of the pressure ports.
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
N.American Design Standard

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
HG -03**
HCG
HGM-03-20
Rc 3/8
HGM-03-2080
3/8 BSP.F
HGM-03-2090
3/8 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
HGM-03X-20
Rc 1/2
HGM-03X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
HGM-03X-2090
1/2 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
HG -03- -P
**
HCG
HGM-03-P-20
Rc 3/8
HGM-03-P-2080
3/8 BSP.F
HGM-03-P-2090
3/8 NPT
2.0 (4.4)
HGM-03X-P-20
Rc 1/2
HGM-03X-P-2080
1/2 BSP.F
HGM-03X-P-2090
1/2 NPT
2.0 (4.4)
HG -06**
HCG
HGM-06-20
Rc 3/4
HGM-06-2080
3/4 BSP.F
HGM-06-2090
3/4 NPT
2.4 (5.3)
HGM-06X-20
Rc 1
HGM-06X-2080
1 BSP.F
HGM-06X-2090
1 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
HG -06- -P
**
HCG
HGM-06-P-20
Rc 3/4
HGM-06-P-2080
3/4 BSP.F
HGM-06-P-2090
3/4 NPT
2.4 (5.3)
HGM-06X-P-20
Rc 1
HGM-06X-P-2080
1 BSP.F
HGM-06X-P-2090
1 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
HG -10**
HCG
HGM-10-20
Rc 1-1/4
HGM-10-2080
1-1/4 BSP.F
HGM-10-2090
1-1/4 NPT
4.8 (10.6)
HGM-10X-20
Rc 1-1/2
HGM-10X-2080
1-1/2 BSP.F
HGM-10X-2090
1-1/2 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
HG -10- -P
**
HCG
HGM-10-P-20
Rc 1-1/4
HGM-10-P-2080
1-1/4 BSP.F
HGM-10-P-2090
1-1/4 NPT
4.8 (10.6)
HGM-10X-P-20
Rc 1-1/2
HGM-10X-P-2080
1-1/2 BSP.F
HGM-10X-P-2090
1-1/2 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have
a good machined finish.
238
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model
Numbers

Qty.
HG-03
M10
50 Lg.
3/8 -16 UNC
2 Lg.
HG-06
M10
50 Lg.
3/8 -16 UNC
2 Lg.
HG-10
M10
50 Lg.
2 Lg.
HCG-03
M10
70 Lg.
3/8 -16 UNC
2-3/4 Lg.
HCG-06
M10
80 Lg.
3/8 -16 UNC
3-1/4 Lg.
HCG-10
M10
90 Lg.
3/8 -16 UNC
3-1/2 Lg.
3/8 -16 UNC
H Type
Valve Type
Pilot-Drain Type
Type 1:
Low Pres. Relief Valve
Internal Pilot-Internal Drain
Type 2:
Sequence Valve
Internal Pilot-External Drain
Type 3:
Sequence Valve
External Pilot-External Drain
Type 4:
Unloading Valve
External Pilot-Internal Drain
Operations
1
8
1
8
Graphic Symbols
With auxiliary
pilot port
Description
H / HC Type
Valve Types
1
8
With auxiliary
pilot port
With auxiliary
pilot port
Can be used as lowpressure relief valve, but

be careful to occurrence of
surge pressure.
Used to control the

operational sequence of two
or more actuators. If
primary pressure exceeds
the pressure setting,
effective fluid is delivered
to the secondary side.
Used for the same

purpose as for the type 2.
Operated by external pilot
pressure irrespective of
primary pressure.
Used as unloading valve.

If external pilot pressure
exceeds the pressure
setting, the pump is turned
no-load by releasing all
fluid to the tank.
Type 1:
Counterbalance Valve
Type 2:
Sequence and Check Valve
Type 3:
Sequence and Check Valve
Type 4:
Counterbalance Valve
HC Type
Valve Type
Pilot-Drain Type
Operations
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
Graphic Symbols
With auxiliary
pilot port
Descriptions
Used to prevent gravitational falls by generating a

pressure on the actuator
return side. If primary
pressure exceeds the
pressure setting, fluid is
released to keep the pressure
constant.
With auxiliary
pilot port
With auxiliary
pilot port
With auxiliary
pilot port
Used to control the

operating sequence of two
or more actuators. If
primary pressure exceeds
the pressure setting,
effective fluid is delivered
to the secondary side.
Reversed flow is free by
a check valve.
Used for the same purpose

as for type 2. Operated by
external pilot pressure
irrespective of primary
pressure. Reversed flow is
free by a check valve.
Used for the same purpose

as for type 1. Operated by
external pilot pressure
irrespective of primary
pressure. Reversed flow is
free by a check valve.
239
HT-03, 06, 10-**-*-22/2280/2290
DIMENSIONS IN
Type 3: Sequence Valve

(External Pilot, External Drain)
Thread Size
Model Numbers
"Q" Thd.
"T" Thd.
HT-06, 22
Rc 3/4
HT-10, 22
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
HT-03, 2280
3/8 BSP.F
HT-06, 2280
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
HT-10, 2280
1-1/4 BSP.F
HT-03, 2290
3/8 NPT
HT-06, 2290
3/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
HT-10, 2290
1-1/4 NPT
"C"SQ.
"S" Thd.
Rc 3/8
HT-03, 22
Pressure Adjustment
Screw
10 (.39) Hex.
INC.
Lock Nut
13 (.51) Hex.
Drain Port
"S" Thd.
Fully Extended E
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd.
Secondary Pressure
Outlet Port
"Q" Thd.
Primary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd.
Primary Pressure Inlet Port

"Q" Thd. 2 Places
External pilot port "X"
"S" Thd.
Model Numbers
Aux. Pilot Port "Y"

"S" Thd.
(For "P" models only)
A
HT-03
41
(1.61)
82
(3.23)
60
(2.36)
74
(2.91)
191
(7.52)
57
(2.24)
43
(1.69)
70
(2.76)
0
(0)
28
(1.10)
28
(1.10)
HT-06
48
(1.89)
96
(3.78)
73
(2.87)
87
(3.43)
221
(8.70)
64.5
(2.54)
50.5
(1.99)
80.5
(3.17)
9
(.35)
33
(1.30)
42
(1.65)
HT-10
66
(2.60)
132
(5.20)
86
(3.39)
112
272
84
(4.41) (10.71) (3.31)
66
(2.60)
98
(3.86)
12
(.47)
40
(1.57)
52
(2.05)
Type 1: Low Pressure Relief Valve

(Internal Pilot, Internal Drain)

Type 4: Unloading Valve
(Internal Pilot, External Drain)
(External Pilot, Internal Drain)
Plug
Plug
Drain Port
Plug
240
Plug
External Pilot
Port
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Mounting Surface
HG-03: ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
HG-06: ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
HG-03, 06-**-*-22/2290

"A" SQ.
Pressure Adjustment Screw

10 (.39) Hex.
INC.
Lock Nut
13 (.51) Hex.
Secondary Pressure
Outlet Port
Drain Port
Fully Extended F

17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
6(.24)
Drain Port
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
External Pilot Port "X"

J
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Aux. Pilot Port "Y"

Model Numbers
Primary Pressure
Inlet Port

A
HG-03
60
(2.36)
67
(2.64)
35
(1.38)
39
(1.54)
89
(3.50)
191
(7.52)
49.6
(1.95)
38
(1.50)
HG-06
73
(2.87)
79
(3.11)
40
(1.57)
39
(1.54)
102
(4.02)
221
(8.70)
51
(2.01)
38
(1.50)
Mounting Surface
ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
HG-10-**-*-22/2290
86(3.39) SQ.
External Pilot
Port

DIMENSIONS IN
46
(1.81)
39
(1.54)

92
(3.62)
H / HC Type


10(.39) Hex.

INC.
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
Secondary Pressure
Outlet Port
Drain Port
Drain Port
Fully Extended
272(10.71)

4 Places
6 (.24)
62
(2.44)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Aux. Pilot Port "Y"


Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)

119
(4.69)
38
(1.50)
External Pilot
Port
241
HCT-03, 06, 10-**-*-22/2280/2209
DIMENSIONS IN
Type 3: Sequence and Check Valve

Thread Size
Model Numbers
"Q" Thd.
"C"SQ.
A
10 (.39) Hex.
INC.
"S" Thd.
"T" Thd.
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
Rc 3/8
HCT-03, 22
HCT-06, 22
Rc 3/4
HCT-10, 22
Rc 1-1/4
HCT-03, 2280
3/8 BSP.F
HCT-06, 2280
3/4 BSP.F
HCT-10, 2280
1-1/4 BSP.F
HCT-03, 2290
3/8 NPT
HCT-06, 2290
3/4 NPT
HCT-10, 2290
1-1/4 NPT
Lock Nut
13 (.51) Hex.
Drain Port
"S" Thd.
K
F
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd.
Fully Extended "E"
Secondary Pressure Outlet Port

or Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port
"Q" Thd.
Primary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd.

or Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
"Q" Thd. 2 Places

"S" Thd.
Model Numbers
Aux. Pilot Port "Y"

"S" Thd.
A
HCT-03
41
(1.61)
82
(3.23)
60
(2.36)
96
(3.78)
191
(7.52)
57
(2.24)
43
(1.69)
70
(2.76)
0
(0)
28
(1.10)
28
(1.10)
HCT-06
48
(1.89)
96
(3.78)
73
(2.87)
116
(4.57)
221
(8.70)
64.5
(2.54)
50.5
(1.99)
80.5
(3.17)
9
(.35)
33
(1.30)
42
(1.65)
HCT-10
66
(2.60)
132
(5.20)
86
(3.39)
152
272
84
(5.98) (10.71) (3.31)
66
(2.60)
98
(3.86)
12
(.47)
40
(1.57)
52
(2.05)
Type 1: Counterbalance Valve

Type 2: Sequence and Check Valve Type 4: Counterbalance Valve
Plug
Plug
Drain Port
Plug
242
Plug
External Pilot
Port
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Mounting Surface
HCG-03: ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
HCG-06: ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
HCG-03, 06-**-*-22/2290

10 (.39) Hex.
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
INC.


Fully Extended "F"
Drain Port
4 Places
6(.24)
Drain Port
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.

J
Mounting
Surface
(O-Rings
Furnished)
Auxiliary Pilot Port

Model Numbers

or Reversed Free Flow
Outlet Port
A
HCG-03
90
(3.54)
59
(2.32)
35
(1.38)
60
(2.36)
89
(3.50)
191
(7.52)
49.6
(1.95)
58
(2.28)
HCG-06
108
(4.25)
69
(2.72)
40
(1.57)
73
(2.87)
102
(4.02)
221
(8.70)
51
(2.01)
68
(2.68)
Mounting Surface
ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
HCG-10-**-*-22/2290
External Pilot
Port

DIMENSIONS IN
86 (3.39) SQ.
79
(3.11)
46
(1.81)
132
(5.20)

H / HC Type
"D" SQ.




10(.39) Hex.
INC.
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.

Drain Port
Drain Port
Fully Extended
272(10.71)

6 Places
6 (.24)

Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
62
(2.44)
Mounting
Surface
(O-Rings
Furnished)
Auxiliary Pilot Port

119
(4.69)

Outlet Port
78
(3.07)
External Pilot
Port
243
HGM-03-20/2080/2090
HGM-03X-20/2080/2090
32
(1.26)

4 Places
1.7
(.07)
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep

For Locating Pin
7.1
(.28)
21
(.83)
10
(.39)
102
(4.02)
82
(3.23)
61
(2.40)
10
(.39)
13(.51) Dia.
2 Places
90
(3.54)
70
(2.76)
21.4
(.84)
31.8
(1.25)
23.5 35.7
(.93) (1.41)
19.5 42.8
(.77) (1.69)
90
(3.54)
"A"Thd.
2 Places
"B"Thd.
2 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
4(.16) Dia.
2 Places
"C" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
4 Places
7.9
(.31)
33.3
(1.31)
58.7
(2.31)
66.7
(2.63)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"A" Thd.
HGM-03-20
Rc 3/8
HGM-03X-20
Rc 1/2
HGM-03-2080
3/8 BSP.F
HGM-03X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
HGM-03-2090
3/8 NPT
HGM-03X-2090
1/2 NPT
"B" Thd.
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/4
M10
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
3/8-16 UNC
With Auxiliary Pilot Pressure Port

HGM-03-P-20/2080/2090
HGM-03X-P-20/2080/2090
10
(.39)
11.5
(.45)
36
(1.42)
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
13(.51) Dia.
2 Places
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
For Locating Pin
7.1
(.28)
53.5
(2.11)
28.5
(1.12)
F
102
(4.02)
82
(3.23)
E
"B"Thd.
3 Places
"A"Thd.
2 Places
21.4
(.84)
31.8
(1.25)
35.7
(1.41)
19.5 42.8
(.77) (1.69)
10
(.39)
90
(3.54)
70
(2.76)
D
"C"Thd. 20(.79) Deep 4 Places

4(.16) Dia.
3 Places
1.7
(.07)
7.9
(.31)
11
(.43)
33.3
(1.31)
58.7
(2.31)
66.7
(2.63)

14(.55) Dia. Spotface 4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"A" Thd.
HGM-03-P-20
Rc 3/8
HGM-03X-P-20
Rc 1/2
Thread Size
"B" Thd.
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/4
M 10
35
(1.38)
69.5
(2.74)
12.5
(.49)
41
(1.61)
67.5
(2.66)
14.5
(.57)
35
(1.38)
69.5
(2.74)
12.5
(.49)
HGM-03-P-2080
3/8 BSP.F
HGM-03X-P-2080
1/2 BSP.F
41
(1.61)
67.5
(2.66)
14.5
(.57)
HGM-03-P-2090
3/8 NPT
35
(1.38)
69.5
(2.74)
12.5
(.49)
HGM-03X-P-2090
1/2 NPT
41
(1.61)
67.5
(2.66)
14.5
(.57)
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
244
D
E
F
3/8-16 UNC
PRESSURE CONTROLS
HGM-06-20/2080/2090
HGM-06-P-20/2080/2090
22(.87) Dia.
2 Places
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
5(.20) Dia. 2 Places
F
"D" Thd.
110
(4.33)
C
7
(.28)
22
(.87)
11.1
(.44)
20.6
(.81)
39
(1.54)
27
(1.06)
39.7
(1.56)
44.5
(1.75)
49.2
(1.94)
60.3
(2.37)
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep

For Locating Pin
"C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep

4 Places
6.4
(.25)
14
(.55)
"HGM-06-P"
39.7
Auxiliary Pilot Pressure
(1.56)
Models Only
73
(2.87)
11.3
79.4
(.44)
(3.13)
4(.16) Dia.

4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
HGM-06-20
HGM-06-P-20
HGM-06-2080
HGM-06-P-2080
HGM-06-2090
HGM-06-P-2090
Thread Size
"A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd.
E
F
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
M10
3/4
BSP.F
1/4
BSP.F
3/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
HGM-06X-20/2080/2090
HGM-06X-P-20/2080/2090
102
(4.02)
75
(2.95)
4(.16) Dia.
"HGM-06X-P"
Models Only
1/4 NPT
3 (.12)
61.7 (2.43)
6.4 (.25)
64 (2.52)
3 (.12)
61.7 (2.43)
6.4 (.25)
64 (2.52)
3 (.12)
130
(5.12)
22
(.87)
11.1
(.44)
20.6
(.81)
39.7
(1.56)
44.5
(1.75)
49.2
(1.94)
60.3
(2.37)
14
(.55)
3/8-16
UNC
6.4 (.25)
64 (2.52)
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
22(.87) Dia.
2 Places
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
For Locating Pin
F
"D" Thd.
1/4
BSP.F
61.7 (2.43)
45
(1.77)
39
(1.54)
J
16
(.63)
136
(5.35)
104
(4.09)
H
"A"Thd.
2 Places
"B"Thd.
2 Places 11.3
(.44)
Rc 1/4
H / HC Type
102
(4.02)
10
(.39)
124
(4.88)
104
(4.09)
77
(3.03)
E
"A"Thd.
2 Places
"B"Thd.
2 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
36
(1.42)
"C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep

4 Places
6.4
(.25)

4 Places
39.7
(1.56)
73
(2.87)
79.4
(3.13)
Thread Size
"A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd.
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
HGM-06X-20
HGM-06X-P-20
Rc 1
Rc 1/4
1 BSP.F
1/4
BSP.F
1 NPT
1/4 NPT
Rc 1/4
M10
HGM-06X-2080
HGM-06X-P-2080
HGM-06X-2090
HGM-06X-P-2090
1/4
BSP.F
3/8-16
UNC
1/4 NPT
F
H
61.7 (2.43)
6.4 (.25)
64 (2.52)
3 (.12)
61.7 (2.43)
6.4 (.25)
80 (3.15)
24 (.94)
64 (2.52)
3 (.12)
82.3 (3.24)
22 (.87)
61.7 (2.43)
6.4 (.25)
80 (3.15)
24 (.94)
64 (2.52)
3 (.12)
82.3 (3.24)
22 (.87)
82.3
(3.24)
22
(.87)
245
HGM-10-20/2080/2090
HGM-10-P-20/2080/2090
"C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep 12
(.47)
6 Places
140
(5.51)
116
(4.57)
9.6
"HGM-10-P"
(.38)
Models Only
48.4
(1.91)
92.9
(3.66)
96.8
(3.81)
120
(4.72)
"A" Thd.
4(.16) Dia.
4
(.16)
15
(.59)
11.6
(.46)
9.6
(.38)
"HGM-10X-P"
Models Only
HGM-10-P-2090
48.4
(1.91)
92.9
(3.66)
96.8
(3.81)
120
(4.72)

4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
1-1/4
NPT
1/4 NPT
3/8-16
UNC
mm(Inches)
E
13.6
(.54)
Rc 1/4
9.6
(.38)
13.6
(.54)
1/4
BSP.F
9.6
(.38)
13.6
(.54)
1/4 NPT
9.6
(.38)
"D" Thd.
50
(1.97)
20
(.79)
19
(.75)
"A" Thd.
Thead Size
"B" Thd. "C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
HGM-10X-20
Rc 1-1/2
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
HGM-10X-P-20
M10
HGM-10X-2080
HGM-10X-P-2080
HGM-10X-2090
HGM-10X-P-2090
246
1/4
BSP.F
"A"Thd.
2 Places
28(1.10) Dia.
2 Places
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
For Locating Pin
16.7
(.66)
24.6
(.97)
43
(1.69)
22
(.87)
"D" Thd.
1-1/4
BSP.F
M10
HGM-10-2080
42.1
(1.66)
59.5
(2.34)
62.7
(2.47)
67.5
(2.66)
84.1
(3.31)
25.5
(1.00)
177
(6.97)
126
(4.96)
104
(4.09)
"C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep

6 Places
"B"Thd.
2 Places
Rc 1/4
21
(.83)
12
(.47)
Rc 1-1/4
HGM-10-P-20
HGM-10-2090
140
(5.51)
116
(4.57)
F
Thread Size
"B" Thd. "C" Thd.
HGM-10-20
HGM-10-P-2080
HGM-10X-20/2080/2090
HGM-10X-P-20/2080/2090
7.5
(.30)
21
(.83)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
167
(6.57)
11.6
(.46)
135
(5.31)
42.1
(1.66)
59.5
(2.34)
62.7
(2.47)
67.5
(2.66)
84.1
(3.31)
15
(.59)

4 Places
5
(.20)
4(.16) Dia.
20
(.79)
19
(.75)
16.7
(.66)
24.6
(.97)
30
(1.18)
4
(.16)
"D" Thd.
45
(1.77)
"A"Thd.
2 Places
28(1.10) Dia.
2 Places
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
For Locating Pin
12
(.47)
43
(1.69)
150
(5.91)
126
(4.96)
96
(3.78)
"B"Thd.
2 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
1-1/2
BSP.F
1/4
BSP.F
1-1/2
NPT
1/4 NPT
1/4
BSP.F
3/8-16
UNC
1/4 NPT
mm(Inches)
E
F
102.5
13.6
(.54) (4.04)
9.6
106
(.38) (4.17)
13.6
102.5
(.54) (4.04)
9.6
106
(.38) (4.17)
13.6
102.5
(.54) (4.04)
9.6
106
(.38) (4.17)
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Pressure Drop for Reversed Free Flow
HCT-03
HCG-03
PSI MPa
0.4
50
40 0.3
30
20
10
0
0.2
0.1
0
0
0
10
20
2.5
5.0
30
50 L/min
40
7.5
10.0
12.5 U.S.GPM
Pressure Drop
Flow Rate
HCT-06
HCG-06
PSI MPa
0.4
50
40 0.3
30
20
10
0
0.2
0.1
0
0
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
0.6
0.5
60 0.4
40 0.3
0.2
20 0.1
0
0
25
5
50
10
75
15
20
Flow Rate
125 L/min
100
25
H / HC Type
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
30
U.S.GPM
HCT-10
HCG-10
80
50
10
100
20
30
150
40
250 L/min
200
50
60
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
mm2/s 15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100
SSU 77
98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
Viscosity
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from
the formula below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
247

PSI
2000
1600
1000
800
500
Secondary Pressure
400
300
300
200
130
120
100
70
60
40
H*/HC*-03-C
14
12
10
H*/HC*-03-B
7
6
5
1600
1000
800
Secondary Pressure
500
400
300
300
200
130
120
100
70
60
40
800
H*/HC*-03-A
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
500
400
H*/HC*-03-N
2.0
1.5
1.0
H*/HC*-03-M
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
300
300
200
130
120
100
H*/HC*-03-L
0.45
0.35
0.25
70
60
40
H*/HC*-06-C
10
20
30
40
2.5
5
7.5 10
Flow Rate
14
12
10
H*/HC*-06-B
7
6
5
4
H*/HC*-06-A
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
H*/HC*-06-N
2.0
1.5
1.0
H*/HC*-06-M
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
H*/HC*-06-L
0.45
0.35
0.25
50 L/min
12.5 U.S.GPM
0
0
MPa
H*/HC*-10-C
14
12
10
H*/HC*-10-B
7
6
5
H*/HC*-10-A
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
H*/HC*-10-N
2.0
1.5
1.0
H*/HC*-10-M
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
H*/HC*-10-L
0.45
0.35
0.25
0
0
248
1000
600
2000
2000
1600
PSI
MPa
MPa
Secondary Pressure
PSI
50
10
100
20
150
30
40
Flow Rate
200
50
250 L/min
60
U.S.GPM
25
5
50
10
75
15
20
Flow Rate
100
25
125 L/min
30
U.S.GPM
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
HT-03, 06, 10-**-*-22/2280/2290

HG-03, 06, 10-**-*-22/2290
14
7
26
29
31
11
23
15
28
3
38
25
Section "A" for
24
16
HT-*-**-*-2280 Models
22
12
18
5
H / HC Type
List of Seals
O-Ring
HT -03
HG
SO-NB-P4
Part Numbers
HT -06
HG
SO-NB-P4
HT -10
HG
SO-NB-P4
Item
Name of Parts
22
Quantity
23
O-Ring
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P6
24
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
25
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
26
O-Ring
SO-NA-P11
SO-NA-P15
SO-NA-P20
HT-* HG-*
3
4
4
1
2
28
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
29
O-Ring
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P36
31
Bonded Seal
SG-FB-1/4
SG-FB-1/4
SG-FB-1/4
Used only for HG type with auxiliary pilot pressure (P).

Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table berow.
List of Seal Kits

Seal Kit Numbers
Valve Model Numbers

HT-03-**-*-22/2280/2290
KS-HT-03-22
HT-06-**-*-22/2280/2290
KS-HT-06-22
HT-10-**-*-22/2280/2290
KS-HT-10-22
HG-03-**-22/2290
KS-HG-03-22
HG-03-**-P-22/2290
KS-HG-03-P-22
HG-06-**-22/2290
KS-HG-06-22
HG-06-**-P-22/2290
KS-HG-06-P-22
HG-10-**-22/2290
KS-HG-10-22
HG-10-**-P-22/2290
KS-HG-10-P-22
249
Spare Parts List
HCT-03, 06, 10-**-*-22/2280/2290

HCG-03, 06, 10-**-*-22/2290
8
6
16
19
29
26
31
23
14
28
20
21
3
17
12
25
13
24
Section "A" for
27
22
HCT-*-**-*-2280 Models
10
18
9
5
List of Seals
Part Numbers
HCT -06
HCT -10
HCG
HCG
SO-NB-P4
SO-NB-P4
Quantity
Item
Name of Parts
22
O-Ring
HCT -03
HCG
SO-NB-P4
23
O-Ring
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P6
24
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
25
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
26
O-Ring
SO-NA-P11
SO-NA-P15
SO-NA-P20
27
O-Ring
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P22A
28
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
29
O-Ring
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P36
31
Bonded Seal
SG-FB-1/4
SG-FB-1/4
SG-FB-1/4
HCT-* HCG-*
3
4
4
1
2
2
2
Used only for HCG type with auxiliary pilot pressure (P).
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
HCT-03-**-*-22/2280/2290
KS-HCT-03-22
HCT-06-**-*-22/2280/2290
KS-HCT-06-22
HCT-10-**-*-22/2280/2290
KS-HCT-10-22
HCG-03-**-22/2290
KS-HCG-03-22
HCG-03-**-P-22/2290
KS-HCG-03-P-22
HCG-06-**-22/2290
KS-HCG-06-22
HCG-06-**-P-22/2290
KS-HCG-06-P-22
HCG-10-**-22/2290
KS-HCG-10-22
HCG-10-**-P-22/2290
KS-HCG-10-P-22
250
30
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Pressure Reducing Valves / Pressure Reducing and Check Valves

Pressure reducing valves are used to set the pressure of a hydraulic circuit below that of the main circuit. In addition,
operation under remote control is possible by using the remote control port. Pressure reducing and check valves have
check valves, which allow a free flow from the secondary side to the primary.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Valve Name
Pressure
Reducing
Valve
Pressure
Reducing
and
Check
Valve
Threaded
Connection
Sub-plate
Mounting
Max. Flow
Max.
Operating
Pressure
Setting Pressure
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI)
RT-03-*-22*
RG-03-*-22*
21 (3050)
RT-06-*-22*
RG-06-*-22*
21 (3050)
RT-10-*-22*
RG-10-*-22*
21 (3050)
RCT-03-*-22* RCG-03-*-22*
21 (3050)
RCT-06-*-22* RCG-06-*-22*
21 (3050)
RCT-10-*-22* RCG-10-*-22*
21 (3050)
0.7
1.0
0.7
1.0
1.5
0.7
1.0
1.5
10.5
0.7
1.0
0.7
1.0
1.5
0.7
1.0
1.5
10.5
1.0 ( 102
20.5 ( 145
1.0 ( 102
1.5 ( 145
20.5 ( 220
1.0 ( 102
1.5 ( 145
10.5 ( 220
20.5 ( 1520
1.0 ( 102
20.5 ( 145
1.0 ( 102
1.5 ( 145
20.5 ( 220
1.0 ( 102
1.5 ( 145
10.5 ( 220
20.5 ( 1520
- 145)
- 2970)
- 145)
- 220)
- 2970)
- 145)
- 220)
- 1520)
- 2970)
- 145)
- 2970)
- 145)
- 220)
- 2970)
- 145)
- 220)
- 1520)
- 2970)
Drain Flow
Max. Flow
L/min
L/min
(U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM)
40 (10.6)
50 (13.2)
50 (13.2)
100 (26.4)
125 (33.0)
130 (34.3)
180 (47.6)
220 (58.1)
250 (66.0)
40 (10.6)
50 (13.2)
50 (13.2)
100 (26.4)
125 (33.0)
130 (34.3)
180 (47.6)
220 (58.1)
250 (66.0)
1. The max. flow rates are those shown at the primary pressure at 21 MPa (3050 PSI).
2. The drain flow rates are equal to pilot flow rates when differential pressure between
primary and secondary pressure is at 20.5 MPa (2970 PSI).
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Threaded
Connection
Sub-plate
Mounting
0.8 - 1.0
(.21 - .26)
4.3 ( 9.5)
4.5 ( 9.9)
0.8 - 1.1
(.21 - .29)
6.9 (15.2)
6.8 (15.0)
1.2 - 1.5
(.32 - .40)
12.0 (26.5)
11.0 (24.3)
0.8 - 1.0
(.21 - .26)
4.8 (10.6)
5.4 (11.9)
0.8 - 1.1
(.21 - .29)
7.8 (17.2)
8.1 (17.9)
1.2 - 1.5
(.32 - .40)
13.8 (30.4)
13.8 (30.4)
Pressure Reducing Valves /

Graphic Symbols
RT / RG

Model Numbers
RF/RCF-10-*-22*
RF/RCF-16-*-20*
Remote control connection
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
21
(3050)
250 (66)
RCT / RCG
500 (132)
Remote control connection
Pressure Reducing (and Check) Valves
251

F-
Special Seals
Series Number
-03
-B
-22
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Type of Mounting
Valve
Size
Design
Number
Design Standards
T : Threaded
Connection
R:
Pressure
Reducing
Valves
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
03
22
06
22
10
22
03
G: Sub-plate
Mounting
06
10
03
T : Threaded
Connection
RC:
Pressure
Reducing and
Check Valves
G: Sub-plate
Mounting
06
10
22
B: 0.7-7
(102-1020)
None : Japanese Std. "JIS"

80 : European Design Std.
90 : N.American Design Std.
22
22
C: 3.5-14
(510-2030)
22
22
H: 7-20.5
(1020-2970)
22
03
22
06
22
10
22
None : Japanese Std. "JIS"

80 : European Design Std.
90 : N.American Design Std.
Attachment
Mounting bolts
Valve Model
Numbers
Qty.
RG-03
M10
50 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2 Lg.
RG-06
M10
50 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2 Lg.
RG-10
M10
50 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2 Lg.
RCG-03
M10
70 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2-3/4 Lg.
RCG-06
M10
80 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
3-1/4 Lg.
RCG-10
M10
90 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
3-1/2 Lg.
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
RG
RCG-03
HGM-03-20
Rc 3/8
HGM-03-2080
3/8 BSP.F
HGM-03-2090
3/8 NPT
HGM-03X-20
Rc 1/2
HGM-03X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
HGM-03X-2090
1/2 NPT
RG
RCG-06
HGM-06-20
Rc 3/4
HGM-06-2080
3/4 BSP.F
HGM-06-2090
3/4 NPT
HGM-06X-20
Rc 1
HGM-06X-2080
1 BSP.F
HGM-06X-2090
1 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
RG
RCG-10
HGM-10-20
Rc 1-1/4
HGM-10-2080
1-1/4 BSP.F
HGM-10-2090
1-1/4 NPT
4.8 (10.6)
HGM-10X-20
Rc 1-1/2
HGM-10X-2080
1-1/2 BSP.F
HGM-10X-2090
1-1/2 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
1.6 (3.5)
2.4 (5.3)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting
surface should have a good machined finish.
The sub-plates are the same as those for H type pressure control valves. With the reducing and check valve, the sub-plate is used in a
position 180 turned (upside down) from the normal position. When mounting the sub-plate, be sure to bring the valve locating pin to
the sub-plate pin hole. For dimensions, see page 244 to 246.
Instructions
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the pressure adjustment handle slowly clockwise for higher
pressures and anti-clockwise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Connect the drain port directly to the reservoir in which case the pressure at the drain port should be kept at a low
back pressure close to the atmospheric pressure.
In case of "Threaded Connections", there are two threaded connection type primary pressure ports. They can be
connected each other in-line; one as an inlet and the other as an outlet or the valve can be used by plugging one of the
pressure ports.
252
PRESSURE CONTROLS
RT-03-*-22/2280/2290
Thread Size
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
RT-03-*-2280
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
RT-03-*-2290
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
RT-03-*-22
"C" Thd.
41
(1.61)
10
(.39)
Fully Extended
148(5.83)
Model Numbers
82
(3.23)
4.5
(.18)
Drain Port
"B" Thd.
Design 2280 Only
5
(.20)
44
(1.73)
Dia.
INC.
155
(6.10)
44
(1.73)
48
(1.89)
Primary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
85
(3.35)
28
(1.10)
Pressure Adj. Handle
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
Primary Pressure
Inlet Port
"A" Thd.
2 Places
32
(1.26)
Secondary Pressure
Outlet Port
"A" Thd.
DIMENSIONS IN
"Q" Thd.
"S" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
RT-06-*-2280
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
RT-06-*-2290
3/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
RT-06-*-22
"T" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
RT-10-*-2280
1-1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
RT-10-*-2290
1-1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
RT-10-*-22
Remote Control Port

"S" Thd.
Thread Size
Model Numbers
Fully Extended "D"
18.5
(.73)
RT-06
10-*-22/2280/2290

Remote Control Port

"B" Thd.
41
33
(1.61) (1.30)

Drain Port
"S" Thd.
4.5
(.18)
J
F
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
Primary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd.
INC.
44
(1.73)
Dia.
Design 2280 Only
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd.
Secondary Pressure
Outlet Port
"Q" Thd.
Model Numbers
Primary Pressure
Inlet Port
"Q" Thd.
2 Places
A
RT-06
96
(3.78)
48
(1.89)
36.5
(1.44)
149
(5.87)
42
(1.65)
179
(7.05)
97.5
(3.84)
53.5
(2.11)
33
(1.30)
9
(.35)
39
(1.54)
RT-10
132
(5.20)
66
(2.60)
43
(1.69)
167
(6.57)
52
(2.05)
216
(8.50)
124
(4.88)
64
(2.52)
40
(1.57)
12
(.47)
46
(1.81)
253
03
RG-06-*-22/2280/2290
"L" Thd.
RG-03/06-*-22
"N" Thd.
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
RG-03/06-*-2280
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
RG-03/06-*-2290
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
Port connection is not required for RG models

but an O-ring should be furnished.
B
Design 2280 Only

INC.
4.5
(.18)
39
(1.54)
Fully Extended "A"
Primary Pressure
Inlet Port
44
(1.73)
Dia.
Remote Control Port

"L" Thd.
Thread Size
Model Numbers

4 Places
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Secondary Pressure
Outlet Port
Drain Port
38
(1.50)
6
(.24)
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"N" Thd.
Model Numbers
A
RG-03
142
(5.59)
25
(.98)
89
(3.50)
44.5
(1.75)
67
(2.64)
155.5
(6.12)
92.4
(3.64)
40.6
(1.60)
34.9
(1.37)
RG-06
141
(5.55)
21.5
(.85)
102
(4.02)
51
(2.01)
79
(3.11)
179
(7.05)
111
(4.37)
40
(1.57)
48
(1.89)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface see the dimensional drawing (page 244 & 245)
of the sub-plate used together.
DIMENSIONS IN
119
(4.69)
59.5
(2.34)
RG-10-*-22/2280/2290
Rc 1/4
RG-10-*-2280
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
RG-10-*-2290
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
Design 2280 Only

INC.
63
(2.48)
42
(1.65)

6 Places
146
(5.75)
216
(8.50)
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
Primary Pressure
Inlet Port
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
6
(.24)
"B" Thd.
Rc 1/4
Port connection is not required for RG models

39
(1.54)
Fully Extended
147(5.79)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Thread Size
"A" Thd.
4.5
(.18)
27.5
(1.08)
RG-10-*-22
44
(1.73)
Dia.
Remote Control Port

"A" Thd.
Model Numbers
Secondary Pressure
Outlet Port
38
(1.50)
92
(3.62)
Drain Port
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"B" Thd.
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface see the dimensional drawing (page 246) of the sub-plate used together.
254
PRESSURE CONTROLS
RCT-03-*-22/2280/2290
Thread Size
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
RCT-03-*-2280
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
RCT-03-*-2290
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
RCT-03-*-22
41
(1.61)
10
(.39)
Fully Extended
148(5.83)
Model Numbers
41
33
(1.61) (1.30)
4.5
(.18)
82
(3.23)
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.

INC.
44
(1.73)
155
(6.10)
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
85
(3.35)
28
(1.10)
48
(1.89)
Primary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
Drain Port
"B" Thd.
5
(.20)
44
(1.73)
Dia.
Design 2280 Only
Primary Pressure Inlet Port or

Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
"A" Thd.
2 Places
55
(2.17)
Secondary Pressure Outlet Port or

Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port
"A" Thd.
DIMENSIONS IN
RCT-06
10-*-22/2280/2290
Thread Size
18.5
(.73)
Fully Extended "D"
Model Numbers
"S" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
RCT-06-*-2280
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
RCT-06-*-2290
3/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
"T" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
RCT-10-*-2280
1-1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
RCT-10-*-2290
1-1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
RCT-10-*-22
4.5
(.18)
Design 2280 Only
"Q" Thd.
RCT-06-*-22
Remote Control Port

"S" Thd.

Remote Control Port

"B" Thd.
Drain Port
"S" Thd.
INC.
J
F
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
44
(1.73)
Dia.
Primary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd.
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd.
Model Numbers

"Q" Thd.
2 Places

"Q" Thd.
A
RCT-06
96
(3.78)
48
(1.89)
36.5
(1.44)
149
(5.87)
42
(1.65)
179
(7.05)
97.5
(3.84)
53.5
(2.11)
33
(1.30)
9
(.35)
68
(2.68)
RCT-10
132
(5.20)
66
(2.60)
43
(1.69)
167
(6.57)
52
(2.05)
216
(8.50)
124
(4.88)
64
(2.52)
40
(1.57)
12
(.47)
86
(3.39)
255
03
RCG-06-*-22/2280/2290
E
D
"P" Thd.
"N" Thd.
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
RCG-03/06-*-2280
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
RCG-03/06-*-2290
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
RCG-03/06-*-22
Port connection is not required for RCG models

Remote Control Port

"N" Thd.
Thread Size
Model Numbers
Design 2280 Only
Fully Extended "A"

4 Places
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)

44
(1.73)
Dia.
4.5
(.18)
INC.
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.

Drain Port
N
6
(.24)
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"P" Thd.
Model Numbers
RCG-03
142
(5.59)
59
(2.32)
25
(.98)
89
(3.50)
44.5
(1.75)
90
(3.54)
155
(6.10)
92.4
(3.64)
40.6
(1.60)
34.9
(1.37)
58
(2.28)
RCG-06
141
(5.55)
69
(2.72)
21.5
(.85)
102
(4.02)
51
(2.01)
108
(4.25)
179
(7.05)
111
(4.37)
40
(1.57)
48
(1.89)
68
(2.68)
page 244 & 245
DIMENSIONS IN
RCG-10-*-22/2280/2290
Remote Control Port

"A" Thd.
119
(4.69)
59.5
(2.34)
Model Numbers
RCG-10-*-22
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
RCG-10-*-2280
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
RCG-10-*-2290
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
Port connection is not required for RCG models

27.5
(1.08)
79
(3.11)
Fully Extended
147(5.79)
Design 2280 Only
INC.
63
(2.48)
42
(1.65)

6 Places
146
(5.75)
216
(8.50)
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
4.5
(.18)
44
(1.73)
Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
6
(.24)
Thread Size

78
(3.07)
132
(5.20)
Drain Port
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"B" Thd.
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface see the dimensional drawing (page 246) of the sub-plate used together.
256
PRESSURE CONTROLS
0.20
20
0.15
PSI
0.10
0.05
0
0
10
60
30
5.0
7.5
Flow Rate
50 L /min
40
10.0
0.2
20
0.1
0
0
0
Viscosity
mm2/s
SSU
Factor
0.4
25
5
50
10
75
100
15 20
Flow Rate
25
125 L /min
30
35 U.S.GPM
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
from the formula below.
40
20
0.3
RCT-10
RCG-10
MPa
0.6
50
40
12.5 U.S.GPM
0.2
P'= P (G'/0.850)
0
50
10
100
20
150
200
30 40 50
Flow Rate
250 L /min
60
70 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate vs. Secondary Pressure

Primary Pressure : 21 MPa (3050 PSI)
Hydrauric Fluid : Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU)
PSI MPa
2000 14.0
13.9
1980
13.8
1960 13.7
13.6
7.0
1000
6.9
980
6.8
6.7
960
6.6
940
6.5
3.5
500
3.4
480
3.3
3.2
460
3.1
440
3.0
0.7
100
0.6
80
0.5
0.4
60
0
10
20
30
5
Flow Rate
40
50
L/min
10
U.S. GPM
Pressure Adj. Range

"B"
"C"
"H"
PSI MPa
2000 14.0
13.8
1950 13.6
13.4
7.0
1000
6.8
950
6.6
6.4
900
6.2
6.0
850
5.8
5.6
800
3.5
500
3.3
450
3.1
2.9
400
2.7
2.5
350
2.3
0.7
100
0.5
50
0.3
0
RT/RG-06
RCT/RCG-06
Secondary Pressure
RT/RG-03
RCT/RCG-03
Secondary Pressure
Pressure Drop
80
Secondary Pressure
PSI
2.5
20
MPa
0.4

PSI
35
30
10
MPa
0.25
RCT-06
RCG-06
P
RCT-03
RCG-03
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
RT/RG-10
RCT/RCG-10
PSI MPa
2500 17.5
17.3
2450 17.1
16.9
2000 14.0
13.8
1950 13.6
13.4
1900
13.2
7.0
1000
6.8
950
6.6
6.4
900
6.2
6.0
0.7
100
0.5
50
0.3
0.1
0
0
0
25
50
10
75
100
20
30 35
U.S. GPM
Flow Rate
125
L/min
50
100
20
150
40
Flow Rate
200
250
L/min
60 70
U.S. GPM
257
Spare Parts List
RT/RG-03-*-22/2280/2290
RT/RG-06-*-22/2280/2290
RT/RG-10-*-22/2280/2290
21
2 31
9 10 11
13
23
20
32
30
30
34
32
5
23
24
15
35
3
24
26 37
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Quantity
Item
Name of Parts
RT -03
RG
RT -06
RG
RT -10
RG
30
O-Ring
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P6
31
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
32
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
34
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
35
O-Ring
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P36
37
Bonded Seal
SG-FB-1/4
SG-FB-1/4
SG-FB-1/4
RT-* RG-*
2
2
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
RT-03-*-22/2280/2290
KS-RT-03-22
RT-06-*-22/2280/2290
KS-RT-06-22
RT-10-*-22/2280/2290
KS-RT-10-22
RG-03-*-22/2280/2290
KS-RG-03-22
RG-06-*-22/2280/2290
KS-RG-06-22
RG-10-*-22/2280/2290
KS-RG-10-22
258
Section "A" for

Design 2280
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
RCT/RCG-03-*-22/2280/2290
RCT/RCG-06-*-22/2280/2290
RCT/RCG-10-*-22/2280/2290
C
18
11 26 12 13 2 31 14 15 16
23
5
30
20
29
34
30
33
28
32
32
6
10
9
1
35
3
24
36 37
List of Seals
Part Numbers

25
Quantity
Item
Name of Parts
RCT -03
RCG
RCT -06
RCG
RCT -10
RCG
30
O-Ring
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P6
31
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
32
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
33
O-Ring
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P22A
34
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
35
O-Ring
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P36
37
Bonded Seal
SG-FB-1/4
SG-FB-1/4
SG-FB-1/4
RCT-* RCG-*
Section "A" for
Design 2280
2
1
1
2
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
RCT-03-*-22/2280/2290
KS-RCT-03-22
RCT-06-*-22/2280/2290
KS-RCT-06-22
RCT-10-*-22/2280/2290
KS-RCT-10-22
RCG-03-*-22/2280/2290
KS-RCG-03-22
RCG-06-*-22/2280/2290
KS-RCG-06-22
RCG-10-*-22/2280/2290
KS-RCG-10-22
259

Pressure reducing and relieving valves are
composite pressure control valves having
pressure reducing and counterbalancing
functions developed for hydraulic balancing
circuits.
Specifications
Max.
Operating
Pressure
Pres. Adj.
Range
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
Relieving
Flow
Drain
Flow
MPa (PSI)
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
kg (lbs.)
RBG-03-*-10*
14
(2030)
0.6-13.5
(90-1960)
50
(13.2)
50
(13.2)
0.6-1
(.16-.26)
4.2
(9.3)
RBG-06-*-10*
25
(3630)
0.8-24.5
(120-3550)
125
(33)
125
(33)
1.5-2
(.40-.53)
11
(24.3)
Model Numbers

FRB
Special Seals
Series Number
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
RB:
Pressure
Reducing
and
Relieving
Valves
Approx.
Mass
-03
-R
-10
Type of Mounting
Valve Size
Drain Type
Design Number
Design
Standards
03
None:
Internal Drain
10
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
R:
External Drain
06
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"

Refer to
10
Graphic Symbols
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs.)
Valve Model Numbers

Internal drain
RBG-03
M10
65 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2-1/2 Lg.
RBG-06
M10
70 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2-3/4 Lg.
External drain
Sub-plate
Valve Model
Numbers
RBG-03
RBG-06
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
RBGM-03-10
Rc 3/8
RBGM-03-1080
3/8 BSP.F
RBGM-03-1090
3/8 NPT
RBGM-03X-10
Rc 1/2
RBGM-03X-1080
1/2 BSP.F
RBGM-03X-1090
1/2 NPT
RBGM-06-10
Rc 3/4
RBGM-06-1080
3/4 BSP.F
RBGM-06-1090
3/4 NPT
RBGM-06X-10
Rc 1
RBGM-06X-1080
1 BSP.F
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
RBGM-06X-1090
Thread
Size
1 NPT
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
1.6
(3.5)
4.8
(10.6)
Instructions
To use remote control relief valve in the venting circuit, see page 203. If the internal volume of the vent line is too
large, chattering is likely to occur. Thus, as far as possible reduce the inside diametre and the length of the pipe.
pressures and anti-clockwise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Connect the tank pipe not to any other line but directly to the reservoir.
260
PRESSURE CONTROLS
RBG-03-*-10/1080/1090
62
(2.44)
42.9
(1.69)
Tank Port
4 Places
Two Collars
89
(3.50)
66.7
(2.63)
Model Numbers
"A" Thd.
*
*
RBG-03-*-1090
Rc 1/4
RBG-03- -10
1/4 BSP.F
RBG-03- -1080
Drain Port "A" Thd.

(Only for External Drain Type)
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
15
(.59)
Secondary Pressure Port
Vent Port
Fully Extended
156
(6.14)
30
(1.18)
75
(2.95)
97.5
(3.84)
44(1.73)
Dia.
INC.
52
(2.05)
50
(1.97)
95
(3.74)
1/4 NPT
73
(2.87)
Primary Pressure Port
C
Pressure Reducing and
Relieving Valves
11.1
(.44)
10
(.39)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
03
-10/1080/1090
03X
102(4.02)
"A" Thd. 3 Places

(From Rear)
10(.39)
82(3.23)
61(2.40)
21
(.83)
8
(.31)
70(2.76)
33.3(1.31)
7.9
(.31)
14(.55) Dia.
3 Places
7.1(.28)
"C" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
4 Places

4 Places
6.2(.24) Dia.
"B" Thd.
Sub-plate
(From Rear)
21.4(.84)
35.7(1.41)
42.9(1.69)
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
RBGM-03-1080
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
RBGM-03-1090
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
RBGM-03X-10
Rc 1/2
Rc 1/4
RBGM-03X-1080
1/2 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
RBGM-03X-1090
1/2 NPT
1/4 NPT
32(1.26)
Model Numbers
16(.63)
19.5
(.77)
15(.59)
58.7(2.31)
66.7(2.63)
1.7
(.07)
10
(.39)
90(3.54)
Sub-plate : RBGM-
DIMENSIONS IN
RBGM-03-10
"C" Thd.
M10
3/8-16 UNC
M10
3/8-16 UNC
261
RBG-06-*-10/1080/1090
"A" Thd.
*
RBG-06-*-1080
RBG-06-*-1090
Rc 3/8
RBG-06- -10
Primary Pressure Port
115
(4.53)
Fully Extended
74.4(2.93)
Tank Port
60.3
(2.37)

4 Places
12.3
(.48)
Model Numbers
217.5
(8.56)
3/8 BSP.F
79.4
(3.13)
104
(4.09)
3/8 NPT
Secondary Pressure Port

Drain Port
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
Two Collars
Vent Port
"A" Thd.
56
(2.20)
57
(2.24)
116
(4.57)
139
(5.47)
44(1.73)
Dia.
INC.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
23(.91) Dia.
3 Places
4 Places
39.7
(1.56)
73
(2.87)
79.4
(3.13)
116
(4.57)
140
(5.51)
"J" Thd.
18(.71) Deep
4 Places
150
(5.91)
126
(4.96)
60.3
33
(1.30) (2.37)
49.2
(1.94)
30.1
(1.19)
11.1
(.44)
8.6(.34)
12
(.47)
06
-10/1080/1090
06X
"F" Thd. 3 Places

(From Rear)
22
(.87)
12
(.47)
Sub-plate : RBGM-
DIMENSIONS IN
6.2(.24) Dia.
"H" Thd. (From Rear)
D
E
Model
Numbers
RBGM-06
20.7
(.81)
65.7
(2.59)
95
(3.74)
37.1
(1.46)
89.1
(3.51)
RBGM-06X
20.4
(0.80)
69.7
(2.74)
98.4
(3.87)
32.5
(1.28)
93.8
(3.69)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
45
(1.77)
20(.79)
19(.75)
Thread Size
"F" Thd.
"H" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
RBGM-06-1080
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
RBGM-06-1090
3/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
RBGM-06X-10
Rc 1
Rc 1/4
RBGM-06X-1080
1 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
RBGM-06X-1090
1 NPT
1/4 NPT
RBGM-06-10
262
"J" Thd.
M10
3/8-16 UNC
M10
3/8-16 UNC
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) , Specific Gravity 0.850
MPa
11.1
10.7
10.3
600
550
500
450
130
90
50
4.1
3.7
3.3
RBG-03
7.6
7.2
6.8
0.9
0.6
0.3
0
10
20
30
PSI
3000
2850
2700
MPa
21
20
19
2450
2300
2150
17
16
15
1900
1850
1600
13
12
11
1300
1150
1000
9
8
7
750
600
450
5
4
3
50 L/min
40
RBG-06
25
0
0
2.5
5.0
7.5
Flow Rate
10.0
12.5
50
100
75
125 L/min
U.S. GPM
0
10
20
Flow Rate
U.S. GPM
30
Min. Adj. Pressure & Vent Pressure

RBG-06
PSI
170
160
Min. Adj. Pressure

Vent Pressure
140
RBG-03
PSI
Pressure
Pressure
120
0.6
80
MPa
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
MPa
0.9
0.8
120
Pressure Reducing and

Relieving Valves
PSI
1600
1550
1500
1450
1100
1050
1000
950
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
Relieving
Reducing
70
60
40
0.4
0.8
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
40
20
0.2
0
0
0
10
20
2.5
5.0
30
7.5
50 L/min
40
0.1
0
0
25
10.0 12.5 U.S. GPM
Flow Rate
50
75
100 125
20
10
Flow Rate
30
L/min
U.S. GPM
Pressure Drop
RBG-03
PSI
60
RBG-06
PSI
60
MPa
0.4
P
0.3
40
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
MPa
0.4
0.2
20
0.1
0
0
0
10
20
30
2.5
5.0
7.5
40
40
0.2
20
0.1
0
50 L/min
0.3
0
0
0
10.0 12.5 U.S. GPM
25
50
10
Flow Rate
2
Viscosity
mm /s
SSU
Factor
15
20
30
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
75
20
Flow Rate
100
125 L/min
30
U.S. GPM
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may
be obtained from the formula below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
263
Spare Parts List
RBG-03-*-10/1080/1090
19 23 6
7 21 14 13 8 18 11 9 10 22 12
List of Seals
4 15 3
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-P24
16
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
17
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
18
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
16
1 17
RBG-06-*-10/1080/1090
23
10
11
16
21
20
11
19
17
22
Design 1080 Only
18
14
13
15
12
11
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
11
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
12
O-Ring
SO-NB-P24
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P28
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P30
21
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
22
Bonded Seal
SG-FB-3/8
Remarks
Included in
Seal Kit
Kit No. : KS-RBG-06-10
264
Remarks
Included in
Seal Kit
Kit No. : KS-RBG-03-10
PRESSURE CONTROLS

These valves are used to operate the pumps with minimum load in
accumulator circuits or in high-low pump circuits.
In accumulator circuits, when the system pressure reaches to a cut out
pressure (adjusted maximum), the valve acts to divert the pump
delivery to the reservoir at low pressure, thus the pump is unloaded
automatically.
When the accumulator pressure drops to the cut in pressure (refer to
characteristic chart on page 269), the valve directs the pump delivery
to the accumulator and hydraulic system.
An integral check valve prevents reverse flow through the valve from
the accumulator.
In high-low pump circuits, the valve acts to unload the large volume
pump with the same manner as described above during load operation
of the small volume pump.
Unloading Relif Valves
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max.
Operating Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Approx. Mass
125
(33)
12
(26.5)
250
(66)
21.5
(47.4)
BUCG-06-**-30/3080/3090
21 (3050)
BUCG-10-**-25/2580/2590
kg(1bs.)

FSpecial Seals
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
BUC
Series Number
BUC:
Unloading
Relief Valve
G
Type of
Mounting
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
-06
-B
-30
Valve
Size
Cut-out Pres.
Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
High Venting
Pres. Feature
Design
Number
Design Standards
06
B: 2.5-7.0
(360-1020)
C: 3.5-14
(510-2030)
10
H: 7.0-21
(1020-3050)
V:
For High
Venting
Pressure
Feature
(Omit if not
required)
30
25
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
80: European
Design Std.
90: N. American
Design Std.
Use the high-venting-pressure type to reduce the shift time from unloading to onloading.
Pilot-drain system
A pilot-drain system is typically configured with an external pilot and an external drain, as
indicated by the right graphic symbol. However, customized pilot-drain systems with an internal
pilot are also available.
For the internal pilot type, the design standard number at the end of the model number is uniquely
assigned. Refer to the table below for the internal pilot type. Please contact us for details.
Pilot &
Drain Conn.
Graphic
Symbols
European Design
Standard
N. American Design
Standard
Japanese Std.
"JIS"
Int. PitotInt. Drain
BUCG-06-**-30801
BUCG-10-**-25801
BUCG-06-**-30901
BUCG-10-**-25901
BUCG-06-**-3001
BUCG-10-**-2501
Int. PitotExt. Drain
BUCG-06-**-30802
BUCG-06-**-30902
BUCG-06-**-2502
Graphic Symbol
265
Instructions
pressures or anti-clockwise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Take care not to neglect connecting the drain pipe to the reservoir; otherwise not only will the valve fail to operate
properly but also the line pressure will rise infinitely. Extend the end of the drain pipe into fluid.
Limit the pressure drop between the valve and the accumulator in an accumulator circuit below 10% of the cut-out
pressure.
Limit the drain port back pressure below 2% of the cut-out pressure.
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
M16 55Lg. (2 pcs.)
5/8-11 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)
M16 110Lg. (2 pcs.)
5/8-11 UNC 4-1/2 Lg. (2 pcs.)
M16 130Lg. (2 pcs.)
5/8-11 UNC 5 Lg. (2 pcs.)
Valve Model
Numbers
BUCG-06
M20
M20
BUCG-10
70Lg. (2 pcs.)
160Lg. (4 pcs.)
3/4-10 UNC
3/4-10 UNC
2-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)

6-1/2 Lg. (4 pcs.)
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
BUCG-06
BUCGM-06-20
BUCG-10
BUCGM-10-20
Thread
Size

Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Rc 3/4
BUCGM-06-2080
3/4 BSP.F
BUCGM-06-2090
3/4 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
Rc 1-1/4
BUCGM-10-2080
1-1/4 BSP.F
BUCGM-10-2090
1-1/4 NPT
7.2 (15.9)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface
should have a good machined finish.
266
PRESSURE CONTROLS
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
BUCG-06-**-3080
1/4 BSP.Tr
1/4 BSP.F
BUCG-06-**-3090
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
Model Numbers
BUCG-06-**-30
130
(5.12)
127
(5.00)
90
(3.54)
50
(1.97)
32.5
(1.28)
Fully Extended
152
(5.98)
51.5
1
(2.03) (.04)
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
Pressure Adjustment Handlle
44(1.73)
Dia.
External Pilot Port

"B" Thd.
Drain Port
"B" Thd.
169
(6.65)

26(1.02) C' bore
2 Places
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
83.5
(3.29)
Accumulator or
System Port
6
(.24)
INC.
60.5
(2.38)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Pressure Inlet Port

88
(3.46)
90
(3.54)
108
(4.25)
110
(4.33)
128
(5.04)
Tank Port
52
(2.05)
104
(4.09)

"A" Thd.
4 Places
BUCG-06-**-30/3080/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub-plate
BUCGM-06-20/2080/2090
40
(1.57)
12
(.47)
4
(.16)
20
(.79)
19
(.75)
27.5
(1.08)
12
(.47)

4 Places
102
(4.02)
78
(3.07)
70
(2.76)
35
(1.38)
145
(5.71)
7(.28) Dia. 8(.31) Deep

2 Places
33.3
(1.31)
33.5
55.5
(1.32)
(2.19)
66.7
46
(2.63)
(1.81)
168
(6.61)
192
(7.56)
11
(.43)
"A" Thd. Through

6 Places
23(.91) Dia.
"B" Thd. (From Rear)
3 Places
Sub-plate Model No.
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
BUCGM-06-20
M16
Rc 3/4
BUCGM-06-2080
M16
3/4 BSP.F
BUCGM-06-2090
5/8-11 UNC
3/4 NPT
267
BUCG-10-**-25/2580/2590
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
BUCG-10-**-2580
1/4 BSP.Tr
1/4 BSP.F
BUCG-10-**-2590
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
Model Numbers
BUCG-10-**-25
159
(6.26)
117
(4.61)
45.5
(1.79)
Drain Port
"B" Thd.
Fully Extended
154.5
(6.08)
57
(2.24)
External Pilot Port

"B" Thd.
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
Pressure Adjustment Handlle
INC.
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
107.9
(4.25)

"A" Thd.
205
(8.07)
Accumulator or System Port
72.1
(2.84)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
44(1.73)
Dia.

32(1.26) C' bore
2 Places
Pressure Inlet Port

6
(.24)
67
(2.64)

4 Places
60
(2.36)
Tank Port
120
(4.72)
136
(5.35)
137
(5.39)
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub-plate
BUCGM-10-20/2080/2090
45
(1.77)
14
(.55)
4.7
(.19)
20
(.79)
19
(.75)
32
(1.26)
14
(.55)

4 Places
120
(4.72)
92
(3.62)
82.5
(3.25)
41.3
(1.63)
7(.28) Dia. 8(.31) Deep

2 Places
190
(7.48)
12.7
(.50)
19
(.75)
44.5
(1.75)
76.2
38
(3.00) (1.50)
88.9
51
(3.50)
(2.01)
204
(8.03)
232
(9.13)
"A" Thd. Through

6 Places
28(1.10) Dia.
3 Places
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
M20
Rc 1-1/4
BUCGM-10-2080
M20
1-1/4 BSP.F
BUCGM-10-2090
3/4-10 UNC
1-1/4 NPT
Sub-plate Model No.

BUCGM-10-20
268
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Cut-in Pressure vs. Cut-out Pressure
BUCG-06,10
PSI MPa
18
2500
16
Cut-in Pressure
2000
12
1500
8
1000
500
10
1000
15
2000
20
MPa
3000
PSI
Cut-out Pressure
Unloading Pressure vs. Flow

BUCG-06
BUCG-10
PSI MPa
MPa
PSI
1.2
1.0
High Venting
Pressure Feature
0.8
100
75
50
25
Unloading Pressure
Unloading Pressure
125
0.6
Standard
0.4
0.2
0
150
1.0
125
0.8
0.6
75
0.4
50
50
150 L /min
100
10
20
30
40
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Standard
0.2
25
0
High Venting
Pressure Feature
100
100
20
300 L /min
200
40
60
Flow Rate
80
U.S.GPM
Pressure Drop for Check Valve

BUCG-06
BUCG-10
PSI MPa
60 0.4
P
40
0.3
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
60 0.4
0.2
20
0.1
0
50
10
20
40
U.S.GPM
30
0.3
0.2
20
0
150 L /min
100
40
0.1
0
0
0
50
100
20
Flow Rate
Viscosity
mm /s
SSU
Factor
40
50
200
40
Flow Rate
2
150
15
20
30
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
60
70
80
90
100
250
60
300 L /min
80
U.S.GPM
P'= P (G'/0.850)
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
269
Spare Parts List
BUCG-06-**-30/3080/3090
BUCG-10-**-25/2580/2590
22
18
26
33
20
32
19
28
31
16 29 12 13 14 17
35
21
23
25
30
15
34
27
10
24
11
1
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Quantity
Item
Name of Parts
28
O-Ring
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P6
29
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P9
30
O-Ring
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
31
O-Ring
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P12
32
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P18
33
O-Ring
SO-NB-P24
SO-NB-P32
34
O-Ring
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
35
O-Ring
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P45
BUCG-06
BUCG-10
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
270
Seal Kit Numbers
BUCG-06
KS-BUCG-06-30
BUCG-10
KS-BUCG-10-25
PRESSURE CONTROLS
Brake Valves
Brake valves are used on hydraulic cylinders and in brake circuits of
hydraulic motors. They can brake with any pressure, permitting
smooth stopping.
Graphic Symbols
03
UBGR-06-B
10
Breake Valves
03
UBGR-06-A
10
03
UBGR-06-W
10
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max.
Operating
Pressure
Pres. Adj.
Range
Max. Flow
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI)
L/min (U.S.GPM)
UBGR 03 * B 20 *
UBGR 03 * H 20 *
UBGR 06 * 20 *
0.7 - 7.0 (100 - 1020)

3.5 - 25 (510 - 3630)
25
(3630)
UBGR 10 * 20 *
50 (13.2)
0.7 - 25 (100 - 3630)
125 (33.0)
0.7 - 25 (100 - 3630)
200 (52.8)

FUBGR
-03
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve Size
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
UBGR:
Brake
Valves,
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
06
10
-A
Type
A:
For A-Line
B:
For B-Line
W:
For AB-Lines
-B
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
B: 0.7-7.0
(100-1020)
H: 3.5-25
(510-3630)
-20
Design Number
Design
Standards
None: 0.7-25
(100-3630)
20
Refer to
20
20
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
Breake Valves
271

These pressure switches have built-in electronic circuit on a semiconductor
pressure sensor and an open collector insulated by a photocoupler has been
used as output. As the use of semiconductor has put movable parts away from
the sensor section, high reliability and durability can be obtained.
These pressure switches are suitable for the applications not only compact,
light weight and vibration-proof are required but also better substitute to
conventional pressure switches.

J
Series Number
Type of Mounting
J: Semiconductor
Type Pressure
Switch
T: Threaded
Connection
02
100
11
Valve Size
Max.
Setting Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
02
35 : 3.5 (510)
100: 10 (1450)
200 : 20 (2900)
350 : 35 (5080)
11
Cable
Electric Circuit
Trimmer
Specifications
LED Indicator
Model Numbers
Description
JT 02
35 11
JT 02
100 11
JT 02
200 11
JT 02
350 11
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
10
(1450)
10
(1450)
20
(2900)
35
(5080)
Proof Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
20
(2900)
20
(2900)
40
(5800)
50
(7250)
Pressure Setting Range
MPa
(PSI)
0.1 3.5
(15 510)
1 10
(145 1450)
2 20
(290 2900)
3.5 35
(510 5080)
Pressure Setting
(ON pressure Setting)
Single adjustment: ON trimmer setting (variable resistor)
Differential Pressure Setting

(OFF Pressure Setting)
Sign on act
Open collector (photocoupler insulated) Maximum

operating voltage : 35 VDC; maximum current: 100 mA
Power Source
10 to 28 VDC (ripple included). A constant-voltage power

supply must be used. Curent consumption: 10 mA.
100 M or more
Insulation Resistance
Repeatability
Operating Temperature Range
Setting Fluctuation with
Temperature Drift
Storage Temperature Range
Dust-proofness
/Water-Proofness
Vibration-resistance
Shock-resistance
Mass
1.5 ms
20 ms (damper contained)
Approx. 0.5 %
-20 to +70 C (-4 to 158 F)
1% or less of the maximum operating pressure

relative to 10 C change.
-40 to +105 C (-40 to 221 F)
IEC Pub. 529 IP54
98 m/s2 (322 ft./s2) (10 55 Hz)
98 m/s2 (322 ft./s2)
17g (.39 lbs.)
Trimmer Rotation Angle: 0 to 260
Instractions
Voltage-proof test should not be carried out as semiconductor has been used.
272
Pressure
Sensor
When the ON pressure, the LED indicator lights.
Output System
Response Time
Case
Single adjustment: DIFF trimmer setting

(-1 to -10% of the ON pressure setting)
Oil Pressure
Graphic Symbol
PRESSURE CONTROLS
LED Indicator
Differential Pressure
Setting Trimmer
(DIFF Trimmer)
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Stting Trimmer

(ON Trimmer)
R 1/4 Thd.
ON Range
15
(.59)
41
(1.61)
2000
(78.7)
Adjustment
1. Before starting, turn the ON and DIFF trimmers fully
clockwise. (Trimmer Rotation Angle:0 260)
2. Turn on the power.
3. < ON pressure setting >
Apply required pressure to the switch. Turn ON trimmer
slowly anti-clockwise and stop it when LED indicator
lights, ON setting obtained.
ON
ON Setting
(Selected on
ON Trimmer)
Differential
Pressure
OFF Setting
(Selected on
DIFF Trimmer)
OFF Range
30
(1.18)
LED Extinguished
4. < Differntial pressure setting >

Gradually reduce pressure to obtain the required OFF
pressure. Then, turn DIFF trimmer anti-clockwise
slowly and stop it when LED indicator goes off. The
OFF setting is now obtained.
5. Make sure if "ON" or "OFF" setting is correct by
working of LED indicator when applying or reducing
pressure repeatedly several times.
Semiconductor Type
Pressure Switches
15
(.59)
DIFF.
PRESSURE SWITCH
34.6
(1.36)
YUKWN KOGYO
30 (1.18) Dia.
LED Light
Four-Conductor Cabele
(5 mm (.197 in.) OD)
RED......
Power Supply
BLK......
Power Supply
WHT......
Output
GRN......
Output
Application Examples of Electrical Circuit

Output Circuit of Semiconductor Type Pressure Switch
(Internal Circuit)
Pressure Switch
WHT
GRN
Output
Output
Direct Relay Drive

Use relay operable at 100 mA or lower.
Connect surge voltage absorption diode (D) in parallel with the relay
coil.
Connect pretective diode (D) between the white and green wires.
Controller
D
Pressure Switch
WHT
V
D
Relay
GRN
0V
D... Diode
The usage below is possible because output circuit is

insulated by a photocoupler.
Connection to Sequential Controller

1. Sink System
Pressure Switch
Sequential Controller Input Unit
1. When AND circuit Two Pressures

The sequential controller is signaled only when pressure switches
No. 1 and 2 are both ON.
Power
Supply
WHT
V
WHT
GRN
RED
Stabilized DC Power Supply
Pressure
Switch No. 1
DC12/24V
Pressure
Switch No. 2
BLK
2. Source System
Pressure Switch
Sequential Controller Input Unit
GRN
WHT
GRN
0V
2. When OR circuit two pressures

The sequential controller is signaled when either of pressure switches
No. 1 and 2 is ON.
WHT
WHT
GRN
RED
Pressure
Switch No. 1
Power
Supply
V
GRN
Stabilized DC Power Supply

DC12/24V
Pressure
Switch No. 2
BLK
WHT
GRN
0V
273

The pressure monitoring system is for watching hydraulic system pressure
and is composed of highly reliable pressure sensor (SJT*-02-10) and
easy-to-use digital pressure monitor (DP*-*-*-10). There is no specific
model number code for the pressure monitoring system itself, therefore,
when ordering, specify the digital pressure monitor and pressure sensor
with respective model number code.
Remote pressure indication

Even if the monitor is located away from the unit, remote pressure
indication can be obtained by combination with special sensors.
Remote-setting pressure sensors
The pressure sensor can be used as a pressure switch with two
contacts: top and bottom. Pressure can be set and checked without
using any other pressure gauge, moreover, such pressure setting and
pressure check can be made when no pressure is applied in the
hydraulic system.
Digital Pressure Monitors

The digital pressure monitor indicates the system pressure and also
despatches signals when the system pressure reaches to the preset
pressure. The monitor can be separated from the sensor and installed
away from the sensor. The monitor and the sensor so separately installed
can be connected by wire, therefore, a long hydraulic piping is not
required. The digital pressure monitor provides high accuracy when it is
used with a special pressure sensor (SJT*-02-10).
Specifications
Model
Numbers
Input Voltage
Output System
0 4.5V / 0 19.6 MPa

(0 4.5V / 0 2842 PSI) Open-collection
output 2,
0 4.5V / 0 34.3 MPa 40 V - 100 mA (max.)
DP35-*-*-10
(0 4.5V / 0 4974 PSI)
DP20-*-*-10
Pressure setting
Total 4 points:
high (HI) and low (LO)
limits for 2 channels
(each set independently)
Pressure Sensor
The pressure sensor uses semiconductors and has no moving parts for
high reliability and durability.
It provides high accuracy when combined with the special monitor
(DP*-*-*-10).
Specifications
Model Numbers
Rated Pres. Range
SJT20-02-10
0 20 MPa
(0 2900 PSI)
SJT35-02-10
0 35 MPa
(0 5080 PSI)
Output Range
Power Supply
Graphic Symbol
0.5 4.5 V
DC 5.0 +
_ 0.5 V
Proportional to supply voltage if this voltage is 5.00 V
274
D
FLOW CONTROLS
Graphic
Symbols
Valve Type
Maximum Flow
Maximum
Operating
Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
Flow Control Valves
21
(3050)
FG
01
Flow Control and

Check Valves
21
(3050)
FCG
01
Pilot Operated
Flow Control Valves
21
(3050)
Pilot Operated
Flow Control and
Check Valves
06
10
277
02
03
06
10
277
FHG
02
03
06
10
289
21
(3050)
FHCG
02
03
06
10
289
Restrictors
25
(3630)
SRT/SRG
03
06
10
SRF(Rated Flow)
16
299
One Way Restrictors
25
(3630)
SRCT/SRCG
03
06
10
SRCF(Rated Flow)
16
299
Throttle Modules
25
(3630)
TC1G
01
03
305
25
(3630)
TC2G
01
03
305
Deceleration Valves
21
(3050)
ZT/ZG
03
06
10
310
Deceleration &
Check Valves
21
(3050)
ZCT/ZCG
03
06
10
310
Feed Control Valves
14
(2030)
UCF1G/UCF2G
Needle Valves
35
(5080)
GCT/
GCTR
Throttle & Check

Modules
02
01
03
50
Page
03
20 30
U.S.GPM
500 1000
02
10
100
200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000

L/min
50
100
2 3
10
04
318
325
Rated flow stands for approximate flow rate when the pressure drop between inlet and outlet ports of the valve in fully opened condition becomes
0.3 MPa (44 PSI) maximum at fluid's specific gravity of 0.85 and kinematic viscosity of 20 mm2/s (98 SSU).
275
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluids listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum base oils
Synthetic fluids
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-" to
the model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water containing fluids
Recommended Viscosity and Oil Temperatures

Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given below.
Name
Viscosity
Flow Control Valves

Flow Control and Check Valves
Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves
Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves
Feed Control Valves
20 - 200 mm2/s
(98 - 900 SSU)
Temperature
-15 - +70C
(5 - 158F)
Restrictors
One Way Restrictors
Throttle Modules
Throttle and Check Modules
Deceleration Valves
Deceleration and Check Valves
Needle Valves
15 - 400 mm2/s
(77 - 1800 SSU)
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead to
breakdowns and shorten the life of the valves. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade 12.
Use 25 m or finer line filter.
276
Flow Controls
FLOW CONTROLS
Flow Control Valves / Flow Control and Check Valves

These valves are pressure and temperature compensating type valves and
maintain a constant flow rate independent of change in system pressure
(load) and temperature (viscosity of the fluid). They control flow rate of the
hydraulic circuit and eventually control speed of the actuator precisely.
Valves with an integral check valve allow a controlled flow and reverse free
flow. Repeated resetting can be made easily with a digital readout.
Specifications
Min. Metred
Flow Capacity
L/min (U.S.GPM)
FG -01- 4 - -11
FCG
8 * *
4(1.06)
8(2.1)
0.02(.005)
{0.04 (.011)}
FG -02-30- -30
* *
FCG
FG -03-125- -30
* *
FCG
FG -06-250- -30
* *
FCG
FG -10-500- -30
* *
FCG
30(7.9)
0.05 (.013)
125(33)
0.2 (.053)
Max.
Approx. Mass
Operating Pressure
kg (lbs.)
MPa (PSI)
14 (2030 )
1.3 (2.9)
3.8 (8.4)
7.9 (17.4)
21 (3050)
250(66)
2 (.53)
23 (50.7)
500(132)
4 (1.06)
52 (115)
The figures in the brace are for pressures above 7 MPa (1020 PSI).

F-
FC
-01
-8
-N
-11
Special Seals
Series Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Max. Metred Flow Capacity

L/min (U.S.GPM)
Pres. Compensator
Stroke Adjustment
Design
Number
Design
Standards
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
F:
Flow Control
Valves
01
4 : 4 ((1.06)
8 : 8 (2.1)
02
30 : 30 (7.9)
03
125 : 125 (33)
06
250 : 250 (66)
10
500 : 500 (132)
FC:
Flow Control and
Check Valves
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
N:
Applicable only for
Pres. Compensator
Stroke Adjustment
(Option - Omit if
not required)
11
Flow Control Valves

Max. Metred
Flow Capacity
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
30
30
Refer to
30
30
Design Standards: None...........Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard

90................N. American Design Standard
Attachment
Graphic Symbols
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model
Numbers

Japanese Std. "JIS" &
Qty.
FG
FG/FCG-01
M5 55 Lg.
No.10-24 UNC
FG/FCG-02
M8 50 Lg.
FG/FCG-03
2-1/4 Lg.
5/16-18 UNC
2 Lg.
M10 75 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
3 Lg.
FG/FCG-06
M16 130 Lg.
5/8-11 UNC
5 Lg.
FG/FCG-10
M20 160 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC
6-1/2 Lg.
FCG
Option
Pres. compensator stroke adjustment
Can reduce jumping at the start of the actuator.
277
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
FG
FCG -01
FGM-01X-10
Rc 1/4
FGM-01X-1080
1/4 BSP.F
FGM-01X-1090
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
FGM-02-20
FGM-02X-20
FGM-02Y-20
FGM-03-20
FGM-03X-20
FGM-03Y-20
FGM-03Z-20
FGM-06X-20
FGM-06Y-20
FGM-06Z-20
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
Rc 1
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1-1/2
FGM-02-2080
FGM-02X-2080
FGM-02Y-2080
FGM-03-2080
FGM-03X-2080
FGM-03Y-2080
FGM-03Z-2080
FGM-06X-2080
FGM-06Y-2080
FGM-06Z-2080
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
1/2 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/2 BSP.F
FGM-02-2090
FGM-02X-2090
FGM-02Y-2090
FGM-03-2090
FGM-03X-2090
FGM-03Y-2090
FGM-03Z-2090
FGM-06X-2090
FGM-06Y-2090
FGM-06Z-2090
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
1/2 NPT
3/8 NPT
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
1 NPT
1-1/4 NPT
1-1/2 NPT
2.3 (5.1)
2.3 (5.1)
3.1 (6.8)
3.9 (8.6)
3.9 (8.6)
5.7 (12.6)
5.7 (12.6)
12.5 (27.6)
16 (35.3)
16 (35.3)
FGM-10Y-20
1-1/2, 2
FGM-10Y-20
1-1/2, 2
FGM-10Y-2090
1-1/2, 2
37 (81.6)
FG
FCG -02
FG
FCG -03
FG
FCG -06
FG
FCG -10
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from

the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface
FGM-10Y is special type sub-plate to be used with pipe flange. When

ordering FGM-10Y, specify pipe flange kit in addition to FGM-10Y
referring to F3 pipe flanges show on page 821.
Instructions
Min. required pressure difference
The minimum differential pressure between inlet and outlet port is required to obtain the optimum pressure
compensation. It varies according to the flow rate to be set. For details, please refer to the performance curves.
Free flow
Check valve pressure drops vary with flow rates. If models with check valves are used, see free flow pressure drop
characteristics.
Flow adjustment
[F*G-01]
Loosen the locking screw and turn the flow adjustment dial clockwise for increase, and anti-clockwise for decrease. The
dial makes about 4 revolutions from zero to full flow and the valve opening is indicated on the revolution indicator.
(Refer to characteristics of "Metred Flow vs. Dial Position").
After flow adjustments, tighten the locking screw.
[F*G-02, 03, 06, 10]
Loosen the locking screw and turn the flow adjustment handle clockwise for increase, and anti-clockwise for decrease.
Open condition is indicated in digital-scale in built-in revolution indicator (Refer to the characteristics of "Metred Flow
vs. Dial Position").
After flow adjustments, tighten the locking screw.
Line filter
To carry out flow adjustments by as small degree as 2 L/min (.53 U.S.GPM) or less, be sure to use a line filter of 10 m
or finer and install it near the valve inlet.
278
FLOW CONTROLS
FG/FCG-01-*-*-11/1190
4
2
22.5
(.89) Dia.
Fully Extended
81.5(3.21)
66
(2.60)
51
(2.01)
25.5
(1.00)
Pressure Compensator
Stroke Adjustment
(Only for FG
FCG -01- -N )
5
(.20)
Locating Pin
4(.16) Dia.
7 6
13(.51)
Dia.
5.5(.22)
Dia.
INC.
Flow Adjustment Dial
17
(.67)
Controlled Flow
Outlet or
Reversed Free Flow
Inlet Port
Fully Extended
84(3.31)
53.5
(2.11)
45
(1.77)
44
(1.73)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Controlled Flow Inlet or

DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting surface:
F G-02: ISO 6263-AB-06-4-B
F G-03: ISO 6263-AK-07-2-A
FG/FCG-02-30-*-30/3090
FG/FCG-03-125-*-30/3090
Flow Control Valves


4 Places
9 8
3(.12)
7.5
(.30)
3
0
7.5
(.30)
Locking Screw
2.5(.10) Hex. Soc.
Tightening Torque:
0.25 - 0.3 Nm
(2.2 - 2.7 IN. lbs.)
2 1
16.5
(.65)
31
(1.22)
43
(1.69)
58
(2.28)
Revolution Indicator
Locking Screw
2(.08) Hex. Soc.
46
(1.81) Dia.
Fully Extended "C"
D
E
F
S
T
X
U
Stroke Adjustment
(Only for FG
FCG - - -N )
Controlled Flow Outlet or

K
J
14(.55)
Dia.
234
Model
No.
6
(.24)
"V" Dia. Through

"W" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Flow Adjustment Handle
Dimensions
C
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
"Y" Places
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
INC.
mm (Inches)
N
96
76.2 38.1
FG -02 116
FCG
(4.57) (3.78) (3.00) (1.50)
9.9
(.39)
104.5 82.6 44.3

(4.11) (3.25) (1.74)
24
(.94)
9.9
(.39)
123
69
40
(4.84) (2.72) (1.57)
8.8
14
39
(.35) (.55) (1.54)
125 101.6 50.8

FG -03 145
FCG
(5.71) (4.92) (4.00) (2.00)
11.7
(.46)
125 101.6 61.8 29.8

(4.92) (4.00) (2.43) (1.17)
11.7
(.46)
152
98
64
41
11 17.5
63
(5.98) (3.86) (2.52) (1.61) (.43) (.69) (2.48)
23
(.91)
279
Mounting surface:
F G-06: ISO 6263-AP-08-2-A
FG/FCG-06-250-*-30/3090
FG/FCG-10-500-*-30/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
Locking Screw
2(.08) Hex. Soc.
46
(1.81) Dia.

D
E
Stroke Adjustment
(Only for FG
FCG - - -N )
Fully Extended "C"
S
T
a
U
P
"X" Dia. Through

"Y" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
INC.
Locating Pin
"V" Dia.
2 Places
121
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)

Z
Only for Flow Control and Check Valves
( FCG- - -N )
Model
No.
Dimensions
C
mm (Inches)
P
180 146.1 73
17 174 133.4
99
44 20.3 184 130 105
65
16
7 17.5 26
10 103
FG -06 198
FCG
(7.80) (7.09) (5.75) (2.87) (.67) (6.85) (5.25) (3.90) (1.73) (.80) (7.24) (5.12) (4.13) (2.56) (.63) (.28) (.69) (1.02) (.39) (4.06)
244 196.9 98.5 23.5 228 177.8 144.5 61
25 214 160 137
85
18 10 21.5 32
7.5 135
FG -10 267
FCG
(10.51) (9.61) (7.75) (3.88) (.93) (8.98) (7.00) (5.69) (2.40) (.98) (8.43) (6.30) (5.39) (3.35) (.71) (.39) (.85) (1.26) (.30) (5.31)
280
FLOW CONTROLS
FGM-01X-10/1080/1090

2 Places
51
(2.01)
36
(1.42)
9
(.35)
17
(.67)
16
(.63)
55
(2.17)
43
(1.69)
16.5
(.65)
D
34.5
(1.36)
14
(. 55)
18.5
(.73)
5(.20) Dia. 8(.31) Deep

6
(.24)

4 Places
22
(.87)
"B" Thd. "C" Deep

4 Places
D
63
(2.48)
6
(.24)
76
(2.99)
88
(3.46)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
FGM-01X-10
FGM-01X-1080
FGM-01X-1090
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
M5
M5
No.10-24 UNC
14 (.55)
14 (.55)
15 (.59)
34.5 (1.36)
30.0 (1.18)
34.5 (1.36)
DIMENSIONS IN
79.4
(3.13)
76.2
(3.00)
54
(2.13)
E
31.9
(1.26)
"B" Thd. "C" Deep

4 Places
78
(3.07)
96
(3.78)
10
(.39)
120
(4.72)
140
(5.51)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"A" Thd.
FGM-02-20
FGM-02-2080
FGM-02-2090
FGM-02X-20
FGM-02X-2080
FGM-02X-2090
FGM-02Y-20
FGM-02Y-2080
FGM-02Y-2090
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 1/2
1/2 BSP.F
1/2 NPT
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
14
(.55)
9.5
(.37)
22
(.87)
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
11.1
(.44)
52.4
(2.06)
23.8
(.94)
11.5
(.45)

4 Places
"D" Dia. 2 Places
106
(4.17)
FGM-02*-20/2080/2090
82.6
(3.25)
6(.24) Dia.
2 Places
Flow Control Valves

12.5
(.49)

2 Places
"B" Thd.
M8
14 (.55)
5/16-18 UNC
18 (.71)
M8
14 (.55)
5/16-18 UNC
18 (.71)
M8
14 (.55)
5/16-18 UNC
18 (.71)
D
11.0 (.43)
11.7 (.46)
11.0 (.43)
14.0 (.55)
15.2 (.60)
14.0 (.55)
14.0 (.55)
15.0 (.59)
14.0 (.55)
54
(2.13)
11.1
(.44)
25
(.98)
51
(2.01)
14
(.55)
35
(1.38)
281
FGM-03*-20/2080/2090
102.4(4.03)
"D" Dia. 2 Places
101.6(4.00)
75(2.95)

2 Places
20(.79) Dia. 15(.59) Deep 2 Places
20.6
(.81)
20(.79)
19(.75)
Sub-plate Model Numbers

FGM-03-20
FGM-03-2080
FGM-03-2090
FGM-03X-20
FGM-03X-2080
FGM-03X-2090
FGM-03Y-20
FGM-03Y-2080
FGM-03Y-2090
FGM-03Z-20
FGM-03Z-2080
FGM-03Z-2090
21.5(.85)
125(4.92)
11(.43)
146(5.75)
168(6.61)
"A" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 1/2
1/2 BSP.F
1/2 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
Rc 1
1 BSP.F
1 NPT
130
(5.12)
101.6
(4.00)
11.1
(.44)
28.6
(1.13)
86.5
(3.41)
0.8
(.03)
"B" Thd. "C" Deep

4 Places
14.2
(.56)
33.2
(1.31) F

4 Places
"B" Thd.
M10
18 (.71)
3/8-16 UNC
21 (.83)
M10
18 (.71)
3/8-16 UNC
21 (.83)
M10
18 (.71)
3/8-16 UNC
21 (.83)
M10
18 (.71)
3/8-16 UNC
21 (.83)
D
14.0 (.55)
15.0 (.59)
14.0 (.55)
17.5 (.69)
19.0 (.75)
17.5 (.69)
23.0 (.91)
75
(2.95)
20.6
(.81)
11.1
(.44)
86.5
(3.41)
25
(.98)
70
(2.76)
25.6
(1.01)
16.1
(.63)
81.5
(3.21)
40
(1.57)
DIMENSIONS IN
FGM-06*-20/2080/2090
29(1.14) Dia.
2 Places
146.1(5.75)
144.4(5.69)
"B" Thd. "C" Deep

4 Places
104.8(4.13)
D
1.6
(.06)
17(.67) Dia. 10(.39) Deep

2 Places
E
22.2
(.87)
J
K
L
24
(.94)
52
(2.05)
35(1.38)
180(7.09)
19(.75)
212(8.35)
250(9.84)
Sub-plate Model Numbers

"A" Thd.
FGM-06X-20
Rc 1
FGM-06X-2080
1 BSP.F
FGM-06X-2090
1 NPT
FGM-06Y-20
Rc 1-1/4
FGM-06Y-2080
1-1/4 BSP.F
FGM-06Y-2090
1-1/4 NPT
FGM-06Z-20
Rc 1-1/2
FGM-06Z-2080
1-1/2 BSP.F
FGM-06Z-2090
1-1/2 NPT
282
126
(4.96)
174
(6.85)
12.7
(.50)
41.3
(1.63)
104.8
(4.13)
133.4
(5.25)
20.3
(.80)

4 Places

2 Places
"B" Thd.
M16
30 (1.18)
5/8-11 UNC
35 (1.38)
104.8
(4.13)
22.2
(.87)
104.8
(4.13)
18
(.71)
45
(1.77)
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
M16
30 (1.18)
5/8-11 UNC
35 (1.38)
M16
30 (1.18)
99
(3.90)
34
(1.34)
99
(3.90)
23
(.91)
60
(2.36)
40
(1.57)
39
(1.54)
5/8-11 UNC
35 (1.38)
FLOW CONTROLS
FGM-10Y-20/2090
43.5(1.71) Dia.
2 Places
"B" Thd. "C" Deep
8 Places (From Rear)
11
(.43)
20(.79) Dia. 15(.59) Deep

2 Places
50
(1.97)
100
(3.94) SQ.
250
(9.84)
228
(8.98)
80
(3.15)
48
(1.89)
73
(2.87)
68.5
(2.70)
1.6
(.06)
DIMENSIONS IN
73
(2.87)
177.8
(7.00)
144.5
(5.69)
55. 5
(2.19) 36
(1.42)
29
(1.14)
17.3
(.68)
"A" Thd. 32(1.26) Deep

4 Places
198.4
(7.81)
196.9
(7.75)
144.5
(5.69)
140
(5.51)
34.9
73
(1.37) (2.87)

4 Places
45
(1.77)
25
(.98)
73
(2.87)
244
(9.61)
284
(11.18)
334
(13.15)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
FGM-10Y-20
FGM-10Y-2090
48(1.89) Dia.
2 Places
"A" Thd.
"B" Thd.
M20
M16
32 (1.26)
3/4-10 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 34 (1.34)
Flow Control Valves

Pipe Flange
283
Metred Flow vs. Differential Pressure

FG
-01
FCG
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L/min
8.2
2.15
8.0
2.10
7.8
2.05
4.2
1.10
4.0
1.05
3.8
1.00
0.022
.0055 0.020
.0050 0.018
0
0
10
500
1000
1500
12
10
15
1000
2000
10
15
1000
2000
20
21
3000 PSI
155
150
145
11
10
9
0
10
1000
15
2000
20
20
40
100
100
128
67
66
65
13.5
13.0
FG
-10
FCG
0
0
284
10
15
1000
2000
20
21
MPa
3000 PSI
700 SSU
700 SSU
FG
FCG -06
0 20
3000 PSI
300
500
Viscosity
U.S.GPM L/min
260
68
250
66
64
240
160
42
40
150
38
140
11
2.8
2.6
10
2.4
9
21 MPa
510
500
490
255
250
245
52
50
48
80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
FG
FCG -03
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
132
60
300
500
Viscosity
40
100
60
80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
300
500
Viscosity
U.S.GPM L/min
700 SSU
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
FG
FCG -06
L/min
250
245
240
80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
300
500
Viscosity
U.S.GPM L/min
131
34
125
33
32
119
52.5
13.5
50.0
13.0
12.5
47.5
3.7
.95
3.5
.90
3.3
MPa
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
38
60
FG
FCG -02
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
100
3000 PSI
40
U.S.GPM L/min
31.5
8.00
30.0
28.5
7.50
8.4
2.2
8.0
2.1
7.6
2.0
.0140
0.053
.0135
0.050
.0130
.0125
0.047
20 21 MPa
FG
FCG -03
U.S.GPM L/min
130
33
125
120
31
55
14
50
13
12
45
3.5
.9
.8
3.0
.7
2.5
2.75
2.50
Flow Rate
40
0 20
2000 PSI
Flow Rate
FG
FCG -01
U.S.GPM L/min
2.2
8.4
8.0
2.1
2.0
7.6
1.10
4.2
1.05
4.0
1.00
3.8
.0060 0.022
.0055 0.020
.0050 0.018
14 MPa
FG
FCG -02
U.S.GPM L/min
8.5
32
8.0
30
7.5
28
8.2
2.15
8.0
2.10
7.8
2.05
0.52
.135
.130 0.50
0.48
U.S.GPM
66
65
64
Metred Flow vs. Viscosity
700 SSU
FG
-10
FCG
U.S.GPM L/min
510
134
500
132
130
490
205
54
53
200
52
195
52
13.5
50
13.0
48
0 20
0
40
100
60
80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
300
500
Viscosity
700
SSU
FLOW CONTROLS
Metred Flow vs. Dial Position
FG
FCG-01
FG
FCG-02
U.S.GPM L/min
1.0
0.5
25
20
15
10
4
2
2
3
Dial Position
5
0
FG -06
FCG
L/min
100
U.S.GPM
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
250
200
150
100
50
0
0
100 200 300 400

Handle Position
20
10
0
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
35
30
200 300 400

Handle Position
500
100
200 300
400
Handle Position
500
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
500 600
100 200 300 400 500 600

Handle Position
0.2
0
0 1
0
0. 5
1. 0
6
1. 5
Flow Rate
PSI
150
125
100
75
50
25
0
8
L/min
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
50
10 20
100
150
30 40
Flow Rate
200
80
MPa
0.6
60
0.4
40
20
0
250
L/min
50 60 70
U.S.GPM
FG
FCG-02
0.2
0
0
0
2. 0 2.5
U.S.GPM
FG -06
FCG
MPa
PSI
5
1
10
2
15
20
5
Flow Rate
PSI
200
150
0.8
50
0.4
0
0
0
30
L/min
PSI
MPa
200
1.5
1.2
0.9
0.6
0.3
0
150
100
50
0
7 8
U.S.GPM
FG
FCG-03
0
0
25
5
50
10
15
75
20
Flow Rate
100
25
125
L/min
30 35
U.S.GPM
FG -10
FCG
MPa
1.4
1.2
100
25
0.4
100
80
60
40
20
0
FG
FCG-01
MPa
0.7
0.6
Min. Required Pressure Difference

PSI
FG -10
FCG
L/min
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
30
0
0
Flow Rate
8
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
FG -01-8
FCG
FG -01-4
FCG
Flow Rate
1.5
FG
FCG-03
U.S.GPM L/min
Flow Control Valves

U.S.GPM L/min
2.25
8
2.0
100
20
200
40
60
300
400
500
L/min
80 100 120 140

U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
285

60
0.4
Throttle Closed
Pressure Drop
40
0.5
FCG-02
P
MPa
P
Pressure Drop
FC G - 0 1
PSI
80
Throttle Fully Open

(FCG-01-4)
0.3
0.2
20
0
Throttle Fully Open

(FCG-01-8)
0.1
0
0
PSI
1. 0
10
2. 0
Free Flow
12
4.0
FC G - 0 3
0.3
40
0.2
20
0.1
0
0
Pressure Drop
Throttle Closed
0.4
Throttle Fully Open
0.2
1.0
125
10
150
100
20
30
Free Flow
50
6
8
Free Flow
P
Pressure Drop
MPa
150
1.0
125
0.6
75
50
0.4
25
0.2
0
0
U.S.GPM
100
20
200
40
Throttle Closed
0.8
50
25
0
0.6
Throttle Fully Open
0.4
0.2
0
0
200
400
50
600
100
150
Free Flow
800 L/min
200
U.S.GPM
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors

in the table below.
Viscosity
mm2/s 20
SSU
Factor
98
40
60
80
100
186 278 371 464
0.87 1.03 1.14 1.23 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure

drop ( P') may be obtained from the formula
below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
286
12
14 U.S.GPM
Throttle Fully Open
100
75
10
50 L/min
Throttle Closed
FCG-10
PSI
40
100
200 L/min
40
30
0.8
0
50
20
MPa
150
0
0
10
FCG-06
PSI
P
Pressure Drop
Throttle Fully Open
0.6
25
Throttle Closed
0.4
U.S.GPM
100
50
0.5
60
14 L/min
3. 0
MPa
MPa
75
PSI
80
60
Free Flow
300
80
400
100
L/min
U.S.GPM
FLOW CONTROLS
List of seals
FG -01- - -11/1190
**
FCG
9
8 26 1
35 38 36 37 33 34
6 22 2 27 10 20
29 27 32 20 28 30 31
Section X-X
(FG/FCG-01-*-N Type)
Section Y-Y
(FCG-01 Type)
Section X-X
(FG-01 Type)
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits
5 25 7 24 17
14 19 13 11 16 23 3
Flow Control Valves

Part Numbers Qty.

Item Name of Parts
23
O-Ring
SO-NA-P4
1
24
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
2
25
O-Ring
SO-NB-P10
1
26
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
1
27
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
1
32
O-Ring
SO-NA-P5
1
38
O-Ring
SO-NB-P7
1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the
seal kit number from the table below.
12 18 21 15
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
FG-01
FCG-01
KS-FG-01-11
KS-FCG-01-11
FG/FCG-02-30-*-30/3090
FG/FCG-03-125-*-30/3090
11 27 26 10 29 28
32
22
8 23 35 6
2 24 34 1 33 12 25
X
33
(FCG- Type)
14
30
13
16 15
(FG/FCG- - -N Type)
(FG- Type)
17 19 31
20
21
Section X-X
List of Seal Kits
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
FG -02
FG -03
FCG
FCG
SO-NA-P4
SO-NA-P4
SO-BB-P4
SO-BB-P4
SO-NB-P5
SO-NB-P5
SO-NB-P10A
SO-NB-P16
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-G25
SO-NB-G35
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
FG-02
FCG-02
FG-03
FCG-03
KS-FG-02-30
KS-FCG-02-30
KS-FG-03-30
KS-FCG-03-30
Note:When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.
287
FG/FCG-06-250-*-30/3090
FG/FCG-10-500-*-30/3090
8 40 6
2 40 9 36 10 42 41
37 27
14 30 15
X
26 1
Section X-X
(FG-06/10 Type)
11 35 34 5 17
1 48 43 45 47 46
48
Section X-X
(FCG-10 Type)
Name of Parts
34
35
36
37
39
40
47
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
45
47
List of Seal Kits

Part Numbers
FG -06
FG -10
FCG
FCG
SO-NA-P4
SO-NA-P4
SO-BB-P4
SO-BB-P4
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P48
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P50
SO-NB-P50
SO-NB-G75
SO-NB-A020
SO-NB-P32
Qty.
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
FG-06
FCG-06
FG-10
FCG-10
KS-FG-06-30
KS-FCG-06-30
KS-FG-10-30
KS-FCG-10-30
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number
288
43
Section X-X
(FCG-06 Type)
List of Seals
Item
7 39 3 23
46
49
FLOW CONTROLS
Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves
Flow control of these valves is continuously
made by a hydraulically operated pilot
piston mechanism which controls opening
area of the orifice of the valve. With the use
of these valves, shockless operation either in
acceleratio or deceleration can be obtained.
With the compensator for the pressure and
temperature, stable flow control can be
obtained regardless of the changes in the
pressure (load) and temperature (oil
viscosity).
D
T
Graphic Symbols
T
Max.
Min.
Metred Flow
Metred Flow
Capacity
Capacity
L/min (U.S.GPM) L/min (U.S.GPM)
0.05 (.013)
30 (7.9)
0.2 (.053)
125 (33)
2 (.53)
250 (66)
500 (132)
4 (1.06)
Model Numbers
FHG/FHCG-02-30- -13
FHG/FHCG-03-125- -13
FHG/FHCG-06-250- -13
FHG/FHCG-10-500- -13
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Min.
Pilot
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
21
(3050)
1.5
(220)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
13 (28.7)
17 (37.5)
32 (70.6)
61 (135)
FHG
Special
Seals
F:
Special
Seals
for
Phosphate
Ester
Type
Fluids
(Omit
if not
required)
FHC
Series
Number
FH:
Pilot
Operated
Flow
Control
Valves
FHC:
Pilot
Operated
Flow
Cont. &
Check
Valves
G
Type of
Mounting
-02
-30
Valve
Size
Max.
Metred Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
02
03
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
06
10
-N
3
Pressure
Compensator
Stroke Adj.
-O
-A100
With
No
Pilot
Valve
Coil
Type
1
AC:
A100
A120
A200
A240
30 : 30 (7.9)
125 : 125 (33)
250 : 250 (66)
500 : 500 (132)
N:
Applicable
only for Pres.
Compensator
Stroke
Adjustment
(Option Omit if not
required)
O:
Applicable
only for
Without
Pilot
Valve
DC:
D12
D24
D48
AC
DC:
R100
R200
O M
O M
A
O M
FHCG
-N
-13
Type of
Electrical
Connections
Design
Number
Design
Standards
13
None:
Terminal Box
Type
13
N:
With Plug-in
Connector (Din)
13
N:
With Plug-in
Connector (Din)
13
None:
Japanese Std.
"JIS"
90:
N.American
Design Std.
80:
European
Design Std.
1. Both solenoid operated directional valve (DSG-01) and modular valve (MSW-01) can be used as a pilot valve.
If no pilot valve is required, there is no needs to specify the coil type and the electrical connection type of solenoid operated directional valve.
2. The coil types are same as those for DSG-01 Series solenoid operated directional valves. See solenoid ratings on page 345.
3. Pres. compensator stroke adjustment: Can reduce jumping at the start of the actuator.
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional extras.
The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options, therefore,
please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Numbers
FHG/FHCG-02
FHG/FHCG-03
FHG/FHCG-06
FHG/FHCG-10

Japanese Std. "JIS" & European Design Std.
5/16-18 UNC 2 Lg.
M8 50 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 3 Lg.
M10 75 Lg.
5/8-11 UNC 5 Lg.
M16 130 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC 6-1/2 Lg.
M20 160 Lg.
Qty.
4
4
4
4

Specifications
F-
289
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
FHG -02
FHCG
FHG -03
FHCG
FHG -06
FHCG
FHG -10
FHCG
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread Size
Sub-plate
Model No.
FGM-02-20
FGM-02X-20
FGM-02Y-20
FGM-03-20
FGM-03X-20
FGM-03Y-20
FGM-03Z-20
FGM-06X-20
FGM-06Y-20
FGM-06Z-20
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
Rc 1
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1-1/2
FGM-02-2080
FGM-02X-2080
FGM-02Y-2080
FGM-03-2080
FGM-03X-2080
FGM-03Y-2080
FGM-03Z-2080
FGM-06X-2080
FGM-06Y-2080
FGM-06Z-2080
FGM-10Y-20
1-1/2, 2
FGM-10Y-20
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from

the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface
Thread Size
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
1/2 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/2 BSP.F
FGM-02-2090
FGM-02X-2090
FGM-02Y-2090
FGM-03-2090
FGM-03X-2090
FGM-03Y-2090
FGM-03Z-2090
FGM-06X-2090
FGM-06Y-2090
FGM-06Z-2090
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
1/2 NPT
3/8 NPT
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
1 NPT
1-1/4 NPT
1-1/2 NPT
2.3 (5.1)
2.3 (5.1)
3.1 (6.8)
3.9 (8.6)
3.9 (8.6)
5.7 (12.6)
5.7 (12.6)
12.5 (27.6)
16 (35.3)
16 (35.3)
1-1/2, 2
FGM-10Y-2090
1-1/2,
37 (81.6)
Sub-plates are common with flow control valves. For dimensions, see
pages 281 to 283.
FGM-10Y is special type sub-plates to be used with pipe flange.

When ordering FGM-10Y, specify the pipe flange kit in addition to
FGM-10Y referring to F3 pipe flanges shown on page 821.
Instructions
Control patterns and flow rate adjustment
1 Set by the pilot flow adj. dial for "A" line.
Dec.
Flow Rate
2 Set by the max. flow adj. screw.
3 Set by the pilot flow adj. dial

for "B" line.
4 Set by the min. adj. screw.
4
T1
Solenoid
OFF
Signal
290
Dec.
T2
Time
ON
OFF
Dec.
Inc.
While the solenoid operated directional valve off ( 4

shown left)
The flow rate is set by the minimum flow adjustment
screw and the actuator operates at the minimum
speed setting.
When the solenoid operated directional valve is
turned on ( 1 shown left)
The flow rate is shifted from minimum to maximum
and the actuator speed is also shifted likewise. The
switching time can be set by the pilot flow adjustment
dial 1 .
When the solenoid operated directional valve is
turned off ( 3 shown left)
The flow rate is shifted from maximum to minimum
and the actuator speed is also shifted likewise. The
switching time can be set by the pilot flow adjustment
dial 3 .
Tightening of flow adjustment screws and dials

To adjust flow rates, slacken the lock nut or the dial
setting screw. After adjustments, tighten the lock nut
or the dial.
Free flow
Check valve pressure drops vary with flow rates. If
models with check valves are used, see free flow
pressure drop characteristics.
Min. required pressure difference

The minimum differential pressure between inlet and
outlet port is required to obtain the optimum pressure
compensation. It varies according to the flow rate to
be set. For details, please refer to the performance
curves.
Line filter
To carry out flow adjustments by as small degree as 2
L/min (.53 U.S.GPM) or less, be sure to use a line filter
of 10 m or finer and install it near the valve inlet.
FLOW CONTROLS
Metred Flow vs. Cylinders Stroke
FHG
FHCG -02
U.S.GPM L/min
9
8
U.S.GPM L/min
140
35
120
30
100
30
25
20
15
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
7
6
Min. Metred
Flow Range
10
Max. Metred
Flow Range
2
1
0
FHG -03
FHCG
35
5
0
0 5
10 15
20 25
20
Min. Metred
Flow Range
60
10
0
30 35 40 45 mm
80
Max. Metred
Flow Range
40
20
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45 mm
O M
0. 5
1. 0
Cylinders Stroke
1.5 1.75 IN.
FHG
FHCG -06
U.S.GPM L/min
80
300
125
50
200
40
150
Min. Metred
Flow Range
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
1.75 IN.
600
250
Max. Metred
Flow Range
100
20
1.5
150
60
10
1. 0
Cylinders Stroke
FHG
FHCG -10
U.S.GPM L/min
70
30
0.5
50
0
0
10 15
0. 5
20
25
30
1. 0
Cylinders Stroke
35 40
1.5
45 mm
1.75 IN.
100
75
500
400
50
200
25
100
Min. Metred
Flow Range
300
Max. Metred
Flow Range
0
0
10 15
0. 5
20
25 30 35
1. 0
Cylinders Stroke
40 45 mm
1.5 1.75 IN.
Other Characteristics
The following characteristics are the same as for flow
control valves;
Pressure Drop for Reversed Free Flow (only for
models with check valves)
See pages 284 to 286. For reference, the corresponding

model No. of the flow control valves are shown below.
Valve Model No.
Model No.
FHG -02
FHCG
FG -02
FCG
FHG -03
FHCG
FG -03
FCG
FHG -06
FHCG
FG -06
FCG
FHG -10
FHCG
FG -10
FCG

291
Mounting surface:
FH G-02: ISO 6263-AK-06-2-A
FH G-03: ISO 6263-AM-07-2-A
Terminal Box Type
FHG/FHCG-02-30-*-*-13/1390
FHG/FHCG-03-125-*-*-13/1390
DIMENSIONS IN
"e" Dia. Through
"f" Dia. Spotface
4 Places

Reversed Free Flow
Outlet Port
Model Numbers
FHG/FHCG-02-30- - -13
FHG/FHCG-02-30- - -1390
FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -13
FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -1390
Fully Extended 331(13.03)

d
t
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
60
(2.36)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see the

installation drawing (P.281 and 282) of the sub-plate used
together.
9
Fully Extended
C
n
Rc 1/4
1/4 NPT
Rc 1/4
1/4 NPT
E
D

47.5 DC/R:102.2(4.02)
(1.87) AC :98.2(3.87)
47.5
(1.87)

"t" Thd. (Both End)
88.8
(3.50)
Pilot Line Tank Port "T" "n" Thd.

(Rear) Pilot Line Pressure Port "P"
"n" Thd.

Solenoid-Each End
DC/R:50(1.97)
AC :45.5(1.79)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Pilot Flow Adj. Dial

(For "A" line)
INC.
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Max. Flow Adjustment Screw
19(.75) Hex.
INC.
75
(2.95)
8
7
Dia.
32
(1.26)
A
3
40
(1.57)
A100
SOL b
(S)
Pilot Flow Adj. Dial INC.

(For "B" line)
6
(.24)
Min. Flow
Adjustment Screw
19(.75) Hex.
N
h
Fully Extended
20(.79)
INC.
Stroke Adjustment
(Only for FH G- - -N )
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model
Numbers
Dimensions
C
mm (Inches)
N
96
76.2
127.4
FHG
FHCG -02 (5.02) (3.78) (3.00)
9.9 100.6 82.6 44.3

9
40
23
(.39) (3.96) (3.25) (1.74) (.35) (1.57) (.91)
114.7 125 101.6

FHG
FHCG -03 (4.52) (4.92) (4.00)
11.7
125 101.6 61.8 11.7
64
41
301.8
98
283.5 236.5 195
158
(.46) (4.92) (4.00) (2.43) (.46) (2.52) (1.61) (11.88) (3.86) (11.16) (9.31) (7.68) (6.22)
Model
Numbers
292
Locating Pin 6(.24) Dia.

"j" Places
Dimensions
a
mm (Inches)
e
272.8
69
254.5 207.5 166
129
(10.74) (2.72) (10.02) (8.17) (6.54) (5.08)
38.1
8.8
104
FHG
FHCG -02 (4.09) (1.50) (.35)
14
39
(.55) (1.54)
50.8
11
133
FHG
FHCG -03 (5.24) (2.00) (.43)
17.5
63
(.69) (2.48)
FLOW CONTROLS
DIMENSIONS IN
FHG/FHCG-02-30-*-*-N-13/1380/1390
FHG/FHCG-03-125-*-*-N-13/1380/1390
DC/R:146.2(5.76)
AC :142.2(5.60)
Three positions of cable departure are

available by loosening "Lock Nut" as shown.
After location, tighten "Lock Nut" with torque
in the range 10.3 to 11.3 Nm (91 - 100 IN.lbs.).
DC/R:102.2(4.02)
AC :98.2(3.87)
q
51
(2.01)
Pilot Line
Tank Port "T"
"n" Thd.
(Rear) Pilot Line
Pressure Port "P"
"n" Thd.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
Conductor Area
...... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.0023 SQ. IN.)
SOL b
D
T
A
3
O M
9
7
XX
VV
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
SS
VV
XX
FHG/FHCG-02-30- -A -N
272.5
(10.73)
260.5
(10.26)
207.5
(8.17)
301.5
(11.87)
289.5
(11.40)
236.5
(9.31)
FHG/FHCG-02-30- -D -N
283.5
(11.16)
271.5
(10.69)
207.5
(8.17)
312.5
(12.30)
300.5
(11.83)
236.5
(9.31)
FHG/FHCG-02-30- -R -N
286.5
(11.28)
264.7
(10.42)
207.5
(8.17)
315.5
(12.42)
293.7
(11.56)
236.5
(9.31)
Remarks
39
(1.54)
with AC Solenoid
39
(1.54)
with DC Solenoid
53
(2.09)
with AC DC
Solenoid
(SS)
Model Numbers
Thread Size
Model Numbers
FHG/FHCG-02-30- - -N
FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -N
Japanese Std. "JIS"

Design 13

Design 1380
N.American Design Std.

Design 1390
"n" Thd.
"n" Thd.
"n" Thd.
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type".

Lock Nut
293
Mounting surface:
FH G-06: ISO 6263-AP-08-2-A
Terminal Box Type
FHG/FHCG-06-250-*-*-13/1390
FHG/FHCG-10-500-*-*-13/1390
DIMENSIONS IN
Model Numbers
Fully
Extended
C
FHG/FHCG-06-250FHG/FHCG-06-250FHG/FHCG-10-500FHG/FHCG-10-500-
Pilot Line
Tank Port "T"
"q" Thd.
(Rear) Pilot Line
Pressure Port "P"
"q" Thd.
88.8
(3.50)

"r" Thd. (Both End)
A100
A
3
Pilot Flow Adj. Dial

(For "A" line)
INC.
9
8
7
Dia.
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Max. Flow Adjustment Screw

19(.75) Hex.
INC.
75
(2.95)
32
(1.26)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
(U)
r
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
G 1/2
1/2 NPT

Solenoid-Each End
DC/R:50(1.97)
AC :45.5(1.79)
SOL b
40
( 1.57)
Pilot Flow Adj. Dial INC.

(For "B" line)
q
Rc 1/4
1/4 NPT
Rc 1/4
1/4 NPT
"h" Dia. Through

"m" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
47.5 DC/R:102.2(4.02)
(1.87) AC :98.2(3.87)
47.5
(1.87)
-13
-1390
-13
-1390

Reversed Free Flow
Outlet Port
n
Stroke Adjustment
(Only for FH G- - -N )
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see the

installation drawing (P.282 and 283) of the sub-plate used
together.
60
(2.36)

t
e
Min. Flow
Adjustment Screw
19(.75) Hex.
INC.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model
Numbers
Dimensions
C
180 146.1
66.5
FHG
FHCG -06 (2.62) (7.09) (5.75)
FHG
FHCG -10
Model
Numbers
294
Locating Pin
"f" Dia. 2 Places
aa
244 196.9
21
(.83) (9.61) (7.75)
17
174 133.4 73.1 20.3
105
65
18
333.8
130
315.5
268.5
(.67) (6.85) (5.25) (2.88) (.80) (4.13) (2.56) (.71) (13.14) (5.12) (12.42) (10.57)
Z
227
(8.94)
23.5
228 177.8 98.5 25.1
137
85
23
363.8
160
345.5
298.5
257
(.93) (8.98) (7.00) (3.88) (.99) (5.39) (3.35) (.91) (14.32) (6.30) (13.60) (11.75) (10.12)
Dimensions
a
mm (Inches)
mm (Inches)
h
aa
165
7
190
FHG
FHCG -06 (7.48) (6.50) (.28)
16
(.63)
17.5
26
44
103
99
(.69) (1.02) (1.73) (4.06) (3.90)
195
10
220
FHG
FHCG -10 (8.66) (7.68) (.39)
18
(.71)
21.5
32
61
135 144.5
(.85) (1.26) (2.40) (5.31) (5.69)
FLOW CONTROLS
DIMENSIONS IN
FHG/FHCG-06-250-*-*-N-13/1380/1390
FHG/FHCG-10-500-*-*-N-13/1380/1390
DC/R:146.2(5.76)
AC :142.2(5.60)
Three positions of cable departure are

available by loosening "Lock Nut" as shown.
After location, tighten "Lock Nut" with torque
in the range 10.3 to 11.3 Nm (91 - 100 IN.lbs.).
DC/R:102.2(4.02)
AC :98.2(3.87)
51
(2.01)
Pilot Line
Tank Port "T"
"q" Thd.
(Rear) Pilot Line
Pressure Port "P"
"q" Thd.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
Conductor Area
...... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.0023 SQ. IN.)
D
T
Lock Nut
O M
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
UU
XX
YY
333.5
(13.13)
321.5
(12.66)
268.5
(10.57)
363.5
(14.31)
351.5
(13.84)
298.5
(11.75)
344.5
(13.56)
332.5
(13.09)
268.5
(10.57)
374.5
(14.74)
362.5
(14.27)
298.5
(11.75)
347.5
(13.68)
325.7
(12.82)
268.5
(10.57)
377.5
(14.86)
355.7
(14.00)
298.5
(11.75)
Remarks
39
(1.54)
with AC Solenoid
39
(1.54)
with DC Solenoid
53
(2.09)
with AC DC
Solenoid
(UU)
Thread Size
Model Numbers
FHG/FHCG-06-250- - -N
FHG/FHCG-10-500- - -N
Japanese Std. "JIS"

Design 13

Design 1380

Design 1390
"q" Thd.
"q" Thd.
"q" Thd.
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT

Model Numbers
XX
YY
295
List of seals
Terminal Box Type
FHG/FHCG-02-30-*-*-13/1390
FHG/FHCG-03-125-*-*-13/1390
FHG/FHCG-02-30-*-*-N-13/1380/1390
FHG/FHCG-03-125-*-*-N-13/1380/1390
63
63
49
62
57
SOL b
9
8
7
54
8 9
58
6 7
3 4
60
52
1 2
59
SOL b
50
55
51
53
61
56
11
29
32
10
22
34 23 35 8
6 24 1
2 33 12 25
14 33 30 13 16 15
(FHCG-
Type)
FHG
FHCG - - -N Type
(FHG-
Type)
1 17 19 31 21 20
Section X-X
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
57
58
59
60
61
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
FHG -02
FHG -03
FHCG
FHCG
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P5
SO-NB-P5
SO-NB-P10A
SO-NB-P16
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-G25
SO-NB-G35
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P10A
SO-NB-P10A
SO-NA-P26
SO-NA-P26
SO-BB-P26
SO-BB-P26
SO-NB-P38
SO-NB-P38
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
4
2
Pilot Valves
See page 298 for the pilot valve model numbers to
be used.
List of Seal Kits
Valve Model Numbers
FHG-02
FHCG-02
FHG-03
FHCG-03
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-FHG-02-13
KS-FHCG-02-13
KS-FHG-03-13
KS-FHCG-03-13
table right. In addition to the above seals, seals for pilot valves are
included in the seal kit.
296
FLOW CONTROLS
Terminal Box Type
FHG/FHCG-06-250-*-*-13/1390
FHG/FHCG-10-500-*-*-13/1390
FHG/FHCG-06-250-*-*-N-13/1380/1390
FHG/FHCG-10-500-*-*-N-13/1380/1390
63
63
62
50
49
SOL b
9
8
7
8 9
6 7
54
61
58
55
3 4
52
1 2
57
SOL b
53
51
14
59
11
56
O M
A
35
17
37
39
27
23
26
1
8
48
40
40
36
10
43
48
45
43
47
45
46
42
47
49
41
(FHG- Type)
(FHCG-06 Type)
Section X-X
46
(FHCG-10 Type)
Section X-X
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
35
36
37
39
40
47
57
58
59
60
61
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
FHG -06
FHG -10
FHCG
FHCG
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P48
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P50
SO-NB-P50
SO-NB-G75
SO-NB-A020
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P10A
SO-NB-P10A
SO-NA-P26
SO-NA-P26
SO-BB-P26
SO-BB-P26
SO-NB-P38
SO-NB-P38
Qty.
1
1
2
1
3
1
2
2
2
4
2
Pilot Valves
be used.
List of Seal Kits
Valve Model Numbers
FHG-06
FHCG-06
FHG-10
FHCG-10
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-FHG-06-13
KS-FHCG-06-13
KS-FHG-10-13
KS-FHCG-10-13
table right. In addition to the above seals, seals for pilot valves are

60
297

Type of
Electrical
Conduit
Connections
Terminal
Box
Type
Plug-in
Connector
Type
Pilot Valve Model Numbers

Valve Model Numbers
Item No.62
Throttle and Check
Modular Valves
Remarks
FHG/FHCG-02- 30FHG/FHCG-03-125FHG/FHCG-06-250FHG/FHCG-10-500-
-13
-13
-13
-13
MSW-01-X-50
DSG-01-2B2-
-70
-1390
-1390
-1390
-1390
MSW-01-X-50
DSG-01-2B2-
-7090
-N-13
-N-13
-N-13
-N-13
MSW-01-X-50
DSG-01-2B2-
-N-70
Japanese Std. "JIS"
-N-1380
-N-1380
-N-1380
-N-1380
MSW-01-X-50
DSG-01-2B2-
-N-70
-N-1390
-N-1390
-N-1390
-N-1390
MSW-01-X-50
DSG-01-2B2-
-N-7090

2. For the detail of the MSW-01 valve O-rings, see Page 566.
3. For the detail of the DSG-01 valve O-rings, see Page 359.
298
Item No.63
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves
Japanese Std. "JIS"
FLOW CONTROLS
Restrictors / One Way Restrictors

This valve is used to regulate an actuator speed in a circuit where line pressure is almost steady and small fluctuation
of oil flow due to pressure changes is permitted. Integrated check valve allows reversed free flow from outlet to inlet
port. Pressure balanced construction provides less effort in adjustment at high pressure.
Graphic Symbols
D
SRT/SRG
SRT/SRG
SRCT/SRCG
SRCT/SRCG
Model Numbers
Max.
Operating
Pres.
Rated Flow
Valve Name
Threaded Connection
Restrictor
One Way Restrictor
Sub-plate Mounting
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Threaded
Connection
Sub-plate
Mounting
1.5 (3.3)
2.5 (5.5)
3.8 (8.4)
3.9 (8.6)
SRT-03-50/5080/5090
SRG-03-50/5090
30 (7.9)
SRT-06-50/5080/5090
SRG-06-50/5090
85 (22.4)
SRT-10-50/5080/5090
SRG-10-50/5090
230 (60.7)
9.1 (20.1)
7.5 (16.5)
SRCT-03-50/5080/5090
SRCG-03-50/5090
30 (7.9)
1.5 (3.3)
2.5 (5.5)
SRCT-06-50/5080/5090
SRCG-06-50/5090
85 (22.4)
3.8 (8.4)
3.9 (8.6)
SRCT-10-50/5080/5090
SRCG-10-50/5090
230 (60.7)
9.1 (20.1)
7.5 (16.5)
Rated flow stands for approximate flow rate when the pressure
drop between inlet and outlet ports of the valve in fully opened
condition becomes 0.3 MPa (44 PSI) maximum at fluid's specific
gravity of 0.85 and kinematic viscosity of 20 mm2/s (98 SSU).
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
Restrictors
One Way Restrictors
Specifications

Model Numbers
Rated Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
SRF/SRCF-10-50
SRF/SRCF-10-5090
230 (60.7)
SRF/SRCF-16-50
SRF/SRCF-16-5090
500 (132)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
F-
SR
-03
-50
Special Seals
Series Number
Type of Mounting
Valve Size
Design Number
Design Standards
03
50
06
50
10
50

90: N.American Design Std.
03
50
06
50
10
50
03
50
06
50
10
50
03
50
06
50
10
50
T: Threaded Connection
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
SR:
Restrictor
G: Sub-plate Mounting
T: Threaded Connection
SRC:
One Way
Restrictor
G: Sub-plate Mounting

299
Attachment
Instructions
Mounting Bolts
Flow Adjustment
Slacken the lock nut and turn the flow adjustment
handle anti-clockwise to throttle flow. After achieving
satisfactory performance tighten the lock nut.
Valve Model
Numbers
Japanese Std. "JIS" and

Qty.
SRG/SRCG-03
M10
45 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
1-3/4 Lg.
SRG/SRCG-06
M10
50 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2 Lg.
SRG/SRCG-10
M10
55 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2-1/4 Lg.
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
SRG
SRCG -03
CRGM-03-50
Rc 3/8
CRGM-03-5080
3/8 BSP.F
CRGM-03-5090
3/8 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
CRGM-03X-50
Rc 1/2
CRGM-03X-5080
1/2 BSP.F
CRGM-03X-5090
1/2 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
SRG
SRCG -06
CRGM-06-50
Rc 3/4
CRGM-06-5080
3/4 BSP.F
CRGM-06-5090
3/4 NPT
2.4 (5.3)
CRGM-06X-50
Rc 1
CRGM-06X-5080
1 BSP.F
CRGM-06X-5090
1 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
SRG
SRCG -10
CRGM-10-50
Rc 1-1/4
CRGM-10-5080
1-1/4 BSP.F
CRGM-10-5090
1-1/4 NPT
4.8 (10.6)
CRGM-10X-50
Rc 1-1/2
CRGM-10X-5080
1-1/2 BSP.F
CRGM-10X-5090
1-1/2 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are common with right angle check valves. For dimensions, see page 502.
SRT/SRCT-03-50/5080/5090
SRT/SRCT-06-50/5080/5090
SRT/SRCT-10-50/5080/5090
DIMENSIONS IN

C
INC.
56
(2.20) Dia.

"N" Thd.

"N" Thd.
"E" Dia.
Model Numbers
SRT/SRCT-03-50
SRT/SRCT-03-5080
SRT/SRCT-03-5090
SRT/SRCT-06-50
SRT/SRCT-06-5080
SRT/SRCT-06-5090
SRT/SRCT-10-50
SRT/SRCT-10-5080
SRT/SRCT-10-5090
300
Fully Extended F
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Thd. Size
72
(2.83)
36
(1.42)
44
(1.73)
150.5
(5.93)
53.5
(2.11)
38
Dia.
(1.50)
46
(1.81)
22
(.87)
100
(3.94)
50
(1.97)
58
(2.28)
180
(7.09)
66.5
(2.62)
62
Sq.
(2.44)
64
(2.52)
31
(1.22)
138
(5.43)
69
(2.72)
80
(3.15)
227
(8.94)
86
(3.39)
80
Sq.
(3.15)
82
(3.23)
40
(1.57)
"N" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/4
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/4 NPT
FLOW CONTROLS
Mounting surface: ISO5781-AG-06-2-A
SRG/SRCG-03-50/5090

INC.
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
31
(1.22)
56
(2.20) Dia.

4 Places
11.7
(.46)
33.3
(1.31)
66.7
(2.63)
90
(3.54)

30
(1.18)
64
(2.52)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
6
(.24)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see the dimensional drawing (P.502) of the sub-plate used together.
DIMENSIONS IN
SRG/SRCG-06-50/5090
Restrictors
One Way Restrictors
42.9
(1.69)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
32
(1.26)
Fully Extended
150.5(5.93)

Mounting surface: ISO5781-AH-08-2-A

INC.
56
(2.20) Dia.
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.

37
(1.46)
60.3
(2.37)
36.5
(1.44)
Fully Extended
180(7.09)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.

4 Places
11.3
(.44)
39.7
(1.56)
79.4
(3.13)
102
(4.02)

35
(1.38)
36
(1.42)
79
(3.11)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
6
(.24)
301
Mounting surface: ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
SRG/SRCG-10-50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN

INC.
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
42
(1.65)
56
(2.20) Dia.
42.1
(1.66)
84.1
(3.31)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
44
(1.73)
Fully Extended
227(8.94)


6 Places
11.1
(.44)
48.4
(1.91)
96.8
(3.81)
119
(4.69)

40
(1.57)
41
(1.61)
90
(3.54)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
6
(.24)
302
FLOW CONTROLS
Metred Flow vs Adjustment Handle Revolutions
P: Differential Pressure MPa (PSI)
SRT
SRCT
SRG-03, SRCG-03
SRT
SRCT
SRG-06, SRCG-06
8
6
25
30
P=4 (580)
P=2 (290)
P=1 (145)
P=0.5 (70)
20
4
2
0
P=16 (2320)
P=10 (1450)
P=7 (1020)
U.S.GPM L/min
120
30
P=10 (1450)
P=7 (1020)
10
0
0
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
P=25 (3630)
P=20 (2900)
P=16 (2320)
U.S.GPM L/min
45
11 40
10
100
20
80
15
60
10
40
20
P=20 (2900)
P=25 (3630)
Fully Open
Adj. Handle Position (Number of turns)
P=4 (580)
P=2 (290)
P=1 (145)
P=0.5 (70)
0
0
9 10
Fully Open
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Restrictors
One Way Restrictors
SRT
SRCT
SRG-10, SRCG-10
P=16 (2320)
P=10 (1450)
P=20 (2900)
P=25 (3630)
L/min
350
300
250
P=7 (1020)
P=4 (580)
P=2 (290)
P=1 (145)
P=0.5 (70)
200
150
100
50
0
0
10
12
14
Fully Open
Pressure Drop
PSI
50
40
30
20
10
0
MPa
0.4
SRT
SRCT
SRG-06, SRCG-06
Free Flow
Spool Closed
0.3
0.2
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
SRT
SRCT
SRG-03, SRCG-03
Controlled Flow
Spool Fully Open
0.1
0
0
0
20
10
2
30
6
40 45 L/min
10
12 U.S.GPM
PSI
50
40
30
20
10
0
MPa
0.4
Free Flow
Spool Closed
0.3
0.2
Controlled Flow
Spool Fully Open
0.1
0
0 20
0
Flow Rate
40
10
60
15
80 100 120 L/min

20
25
30
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop
SRT
SRCT
SRG-10, SRCG-10
PSI
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
MPa
0.5
Free Flow
Spool Closed
0.4
0.3
0.2
Controlled Flow
Spool Fully Open
0.1
0
0
0
100
20
200
40
60
300 350 L/min

80 90 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Applicable only for one way restrictor (Model No. SRC*)
303
List of seals
SRT/SRCT-03-50/5080/5090
SRT/SRCT-06-50/5080/5090
SRT/SRCT-10-50/5080/5090
17 16 10
9
4
15
5
For SRCT
3
2
14
12
11
18
6
7
1
13
8
L i st o f Se a l s
Item
Name of Parts
12
13
14
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
List of Seal Kits

Part Numbers
SRT -03
SRT -10
SRT -06
SRCT
SRCT
SRCT
SO-NB-P7 SO-NB-P7
SO-NB-P7
SO-NB-P29
SO-NB-P15 SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P20 SO-NB-P22.4 SO-NB-P36
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
SRT/SRCT-03
SRT/SRCT-06
SRT/SRCT-10
KS-SRT-03-50
KS-SRT-06-50
KS-SRT-10-50
Qty.
1
1
1
right.
SRG/SRCG-03-50/5090
SRG/SRCG-06-50/5090
SRG/SRCG-10-50/5090
10 17 18
9
4
16
For SRCG
12
15
14
19
6
11
20
7
13
8
L i st o f Se a l s
Item
Name of Parts
12
13
14
15
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
List of Seal Kits

SRG -03
SRCG
SO-NB-P7
SO-NB-P15
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P18
Part Numbers
SRG -06
SRCG
SO-NB-P7
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P22.4
SO-NB-P28
SRG -10
SRCG
SO-NB-P7
SO-NB-P29
SO-NB-P36
SO-NB-P32
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
SRG/SRCG-03
SRG/SRCG-06
SRG/SRCG-10
KS-SRG-03-50
KS-SRG-06-50
KS-SRG-10-50
Qty.
1
1
1
2
right.
304
FLOW CONTROLS
Throttle Modules / Throttle and Check Modules

Used as pilot choke valves for solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valves and pilot operated directional
valves.
D
Graphic Symbols
Throttle Modules
Standard Type
With Check
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
Standard (Metre-out) Type
Metre-in Type
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
01
P AB T
TC1G-01
A B
TC2G-01
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
03
P AB T
P AB T
TC1G-03
TC1G-03-C
A B
A B
Throttle Modules
Valve Size
TC2G-03-A
TC2G-03
Specifications
Model Numbers
TC1G-01-40/4090
TC2G-01-40/4090
TC1G-03- -40/4090
TC2G-03- -40/4090
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Nominal Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
0.6 (1.3)
30 (7.9)
25 (3630)
80 (21.1)
0.65 (1.4)
1.6 (3.5)
1.8 (4.0)

FTC1
Special Seals
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Series Number
-03
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
TC1: Throttle Module
F: Special Seals for

Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
TC2: Throttle and

Check Module
-40
Valve Type
Design
Number
Design
Standards
None: Std. Type

G: Gasket
Mounting
01
None: Std. (Metre-Out)

Type
40
None: Japanese Std.
"JIS" and
European
Design Std.
None: Std. Type

C: With Check Valve
TC1: Throttle Module
TC2: Throttle and

Check Module
-C
G: Gasket
Mounting
03
None: Std. (Metre-Out)

Type
A: Metre-in Type
40
90: N. American
Design Std.
305
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
If mounting bolts are necessary, order suitable ones selected from the table below. If
mounting bolts from other companies are used, their strength must be 8.8 or up ISO
standards.
Valve
Model
Numbers
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
Solenoid
Operated
Directional valve
Throttle module
or Throttle and
check module

TC G-01
M5
70 Lg.
TC G-03
M6
70 Lg.
Solenoid
Operated
Directional valve TC G-01
M5
95 Lg.
M6
100 Lg.
Mounting bolt
Throttle module
or Throttle and
check module
TC G-03
Mounting bolt
N. American
Design Std.
No. 10-24 UNC
2-3/4 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC
2-3/4 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC

3-3/4 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC
4 Lg.
Qty.
Instructions
Flow adjustment
Slacken the lock nut and turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise caused the flow rate to decrease
After adjustment, be sure to tighten the lock nut.
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
TC2G-01-40/4090
7
(.28)
Tank Port "T"
TC1G-01-40/4090
Cylinder Port "B"

4 Places
Fully Extended
91.5
(3.60)
0.75
(.03)
32.5
(1.28)
Fully Extended
96.5
(3.80)
70
(2.76)
31
(1.22)
25.8
(1.02)
15.5
(.61)
5.2
(.20)
17
(.67)
17
(.67)
5
(.20)
Cylinder Port "A"
54
(2.13)
40.5
(1.59)
30.2
(1.19)
21.5
(.85)
12.7
(.50)
Lock Nut
12(.47) Hex.
Pressure Port "P"
11
(.43)
21.5
(.85)
Flow Adjustment Screw
6(.24) Hex.
INC.

6(.24) Hex.
INC.
15
(.59)
25
(.98)
30.7
(1.21)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
306
Note: For other dimensions, see the figures shown TC2G-01.
DIMENSIONS IN
FLOW CONTROLS
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
Fully Extended
120
(4.72)
89.5
5
(3.52)
(.20)
17
46
(1.81) (.67)
32.5
(1.28)
21.4
(.84)
6.4
(.25)
Cylinder Port "A"
92
(3.62)
19
54
(.75)
(2.13)
50.8
(2.00)
37.3
(1.47)
27
(1.06)
16.7
(.66)
3.2
(.13)
Pressure Port "P"

Cylinder Port "B"
Tank Port "T"
14.7
(.58)
39.3
(1.55)

7(.28) Hex.
INC.
32
(1.26)
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
TC2G-03 ........... 11(.43)

TC2G-03-A ....... 21(.83)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
With standard sub-plates, the left one of the two tank ports "T" is used but either one may be used.
Throttle Modules
TC2G-03-40/4090
TC2G-03-A-40/4090
DIMENSIONS IN
Fully Extended
110
(4.33)
79.5
(3.13)
17
(.67)
5
(.20)
TC1G-03-40/4090
TC1G-03-C-40/4090
27
(1.06)

7(.28) Hex.
INC.
Note: For other dimensions, see the figures shown TC2G-03.
307
Metred Flow vs. Adjustment Revolutions

TC1G-01
TC2G-01
U.S.GPM L/min
30
Flow Rate
4
3
16 MPa
(2320 PSI)
6.3 MPa
(910 PSI)
2.5 MPa
(360 PSI)
1.0 MPa
(145 PSI)
0.4 MPa
(60 PSI)
20
15
10
200
150
A2 B 2
P2
1.5
25
Throttle Fully Closed

A2 A1
B2 B1
250
25 MPa
(3630 PSI)
6
5
2.0
TC1G-01
TC2G-01
MPa
PSI
300
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
A1 B 1
P1
Throttle Fully Open
P1 P2
A1 A2
B1 B2
1.0
100
0.5
Throttle Fully Open

A2 A1
B2 B1
50
5
1
0
0
0
Closed
0
1
6 6.5
Fully Open
Adjustment Screw Revolutions
10
15
20
25
30
L/min
7
Flow Rate
TC1G-03
TC2G-03
U.S.GPM L/min
22.5
80
25 MPa
(3630 PSI)
16 MPa
(2320 PSI)
6.3 MPa
(910 PSI)
2.5 MPa
(360 PSI)
1.0 MPa
(145 PSI)
0.4 MPa
(60 PSI)
Flow Rate
15
60
50
10
40
30
20
6
800
5
600
10 11.5
Fully Open
A2 B2
P1
P'2
A1 B1
A'2 B'2
Throttle Fully Open

P'1 P'2
Throttle Fully Closed
A2 A1 A'1 A'2
B2 B1 B'1 B'2
P'1
A'1B'1
3 Throttle Fully Open

P1 P2
2 A1 A2 A'2 A'1
B1 B2 B'2 B'1
1
400
P2
200
0
Closed
8
7
1000
10
0
TC1G-03TC2G-03-
MPa
70
Pressure Drop
20
PSI
1200
8
U.S.GPM
20
40
60
80
Throttle Fully Open

A2 A1 A'1 A'2
B2 B1 B'1 B'2
100
L/min

0
10
15
20
25 27.5
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L/min
22.5
80
20
70
Flow Rate
15
60
50
10
40
30
20
TC1G-03-C
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table

below.
25 MPa
(3630 PSI)
16 MPa
(2320 PSI)
6.3 MPa
(910 PSI)
2.5 MPa
(360 PSI)
1.0 MPa
(145 PSI)
0.4 MPa
(60 PSI)
Viscosity
Factor
20
10
11.5
Fully Open
308
40
50
60
70
80
90 100
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
0
0
Closed
30
98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P')
may be obtained from the formula below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
10
0
mm2/s 15
SSU 77
FLOW CONTROLS
List of Seals
TC1G-01-40/4090
TC1G-03-*-40/4090
10
12
11
10
12
11
D
TC1G-03
List of Seals
Throttle Modules
TC1G-01
List of Seal Kits
Item
Name of Parts
7
8
9
10
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
Part Numbers
TC1G-01
TC1G-03
SO-NB-A014
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P10
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P7
SO-BB-P9
SO-BB-P7
Valve Model Numbers

TC1G-01
TC1G-03
TC1G-03-C
Qty.
5
1
1
1
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-TC1G-01-40
KS-TC1G-03-40
With TC1G-01, four O-Rings, Item 7 , are used.

Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right
TC2G-01-40/4090
TC2G-03-*-40/4090
18
23
17
16
13
22
14
24
25
27
19
15
18 23 17 16 20 22
26
13 21 14
24 25
27
19
15
26
TC2G-01
TC2G-03
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
22
23
24
25
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
List of Seal Kits

Part Numbers
TC2G-01
TC2G-03
SO-NB-A014
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P10
SO-NA-P9
SO-NA-P7
SO-BB-P9
SO-BB-P7
Qty.
5
2
2
2
Valve Model Numbers

TC2G-01
TC2G-03
TC2G-03-A
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-TC2G-01-40
KS-TC2G-03-40
With TC2G-01, four O-Rings, Item 22 , are used.

Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right
309
Deceleration Valves / Deceleration and Check Valves

These valves are available either with or without an integral check valve which allows free reverse flow. Flow rate
through the valve is regulated by the movement of the spool, which is operated by a cam. When the spool is
depressed, the flow is decreased in Normally Open type valves and increased in Normally Closed type valves. Their
principal use is to control the speed of actuators in machine tools and similar applications.
Normally Closed Type
Normally Open Type
Specifications
Model Numbers
Threaded Connection
Sub-plate Mounting
ZT/ZCT-03- - -22/2280/2290
ZG/ZCG-03- - -22/2290
30 (7.9)
ZT/ZCT-06- - -22/2280/2290
ZG/ZCG-06- - -22/2290
80 (21.1)
ZT/ZCT-10- - -22/2280/2290
ZG/ZCG-10- - -22/2290
200 (52.8)

FZC
T
Special Seals
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
Series Number
Z:
Deceleration
Valve
ZC:
Deceleration
and
Check Valve
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
21 (3050)
-03
-T
-C
-22
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
With Adjustable
Needle Valve for
By-Pass Line
Spool Type
Design
Number
T:
Threaded
Connection
03
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
T:
Threaded
Connection
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
06
10
06
T:
With Adjustable
Needle Valve
(Omit if not
required)
10
03
06
10
03
06
T:
With Adjustable
Needle Valve
(Omit if not
required)
10
None:
Normally
Open Type
C:
Normally
Closed
Type
None:
Normally
Open Type
C:
Normally
Closed
Type
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22

Z T
Z G
4.3 (9.5)
4.3 (9.5)
8.7 (19.2)
8.7 (19.2)
17 (37.5)
17 (37.5)
Design Standards
Graphic Symbols
ZT
ZG -
310
ZT
ZG - -T
ZT
ZG - -C
ZT
ZG - -T-C
ZCT
ZCG -
ZCT
ZCG - -T
ZCT
ZCG - -C
ZCT
ZCG - -T-C
FLOW CONTROLS
Instructions
Force to Depress Spool
Model Numbers
Force N (lbs.)
ZT/ZG -03
ZCT/ZCG
ZT/ZG -06
ZCT/ZCG
ZT/ZG
ZCT/ZCG -10
150 (337)
270 (607)
400 (899)
[Viscosity:20 mm2/s (98 SSU)]
cm3 /min (cu.in./min)
Total Leakage
Model Numbers
ZT/ZG
ZCT/ZCG -03
ZT/ZG
ZCT/ZCG -06
ZT/ZG -10
ZCT/ZCG
MPa (PSI)
Pressure
1 (145)
2 (290)
5 (730)
10 (1450)
21 (3050)
9 (.55)
18 (1.10)
44 (2.7)
88 (5.4)
185 (11.3)
9 (.55)
17 (1.04)
43 (2.6)
86 (5.2)
180 (11.0)
10 (.61)
20 (1.22)
49 (3.0)
98 (6.0)
205 (12.5)
Drain Port Back Pressure

Limit the drain port back pressure to 0.1 MPa (15 PSI).
In addition, connect the drain pipe independently and directly to the tank.
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Numbers


5/16-18 UNC
75 Lg.
3 Lg.
Qty.
ZG/ZCG-03
M8
ZG/ZCG-06
M10
100 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
4 Lg.
ZG/ZCG-10
M12
120 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC
4-3/4 Lg.
Deceleration Valves
Total Leakage at Spool Fully Closed
Option
Bypass throttle valves
To allow a metred flow between ports even when the flow is stopped by the spool.
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers

Sub-plate
Thread
Model No.
Size
ZGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F

Sub-plate
Thread
Model No.
Size
ZGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
ZG/ZCG-03

Sub-plate
Thread
Model No.
Size
ZGM-03-21
Rc 3/8
ZG/ZCG-06
ZGM-06-21
Rc 3/4
ZGM-06-2180
3/4 BSP.F
ZGM-06-2190
3/4 NPT
3.8 (8.4)
ZG/ZCG-10
ZGM-10-21
Rc 1-1/4
ZGM-10-2180
1-1/4 BSP.F
ZGM-10-2190
1-1/4 NPT
9 (19.8)
2 (4.4)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
311
ZT/ZCT-03-*-*-22/2280/2290
ZT/ZCT-06-*-*-22/2280/2290
ZT/ZCT-10-*-*-22/2280/2290
DIMENSIONS IN
Total Valve Spool Movement "d"

(Normally Open)
Seal Stroke "e"
Seal Stroke "g"
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
Limit the cam angle to 35
Throttle Stroke "h"
t
b
Port "A"
(See table below)
"q" Thd.
Port "B"
(See table below)
"q" Thd.
Throttle Stroke "f"
"a" Dia. Roller
(Normally Closed)
"j" Dia. Through

"n" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Drain Port "DR" "r" Thd.
(Connect directly to the tank.)
Y
X
20
(.79)
D
C
Adjustable Needle Valve

for By-Pass Line(Z T- -T)
INC.
Model Numbers
ZTZCT-
Port "A"
Controlled flow
inlet
Port "B"
Controlled flow
outlet
Controlled flow
inlet or Reversed
free flow outlet
Controlled flow
outlet or Reversed
free flow inlet
"q" Thd.
Model Numbers
"r" Thd.
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
ZT/ZCT-03- - -2280
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
ZT/ZCT-03- - -2290
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
ZT/ZCT-03- - -22
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
ZT/ZCT-06- - -2290
3/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
ZT/ZCT-10- - -22
Rc 1-1/4
ZT/ZCT-06- - -22
ZT/ZCT-06- - -2280
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
ZT/ZCT-10- - -2280 1-1/4 BSP.F

ZT/ZCT-10- - -2290
Model Numbers
mm (Inches)
ZT/ZCT-03
80
66
40
102
(4.02) (3.15) (2.60) (1.57)
20
11
82
60
41
(.43) (3.23) (2.36) (1.61) (.79)
11
(.43)
141
58
40
56
(5.55) (2.28) (1.57) (2.20)
ZT/ZCT-06
120
98
82
49
(4.72) (3.86) (3.23) (1.93)
32
11
106
84
57
(.43) (4.17) (3.31) (2.24) (1.26)
11
(.43)
176
81
57
65
27
95
(6.93) (3.19) (2.24) (2.56) (1.06) (3.74)
ZT/ZCT-10
160
132
103
66
(6.30) (5.20) (4.06) (2.60)
40
14
140
112
75
(.55) (5.51) (4.41) (2.95) (1.57)
14
(.55)
224
106
75
80
32
110
(8.82) (4.17) (2.95) (3.15) (1.26) (4.33)
Model Numbers
312
Dimensions
1/4NPT
1-1/4 NPT
Dimensions
X
mm (Inches)
t
24.5
(.96)
ZT/ZCT-03
60
25
35
18
(2.36) (.98) (1.38) (.71)
6
(.24)
10
(.39)
2
(.08)
8
(.31)
2
(.08)
8
(.31)
8.8
(.35)
14
(.55)
ZT/ZCT-06
85
32
50
22
(3.35) (1.26) (1.97) (.87)
8
(.31)
13
(.51)
3
(.12)
10
(.39)
3
(.12)
10
(.39)
11
(.43)
17.5
29
(.69) (1.14)
ZT/ZCT-10
96
40
55
28
(3.78) (1.57) (2.17) (1.10)
10
(.39)
18
(.71)
3
(.12)
15
(.59)
3
(.12)
15
(.59)
13.5
(.53)
21
34
(.83) (1.34)
25
70
(.98) (2.76)
FLOW CONTROLS
ZG/ZCG-03-*-*-22/2290
ZG/ZCG-06-*-*-22/2290
ZG/ZCG-10-*-*-22/2290
DIMENSIONS IN
Adjustable Needle Valve

for By-Pass Line(Z G- -T) INC.
Total Valve Spool Movement "Z"
"X" Dia. Roller
(Normally Closed)
(Normally Open)
Seal Stroke "a"
Throttle Stroke "e"
D
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Port "A"
(See table below)
Drain Port "DR"

(Connect directly
to the tank.)
U
"f" Dia. Through
"g" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
E
H
Port "B"
(See table below)
Model Numbers
ZGZCG-
Model Numbers
Port "A"
Controlled flow
inlet
Port "B"
Controlled flow
outlet
Controlled flow
inlet or Reversed
free flow outlet
Controlled flow
outlet or Reversed
free flow inlet
Dimensions
20
(.79)
6
(.24)
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
mm (Inches)
ZG/ZCG-03
102
(4.02)
80
(3.15)
66
(2.60)
40
(1.57)
11
(.43)
82
(3.23)
60
(2.36)
41
(1.61)
11
(.43)
141
(5.55)
56
(2.20)
25
(.98)
70
(2.76)
ZG/ZCG-06
120
(4.72)
98
(3.86)
82
(3.23)
49
(1.93)
11
(.43)
106
(4.17)
84
(3.31)
57
(2.24)
11
(.43)
176
(6.93)
65
(2.56)
27
(1.06)
95
(3.74)
ZG/ZCG-10
160
(6.30)
132
(5.20)
103
(4.06)
66
(2.60)
14
(.55)
140
(5.51)
112
(4.41)
75
(2.95)
14
(.55)
224
(8.82)
80
(3.15)
32
(1.26)
110
(4.33)
ZG/ZCG-03
60
(2.36)
35
(1.38)
18
(.71)
6
(.24)
10
(.39)
2
(.08)
8
(.31)
2
(.08)
8
(.31)
8.8
(.35)
14
(.55)
24.5
(.96)
ZG/ZCG-06
85
(3.35)
50
(1.97)
22
(.87)
8
(.31)
13
(.51)
3
(.12)
10
(.39)
3
(.12)
10
(.39)
11
(.43)
17.5
(.69)
29
(1.14)
ZG/ZCG-10
96
(3.78)
55
(2.17)
28
(1.10)
10
(.39)
18
(.71)
3
(.12)
15
(.59)
3
(.12)
15
(.59)
13.5
(.53)
21
(.83)
34
(1.34)
Model Numbers
Dimensions
Deceleration Valves
Throttle
Stroke "b"
Limit the cam angle to 35
Seal Stroke "d"
mm (Inches)
313
ZGM-03-21/2180/2190
ZGM-06-21/2180/2190
ZGM-10-21/2180/2190
DIMENSIONS IN
A
J
B
C
"h" Thd. "Y" Deep

4 Places
D
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
"a" Dia. Through

"b" C' bore
4 Places
"j" Dia.
"f" Thd. (From Rear)
2 Places
"n" Dia.
"g" Thd. (From Rear)
Thd. Size
Model Numbers
"f" Thd.
"g" Thd.
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
ZGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
ZGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
ZGM-06-2180
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
ZGM-06-2190
3/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
ZGM-10-21
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1/4
ZGM-10-2180
1-1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
ZGM-10-2190
1-1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
ZGM-03-21
ZGM-06-21
Model Numbers
mm (Inches)
"h" Thd.
14 (.55)
M8
15 (.59)
5/16-18 UNC
6.2 (.24)
14 (.55)
23 (.91)
M10
24.5 (.96)
3/8-16 UNC
11 (.43)
23 (.91)
11 (.43)
M12
29 (1.14)
1/2-13 UNC
11.7 (.46)
11 (.43)
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
ZGM-03
146
(5.75)
124
(4.88)
80
(3.15)
60
(2.36)
42
(1.65)
20
(.79)
22
(.87)
11
(.43)
85
(3.35)
60
(2.36)
40
(1.57)
20
(.79)
12.5
(.49)
58
(2.28)
ZGM-06
160
(6.30)
138
(5.43)
98
(3.86)
74
(2.91)
53
(2.09)
24
(.94)
20
(.79)
11
(.43)
108
(4.25)
84
(3.31)
57
(2.24)
32
(1.26)
12
(.47)
81
(3.19)
ZGM-10
218
(8.58)
190
(7.48)
132
(5.20)
98
(3.86)
70
(2.76)
34
(1.34)
29
(1.14)
14
(.55)
140
(5.51)
112
(4.41)
75
(2.95)
40
(1.57)
14
(.55)
106
(4.17)
Model Numbers
314
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
ZGM-03
44
(1.73)
26
(1.02)
18
(.71)
11
(.43)
17.5
(.69)
15.2
(.60)
ZGM-06
60
(2.36)
35
(1.38)
18
(.71)
11
(.43)
17.5
(.69)
24.2
(.95)
ZGM-10
87
(3.43)
45
(1.77)
25
(.98)
14
(.55)
21
(.83)
31.5
(1.24)
FLOW CONTROLS
Metred Flow vs. Spool Depression

Z T-03
Z G-03
ZCT-03
ZCG-03
.4
60
0.4
40
0.3
Spool Closed
Spool Open
10 9
U.S.GPM L/min
8
30
0.2
0
0.1
0
0
10
20
30
40
6
8
Flow Rate
10
50
12
20
10
0 1
Pressure Drop
0 mm
21 MPa
(3050 PSI)
10 MPa
(1450 PSI)
.1
.2
.3
.4 IN.
Spool Depression (Normally Open)
.5
.4
.3
0 IN
.1
.2
13 12
U.S.GPM L/min
22
80
20
0.4
0.2
0
0
50
100
10
20
30
Flow Rate
40
50 55 U.S.GPM
1 MPa
(145 PSI)
20
0
0
.7
Spool Closed
100
20
200
10
12 13 mm
.5
.1
.2
.3
.4
IN.
300
40
60
80
Flow Rate
400
Spool Depression (Normally Closed)

.6
.5
.3
. 2 .1
0 IN.
.4
18 16 14 12 10
U.S.GPM L/min
55
200
50
Spool Open
0
5 MPa
(730 PSI)
2 MPa
(290 PSI)
Z T-10
Z G-10
L/min
100 110 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
21 MPa
(3050 PSI)
10 MPa
(1450 PSI)
40
ZCT-10
ZCG-10
0.4
0.2
0 mm
60
25
12
PSI MPa
125
0.8
100
0.6
75
200 L/min
150
Flow Rate
10
9 10 mm
Spool Open
16
Pressure Drop
Z T-06
Z G-06
Spool Closed
0.6
50
5 MPa
(730 PSI)
0.8
1.0
50
ZCT-06
ZCG-06
MPa
2 MPa
(290 PSI)
100
1 MPa
(145 PSI)
PSI
150
L/min
14 U.S.GPM
Deceleration Valves
Pressure Drop
0.5
20

.3
.2
.1
0 IN.
MPa
Flow Rate
PSI
80
40
160
30
120
20
80
10
40
0 mm
1 MPa
(145 PSI)
2 MPa
(290 PSI)
0
0 2 4 6 8
21 MPa
(3050 PSI)
10 MPa
(1450 PSI)
5 MPa
(730 PSI)
10 12 14 16 18 mm
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7 IN.
315
Metred Flow for Needle Valve
U.S.GPM
2.0
L/min
7
6
1.5
Flow Rate
ZT /ZCT-03-T
ZG/ZCG-03-T
5
4
1.0
3
.5
1
0
0
Fully
Closed
21 MPa
(3050 PSI)
10 MPa
(1450 PSI)
5 MPa
(730 PSI)
2 MPa
(290 PSI)
1 MPa
(145 PSI)
1
Choke Adj. Position rev
ZT /ZCT-06-T
ZG/ZCG-06-T
U.S.GPM
2.0
L/min
7
6
1.5
Flow Rate
5
4
1.0
3
2
.5
1
0
0
Fully
Closed
21 MPa
(3050 PSI)
10 MPa
(1450 PSI)
5 MPa
(730 PSI)
2 MPa
(290 PSI)
1 MPa
(145 PSI)
1
Choke Adj. Position rev
ZT /ZCT-10-T
ZG/ZCG-10-T
U.S.GPM
2.0
Flow Rate
1.5
1.0
.5
0
316
L/min Differential Pressure

21 MPa
7
(3050 PSI)
6
10 MPa
(1450 PSI)
5
5 MPa
4
(730 PSI)
3
2 MPa
(290 PSI)
2
1 MPa
(145 PSI)
1
0
0
1
2
3
Fully
Choke
Adj.
Position
rev
Closed
FLOW CONTROLS
List of Seals
ZT/ZCT-03-*-*-22/2280/2290
ZT/ZCT-06-*-*-22/2280/2290
ZT/ZCT-10-*-*-22/2280/2290
1
17 18 4
15 16
With Adjustable Needle Valve

for By-Pass Line
ZT - -T
ZCT
With Check Valve

(ZCT- )
5 14
11 19 10
1
6
25
20
21
12
22
17
23
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
List of Seal Kits

Part Numbers
ZT -06
ZCT
SO-NB-P36
ZT -10
ZCT
SO-NB-P49
Qty.
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
17
O-Ring
ZT -03
ZCT
SO-NB-P32
18
O-Ring
SO-NA-P20
SO-NA-P25
SO-NA-P32
ZT-10
KS-ZT-10-22
19
O-Ring
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P22A
ZCT-03
KS-ZCT-03-22
20
O-Ring
SO-NA-P5
SO-NA-P5
SO-NA-P5
ZCT-06
KS-ZCT-06-22
21
Back Up Ring
SO-BB-P5
SO-BB-P5
SO-BB-P5
ZCT-10
KS-ZCT-10-22
ZT-03
KS-ZT-03-22
ZT-06
KS-ZT-06-22
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.
ZG/ZCG-03-*-*-22/2290
ZG/ZCG-06-*-*-22/2290
ZG/ZCG-10-*-*-22/2290
1
18 20 4 16 17 7
With Adjustable Needle Valve

for By-Pass Line
ZG - -T
ZCG
With Check Valve

(ZCG- )
5 14
22 10 9
Deceleration Valves
1
24
11 1
6
28
23
24
18
3
12
19
25
15
26
21
13
27
List of Seals
Part Numbers
ZG -06
ZCG
SO-NB-P36
ZG
ZCG-10
SO-NB-P49
Qty.
O-Ring
ZG -03
ZCG
SO-NB-P32
Valve Model Numbers
19
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
ZG-03
KS-ZG-03-22
20
O-Ring
SO-NA-P20
SO-NA-P25
SO-NA-P32
ZG-06
KS-ZG-06-22
21
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P14
ZG-10
KS-ZG-10-22
22
O-Ring
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P22A
ZCG-03
KS-ZCG-03-22
23
O-Ring
SO-NA-P5
SO-NA-P5
SO-NA-P5
ZCG-06
KS-ZCG-06-22
SO-BB-P5
SO-BB-P5
SO-BB-P5
Back Up Ring
24
1
ZCG-10
KS-ZCG-10-22
Item
Name of Parts
18
List of Seal Kits
Seal Kit Numbers
317
These valves are the combination of flow control valve, a deceleration valve and
a check valve and used mainly for controlling rapid traverse and feed cycles
machine tools. Switching from rapid traverse to feed is made by a cam
operation, and fine feed control is accomplished by dial rotation regardless of
pressure and oil temperature variation. Rapid return is free of cam actuation.
Specifications
Metred Flow
Range
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
UCF1G-01-4-A- -11
UCF1G-01-4-B- -11
UCF1G-01-4-C- -11
UCF1G-01-8-A- -11
UCF1G-01-8-B- -11
UCF1G-01-8-C- -11
UCF1G-03-4- -10
UCF1G-03-8- -10
UCF2G-03-4- -10
UCF2G-03-8- -10
UCF1G-04-30-30
UCF2G-04-30-30
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Fine
Feed
Feed
Max.
Max.
Reversed
Operat- Approx.
Free Flow
ing
Mass
L/min
Pressure kg (lbs.)
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI)
16 [12]
(4.2 [3.2])
0.03-4
(.008-1.06)
12 [8]
2
(3.2 [2.1])
{0.05-4}
8 [4]
({.013-1.06})
(2.1 [1.06])
0.03-8
(.008-2.1)
16 [8]
2
(4.2 [2.1])
{0.05-8}
12 [4]
({.013-2.1})
(3.2 [1.06])
40 [40]
(10.6 [10.6])
80 [40]
(21.1 [10.6])
14
(2030)
0.05-4
(.013-1.06)
0.05-8
(.013-2.1)
0.1-4
(.026-1.06)
40 [40]
(10.6 [10.6])
0.1-8
(.026-2.1)
0.05-4
(.013-1.06)
0.05-4
(.013-1.06)
0.1-22
(.026-5.8)
0.1-22
(.026-5.8)
1.6
(3.5)
20
(5.3)
20 [12]
(5.3 [3.2])
0.1-17
(.026-4.5)
40
(10.6)
2.6
(5.7)
40
(10.6)
2.7
(6.0)
6.5
(14.3)
80
(21.1)
9.2
(20.3)
1. The maximum flow rates are values with the deceleration valve and the flow control valve fully open.
The values in [ ] are maximum flow rates with the deceleration valve fully open and the flow
control valve fully closed.
2. The values in { } are for pressures above 7 MPa (1020 PSI).

FSpecial
Seals
F-:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
UCF1
Series
Number
UCF1:
Single
Feed
Control
G
Type of
Mounting
G:
Gasket
Mounting
-01
-4
-A
-E
-11
Valve
Size
Nominal Metred
Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Deceleration Valve
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Drain Connection
Design
Number
01
4: 4 (1.06)
8: 8 (2.1)
A:12 (3.2)
B: 8 (2.1)
C: 4 (1.06)
03
4: 4 (1.06)
8: 8 (2.1)
04
UCF2:
Double
Feed
Control
G:
Gasket
Mounting
03
04
30:30 (7.9)
4: 4 (1.06)
8: 8 (2.1)
30:30 (7.9)
Design Standards: None. . . . . . . . . Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90. . . . . . . . . . . . N. American Design Standard
318
Feed Control Valves
None: Internal
Drain
E: External Drain
Design
Standards
11
10
Refer to
None: External Drain
30
None: Internal
Drain
E:External Drain
10
None: External Drain
30
FLOW CONTROLS
Graphic Symbols
A
B
A
UCF1G-01-
UCF1G-01- -E
UCF1G-03-
UCF1G-03- -E
UCF1G-04
UCF2G-03-
UCF2G-03- -E
UCF2G-04
Attachment
Mounting Bolts

Japanese Std. "JIS" & European Design Std.
Qty.
UCF1G-01
M6
55 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC
2-1/4 Lg.
UCF1G-03
M6
55 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC
2-1/4 Lg.
UCF2G-03
M6
55 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC
2-1/4 Lg.
UCF1G-04
M10
70 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2-3/4 Lg.
UCF2G-04
M10
70 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2-3/4 Lg.
Instructions
Allowable pressures at controlled flow outlet
If internal drain types of UCF1G-01 or 03 or UCF2G-03
are used, use them in metre-out circuits in order to limit
the valve outlet pressure to the valves shown below.
In addition, external drain types can also be used in metrein circuits.
Required Force for Spool Push Down

Model Numbers
UCF1G-01
UCF1G-03
Model Numbers
Internal
Drain
Type
Allowable
Outlet Port
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
UCF1G-03-
0.3 (44)
100 (22.5)
80 (18.0)
Internal drain type
170 (38.2)
90 (20.2)
Internal drain type
170 (38.2)
External drain type
130 (29.2)
UCF1G-04
External drain type
170 (38.2)
UCF2G-04
External drain type
170 (38.2)
Line filter
To carry out flow adjustments by as small degree as 2
L/min (.53 U. S. GPM) or less, be sure to use a line filter,
10 m or less, near the valve inlet.
UCF1G-03- -E
UCF1G-04
Internal drain type

External drain type
Note: The push down forces are with the maximum allowable pressure
at the port concerned, which is controlled flow outlet "B" for
internal drain types or the drain port for internal drain types.
UCF2G-03UCF1G-01- -E
External
Drain
Type
Force
N (lbs.)
External drain type
UCF2G-03
UCF1G-01-
Drain Type
Feed Control Valves
Valve
Model Numbers
14 (2030)
UCF2G-03- -E
UCF2G-04
Minimum required pressure difference

The minimum pressure differential between inlet and
outlet port is required to obtain the optimum pressure
compensation. It varies accordingly to the flow rate to be
set. For details, refer to the performance curve.
Spool push down level
Limit the spool push down level within the allowable
maximum stroke range shown in the installation drawings.
Allowable drain port back pressure
Limit to 0.1 MPa (15 PSI).
In addition, connect the drain pipe independently and
directly to the tank. (This applies only to external drain
types.)
Flow adjustment
[UCF1G-01, UCF G-03]
Loosen the locking screw and turn the flow adjustment
dial clockwise for increase, and anti-clockwise for
decrease.
The dial makes about four revolutions from zero to
full flow and the valve opening is indicated on the
revolution indicator.
After flow adjustment, tighten the locking screw.
[UCF G-04]
Loosen the locking screw and turn the flow adjustment
handle clockwise to increase, and anti-clockwise to
decrease.
Open condition is indicated in digital-scale in built-in
revolution indicator.
After flow adjustment, tighten the locking screw.
Feed Control Valves
319

UCF1G-01
60
40
20
0
2
3
4
Metred Flow
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
5 5.5 U.S.GPM
PSI
0.5
40
0.3
0.2
20
0
.5
1.0 1.5 2.0

Metred Flow
0.1
0
80
.5
0.5
0.4
40
0.3
0.2
20
1.0
1.5
Metred Flow
0.1
0
0
8 L/min
2.0
U.S.GPM
10
UCF1G-01-*-*-*-11/1190
3
4
5
Metred Flow
7
(.28)
63
(2.48)
49
(1.93)
42.5
(1.67)
30
(1.18)
27
(1.06)
12
(.47)
20.5
(.81)
33
(1.30)
50(1.97)
66(2.60)
22.5(.89)
Dia.
Limit the cam

angle to 30
13.5
(.53)
30
28
(1.18)
(1.10)
84(3.31)
17
(.67)
25
30 L/min
7
4
(.16)
44(1.73)
Flow Adjustment
Dial
45(1.77)
INC.
Mounting surface should have

Locating Pin.
4(.16) Dia.
Name
of Port
"X"
Port "A"
Port "B"
11.5
(.45)
Drain Port
3.5
(.14)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
53(2.09)
Drain Port
Fully Extended
84(3.31)
80(3.15)
Only External drain type (UCF1G-01- - -E) have a machined finish.
320
8 U.S.GPM
Mounting Surface
15(.59)
Locking Screw
2.5(.10) Hex. Soc. 16.4(.65)
Tightening Torque: 4
0.25 - 0.3 Nm
(.16)
(2.2 - 2.7 IN. lbs.)
Revolution
Indicator
11(.43) Dia. Roller
6 7 8
7
(.28)
20
DIMENSIONS IN
Seal Stroke 1.5(.06)
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
Port "B"
Controlled Flow Outlet
Inlet Port
15
Port "A"
Total Valve Spool Movement

5.5 to 6.5 (.22 to .25)
Throttle Stroke
4(.16)
2.5 U.S.GPM
MPa
0.6
60
0
0 1
L/min
UCF1G
UCF2G -04
0.6
0.4
20
UCF2G-03
MPa
0.7
60
40
L/min
80
60
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
PSI
100
80
MPa
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
Max. "X" Dia.
80
UCF1G-03
PSI
100
MPa
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
PSI
100
Feed Control Valves
FLOW CONTROLS
UCF1G-03-*-*-10/1090
Locating Pin.
4(.16) Dia.
117(4.61)
Drain Port
4
(.16)
Only external drain type (UCF1G-03- -E) have a machined finish.
D
A
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface
28.5
(1.12)
Locking Screw
2.5(.10) Hex. Soc.
Tightening Torque:
0.25 - 0.3 Nm
(2.2 - 2.7 IN. lbs.)
27.5
(1.08)
90(3.54)
34(1.34)
13.5(.53)
INC.
13(.51)
29(1.14)
51.5(2.03)
18(.71)
4
(.16)
16.4
(.65)
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
Drain Port
4
(.16)
Locating Pin.
4(.16) Dia.
22.5
(.89) Dia.
Throttle Stroke 2 (.08)
45(1.77)
46(1.81)
Mounting surface
should have a
good machined
finish.
Max. "X" Dia.

7.5 to 9.0 (.30 to .35)
INC.
11(.43) Dia. Roller
Feed Flow Adjustment Dial
Limit the cam
angle to 30
Port "A"
Fine Feed Flow
Adjustment Dial
6.5
(.26)
11.5
(.45)
54(2.13)
104(4.09)
Feed Stroke 4.2 (.17)
68(2.68)
55(2.17)
49(1.93)
41.5(1.63)
Port "A"
Port "B"
Fully Extended
84(3.31)
Fine Feed Stroke 1.8 (.07)
Name
of Port
"X"
Port "A"
Port "B"
11.5
(.45)
Drain Port
4
(.16)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
54(2.13)
Fully Extended
84(3.31)
72(2.83)
84(3.31)
6.5
(.26)
"X"
Feed Control Valves
INC.
UCF2G-03-*-*-10/1090
Port "B"
Controlled Flow
Outlet or Reversed
Free Flow Inlet Port
Name
of Port
45(1.77)
Drain Port
84(3.31)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
44(1.73)
Flow Adjustment
Dial
69(2.72)

4
(.16)
Revolution
Indicator
89.5(3.52)
31(1.22) 28(1.10)
41.5
(1.63)
13.5(.53)
55(2.17)
49(1.93)
68(2.68)
6.5
(.26)
29
(1.14)
51.5(2.03)
Mounting Surface
4
(.16)
Max. "X" Dia.
Limit the cam

angle to 30
Port "A"
Reversed Free Outlet Port
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
Port "B"
Controlled Flow Outlet
Inlet Port
6.5
(.26)
Locking Screw 2.5(.10) Hex. Soc.

Tightening Torque:
18(.71)
0.25 - 0.3 Nm
(2.2 - 2.7 IN. lbs.)
16.4(.65)
11(.43) Dia. Roller
22.5(.89)
Dia.

6.0 to 7.0 (.24 to .27)
Seal Stroke 1.5 (.06)
Throttle Stroke4.5(.18)
104(4.09)
117(4.61)
Only external drain type (UCF2G-03- -E) have a machined finish.
Feed Control Valves
321
UCF1G-04-30-30/3090
Mounting Surface
8 to 9 (.31 to .35)
Mounting surface should

18(.71) Dia. Roller
Throttle Stroke 6(.24)
24.5(.96)
Limit the cam

angle to 30
Port "A"
Reversed Free Flow
Outlet Port
44
(1.73)
Locking Screw
2(.08) Hex. Soc.
Name
of Port
"X"
Port "A"
Port "B"
15.5
(.61)
Drain Port
8.5
(.33)
Two Locating Pins

6(.24) Dia.
43
(1.69)
46
(1.81)
130
(5.12)
20(.79)
55(2.17)
67(2.64)
6
(.24)
10
(.39)
96(3.78)
76(2.99)
6
(.24)
Max. "X" Dia.
28(1.10)
Seal Stroke 2(.08)
123
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
20(.79)
Port "B"
Controlled Flow
Outlet or Reversed
40
(1.57)
60
(2.36)
90
(3.54)
10
(.39)
140
(5.51)
160
(6.30)
54
(2.13)
55
(2.17)
69
(2.72)

4 Places
Flow Adjustment
Handle
46(1.81) Dia.
123
(4.84)
INC.
Drain Port
DIMENSIONS IN
UCF2G-04-30-30/3090
13 to 14 (.51 to .55)
31.5(1.24)
18(.71) Dia. Roller
Fine Feed Stroke 4(.16)

Feed Stroke 4(.16)
Throttle Stroke 5(.20)
Locking Screw
2(.08) Hex. Soc.
Two Locating Pins
6(.24) Dia.
52
(2.05)
60
(2.36)
150
(5.91)
20(.79)
22(.87)
57.5(2.26)
82(3.23)
90(3.54)
10
(.39)
50
(1.97)
Port "A"
110(4.33)
24.5
(.96)
6
(.24)
Limit the cam

angle to 30
123
6
(.24)
300
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Fine Feed Flow

Adjustment Handle
46(1.81) Dia.
INC.
10
(.39)
322
20(.79)
47
(1.85)
65
(2.56)
82
(3.23)
85
(3.35)
123
(4.84)
170
(6.69)
190
(7.48)
54
(2.13)
55
(2.17)
69
(2.72)

4 Places
Feed Flow
Adjustment Handle
46(1.81) Dia.
INC.
Drain Port
Feed Control Valves
123
(4.84)
Mounting Surface
Mounting surface
should have a
good machined
finish.
Max. "X" Dia.
Port "B"
Controlled Flow
Outlet or Reversed
Name of Port
"X"
Port "A"
18 (.71)
Port "B"
15.5 (.61)
Drain Port
8.5 (.33)
FLOW CONTROLS
List of Seals
UCF1G-01-*-*-*-11/1190
34
45
38 32
33
15
12
39
17 31 18
21
35
44
43
46
D
X
22
37 25
27 40
24
23
14
13 42
11
34
29
30
20
19 28
16 36
10
39
12
41
List of Seals
Section X-X
Item
Name of Parts
36
O-Ring
SO-NA-P4
Part Numbers
Qty.
1
37
O-Ring
SO-NB-P7
38
O-Ring
SO-NA-P10
39
O-Ring
SO-NB-P10
40
O-Ring
SO-NB-P10A
41
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
42
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
46
O-Ring
SO-NB-P5
Remarks
Included in Seal Kit

Kit No:
KS-UCF1G-01-11
Feed Control Valves
26
Used only for external drain types (UCF1G-01- - -E-11 ).
UCF1G-03-*-*-10/1090
36
43
26
44
37
12
19
18
33
38
34
17
16
31
35
27
39
28
29
30
32
15
40
14
11
41
13
10
47
Y
46
25
45
Section X-X
List of Seals
24
23
Item
Name of Parts
42
40
O-Ring
SO-NA-P4
20
41
O-Ring
SO-NB-P10
21
42
O-Ring
SO-NB-P10A
43
O-Ring
SO-NA-P12
44
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
45
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
46
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
47
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
22
44
Section Y-Y
Part Numbers
Qty.
Remarks

Kit No:
KS-UCF1G-03-10
Used only for external drain types (UCF1G-03- -E-10 ).
Feed Control Valves
323
UCF2G-03-*-*-10/1090
2
42
41
26
12
43
10 36
11
17
20
30 19
28
35
27
31
34
33
22
23
24
40
43
Y
X
45
25 44
Section Y-Y
29
18
13
32
37
14
16
39
21
38
15
Section X-X
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
37
O-Ring
SO-NA-P4
38
O-Ring
SO-NB-P6
39
O-Ring
SO-NB-P10
40
O-Ring
SO-NB-P10A
41
O-Ring
SO-NA-P12
42
Back Up Ring
SO-BB-P12
43
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
44
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
45
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
UCF2G-03- -10
KS-UCF2G-03-10
UCF2G-03- -E-10
KS-UCF2G-03-E-10
1. Used only for external drain types

(UCF2G-03- -E-10 ).
2. Used only for internal drain types
(UCF2G-03- -10 ).
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the
seal kit number from the table above.
UCF1G-04-30-30/3090
UCF2G-04-30-30/3090
4
39
11
29
42
25
17
13
X
38
32
35
List of Seals
Part Numbers
30
23
5
24
7
26
31
1
40
18
16
19
Name of Parts
33
O-Ring
34
Back Up Ring
35
O-Ring
36
O-Ring
SO-NB-P11
37
O-Ring
SO-NB-P12
38
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
39
O-Ring
SO-NA-P20
SO-NB-P18
UCF1G
UCF2G
SO-NA-P4
SO-BB-P4
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P10A
40
O-Ring
41
O-Ring
SO-NB-G25
42
O-Ring
SO-NB-P34
41
28
Quantity
Item
X
12
27
SO-NB-P22A
from the table below.
24
List of Seal Kits
23
38
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
UCF1G-04
KS-UCF1G-04-30
UCF2G-04
KS-UCF2G-04-30
8
9
38
14
34
33
22
15
37
20
36
21
Section Y-Y
Section X-X
324
Feed Control Valves
FLOW CONTROLS
Needle Valves
Used as stop valves for pressure gauge lines and small-capacity line. Also
can be used as restrictors for regulating flow rates in pilot lines.
Specifications
Model Numbers
In-Line Type
GCT-02-32
Angle Type
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
35 (5080 )
GCTR-02-32
0.34 (.75)
Depends on allowable pressure drops. See Flow vs. Adjustment Revolutions characteristics
and Pressure Drop at Full Open characteristics.

FGCT
Special Seals
Series Number
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
-32
Design Number
02
32
0
Closed 1/2
1-1/2
2-1/2
U.S.GPM L/min
16
60
14
50
12
40
10
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
21 MPa (3050 PSI)

14 MPa (2030 PSI)
10 MPa (1450 PSI)
7 MPa (1020 PSI)
4 MPa (580 PSI)
2 MPa (290 PSI)
1 MPa (145 PSI)
0.5 MPa (70 PSI)
20
10
Pressure Drop at Full Open

Pressure
35 MPa (5080 PSI)
30
Refer to
None.......Japanese Standard "JIS"

80............European Design Standard
90............N. American Design Standard
Flow vs. Adjustment Revolutions
Design Standards
Needle Valves
GCTR : Angle Type Needle

Valve, Threaded
Connection
U.S.GPM L/min
16
60
14
50
12
40
10
6
Graphic Symbol
-02
Valve Size
GCT : In-line Type Needle Valve,

Threaded Connection
Design Standards:
30
20
4
10
3-1/2 Fully Open
Oil Viscosity:20mm2/s (98 SSU)
10
15
20
25
30
35 MPa
Adjustment Revolution
0
1000
2000
3000
Pressure Drop
4000
5000 PSI
Adaptor
Used where pressure gauges are attached directly to needle valves. Equipped with pressure snubber for reducing
harmful surges to protect pressure gauges.
Adaptors are not accessories to needle valves. Order them referring to the table below. For the models shown here,
only Japanese standard specifications are available.
L
AG-02S
AG-03S
AG-04S
11
(.43)
DIMENSIONS IN
R 1/4 Thd.
"D" Thd.
C
Pressure Snubber
Adaptor Type
AG-02S
AG-03S
AG-04S
O-Ring
(SO-NB-P7)
Thread Size
"D" Thd.
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
B
C
L
24 (.94)
14 (.55)
32 (1.26)
24 (.94)
16 (.63)
35 (1.38)
27 (1.06)
18 (.71)
37 (1.46)
Needle Valves
Approx.
Mass kg (lbs.)
0.075 (.165)
0.075 (.165)
0.08 (.176)
325
50
(1.97)
Fully Extended
82.5 (3.25)
M20 Thd.
Max.10(.39)
GCT-02-32/3280/3290
Panel mounting
dimensions
16
(.63)
Lock Nut
24(.94) Hex.
21(.83) Dia.
Outlet Port
(Adaptor Mounting Side)
"A" Thd.
Inlet Port "A" Thd.
24
(.94)
Model Numbers
"A" Thd.
GCT-02-32
GCT-02-3280
GCT-02-3290
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
mm (Inches)
B
C
50 (1.97)
25 (.98)
48 (1.89)
24 (.94)
50 (1.97)
25 (.98)
DIMENSIONS IN
GCTR-02-32/3280/3290
Fully Extended
82.5 (3.25)
M20 Thd.
Max.10(.39)
50
(1.97)
Panel mounting
dimensions
16
(.63)
Lock Nut
24(.94) Hex.
21(.83) Dia.
Model Numbers
Outlet Port
(Adaptor Mounting Side)
"A" Thd.
Inlet Port "A" Thd.
GCTR-02-32
GCTR-02-3280
GCTR-02-3290
24
(.94)
mm (Inches)
B
Rc 1/4
25 (.98)
1/4 BSP.F
24 (.94)
1/4 NPT
25 (.98)
"A" Thd.
List of Seals
GCT-02-32/3280/3290
GCTR-02-32/3280/3290
9
8
4
7
2
3
1
6
List of Seals
Item
5
6
Name of Parts
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NA-P5
SO-BB-P5
Qty.
1
1
Note : When ordering the seals, please specify the seal

kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
GCT-02
GCTR-02
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-GCT-02-32
Installation
Refer to the following procedures to fit the valve with a panel. Figure in a circle below is shown on the above drawing.
1. Remove the nut then take off the handle .
2. Take off the nut .
3. Insert the needle valve to a panel hole.
4. Screw the nut onto the valve and fix the valve with the panel.
5. Fit the handle and fix it with the nut .
326
Needle Valves
E
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ....................................................................................................Page 331

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves............................................................................Page 331
Series Shockless Type Directional Valves ......................................................................................Page 331
Pilot/Manually/Mechanically Operated Directional Valves ......................................................................Page 331

Poppet Type Directional Valves ..............................................................................................................Page 451
Check/Pilot Controlled Check Valves ......................................................................................................Page 497
327
Directional Valves
These valve are used for shifting oil flow direction of hydraulic circuit and for actuator starting/stopping as well as the
operating direction shifting of actuator.
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
"
" Series Shockless Type Directional Valves
Pilot /Manually/Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
Poppet Type Directional Valves
Check /Pilot Controlled Check Valves
328
Directional Valves
Hydraulic Fluids
1. Type of Fluids
Any type of hydraulic fluid, listed in the table below can be used.
Type of Fluids
Remarks
Petroleum Base Oils

Synthetic Fluids
Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG32 or VG46.

Use phosphate ester or polyol ester type. When phosphate ester
type fluid is to be used, prefix F- to the model number
because a special seal (fluororubber) will be used.
1)
Use water-glycol fluids or W/O emulsion type fluids.
Notes 1: Not applicable with G-DSG and G-DSHG series valves.

2: For two types of manually operated directional valves, DMT- 06 and DMT- 10 , only petroleum base oils
10X
06X
and polyol ester type fluids are available.
3: Water-glycol fluids cannot be used for two types of solenoid operated poppet type two-way valves; CDST03 and CDSG-03 types.
4: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives is
advance.
2. Recommended Viscosity and Oil Temperatures
Viscosity
Name
Oil Temperature
DSG-005 series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
20 200 mm2/s
(100 900 SSU)
15 +60C
(5 140F)

Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Multi Purpose Control Valves
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves
Pilot Controlled Directional Valves
Manually Operated Directional Valves
Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
Check Valves
Pilot Controlled Check Valves
15 400 mm2/s
(80 1800 SSU)
15 +70C
(5 160F)
G Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

(Shifting Time Adjustable)
15 200 mm2/s
(80 900 SSU)
15 +60C
(5 140F)
Directional Valves
Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the both recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given in the table below.
3. Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead
to breakdowns and shorter the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
12. Use 25 m or finer line filter (In case of DSG-005 series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, NAS1638-Grade
11. Use 20 m or finer line filter).
Directional Valves
329
Water-proof, dust-proof and vibration-resistance

There properties are in compliance with the following standards.
(The marking of indicates compliance)
Item
Standard
Type
JIS F8001
Water-proof test
for marine
electric appliance
Class 1 water spray
Drip-proof construction
Class 2 water spray
Froth-roof construction
JIS D0203
Damp-proof and
Water-proof test
for automobile
parts
2
JIS C0920
Water-proof Water-proof test
for electromechanical parts
an wiring
materials
(I.E.C)
PUBL. 529
Dust-proof
(I.E.C)
PUBL. 529
Description
Compliance
(S-/T-/L-)DSG-01
G-DSG-01
DSHG-01
DSHG-03 E-DSG-01 G-DSG-03
DSG-005 (S-)DSHG-04 (S-/E-/T-/L-) G-DSHG-04
(S-)DSHG-06
DSG-03 G-DSHG-06
(S-)DSHG-10
Damp-proof test M1 Test to examine damp-resistance of parts

to examine functions of part under high
Damp-proof test M2 Test
temperature and high humidity
to examine functions of parts which are
Splash-proof test R1 Test
likely to be exposed to water splash.
to examine functions of parts which are
Splash-proof test R2 Test
indirectly exposed to stormy weather or water splash.
Drip-proof type
Not affected by water dropping at vertical angle of 15 degrees or less.
Rain-proof type
Not affected by rain fall at vertical angle of 60 degrees or less.
Froth-proof type
Not affected by water drip from any dirction.
Jet-flow proof type Not affected by jet flow from any direction.
Protection Class 2: Not affected by water drip falling at vertical angle of
Drip-proof type (2) 15 degrees or less.
Protection Class 3: Not affected by rain falling at vertical angle of 60
Rain-proof type
degrees or less.
Protection Class 4: Not affected by water drip from any direction.
Froth-proof type
Protection Class 5: Not affected by jet flow from any direction.
Jet-flow proof type
Protection Class 6
Fully protected from entry of dust.
Vibration range: 7-59.5 Hz

Resonace test (IC) Duplex amplitude: 0.1 mm
Grade 1: duplex amplitude-0.5 mm
Grade A: Parts mounted on spring of body or chassis
JIS D1601
Class 1:
having relatively low vibration.
Vibration test for mainly for parts of
Grade B: Parts mounted on spring of body or chassis
automobile parts passenger car
having relatively low vibration.
Grade C: Parts mounted in engine having relatively low
vibration
JIS C0911 Fixed frequency

Frequence: 20 Hz
Vibration test for resistance test (IIC)
small electric
appliances
Vibrationresistance
Variable frequency
Frequency range: 7-59.5 Hz
resistance test (IIIC)
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
1 : No-spring detented type (2D) and No-spring type (2N) can be used when energised continous for position holding.
2 : For outdoor use, protect equipment with a cover, etc., to prevent direct exposure to water.
330
Directional Valves
1
1
1
1
1
1
DSLG
DSLHG
DSP
CDS

Series Shockless Type Directional Valves
Pilot / Manually / Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
Valve Type
Maximum Flow
Max.
Operating
Pressure
Graphic Symbols
MPa (PSI)
25 (3600)
.3
1
.5
2
2
5
10
20
50
b
T
361
DSG03
EDSG01
16 (2320)
378
TSDSG01
379
35 (5080)
TDSG01
25 (3600)
TSDSG03
DSHG01
25 (3600)
379
TDSG03
21 (3050)
DSHG03
b
P
344
SDSG03
25 (3600)
b
500 1000 2000 5000

L /min
EDSG03
Page
LDSG03
31.5 (4580)
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated
Directional Valve
U.S.GPM
500 1000
DSG01
35 (5080)
16 (2320)
100 200
SDSG01
31.5 (4580)
Electronic Relay
Incorporated
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves
100 200
LDSG01
25 (3600)
Low Wattage (5W) Type
Dolenoid Operated
Directional Valves
50
a
P
20
336
25 (3600)
A
10
DSG005
16 (2320)
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves
381
DSHG04/SDSHG04
31.5 (4580)
DSHG06/SDSHG06
DSHG10/SDSHG10
Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves
Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves
Pilot Operated
Directional Valves
A B
a
b
Y
X
A
P
A
412
GDSG03
Manually Operated
Directional Valves
Mechanically Operated
Directional Valves
GDSG01
25 (3600)
P T
GDSHG04
25 (3600)
418
GDSHG06
31.5 (4580)
21 (3050)
DHG0406 10
Threaded Connection (DMT) 030610
31.5 (4580) Sub-plate connection (DMG) 01
7 (1020)
Rotary (DR T
G)
25 (3600)
Cam Operated (DC T

G) 01 03
02
Directional Valves
03
04
06
423
429
10
441
331
Spool Types
Spool types are classified to the condition of flow at the neutral position.
Spool Type
(
(
2
Closed Centre
All Ports
3
Open Centre
All Ports
Graphic Symbols
)
)
Schematic Drawing
(Centre Position)
Holds pump pressure and cylinder position at neutral. Care

should be paid if used as a 2-position type because shock
occurs when each port is blocked in transit.
T B P A
Pump can be unloaded and actuator is floating at neutral.

If a 2-position type is used, shock is reduced as each ports is
released to tank in transit.
T B P A
4
(Open Centre A, B&T)
40
Open Centre A, B&T
Restricted Flow
T B P A
(
(
(
60
Open Centre P&T
Open Crossover
T B P A
It can be used when a pump is unloading at neutral and actuator

is halted at one way flow.
P
T B P A
Pump is unloading and actuator position held at neutral.

Suitable for series operation.
T B P A
It is a variation of spool type 6.

Shock is reduced as each port is released to tank on transit.
7
Open Centre All Ports
Restricted Flow
T B P A
Mainly used as a 2-position type. Shock is reduced on transit.
)
P
T B P A
Pump pressure and cylinder position is held at neutral in the

same way as spool type 2.
It is used as 2 way type.
8
(2-Way)
T B P A
9
(Open Centre P, A&B)
Regenerative circuit is provided at neutral.

P
T B P A
Prevent actuator from one direction drift by leakage of P port at

neutral.
10
(Open Centre B&T)
P
T B P A
Halt actuator movement positively at B, T ports blocked P, A

ports connected at neutral.
11
(Open Centre P&A)
P
T B P A
Prevent actuator from one direction drift by leakage of P port at

neutral.
12
(Open Centre A&T)
P
332
Pump pressure is held and actuator is floated at neutral.

2-position type is used when system pressure is required to be
held in transit. Shock during transit is less compared to spool
type 2.
In a variation of spool type 4, a restrictor is provided in A-T

and B-T ports. Making it faster at stopping the actuator.
5
(Open Centre P, A&T)
6
Open Centre P&T
Closed Crossover
Functions and Applications
T B P A
Directional Valves
Mounting Surface
Mounting surface dimensions conform to ISO 4401, Hydraulic fluid power-Four-Port directional control valvesMounting surfaces.
Model Numbers
ISO Code of Mounting Surface
()
S
L
E DSG01
T
G
DSHG01
DMG01
DCG01
ISO 4401AB034A
()
S
L
E DSG03
T
G
DMG03
DCG03
ISO 4401AC054A
DSHG03
ISO 4401AC054A
( )
ISO 4401AD074A
S DSHG04
G
DHG04
DMG04
S DSHG06
G
DHG06
DMG06
( )
(S) DSHG10
DHG10
DMG10
Directional Valves
ISO 4401AE084A
ISO 4401AF104A
The main port conform to the ISO 4401AC054A.

The pilot and drain ports is sccordance with the ISO original draft.

Model change has been made on the following product.
The difference between current and new design has been described on the paragraph of Interchangeability in
Installation between Current and New Design. Refer to relevant pages on each series.
Model Numbers
Name
Currrent
DSG005 Series Solenoid DSG005

DSG01 Series Solenoid
( )
1/8,3/8 Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional
Valves
1/2 Solenoid Controlled
Valves
3/4,11/4 Solenoid Controlled
Valves
DSHG01
DSHG03
S
L DSG01
T
Interchangeability Related
in Installation
Page
New
30/3090
60/6090
13/1390
13/1390
DSG005
DSG005
( )
S
L DSG01
T
DSHG01
DSHG03
Major Changes
40/4090
N 40/4090
N1
Yes
High Flow
Low Pressure Drop
Din-connector type solenoid in addition
70/7090
Yes
357
High Pressure and High Flow

Low Pressure Drop
Yes
Pilot valve has been changed

from DSG-01, 60 design to 70 design.


14/1490
14/1490
(S) DSHG04
51/5190 (S) DSHG04
52/5290
Yes
(S) DSHG06
(S) DSHG10
52/5290 (S) DSHG06

42/4290 (S) DSHG10
53/5390
43/4390
Yes
Directional Valves
333
Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves

WIDE RANGE OF MODELS Choose the optimum valve to
meet your needs from a largeselection available.
S
1100
(291)
Maximum Flow L / min (U.S.GPM)
500
(132)
: High Pres., High Flow, Low Pres. Drop Type
: Shockless Type
: Shockless Type [Shifting Time Adjustable]
: Low Pressure Drop Type
: Low Wattage Type
(S)DSHG10
S
(S)DSHG06
G
300
(79.3)
(S)DSHG04
250
(66.1)
GDSHG06
S
160
(42.3)
P
GDSHG04
DSHG03
S
120
(31.7)
SDSG03
100
(26.4)
80
(21.1)
DSG03
DSG01
GDSG03
E
63
(16.6)
S
SDSG01
EDSG03
L-DSG-03 [60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM)]
E
40
(10.6)
E
30
(7.9)
EDSG01
DSHG01
EDSG01
15
(4.0)
0
GDSG01
DSG005
16
(2320)
21
(3050)
25
(3630)
31.5
(4570)
Pressure MPa (PSI)
334
35
(5080)
Instructions
Mounting
DSG-005
-DSG-01
-DSG-03
No mounting restrictions for any model.
No-spring detented models not energised continuously must be installed so that

the spool axis L-L is horizontal. Otherwise there is no mounting restrictions.
L
-DSG-01/03
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
(S-) DSHG-04
(S-) DSHG-06
(S-) DSHG-10
No-spring models not energised continuously must be installed so that the spool
axis L-L is horizontal. Otherwise there is no mounting restrictions.
L
-DSHG
Energisation
1. No-Spring Type
One of two solenoids should be energised continuously to avoid malfunction.
2. On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the same time as it will result in coils burning out.
Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Piping end of tank line should be submerged in oil.
Pilot Drain Port for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Valve

Avoid connecting the valve pilot drain port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Piping end of drain should be submerged in oil.
Shockless Type
N
lbf.
150
30
Operating
Force
In order to benefit from a shockless operation, it is necessary to fill the

tank line with operating oil.
Only after the tank line has been filled with operating oil should the
valve be used on a regular basis.
20
100
10
50
Operating Force be Manual Actuator

Take care as the operating force by the manual actuator increases in
proportion to the tank line back pressure. (See the graph right.)
05
G-0
r DS
pt fo
exce
05
DSG-0
1
0
100
2
200
300
4 MPa
3
400
500
PSI
Tank Line Back Pressure
Solenoid
Solenoid connector (DIN connector)
The solenoid connector is in accordance with the
international standard ISO 4400 (Fluid power systems
and components-Three-pin electrical plug connectorsCharacteristics and requirements).
AC Solenoid
50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is changed.
DC Solenoid ( -series Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve)
These valves differ from conventional DC solenoid
operated directional valves and have the following
characteristics:
1. The spark between the relay contacts has been
eliminated and therefore the valve can be operated by
miniature relays.
2. The surge voltage is approximately 10 % of that
normally experienced.
3. Time lag on de-energisation is reduced by
approximately 50 %.
R type Models with Current Rectifier and DC

Solenoid
Specially designed DC solenoid and receptacle (or
connector) containing AC-DC rectifier and transient
peak suppressor are provided. Connection to be made
to AC power source as with conventional AC solenoid.
Remarkably high reliability and long life and other
advantages including quiet valve operation. No overheating of coil due to the spool sticking and protection
against transient voltage peaks are assured.
RQ type Models with Current rectifier and Quick
Return Solenoid
Valve characteristics are identical to R type except for
the fast return time of the spool after deenergisation.
Insulation Class of Solenoid
Model numbers
Insulation Class
DSG-005, DSG-01, S-DSG01

L-DSG-01, E-DSG-01, T-DSG-01
DSG-03, S-DSG-03, L-DSG-03
E-DSG-03, T-DSG-03
DSHG-01/03/04/06/10, S-DSHG-04/-06/10
Class H
G-DSG-01, G-DSG-03
Class F
Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Operated Controlled

Directional Valves
Valve Tank Port
335
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-005 Series

These DSG-005 series solenoid directional valves are the pro-ducts
newly developed as a Mini-series. Compared with DSG-01
series, the valve are much more compactly manufactured but enjoy a
maximum operating pressure of 25 MPa (3630 PSI) and a maximum
flow rate of 15 L/min (3.96 U.S.GPM), while contributing further to
a space saving requirement. Moreover, using wet armature
solenoids, the valves ensure the long life.
Flying Lead Wire Type
Specifications
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
DSG-005-3C DSG-005-2B -
-40/4090
-40/4090
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
Max. Tank-Line
Back Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
Max. Changeover
Frequency
min1
(Cycles/min)
25
(3630)
7
(1020)
120
15
(3.96)
Approx. Mass
kg
(lbs.)
0.5 (1.1)
0.4 (.9)
The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve.
The maximum flow differs according to the type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the List of Standard Models and Maximum
Flow on pages 338 to 339.
Solenoid Rating
Voltage (V)
Electric Source
Coil Type
A100
AC
A200
DC
D12
D24
Frequency
(Hz)
50
60
50
60
Current & Power at Rated Voltage

1
Source Rating
Inrush
(A)
Holding
(A)
80 110
0.36
0.16
90 120
0.34
0.11
160 220
0.18
0.08
180 240
0.17
0.05
Serviceable
100
200
12
10.8 13.2
24
21.6 26.4
1 Inrush current in the above table shows rms values at maximum stroke.
2
336
DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
1.2
0.6
Power
(W)
15
F-
DSG
-005
-3
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve Size
Number of
Valve Position
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester DSG:
Solenoid Operated
Type Fluids
Directional Valve
(Omit if not
required)
Spool-Spring
Spool Type Coil Type
Arrangement
C:
Spring Centred
2, 3
40
005
2
-D24
B:
Spring Offset
2, 3
-N
-40
Electrical Conduit Design Design

Connection
Number Standard
None: Flying Lead

AC
Wire Type
A100, A200 N: Plug-in
Connector Type
DC
N1: Plug-in
D12, D24
Connector with
Indicator Light
40
Refer to
Design Standards: None .......... Japanese Standard JIS and European Design Standard
Sub-plates
1/8
1/4

Thread
Sub-plate
Size
Model Numbers
Japanese Standard JIS

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
DSGM-005X-20
DSGM-005Y-20
DSGM-005X-2080
DSGM-005Y-2080
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F

Thread
Sub-plate
Size
Model Numbers
DSGM-005X-2090
DSGM-005Y-2090
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
Mounting Bolts
Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions

M4 35 Lg.
No. 8-32 UNC 1-3/8 Lg.
Tightening Torque
2.5 - 3.5 Nm (22.1 - 31.0 in. lbs.)
Typical Changeover Time (Example)

Changeover time varies according to oil viscosity, spool type and hydraulic circuit.
ON
Solenoid
OFF
OFF
Spool Shift
Max.
T1
T2
E
DSG-005 Series Solenoid
Piping
Size
[Test Conditions]
Pressure: 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Flow Rate: 7.5 L/min (1.98 U.S.GPM)
Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
Voltage: Rated Voltage (After coil temperature rises and saturated)
A
B
Direction of Flow: P
T
B
A
[Result of Measurement]
Model Numbers
DSG-005-3C2-A
DSG-005-3C2-D
DSG-005-2B2-A
DSG-005-2B2-D
Time ms
T2
T1
16
60
23
40
14
45
15
33
337
Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005-
-A -40/4090
No. of Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow
B
A
Max. Flow L/min

P
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
A
B
Working Pressure MPa
Spring Centred
Three Positions
10
16
25
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
15
15
14
13.5
[ Port "B" Blocked]
[ Port "A" Blocked]
5
15(14)
15(12)
10
15(7)
12(3)
16
12(3)
5(1)
25
4(0.5)
1(0.5)
5
15(14)
15(12)
10
15(7)
12(3)
16
12(3)
5(1)
25
4(0.5)
1(0.5)
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15(14)
15(10)
15(6)
12(5)
12(2)
5(2)
4(0.5)
1(0.5)
14
14
14
15(14)
15(10)
15(14)
15(14)
13.5
13.5
13.5
AB
DSG-005-3C2
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
A B
DSG-005-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B3
15
P T
15(6)
12(2)
12(5)
5(2)
15(10) 13(5)
14(9)
8(4)
15(14) 15(11)
15(14) 15(11)
4(0.5)
1(0.5)
6(0.5)
4(0.5)
15(9)
15(9)
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example )
50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(80% of rated voltage)
50 Hz, At rated voltage
The maximum flow rate is constant

regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of
any voltage variants within the
serviceable voltage
15
15 (14)
15 (14)
Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005-
-D -40/4090
No. of Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement

B
A
Max. Flow L/min

P
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
A
B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
10
16
25
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
14
13.5
[ Port "B" Blocked]
[ Port "A" Blocked]
5
15
12
10
8
5
16
5
3
25
3
2
5
15
12
10
8
5
16
5
3
25
3
2
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
13
9
8
5.5
5
3.5
15
13
9
8
5.5
5
3.5
14
14
14
8.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
15
15
11
11
7.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
15
15
15
9
5.5
13.5
10.5
AB
DSG-005-3C2
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
A B
DSG-005-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B3
P T
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example )

regardless of any voltage variants
within the serviceable voltage
338
15
13
9
At rated voltage
[after temperature rise and saturated]
At minimum serviceable voltage
Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005-
-A -40/4090
No. of Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Max. Flow U.S.GPM

P
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
A
B
B
A
Working Pressure PSI
Spring Centred
Three Positions
[ Port "B" Blocked]
730
1450
2320
3630
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
.5
.3
.3
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
.8
.8
.8
b
P T
730
1450
2320
4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9) 3.2(.8)
4.0(3.2) 4.0(.8) 1.3(.3)
[ Port "A" Blocked]
3630
730
1450
2320
1.1(.1) 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9) 3.2(.8)
.3(.1) 4.0(3.2) 3.2(.8) 1.3(.3)
3630
1.1(.1)
.3(.1)
A B
DSG-005-3C3
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
P T
4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.6) 3.2(.5)

4.0(2.6) 3.2(1.3) 1.3(.5)
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
A B
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
AB
DSG-005-3C2
DSG-005-2B2
P T
3.2(.5) 1.1(.1)
1.3(.5) .3(.1)
3.4(1.3) 1.6(.1)
2.1(1.1) 1.1(.1)
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9) 4.0(2.4)
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9) 4.0(2.4)
1.1(.1) 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.6)

.3(.1) 4.0(2.6) 3.2(1.3)
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.6)
.3
4.0(3.7) 3.7(2.4)
A B
DSG-005-2B3
.8
4.0
P T

serviceable voltage
4.0
4.0(3.7)
4.0(3.7)
Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005-
-D -40/4090
No. of Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement

B
A
Max. Flow U.S.GPM

P
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
A
B

730
1450
2320
Spring Centred
Three Positions
[ Port "B" Blocked]
3630
[ Port "A" Blocked]
730
4.0
3.2
1450
2320
730
4.0
3.2
2320
1.3
.8
3630
.8
.5
1450
2.1
1.3
2.1
1.3
1.3
.8
3630
.8
.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.4
2.4
2.1
1.5
1.3
.9
4.0
3.4
2.4
2.1
1.5
1.3
.9
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
2.3
1.2
1.7
1.7
4.0
4.0
2.9
2.9
2.0
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
2.1
1.9
2.1
2.4
4.0
4.0
4.0
2.4
1.5
3.6
2.8
b
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
A B
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
AB
DSG-005-3C2

( Example )
DSG-005-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B3
P T
( Example )

4.0
3.4
2.4
At rated voltage
339
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
Pressure Drop P
PSI
300
250
MPa
2.0
1.6
1.2
200
150
0.8
100
5
0.4
50
Pressure Drop Curve Numbers
Model Numbers
PA
BT
PB
AT
PT
DSG-005-3C2
DSG-005-3C3
DSG-005-3C40
DSG-005-2B2
DSG-005-2B3
0
2
0
0
10
12
14 15 L/min
4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the tabele below.
Viscosity
mm2/s
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
SSU
77
98
141
186
232
278
324
371
417
464
0.84
0.91
1.00
1.07
1.14
1.19
1.24
1.28
1.32
1.35
Factor
For any other specific gravity (G), the pressure drop (P) may be obtained from the formula below.
P = P (G/0.850)
340
A -40/4090
Spring Centred: DSG-005-3C - D
28
(1.10)
4.5(.18) Dia Through

8(.31) Dia Spotface
4 Places
52
(2.05)
Pressure Port "P"

Solenoid-Each End.
32 (1.26)
132 (5.20)
Spring Offset:
DSG-005-2B - A -40/4090
D
8
(.31)
For other dimensions, refer

to Spring Centred type.
Tank Port "T"
Lead Wire
SOL a
SOL b
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
2(.08) Dia.
Location Pin
3 16(.63)
(.12)
29(1.14)
Approx.
270(10.63)
Manual Actuator
4.8(.19) Dia.
E
17
(.67)
DIMENSIONS IN
DIN Connector Type / DIN Connector with Indicator Light

A -N/N1-40/4090
Spring Centred: DSG-005-3C - D
A -N/N1-40/4090
Spring Offset: DSG-005-2B -D
SOL b
Single Solenoid Models Only
15.8
(.62)
The position of the Plug-in connector can be

changed as illustrated below by loosening the
lock nut. After completion of the change, be
sure to tighten the lock nut with the torque as
specified below.
73
(2.87)
30.1
(1.19)
65.1(2.56)
SOL a
18
(.71)
46(1.81)
46
(1.81)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. .... 3.5-6 mm (.14 - .24in.)
Conductor Area ....
Not Exceeding .75mm2 (.0012 sq. in.)

44
(1.73)
93
(3.66)
Cylinder Port "A"
34
(1.34)
Cylinder Port "B"
33
(1.30)
25(.98)
SOL b
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
2.9 - 3.9 Nm (25.67 - 34.52 in. lbs)
For other dimensions, refer to Flying Lead Wire Type.
341
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub-plates: DSGM-005 -20/2080/2090
15
(.59)
12.5
(.49)
"D" Thd. 7.5(.30) Deep

4 Places
P
A
B
T
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
7
(.28)
4.3(.17) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/8
DSGM-005X-20
DSGM-005X-2080
1/8 BSP. F
DSGM-005X-2090
1/8 NPT
Rc 1/4
DSGM-005Y-20
342
"C" Thd.
4 Places
24
(.94)
37
(1.46)
2.7(.11) Dia.
4(.16) Deep
58.5
(2.30)
35.5
(1.40)
11
(.43)
3.5(.14)
7.5
(.30)
25(.98) 11.5
(.45)
21.5
(.85) 12.5(.49)
32
(1.26)
16(.63)
48 (1.89)
63 (2.48)
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
21.5
28
(1.10) (.85)
20.75
(.82)
14
(.55)
7.25
(.29)
DSGM-005Y-2080
1/4 BSP. F
DSGM-005Y-2090
1/4 NPT
"D" Thd.
M4
No. 8-32 UNC
M4
No. 8-32 UNC
List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil and Connector Ass'y
- -40/4090
13
SOL a
10
SOL b
2
5
11
12
21
23
22
30
20
24
25
31
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
10
11
21
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P14
Qty.
3C
4
2
2B
1
4
1
Remarks
Included in Solenoid Assy
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number KS-DSG-005-40.
Solenoid Assy, Coil and Connector Assy No.

Valve Model Number
DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005-
-A100
-A200
-D12
-D24
-A100-N
-A200-N
-D12-N
-D24-N
-A100-N1
-A200-N1
-D12-N1
-D24-N1
9 Solenoid Assy No.

SA05-100-40
SA05-200-40
SD05-12-40
SD-05-24-40
SA05-100-N-40
SA05-200-N-40
SD05-12-N-40
SD-05-24-N-40
SA05-100-N-40
SA05-200-N-40
SD05-12-N-40
SD-05-24-N-40
@2 Coil No.
C-SA05-100-40
C-SA05-200-40
C-SD05-12-40
C-SD-05-24-40
C-SA05-100-N-40
C-SA05-200-N-40
C-SD05-12-N-40
C-SD-05-24-N-40
C-SA05-100-N-40
C-SA05-200-N-40
C-SD05-12-N-40
C-SD-05-24-N-40
Connector
Connector
#0 Assy Part No. #1 Assy Part No.
E
DSG-005-
Remarks
TK290058-7
TK290058-7
TK290378-9
TK290379-7
TK290089-2
TK290090-0
TK290378-9
TK290379-7
TK290089-2
TK290090-0
Plug-in Connector
with
Indicator Light
343
1/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-01 Series

These are Solenoid Operated Directional Valves of high pressure, high
flow and low pressure drop, the features of which can be materialized
by employing a powerful wet type solenoid and the rational flow
channel design.
High Pressure & High Flow Rate
In comparison to our existing lines, both the pressure and flow of
these valves are much increased.
Max. Operating Pressure: approx. 10 % increased [31.535 MPa
(4570 5080 PSI)]
Terminal Box Type
Max. T-Line Back Pressure: approx. 30 % increased [1621 MPa
(2320 3050 PSI)]
Max. Flow Rate: approx. 60 % increased [63100 L/min (16.64
26.42 U.S.GPM)]
Low Pressure Drop
The pressure drop of these valves is reduced by 10 % from 1.0 to 0.9
MPa (145 to 131 PSI), in comparison to our existing lines*; the valves
effectively reduce the energy consumption of the unit.
{* At Flow Rate: 60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM), Spool Type: 3C2 (PA)}
Compact & Small Mass
Despite of high pressure, high flow and low pressure drop, these valve
bodies are compact and lightweight with DC double solenoids; the
overall length and mass are reduced from 210 to 205 mm (8.26 to 8.07
inch) and from 2.2 to 1.85 kg (4.85 to 4.08 lbs), respectively.
Shockless type available
In addition to the standard valves for high pressure and high flow, a
shockless type capable of minimizing noise and vibration in piping
during spool changeover is also available.
Stable Operation
Due to the powerful magnetic and spring force of the solenoids, these
valves exhibit a high tolerance to contaminants and especially stable
operation.
IP65-equivalent high dust- and water-proof
These valves demonstrate excellent dust- and water-proof
characteristics, in compliance with I. E. C. Pub. 529. IP65 and JIS C
0920 IP65 (dust- and jet-proof type).
Usable in products of various standards
These standard valves are CE certified for installation in equipment overseas.
UL/CSA certified products are also available.
Specifications
Valve Type
Model Numbers
Max. Flow 2
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line
Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
100
(26.4)
35
(5080)
21
(3050)
DSG-01-3C - -70/7090
Standard Type
DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090
DSG-01-2B - -70/7090
Shockless Type
S-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090
S-DSG-01-2B2- -70/7090
Max. Changeover
Frequency
Cycle/min {min1}
Mass
kg
(lbs.)
300
R Type Sol. Only
120
1.85
(4.08)
63
(16.6)
25
(3630)
21
(3050)
120
40
(10.6)
16
(2320)
16
(2320)
300
R Type Sol. Only
120
1.4(3.09)
1.85(4.08)
1.4(3.09)
L-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090
Low Wattage(14W)
Type 1
L-DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090
L-DSG-01-2N - -70/7090
L-DSG-01-2B
- -70/7090
1.85
(4.08)
1.4(3.09)
1. For details of L-DSG-01, please contact us.

2. Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 347
to 351 for details.
344
Sub-plate
Piping
Size
Japanese Standard "JIS "

Sub-plat e
Model Numbers
Thread
Size

Sub-plat e
Model Numbers
Thread
Size

Sub-plat e
Model Numbers
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Thread
Size
1/8
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP. F
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8 )
1/4
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP. F
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8 )
3/8
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8 )
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolt
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.)

M5 45 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg .
Tightening Torque
5 - 7 Nm (43 - 60 in. 1bs.)
Applicable to working pressure more than
25 MPa (3630 PSI): 6 - 7 Nm (52 - 60 in. 1bs.)
Valve Type
Coil
Type
Electric source
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
Standard
Type
AC
A120
A200
A240
Shockless
Type
DC (K Series )
AC DC Rectified (R )
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source Ratin g Serviceable Range
100
80 - 110
100
90 - 120
110
96 - 132
120
108 - 144
200
160 - 220
200
180 - 240
220
192 - 264
240
216 - 288
12
10.8 - 13.2
24
21.6 - 26.4
48
43.2 - 52.8
100
90 - 110
200
180 - 220

Inrush (A) 2 Holding (A)
Power (W)
2.42
0.51
2.14
0.37
2.35
0.44
2.02
0.42
1.78
0.31
1.21
0.25
1.07
0.19
1.18
0.22
1.01
0.21
0.89
0.15
2.45
1.23
29
0.61
0.33
29
0.16

Solenoid Ratings
1. AC solenoid is not available in shockless type.

R type models with built-in current rectifier is recommended for shockless operation with AC power.
2. Inrush current in the above table show rms values at maximum stroke.
3. There are more coil types other than the above. For details, please make inquiries.
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as opotinal extras.
Options
Push Button with Lock Nut
Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
can be locked in the pressed condition.
Lock Nut
SOL b
Push Button
Plug-in Connector with Solenoid Indicator Light

These are the indicator light incorporated plug-in connector
type solenoids. Energisation or de-energisation of the solenoid
can be easily identified with the incorporated indicator light.
Plug-in Connector
With Indicator Light
SOL b
345

FSpecial
Seals
SShockless
Type
- 01
DSG
Series
Number
Valve
Size
-2
Number
of Valve
Positions
3:
Three
Positions
B
SpoolSpring
Arrangement
C:
Spring
Centred
2
Spool
Type
-D24
Special Two
Position Valve
Omit if not
required
2, 3
4, 40
60, 9
10, 11
12
Coil
Type
-C
Manual
Override
-N
Electrical
Conduit
Connection
-70
-L
Design
Number
Models with
Reverse Mtg. of
Solenoid
Omit if not
required
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
AC:
A100
A120
A200
A240
Design
Standard
None:
Manual
Override
Pin
None:
Terminal
Box Type
90:
N.American
Design Std.
DC:
None:
Standard
Type
F:
For Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required
D:
No-Spring
Detented
DSG:
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valve
01
2:
Two
Positions
R:
B:
Spring
Offset
S:
Shockless
Type
D12
D24
D48
3:
Three
Positions
C:
Spring
Centred
2:
Two
Positions
B:
Spring
Offset
2
3
8
2
4
A
B
1
1
(AC
DC)
R100
R200
DC:
D12
D24
D48
C:
Push
Button
and
Lock Nut
(Option)
70
N:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
2
N1 :
Plug-in
Connector
Type
with
Indicator
Light
(Option)
R:
(AC
DC)
R100
R200
1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 352 for details.
2. N1 is not available for R type solenoids.
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
346
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
and
European
Design
Std.
90:
N. American
Design
Std.
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01-
-A
L /min
[Port "B" Blocked]

Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
10
DSG013C2
b
PT
AB
DSG013C3
b
PT
AB
DSG013C4
DSG013C40
b
PT
AB
Spring Centred
A B
Three Positions
b
PT
AB
DSG013C60
a
PT
16
25
31. 5
100
100
100
35
10
16
25
1004310041 8021
5738 5331 2917
1008010080100801007710077 7046 7046 7046
9063 9063 9063 9063 9063 4530 4530 4530
90 9022 3518 10038 7628 6715
90
90
9026 4314 3011 5031 3820 2010
85 8040 8022 8540 8535 8524
85
85
80
80 8030 6315 2510 7026 5024 3216
4323 4323 4223 4223 4223 5432 5432 5232
4023 4023 3823 3623 3523 4830 4730 4730
100
[Port "A" Blocked]
100
31. 5
6017
1910
7046
4530
5710
167
6016
2213
5232
4730
35
10
16
25
3815 1004310041 8021

139 5738 5331 2917
7046 7046 7046 7046
4530 4530 4530 4530
357 10038 7628 6715
125 5031 3820 2010
5512 8540 8535 8524
1810 7026 5024 3216
5232 5432 5432 5232
4730 4830 4730 4730
31. 5
35
6017
1910
7046
4530
5710
167
6016
2213
5232
4730
3815
139
7046
4530
357
125
5512
1810
5232
4730
10
AB
DSG013C9
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
20
10
15
10
20
10
15
PT
AB
DSG013C10
a
PT
AB
DSG013C11
a
PT
AB
DSG013C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG012D2
AB
80
80
80
80
80
45
6213
1510
6027
3518
6213
1510
5045 5042 4540 4540
4521 4516 3813

a
50
45
PT
5045 5042 4540 4540
3618 2813 2212

AB
Spring Offset
Two Positions
PT
100 100631003310027100501003710020 7816 6213 100501003710020 7816

10070 8020 7020 4019 10037 5525 2914 2011 1510 10037 5525 2914 2011
10065 8552 7245 6534
5
13
10
20
23
100
100
100
100
7050 5740 5025 4319
100 100631003310027100501003710020 7816 6213 100501003710020 7816
10070 8020 7020 4019 10037 5525 2914 2011 1510 10037 5525 2914 2011
DSG012B2
85
85
85
85
85
20
16
16
15
13
70
70
70
70
70
50
50
50
50
50
26
17
13
11
10
PT
AB
DSG012B3
PT
AB
DSG012B8
PT
8563
8530
8070
7048
8050
3520
8050
6033
8070
7048
7040
2315
6340
5028
8070
7048
6020
158
4432
4028
8070
7048
4510
105
E
Spool-Spring Arrangement
No. of Valve Positions
Max. Flow
4432
4028
8070
7048
3010
75
( Example )


serviceable voltage
2. For the maximum flow rate in P T of the valves with a
100
100 (43)
57 (38)
mark, please see page 351.
The valve models with a mark are handled as

Options. If you choose such valves, check the time
of delivery beforehand.
347

Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: DSG-01-
-D /R
L /mi
Max. Flow
[Port "B" Blocked]

Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
10
16
25
31. 5
35
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
80
90
90
85
85
50
41
50
41
100
80
90
42
65
45
50
41
100
80
50
26
40
30
50
41
100
100
100
85
85
100
AB
a
PT
a
Spring Centred
Three Positions
AB
a
PT
35
10
16
25
31. 5
35
100
80
38
20
33
26
50
41
100
55
78
70
100
62
85
65
66
58
45
35
78
70
58
48
52
36
66
58
28
23
78
70
38
30
30
25
66
58
25
19
78
70
31
25
26
21
66
58
22
17
75
70
29
23
24
19
66
58
100
55
78
70
100
62
85
65
66
58
45
35
78
70
58
48
52
36
66
58
28
23
78
70
38
30
30
25
66
58
25
19
78
70
31
25
26
21
66
58
22
17
75
70
29
23
24
19
66
58
100
100
20
15
10
10
20
15
10
10
85
35
80
23
40
20
100
74
56
43
36
28
28
20
24
19
100
100
100
100
23
20
13
10
85
85
85
35
80
23
40
20
100
74
56
43
36
28
28
20
24
19
100
74
100
85
100
74
56
43
60
46
56
43
36
28
40
32
36
28
28
20
36
28
28
20
24
19
32
24
24
19
75
75
75
75
75
40
30
27
50
50
45
45
45
42
40
40
31
23
75
65
35
30
24
19
75
65
23
17
22
18
75
65
19
13
22
18
75
65
17
12
PT
DSG013C60
31. 5
AB
a
25
PT
DSG013C40
16
AB
DSG013C4
10
PT
DSG013C3
A B
DSG013C2
[Port "A" Blocked]
AB
DSG013C9
a
PT
AB
DSG013C10
a
PT
AB
DSG013C11
a
PT
AB
DSG013C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG012D2
AB
45
50
45
PT
30
25
22
16
16
15
13
50
50
50
50
50
26
17
13
11
10
70
70
70
70
70
80
80
80
80
80
20
70
70
70
70
70
AB
Spring Offset
Two Positions
PT
DSG012B2
PT
AB
DSG012B3
PT
AB
DSG012B8
b
PT
46
32
75
65
53
35
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown be low.
( Example )

100
100
55
At rated voltage

Options. If you choose suce valves, check the time
348
-A
Max. Flow
U.S.GPM
[Port "B" Blocked]

Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
[Port "A" Blocked]
1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080
DSG013C2
b
PT
AB
DSG013C3
b
PT
AB
DSG013C4
DSG013C40
Spring Centred
Three Positions
PT
AB
b
PT
AB
DSG013C60
a
PT
26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0) 26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0)
15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4) 15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4)
26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2)
23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9)
23.8 23.8(5.8) 9.2(4.8) 26.4(10.0) 20.1(17.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8) 26.4(10.0) 20.1(7.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8)
23.8
23.8
23.8(6.9) 11.4(3.7) 7.9(2.9) 13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3) 13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3)
22.5
22.5
22.5 21.1(10.6) 21.1(5.8) 22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2) 22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2)
21.1
21.1 21.1(7.9) 16.6(4.0) 6.6(2.4) 18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6) 18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6)
11.4(6.1) 11.4(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4)
10.6(6.1) 10.6(6.1) 10.0(6.1) 9.5(6.1) 9.2(6.1) 12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9)
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
AB
DSG013C9
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
2.1
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
2.1
PT
AB
DSG013C10
a
PT
AB
DSG013C11
b
PT
AB
DSG013C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG012D2
AB
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
11.9
11.9
16.4(3.4)
4.0(2.6)
15.9(7.1)
9.2(4.8)
16.4(3.4)
4.0(2.6)
13.2(11.9) 13.2(11.1) 11.9(10.6) 11.9(10.6)
11.9(5.6) 11.9(4.2) 10.0(3.4)

a
13.2
PT
9.5(4.8) 7.4(3.4) 5.8(3.2)

AB
Spring Offset
Two Positions
PT
26.4 26.4(16.6) 26.4(8.7) 26.4(7.1) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2)
26.4(18.5) 21.1(5.3) 18.5(5.3) 10.6(5.0) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9)
26.4(17.2) 22.5(13.7) 19.0(13.7) 17.2(9.0)
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
6.1
5.3
3.4
2.6
1.3
18.5(13.2) 15.1(10.6) 13.2(6.6) 11.4(5.0)
26.4 26.4(16.6) 26.4(8.7) 26.4(7.1) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2)
26.4
26.4(18.5) 21.1(5.3) 18.5(5.3) 10.6(5.0) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9)
DSG012B2
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
5.3
4.2
4.2
4.0
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
6.9
4.5
3.4
2.9
PT
AB
DSG012B3
PT
AB
DSG012B8
PT
13.2(11.9) 13.2(11.1) 11.9(10.6) 11.9(10.6)
E
A B
22.5(16.6) 21.1(13.2) 16.6(10.6) 11.6(8.5) 11.6(8.5)

22.5(7.9) 15.9(8.7) 13.2(7.4) 10.6(7.4) 10.6(7.4)
21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5)
13.2
18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7)
21.1(13.2) 18.5(10.6) 15.9(5.3) 11.9(2.6) 7.9(2.6)
2.6
9.2(5.3) 6.1(4.0) 4.0(2.1) 2.6(1.3) 1.9(1.3)
3.4
( Example )


serviceable voltage
26.4
26.4(11.4)
15.1(10.0)

349

Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: DSG-01-
-D /R
Max. Flow
U.S.GPM
[Port "B" Blocked]

Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
[Port "A" Blocked]
1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080
A B
DSG013C2
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
PT
AB
DSG013C3
b
PT
AB
DSG013C4
Spring Centred
Three Positions
PT
AB
DSG013C40
b
PT
AB
DSG013C60
a
PT
26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4

21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1
23.8 13.2 10.0
23.8 23.8
5.3
11.1 6.9
17.2 10.6 8.7
22.5 22.5
6.9
11.9 7.9
13.3 13.3 13.3 13.3 13.3
10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8
26.4
14.5
20.6
18.5
26.4
16.4
22.5
17.2
17.4
15.3
11.9
9.3
20.6
18.5
15.3
12.7
13.7
9.5
17.4
15.3
7.4
6.1
20.6
18.5
10.0
7.9
7.9
6.6
17.4
15.3
6.6
5.0
20.6
18.5
8.2
6.6
6.9
5.6
17.4
15.3
5.8 26.4
14.5
4.5
19.8 20.6
18.5 18.5
7.7 26.4
6.1 16.4
6.3 22.5
5.0 17.2
17.4 17.4
15.3 15.3
11.9
9.3
20.6
18.5
15.3
12.7
13.7
9.5
17.4
15.3
7.4
6.1
20.6
18.5
10.0
7.9
7.9
6.6
17.4
15.3
6.6
5.0
20.6
18.5
8.2
6.6
6.9
5.6
17.4
15.3
5.8
4.5
19.8
18.5
7.7
6.1
6.3
5.0
17.4
15.3
AB
DSG013C9
26.4
26.4 26.4
26.4
26.4
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
2.1
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
2.1
22.5
22.5
22.5
9.2
21.1
6.1
10.6
5.3
26.4
19.6
14.8
11.4
9.5
7.4
7.4
5.3
6.3
5.0
26.4
26.4 26.4
26.4
26.4
6.1
5.3
3.4
2.6
1.3
22.5
22.5
22.5
9.2
21.1
6.1
10.6 26.4
5.3 19.6
14.8
11.4
9.5
7.4
7.4
5.3
6.3
5.0
26.4
19.6
26.4
22.5
26.4
19.6
14.8
11.4
15.9
12.2
14.8
11.4
9.5
7.4
10.6
8.5
9.5
7.4
7.4
5.3
9.5
7.4
7.4
5.3
6.3
5.0
8.5
6.3
6.3
5.0
19.8
19.8
19.8
19.8
19.8
10.6
7.9
7.1
13.2
13.2
11.9
11.9
13.2
11.1
10.6
10.6
8.2
6.1
19.8
17.2
9.2
7.9
6.3
5.0
19.8
17.2
6.1
4.5
5.8
4.8
19.8
17.2
5.0
3.4
5.8
4.8
19.8
17.2
4.5
3.2
PT
AB
DSG013C10
a
PT
AB
DSG013C11
a
PT
AB
DSG013C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG012D2
AB
11.9
13.2
11.9
PT
7.9
6.6
5.8
4.2
4.2
4.0
3.4
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
6.9
4.5
3.4
2.9
2.6
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
5.3
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
AB
Spring Offset
Two Positions
PT
DSG012B2
PT
AB
DSG012B3
PT
AB
DSG012B8
b
PT
12.2
8.5
19.8
17.2
14.0
9.3
( Example )

26.4
26.4
14.5
At rated voltage

Options. If you choose suce valves, check the time
350
Maximum Flow of Centre By-Pass
In valve type 3C60, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated below and
where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral position in
the suspended state of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below regardless
of any voltage in the range of serviceable valtage.
Max. Flow
Graphic
Symbol
Mode Numbers
AB
55
(14.5)
DSG-01-3C60-A /D /R
L/min (U.S.GPM)
10 MPa
16 MPa
25 MPa
31.5 MPa
35 MPa
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI) (5080 PSI)
PT
44
(11.6)
30
(7.9)
26
(6.9)
22
(5.8)
E
List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow
-D /R
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
[Port "B" Blocked]

No. of
Valve
Positions
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Graphic
Symbol
Model Numbers
Working Pressure
MPa (PSI)
10
(1450)
16
(2320)
25
(3630)
63
(16.6)
63
(16.6)
40
(10.6)
60
(15.9)
50
(13.2)
40
(10.6)
45
(11.9)
40
(10.6)
40
(10.6)
20
(5.3)
45
(11.9)
40
(10.6)
A B
S-DSG-01-3C2
Three
Positions
a
PT
Spring
Centred
AB
S-DSG-01-3C4
a
PT
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
AB
S-DSG-01-3B2
b
PT
50
(13.2)
45
(11.9)
[Port "A" Blocked]
Working Pressure
MPa (PSI)
10
16
25
(1450) (2320) (3630)
Working Pressure
MPa (PSI)
10
16
25
(1450) (2320) (3630)
40
(10.6)
32
(8.5)
40
(10.6)
32
(8.45)
32
(8.5)
20
(5.3)
32
(8.5)
16
(4.23)
25
(6.6)
16
(4.23)
16
(4.2)
12
(3.17)
40
(10.6)
32
(8.5)
40
(10.6)
32
(8.45)
32
(8.5)
20
(5.3)
32
(8.5)
16
(4.23)
25
(6.6)
16
(4.23)
16
(4.2)
12
(3.17)
30
(7.9)
30
(7.9)
30
(7.9)
60
(15.9)
40
(10.6)
40
(10.6)

Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: S-DSG-01-
L/min
( Example )

60
(15.9)
50
(13.2)
40
(10.6)
At rated voltage
U.S.GPM
351
Reverse Mounting of Solenoid.

In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b position
(side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in the reverse
position -SOL a side- is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
As for the valve type 2B A and 2B B, please refer to the explanation under the heading of "Valves Using Neutral
Position and Side Position" given below.
A
SOL b
SOL a
Standard Mtg. of Solenoid
Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",
the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there
are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position (2B A) and another
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B) .
(Example) In case of Spool Type "2"
Neutral Position
SOL. b Energised
Position
SOL. a Energised
Position
A
B
b
a
P
2B2A
2B2B
b
"A": Use of Neutral and
SOL. a Energised
Position (2B2A)
"B": Use of Neutral and

SOL. b Energised
Position (2B2B)
Graphic SymbolsG
Model Numbers
Standard
Mtg. Type
A
A
b
DSG-01-2B2A
Reverse
Mtg. Type
DSG-01-2B A
T
raphic Symbols
Model Numbers
Standard
Mtg. Type
AB
DSG-01-2B B
a
P
b
P
DSG-01-2B2B
DSG-01-2B3B
DSG-01-2B4B
DSG-01-2B60B
DSG-01-2B10B
In the above table, the graphic symbols in mounting

type highlighted with shade are optional extra,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with
us before ordering.
352
Reverse
Mtg. Type
Typical Changeover Time
Standard Type (Without Shockless Function)
[Test Conditions ]
Pressure:
Flow Rate:
Viscosity:
Voltage:
16 MPa (2320 PSI)

31.5 L /min (8.3 U.S.GPM)
35 mm 2 /s (164 SSU)
100 %V
(After coil temprature rises and saturated)
ON
Solenoid
OF F
O FF
0
Spool Shift
Max.
T2
Type
Model Numbers
Standard
Type
DSG-01-3C2- A
DSG-01-3C2- D
DSG-01-3C2- R
Time ms
T1
T2
15
48
50
23
19
100
Shockless Type
[Reaults of Measurement]
[Test Circuit and Conditions]

Accelmeter
OF F
ON
SOL a
Speed
G1
a
G2
Acceleration (G)
Load
Pressure (Ps)
Ps
T1
Setting Pressure (Ps): 7 MPa (1020 PSI)

Load (W): 1000 kg (2205 1bs.)
Speed: 8 m/min (26.2 ft./min)
Viscosity: 35 mm 2 /s (164 SSU )
Type
T2
Time
Model Nmbers
Time Acceleratio n
ms
m/s2 (G)
T1 T2
G1
G2
Shockles s
Type
S-DSG-01-3C2- D
70 30
12
(1.2 )
7
(0.7 )
Standard
Type
DSG-01-3C2- D
35 25
18
(1.8 )
15
(1.5 )
E
T1
353
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
Standard Type: DSG-01

PSI
600
MPa
4
Model Numbers
B T
P B
A T
DSG-01-3C2
DSG-01-3C3
DSG-01-3C4
DSG-01-3C40
DSG-01-3C60
DSG-01-3C9
DSG-01-3C10
DSG-01-3C11
DSG-01-3C12
DSG-01-2D2
100 L/min
DSG-01-2B2
U.S.GPM
DSG-01-2B3
DSG-01-2B8
Pressure Drop P
500
3
400
300
200
1
100
20
0
40
60
12
80
16
20
Pressure Drop Curve Number
P A
24
Flow Rate
Shockless Type: S-DSG-01

PSI
180
MPa
1.2
160
120
80
0.8
0.6
P A
B T
P B
A T
S-DSG-01-3C2
S-DSG-01-3C4
S-DSG-01-2B2
1.0
P
Pressure Drop
Model Numbers
0.4
40
0.2
0
10
0
20
4
30
6
40
10
50
12
14
60
L/min
16
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Viscosity
mm 2/s 15
Factor
SSU
77
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
20
30
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
354
P T
2
TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Models with AC Solenoids
Single Solenoid: Spring Offset

DSG-01-2B -A -70/7090
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detented

3C -A -70/7090
DSG-01- 2D2
(For Sol a)
145.7
(5.74)
Pressure Port "P"

Cylinder Port "A"
76.7
(3.02)
142.2
(5.60)

(For Sol b)
196.4
(7.73)
95
(3.74)
26
(1.02)
50.7
(2.00)
For other dimensions, refer to "spring Centred and

No-Spring Detented" models.
Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position
SOL a side is also available.
46
(1.81)
A100
SOL a
SOL b
13.5
(.53)
70
(2.76)
38
(1.50)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)

Solenoid-Each End
45.5
"C " Thd. (Both Ends)
(1.79)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 IN.lbs.)
33
(1.30)
23.5 47(1.85)
(.93)
88.8
(3.50)
Tank Port "T"
T
B
A
P
27
(1.06)
Manual Actuator-Both Ends
6(.24) Dia.
3(.12) Dia.
5(.20) Deep
VIEW ARROW X
X
Model Numbers
"C " Thd.
DSG-01-
-A -70
DSG-01-
-A -7090 1/2 NPT
G 1/2
Locating pin can be fitted to this hole to conform with

ISO4401-03-02-94. However, locating pin is not provided
to standard design valve. When ordering valve with a
locating pin, please consult Yuken.

Cylinder Port "B"
SOL b
31.75
(1.25)
40.5
(1.59)
31 0.75
(1.22) (.03)
32.5
(1.28)

9.5(.37) C' Bore
4 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01-D -70/7090

Models with R Type Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01-R -70/7090
Spring Centred
No-Spring Detented
Spring Offset

Solenoid-Each End
50
(1.97)
204.4(8.05)
149.7
(5.89)
80.7
(3.16)
D24
SOLa
SOL b
D
3
Double Solenoid
Models Only
Spring Offset Type 146.2

(5.76)
For other dimensions, refer to models with AC solenoids.
355
Sub-plate : DSGM-01/01X/01Y-31/3180/3190
14.2
(.56)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
DSGM-01-31
"D" Thd.
"E"
mm(IN.)
M5
10 (.39)
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
M5
10 (.39)
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
Rc 3/8
M5
10 (.39)
3/8 NPT
No. 10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
DSGM-01Y-31
DSGM-01Y-3190
T
11
(.43)
7 (.28) Dia. Through

7
(.28) 11 (.43) Dia. Spotface
2 Places
37
(1.46)
24
(.94)
25.8
(1.02)
31
(1.22)
31.75
(1.25)
48
(1.89)
63
(2.48)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
356
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
8.5
(.33)
7.5
(.30)
12.7(.50)
5.2
(.20)
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
32
(1.26)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
0.75
(.03)
15.5
(.61)
7 (.28) Dia.
4 Places
40.5
(1.59)
30.2
(1.19)
21.5
(.85)
DIMENSIONS IN
12.5
(.49)
35.5
(1.40)
58.5
(2.30)
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR TYPE (N)
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR WITH INDICATOR LIGHT (N1)
DIMENSIONS IN
-A - N -70/7090
N1
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01-D - N -70/7090
N1
Models with R Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01-R -N-70/7090
SOL b
A100
Double Solenoid
Models Only
23.5
(.93)
SOLa
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm (90 - 100 IN.lbs.)
Model Numbers
DSG-01-
-A -N
(S-)DSG-01-
-D -N
(S-)DSG-01-
-R -N
C
196.4
(7.73)
204.4
(8.05)
204.4
(8.05)
D
76.7
(3.02)
80.7
(3.18)
80.7
(3.18)
E
88.5
(3.48)
99.5
(3.92)
102.5
(4.04)
F
53
(2.09)
64
(2.52)
57.2
(2.25)
G
H
27.5 39
(1.08) (1.54)
27.5 39
(1.08) (1.54)
34
53
(1.34) (2.09)

D
29.5
(1.16)
72.5
(2.85)
The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as

illustrated below by loosening the lock nut. After
Cable Departure
completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut
with the torque as specified below.
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. .... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area ....
46(1.81)
Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
G
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box type" (Page 356).
Models with Push Button & Lock Nut

(S-)DSG-01-
- -C
AC: 132.2(5.20)
DC/R: 136.2(5.36)
Lock Nut
Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut"
clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is held.
Be sure to loosen "Lock Nut" fully before solenoid
is energised.
SOL b
Push Button
Interchangeability in Installation Current and New Design

In ouder to achieve higher pressure, higher flow, lower pressure drop DSG-01 valves has been upgraded from the 60
design series to the 70 design series.
The figures in the table below are the comparison between the current and the new design valves.
Specifications
Design Number
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
New Design: 70
100(26.4)
35(5080)
21(3050)
Current Design: 60
63(16.6)
31.5(4570)
16(2320)
Pressure Drop
MPa (PSI)
{PA}
Max. Changeover
Frequency
Cycle/min (min1)
300
(R Type sol. Only 120)
Mass kg (lbs.)
3C /2D
2B
0.9(130)
1.85(4.08)
1.4(3.09)
1.0(145)
2.2(4.85)
1.6(3.53)
Flow Rate: 60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM), Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Spool type "2" (Closed centre)
Interchangeability in installation in maintained though there are minor differences in demension as in the following table.
A
E
Coil Type
AC
38
(1.50)
K
J
B
A100
SOL b
SOL a
27
(1.06)
DC
R
Design
Number
New Design
: 70
196.4 142.2 46
88.8
95
50.7
26
70
13.5 70.5
(7.73) (5.60) (1.81) (3.50) (3.74) (2.00) (1.02) (2.76) (.53) (2.78)
Current Design 191.4 142.7 48

90.3
90
50.7 23.5
65
11
72
: 60
(7.54) (5.62) (1.89) (3.56) (3.54) (2.00) (.93) (2.56) (.43) (2.83)
New Design
: 70
204.4 146.2 46
88.8
95
54.7
26
70
13.5 70.5
(8.05) (5.76) (1.81) (3.50) (3.74) (2.15) (1.02) (2.76) (.53) (2.78)
Current Design 210 152

48
90.3
90
60
23.5
65
11
72
: 60
(8.27) (5.98) (1.89) (3.56) (3.54) (2.36) (.93) (2.56) (.43) (2.83)
357
Details of Receptacle
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Double Solenoid Type
Single Solenoid Type
Power Supply
(For SOL.a)
Power Suppl y
Power Supply
(For SOL.b)
SOL. a
SOL. b
Ground
Indicator Light
Terminal
Box Type
Common Plate
SOL. b
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Common
Ground
Ground
Ground
1
1
Plug-in
Connector
Type
1-Power Suppl y
2-Power Suppl y
1. There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.
2. If you do not need the common plate, remove it.
3. With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.
DANGER
Do not perform wiring while the power is on.
Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.
Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an
irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave
accident.
Electrical Circuit
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Electric Source
AC
ACDC Rectified
DC
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Power
Supply
Power
Supply
Terminal
Box Type
Power
Supply
SOL.
Common
Ground
SOL.
Common
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
Common
Ground
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
Plug-in
Connector
Type
1-Power
Supply
1-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
Ground
Ground
SOL.
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
358
Rectifier
Circuit
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
1-Power
Supply
Indicator Light
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
(Circuit composed
in coil)
Rectifier
Circuit
List of Seals
-DSG-01-
- -70/7090
Spring Offset type
28
16
18
12
17
19
14
29
13
10
15
30
9
7
SOL b
SOL a
6
8
27
24
25
21
23
20
26
22
11
-DSG-01-
- -N/N1-70/7090
16 15 14
18
11
SOL a
19
SOL b
List of Seals
Qty.
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
O-Ring
SO-NB-A-012 (NBR, Hs90)
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
18
Packing
19
O-Ring
24
25
3C
2D
2B
1790S-VK421290-8
S6
O-Ring
AS 568-026 (NBR, Hs70)
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
26
O-Ring
SO-NA-P20
27
O-Ring
SO-NA-P4
30
Plug
Remarks

1790S-VK418329-9
Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 11)
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit No.
O-Ring Details for Seal Kit
-DSG-01-
- -70/7090
KS-DSG-01-70
8 (4 Pcs.), 9 & 25 (2 Pcs., see above), 27 (4 Pcs.)
-DSG-01-
- -N-70/7090
KS-DSG-01-N-70
8 (4 Pcs.), 9 & 25 (2 Pcs., see above)
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Refer to page 360 for the details of these parts.
359
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Ass'y No.
Valve Model Numbers

DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01-
-A100-70
-A120-70
-A200-70
-A240-70
-D12-70
-D24-70
-D48-70
-R100-70
-R200-70
-D12-70
-D24-70
-D48-70
-R100-70
-R200-70
-A100-N-70
-A120-N-70
-A200-N-70
-A240-N-70
-D12-N-70
-D24-N-70
-D48-N-70
-R100-N-70
-R200-N-70
-D12-N-70
-D24-N-70
-D48-N-70
-R100-N-70
-R200-N-70
-A100-N1-70
-A120-N1-70
-A200-N1-70
-A240-N1-70
-D12-N1-70
-D24-N1-70
-D48-N1-70
-D12-N1-70
-D24-N1-70
-D48-N1-70
11
20
Solenoid Ass'y No.
Coil No.
SA1-100-70
SA1-120-70
SA1-200-70
SA1-240-70
SD1-12-70
SD1-24-70
SD1-48-70
SR1-100-70
SR1-200-70
SD1-12-S-70
SD1-24-S-70
SD1-48-S-70
SR1-100-S-70
SR1-200-S-70
SA1-100-N-70
SA1-120-N-70
SA1-200-N-70
SA1-240-N-70
SD1-12-N-70
SD1-24-N-70
SD1-48-N-70
SR1-100-N-70
SR1-200-N-70
SD1-12-S-N-70
SD1-24-S-N-70
SD1-48-S-N-70
SR1-100-S-N-70
SR1-200-S-N-70
SA1-100-N-70
SA1-120-N-70
SA1-200-N-70
SA1-240-N-70
SD1-12-N-70
SD1-24-N-70
SD1-48-N-70
SD1-12-S-N-70
SD1-24-S-N-70
SD1-48-S-N-70
C-SA1-100-70
C-SA1-120-70
C-SA1-200-70
C-SA1-240-70
C-SD1-12-70
C-SD1-24-70
C-SD1-48-70
C-SR1-100-70
C-SR1-200-70
C-SD1-12-70
C-SD1-24-70
C-SD1-48-70
C-SR1-100-70
C-SR1-200-70
C-SA1-100-N-70
C-SA1-120-N-70
C-SA1-200-N-70
C-SA1-240-N-70
C-SD1-12-N-70
C-SD1-24-N-70
C-SD1-48-N-70
C-SR1-100-N-70
C-SR1-200-N-70
C-SD1-12-N-70
C-SD1-24-N-70
C-SD1-48-N-70
C-SR1-100-N-70
C-SR1-200-N-70
C-SA1-100-N-70
C-SA1-120-N-70
C-SA1-200-N-70
C-SA1-240-N-70
C-SD1-12-N-70
C-SD1-24-N-70
C-SD1-48-N-70
C-SD1-12-N-70
C-SD1-24-N-70
C-SD1-48-N-70
13
Receptacle
Part No.
18
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
Remarks
R1-70
KR1-A-70
Terminal
Box
Type
KR1-B-70
RR1-70
KR1-A-70
KR1-B-70
RR1-70
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
Plug-in
Connector
Type
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
Note: The connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.
360
19
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
Plug-in
Connector
with
Indicator
Light
3/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-03 Series

These are epoch-making solenoid operated valves of high pressure, high flow
which have been developed incorporating a unique design concept into every
part of the valve including the solenoid. With wet type solenoids, these
valves ensure the low noise and the long life, moreover, ensure no leakage of
oil outside of the valves.
Wide Range of Models
Choose the optimum valve to meet your need from a large selection available.
The DSG-03 50 design series solenoid operated directional valves are
classified into the two basic models.
Standard type . Useable at high pressure: 31.5 MPa (4570 PSI) and high
flow: 120 L/min (31.7 U.S.GPM)
Shockless type . A noise at spool changeover and a vibration in piping
can be reduced to a minimum.
Stable Operation
With a strong magnet and spring force, the valves are tough against
contamination and thus ensure a stable operation.
Usable in products of various standards
CE/UL/CSA certified products are available.
Terminal Box Type
Specifications
2
Max. Changeover Approx. Mass kg(1bs.)

Type of Solenoid
Frequency
min-1 (Cycles/Min)
DC, R, RQ
AC
Max. Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
DSG-03-3C - -50/5090
Standard
DSG-03-2D2- -50/5090
Type
DSG-03-2B - -50/5090
120 (31.7)
31.5 (4570)
Spool Type 60 Only
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
Shockless S-DSG-03-3C - -50/5090

Type
S-DSG-03-2B2- -50/5090
120 (31.7)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
120
1 L-DSG-03-3C - -50/5090
Low
Wattage L-DSG-03-2D2- -50/5090
(14W)Type L-DSG-03-2B - -50/5090
60 (15.9)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
240
R Type Sol. Only
120
Valve
Type
Model
Numbers
240
R Type Sol. Only
120
3.6 (7.9)
5 (11)
2.9 (6.4)
3.6 (7.9 )
5 (11)

3.6 (7.9)
3.6 (7.9)
5 (11)
2.9 (6.4)
3.6 (7.9I
1 For details of L-DSG-03, please contact us.

2 The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve. The maximum flow
differs according to the spool type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow" on
pages 364 to 368.
Sub-plate
Piping
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
3/8
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
1/2
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2
DSGM-03X-2180
1/2 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
3/4
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
Mounting Bolts
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions

M6 35 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
Tightening Torque
12 - 15 Nm
(106 - 133 in. 1bs.)
361
Solenoid Ratings
Valve Type
Coil
Type
Electric source
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
AC
A120
Standard
Type
A200
A240
Shockless
Type
DC (K Series )
AC DC Rectified (R )
AC DC Rectified (RQ)
(Quick Return )
D12
D24
D100
R100
R200
RQ100
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source Rating
100
100
110
120
200
200
220
240
12
24
100
100
200
100
Serviceable Range
80 - 110

Inrush (A) 2 Holding (A)
Power (W)
90 - 120
96 - 132
108 - 144
160 - 220
180 - 240
192
216
10.8
21.6
90
90
180
264
288
13.2
26.4
110
110
220
5.37
4.57
5.03
4.48
3.81
2.69
2.29
2.52
2.24
1.91
90 - 110
0.90
0.63
0.77
0.75
0.52
0.45
0.31
0.38
0.37
0.26
3.16
1.57
0.38
0.43
0.21
0.43
1. AC solenoid is not available in shockless type.

R or RQ type models with built-in current rectifier is recommended for shockless operation with AC power.
3. There are more coil types other than the above. For details, please make inquiries .
delivery with us before ordering .
Options
Push Button with Lock Nut
Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
can be locked in the pressed condition.
Plug-in Connector with Solenoid Indicator Light
These are the indicator light incorporated plug-in connector type
solenoids. Energisation or de-energisation of the solenoid can
be easily identified with the incorporated indicator light.
M8 Mounting Bolts.
As the mounting bolts, M6 socket head cap screws are used for
the standard valves, however, M8 socket head cap screws are also
available for supply as optional extras. In case the M8 screws
are required, suffix "02" to the design number of both valve and
sub-plate model number like below.
Lock Nut
Push Button
Plug-in Connector
with Solenoid
Indicator Light
(Example)
Valve: DSG-03-3C2-A100-5002
Sub-plate: DSGM-03-4002
The valve is supplied with 4 pcs. hexagon
socket head cap screws M8 38 Lg.
362
SOL b
38
38
38
S-
Special
Seals
Shockless
Type
DSG
Series
Number
-03
-2
Valve
Size
None:
Standard
Type
C:
Spring
Centred
D:
No-Spring
Detented
2:
Two
Positions
DSG:
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valve
-D24
Special Two
Number
SpoolPosition Valve
Spool
of Valve
Spring
Type
Omit if not
Positions Arrangement
required
3:
Three
Positions
F:
For Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
03
B:
Spring
Offset
Coil
Type
-C
Manual
Override
AC:
A100
A120
A200
A240
2, 3
4,40
5, 60
9, 10
11, 12
-N
-50
Electrical
Design
Conduit
Number
Connection
90:
N.American
Design Std.
None:
R:
Manual
(AC DC) Override
Pin
R100
R200
2
3
1
1
Design
Standard
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
None:
Terminal
Box Type
DC:
D12
D24
D100
-L
Models with
Reverse Mtg. of
Solenoid
Omit if not
required
RQ:
(AC DC)
RQ100
50
2
3:
Three
Positions
C:
Spring
Centred
DC:
D12
D24
D100
2
4
R:
(AC DC)
R100
R200
S:
Shockless
Type
2:
Two
Positions
B:
Spring
Offset
A
2
1
1
C:
Push
Button
and
Lock Nut
(Option)
N:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
3
N1:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
with
Indicator
Light
(Option)
RQ:
(AC DC)
RQ100
None::
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
and
European
Design
Std.
90:
N. American
Design
Std.
L

F-
1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 369 for details.
2. N is not available for RQ-type solenoids .
3. N1 is not available for R and RQ-type solenoids .
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
363

-A
Max. Flow
P
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
Graphic
Symbols
A
P
10
16
25
31.5
100
100
100
100
90
90
90
90
80
80
100
100
30
30
30
70
70
70
100
100
100
80
80
100
100
90
90
100
100
A B
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C4
a
P T
A B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
DSG-03-3C40
a
P T
P T
DSG-03-3C3
A B
a
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
DSG-03-3C2
L/min
80(65) 80(25)
75(20) 30(15)
100(75)
100
100(25)
10
16
25
31.5
10
16
25
31.5
100(70)
90(49)
100(81)
100(81)
100(58)
90(47)
100(62)
62(40)
100(48)
53(30)
100(81)
100(81)
100(33)
50(26)
100(39)
47(26)
96(28)
34(19)
100(81)
100(81)
76(22)
28(18)
84(21)
27(16)
65(24)
26(15)
100(81)
100(81)
46(19)
22(15)
48(18)
20(12)
100(70)
90(49)
100(81)
100(81)
100(58)
90(47)
100(62)
62(40)
100(48)
53(30)
100(81)
100(81)
100(33)
50(26)
100(39)
47(26)
96(28)
34(19)
100(81)
100(81)
76(22)
28(18)
84(21)
27(16)
65(24)
26(15)
100(81)
100(81)
46(19)
22(15)
48(18)
20(12)
26
21
18
16
30
28
28
28
100
100
100
100
100
100
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
100(36)
47(24)
100(65)
70(46)
100(36)
47(24)
60(21)
23(14)
85(35)
51(32)
60(21)
23(14)
34(16)
17(11)
62(28)
45(25)
34(16)
17(11)
100(55)
60(38)
100(80)
80(60)
100(55)
60(38)
100(36)
47(24)
100(65)
70(46)
100(36)
47(24)
60(21)
23(14)
85(35)
51(32)
60(21)
23(14)
34(16)
17(11)
62(28)
45(25)
34(16)
17(11)
40
40
30
28
60
60
40
35
34
24
20
19
57
57
57
57
26
19
18
16
100(62)
80(42)
100(79)
92(55)
100(35)
45(21)
100(62)
73(36)
100(72)
89(46)
87(15)
34(12)
100(44)
63(34)
100(64)
78(28)
61( 9 )
15( 9 )
94(37)
51(33)
100(59)
70(27)
49( 7 )
11( 6 )
A B
DSG-03-3C5
30
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
100
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-03-2D2
AB
100
100
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
80(30) 80(20) 100(55)

30(25) 20(15) 60(38)
100(80)
100
100
80(60)
90(30) 90(20) 100(55)
40(20) 20(15) 60(38)
DSG-03-2B2
b
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
b
P T
100
100
100
100
100(90) 100(90) 100(90) 100(90)
100
100
100
100
100(75) 100(75) 100(75) 100(75)
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
Notes : 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
The maximum flow rate is

constant regardless of 50 Hz or
60 Hz and of any voltage
variants within the serviceable
voltage
50Hz, At rated voltage
50Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

100
100(75)
100(25)

364
Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03-D
Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03-R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03-RQ100
Max. Flow
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
Graphic
Symbols
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
A
A
P
10
16
25
31.5
10
16
25
31.5
10
16
25
31.5
120
120
120
120
120
120
100
80
54
55
43
120
120
100
80
54
55
43
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
104
64
53
49
42
120
84
65
62
57
120
120
104
84
65
62
57
64
53
49
42
50
50
50
50
35
24
21
20
45
45
45
45
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
120
120
120
65
65
50
120
112
69
112
69
120
120
120
120
100
100
100
100
120
120
120
65
65
50
120
120
86
51
40
65
52
51
40
120
60
46
80
62
62
47
120
120
86
60
46
80
62
62
47
51
40
65
52
51
40
120
120
120
120
45
37
30
28
60
60
40
35
110
100
110
100
110
100
110
100
68
47
38
38
120
114
83
75
58
120
120
120
120
77
77
77
77
120
120
120
53
33
24
23
120
120
62
62
40
63
48
120
103
47
37
A B
a
B
P
[Port "A" Blocked]
DSG-03-3C2
L/min
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C3
DSG-03-3C4
A B
P T
A B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
DSG-03-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C5
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-03-2D2
AB
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T

P T
DSG-03-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
Notes ) 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of
any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage
120
120
65

(90% of rated voltage) [after temperature rises and saturated]

365

-A
Max. Flow
P
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
Graphic
Symbole
2320
3630
DSG-03-3C3
DSG-03-3C4
26.4
26.4
4570
26.4
26.4
Spring Centred
1450
2320
3630
4570
1450
2320
3630
4570
26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4) 17.2 (6.3) 26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4) 17.2 (6.3)
6.7 (4.0) 23.8 (12.9) 14.0 (7.9) 9.0 (5.0)
6.7 (4.0)
23.8 (12.9) 14.0 (7.9) 9.0 (5.0)
A B
26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
23.8
23.8
23.8
23.8
P T
26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
A B
21.1 (17.2) 21.1 (6.6) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7) 20.1 (5.8) 12.2 (5.0) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7) 20.1 (5.8) 12.2 (5.0)
21.1
21.1
19.8 (5.3) 7.9 (4.0) 23.8 (12.4) 13.2 (6.9) 7.4 (4.8)
A B
Three Positions
P T
P T
DSG-03-3C40
A B
DSG-03-3C2
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]

1450
U.S.GPM
26.4
26.4
26.4
7.9
7.9
7.9
18.5
18.5
18.5
26.4
26.4
26.4
21.1
21.1
5.8 (4.0) 23.8 (12.4) 13.2 (6.9) 7.4 (4.8)
5.8 (4.0)
26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5) 12.7 (4.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5) 12.7 (4.8)
26.4 (6.6) 16.4 (10.6) 12.4 (6.9) 7.1 (4.2)
P T
5.3 (3.2) 16.4 (10.6) 12.4 (6.9) 7.1 (4.2)
5.3 (3.2)
A B
DSG-03-3C5
7.9
6.9
5.5
4.8
26.4
26.4
26.4
15.9
15.9
15.9
4.2
7.9
7.4
7.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
15.9
15.9
15.9
7.4
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
26.4
15.9
15.9
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
21.1 (7.9) 21.1 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2)
7.9 (6.6)
5.3 (4.0)
A B
DSG-03-3C11
DSG-03-3C12
26.4
26.4
21.1 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5) 11.9 (6.6) 21.9 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5) 11.9 (6.6)
23.8
23.8
No-Spring
Detented
AB
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
10.6 (5.3) 5.3 (4.0)
15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7)
4.5 (2.9)
10.6
10.6
7.9
7.4
9.0
6.3
5.3
5.0
15.1
15.1
15.1
15.1
6.9
5.0
4.8
4.2
15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7)
15.9
15.9
10.6
4.5 (2.9)
9.2
P T
DSG-03-2B2
b
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8)
26.4
b
P T
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8)
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (11.6) 24.8 (9.8)

21.1 (11.1) 19.3 (9.5) 16.6 (9.0) 13.5 (8.7)
26.4 (20.9) 26.4 (19) 26.4 (16.9) 26.4 (15.6)
24.3 (14.5) 23.5 (12.2) 20.6 (7.4) 18.5 (7.1)
26.4 (9.2)
23 (4.0)
11.9 (5.5) 9.0 (3.2)
16.1 (2.4) 12.9 (1.8)

4.0 (2.4)
(Example)
The maximum flow rate is

constant regardless of 50 Hz or
60 Hz and of any voltage
variants within the serviceable
voltage

26.4
26.4(19.8)
26.4(6.6)

366
4.5 (2.9)
23.8 (7.9) 23.8 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2)
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7)
A B
a
26.4
4.5 (2.9)
P T
P T
DSG-03-2D2
26.4
15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7)
26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2) 16.4 (7.4) 26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2) 16.4 (7.4)
2.9 (1.6)
Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03-D
Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03-R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03-RQ100
Max. Flow
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
Graphic
Symbols
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
A
A
P
DSG-03-3C3
1450
2320
3630
4570
1450
2320
3630
4570
1450
2320
3630
4570
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
26.4
21.1
14.3
14.5
11.4
31.7
31.7
26.4
21.1
14.3
14.5
11.4
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
27.5
16.9
14
12.9
11.1
31.7
22.2
17.2
16.4
15.1
31.7
31.7
27.5
22.2
17.2
16.4
15.1
16.9
14
12.9
11.1
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
9.2
6.3
5.5
5.3
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
31.7
31.7
31.7
17.2
17.2
13.2
31.7
29.6
18.2
29.6
18.2
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
31.7
31.7
31.7
17.2
17.2
13.2
31.7
31.7
22.7
13.5
10.6
17.2
13.7
13.5
10.6
31.7
15.9
12.2
21.1
16.4
16.4
12.4
31.7
31.7
22.7
15.9
12.2
21.1
16.4
16.4
12.4
13.5
10.6
17.2
13.7
13.5
10.6
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
11.9
9.8
7.9
7.4
15.9
15.9
10.6
9.2
29.1
26.4
29.1
26.4
29.1
26.4
29.1
26.4
18
12.4
10
10
31.7
30.1
21.9
19.8
15.3
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
20.3
20.3
20.3
20.3
31.7
31.7
31.7
14
8.7
6.3
6.1
31.7
31.7
16.4
16.4
10.6
16.6
12.7
31.7
27.2
12.4
9.8
A B
a
B
P
[Port "A" Blocked]
DSG-03-3C2
U.S. GPM
P T
A B
A B
DSG-03-3C4
a
P T
A B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
DSG-03-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C5
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-03-2D2
AB
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T

P T
DSG-03-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
Notes ) 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]
31.7
22.2
17.2

(90% of rated voltage) [after temperature rises and saturated]

367
Maximum Flow of Centre By-Pass

In valve type 3C3, 3C5 and 3C60, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated
below and where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral
position in the suspended state of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below
regardless of any voltage in the range of serviceable voltage.
Max. Flow
Graphic
Symbols
Model Numbers
DSG-03-3C3-A
DSG-03-3C3-D /R /RQ100
DSG-03-3C5-A
DSG-03-3C5-D /R /RQ100
DSG-03-3C60-A
DSG-03-3C60-D /R /RQ100
L/min (U.S.GPM)
10 MPa
(1450 PSI)
16 MPa
(2320 PSI)
25 MPa
(3630 PSI)
31.5 MPa
(4570 PSI)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
26 (6.9)
21 (5.5)
18 (4.8)
16 (4.2)
35 (9.2)
24 (6.3)
21 (5.5)
20 (5.3)
84 (22.2)
52 (13.7)
52 (13.7)
68 (18.0)
65 (17.2)
61 (16.1)
List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow

Models with DC Solenoids: S-DSG-03-D
Models with R Type Solenoids: S-DSG-03-R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: S-DSG-03-RQ100
Max. Flow
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
No. of Valve
Positions
P
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
10
25
5
16
(1450) (2320) (3630) (730)
Three
Positions
Spring
Centred
A B
S-DSG-03-3C2
a
P
120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
A B
S-DSG-03-3C4
120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
Spring
Offset
Two
Positions
P T
A B
S-DSG-03-2B2
85 (22.5) 65 (17.2)
70 (18.5) 45 (11.9)
120 (31.7)
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
Working Pressure MPa (PSI)
5
(730)
L/min (U.S.GPM)
10
25
16
(1450) (2320) (3630)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 50 (13.2)
105 (27.7) 65 (17.2) 40 (10.6)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6)
100 (26.4) 65 (17.2) 35 (9.2)
5
(730)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
10
16
(1450) (2320)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 50 (13.2)

105 (27.7) 65 (17.2) 40 (10.6)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6)
100 (26.4) 65 (17.2) 35 (9.2)
120 (31.7) 100 (26.4) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
P T
105 (27.7) 60 (15.9)

80 (21.1) 50 (13.2)
Note: The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
L/min
368
U.S.GPM
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
80 (21.1)
At rated voltage
[after temperature rises and saturated]
25
(3630)
Reverse Mounting of Solenoid
In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b position
(side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in the reverse
position -SOL a side- is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
A
SOL b
SOL a
b
P
Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).

Neutral Position
SOL. a Energised
Position
A

SOL. b Energised
Position
B
b
a
P
T
2B2B
2B2A
A
b
SOL. a Energised
Position (2B2A)

SOL. b Energised
Position (2B2B)
Graphic SymbolsG
Model Numbers
Standard
Mtg. Type
A
A
b
(S-) DSG-03-2B2A
Reverse
Mtg. Type
(S-) DSG-03-2B A
T
raphic Symbols
Model Numbers
Standard
Mtg. Type
A
DSG-03-2B B
a
P
Reverse
Mtg. Type
b
P
(S-) DSG-03-2B2B
DSG-03-2B3B
(S-) DSG-03-2B4B
DSG-03-2B60B
DSG-03-2B10B
In the above table, the graphic symbols in mounting

type highlighted with shade are optional extra,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with
us before ordering.
369

Standard Type (Without Shockless Function)
[Test Conditions]

Flow Rate: 70 L/min (18.5 U.S.GPM)
Viscosity: 30 mm2 /s (140 SSU)
Voltage: 100 %V (After coil temperature rises and saturated)
ON
Solenoid
OFF
OFF
0
Spool Shift
Max.
T1
Shockless Type
[Test Circuit and Conditions]
Type
Model Numbers
Standard
Type
DSG-03-3C2-A
DSG-03-3C2-D
DSG-03-3C2-R
DSG-03-3C2-RQ100
T2
Changeover Time ms
T1
T2
27
22
97
30
97
204
97
41
Accelmeter
OFF
ON
Speed
SOL a
a
G1
Load
G2
Acceleration (G)
Ps
Pressure
(Ps)
T1
Setting Pressure (Ps): 7 MPa (1020 PSI)

Load (W): 1000 kg (2205 1bs.)
Speed: 8.8 m/min (28.9 ft./min)
370
Time
T2
Time
Acceleration
ms
m/s2 (G)
T1 T2
G1
G2
S-DSG-03-3C2- D
110 120
Shockless
6.4
6.4
S-DSG-03-3C2- R
110 220
Type
(.65) (.65)
S-DSG-03-3C2-RQ100 110 120
Type
Model Numbers
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
Standard Type: DSG-03
PSI
Pressure Drop
350
300
Model Numbers
MPa
P B
A T
P T
DSG-03-3C3
DSG-03-3C4
DSG-03-3C40
1.5
DSG-03-3C5
DSG-03-3C60
DSG-03-3C9
DSG-03-3C10
DSG-03-3C11
DSG-03-3C12
DSG-03-2D2
DSG-03-2B2
DSG-03-2B3
DSG-03-2B8
200
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
B T
2.0
250
150
PA
DSG-03-3C2
2.5
0
0
0
20
5
60
40
10
80
15
20
100
25
120
L/ min
30
35 U.S.GPM
Shockless Type: S-DSG-03

PSI
Pressure Drop
350
300
MPa
2.5
2.0
250
200
150
Model Numbers
1.0

PA
BT
PB
AT
S-DSG-03-3C2
S-DSG-03-3C4
S-DSG-03-2B2
1.5

Flow Rate
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
20
5
40
10
60
80
15
20
100
25
120
30
L/ min
35 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
Factor
SSU
77
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
20
30
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P (G'/0.850)
371
TERMINAL BOX TYPE

-A -50/5090
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detended

Cylinder Port "A "
Pressure Port "P"

(For Sol b)
91
(3.58)
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
"C " Thd.
DSG-03-
-A -50
DSG-03-
-A -5090 1/2 NPT
G 1/2
7(.28) Dia. Through
4 Places

Solenoid-Each End
47.5
(1.87)
89.5
(3.52)
105.3
(4.15)
35.3
(1.39)
58
(2.28)
32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
50.8
(2.00)

(For Sol a)
Tank Port "T "
236
(9.29)
179.5
(7.07)
123
(4.84)
34.5
(1.36)
SOL b
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
SOL a
19
(.75)
27
(1.06)
Model Numbers
Cylinder Port "B"
54
(2.13)
92
(3.62)
Manual Actuator
6.3(.25) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
. Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port in the left side is normally used in our standard sub-plate,
though, either side of the tank port "T" can be used without problem.
DIMENSIONS IN

179.5
(7.07)
SOL b
176.3
(6.94)
For other dimensions, refer to "Spring Centred and No-Spring Detented" medels.
Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position -SOL a side- is also available.
372
TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Models with DC Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03-D -50/5090
Models with R Type Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03-R -50/5090
Models with RQ Type Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03-RQ100-50/5090
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detented
Solenoid-Each End
70.5
(2.78)
282
(11.10)
202.5
(7.97)
SOL a
SOL b
114
(4.49)
32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
L'
Double Solenoid
Models Only
199.3
(7.85)
For other dimensions, refer to Models with AC solenoids (Page 372).
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub- plates
DSGM-03 -40/2180/2190
J
18
(.71)
14 (.55) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
90
(3.54)
54
(2.13)
37.3
(1.47)
27
(1.06)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
P
S
20
(.79)
7
(.28)
6.4
(.25)
10
(.39)
22
(.87)
3.2
(.13)
B
A
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-03-40
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03-2190
DSGM-03X-40
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03X-2190
DSGM-03Y-40
DSGM-03Y-2180
DSGM-03Y-2190
92
(3.62)
F
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 1/2
1/2 BSP.F
1/2 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
11 (.43) Dia.
4 Places
76
(2.99)
70
(2.76)
110
(4.33)
90
(3.54)
46
(1.81)
32.5
(1.28)
21.4
(.84)
16.7
(.66)

35.3
(1.39)
89.5
(3.52)
105.3
(4.15)
58
(2.28)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
"D" Thd.
M6
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)

M6
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)

M6
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)
J
L
K
N
110
9
(4.33) (.35)
10
32
62
40
16
48
21
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
110
9
(4.33) (.35)
10
32
62
40
16
48
21
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
120
14
(4.72) (.55)
15
50
80
45
10
47
16
42
(.59) (1.97) (3.15) (1.77) (.39) (1.85) (.63) (1.65)
373
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR TYPE (N)

PLUG-IN CONNECTOR WITH INDICATOR LIGHT (N1)
-A - N -50/5090
N1
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as
35.3 61.8
(1.39) (2.43)
109.1
(4.30)
27.5(1.08)
32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
61.8
(2.43)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ..... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
236
(9.29)
91
(3.58)
39 35
89
(3.50)
(1.54) (1.38)
SOLa
SOLb
Double Solenoid
Models Only
176.3
(6.94)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
-D - N -50/5090
N1
Models with R Type Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03-R -N-50/5090
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03-
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ..... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ..... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as

282
(11.10)
114
(4.49)
35
F
(1.38)
32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
Model Numbers
N
- N1
-50/5090
SOL a
199.3
(7.85)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
DSG-03-
-D
121.1 (4.77) 73.8 (2.91)
27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54)
DSG-03-
-R -N-50/5090 124.9 (4.92) 62.6 (2.46)
34 (1.34)
53 (2.09)
DIMENSIONS IN
Options
Models with Push Button & Lock Nut: (S-)DSG-03-
- C(- N )-50/5090
N1
AC : 158.5 (6.24)
Lock Nut
DC,R,RQ : 181.5 (7.15)
Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut"
clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is
held.
Be sure to loosen "LockNut" fully before solenoid
is energised
Push Button
374
Double Solenoid
Models Only
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type"

(Page 372 373).
C
89
(3.50)
SOL b
35.3
(1.39)
Details of Receptacle
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Double Solenoid Type

Power Supply
(For SOL.b)
Power Supply
(For SOL.a)
Earth
Single Solenoid Type
Earth
Indicator
Light
Indicatot
Light
Terminal
Box Type
SOL. b
Common Plate
SOL. b
SOL. a
Indicator Light
Common
Earth
Power
Supply
Ground
1
1-Power Supply
Plug-in
Connector
Type
3
3
2-Power Supply
1. There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.
2. If you do not need the common plate, remove it.
3. With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.
DANGER
Do not perform wiring while the power is on.
Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.
Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an
irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave
accident.
Electrical Circuit
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Electric Source
AC
AC DC Rectified
DC

Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Power
Supply
Power
Supply
Terminal
Box Type
Power
Supply
SOL.
Common
Ground
SOL.
SOL.
Common
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
Common
Ground
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
Plug-in
Connector
Type
Rectifier
Circuit
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
1-Power
Supply
1-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
Ground
Ground
1-Power
Supply
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
SOL.
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
(Circuit composed
in coil)
Rectifier
Circuit
375
List of Seals
-DSG-03-
- -50/5090
Spring Offset Type

18
30 26
19
21
20
22
25
24 31 17 23
16
43 42 41 40 44
29
15
14
SOL b
28
SOL a
27
27
10
-DSG-03-
-N/N1-50/5090
46
47
48
45
16
SOL a
SOL b
List of Seals
Qty.
Item
Name of Parts
21
27
28
29
30
41
43
Gasket
O-Ring
O-Ring
Plug
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
3C
1751S-VK418689-6
SO-NB-A014(NBR, Hs90)
SO-NB-P21
1790S-VK418329-9
S6
SO-NB-P21
SO-NA-P4
2D2
1
5
1
5
2
2
4
2
2
4
Remarks
2B
1
5
1
2
2
1
2
Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 16 )
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Valve Model Numbers
O-Ring Details for Seal Kit
Seal Kit No.
DSG-03-
- -50/5090
KS-DSG-03-50
27 (5 Pcs.), 28 & 41 (2 Pcs., see above), 43 (4 Pcs.)
DSG-03-
- -N-50/5090
KS-DSG-03-N-50
27 (5 Pcs.), 28 & 41 (2 Pcs., see above)
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector

Refer to Page 377 for the details of these parts.
376
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Ass'y No.
42
17
45
46
Solenoid Ass'y No.
Coil No.
Receptacle
Part No.
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
SA3-100-51
SA3-120-51
SA3-200-51
SA3-240-51
SD3-12-51
SD3-24-51
SD3-100-51
SR3-100-51
SR3-200-51
SR3-100-51
SD3-12-S-51
SD3-24-S-51
SD3-100-S-51
SR3-100-S-51
SR3-200-S-51
SR3-100-51
SA3-100-N-51
SA3-120-N-51
SA3-200-N-51
SA3-240-N-51
SD3-12-N-51
SD3-24-N-51
SD3-100-N-51
SR3-100-N-51
SR3-200-N-51
SD3-12-S-N-51
SD3-24-S-N-51
SD3-100-S-N-51
SR3-100-S-N-51
SR3-200-S-N-51
SA3-100-N-51
SA3-120-N-51
SA3-200-N-51
SA3-240-N-51
SD3-12-N-51
SD3-24-N-51
SD3-100-N-51
SD3-12-S-N-51
SD3-24-S-N-51
SD3-48-S-N-51
C-SA3-100-51
C-SA3-120-51
C-SA3-200-51
C-SA3-240-51
C-SD3-12-51
C-SD3-24-51
C-SD3-100-51
C-SR3-100-51
C-SR3-200-51
C-SR3-100-51
C-SD3-12-51
C-SD3-24-51
C-SD3-100-51
C-SR3-100-51
C-SR3-200-51
C-SR3-100-51
C-SA3-100-N-51
C-SA3-120-N-51
C-SA3-200-N-51
C-SA3-240-N-51
C-SD3-12-N-51
C-SD3-24-N-51
C-SD3-100-N-51
C-SR3-100-N-51
C-SR3-200-N-51
C-SD3-12-N-51
C-SD3-24-N-51
C-SD3-100-N-51
C-SR3-100-N-51
C-SR3-200-N-51
C-SA3-100-N-51
C-SA3-120-N-51
C-SA3-200-N-51
C-SA3-240-N-51
C-SD3-12-N-51
C-SD3-24-N-51
C-SD3-100-N-51
C-SD3-12-N-51
C-SD3-24-N-51
C-SD3-100-N-51
DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03-
-A100-50
-A120-50
-A200-50
-A240-50
-D12-50
-D24-50
-D100-50
-R100-50
-R200-50
-RQ100-50
-D12-50
-D24-50
-D100-50
-R100-50
-R200-50
-RQ100-50
-A100-N-50
-A120-N-50
-A200-N-50
-A240-N-50
-D12-N-50
-D24-N-50
-D100-N-50
-R100-N-50
-R200-N-50
-D12-N-50
-D24-N-50
-D100-N-50
-R100-N-50
-R200-N-50
-A100-N1-50
-A120-N1-50
-A200-N1-50
-A240-N1-50
-D12-N1-50
-D24-N1-50
-D100-N1-50
-D12-N1-50
-D24-N1-50
-D100-N1-50
Remarks
R3-60
KR3-A-60
KR3-C-60
Terminal
Box
Type
RR3-60
QR3-C-60
KR3-A-60
KR3-C-60
RR3-60
QR3-C-60
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
Plug-in
Connector
Type
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11

16
Valve Model Numbers
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
Plug-in
Connector
with
Indicator
Light
Note : The connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.
377
Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

2 type of Direct Acting type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves,
E-DSG-01/03, with suppressed consumption power 5W were launched
in series.
Because these valves only 5W of power which enables remarkable
reduction of operating cost.
E-DSG-01
E-DSG Series
E-DSG-01: 5W
E-DSG-03: 5W
DSG Series
DSG-01: 29W
DSG-03: 38W
Low Wattage Type
Standard
Since these valves operate on only 5W, they can be driven through the
output circuit of a programmed or sequence controller. This feature
simplifies the electric circuitry and enables savings in initial cost.
These low wattage valves minimize coil surface temperature.
CE certified products are available.
E-DSG-03
Specifications
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line
Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Changeover
Frequency
Cycle/min {min-1}
Mass
kg (1bs.)
2.2 (4.85)
E-DSG-01-3C -D -60
E-DSG-01-2N2-D -60
30
(7.9)
E-DSG-01-2D2-D -60
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
2.2 (4.85)
240
2.2 (4.85)
1.6 (3.53)
E-DSG-01-2B -D -60
E-DSG-03-3C -D -50
5 (11.03)
63
(16.6)
E-DSG-01-2D2-D -50
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
5 (11.03)
240
3.6 (7.94)
E-DSG-01-2B2-D -50
Maxmum flow indicates a ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition.
Solenoid Ratings
Model Numbers
Electric source
E-DSG-01
DC (K Series)
E-DSG-03
Coil Type
Source Rating
Voltage (V)
Serviceable Range

Inrush (A)
Power (W)
D12
12
10.8 13.2
0.43
D24
24
21.6 26.4
0.23
D12
12
10.8 13.2
0.44
D24
24
21.6 26.4
0.22
delivery with us before ordering .
For details, please contact us.
378
Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
5
5
Electronic Relay Incorporated Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Drive power source and signal are separate.
The valve is actuated by operating a built-in switch using a very small
current signal (about 10 mA) when the solenoid is energised.
A Direct Drive by a programmable controller is now possible.
As the valve can be actuated by a very small current, as we have
mentioned, a Direct Drive is possible on the output circuit of the
programmable controller or sequence controller.
T-DSG-01
Simple construction and stable operation.

Since the valve is a direct type, the construction is quite simple.
Also the solenoid is the well proven wet armature type, which can
withstand contamination.
Therefore a stable operation can be obtained.
Specifications
Valve
Type
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
Standard
Type
T-DSG-01-3C -D24 -70/7090
Max. Operating Pressure Max. T-Line

Back Pressure
MPa
MPa
(PSI)
(PSI)
35
(5080)
100
(26.4)
T-DSG-01-2D2-D24 -70/7090
Max. Changeover
Frequency
Cycle/min {min-1}
21
(3050)
300
1.85 (4.08)
1.4 (3.09)
T-DSG-01-2B -D24 -70/7090

Shockless T-S-DSG-01-3C -D24 -70/7090
Type
T-S-DSG-01-2B2-D24 -70/7090
Standard
Type
Mass
kg
(1bs.)
T-DSG-03-3C -D24 -50/5090

T-DSG-03-2D2-D24 -50/5090
63
(16.6)
25
(3630)
21
(3050)
120
120
(31.7)
31.5 (4570)
Spool Type 60 Only
25 (3630)
16
(2320)
240
25
(3630)
16
(2320)
T-DSG-03-2B -D24 -50/5090

Shockless T-S-DSG-03-3C -D24 -50/5090
Type
T-S-DSG-03-2B2-D24 -50/5090
120
(31.7)
1.85 (4.08)
1.4 (3.09)
5 (11.03)
3.6 (7.94)
120
5 (11.03)
3.6 (7.94)
Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow. As the ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition the same as those for standard
DSG-01/03, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 347 - 351 (DSG-01) and 364 - 368 (DSG-03) for details.
Electronic Relay Incorporated

T-DSG-03

F-
T-
Special Control
Type
Seals
SType
DSG
-03
-2
Series Valve Number

Number Size of Valve
Position
B
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
2
Spool
Type
-D24
Special
Two
Coil Type
Position
Valve
01
T:
Electronic
Relay
Incorporated
Type
M
Supply
Type of
Signal
Power
-70
-L
Models with
Design Design
Alternate
Number Standard
Offset
Solenoid
None:
Internal
Signal
Power
70
M:
External
Signal
Power
50
DC
D24
03
Please refer to the valve type DSG-01 and DSG-03 shown on page 346 and 363 for the area shaded.
For details, please contact us.
379
Comparison of The Conventional Type and The Electronic Relay

Incorporated Type
Conventional Type
Output Unit
Large capacity output units (approximately 2A per unit) are required to operate solenoid
operated directional valves.
As there is a limitation for common capacity, all contacts of the output units can be used in
some cases.
Total cost therefore becomes higher, and a larger installation space is required.
Programmable
Controller
Control Board
Thick wires are

required and,
therefore, wiring
is awkward.
Solenoid Power Supply
Power Supply Cables

As each double solenoid valve requires a minimum of three cables, it is obvious that
the more valves you use, the more power supply cables and wiring is necessitated.
This may increase the possibility of miswriting.
Miswriting and short circuits may damage a very expensive programmable
controller and output units.
Electronic Relay Incorporated Type

Output Unit
Standard small capacity output unit, which is usually less expensive can be used.
Other electric devices can be commonly used with the solenoid directional valves.
Therefore, installation as or output units can be reduced.
Signal Output Cables
Thinner cable, compared with power supply cable, can be used and therefore wiring is easier.
The solenoid operated directional valve is provided with a protective circuit to ensure a
constant current, which protects the programmable controller from serious effects caused by
miswriting.
Programmable
Controller
Control
Board
Common
Cables
Solenoid Power Supply

Only two power supply cables are required for solenoid operated directional valves
and, therefore wiring can be reduced.
380

These valves are composed of a solenoid operated pilot valve and a pilot
operated slave valve. When a solenoid is energised the pilot valve
directs the flow to move the spool of the slave valve, thus changing the
direction of flow in the hydraulic circuit.
High Pressure High Flow
High pressure [31.5 MPa (4570 PSI)] along which high flow means
compact system design.
Lower Pressure Drop
System energy saving increased as pressure drop of each valve has been
greatly reduced.
Specifications
1
Valve
Type
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
DSHG-01-3C - -14/1480/1490
DSHG-01-2B - -14/1480/1490
DSHG-03-3C - -14/1490
DSHG-03-2N - -14/1490
Standard DSHG-03-2B - -14/1490
Type (S-)DSHG-04-3C - -52/5290
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - -52/5290
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - -52/5290
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - -53/5390
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - -53/5390
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - -53/5390
Shockless (S-)DSHG-06-3H - -53/5390
Type (S-)DSHG-10-3C - -43/4390
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - -43/4390
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - -43/4390
(S-)DSHG-10-3H - -43/4390
Max. ChangeMax. T-Line Back

Max.
Min. 2
over Frequecy
Pressure
Operating Max. Pilot Required
Pressure
Cycles/Min
{min1}
MPa
(PSI)
Pressure
Pilot Pres.
R
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) Ext. Drain Int. Drain AC DC
40 (10.6)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
1.0 (145)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
120
120
120
160 (42.3)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
0.7 (100)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
120
120
120
300 (79.3) 31.5 (4570) 25 (3630)
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
16 (2320)
120
120
120
25 (3630)
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
16 (2320)
120
120
120
21 (3050)
1.0 (145)
110
110
110
120
100
120
100
100
100
60
60
50
500 (132)
31.5 (4570)
25 (3630)
1100 (291) 31.5 (4570)
1.0 (145)
Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow. As the ceiling flow depends on the type of
spool and operating condition, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 386 to 390
for details.
2. Pilot pressure of internal pilot drain models must always exceed tank line back pressure
by a minimum required pilot pressure.
3. Min. pilot pressure of with pilot piston in 1.8 MPa (260 PSI).
Solenoid Ratings
Solenoid ratings of pilot valve are identical with those of standard solenoid
valve. Refer to relevant solenoid ratings described on the page below.
Pilot Valve Model
Numbers
DSG-01-
- -70
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
1.
Model
Numbers
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
(S-)DSHG-04
(S-)DSHG-06
(S-)DSHG-10
Solenoid Ratings described

on the page below
345
Mass
kg
(1bs.)
3.2 (7.1)
2.7 (6.0)
6.9 (15.2)
6.9 (15.2)
6.4 (14.1)
8.5 (18.7)
8.5 (18.7)
8.0 (17.6)
12.4 (27.3)
12.4 (27.3)
11.9 (26.2)
13.2 (29.1)
45.0 (99.2)
45.0 (99.2)
44.5 (98.1)
52.9 (116.6)
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Consult us for the details.
Model Numbers
DSHF-10DSHF-16DSHF-24DSHF-32-
-27
-37
-28
-27
Rated Flow
Max. Pressure
l/min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
21 (3050)
315 (83)
21 (3050)
500 (132)
21 (3050)
1200 (317)
21 (3050)
2400 (634)
CSA Approved Solenoid Valve

Available to supply DSHG-06 series valve approved
by the CSA (Canadian Standards Association).
Consult us for details.
381

F-
S-
DSHG
-06
-2
-C2
-E
Special
Seals
Type
Series
Number
Valve
Size
No. of
Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Spool
Type
Special Two
Position
Valve
Models with
Pilot Choke
Valve
Pilot
Connection
Drain
Connection
C:
Spring Centred
2, 3, 4
40, 5, 60
7, 9, 10
11, 12
B:
Spring Offset
2, 3, 4
40, 7
C:
Spring Centred
2, 3, 4
40, 5, 60
7, 9, 10
11, 12
None:
Internal
Pilot
None:
External
Drain
E:
External
Pilot
E:
Internal
Drain
01
None:
Standard
Type
03
F:
For
Phosphate
Ester
Type
Fluids
DSHG:
Solenoid
Controlled
Pilot
Operated
Directional
Valve,
Sub-plate
Mounting
if not
(Omit
required )
N:
No-Spring
2
3
4
40
7
2
B:
Spring Offset
3
04
2, 4, 40
C:
60, 10, 12
1
Spring Centred 3, 5, 6
7, 9, 11
S:
Shockless
Type
06
10
A 2
N:
No-Spring
2, 4, 40
(3, 7) 1
B:
Spring Offset
A B2
2, 4, 40
1
(Omit
if
not required)
(3, 7)
2
None:
Standard
Type
C1 :
With C1
Choke
(Omit if not required)
C2 :
With C2
Choke
H:
2, 4, 40
Pressure Centred 60, 10, 12
3, 5, 6 1
C:
7, 9, 11
Spring Centred
if not
(Omit
required )
N:
No-Spring
2, 4, 40
A 2
(3, 7) 1 (Omit if not required)
B:
Spring Offset
2, 4, 40
(3, 7) 1
C1C2 :
With C1 &
C2 Choke
B2
Note: In spool type 3, 5, 6, 60, and 7, the combination applicable between pilot system and drain system is as described in the table below.
Pilot Connection
Internal Pilot
External Pilot (E)
382
Drain Connection
External Drain
Care in Application
Hold back pressure in the tank line so that the difference between
pilot pressure and drain pressure is always more than minimum
required pilot pressure.
Internal Drain (T)
Combination is not applicable
External Drain
Internal Drain (T)
No restrictions in the combination on us
-R2
-A100
-C
-H
Coil
Type
Manual
Override of
Pilot Valve
Bult-in
Orifice for
Pilot Line
Spool Control
Modification
-N
Type of Electrical Conduit
Connection
AC:
A100 , A200
A120 , A240
-53
Design
Number
14
Design
Standard
None:
Japanese
Standard
"JIS"
-L
Models with
Reverse Mtg.
of Solenoid
L
DC:
D12 , D24
D48
R2 :
With Stroke
Adjustment,
Both Ends
AC DC
R100 , R200
RA :
With Stroke
Adjustment,
Port "A" End
None:
Terminal
Box Type
None :
Manual
Override
Pin
14
90:
N.
American
Design
Standard
E
L
RB :
With Stroke
Adjustment,
Port "B" End
AC:
A100 , A200
A120 , A240
R2 : With Stroke Adj.,

Both Ends
RA : With Stroke Adj.,
Port "A" End
RB : With Stroke Adj.,
Port "B" End
P2 : With Pilot Piston,
Both Ends
PA : With Pilot Piston,
Port "A" End
PB : With Pilot Piston,
Port "B" End
DC:
D12 , D24
D48
AC DC
R100 , R200
52
C:
Push
Button &
Lock Nut
N:
Push-in
Connector
Type
N1 :
4
Push-in
Connector
with
Indicator
Light
L
53
H:
Refer to 5
None:
Japanese
Standard
"JIS" &
European
Design
Standard
43
80:
European
Design
Standard
(Applicable
only for
DSHG-01)
90:
N.
American
Design
Standard
Solenoid Controlled
1. Shekless type (S-DSHG) are not available for spool type marked ( ).
2. As for the details of the valve using the neutral position and the side position (either SOL a or SOL b side), please refer to page 391.
Furthermore, the spool types other than 2, 4, 40 (3, 7) are also available.
3. In spool-spring arrangement H (Pressure centred models), the valves with stroke adjustment (R*) and pilot-piston (P*) are not available.
4. NI stands for Plug-in connector with solenoid indicator light. NI is not available for R-type solenoids.
5. In spool-spring arrangement H (pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than 10 MPa (1450 PSI), please specify that the
valve should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.
In the table above, the symbols and numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional extras.
The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options, therefore
please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
383
Sub-plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
DSHG-04
DSHG-06
DSHG-10

Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
kg (1bs.)
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-03Y-10
Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-04-20
Rc 1/2 4.4 (9.7)
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 3/4 4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-06-50
Rc 3/4 7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-10-40
Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4)

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-01-3080
DSGM-01X-3080
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03Y-2180
DHGM-03Y-1080
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
DHGM-06-5080
DHGM-06X-5080
DHGM-10-4080
DHGM-10X-4080

Approx.
Approx.
Thread
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Mass
Size
Model Numbers
Size
kg (1bs.)
kg (1bs.)
1/8 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01-3090
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
1/4 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3090
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-3090
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
3/8 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
1/2 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DHGM-03Y-1090
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
1/2 BSP.F 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090
1/2 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
3/4 BSP.F 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090
3/4 NPT
4.1 (9.0)
3/4 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090
3/4 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
1 BSP.F
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4090
1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DSGM-03 is available only for Internal pilot-Internal drain type (Use DHGM-03Y for other valves).
Mounting Bolt
Mouting Bolt
Model
Numbers

Name
MBK-01-01-30
MBK-01-02-30
M6 35 Lg.
DSHG-01
Mtg. Bolt Kit
DSHG-03
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
(S-)DSHG-04
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
(S)-DSHG-06
(S)-DSHG-10
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw

Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
1
2
M6 45 Lg.
M10 50 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
M20 75 Lg.

MBK-01-01-3090 1
MBK-01-02-3090 2
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg.
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. 1bs.)
1 set
5-6
(43 - 52)
12 - 15
(104 - 130)
2
4
6
6
12
58
100
473
15
72
123
585
(104
(504
(868
(4106
1. For Internal Pilot-Internal Drain.

2. For External Pilot or External Drain.
3. Mounting bolt kit is common to that of 01 series modular valves.
Refer to figure below for the dimensions of bolt kit.
Stud Bolt
"B " Thd.
Both Ends
9
(.35)
9
(.35)
A
DIMENSIONS IN
Nut
8.5 Dia.
(.33)
"B " Thd.
9
(.35)
4
(.16)
Model Numbers
MBK-01-01-30
MBK-01-02-30
MBK-01-01-3090
MBK-01-02-3090
A mm (In.)
94 (3.70 )
134 (5.28 )
94 (3.70 )
134 (5.28 )
15
(.59)
384
"B " Thd.

M5
No.10-24 UNC
130)
625)
1068)
5078)
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment
When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise,
changeover speed of the main spool becomes slow. In
case of the spring centred valves in particular, making
slow of the returning speed of the main spool to the
neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.
These choke valves can be used in combination with the
valves of spring centred, no-spring, offset, pressure
centred and the valves with stroke adjustment.
Pressure Centred Models (3H )

The pressure centered type can be used when the
returning of the main spool to the neutral position is
required to be firmily.
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: External Pilot-External Drain)

(Only for 3H6, 3H60)
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred)
C1 Choke
DSHG-01,06,10
C2 Choke
b
Y
V X
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R2, RA, RB)

When the adjustment screw is screwed in , the main
spool stroke becomes short and flow rate reduces.
Y
P
T

A
"R2" Models
C2 Choke
Y P
C1 Choke
"RA" Models
Y
P
T
Y P
"RB" Models
A
Y P
Models with Pilot Piston(P2, PA, PB)

The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high
speed changeover of the main spool is required.
However, please not that in case of spring centered
valves, there is no change in the returning speed of the
main spool to the neutral position even with the pilot
piston.
Additional Mass of Options

Add the mass described below to the mass of standard
models on page 381, if options are required.

Model
Numbers
"P2" Models
a
W
Y P
b
V
"PA" Models
a
Y P
Y P
DSHG-03
(S-)DSHG-04
(S-)DSHG-06
(S-)DSHG-10
Model with Pilot

Choke Adj.
C1, C2
C1C2
0.65(1.4)
0.65(1.4)
0.65(1.4)
0.65(1.4)
1.3(2.9)
1.3(2.9)
1.3(2.9)
1.3(2.9)
kg (1bs.)
Models with
Stroke Adj.
PA
P2
PB
0.6(1.3) 0.3 (.7)
1.0(2.2) 0.5 (1.1)
1.0(2.2) 0.5(1.1) 1.2(2.6) 06 (1.3)
3.6(7.9) 1.8(4.0) 3.7(8.2) 1.85 (4.1)
Models with
Pilot Piston
PA
P2
PB
b
V
"PB" Models
a
Solenoid Controlled
DSHG-03, 04
Options on Pilot Valve

The same options to DSG-01 series valves are available.
Please refer to page 345 for the details.
385
List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-01)

Three Positions
Two Positions
Spring Centred
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
Spool Type
a
Y
Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow
b
Y
Model Numbers
7 MPa
14 MPa
21 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI)
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
7 MPa
14 MPa
21 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI)
"2"
DSHG-01-3C2
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B2
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"3"
DSHG-01-3C3
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B3
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"4"
DSHG-01-3C4
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B4
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"40"
DSHG-01-3C40
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B40
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"5"
DSHG-01-3C5
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"60"
DSHG-01-3C60
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"7"
DSHG-01-3C7
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B7
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"9"
DSHG-01-3C9
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"10"
DSHG-01-3C10
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"11"
DSHG-01-3C11
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"12"
DSHG-01-3C12
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
Notes ) 1. Max. flow shows value at pilot pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or P B
A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow differs
according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
386
List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-03)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
L /min (U.S.GPM)
7 MPa
14 MPa
25 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
Model Numbers
"2"
DSHG-03-3C2
"3"
DSHG-03-3C3
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
"4"
DSHG-03-3C4
160 (42.3)
"40"
DSHG-03-3C40
"5"
DSHG-03-3C5
"60"
DSHG-03-3C60
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
"7"
DSHG-03-3C7
160 (42.3)
"9"
DSHG-03-3C9
160 (42.3)
"10"
DSHG-03-3C10
160 (42.3)
"11"
DSHG-03-3C11
160 (42.3)
"12"
DSHG-03-3C12
160 (42.3)
85
160
85
160 (42.3)
160
85
160 (42.3)
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
60
95
60
95
60
95
125
160
60
95
60
95
60
95
60
95
60
95
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(33.0)
(42.3)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
Two Positions
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow
Spring Offset
A
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y
Model Numbers
"2"
DSHG-03-2N2
"3"
DSHG-03-2N3
"4"
DSHG-03-2N4
"40"
DSHG-03-2N40
"7"
DSHG-03-2N7
7 MPa
14 MPa
25 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow
condition of P A B T (or P B A T) as shown
in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port
is blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic
circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
DSHG-03-2B2
DSHG-03-2B3
DSHG-03-2B4
DSHG-03-2B40
DSHG-03-2B7
Notes:1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table
above is as shown below.
(Example)
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure.
Pilot Pressure more than 0.7 MPa (100 PSI).
Maximum Flow
7 MPa
14 MPa
25 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
Solenoid Controlled
Spool Type
Pilot Pressure at 0.7 MPa (100 PSI).

85 (22.5)
160 (42.3)
Pilot Pressure at 1 MPa (150 PSI).
387
List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-04/S-DSHG-04)

Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P T
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa

(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
DSHG-04-3C2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)
(S-)DSHG-04-3C2 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
Model Numbers
"2"
"3"
DSHG-04-3C3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)

DSHG-04-3C4
(S-)DSHG-04-3C4
DSHG-04-3C40
(S-)DSHG-04-3C40
"4"
"40"
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
250 (66.1)
250 (66.1)
140 (37.0)
200 (52.8)
120 (31.7)
165 (43.6)
110 (29.1)
145 (38.3)
110 (29.1)
"5"
DSHG-04-3C5 250 (66.1) 250 (66.1) 245 (64.7) 245 (64.7)
"6"
DSHG-04-3C6 300 (79.3) 260 (68.7) 245 (64.7) 235 (62.1)
"60"
DSHG-04-3C60
300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
(S-)DSHG-04-3C60
"7"
DSHG-04-3C7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)
"9"
DSHG-04-3C9 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 280 (74.0) 250 (66.1)
"10"
DSHG-04-3C10 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 150 (39.6)

(S-)DSHG-04-3C10 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
"11"
DSHG-04-3C11 300 (79.3) 260 (68.7) 160 (42.3) 140 (37.0)
"12"
DSHG-04-3C12 300 (79.3) 280 (74.0) 170 (44.9) 135 (35.7)

(S-)DSHG-04-3C12 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
Two Positions
Spring Offset
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
"3"
Graphic Symbol
A
b
Y

(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
"2"
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P T
Model Numbers

(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(S-)DSHG-04-2N2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DSHG-04-2N3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DSHG-04-2B3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-04-2N4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-04-2N40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"7"
DSHG-04-2N7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DSHG-04-2B7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
Notes:1. Max flow described above shown value at pilot pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or
P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow
differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
388
Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
Pressure Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
P T
L /min (U.S.GPM)

Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
410 (108) 310 (81.9)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C2 500 (132) 500 (132)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132)
Model Numbers
"2"
"3"
DSHG-06-3C3 500 (132) 500 (132) 460 (122) 370 (97.8)
DSHG-06-3H3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108)
500 (132)
410 (108)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C40 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
470 (124)
DSHG-06-3C5 500 (132) 500 (132) 425 (112) 350 (92.5)
DSHG-06-3H5 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
420 (111)
DSHG-06-3C6 475 (125) 390 (103) 300 (79.3) 230 (60.8)
DSHG-06-3H6 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C60 475 (125) 420 (111) 340 (89.8) 280 (74.0) (S-)DSHG-06-3H60 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-06-3C4 500 (132) 500 (132)
"5"
"6"
"60"
"7"
DSHG-06-3C7 500 (132) 500 (132) 450 (119) 360 (95.1)

450 (119)
500 (132)
410 (108)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C10 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
410 (108)
DSHG-06-3C11 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
410 (108)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C12 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
"9"
DSHG-06-3C9 500 (132) 500 (132)
"10"
"11"
"12"
DSHG-06-3H7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
360 (95.1)
DSHG-06-3H9
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H10
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
DSHG-06-3H11
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H12
500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)

460 (122)
500 (132)
460 (122)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
460 (122)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
Two Positions
Spring Offset
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
"3"
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
"2"
Maximum Flow

(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
Graphic Symbol
A
Maximum Flow
B
b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P T
Model Numbers

(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(S-)DSHG-06-2N2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DSHG-06-2N3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DSHG-06-2B3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-06-2N4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-06-2N40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"7"
E
Solenoid Controlled
"40"
DSHG-06-2N7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DSHG-06-2B7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
Notes:1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above is as shown
below.
(Example)
410 (108)
500 (132)
500 (132)
Pilot Pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure is more than
1 MPa (150 PSI).

In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure
is more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A
B T (or P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the
maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us
for details.
389

Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
Pressure Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
P T
L /min (U.S.GPM)

Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
950 (251) 750 (198)
970 (256)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C2 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1050 (277)
DSHG-10-3C3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1060 (280) 895 (236)
DSHG-10-3H3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198)
970 (256)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C4 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198)
970 (256)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C40 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1000 (264)
DSHG-10-3C5 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 980 (259) 850 (225)
DSHG-10-3H5 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
970 (256)
DSHG-10-3C6 1050 (277) 880 (232) 700 (185) 570 (151)
DSHG-10-3H6 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
970 (256)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C60 1050 (277) 940 (248) 785 (207) 680 (180) (S-)DSHG-10-3H60 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1040 (275) 870 (230)
DSHG-10-3C7 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-3H7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
Model Numbers
"2"
"3"
"4"
"40"
"5"
"6"
"60"
"7"
"9"
DSHG-10-3C9 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1040 (275) 870 (230)

950 (251)
1100 (291)
950 (251)
DSHG-10-3C11 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
950 (251)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C12 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
"10"
(S-)DSHG-10-3C10 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"11"
"12"
DSHG-10-3H9 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
750 (198)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H10 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
750 (198)
DSHG-10-3H11 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
750 (198)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H12 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1060 (280)
1100 (291)
1060 (280)
1100 (291)
1060 (280)
1100 (291)
Two Positions
Spring Offset
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
"3"
Maximum Flow
B
b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
"2"
Maximum Flow
Graphic Symbol

(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P T
Model Numbers

(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(S-)DSHG-10-2N2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-2N3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-2B3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-10-2N4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-10-2N40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"7"
DSHG-10-2N7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-2B7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
Notes ) 1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above
is as shown below.
(Example)
Pilot Pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI).
Pilot Pressure at 1 MPa (150 PSI).
1040 (275)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition
of P
B
T (or P
B
A
T) as shown in the circuit
A
diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is
blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit,
therefore, please consult us for details.
390
Reverse Mounting of Solenoid.
In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b
position (side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in
the reverse position - SOL a side - is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
A
B
b
SOL b
SOL a
APB
APB
Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid ("L")
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).
Neutral Position
SOL. b Energised
Position
SOL. a Energised
Position
A
2B2A
A
2B2B
B
B
b
b
Y

SOL. a Energised
Position
Graphic Symbols
Model Numbers
04
DSHG-06 -2B A
10
Standard
Mtg.
Reverse
Mtg. Type
A B
A B
b
Y P T
a
P T Y

SOL. b Energised
Position
Model Numbers
04
DSHG-06 -2B B
10
Standard
Mtg.
Reverse
Mtg. Type
A B
A B
b
Y P T
a
P T Y
Model Numbers
04
DSHG-06 -2N A
10
(S-)DSHG- -2B2A
(S-)DSHG- -2B2B
(S-)DSHG- -2N2A
DSHG- -2B3A
DSHG- -2B3B
DSHG- -2N3A
(S-)DSHG- -2B4A
(S-)DSHG- -2B4B
(S-)DSHG- -2N4A
(S-)DSHG- -2B40A
(S-)DSHG- -2B40B
(S-)DSHG- -2N40A
DSHG- -2B5A
DSHG- -2B5B
DSHG- -2N5A
DSHG- -2B6A
DSHG- -2B6B
DSHG- -2N6A
(S-)DSHG- -2B60A
Graphic
Symbols
Graphic Symbols
(S-)DSHG- -2B60B
A B
a
b
Y P T
(S-)DSHG- -2N60A
DSHG- -2B7A
DSHG- -2B7B
DSHG- -2N7A
DSHG- -2B9A
DSHG- -2B9B
DSHG- -2N9A
(S-)DSHG- -2B10A
(S-)DSHG- -2B10B
(S-)DSHG- -2N10A
DSHG- -2B11A
DSHG- -2B11B
DSHG- -2N11A
(S-)DSHG- -2B12A
(S-)DSHG- -2B12B
(S-)DSHG- -2N12A
Standard
Mtg.
Solenoid Controlled
391
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm 2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
DSHG-01
DSHG-01
MPa
1.4
160
1.2
1.0
Pressure Drop
PSI
200
120
80
Spool
Type
2
3
0.8
0.6
0.4
40
0
0.2
0
0
0
10
2
20
4
40 L /min
30
6
10
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
2
3
4
40
5
60
Spool
Type
7
9
10
11
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
3
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-03
DSHG-03
Pressure Drop
PSI
300
250
MPa
2.0
Spool
Type
3
4
5
6
1.6
200
1.2
150
100
50
0
0.8
0.4
0
0
0
40
80
10
20
160 L /min
120
30
40
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P
2
3
4
40
5
60
AB
TP
BA
TP
Spool
Type
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P
7
9
10
11
12
AB
TP
BA
TP
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-04
Pressure Drop
DSHG-04, S-DSHG-04
PSI
180
160
120
MPa
3
4
1.2
5
6
0.8
80
0.4
40
0
Spool
Type
0
0
0
100
50
20
150
40
200
250
60
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
2
3
4
40
5
6
Spool
Type
60
7
9
10
11
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
7
T
2
300 L /min
80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-04
Spool
Type
2
4
40
392
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
2
Spool
Type
60
10
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
6
T
2
DSHG-06, S-DSHG-06
Pressure Drop
DSHG-06
PSI MPa
300 2.0
250
200
1.6
50
0
0.8
7
8
0.4
0
0
0
200
100
20
40
400
300
60
80
500
L /min
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
2
3
4
40
5
6
1.2
150
100
Spool
Type
Spool
Type
60
7
9
10
11
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
6
T
1
100 120 140 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-06
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
2
4
40
Spool
Type
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
60
10
12
T
1
DSHG-10, S-DSHG-10
1
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
300 2.0
250
100
50
0
Spool
Type
3
4
1.6
200
150
DSHG-10
2
0.8
0.4
0
0
0
200
400
50
100
600
150
800
200
10001100 L /min
250
2
3
4
40
5
6
1.2
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
Spool
Type
60
7
9
10
11
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
8
T
3
300 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-10
Spool
Type
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
2
4
40
Spool
Type
60
10
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
8
E
Solenoid Controlled
Spool
Type
T
2
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
SSU
Factor
77
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
90
100
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
from the formula right.
P' = P(G'/0.850)
393

Test Conditions
Coil Type : D (Models with DC solenoids)
Voltage : Rated Voltage
Oil Viscosity : 35 mm 2/s (164 SSU)
DSHG-04
DSHG-10
ms
250
ms
3C
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
200
100
2B
SOL"ON"
2N
SOL"OFF"
50
0
0
10
15
20
25
MPa
Changeover Time
Changeover Time
150
3C
SOL"OFF"
SOL"ON"
150
2B
SOL"ON","OFF"
2N
100
50
0
1000
2000
3000 3600
PSI
0
Pilot Pressure
DSHG-06
10
1000
15
2000
ms
Changeover Time
150
Pilot Pressure
3C
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
100
2B
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
2N
50
0
0
0
10
1000
15
20
2000
25
3000 3600
MPa
PSI
Pilot Pressure
394
20
25
3000 3600
MPa
PSI
Terminal Box type: DSHG-01-
- -14/1490
Internal Pilot - Internal Drain

Pressure Port "P"
AC : 196.4 (7.73)
DC,R : 204.4 (8.05)
40.5
(1.59)
Cylinder Port "A"

31 0.75
(1.22) (.03)
32.5
(1.28)

Solenoid-Each End
AC : 45.5 (1.79)
DC,R : 50 (1.97)
AC : 79.2 (3.12)
DC,R : 83.2 (3.28)
P
B
A
T

4 Places
Cylinder Port "B"
Tank Port "T"

"C" Thd. (Both Ends)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
SOL a
Double Solenoid
Models Only
43.5
(1.71) 125(4.92)
48
(1.89)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
AC 160.7(6.33)
DC,R164.7(6.48)
Model Numbers
"C" Thd. "D" Thd.
G 1/2
Rc 1/4
DSHG-01-
- -14
DSHG-01-
- -1490 1/2 NPT 1/4 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
External Pilot - External Drain
External Pilot - Internal Drain
Internal Pilot - External Drain
168.8
(6.65)
150.5
(5.92)
118
(4.65)
103.5
(4.07)
60
(2.36)
SOL b
Solenoid Controlled
Nut 27 (1.06) Hex.
128.8
(5.07)
110.5
(4.35)
78
(3.07)
63.5
(2.5)
46
(1.81)
95
(3.74)
SOL a
Double Solenoid Models Only

Pilot Drain Port "Y"
"D" Thd.
Pilot Pressure Port "X"
"D" Thd.
For other dimensions, refer to "Internal Pilot Internal Drain".
395
Plug-in Connector Type: DSHG-01-
- - N -14/1480/1490
N1

Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area
The position of the Plug-i n connector can be changed as

32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
SOL a
63.5
(2.5)
78
(3.07)
SOL b
48
(1.89)
43.5
(1.71)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm ( 91-100 IN.lbs.)
125
(4.92)
K
J
DIMENSIONS IN


"J" Thd.
SOL a
Model Numbers
60
(2.36)
103.5
(4.07)
118
(4.65)
SOL b
"J" Thd.
Rc 1/4
DSHG-01-
- -N -14
DSHG-01-
- -N -1480
1/4 BSP.F
DSHG-01-
- -N -1490
1/4 NPT

"J" Thd.
Model Numbers
C
DSHG-01-
- -A -N /N1 128.5 (5.06)
53 (2.09)
27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54)
DSHG-01-
- -D -N /N1 139.5 (5.49)
64 (2.52)
27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54)
DSHG-01-
- -R -N
34 (1.34)
53 (2.09)
142.5 (5.61) 57.2 (2.25)
79.2 (3.12) 196.4 (7.73) 160.7 (6.33) 168.5 (6.63)

83.2 (3.28) 204.4 (8.05) 164.7 (6.48)
396
179.5 (7.07)
182.5 (7.19)
Terminal Box Type: DSHG-03-

Solenoid-Each End
AC : 45.5(1.79)
DC,R : 50(1.97)
Cylinder Port "B"

AC : 196.4(7.73)
DC,R : 204.4(8.05)
AC 70.2 (2.76)
DC,R74.2 (2.92)
54
(2.13)
L
L'

(For External Pilot Models Only)
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
- -14
DSHG-03-
- -1490 1/2 NPT

(For External Drain Models Only)
50.8
(2.0)
Cylinder Port "A"
Model Numbers
DSHG-03-
46
(1.81)
Solenoid
Indicator Light
32.5
(1.28)
Pressure Port "P"

(The pilot and drain ports in accordance with the ISO original draft)
- -14/1490
7(.28) Dia. Through, 11(.43) Dia. Spotface 4 Places
Tank Port "T"

95(3.74)
1
(.04)

46.5
(1.83)
46
(1.81)
Double Solenoid Models Only

A100
Nut
27(1.06) Hex.
58
(2.28)
170(6.69)
70
(2.76)
Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port

in the left side is normally used in our
standard sub-plate, though, either side of
the tank port "T" can be used without
problem.
AC : 182.2(7.17)
DC,R : 186.2(7.33)
N -14/1490
- -N1
Plug-in Connector Type: DSHG-03-
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area
F
J
K
C
102
(4.02)
DIMENSIONS IN
Solenoid Controlled
L'
27
(1.06)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
SOL b
108.5
(4.27)
155.5
(6.12)
173.8
(6.84)
SOL a
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
27
(1.06)
108.5
(4.27)
SOL a
170
(6.69)
H
Model Numbers
58
(2.28)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For

details, refer to DSHG-01 valve on page 396.
C
53 (2.09)
173.5 (6.83) 27.5 (1.08) 182.2 (7.17) 196.4 (7.73)
64 (2.52)
184.5 (7.26) 27.5 (1.08)
DSHG-03-
- -A -N /N1
39 (1.54)
DSHG-03-
- -D -N /N1
39 (1.54)
DSHG-03-
- -R -N
53 (2.09)
57.2 (2.25) 187.5 (7.38)
34 (1.34)
186.2 (7.33) 204.4 (8.05)
47.2 (1.86)
51.2 (2.02)
397
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-04Pressure Port "P"

Tank Port "T"

204(8.03)
101.6(4.00)
50.4
(1.98)
34
(1.34)
L
B Y
Cylinder Port "A"
(S-)DSHG-04-
- -52
(S-)DSHG-04-
- -5290
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
1.5
(.06)
91
(3.58)
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
X
72.9(2.87)
34.9
(1.37)
69.8(2.75)

4 Places
Mounting surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
- -52/5290
50
(1.97)
Cylinder Port "B"

7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
AC 196.4(7.73)
DC,R204.4(8.05)
95
(3.74)

AC 45.5(1.79) Space Needed to Remove

DC,R50(1.97) Solenoid-Each End
AC 50.7(2.00)
DC,R54.7(2.15)
46
(1.81)
Double Solenoid
Models Only
A100
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
114.5
(4.51)
161.5
(6.36)
179.8
(7.08)
SOL a
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
Nut 27(1.06) Hex.
- - N -52/5290
N1
Plug-in Connector Type: (S-)DSHG-04-
DIMENSIONS IN
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm(.31 - .39 IN.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 m m 2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
H
J
102
(4.02)
3(.12) Dia. Two Locating Pins
4
(.16)
AC 46.6(1.83)
DC,R50.6(1.99)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
SOL b
114.5
(4.51)
SOL a
Position of cable
departure can be
changed. For details,
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 396.
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-04(S-)DSHG-04(S-)DSHG-04-
-A -N/N1
-D -N/N1
-R -N
C
39 (1.54)
39 (1.54)
53 (2.09)
D
E
F
H
53 (2.09) 173.5 (6.83) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73)
64 (2.52) 184.5 (7.26) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05)
57.2 (2.25) 187.6 (7.39) 34 (1.34)
398
J
K
47.2 (1.86) 45.6 (1.80)
51.2 (2.02) 49.6 (1.95)
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-06-
Pressure Port "P"

Tank Port "T"

255(10.04)
53.2
(2.09)
130.2
(5.13)
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-06-
- -53
(S-)DSHG-06-
- -5390
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
50.5
(1.99)

B
13
(.51)
77
(3.03) 156
(6.14)
Cylinder Port "A"
Cylinder Port "B"
AC 196.4(7.73)
DC,R204.4(8.05)
95
(3.74)

AC 50.7(2.00)
DC,R54.7(2.15)
46
(1.81)
AC 45.2(4.78)
DC,R49.2(1.94)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
- - N -53/5390
N1
DIMENSIONS IN
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
H
J
102
(4.02)
Nut
27(1.06) Hex.
41
(1.61)

Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
6
(.24)
135.5(5.33)
APB
182.5(7.19)
SOL b
SOL a
200.8(7.91)
Double Solenoid
Models Only
Solenoid Controlled

6 Places
Mounting surface:
ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
- -53/5390
SOL b
135.5
(5.33)
SOL a
Position of cable
departure can be
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 396.
Model Numbers
-A -N/N1
-D -N/N1
-R -N
C
39 (1.54)
39 (1.54)
53 (2.09)
D
E
F
H
53 (2.09) 200.5 (7.95) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73)
64 (2.52) 211.5 (8.33) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05)
57.2 (2.25) 214.5 (8.44) 34 (1.34)
J
K
47.2 (1.86) 45.2 (1.78)
51.2 (2.02) 49.2 (1.94)
399
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-10-
Mounting surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
- -43/4390

Pressure Port "P"
384(15.12)
76.2
(3.00)
190.5
(7.50)
Pilot Drain Port "Y "

43
(1.69)
79.4
(3.13)
158.8
(6.25)
43
(1.69)
Y
L
X
21.8
(.86)
6 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
114.3
(4.50)
233.8
(9.20)
78
(3.07)
(S-)DSHG-10-
- -4390

AC 50.7(2.00)
DC,R54.7(2.15)
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
46
(1.81)

Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
SOL a
- -43
Cylinder Port "B"
AC 196.4(7.73)
DC,R204.4(8.05)
95
(3.74)
Two Eye Bolts M8
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-10-
19.6
(.77)

77.5
(3.05)
198
(7.80)
Tank Port "T"
198.5
(7.81)
245.5
(9.67)
263.8
(10.39)
APB
AC 22.2(.87)
DC,R26.2(1.03)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
- - N -43/4390
N1
H
102
(4.02)
45
(1.77)
46(1.81)
6
(.24)
Nut 27(1.06) Hex.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
Position of cable
departure can be
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 396.
198.5
(7.81)
Model Numbers
-A -N/N1
-D -N/N1
-R -N
C
39 (1.54)
39 (1.54)
53 (2.09)
D
E
F
H
53 (2.09) 263.5 (10.37) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73)
64 (2.52) 274.5 (10.81) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05)
57.2 (2.25) 277.5 (10.93) 34 (1.34)
400
J
K
47.2 (1.86) 22.2 (.87)
51.2 (2.02)
26.2(1.03)
Sub-plate
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
18
(.71)
DHGM-03Y-10
54
(2.13)
DHGM-03Y-1090
1/4 NPT
43(1.69)
16.7(.66)
42(1.65)
13(.51)
1/4-20 UNC
15(.59)
80
(3.15)
45
(1.77)
25(.98)
3.2
(.13)
10
(.39)
12
(.47)
19
(.75)
11
(.43)
47
(1.85)
P
70
(2.76)
6.4(.25)
21.5(.85)
M6
1/4 BSP.F
27(1.06)
8(.31)
32.5(1.28)
3/4 NPT
F
mm (in.)
50
(1.97)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
46
(1.81)
90
(3.54)
19
(.75)
110
(4.33)
10
(.39)
22(.87)
25
(.98)
Rc 1/4
DHGM-03Y-1080 3/4 BSP.F
37.3(1.47)
"D" Thd.
Used only on external
pilot type valves.
To be plugged on internal
pilot type valves.
Rc 3/4
62
(2.44)
"E" Thd.
A
6.2(.24) Dia.
19
(.75)
"D" Thd.
Used only on external
drain type valves.
To be plugged on internal
drain type valves.
"E" Thd. " F" Deep

4 Places
92
(3.62)
DIMENSIONS IN
32.2(1.27)
101.6
(4.00)
DHGM-04-2090
DHGM-04X-2090
M10
M6
3/8-16 UNC 1/4-20 UNC
1/4 NPT
P X
B
Y
125
(4.92)
20
(.79)
10.1
(.40)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
90
(3.54)
19
(.75)
90
(3.54)
57.1
(2.25)
16
(.63)
1.6(.06)
14.2
(.56)
55.6
(2.19)
69.8
(2.75)
13.1
(.52)
71.4
(2.81)
96
(3.78)
120
(4.72)
12
(.47)
18.3(.72)
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
36
(1.42)
"E" Thd.
17(.67) Deep
4 Places
34(1.34)
"F" Thd.
DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F

1/4 BSP.F
DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F
76.7
(3.02)
50
(1.97)
Rc 1/4
"E" Thd.
46
(1.81)
29
(1.14)
166
(6.54)
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
65
(2.56)
12(.47)
"D" Thd.
X
Y
76
(2.99)
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
190
(7.48)
"C" Thd.
33(1.30)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
21.5(.85)
DHGM- 04 -20/2080/2090
04X
"C" Thd.
4 Places
6.2(.24) Dia.
Solenoid Controlled
90
(3.54)
"D" Thd.
76
(2.99)
15
(.59)
"C" Thd.
16(.63)
120
(4.72)
DHGM-03Y-10/1080/1090
A
4 Places
65.8
(2.59)
14.2
(.56)
3.6(.14) Dia.
5(.20) Deep
2 Places
88.1
(3.47)
130
(5.12)

17.5(.69) Dia.
4 Places
58
(2.28)
"D" Thd.
2 Places
102
(4.02)
"F" Thd. 12(.47) Deep

2 Places
137.5
(5.41)
Valve Types
Port "Y"

Used only on external pilot type

valves.
To be plugged on internal pilot
type valves.
Used as drain port only on external

drain type valves.
To be plugged on internal drain
type valves.
Pilot Operated
Directional
Valves
Spring Centred
No-spring
Used
Spring Offset
Used as pilot pressure port

Used as pilot drain port
Not used (plug is not required)
Used as drain port
401
Sub-plate
DHGM- 06 -50/5090
06X
204
(8.03)
180
(7.09)
12
(.47)
25
(.98)
130.2
(5.13)
112.7
(4.44)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
DHGM-06-5090
DHGM-06X-5090
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
F
mm (in.)
Rc 1/4
M12
24 (.94)
1/4 NPT
1/2-13 UNC
26 (1.02)
11(.43) Dia.
"D" Thd. (From Rear)
4 Places
94.5
(3.72)
77
(3.03)
"E" Thd. " F" Deep

6 Places
53.2
(2.09)
29.4(1.16)
17.5(.69)
19.1(.75)
29.5
(1.16)
35(1.38)
50
(1.97)
23(.91) Dia.
"C" Thd. (From Rear)
4 Places
100.8
(3.97)
12.5
(.49)
34(1.34)

4 Places
17.5
(.69)
7(.28) Dia.
8(.31) Deep
2 Places
96.9
(3.81)
Y
73.1
(2.88)
46.1
(1.81)
TP
74.6
(2.94)
92.1
(3.63)
12
(.47)
116
(4.57)
5.6(.22)
126.2
(4.97)
156
(6.14)
DIMENSIONS IN
DHGM- 06 -5080
06X
D
E
35
(1.38)
12.5
(.49)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
156
(6.14)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DHGM-06-5080
DHGM-06X-5080
D
E
3/4 BSP.F 151.2 (5.95) 137.7 (5.42)
1 BSP.F
155.2 (6.11)
148 (5.83)
V
A
N
L
F
102 (4.02)
Dimensions
H
54.4 (2.14)
106 (4.17)
50 (1.97)
mm (Inches)
J
K
30.6 (1.20) 125.8 (4.95)
25
(.98)
For other dimensions, refer to "DHGM-06 -50/5090" above.

For Uses of Port "X", "Y", "V", "W", refer to DHGM-10 on the following page.
402
Y
B
"C" Thd.
4 Places
24.5(.96) Dia.
4 Places
"C" Thd.
46.1
(1.81)
74.6
(2.94)
73.1
(2.88)
11.9
(.47)
PY
A B
116
(4.57)
50
(1.97)
17.5
(.69)
12
(.47)
8.9
(.35)
134
(5.28)
110
(4.33)
92.1
(3.63)
19.1
(.75)
204
(8.03)
180
(7.09)
130.2
(5.13)
12
(.47)
25
(.98)
1/4 BSP.F Thd.

4 Places
M12 Thd.
24(.94) Deep
6 Places
130 (5.12)
L
78.2 (3.08)
N
42.5 (1.67)
74 (2.91)
32 (1.26)
Sub-plate
DHGM- 10 -40/4080/4090
10X
DIMENSIONS IN
306.5
(12.07)
20(.79)
266.5
(10.49)
38(1.50)
190.5
(7.50)
7 (.28) Dia. 8 (.31) Deep

2 Places
168.3
(6.63)
147.6
(5.81)
"E" Thd. 34 (1.34) Deep

6 Places
114.3
(4.50)
213
(8.39)
76.2(3.00)
60
(2.36)
114.3
(4.50)
Y
W
28.6
(1.13)
21.8
(.86)
"D" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/2
1-1/2 BSP.F
1-1/2 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
X
"D" Thd.
4 Places
55
(2.17)

4 Places
36 (1.42) Dia.
4 Places
"E" Thd.
M20
M20
152 (5.98)
3/4-10 UNC
M20
M20
156 (6.14)
3/4-10 UNC
K
J
Dimensions
H
44(1.73)
234
(9.21)
"C" Thd.
43(1.69)
82.5
(3.25)
11 (.43) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DHGM-10-40
DHGM-10-4080
DHGM-10-4090
DHGM-10X-40
DHGM-10X-4080
DHGM-10X-4090
35
(1.38)
79.4
(3.13)
123.8
(4.87)
158.8
(6.25)
20.1
(.79)
199
(7.83)
Y
T P
V
A
X
"C" Thd.
4 Places
mm (Inches)
J
79 (3.11)
185.5 (7.30)
120.5 (4.74)
74 (2.91)
194.5 (7.66)
112.5 (4.43)
Solenoid Controlled
41.3(1.63)
Note: Uses of port "X", "Y", "V", and "W"

Valve Types
Solenoid
Controlled
Pilot
Operated
Directional
Valves
Pilot Pres. Port "X"
Spring Centred, No-spring,

Spring Offset
Pressure Centred
With Pilot Piston, Both Ends
With Pilot Piston,
Port "A" End
Port "Y"
Used only on
external pilot type
valves.
Used as drain port only

on external drain type
valves.
To be plugged on
internal pilot type
valves.
To be plugged on
internal drain type
valves.
With Pilot Piston,

Port "B" End
Used
Used as pilot pres. port
Used
Used
Not used
Used
Used
Not used
(plug is required)
Not used
(plug is required)
Used

Used
Used
Not used
Used
Not used
(pllug is required)
Used
Used
Not used
(plug is required)
Used
Not used (plug is

not required)

Not used
(plug is not required)
Not used
(plug is not required)
Drain Port "W"

Spring Centred, No-spring

Spring Offset
Pressure Centred
With Pilot Piston, Both Ends
Pilot
Operated
With Pilot Piston,
Directional
Port "B" End
Valves
With Pilot Spring Centred
Piston
No-spring
Port "A"
Spring Offset
End
Drain Port "V"
As the thread is provided on the body, plug either port on the sub-plate or port on the body.
403
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Valve

Terminal Box Type
DSHG-03-
DSHG-03-
-C1/C2/C1C2
-C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
Fully Extended
37.5 59
(1.48) (2.32)
Fully
Extended
37.5 59
(1.48) (2.32)
SOL a
SOL b
SOL b
(S-)DSHG-04-
F
H
SOL a
-C1/C2/C1C2
-C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
(S-)DSHG-04-
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
SOL b
SOL b
SOL a
(S-)DSHG-06
10 -
SOL a
(S-)DSHG-06
10 -
-C1/C2/C1C2
-C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
SOL a
SOL b
SOL b
SOL a
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
1. "C1" Choke Adj. Screw 6 (.24) Hex.

2. "C2" Choke Adj. Screw 6 (.24) Hex.
3. Lock Nut 12 (.47) Hex.
DIMENSIONS IN
Model Numbers
404
DSHG-03-
-C1
DSHG-03-
-C2
DSHG-03-
-C1C2
(S-) DSHG-04-
-C1
(S-) DSHG-04-
-C2
(S-) DSHG-04-
-C1C2
(S-) DSHG-06-
-C1
(S-) DSHG-06-
-C2
(S-) DSHG-06-
-C1C2
(S-) DSHG-10-
-C1
(S-) DSHG-10-
-C2
(S-) DSHG-10-
-C1C2
198.8 (7.83)
180.5 (7.11)
133.5 (5.26)
223.8 (8.81)
205.5 (8.09)
158.5 (6.24)
204.8 (8.06)
186.5 (7.34)
139.5 (5.49)
229.8 (9.05)
211.5 (8.33)
164.5 (6.48)
225.8 (8.89)
207.5 (8.17)
160.5 (6.32)
250.8 (9.87)
232.5 (9.15)
185.5 (7.30)
288.8 (11.37)
270.5 (10.65)
223.5 (8.80)
313.8 (12.35)
295.5 (11.63)
248.5 (9.78)
F
100 (3.94)
125 (4.92)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
106 (4.17)
131 (5.16)
106 (4.17)
106 (4.17)
127 (5.00)
127 (5.00)
152 (5.98)
127 (5.00)
190 (7.48)
190 (7.48)
215 (8.46)
190 (7.48)
AC SO L
DC SO L
R SOL
198.5 (7.81)
209.5 (8.25)
212.5 (8.37)
223.5 (8.80)
234.5 (9.23)
237.5 (9.35)
204.5 (8.05)
215.5 (8.48)
218.5 (8.60)
229.5 (9.04)
240.5 (9.47)
243.5 (9.59)
225.5 (8.88)
236.5 (9.31)
239.5 (9.43)
250.5 (9.86)
261.5 (10.30)
264.5 (10.41)
288.5 (11.36) 299.5 (11.79)
302.5 (11.91)
313.5 (12.34) 324.5 (12.78)
327.5 (12.89)
Options
Models with Stroke Adjustment

DSHG-03-
-R
Fully Extended
252 (9.92)
SOL a
35
(1.38)
SOL b
Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "A" End)

13 (.51) Hex.
(S-)DSHG-04-
Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)

13 (.51) Hex.
99 (3.90)
Fully Extended
-R
Fully Extended
289 (11.38)
SOL a
SOL b

13 (.51) Hex.
(S-)DSHG-0610
93 (3.66)
Fully Extended
-R

13 (.51) Hex.
Fully Extended
C
SOL a
SOL b

17 (.67) Hex.

17 (.67) Hex.
D
Fully Extended
(S-)DSHG-06-
-R2
376 (14.80)
111 (4.37)
40 (1.57)
(S-)DSHG-10-
-R2
558 (21.97)
Model Numbers
Solenoid Controlled
33
(1.30)
164.5 (6.48) 65 (2.56)
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Centred Model s

(S-)DSHG- 06-3H
10
Models with Pilot Piston

(S-)DSHG- 0610
SOL b
SOL a
-P
C
SOL a
SOL b
(S-)DSHG-06-3H
306.5 (12.07)
102 (4.02)
(S-)DSHG-06-
-P2
323 (12.72)
84 (3.31)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H
456 (17.95)
149.5 (5.89)
(S-)DSHG-10-
-P2
479 (18.86)
125 (4.92)
Model Numbers
Model Numbers
405
List of Seals and Pilot Valves

DSHG-01-
- -14/1480/1490
12
Pipe Plug
Removed for External
Pilot Models
15 14
17
16
18
12
Pipe Plug
Removed for External Drain Models
SOL a
SOL b
13
Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Pilot Models
13
11
10
Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Drain Models
Note: Piece parts marked are not available

for internal pilot-internal drain type
DSHG-03-
- -14/1490
15 14 17 16
Pipe Plug
Pipe Plug
13 Removed for Internal
Pilot Models

Drain Models
SOL a
SOL b
Section X-X
12
Item
Name
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P5
8(4)
2
DSHG-03
Part Numbers
Qty.
SO-NB-P28
2
SO-NB-A104
Pilot Valves
See page 408 for the pilot valve model numbers to be used.
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
Quantities in the ( ) are applicable to internal pilot-internal drain.

Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed
in page 408. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot
valve is included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see page 359.
406
Section Y-Y
List of Seals
DSHG-01
Part Numbers
Qty.
JASO-1018-1A
2
3 10
(S-)DSHG-04-
- -52/5290
15 14 16 17
Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal
Pilot Models
Pipe Plug
Drain Models
SOL a
11
SOL b
12
E
5
(S-)DSHG-06(S-)DSHG-10-
13
Section X-X
- -53/5390
- -43/4390
15 14
16
17
Pipe Plug
Pilot Models
Pipe Plug
Drain Models
11
11
SOL a
SOL b
21
12
21
X
Y
12
Section X-X
Section Y-Y
Y
18
10
13
Solenoid Controlled
18 10
Section Y-Y
11 Pipe Plug
Removed for External
Drain Models
Note: Item 21 orifice marked is applicable to pressure centred models

(3H ) with pilot pressure more than 10 MPa (1450 PSI).
List of Seals
Item
8
9
10
18
Name
O-Ring
Part Numbers
(S-)DSHG-04
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P9
(S-)DSHG-06
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-P10
(S-)DSHG-10
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P65
SO-NB-P14
Qty.
Pilot Valves
be used.
2
4
2
2
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page
408. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot valve is included in
the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see page 359.
407
List of Seal Kits and Pilot Valves

Valve Model Numbers
DSHG-01-3C - - -14
DSHG-01-3C - -N-1480
DSHG-01-3C - - -1490
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- -N-70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
DSHG-01-2B - - -14
DSHG-01-2B - -N-1480
DSHG-01-2B - - -1490
DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
DSG-01-2B2- -N-70-L
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
DSHG-03-3C - - -14
DSHG-03-3C - - -1490
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
DSHG-03-2B - - -14
DSHG-03-2B - - -1490
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
DSHG-03-2N - - -14
DSHG-03-2N - - -1490
DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-3C - - -52
(S-)DSHG-04-3C - - -5290
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - - -52
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - - -5290
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - - -52
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - - -5290
DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - - -53
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - - -5390
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - - -53
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - - -5390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - - -53
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - - -5390
DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-10-3C - - -43
(S-)DSHG-10-3C - - -4390
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - - -43
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - - -4390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - - -43
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - - -4390
DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DSHG-01- -14
(For Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)
KS-DSHG-01-ET- -14
(Except for Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)
KS-DSHG-03- -14
KS-DSHG-04- -52
KS-DSHG-06- -53
KS-DSHG-10- -43
Notes) 1: Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol
representing the type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).
2: For the details of the pilot valves, see page 359 to 360.
408
Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated / Solenoid

Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
The G-Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves incorporate electronic
circuits o enable adjustment of the spool shifting time.
A special spool shape that minimises shock is used, shocks caused by the
actuator starting and stopping, as well as vibration due to oil hammering.
The shifting time of conventional Solenoid Operated, Shockless, and
Directional Valves is constant and cannot be adjusted.
As the shifting time of the G-Series valves can be adjusted, it can be set at
an optimal level to minimise shocks to the machine.
G-DSG-01
E
1 Reduces oil hammering during spool changeover.
Conventional Type
G-Series Valve
W
No vibration
No oil leakage
Enhanced
machining
accuracy
Oil Hammering
Improvement
SOL
ON
SOL
ON
Piping
vibration
Machine
vibration
Oil leakage
Large machining
errors
Solenoid Valve
2 Reduces shock caused by acceleration and deceleration

Conventional Type
G-Series Valve
Jerk at start up
Slow start
Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated /

G-DSHG-04
No shaking
Improvement
Sudden stop, causing shock
Slow stop
Shaking
Still
No shaking
Stopping accuracy enhanced

409
System Diagram (Example of sink type wiring)

Deceleration
Start Signal
Programmable
Controller
Shifting Signal
HALT
24 V DC
SOL a
DC Power
Supply
SOL b
Adj. Volume
"OFF ADJ"
Adj. Volume "OFF ADJ"
Adj. Volume
"ON T"
Adj. Volume "ON T"
Adj. Volume "MIN"
Adj. Volume
"OFF T"
Output Current Check (to 0V)
Adj. Volume "OFF T"
Relationships between SOL signals and flow patterns

Without HALT functions
With HALT functions
A B
A B
P T
ON T
OFF T
(Max. 1s)
(Max. 1s)
SOL a
SOL b
OFF
(Max. 1s)
OFF ADJ
(Max. 1s)
ON
OFF
OFF
ADJ
ON T
P T
ON T
ON
Pattern
of Flow
A B
OFF ADJ
OFF
A B
Max.
60s
P T
OFF T
OFF
ADJ
(Max. 1s)
OFF T
(Max. 1s)
MIN
MIN
P T
Pattern
of Flow
ON
SOL a
SOL b
HALT
OFF
ON T
OFF T
(Max. 1s)
(Max. 1s)
Max.
60s
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Hold for 0.1 second or longer
OFF
ON
The minimum adjustment volume is common for SOL a and b, and it is not possible to set a different volume for each SOL a and b individually.
If the HALT functions are not used, set the minimum adjustment volume to zero.
410

Instructions
(Example)
a
G-DSG valve
fully opens after the ON T duration.
To adjust maximum flow rates, with

"G" series solenoid operated directional valves (G-DSG-01/03), flow
control valves such as throttle check
modular valves are used.
With "G" series solenoid controlled
pilot operated directional valves (GDSHG-04/06), maximum flow rates
can be adjusted without flow control
valves but by using a model with
stroke adjustment (option).
How to use HALT functions

The HALT functions are used to drive the actuator at a low speed to the stop position while keeping a slight flow
after OFF T.
A flow rate (min. flow rate) during a low-speed operation can be set with the minimum adjusting volume (The minimum
adjusting volume is common for SOL a and b. Individual setting is not possible for SOL a and b.) When HALT signal
is on, the min. flow rate becomes zero and the actuator stops. Here, take care to keep the HALT signal on for longer
than 0.1 second. The min. flow rate gets to "0" after about 60 seconds following the OFF T. If the HALT functions
are not used, set the minimum adjusting volume to zero.
The HALT functions are not applicable to the spool function "2B7".
Flow Rate
Max. 60 s
If no HALT signal is set on within 60

seconds of the end of OFF T, the flow rate
decreases gradually.
0
ON
OFF T
OFF
SOL
HALT
MIN
OFF
ON
OFF

E
Adjustment of maximum flow rate

The G-Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
cannot be adjusted for maximum flow rates.
To adjust maximum flow rates, use flow control valves.
In G-series solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valves (G-DSHG-04/06), the maximum flow rate
can be adjusted by use of the valve with stroke adjustment screw of optional extra.
411
Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Electronic
Circuit
Specifications
Model Numbers
Descriptions
Max. Flow
G-DSG-01-
- -50/5090
G-DSG-03-
- -50/5090
L /min (U.S.GPM)
10 (2.6), 20 (5.3), 30 (7.9), 40 (10.6)
40 (10.6), 60 (15.9), 80 (21.1)
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
Max. T-Line Back Pres .
MPa (PSI)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Voltage
24 V DC (21 - 28 V DC Included Ripple): Use a stable power supply
Electric Power Supply

Input Power at 24V
36 W
36 W
Voltage
5 - 48 V DC (Use a stable power supply)
Current
Constant at 10 mA (A constant-current circuit is used)
Input interface
Sink Type, Source Type
Shifting signal, low speed

operation halt signal (can be
used in common with electric
power supply).
Shifting time range (for ON and OFF)
0 .1 - 1 s
0 .3 - 1 s
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) range

(for SOL a and b)
L /min (U.S.GPM)
0.5 - 5 (.13 - 1.3)
1 - 10 (.26 - 2.6)
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time
Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)
Ambient Temperature
0 - 50 C (32 - 122 F) with circulated air
Approx. Mass
Single Solenoid
2.1 kg (4.6 lbs.)
5.3 kg (11.7 lbs.)
Double Solenoid
3.0 kg (6.6 lbs.)
7.5 kg (16.5 lbs.)
1. The maximum flow rates may vary according to the operating pressure. Refer to Maximum Flow Rates Characteristics on pages 414 and 415 for
details.
2. At pressures more than 21 MPa (3050 PSI), the "shockless effect" is slightly less if compared it with that at 16 MPa (2320 PSI).
412

G-DSG
-01
Series
Number
Valve
Size
-10
-2B7
-S
-50
Metred Flow
Capacity
Spool Type
Input
Interface
Design
Number
-L
Design
Standards
Models with Alternate

Offset Solenoid
3C2
3C40
A
None:
Sink Type
(Standard)
Refer to
3C2
03
None : 80 L /min
40
: 40 L /min
60
: 60 L /min
L
Applicable only for 2B7
A B
S:
Source Type
a
P T
50
b
P
2B7
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
G-DSG-01
G-DSG-03
3C40
a
None : 60 L /min
40
: 40 L /min
50
2B7
None : 30 L /min
10
: 10 L /min
20
: 20 L /min
G-DSG :
G Series Shockless
Type Solenoid
Operated
Directional Valve,
Sub-plate
Mounting
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-31
DSGM-01X-31
DSGM-01Y-31
DSGM-03-40
DSGM-03X-40
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
DSGM-01-3180
DSGM-01X-3180
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/8 BSP.F
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190
DSGM-01X-3190
DSGM-01Y-3190
DSGM-03-2190
DSGM-03X-2190
DSGM-03Y-2190
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
3/8 NPT
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
3.0 (6.6)
3.0 (6.6)
4.7 (10.4)

01
None : 40 L /min
10
: 10 L /min
20
: 20 L /min
Attachment (Mtg. Bolt)

Model
Numbers
G-DSG-01
G-DSG-03
Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs.)

Japanese Standard "JIS" &
M5 45 Lg.
M6 35 Lg.
N. American Design Standar d
Tightening Torque
No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)

12-15 Nm (106-133 in. lbs.)

413
Typical Performance Characteristics of "G-DSG-01" at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Maximum Flow Rate
Max.Flow
8
6
40
20
40 L/min Type
BA
TP
Direction of
Flow
A B
20 L/min Type
4
10
G-DSG-01- -2B7
Direction of Flow
P A P B
30
G-DSG-01- -3C2
3C40
10
1000
40
30
Direction
of Flow
20
P A
10
2
15
2000
Pressure
20
Direction of
Flow
A B
B
20 L/min Type
P B
B
T10
L/min Type
25 MPa
30 L/min Type
10 L/min Type
0
L/min
U.S.GPM
10
Max.Flow
U.S.GPM
10
L/min
3000 3630 PSI
10
1000
15
20
2000
Pressure
25 MPa
3000 3630 PSI
Pressure Drop
G-DSG-01- -3C2
3C40
Pressure Drop
200
160
120
1.2
10 L/min Type
P A,P B
A T,B T
40 L/min Type
P A
P B
20 L/min Type
P A
P B
A T
B T
120
40 L/min Type
A T
B T
0.8
80
40
MPa
1.0
0.8
MPa
1.6
G-DSG-01- -2B7
PSI
140
Pressure Drop
PSI
240
0.4
40
0
0
20
10
2
30
4
6
Flow Rate
40
L/min
10 U.S.GPM
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in

the table right.
below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Viscosity
20
30
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
40
50
60
70
80
90
Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Flow Rate : 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM)
10
7
5
3
0
OFF
100ms
SOL
U.S.GPM
8
6
L /min
30
20
4
2
0
Volume "MIN" Position

8
6
5
0
10
0
Volume "ON T" Position
2B7
SOL
Flow Rate
414
8
6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
ON
OFF
30
20
10
0
10
20
30
SOL
200 ms
Volume "OFF T" Position
U.S.GPM L /min
10
8
6
4
2
0
AB
10
8
6
4
2
0
100
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
Flow Rate
10
7
5
3
0
ON
10
0
8 U.S.GPM
Low Speed Operating Flow Characteristics
20
4
6
Flow Rate
15
3C2, 3C40
30
30 L/min
SSU

U.S.GPM L /min
20
10
mm2/s
Factor
Shifting Characteristics
Flow Rate
30 L/min Type
A T
B T
0.2
8
6
4
2
0
20 L/min Type
P A
30 L/min Type
P B
P A
P B
0.6
80
0.4
10 L/min Type
P A 20 L/min
P B Type
A T
A T
B T
B T
PT
100
ms
AB
HALT
PT
ON
OFF

OFF
ON
Typical Performance Characteristics of "G-DSG-03" at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Maximum Flow Rate
G-DSG-03- - 3C2
3C40
60 L/min Type
40
10
20
Direction of Flow
P A
P B
Direction of
Flow
A B
B
40 L/min Type
5
1000
15
10
20
2000
Pressure
60
15
10
40
20
P
40 L/min Type
Direction of Flow
P A
P B
A
Direction of
Flow
A B
B
3000 3630 PSI
15
10
1000
20
2000
Pressure
25 MPa
3000 3630 PSI
Pressure Drop
PSI
240
MPa
1.6
P
Pressure Drop
Model Numbers
G-DSG-03-3C2
3C40
0.8
G-DSG-03-40-3C2
3C40
0.4
G-DSG-03-60-3C2
3C40
G-DSG-03-2B7
G-DSG-03-40-2B7
80
40
0
0
20
4
40
60
8
12
Flow Rate
80 L/min
16
20 U.S.GPM
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in

the table right.
below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
The numbers of the pressure drop curves are the same for P A,
P B, A T and B T.
mm2/s
SSU
Viscosity
Factor
15
20
30
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
U.S.GPM
16
Flow Rate
0
3
5
7
10
OFF
10
7
5
100ms
3
0 ON
SOL
60
70
80
90
100

U.S.GPM L /min
60
40
20
0
50
3C2, 3C40
16
12
8
4
0
40
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35

Flow Rate
Pressure Drop Curve Numbers
1.2
120
200
160
25 MPa
60 L/min Type
12
L /min
60

60
15
G-DSG-03- -2B7
U.S.GPM L/min
80
20
80 L/min Type
Max.Flow
Max.Flow
U.S.GPM L/min
80
20

10
8
7
6
0
40
8
4
0
20
0
2B7
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
16
12
8
4
0
4
8
12
16
60
40
20
0
20
40
60
SOL
SOL
ON
OFF
200ms
AB
PT
10
7
5
3
0
100ms
AB
10
7
5
3
0
HALT
OFF
ON
PT
ON
OFF

415
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
G-DSG-01- -3C2/3C40- -50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
40.5
(1.59)
110
(4.33)
Model Numbers
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)

(For Sol. a)

(For Sol. b)
0.75
(.03)

9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
Cylinder Port "B"
G-DSG-01-
- -50
G-DSG-01-
- -5090
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
Cylinder Port "A"

Tank Port "T"
263
(10.35)
132
(5.20)
0.5
(.02)

65.5
(2.58)
44.5
(1.75)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
89
(3.50)
109.5
(4.31)
SOL b
11
(.43)
65
(2.56)
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
SOL a
48
(1.89)
Manual Actuator
6 (.24) Dia.
Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable
sub-plate in page 356.
G-DSG-01- -2B7- -50/5090
0.5
(.02)
197.5
(7.78)
SOL b
178.5
(7.03)
For other dimensions, refer to the drawing above.
416

Air Vent (Both Sides)

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
G-DSG-03- -3C2/3C40- -50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A"
- -5090
G 1/2
141
(5.55)
1/2 NPT
G1/2

(For Sol. b)
50.8
(2.00)
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places

(For Sol. a)
Tank Port "T"

336
(13.23)
132
(5.20)
102
(4.02)
48
(1.89)
Cylinder Port "B"
54
(2.13)
0.5
(.02)
109.6
(4.31)
130.1
(5.12)
39
(1.54)
SOL a
Manual Actuator
6 (.24) Dia.
70
(2.76)

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
27
(1.06)
35.3
(1.39)
SOL b
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
1. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
2. Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
DIMENSIONS IN

G-DSG-03-
"C" Thd.
G1/2
- -50
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
Model Numbers
G-DSG-03-
G-DSG-03- -2B7- -50/5090
234
(9.21)
0.5
(.02)
SOL b
226.3
(8.91)
For other dimensions, refer to the drawing above.

417
Series Shockless Type Solenoid Controlled Pilot

Electronic
Circuit
X T A PB
Specifications
Model Numbers
Descriptions
Max. Flow
G-DSHG-04-3C - - - -50/5090
G-DSHG-06-3C - - - -50/5090
L /min (U.S.GPM)
160 (42.3)
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
Max. T-Line Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Max. Drain Line Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
3 (440)
3 (440)
Max. Pilot Pressure
MPa (PSI)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Min. Required Pilot Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Pilot Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
250 (66.1)
1.5 (220)
at Normal
1 (0.3)
1 (0.3)
at Transition
4 (1.1)
6 (1.6)
Voltage
24 V DC (21 - 28 V DC Included Ripple): Use a stable power supply
Electric Power Supply

Input Power at 24V
36 W
36 W
Voltage
5 - 48 V DC (Use a stable power supply)
Current
Constant at 10 mA (A constant-current circuit is used)
Input interface
Sink Type, Source Type
Shifting signal, low speed

operation halt signal (can be
used in common with electric
power supply)
Shifting time range (for ON and OFF)
ON: 0.06 - 1.5 s, OFF: 0.1 - 2 s
ON: 0.1 - 1 s, OFF: 0.2 - 2 s
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) range

(for SOL a and b)
L /min (U.S.GPM)
5 - 20 (1.3 - 5.3)
10 - 30 (2.6 - 7.9)
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time
Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)
Ambient Temperature
0 - 50 C (32 - 122 F) with circulated air
Approx. Mass
12 kg (26.5 lbs.)
15 kg (33.1 lbs.)
1. The maximum flow rate is constant irrespective of the working pressure.

2. Be sure that the difference between pilot pressure and drain port back pressure is larger than the minimum pilot pressure.
418

G-DSHG
-04
Series
Number
Valve
Size
-E
-R2
-S
-50
Spool Type
Pilot
Connection
Spool Control Modification

Input
Interface
Design
Number
3C2
04
G-DSHG :
G Series Shockless
Type Solenoid
Controlled Pilot
Operated
Directional Valve,
Sub-plate
Mounting
-3C2
A B
a
b
Y
P T
None:
Internal
Pilot
A B
b
a
Y
P T
None:
Sink Type
(Standard)
50
RA:
With Stroke Adjustment,
Port "A" End
3C40
06
R2:
Both Ends
E:
External
Pilot
RB:
Port "B" End
Design
Standards
Refer to
S:
Source Type
50
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
G-DSHG-04
G-DSHG-06
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06-5080

7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06X-5080
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090

4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090

8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
Attachment (Mtg. Bolts)

Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Model
Numbers
G-DSHG-04
G-DSHG-06

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Directional Valves

M6 45 Lg.
M10 50 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
Qty.
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
2
4
6
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs.)
12-15 (106-133)
58-72 (513-637)
100-123 (885-1089)

419
Pressure Drop
G-DSHG-04/06-3C2/3C40
PSI
MPa
200
1.4
G-DSHG-04- 3C2
3C40
1.2
Pressure Drop P
1.0
0.8
mm2/s 15
SSU 77
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100
98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
P'= P (G'/0.850)
B T
0.6
80
Viscosity
Factor
A T
B T
P A
P B
160
120
G-DSHG-06- 3C2
3C40
0.4
P A
P B
A T
40
0.2
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
150
30
40
200
50
250
60
L/min
70 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
G - D S H G - 0 4 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
G - D S H G - 0 6 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0

Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

40
U.S.GPM L /min
100 400
250ms

0
5
10
150
30
100
10
5
0
20
50
10
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
200
50
ON
SOL
60
200
10
5
40
0
100
0
OFF

0
5
10
300
20
80
250ms
ON
OFF
SOL

G - D S H G - 0 4 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
G - D S H G - 0 6 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0


30
20
10
0
60
125
100
75
10
8
0
50
25
0
SOL
HALT
420
U.S.GPM
70
500ms
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
L/min
U.S.GPM
150
40
50
OFF
OFF
200
40
160
30
120
20
80
10
40
0
0
ON
L /min
240
SOL
ON
500ms

10
8
0
ON
HALT

OFF
OFF
ON
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -50/5090
Tank Port "T"
Pressure Port "P"

79.9
(3.15)
Model Numbers
34.9
(1.37)
69.8
(2.75)
72.9
(2.87)
91
(3.58)
50
(1.97)
Cylinder Port "A"
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
Cylinder Port "B"
263
(10.35)
0.5
(.02)
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -5090
1.5
(.06)
"C" Thd.
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -50
L'

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
2 Places
65.5
(2.58)
132
(5.20)
48
(1.89)

Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
116
(4.57)
L
181
(7.13)
200.5
(7.89)
SOL b
SOL a
Mounting Surface 2
(O-Rings Furnished)
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
L'
4
(.16)
50.4
(1.98)
204
(8.03)
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P22 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P9 for X/Y ports
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the
sharable sub-plate on page 401.
DIMENSIONS IN
Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Directional Valves
101.6
(4.00)
34
(1.34)

4 Places
G-DSHG-04-3C - -R - -50/5090
SOL a
SOL b

13(.51) Hex.
33
(1.30)
Fully Extended
93(3.66)


13(.51) Hex.
421
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port "T"
50.5
(1.99)
53.2
(2.09)

255
(10.04)
130.2
(5.13)
Solenoid Indicator
Light
Model Numbers
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -50
L'

G 1/2
1/2 NPT
Cylinder Port "B"

6 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
0.5
(.02)
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -5090
13
(.51)
77
(3.03)
156
(6.14)
"C " Thd.
263
(10.35)
132
(5.20)

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
2 Places
65.5
(2.58)

48
(1.89)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a
202
(7.95)
221.5
(8.72)
137
(5.39)
SOL b
41
(1.61)
L'
6
(.24)
78.5
(3.09)
Mounting Surface 2
(O-Rings Furnished)
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P30 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P14 for X/Y ports
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 403.
Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)
DIMENSIONS IN
G-DSHG-06-3C - -R - -50/5090
SOL a
SOL b

13(.51) Hex.
40
(1.57)

13(.51) Hex.
Fully Extended
134.8(5.31)
422


These valves perform a change over of spool by hydraulic pilot and shift the direction of oil flow.
Specifications
DHG-04-3C -50
Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)

Max.Operating
Pressure
10 MPa
16 MPa
25 MPa
31.5 MPa
MPa (PSI)
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
1
1
1
1
300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DHG-04-2N -50
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
DHG-04-2B -50
130 (34.3)
70 (18.5)
70 (18.5)
60 (15.9)
DHG-06-3C -50
500 (132)
DHG-06-2N -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DHG-06-2B -50
140 (37)
100 (26.4)
90 (23.8)
80 (21.1)
DHG-06-3H -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DHG-10-3C -40
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DHG-10-2N -40
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DHG-10-2B -40
460 (122)
DHG-10-3H -40
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
300 (79.3)
Min. Required Max. T-Line

Pilot Pressure Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
7.4 (16.3)
25 (3630)
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
7.4 (16.3)
7.8 (17.2)
11.2 (24.7)
31.5 (4570)
25 (3630)
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
1 (150)
25 (3630)
1 (150)
21 (3050)
1 (150)
21 (3050)
11.7 (25.8)
43.8 (96.6)
31.5 (4570)
3
11.2 (24.7)
12.0 (26.5)
200 (52.8)
220 (58.1)
3
Note: Max. flow in the table above represents

the value in the flow condition of P A
B T (or P B A T) as shown in
the circuit diagram right.
In case the valves is used in the condition that eihter A or B port is blocked,
the maximum flow differs according to a
hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult
X
us for details.
31.5 (4570)
Max. Pilot
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
21 (3050)
43.8 (96.6)
45.6 (101)
51.6 (114)
1. Varies depending on the spool type. For more information, see page
388 for the List of Standard Model and Maximum Flow (DSHG04) for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves.
2. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
information, see page 389 for the List of Standard Model and
Maximum Flow (DSHG-06) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves.
3. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
information, see page 390 for the List of Standard Model and
Maximum Flow (DSHG-10) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves.
4. Minimum Pilot Pressure for the models with pilot piston is 1.8 MPa
(260 PSI).
Model Numbers

Model Numbers
Rated Flow
Max.Operating Pres.
L /min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
DHF-16-
-30
500 (132)
DHF-24-
-26
1200 (317)
DHF-32-
-21
2400 (634)
21 (3050)
Pressure Drop
Instruction
Same as those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated

Directional Valves. See pages 392 and 393 for the
related information.
In case of Spring Offset Models, directly connect the pilot

pressure port "Y" to the reservoir as a drain port.
423

F-
DH
-04
-2
Type of
Number
Valve
Special Series
Connecof Valve
Size
Seals Number
tion
Positions
F:
Special
Seals
for
Phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit
if not
required)
-C2
-RA
-H
SpoolSpring
Arrangement
Spool
Type
Special
Two
Position
Valve
Model with
Pilot Choke
Valve
2
(Options)
Spool Control
Modification
(Options) 2
Built-in
Orifice
for Pilot
Line
R2: With Stroke

Adjustment,
Both Ends
H:
Pressure
Centred
(Option)
2 , 3
4 , 40
2 5 , 6
60 , 7
9 , 10
N:
No-Spring 11 , 12
3
G:
Subplate
Mounting
C:
Spring
Centred
04
DH:
Pilot
Operated
Directional
Valve
06
C2:
With C2
Choke
B:
Spring
Offset
RB: With Stroke

Adjustment,
Port B End
P2: With Pilot
Piston, Both
Ends
PA: With Pilot
Piston, Port A
End
10
Refer to
50
Refer to
5
H:
Refer to
4
40
PB: With Pilot

Piston, Port B
End
Design Design
Number Standard
50
RA: With Stroke

Adjustment,
Port A End
A , B
(Omit if
not
required)
-50
1.
2.
3.
4.
For various combination, see the List of Valve Types below.

For the option combinations of the Type (Valve Size) and Options, see the List of Options below.
Refer to the column "valves using neutral position and side position" (Special 2-position valve) on page 426.
In spool-spring arrangement "H" (pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than 10 MPa (150PSI), please specify that the valve
should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.
5. Design Standards: None.................. Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90...................... N. American Design Standard
List of Valve Type
List of Options
Valve Types
Three Positions
Two Positions
Spring
Pressure
NoSpring
Centred
Centred
Spring
Offset
Graphic Symbols
Spool Type
3C2
3H2
2N2
2B2
3C3
3H3
2N3
2B3
3C4
3H4
2N4
2B4
40
3C40
3H40
2N40
2B40
3C5
3H5
3C6
3H6
60
3C60
3H60
3C7
3H7
2N7
2B7
3C9
3H9
10
3C10
3H10
11
3C11
3H11
12
3C12
3H12
Model Numbers
Option Code
C2 R2 RA RB P2 PA PB
DHG-04-3C
DHG-04-2N
DHG-04-2B
DHG-06-3C
DHG-06-2N
DHG-06-2B
DHG-06-3H
DHG-10-3C
DHG-10-2N
DHG-10-2B
DHG-10-3H
Note.
: Pressure Centered Models are not available for the Valve Size of "04".
424
3H
Mark: Available
Mark: Not Available
Sub-plate
Valve
Approx.
Model
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Numbers Model Numbers
Size
kg (lbs.)

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)

Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
kg (lbs.)
DHG-04
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2090
DHGM-04X-2090
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHG-06
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06-5080
DHGM-06X-5080
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
8.5 (18.7)
8.5 (18.7)
DHGM-06-5090
DHGM-06X-5090
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
DHG-10
Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4080

DHGM-10-40
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4080
1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4)

1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10-4090
DHGM-10X-4090
1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)

1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
Sub-plates are shared with those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves. Refer to pages 401 to 403 for dimensions.
Mounting Bolts

N. American Desgin Standard
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs)
DHG-04
M6 45 Lg.
M10 50 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.
2
4
12-15 (106-133)
58-72 (513-637)
DHG-06
M12
60 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC
2-1/2 Lg.
100-123 (885-1089)
DHG-10
M20
75 Lg.
2 Lg.
473-585 (4186-5177)
3/8-16 UNC
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment (C2)
Pressure Centered Models (3H )
When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise, changeover speed of

the spool becomes slow. In case of the spring centred valves in
particular, making slow of the returning speed of the spool to the
neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.
These choke valves can be used in combination with valves of spring
centred, no spring, spring offset, pressure centred and the valves with
stroke adjustment.
The pressure centred type can be used when the returning of the spool
to the neutral position is required to be done firmly.
Graphic Symbol
Graphic Symbols
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R )
Spring Centred Models

A
When the adjustment screw is screwed in, the spool stroke becomes
short and flow rate reduces
Model
Numbers
Graphic Symbol
Spring Centred Models with Stroke Adjustment on Both Ends (R2)
Stroke Adjustment
Screw (Port "A" End)
Models with Pilot Piston (P )
The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high speed
changeover of the spool is required. However, please note that in case
of spring centred valves, there is no change in the returning speed of
the spool to the neutral position even with the pilot piston.
X
W
Spring Centred Models

with Pilot Piston on Port "A" End (PA)
Y
V
Y
P
Additional Mass of Options
Graphic Symbols
Spring Centred Models with Pilot
Piston on Both Ends (P2)
Stroke Adjustment
Screw (Port "B" End)
Add the mass described below to the mass of standard models on page 423
if options are required.
kg (lbs.)
Y
V
Model
With Pilot
Numbers Choke Valve
With Pilot Piston

PA
PB
With Stroke Adjustment
DHG-04
0.65 (1.4)
1.0 (2.2)
RA
RB
0.5 (1.1)
DHG-06
0.65 (1.4)
1.0 (2.2) 0.5 (1.1)
1.2 (2.6)
0.6 (1.3)
DHG-10
0.65 (1.4)
3.6(7.9) 1.8 (4.0)
3.7 (8.2)
1.85 (4.1)
P2
R2
425
In addition to the standard two positions valves (2B ), the following two types of two positions valves are available:
valves with neutral position and pilot Y pressure position (2B A), valves with neutral position and pilot X pressure
position (2B B).
Model Numbers
Graphic Symbols
04
DHG- 06 -2B B
10
DHG- -2B2A
DHG- -2B2B
DHG- -2B3A
DHG- -2B3B
DHG- -2B4A
DHG- -2B4B
DHG- -2B40A
DHG- -2B40B
DHG- -2B5A
DHG- -2B5B
DHG- -2B6A
DHG- -2B6B
DHG- -2B60A
DHG- -2B60B
DHG- -2B7A
DHG- -2B7B
DHG- -2B9A
DHG- -2B9B
DHG- -2B10A
DHG- -2B10B
DHG- -2B11A
DHG- -2B11B
DHG- -2B12A
DHG- -2B12B
DHG-04-
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

101.6
(4.00)
50.4
(1.98)
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Valve
DHG-04-C2

4 Places
Pilot Flow Adjustment

Screw 6(.24) Hex.
DEC.
65
(2.56)
91(3.58)
73(2.87)
50
(1.97)
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
204(8.03)
69.8(2.75)
34.9(1.37)
X
B
DIMENSIONS IN
9.3
(.37)
1.6
(.06)
34
(1.34)
Cylinder
Port "A"
-50/5090
Pressure Port "P"

Tank
Port "T"
Graphic Symbols
Pilot Pressure Port "Y"

Cylinder Port "B"
69.5
(2.74)
21
(.83)
Chain line indicates Spring Offset

Models (2B )
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
10.4
(.41)
106
(4.17)
04
DHG- 06 -2B A
10
146
(5.75)
Model Numbers
48
(1.89)
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
Outside dimensions are the same as those of the

main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated
Directional Valves (DSHG-04). See page 405.
4
(.16)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
91(3.58)
121(4.76)
Models with Stroke Adj. ( R )
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the
sharable sub-plate on page 401.
426
For Spring Offset Models (2B , 2B A),

B
it functions as drain port. When that model
is used, directly connect it to the reservoir.
DHG-06-
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
-50/5090
Tank Port "T"
53.2
(2.09)
Options
M o d e ls w it h P ilo t C h o k e V a lv e
DHG-06-C2
Pressure Port "P"

127
(5.00)

In case of Spring Offset Model (2B , 2B A), it

B
functions as a drain port. When that model is used,
directly connect it to the reservoir.
6
(.24)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
6(.24) Dia.
Two Location Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
77.5
(3.05)
Pressure Port "P"

21.8
(.86)
Pilot Pressure
Port "X"
114.3
(4.50)
233.8
(9.20)
84
(3.31)
159.5
(6.28)
Pilot Flow Adjustment Screw

6 (.24) Hex.
DEC.
19.7 (.78)
78
(3.07)
Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"
384
(15.12)
65
(2.56)
Options
M o d e ls w it h P ilo t C h o k e V a lv e
DHG-10-C2
19.6
(.77)
43 (1.69)
43.1
(1.69)
21.5(.85) Dia.
Through
32(1.26) Dia.
Spotface
6 Places
190.5
(7.50)
76.2
(3.00)
66.5
(2.62)
Indicates Spring Offset

Models (2B ).
Models (2B A).
48
(1.89)
205
(8.07)
46 (1.81)
6
(.24)

The outside dimensions of the above options are the same
as those of the main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves (DSHG-10). See page 405.
2-Eye Bolts
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Fully Extended
59 (2.32)
190
(7.48)
Tank Port "T"
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
-40/4090
79.4
(3.13)
158.8
(6.25)
198
(7.80)
DHG-10-
The outside dimensions of the above options are the same

as those of the main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valve (DSHG-06). See page 405.

Models (2B ).
Models (2B A).
48
(1.89)
41
(1.61)
95
(3.74)
Cylinder Port "B"
52
(2.05)
34
(1.34)
Fully Extended
59 (2.32)
142
(5.59)
255
(10.04)
65
(2.56)
13
(.51)
77
(3.03)
156
(6.14)
Cylinder Port "A"
Pilot Pressure
Port "X"
Pilot Flow Adjustment Screw

6 (.24) Hex.
DEC.
19.7 (.78)
167
(6.57)
130.2
(5.13)
230
(9.06)
50.5
(1.99)
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
13.5(.53) Dia.
Through
20(.79) Dia.
Spotface
6 Places
6(.24) Dia.
Two Location Pins
In case of Spring Offset Model (2B , 2B A), in

B
functions as a drain port. When that model is used,
directly connect it to the reservoir.
427
List of Seals
DHG-04DHG-06DHG-10-
-50/5090
-50/5090
-40/4090
11
10
Item
Name of Parts
15 16 17 13
14
12
Part Numbers
DHG-04
DHG-06
DHG-10
Qty
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P20
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P42
11
O-Ring
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-G65
12
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P14
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
below.
Valve Model Numbers
428
Seal Kit Numbers
DHG-04-
-50/5090
KS-DHG-04-50
DHG-06-
-50/5090
KS-DHG-06-50
DHG-10-
-40/4090
KS-DHG-10-40

These valves may be used to manually
shift the spool position and change the
direction of oil flow.
Specifications
Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
14 MPa
21 MPa
(2030 PSI)
(3050 PSI)
100 (26.4) 1
100 (26.4) 1
DMT-03-3C -50
7 MPa
(1020 PSI)
100 (26.4)
DMT-03-3D -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
DMT-03-2D -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
DMT-03-2B -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
300 {200} 2
(79.3 {52.8})
300 {120} 2
(79.3 {31.7})
300 {100} 2
(79.3 {26.4})
DMT-06 -3D -30
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
DMT-06 -2D -30
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
DMT-06 -2B -30
200 (52.8)
120 (31.7)
100 (26.4)
DMT-10 -3C -30
500 {315} 2
(132 {83.2})
500 {315} 2
(132 {83.2})
500 {315} 2
(132 {83.2})
DMT-10 -3D -30
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DMT-10 -2B -30
315 (83.2)
315 (83.2)
315 (83.2)
35 (9.2)
35 (9.2)
35 (9.2)
Max.Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line Back

Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
5.0 (11.0)
21 (3050)
At time spool shift

is required:
7 (1020)
At time spool shift
is not required:
21 (3050)
12.9 (28.5)
21 (3050)
At time spool shift

is required:
7 (1020)
At time spool shift
is not required:
21 (3050)
22 (48.5)
25 (3630)
14 (2030)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
DMT-06 -3C -30
DMT-10 -2D -30
31.5 MPa
(4570 PSI)
DMG-01-3C -10
DMG-01-3D -10
DMG-01-2D -10
1.8 (4.0)
100 (26.4)
DMG-03-3D -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
DMG-03-2D -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
DMG-03-2B -50
100 (26.4)
DMG-04-3C -21
200 (52.8)
DMG-04-3D -21
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
DMG-04-2D -21
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
DMG-04-2B -21
90 (23.8)
60 (15.9)
50 (13.2)
DMG-06-3C -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DMG-06-3D -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DMG-06-2D -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DMG-06-2B -50
420 (111)
300 (79.3)
250 (66.1)
200 (52.8)
DMG-10-3C -40
1100 (291)
DMG-10-3D -40
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
DMG-10-2D -40
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
DMG-10-2B -40
670 (177)
350 (92.5)
260 (68.7)
200 (52.8)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
200 (52.8)
105 (27.7)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
4.0 (8.8)
7.4 (16.3)
7.9 (17.4)
1100 (291)
31.5 (4570)
21 (3050)
11.5 (25.4)
12 (26.5)
31.5 (4570)
Note: The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation
(changeover) of the valve. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum
Flow" on pages 386 to 390.
1. Varies depending on the spool type. For details, see the "List of Standard Model and Maximum
Flows" for DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves (page 364 and 366 at 50 Hz
rated voltage).
2. The figures in parentheses indicate Max. flow for 3C3,3C5, 3C6 and 3C60.
3. Varies depending on the spool type. For the details, see the table in the following page.
4. Varies depending on the spool type. Same as DSHG-10 (at pilot pressure of 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
See page 390.
5. Lever operating torque varies depends on the T-line back pressure. See the right-hand figure.
6. If the T-Line back pressure exceeds 7 MPa (1020 PSI), directly connect the drain port to the
reservoir.
21 (3050)
48.2 (106)
50 (110)
DMG-01 Lever Operating Torque

(in.lbf.) Nm
12 1.5
8 1.0
Operating Torque
Sub-Plate Mounting
DMG-01-2B -10
DMG-03-3C -50
Threaded Connections
Model Numbers
4 0.5
0 0
10
14 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI

T-Line Back Pressure
429

F-
DM
-03
-2
-50
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
No. of
Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arragement
Spool
Type
Special Two
Position
Valve
Design
Number
Design
Standard
50
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS"
European
80:
Design Std.
N. American
90:
Design Std.
03
F:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit if
not
required)
T:
Threaded
Connection
DM :
Manually
Operated
Directional
G:
Valves
Sub-plate
Mounting
C:
Spring
Centred
06 (Piping size 3/4)

06X (Piping size 1)
10 (Piping size 1-1/4)
10X (Piping size 1-1/2)
01
03
04
06
10
D:
No-Spring
Detented
B:
Spring Offset
30
2 , 3
4 , 40
5 , 6
60 , 7
8 , 9
10 , 11
12
30
A ,B
(Omit if not
required)
10
50
21
50
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS"
and European Design
Std.
N. American
90:
Design Std.
40
See the table below for combinations.

Refer to column "valves using neutral position and side position" (special 2-position valve) on page 431.
Model Numbers
DMF-10DMF-16-
-30
-31
Rated Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
315 (83.2)
400 (106)
21 (3050)
DMG-01
Spool Type
3C
3D
2D
2B
DMT-03
DMG-03
3C
3D
2D
2B
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
2D 3C 2D
2B 3D 2B
DMT-06
DMT-10
3C
3D
2
3
4
Maximum Flow of DMG-04-3C

Max. Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model
Numbers
List of Spool Type
40
7 MPa(1020 PSI) 14 MPa(2030 PSI) 21 MPa(3050 PSI)
200 (52.8)
180 (47.6)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
80 (21.1)
90 (23.8)
140 (37.0)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
DMG-04-3C2
DMG-04-3C3
DMG-04-3C4
DMG-04-3C40
DMG-04-3C5
DMG-04-3C6
DMG-04-3C60
DMG-04-3C7
DMG-04-3C9
DMG-04-3C10
DMG-04-3C11
DMG-04-3C12
130 (34.3)
90 (23.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
50 (13.2)
60 (15.9)
70 (18.5)
75 (19.8)
125 (33.0)
130 (34.3)
150 (39.6)
200 (52.8)
Spring Centred Models (3C )

#2
60
7
8
9
Graphic Symbols
#1
85 (22.5)
70 (18.5)
90 (23.8)
105 (27.7)
40 (10.6)
55 (14.5)
55 (14.5)
55 (14.5)
100 (26.4)
85 (22.5)
85 (22.5)
95 (25.1)
#3
10
11
12
No-Spring Detented Models

3D
#1
2D
#2
#1 (#2)
A
B
#3
#3
Position #3
Position #2
T
Position #1 (#2, in case of D M T
G -01/03-2B , DM G -03-2D )
Note: The
mark indicate the spool type available for each type.
Spring Offset Models (2B )

#1 (#2)
A
B
430
#3
. Position #2 is applied for models DMG-01-2B

and DMT -03-2B /2D .
G
In addition to the standard two positions valves (2D , 2B ), the following two types of two positions valves are
available : Valves with neutral position (#2) and position #1 (2B A, 2D A), valves with neutral position (#2) and
position #3 (2B B, 2D B).
The
mark in the table below indicates the spool type available for each models.
Spring Offset Models
Model
DMT-03
DMG-03
DMT-06
DMT-10
Model
Graphic Symbols
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
Valve
Type
2B2A
2B2B
2B3A
2B3B
2B4A
2B4B
2B40A
2B40B
DMG-01
DMT-03
DMG-03
2B5B
2B5A
2B6B
2B60A
2B60B
2B7A
2B7B
2B8A
2B8B
2B9A
2B9B
2B10A
2B10B
2B11A
2B11B
2B12A
2B12B
Position #2
Position #3
No-spring Detented Models

Graphic Symbols
Valve
Type
A
P
B
T
Model
DMT-06
DMT-10
Valve
Type
2D2B
2D3A
2D3B
2D4A
2D4B
2D40A
2D40B
DMG-01
T
DMT-06
DMT-10
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
2D5B
2D6A
2D6B
2D60A
2D60B
2D7A
2D7B
2D8A
2D8B
2D9A
2D9B
2D10A
2D10B
2D11A
2D11B
2D12A
2D12B
Position #1
Position #2
A
P
2D2A
2D5A
Model
Graphic Symbols
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
2B6A
Position #1
Position #2
DMT-06
DMT-10
Graphic Symbols
Valve
Type
Position #2
Position #3
. Position number is determined with three position type (3C
and 3D ) as the standard.
431
Sub-plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
DMG-01
DMG-03
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10

Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
kg (1bs.)
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-04-20
Rc 1/2 4.4 (9.7)
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 3/4 4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-06-50
Rc 3/4 7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-10-40
Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4)

Approx.
Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
Model Numbers
Size
kg (1bs.)
kg (1bs.)
DSGM-01-3080
1/8 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-3080 1/4 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-04-2080
1/2 BSP.F 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090
1/2 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090
3/4 NPT
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-06-5080
3/4 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090
3/4 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06X-5080
1 BSP.F
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-10-4080
1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4090
1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
Sub-plate dimensions appearing page

Subplate Model Numbers
DSGM-01
DSGM-03
DHGM-04
DHGM-06
DHGM-10
Sharable with Solenoid Operand Directional Valve s and Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated
Directional Valves. For dimensions, refer to the right table then see the corresponding pages.
Mounting Bolts
Valve
Model
Numbers
DMG-01
DMG-03
Page
356
373
401
402
403

M5 45 Lg.
M6 35 Lg.
N. American
Design Standard
No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
M6 40 Lg.
M10 45 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
M20 75 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg.
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
4
4
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. 1bs.)
5-7
(44-62)
12-15
(106-133)
2
4
6
8
12-15
(106-133)
58-72
(513-637)
100-123 (885-1089)
473-585 (4195-5177)
Qty.
Instructions
Avoid connecting the
Tank Port "T" to a line with
possible surge pressure.
Pressure Drop
The following characteristics are based on the following conditions: viscosity of the fluid: 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and
Specific Gravity: 0.850
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

Factor
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the following chart and G is 0.850.
DMT-06, 06X
Pressure Drop P
PSI
150
MPa
1
2
1.0
0.8
100
3
0.6
50
0.4
0.2
0
0
50
100
20
150
200
40
250
60
300 L /min
80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
432

Spool
Type P A B T P B A T P T
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
40
3
2
2
2
5
3
2
3
2
1
6
3
2
3
2
1
60
2
2
2
2
7
2
2
8
3
2
3
2
9
2
2
2
2
10
3
2
2
2
11
2
2
2
2
12
Spool
3
2
3
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
3
3
2
3
2
4
3
2
3
2
40
3
2
3
2
5
3
3
3
3
1
6
3
3
3
3
1
60
3
2
3
2
7
3
3
8
3
2
3
2
9
3
2
3
2
10
3
2
3
2
11
3
2
3
2
12
PSI
150
MPa
P
Pressure Drop
1.0
0.8
100
0.6
2
3
0.4
50
0.2
0
100
0
0
20
200
40
300
60
500 L /min
400
80
100
120 130 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DMG-01
PSI
200
1.2
P
Pressure Drop
MPa
1.4
150
1.0
0.8
100
50
0
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
10
15
20
25
6
35 L /min
30
8
3C
3C2
3C3
3C4
3C40
3C5
3C60
3C7
3C8
3C9
3C10
3C11
3C12
Valve type
3D
2D
3D2 2D2
3D3 2D3
3D4
3D40
3D5
3D60
3D7 2D7
3D8 2D8
3D9
3D10
3D11
3D12
Flow Rate
P
Pressure Drop
PSI
175
MPa
150
1.0
100
50
0
2
3
1.2
4
5
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
30
150
40
200 L /min
50
U.S.GPM

P A B T P B A T P T
3
2B2
2B3
2B8
U.S.GPM
DMG-04
2B

Spool
5
2
5
4
2
6
3
6
5
3
3
5
4
5
5
4
5
4
5
5
40
5
2
4
5
1
5
2
3
4
2
1
6
2
3
4
2
1
60
5
2
5
5
7
6
2
6
5
9
5
4
5
5
10
5
4
5
5
11
5
3
5
5
12
DMT-10, 10X
Flow Rate
For DMT-03 , DMG-03 , DMG-06 , and DMG-10 , refer to the table below then see the related page.
Model Number
DMT-03
DMG-03
DMG-06
DMG-10
Pressure Drop Characteristics

Same as DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
(Standard Type)
Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
(DSHG-06)
Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
(DSHG-10)
Page
Remarks
371
393
3D is same as 3C
393
433
69.7
(2.74)
-50/5080/5090
54
(2.13)
44
(1.73)
How to Change Lever Position:
The lever position can

30
be changed to any
position in five
different positions
shown on the sketch in 30
the right. For the lever
position change,
remove the Soc. Hd.
Cap Screw and lever
once, set the lever at 30
the required position
and tighten it with the
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
30
firmly.
27
(1.06)
10
(.39)
27
(1.06)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw

4 (.16) Hex. Soc.
48.7
(1.92)
108.5
(4.27)
193.8
(7.63)
Position #1
74.5
(2.93)
27
(1.06)
Position #2
Position #3
25 (.98) Dia.
20
3 0
2 0
Cylinder Port "B"

"C" Thd.
Tank Port " T"
"C" Thd.
1. Lever Operating Torque:

Not exceeding 30 Nm (266 IN. 1bs.)
R94.5
(R3.72)
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
DMT-03-
-5090
3/8 NPT
27
(1.06)
-5080
39.7
(1.56)
21.8
(.86)
26.8
(1.06)
DMT-03-
46.3
(1.82)
-50
85.3
(3.36)
"C" Thd.
DMT-03-
139
(5.47)
Model Numbers
Cylinder Port "A"

"C" Thd.
12
(.47)
30
Pressure Port "P"

"C" Thd.
7(.28) Dia. Through
11(.43) C' bore
4 Places
2
(0.8)
DMT-03-
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A"
Cylinder Port "B"
"h" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
DMT-06DMT-06X-
-3090
-3090
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
DMT-10DMT-10X-
-30
-30
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1-1/2
DMT-10DMT-10X-
-3080 1-1/4 BSP.F

-3080 1-1/2 BSP.F
DMT-10DMT-10X-
-3090 1-1/4 NPT

-3090 1-1/2 NPT
Model No.
Position #1 Neutral Position #2

40 (1.57) Dia.
Position #3
U
K
L
N
Q
S
3/4 BSP.F
-3080
-3080 1 BSP.F
DMT-06DMT-06X-
-30
-30
R "e "
DMT-06DMT-06X-
Model Numbers
"f" Dia. Through

"g" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Tank Port " T"
-30/3080/3090
-30/3080/3090
DMT-06, 06XDMT-10, 10X-
DIMENSIONS IN
"h" Thd.
4 Places
X Stroke
Dimension mm (Inches)
C
DMT-06
50
30
126 47.5 24
320
255
137 118 107 33.5 86
76
9
40
25
250
100 63.5 12 11 17.5
DMT-06X (1.97) (1.18) (4.96) (1.87) (.94) (12.60) (10.04) (5.39) (4.65) (4.21) (1.32) (3.39) (2.99) (.35) (1.57) (.98) (9.84) (3.94) (2.50) (.47) (.43) (.69)
DMT-10
66
40
160
62.5
33
402
320
173
147
135
40
102
90
12.5
50
35
300
120
78.5
15 13.5
21
DMT-10X (2.60) (1.57) (6.30) (2.46) (1.30) (15.83) (12.60) (6.81) (5.79) (5.31) (1.57) (4.02) (3.54) (.49) (1.97) (1.38) (11.81) (4.72) (3.09) (.59) (.53) (.83)
434
DMG-01-
-10/1090
DIMENSIONS IN
9.5(.37) Dia. C' bore
4 Places
R49
(R1.93)
Cylinder Port "A"
71
(2.80)
40.5
(1.59)
22(.87):3C
17(.67):3D ,2D ,2B
11
(.43)
27
15.5
(.61)
0.75
31
(1.22) (.03)
32.5
(1.28)
Position #3
Pressure Port "P"
27
Neutral Position #2
Tank Port " T"

Cylinder Port "B"
Position #1
Four positions are available in 90 increment.

5
(.20)
26 (1.02) Dia.
38
(1.50)
50.5
(1.99)
39
(1.54)
Lever Fixing Screw

2.5 (.10) Hex. Soc.
25
(.98)
74
(2.91)
20 (.79) Dia.
65
(2.56)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
48
(1.89)
The operating lever position can be adjusted as required

on the circumference by loosening the set screw.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 356.
435
DMG-03-
-50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Port "P"
54
(2.13)
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
69.7
(2.74)
Cylinder Port "B"
12
(.47)
Cylinder Port "A"
48.7
50.8
(1.92)
(2.00)
108.5
(4.27)
193.8
(7.63)
Tank Port " T"
1. Although the tank port is shown on the left

in our sub-plate either may be used.
2. The position of operating lever can be
changed as required. For the detail, see the
DMT-03 in the previous page.
3. Lever Operating Torque:
Not exceeding 30 Nm (266 IN. 1bs.)
Position #1
Position #2
Position #3
20
R94.5
(R3.72)
46.3
(1.82)
139
(5.47)
25 (.98) Dia.
27
(1.06)
2 (.08)
59
(2.32)
76.3
(3.00)
74.5
(2.93)
27
(1.06)
30
2 0
39.7
(1.56)
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
436
DMG-04-
-21/2190
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Tank Port "T"

14.2
(.56)
34
(1.34)
Pressure Port "P"

Cylinder Port "B"
34.9
(1.37)
69.8
(2.75)
72.9
(2.87)
90
(3.54)

4 Places
130
(5.12)
101.6
(4.00)
Position #2
32
(1.26)
40 (1.57) Dia.
30 (1.18)
50
(1.97)
Position #1
32
(1.26)
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
22.5
(.89)
232.5 (9.15)
202.5 (7.97)
R200
(R7.87)
1.5
(.06)
10.1
(.40)
Position #3
Chain line indicates

Spring Offset Models
(2B ,2B A).
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
-50/5090
Drain Port "V"

6 Places
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
95.8
(3.77)
Tank Port "T"
Pressure Port "P"
300.5
(11.83)
130.2
(5.13)
53.2
(2.09)
55.8
(2.20)
Position #3
57
(2.24)
77
(3.03)
260.5
(10.26)
Position #2
30 (1.18)
57
(2.24)
Position #1
13
(.51)
Cylinder Port "B"

Cylinder Port "A"
52
(2.05)
34
(1.34)

Models (2B ).

Models (2B A).
40 (1.57) Dia.
6
(.24)
116
(4.57)
40
47
(1.57) (1.85)
41
(1.61)
R200
(R7.87)
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
4
(.16)
30
(1.18)
103
(4.06)
32
(1.26)
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DMG-06-
50
(1.97)
59.2
(2.33)
Drain Port "Y"
12.5
(.49)
156
(6.14)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
437
DMG-10-
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
-50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port "T"

6 Places
79.4
(3.13)
158.8
(6.24)
198
(7.80)
Y P
146.5
(5.77)
453
(17.83)
190.5
(7.50)
76.2
(3.00)
19.6
(.77)
X A
Drain Port "V"
94.5
114.3
(3.72) (4.50)
Cylinder Port "A"
Position #3
40 (1.57) Dia.
66.5
(2.62)
47.5
(1.87)
401
(15.79)
Position #2
36 (1.42)
Cylinder Port "B"
105
105
(4.13) (4.13)
Position #1
Two Eye Bolts
M8

Models (2B )
Models (2B A)
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
180
(7.09)
65
60
(2.56) (2.36)
6
(.24) 44.5 (1.75)
R300
(R11.81)
21.5
(.85)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
233.8
(9.20)
438
List of Seals
DMG-01-
-10/1090
14 13
12
18 10 17 15 16
21
22
25
24
20
19
Item
21
22
23
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P18
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-P9
23
21 11
Note: When ordering the o-ring, please specify the

seal kit number (KS-DMG-01-10).
DMT-03DMG-03-
-50/5080/5090
-50/5090
20
28
26 17 25 11 13
14 29 30
10
27
13
24
23
22 15 16 12
Item
14
15
16
17
18
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P21
SO-NA-P8
SO-BB-P8
SO-NB-A023
SO-NB-A014
Qty.
2
2
2
1
5
21
18
Qty.
3
1
4
Valve Model Numbers

DMT-03-50/5080/5090
DMG-03-50/5090
14
Section X-X
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DMT-03-50
KS-DMG-03-50
Note: 1. O-rings of Item 18 are not used for

DMT-03.
2. When ordering the seals, please specify
the seal kit number from the table right.
439
List of Seals
DMT-06, 06XDMT-10, 10X-
-30/3080/3090
-30/3080/3090
22
5
14
7 21 13 15
23 16
4 17
26 24
25
12
6
18
19
20
3
List of Seal Kits

Item
Name of Parts
24
25
Packing
Dust Seal
Part Numbers
DMT-06
UPI 32 40 6Y
DKI 32 44 7 10
DMT-10
UPI 40 55 10Y
DKI 40 52 7 10
Qty.
2
1
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DMT-06-30
KS-DMT-10-30
Valve Model Numbers

-30/3080/3090
DMT-06 DMT-10 -30/3080/3090
DMG-04DMG-06DMG-10-
-21/2190
-50/5090
-40/4090
28
26
22
10
23
33 36
17
33
7
31
22
8
15
28
Section A-A
24
21
11
29
32
30
25 29
20
List of Seal Kits

Item
Name of Parts
29
30
31
32
33
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
DMG-04
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P22A
SO-NA-P20
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
Part Numbers
DMG-06
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-P30
SO-NA-P20
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P10
DMG-10
SO-NB-G65
SO-NB-P42
SO-NA-P25
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P14
Qty.
2
4
2
1
2
Valve Model Numbers

DMG-04 -21/2190
-50/5090
DMG-06 DMG-10-40/4090
440
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DMG-04-21
KS-DMG-06-50
KS-DMG-10-40

These valves are chiefly used to shift the pilot circuit. Rotary Type Directional Valves and Cam Operated Type
Directional Valves are available.
Rotary Type Directional Valves

These valves are used to rotate the spool either
manually or by way of cam and shift the direction
of oil flow. The detented mechanism incorporated
in these valves prevents the valve from being
changed over by itself due to vibrations or any
other shocks.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Threaded Connection
DRT-02- D -20
Sub-plate Mounting
DRG-02- D -20
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
16 (4.2)
Max. T-Line
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)

DRT Type
4.7 (10.4)
DRG Type
3.4 (7.5)

F-
DR
Special
Seals
Series
Connection
Type of
Mounting
F:
Special
seals for
phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit if
not
required)
DR:
Rotary
Type
Directinal
Valve
-02
T:
Threaded
Connection
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
-2
Valve No. of Valve

Size
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Spool
Type
-A
-R
A:
Reversing
Dog
02
2
D:
No-spring
Detented
B:
Reversing
Dog &
Manual
C:
Manual
02
-20
Operation
Drain
Type
Connection
None:
Intrenal
Drain
R:
External
Drain
Design
Number
20
20
Design
Standards
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS"
80: European
Design Std.
90: N. American
Design Std.
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS" &
European
Design Std.
90: N. American
Design Std.
Note: When selecting the Model type, be sure to give the model number from the following Graphic Symbols.
No combinations other than those in the table below are allowed.
Graphic Symbols
No. of Position
Operation
Type
2-Position Type
Reversing Dog
Operation
#1
Graphic
Symbols
Model No.
DR -02-2D2-A
3-Position Type
Reversing Dog &

Manual Operation
#3
#1
#3
DR -02-2D2-B
When a back pressure of more than 3 MPa (435 PSI) is generated in the tank port, be sure to use External Drain Type.
Manual
Operation
Manual
Operation
#1
#1
#3
DR -02-2D2-C
#2 #3
A
B
DR -02-3D4-C
Instructuions
Changeover Torque
When the pressure of pressure port "P" and cylinder port "A" (or "B") is set to 7 MPa
(1020 PSI), the valve changeover torque will be as right side table:
2-Way directional valves
Be sure to use the External Drain Type Valve of spool type "2" and plug the tank port.
Changeover Torque
Tank Port Back Pres.
Torque
MPa (PSI)
Nm (in. 1bs.)
0
1.0 (8.9)
3 (435)
4.8 (42.5)
441
Sub-plates
Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
DRGM-02-20
Rc 1/4
DRGM-02X-20
Rc 3/8
DRGM-02-R-20
Rc 1/4
DRGM-02X-R-20
Rc 3/8
Drain
Connection
For Internal
Drain
For External
Drain

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
DRGM-02-2080
1/4 BSP.F
DRGM-02X-2080
3/8 BSP.F
DRGM-02-R-2080
1/4 BSP.F
DRGM-02X-R-2080 3/8 BSP.F

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
DRGM-02-2090
1/4 NPT
DRGM-02X-2090
3/8 NPT
DRGM-02-R-2090
1/4 NPT
DRGM-02X-R-2090
3/8 NPT
Approx.
Mass
kg (1bs.)
1.9 (4.2)
Mounting Bolts
The Sub-plate Mounting Type Valves (DRG-02) only are furnished with the following mounting bolts.
Socket Head Cap Screw (5 Pcs.)
Model
Numbers

M8 45 Lg.
DRG-02

5/16-18 UNC
1-3/4 Lg.
Pressure Drop
0.3
Viscosity
20
mm2/s 15
SSU
0.1
Factor
16 L /min
12
2
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
56
(2.20)
30
(1.18)
Cylinder Port "B"
90
100
Position #1
45
45
11 (.43) Dia.
Through
17.5 (.69)
C' bore
2 Places
2
R1 47)
.
(R
134(5.28)
110
(4.33)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
Type "B": Reverseing Dog and

Manual Operation
45
Type "C": Manual Operation
45
1.50)
R38(R
DIMENSIONS IN
R105(R4.13)
R105(R4.13)
32(1.26)
30
Dia.
(1.18)
Position #1
Position #3
22.5
32(1.26)
Dia.
22.5
30
(1.18)
Position #1
For other dimensions, refer to "Reversing Dog Operation".
442
80
Position #3
5.2(.20)
16(.63)
36
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
70
8(.31) Dia.
Pressure Port "P"
Model Numbers
DRT-02- D - -20
DRT-02- D - -2080
DRT-02- D - -2090
60
R38
(R1.50)
58.5
(2.30)
43
(1.69)
80(3.15) Dia.
76(2.99) Dia.
76.5
80(3.15) Dia.
Tank Port "T"
36
50
2. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
P' = P (G'/0.850)
151.5
(5.96)
Drain Port "Y"

"C" Thd.
External drain type
only has drain port.
Cylinder Port "A"
40
Type "A" : Reversing Dog Operation
DRT-02- D - -20/2080/2090
76.5
30
10
20
77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
10
( 3. 0
94
)
1. For any other viscosity, multiply by the factors in the table below.
0.2
Pressure Drop Curve No.

P A
B T
P B
A T
Valve
Type
2D2
3D4
10 26
(1.02)
40
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) ,

Specific Gravity 0.850
1
0.4
MPa
50(1.97)
Dia.
Pressure Drop P
PSI
60
Position #3
22.5
22.5
Neutral Position #2
DRG-02- D - -20/2090
Type "A": Reversing Dog Operation
Cylinder Port "B"

Cylinder Port "A"
R38
33.4(1.31)
Pressure Port "P"
45
45
8(.31) Dia.
12(.47)
106(4.17)
Dia.
Tank Port "T"
. 50
(R1
26
(1.02)
82.6(3.25) Dia.
Position #3
Position #1
50(1.97) Dia.
103.5
(4.07)
25
63
(2.48) (.98)
42
(1.65)

14(.55) C' bore
5 Places
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
For information on Type "B": reversing Dog and Manual Operation and Type "C": Manual Operation, see DRT-02 on the previous page.
"H" Dia.
"E" Thd.
16(.63) Deep
5 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"D" Thd.
10 10
22.5
36
"C" Thd.
4 Places
22
(.87)
11.2
(.44)
82.6(3.25)
22.5
"F" Dia.
4 Places
25
(.98)
151
(5.94)
127
(5.00)
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
106(4.17)
mm (Inches)
F
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
M8
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-2080
DRGM-02X-2080
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
M8
11.7 (.46)
DRGM-02-2090
DRGM-02X-2090
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
5/16-18 UNC
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-R-20
DRGM-02X-R-20
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
M8
11 (.43)
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-R-2080
DRGM-02X-R-2080
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
M8
11.7 (.46)
11.7 (.46)
DRGM-02-R-2090
DRGM-02X-R-2090
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
5/16-18 UNC
11 (.43)
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-20
DRGM-02X-20
R12(R.47)

17.5(.69) C' bore
2 Places
36
Remarks
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub-plates : DRGM- 02 - -20/2080/2090

02X
62.7(2.47)
For Internal Drain
For External Drain
443
List of Seals
DRT-02- D - -20/2080/2090
16
17
10
11
7
12
5
15
3
14
1
13
2
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-G35
15
O-Ring
SO-NA-P16
Remarks
(Kit No.: KS-DRT-02-20)
DRG-02- D - -20/2090
18
12
11
7
6
13
2
16
15
19
14
1
15
Item
444
17
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-G35
16
O-Ring
SO-NA-P16
17
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
Remarks
(Kit No.: KS-DRG-02-20)
Cam Operated Directional Valves
These valves may be used to shift the direction of oil flow by depressing the spool by way of a cam.
Specifications
Threaded Connection
DCT-01-2B -40
DCT-03-2B -50
Max. Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Sub-plate Mounting
DCG-01-2B -40
DCG-03-2B -50
30 (7.9)
100 (26.4)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
21 (3050)
25 (3630)
Max. T-Line
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)
10 (1450)

DCT Type
1.1 (2.4)
4.5 (9.9)
DCG Type
1.1 (2.4)
3.8 (8.4)
Max. flow indicates the ceiling flow which does not affect the normal function (changeover) of valves.

FSpecial
Seals
F:
Special
seals for
phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit if
not
required)
DC
-01
-2
No. of
Series
Type of Valve
Valve
Number Connection Size
Position
DC:
Cam
Operated
Directional
Valve
T:
Threaded
Connection
03
B:
Spring Offset
01
-R
Spool
Type
01
2
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
-40
None
Normal
Position
DC -01
only
40
50
3
40
Design
Standards
Design
Number
Roller Position
Mounting
Surface
50
03
None: Japanese
Standard "JIS"
80: European
Design Standard
90: N. American
Design Standard
None: Japanese
Standard "JIS" &
European Design
Standard
90: N. American
Design Standard
Model Numbers
Sub-plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
DCG-01
DCG-03

Sub-plate
Model Numbers

Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (1bs.)
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
1/2 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Thread
Size
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-41
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-41
Rc 1/2
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03Y-41
Rc 3/4
DSGM-03Y-2180
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
445
Mounting Bolts
Model
Numbers

M5
DCT-01
45 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC
DCG-01
M5
45 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC
DCG-03
M6
35 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. 1bs)
Qty.
1-3/4 Lg.
1-3/4 Lg.
1-1/2 Lg.
5-7
(43-60)
5-7
(43-60)
12-15 (105-130)
Direction of Oil Flow for Roller Position

Roller Position and Direction of Oil Flow
Model
Numbers
Graphic Symbols
Roller Stroke from Offset Position mm(Inches)

Depressed
Extended(Offset)
DCT -01-2B2
DCG
DCT -01-2B3
DCG
DCT -01-2B8
DCG
DCT -03-2B2
DCG
DCT -03-2B3
DCG
DCT -03-2B8
DCG
P
A
B
T
P
B
All ports blocked
3 .8
(.150)
P
A
B
T
4.6
(.181)
9.5
(.374)
3 .8
(.150)
A
T
4.6
(.181)
P
B
A&T ports blocked
P
B
All ports open
A
T
9.5
(.374)
P
A
B&T ports blocked
3 .8
(.150)
P
B
A
T
9.5
(.374)
B
T
P
A
All ports blocked
3.4 3.8
(.134) (.150)
P
B
A
T
P
A
All ports open
3 .0
(.118)
P
A
B&T ports blocked
7
(.276)
4.0
(.157)
7
(.276)
All ports
blocked
3 .6
(.142)
B
T
P
B
A&T ports blocked
4.7
(.185)
7
(.276)
Instructions
Valve Type "2B8"
Tank port "T" functions as a drain port. Directly connect it to the reservoir.
[Max. allowable back pressure 0.35 MPa (50 PSI)].
Actuation Force
Actuation Force
1bf
40
N
200
150
20
0
100
50
0
Force
0
0
2.5
500
5.0
7.5
1000
10
MPa
1500 PSI
T-Line Back Pressure
446
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
DCT
-01
DCG
MPa
1.2
Pressure Drop
PSI
150
0.8
100
Model Numbers
1
2
DCT-01-2B2
DCT-01-2B3
DCT-01-2B8
DCG-01-2B2
DCG-01-2B3
DCG-01-2B8
50
0.4
0
0
0
10
2
30 L /min
20
4
Flow Rate

A B T P B A T
1
2
2
2
2
8 U.S.GPM
DCT
-03
DCG
350
MPa
2.5
300
Pressure Drop
2.0
Model Numbers
250
200
150
DCG-03-2B2
DCG-03-2B3
DCG-03-2B8
1.5
5
6
4
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
20
40
10
60
80
15
20
Flow Rate
120 L /min
100
25
30
U.S.GPM

A B T P B A T
2
PSI
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

Factor
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the above chart and G is 0.850.
447
35.5
(1.40)
28.5
(1.12)
8.5
(.33)

9.5 (.37) C' bore
3 places
40.5
(1.59)
29
(1.14)
19
(.75)
Pressure Port "P"

"C" Thd.
Cylinder Port "A"
"C" Thd.
0.75
(.03)
10.25
(.40)
22.25
(.88)
32.5
(1.28)
48
(1.89)
55.8
(2.20)
9
(.35)
7.75
(.31)
DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090
Cam and Roller Travel
Tank Port "T"

"C" Thd.
53
38.5
(2.09)
(1.52)
Fully Extended
110 (4.33)
17 (.67) Dia.Roller
Height of Cam
9.5(.37)
x.5
0
Cylinder Port "B"

"C" Thd.
Max.
66 (2.60)
Position "Y"
24
(.94)
2
(.08)
Ma
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
49
(1.93)
4
(.16)
Position " R"
Normal Position
Cam
T
13.5
(.53)
Stroke
9.5
(.37)
Extended
(Offset)
Model Numbers
DCT-01-2B - -40
DCT-01-2B - -4080
DCT-01-2B - -4090
65
(2.56)
Note: When mounting the valve, be sure to use two mounting holes marked with
2
(.08)
10
(.39)
54
(2.13)
44
(1.73)
27
(1.06)

11 (.43) C' bore
4 places
Height of Cam
7 (.28)
Ma x
.50
2
(.08)
27
(1.06)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
Fully Extended
73.3 (2.89)
Fully Extended
158.6 (6.24)
Cylinder Port "B"

"C" Thd.
Tank Port "T"
"C" Thd.
Cam
7
(.28)
26.8
(1.06)
27
(1.06)
35.3
(1.39)
85.3
(3.36)
21.8
(.86)
19
(.75)
448
Pressure Port "P"

"C" Thd.
Cam and Roller Travel
6
(.24)
18 (.71) Dia.Roller
12
(.47)
56.8
(2.24)
50
(1.97)
46.2
(1.82)
Chain line indicates the

Model DCT-03-2B -R.
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/8
1/8 BSP.F
1/8 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
Cylinder Port "A"
"C" Thd.
Depressed
92
(3.62)
Depressed
8.2 (.32)
Max. Stroke
Extended
(Offset)
Model Numbers
DCT-03-2B - -50
DCT-03-2B - -5080
DCT-03-2B - -5090
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
DCG-01-2B - - 40/4090
40.5
(1.59)
Pressure Port "P"
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
48
(1.89)
55.8
(2.20)
8.5
(.33)
15.5
(.61)
0.75
(.03)
7.75
(.31)
35.5
(1.40)
28.5
(1.12)
Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"
53
(2.09)
17(.67) Dia. Roller

9.5 (.37) C' bore
4 places
Fully Extended
110 (4.33)
Tank Port "T"
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
65
(2.56)
Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-01 in the previous page.
Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
DCG-03-2B - - 50/5090
12
(.47)
54
(2.13)
73.3
50.8
(2.89)
(2.00)
Fully Extended
158.6 (6.24)
Tank Port "T"
27
(1.06)
35.3
(1.39)
59
(2.32)
6
(.24)
2
(.08)
18 (.71) Dia. Roller
Cylinder Port "B"

4 places
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
56.8
(2.24)
50
(1.97)
46.2
(1.82)
2
(.08)
Chain line indicates the

Model DCG-03-2B -R
Pressure Port "P"
13.5
(.53)
Cylinder Port "A"
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
49
(1.93)
4
(.16)
Position " R"
Normal Position
3
(.12)
Position "Y"
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-03 in the previous page.
Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
449
List of Seals
DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090
DCG-01-2B - -40/4090
12
16 13
14
15
14
List of Seal Kit No.

Part Numbers
Valve Mdel Numbers

DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090
DCG-01-2B - -40/4090
Quantity
Item
Name of Parts
DCT-01
DCG-01
13
O-Ring
SO-NA-P5
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DCT-01-40
KS-DCG-01-40
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number
DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
DCG-03-2B - -50/5090
16
20
19
17
21
15
23
22
13
18
12 8
14
11
10
List of Seal Kit No.

Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
11
O-Ring
Quantity
DCT-03
DCG-03
SO-NB-P21
2
1
12
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
13
Back Up Ring
SO-BE-P6
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
Valve Mdel Numbers

DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
DCG-03-2B - -50/5090
450
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DCT-03-50
KS-DCG-03-50
Valve Type
Poppet Type Solenoid

Operated Directional
Valves
Graphic Symbols
B
b
a
P
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
31.5
(4570)
Maximum Flow
5
10
10
20
50
100
200
500 1000
L/min
453
DSLG01
25
(3630)
A
U. S. GPM
100
200
DSLHG04
Multi Purpose
Control Valves
T
50
Page
1
DSLHG06
459
DSLHG10
21
(3050)
Solenoid Operated
Poppet Type
Two-Way Valves
.5
CDSC01
CDSC03
480
Y
14
(2030)
CDST03
CDSG03
DSPC01
Shut-off Type Solenoid
Valves
25
(3630)
DSPG01
489
DSPC03
DSPG03
451
Mounting Surface
Mounting surfacedimensions conform to ISO standard discribed in below table.
Name
Model Number
Shut-off Type Solenoid

Valves
Multi Purpose
Control Cavles
ISO Code of Mounting Surface
DSPG-01
ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
DSPG-03
ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
DSPC-01
ISO 7789 20-01-0-93
DSPC-03
ISO 7789 27-01-0-93
DSLHG-04
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-06
ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-10
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

Model change has been made on the following products.
The difference between current and new design has been described on the paragraph of Interchangeability in Installation
between Current and New Design. Refer to relevant pages on each series.
Model Numbers
Name
New
Current
Multi Purpose
Control Valves
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type
Two-Way Valves
Shut-offf Type Solenoid
Mtg. Interchangeability
Page
Main changes
DSLHG-04- - -12
DSLHG-06- - -12
DSLHG-10- - -12
DSLHG-04- - -13
DSLHG-06- - -13
DSLHG-10- - -13
Yes
Pilot valve (DSG-01)

changed to design.
CDS -03 -C- -20
CDS -03 -C- -21
Yes
488
The change of
solenoid ratings.
DSP -01-C- -10
DSP -01-C- -20
Yes
The change of
solenoid.
Solenoid
Solenoid connector (DIN connector)
The solenoid connector is in accordance with the
international standard ISO 4400 (Fluidpower System
and components-Three-Pin electrical plug connectorsCharacteristics and requirements.).
AC Solenoid
50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is changed.
DC Solenoid (
-series Solenoid)
-series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for

excellent DC control is employed.
1. The spark between the relay contacts has been
eliminated and therefore the valve can be operated
by miniature relays.
2. The surge voltage is approximately 10 % of that
normally experienced.
3. Time lag on de-exercitation is reduced by
approximately 50 %.
452
R Type Models with Current Rectifier and DC Solenoid

Specially designed DC solenoids and receptacle (or
connector) containing AC-DC rectifier and transient
peak suppressor are provided. Connection to be made
to AC power source as with conventional AC solenoid.
Remarkably high reliability and long life and other
advantages including quiet valve operation. No overheating of coil due to the spool sticking and protection
against transient voltage peaks are assured.
Insulation Class of Solenoid

Model Numbers
Insulation Class
DSLG-01
DSLHG-04/06/10
CDSC-01
CDS -03
DSP -01/03
Class H

These are Solenoid Operated Directional Valves of No Leak Type developed with the aim of responding the demand of
the age including energy saving. Because these valves are of no leak type they allow the low viscosity hydraulic fluids to
be used as well as the circuit construction which cannot be used by the conventional spool type directional valves because
of too much internal leak of pressure oil. The use of the low viscosity hydraulic fluids reduces the pressure loss which can
arise from the passage resistance of the hydraulic fluids, leading to the system energy saving.

High Response High Reliability
Because these valves are of poppet type, there is no overlap, high
response can be achieved. At the same time, hydraulic lock is eliminated.
ISO Comformant Mounting Surface

Because the mounting surface conforms to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A, there
is an interchangeability with the conventiona l valves. This makes it
possible to use these valves in combination with 01 Series Modular
Valves.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max.
Operating
Pressure
L /min
MPa
(PSI)
(U.S.GPM)
Max.
Flow
Max. TLine Back

Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
Max.
Changeover
Frequency
min-1
{Cycles/Min}
Internal leakage
Approx.
Mass
cm /min
(cu. in./min)
Graphic
Symbols
kg
(lbs.)
DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11
16
(4.2)
31.5
(4570)
16
(2320)
240
Or Less
0.5 1
(.03)
1.9
(4.2)
b
P
Or Less
1 2
(.06)
DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11
1. This is the leakage towards "T" port in A port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
2. This is the leakage towards "T" port in AB port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
3.7
(8.2)
T
A
No Leak
Sheet type seal has been adopted and internal leak is greatly reduced.
Solenoid Ratings
Electric
Source
Coil
Type
DC
(K Series)
D12
D24
R100
R200
AC DC
Rectified
Frequency
(Hz)
50/60
50/60
Current & Power

at Rated Voltage
Voltage (V)
Source
Rating
12
24
100
200
Serviceable
Range
10.8
21.6
90
180
13.2
26.4
110
220
Holding
(A)
2.45
1.23
0.33
0.16
Power
(W)
29
29
453

F-
DSLG
-01
-4
Valve
Size
Special Seals
Series Number
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
DSLG :
Poppet Type
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
(Sub-plate Mtg.)
-O
Number
of Port
3: 3 Port
01
4: 4 Port
-D24
-N
-11
Function
Coil Type
Type of Electrical
Conduit Connection
Design
Number
O:
Normally Open
C:
Normally Closed
DC
D12, D24
N:
Plug-in Connector
11
O:
Normally Open
AC DC
R100
R200
Design
Standards
Refer to
Sub-plate
Piping
Size
1/8
1/4
3/8
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-31
DSGM-01X-31
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
DSGM-01-3180
DSGM-01X-3180
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190
DSGM-01X-3190
DSGM-01Y-3190
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
Mounting Bolts
Descriptions
Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs. )

M5
45 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC
1-3/4 Lg.
Tightening Torque
5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)
[Applicable to working pressure more than
25 MPa (3630 PSI) : 6-7 Nm (53-62 in. lbs.)]
Instructions
Operating Force by Manual Actuator
Solenoid Shifting
On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the
same time.
Valve Tank Port
Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with
possible surge pressure.
Operating Force by Manual Actuator
Take care as the operating force by the manual actuator
increases in proportion to the tank line back pressure.
(See the graph right.)
454
Operating force
Mounting
No mounting restrictions for any models.
lbs.
30
N
150
20
100
10
50
0
0
1.0
100
2.0
200
300
3.0
400
Tank Line Back Pressure
4.0 MPa
500
PSI
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
4 P o r t V a lv e
PSI
350
3 P o r t V a lv e
MPa
2.5
PSI
350
2.0
300
P
200
1.5
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
b
P
b
P
2.0
300
MPa
2.5
1.0
P A
P B
100
0.5
0
200
1.5
1.0
P A
100
A T
B T
10
0.5
0
0
15 16 L /min
A T
U.S.GPM
10
Flow rate
1516 L /min
U.S.GPM
Flow rate
Viscosity
mm2/s
SSU
Factor
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time varies according to hydraulic circuit of the model actually used and conditions. An example of
measurement is given in the figure below.
(AC
(DC Solenoid)
ON
Current
Waveform
DC Rectified)
Current
Waveform
ON
OFF
OFF
T1
T1
T2
Pressure Waveform
T2
Pressure Waveform
Note: Alternate long and short dash lines in the pressure waveform figures indicate the
waveforms for Normally Closed Type 3 Port Valves.
Presssure Detector
Solenoid
Type
DC

Flow Rate: 16 L /min (4.2 U.S.GPM)
Voltage: Rated voltage
AC DC
Rectified
Model Numbers
DSLG-01-4-O-D
DSLG-01-3-O-D
DSLG-01-3-C-D
DSLG-01-4-O-R
DSLG-01-3-O-R
DSLG-01-3-C-R
Time (ms)
T1
T2
30
55
55
30
70
25
55
150
150
55
70
150
Remarks
4 port valve, normally open
3 port valve, normally closed
3 port valve, normally closed
455
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
4 Port Valve
Normally Open: DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11/1190
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Port "P"

9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
110
(4.33)
Cylinder Port "B"
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
0.75
(.03)
40.5
(1.59)
Tank Port "T"

Cylinder Port "A"
263
(10.35)
96.5
(3.80)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.0023 Sq. in.)
48
(1.89)
F
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
60
(2.36)
SOL b
32
(1.26)
38
(1.50)
SOL a
62.3
(2.45)
53.5
(2.11)
Four positions of cable

departure are available in 90
increments.
The connector can be moved to various

positions by loosening the "Lock Nut".
After location tighten "Lock Nut".
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm
(90 - 100 IN. lbs.)
37.5
(1.48)
118
(4.65)
22
(.87)
Manual Actuator
6 (.24) Dia.
C
DSLG-01-4-O-D -N
108
64
39
27.5
(4.25) (2.52) (1.54) (1.08)
DSLG-01-4-O-R -N
111
57.2
51
34
(4.37) (2.25) (2.01) (1.34)
The information on 3 Port Valves is provided in the following page.

456
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
3 Port Valves
DIMENSIONS IN
N o r m a lly O p e n T y p e :
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11/1190
Cylinder Port "A"
Cylinder Port "A"
31
22.5
(.89)

9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
Cable Departure
151.5
(5.96)
29.5
(1.16)
151.5
(5.96)
72.5
(2.85)
C
SOL a
28
(1.10)
28
(1.10)
70
(2.76)
38
(1.50)
52
(2.05)
55.1
(2.17)
SOL b
55.1
(2.17)
52
(2.05)
38
(1.50)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Cable Departure

9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
Tank Port " T"
13.5
(.53)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
70
(2.76)
13.5
(.53)
C
DSLG-01-3- -D -N
104
(4.09)
64
(2.52)
39
(1.54)
DSLG-01-3- -R -N
107
(4.21)
57.2
(2.25)
51
(2.01)
Tank Port " T"
32.5
(1.28)
40.5
(1.59)
0.75
(.03)
Pressure Port "P"
86
(3.39)
(1.22)
40.5
(1.59)
(1.22)
0.75
(.03)
Pressure Port "P"
32.5
(1.28)
31
N o r m a lly C lo s e d T y p e :
DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11/1190
Cable departure position can be changed. See "4 Port Valves" in the previous page for the details.
457
List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y and Connectors

4 Port Valve
24 25
27 18 42 40 41
23
28
21
20
24 21 23 25 11 12 13
14 16 15 19
3 Port Valve
8
10
25 28
List of Seals
Change of supply voltage
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
25
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
SO-NA-P5
2705-VK414322-8
SO-NB-P18
Quantity
4 Port Valve 3 Port Valve
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
The supply voltage can be changed by replacing the

coil 21 only.
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Number s
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11
DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11
DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DSLG-01-3-N-11
KS-DSLG-01-4-N-11
Note 1: O-Ring of item 25 are included in solenoid assembly.

2: When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table
right.
List of Solenoid Ass'y and Connectors

Valve Model No .
458
20 Solenoid Ass'y No.
21 Coil No.
DSLG-01- - -D12-N-11
SD1L-12-N-20
C-SD1-12-N-60
DSLG-01- - -D24-N-11
SD1L-24-N-20
C-SD1-24-N-60
DSLG-01- - -R100-N-11
SD1L-100-N-20
C-SR1-100-N-60
DSLG-01- - -R200-N-11
SD1L-200-N-20
C-SR1-200-N-60
27 Connector No.
28 Connector No.
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-A-10
GDME-211-R-B-10

The Yuken Multi-Purpose Control Valves Comply with The Needs of Reducing Cost and
Size of Your Machine
YUKEN's Multi Purpose Control Valve s are compound valves composed of the main valve having four poppets, 1/8
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves for pilot and Pilot Selector Valves. This valve is multifunctionalized by having
individual poppet had functions such as directional control, flow control or pressure control according to the combination
of the main valve and pilot selector valve.
Features
Multi-purpose control valves
The valves combine three functions of directional control, flow control
and of pilot operated check valve (or counterbalance valve). The valves
contribute for reducing a number of valves in applications and space for
installation and then eventually leads to reduction in size and cost of your
machines.
E
Quick response, High reliability

Changeover response time is very quick as the valves are poppet type,
there is no over-lap.
No hydraulic lock occurs as there is no leakage of pressurised oil from
the seat parts.
Easy to reduce shock in your hydraulic system
By selecting proper diameter of orifice for pilot, the open/close timing
of the flow passage can be set freely. Therefore, smooth starting and
stopping of actuator can be done combined with using shockless type
poppet. Noise of ON/OFF and vibration of piping in hydraulic system
can be also reduced.
For regenerative circuit
4 position-4 way type, which is to compose regenerative circuit, is
available. By adopting regenerative circuit, gaining fast feed speed by
using smaller volume pump is possible. Therefore saving electric power
of system is possible.
The mounting dimensions are conformed with ISO standard
The valves are interchangeable with our conventiona l valves in
mounting.
Solenoid Operated Directional Valve for Pilot
Orifice
By selecting proper diameter of orifice
for pilot, the open/close timing of the
flow passage can be set freely.
Pilot Selector Valve
Section Y-Y
Section X-X
A
P
Main Valve
Spring
Seat
Shockless Type Poppet
459
Specifications
Max. Flow
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-1DSLHG-04-2DSLHG-04-3DSLHG-04-4
DSLHG-04-5
DSLHG-06-5
DSLHG-10-5
-13
-13
-13
- - -13
- - -13
-13
-13
-13
- -13
- -13
-13
-13
-13
- -13
- -13
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Pilot
Pressure
Max. T-Line
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI)
Ratio of Poppet Area

(Seat Area: Annular Area)
Pressure Adj.
Range of
Counterbalance
MPa (PSI)
Direction &
Flow Control
150 (39.6)
Pressure
Control
1:1
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
150 {100}
(39.6 {26.4})
Refer to Model
No. Designation
300 (79.3)
1:1
24:1
1:1
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
300 {200}
(79.3 {52.8})
Refer to Model
No. Designation
500 (132)
1:1
24:1
1:1
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
500 {300}
(132 {79.3})
Refer to Model
No. Designation
1:1
24:1
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
15
15
19
20
22.5
26.5
26.5
28
31
34.5
59
59
62
63.5
67
(33)
(33)
(42)
(44)
(50)
(59)
(59)
(62)
(68)
(76)
(130)
(130)
(137)
(140)
(148)
In case of counterbalance function line, maximum flow is limited to the values in brackets.
Solenoid Ratings
Refer to Pilot Valve (DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valve) Solenoid Ratings on page 345.

FSpecial
Seals
DSLH
Series
Number
G
Type of
Mounting
-04
-4
Valve
Size
Type of
Pilot
Control
04
DSLH:
Multi-Purpose
Control Valve
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
06
-B
Counterbalance
Function
Pressure Adj. Range

of Counterbalance
MPa (PSI)
1
2
3
4
5
F:
For phosphate
ester type fluids
(Omit if not
required)
A : AT Line
W : AT & BT Lines
1
1- 7 (
- 1020)
B:
H : 6 - 25 (870 - 3630)
1
2
3
4
5
A : AT Line
W : AT & BT Lines
None:
- 25 (
- 3630)
None:
- 25 (
- 3630)
1
2
3
10
4
A : AT Line
W : AT & BT Lines
5
See page 462 for functions
and purpose of use.
1. See "Min. Adjustment Pressure", page 464, for information on minimum adjustment pressure.
460
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
DSLHG-04
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
DSLHG-06
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06-5080

7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06X-5080
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
DSLHG-10
1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)

DHGM-10-40 Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4080
1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4090
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090

4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090

8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
These sub-plates are sharable with those for DSHG Series Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valve. For dimensions,
see pages 401 to 403.
Mounting Bolts
DSLHG-04
DSLHG-06
DSLHG-10
-E
Pilot
Connection
None:
Internal Pilot
E:
External Pilot

Japanese Standard "JIS" and
N. American Design Standar d
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (In. lbs.)
M6 40 Lg.
M10 45 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
M20 75 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg.
2
4
6
6
12-15 (106-133)
58-72 (513-637)
100-123 (885-1089)
473-585 (4186-5177)
-A100
2
Drain
Connection
None:
External
Drain
T:
Internal
Drain
Coil
Type
AC :
A100
A120
A200
A240
DC:
D12
D24
D48
R:
(AC DC)
R100
R200
-C
-N
-13
Manual
Override
Electrical
Conduit
Connection
Design
Number
13
None:
Manual
Override
Pin
C:
Push
Button &
Lock Nut
(Options)
None:
Terminal
Box Type
Model
Numbers
Design Standards
None:
Japanese Std. "JIS"
90:
13
N:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
None:
13
90:
A , -5 A ), External Drain must be selected for Drain Connection.

2. In case of lines with counterbalance function (-4 W
W
461
Function and Purpose of Use

Function
Type of
Model
Pilot
No.
Control
DSLHG- -1
Type "1"
Graphic Symbols
Directional Control
Flow Control
Pilot Operated
Check Valve
Pressure
Control
Purpose of Use
#1
Functions as Three Position

Four-Way Valve (Spring
Centred Model).
#2 #3
A B
PT
Position #1
DSLHG- -2
Type "2"
SOL a
SOL b
P
A
#1
#2 #3 #4
A B
DSLHG- -3
Both Metre-in
and Metre-out
are possible
PT
To get a function of pilot operated

check valve, the following conditions
should be fulfilled.
Internal pilot type
("P " port pressure) >
=
("A""B" ports pressure)
External pilot type
>
(Pilot pressure) =
("A""B" ports pressure)
Position #1 #2 #3 #4
T
DSLHG- -4A
SOL a
SOL b
ON OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON ON
#1
#2 #3
A B
DSLHG- -4W
SOL a
SOL b
Pressure control function

(counterbalance valve) has
been added to Type "2" to
make this type.
#2 #3
Used to control the back
pressure of the actuator.
B
Directional
Control
P
#1
#2 #3 #4
A B
Type "5"
Directional
Control
Directional
Control
P
Regenerative circuit can be

constructed at the Position
#3.
DSLHG- -5A
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
Functions as Four Position

Four-Way Valve.
Directional
Control
Directional
Control
A
Directional
Control
P
PT
Position #1
Effective especially when

the actuator has inertia
force.
Type "4"
PT
Pressure control function

(counterbalance valve) has
been added to Type "3" to
make this type.
Position #1 #2 #3 #4
a
SOL a
SOL b
DSLHG- -5W
ON OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON ON
Used to control the back

pressure of the actuator.
A
Directional
Control
P
462
Functions as Three Position

Four-Way Valve (Spring
Centred Model) as well as
Two Position Valve which
uses positions #1 and #3.
Directional
Control
Type "3"
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
Directional
Control
#2 #3
Directional
Control
P
Instructions
Pilot Pressure
Pilot pressure of external pilot drain models must always exceed the pressure of the main pressure port "P ".
Pilot Drain Port
Avoid connecting the pilot drain port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Drain Connection when with Counterbalance Function
When a valve having counterbalance function is used with internal drain type, the counterbalance pilot valve is subjected
to pressure fluctuation and the pressure setting becomes unstable. For this reason, be sure to use external drain type
valve.
Flow Adjustment
To perform the flow adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise to decrease the
flow. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control
Minimum controlled flow at the time of metre-out control is limited (this does not happen during metre-in control) as
shown in the figure below only in the case of pilot control types "2" (DSLHG- -2) and "4A" (DSLHG- -4A).
Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control
U.S.GPM
Min. Flow Rate
L/min
15
DSLHG-10-2
DSLHG-06-2
E
Pressure Adjustment
To perform the pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise to increase
the pressure. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
10
DSLHG-04-2, DSLHG- 06 -4A

10
DSLHG-04-4A
5
1
0
0
0
0
8
1000
12
16
2000
20
24
MPa
3000 3500 PSI
463
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 m m 2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Pressure Drop
125
0.8
P A, P B
100
75
50
25
0
PSI
0.6
0.4
0.2
A T, B T
0
0 20
0
125
75
50
25
0
U.S.GPM
PSI
P A
0.8
P B
100
40 60 80 100 120 140 150 L /min

10 15 20 25 30 35 40
D S L H G -0 6
MPa
1.0
Pressure Drop P
D S L H G -0 4
MPa
1.0
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
PSI
0.6
A T
0.4
0.2
B T
0
0
50
10
100
150
200
250
100
75
P A, P B
0.6
0.4
25
0.2
B T
0.8
50
L /min
300
A T
0
0
U.S.GPM
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Flow Rate
125
D S L H G -1 0
MPa
1.0
100
20
200
40
Flow Rate
300
60
400
500
L /min
100 120 130 U.S.GPM
80
Flow Rate
mm2/s
SSU
Viscosity
Factor
15
20
30
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Flow vs. Adjustment Revolutions

D S L H G -0 4
U.S.GPM
40
L /min
150
D S L H G -0 6
P: Differential Pres.
U.S.GPM
80
L /min
300
D S L H G -1 0
U.S.GPM L /min
500
130
120
140
70
250
120
20
15
10
5
60
100
P=MPa(PSI)
P=21(3050)
80
P=14(2030)
60
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
30
25
Flow Rate
35
P=7(1020)
40
150
P=MPa(PSI)
P=7(1020)
P=3(440)
40
100
P=1.0(145)
0
0
P=7(1020)
Fully
Closed
Adj. Screw Position

(Number of Turns)
P=1.0(145)
0
0
Adj. Screw Position

(Number of Turns)
P=14
(2030)
300
200
P=3(440)
50
400
60
20
P=14(2030)
30
10
P=1.0(145)
Fully
Closed
P=MPa(PSI)
P=21(3050)
20
40
200
80
100
P=3(440)
20
50
100
P=21
(3050)
Fully
Closed
Adj. Screw Position

(Number of Turns)
Minimum Adjustment Pressure

Because the minimum adjustment pressure varies with the tank line back pressure, add the tank line back pressure
to the value on the following lines.
200
150
MPa
1.5
PSI
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
25
5
50
10
15
Flow Rate
464
DSLHG-06Min. Adj. Pressure
Min. Adj. Pressure
PSI
4
5
75
20
100 L /min
25
U.S.GPM
200
150
MPa
1.5
4
5
DSLHG-10PSI
Min. Adj. Pressure
DSLHG-04-
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
30
150
40
200 L /min
50
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
200
150
MPa
1.5
4
5
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
100
20
300 L /min
200
40
Flow Rate
60
80 U.S.GPM
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Terminal Box Type
DSLHG-04- 1 - -13/1390
2
DSLHG-04-3- -13/1390
Pressure Port "P"
69.9
(2.75)
90
(3.54)
7(.28) Dia. Through

DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
95(3.74)
SOL b

(For External Drain Type only)
Cylinder Port "B"

Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 2 " drawing left.
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04- - -13
DSLHG-04- - -1390
31
(1.22)
"PA"
"PB"
27
(1.06)
4
(.16)
41
(1.61)
"PB"
73
(2.87)
193.5 (7.62)
240.5 (9.46)
258.8 (10.19)
"BT"
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
Manual
Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a
SOL a
"AT"
46
(1.81)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DEC.
DSLHG-04-4W- - -13/1390
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
DSLHG-04-4A- - -13/1390
69.9
(2.75)
35(1.38)
50
(1.97)
SOL b
3
(.12)
1.6
(.06)

4 Places
Cylinder Port "A"


(For External Pilot Type only)

96(3.78) 34.1(1.34)
216.5 (8.52)
263.5 (10.37)
281.8 (11.09)
Tank Port " T "

SOL a
DEC.
"PB"
"PA"
278.8 (10.98)
260.5 (10.26)
Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
140 (5.51)
"BT"
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. "AT"
213.5 (8.41)
SOL b
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
DSLHG-04-5W- - -13/1390
3
(.12)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04-4W"

drawing left.
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
DSLHG-04-5A- - -13/1390
SOL a
SOL b
DEC.
"PB"
"PA"
136(5.35)
Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
326.8 (12.87)
308.5 (12.15)
"BT"
"AT"
261.5 (10.30)

Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
"PB"
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 2 " drawing above.
SOL b
SOL a
73
(2.87)
SOL b
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
SOL a
"AT"
"BT"
"PB"
"PA"
Fully Extended
277(10.91)

2

drawing left.
465
1
DSLHG-04- 2 - -N-13/1390
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port " T"

35(1.38)

4 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
1.6
(.06)
50
(1.97)
69.9
(2.75)
71.5
(2.81)
90(3.54)


96(3.78)
34.1
(1.34)

Cylinder Port "B"
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ......... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area .... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 sq. In)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
7(.28) Dia. Through

DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
102
(4.02)
C
: 50.7(2.00)
The position of the Plug-in connector

can be changed as illustrated left by
loosening the lock nut. After completion of the change, be sure to tighten
the lock nut with the torque as specified
left.
AC
SOL b
41
Lock Nut
17(.67) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
31
(1.22)
"PB"
"PA"
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
4
(.16)
"AT"
(1.61)
73(2.87)
"BT"
193.5(7.62)
SOL a
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DEC.
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04- -A -N
DSLHG-04- -D -N
DSLHG-04- -R -N
C
D
E
F
39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 258.5(10.18) 27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 269.5(10.61) 27.5 (1.08)
53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 272.5(10.73) 34 (1.34)
DSLHG-04-3- -N-13/1390
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
3
(.12)
SOL a
216.5
(8.52)
SOL b
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
D
E
DSLHG-04-3-A -N
53 (2.09)
281.5 (11.08)
64 (2.52)
DSLHG-04-3-D -N
292.5 (11.52)
57.2 (2.25)
DSLHG-04-3-R -N
299.5 (11.63)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 1 - -N" drawing above.
2
Model Numbers
466
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

DSLHG-04-4W- - -N-13/1390
DSLHG-04-4A- - -N-13/1390
"BT"
"AT"
"AT"
213.5
(8.41)
"BT"
140
(5.51)
Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
DEC. "PA"
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-4W- -A -N
DSLHG-04-4W- -D -N
DSLHG-04-4W- -R -N
For other dimensions, see

"DSLHG-04-4W- - -N" drawing left.
D
E
53 (2.09)
278.5 (10.96)
64 (2.52)
289.5 (11.40)
57.2 (2.25)
292.5 (11.52)
1
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-04- 2 - -N on the previous page.
DSLHG-04-5W- - -N-13/1390
E
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
"PB"
"PA"
"PB"
73
(2.87)
SOL a
SOL b
SOL a
SOL b
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
DSLHG-04-5A- - -N-13/1390
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
3
(.12)
SOL b
SOL b
SOL a
SOL a
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
261.5
(10.30)
"BT"
Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20) Hex. Soc.
DEC.
"AT"
136
(5.35)
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. "AT"
"PB"
"PA"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-5W- -A -N
DSLHG-04-5W- -D -N
DSLHG-04-5W- -R -N
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
D
E
53 (2.09)
326.5 (12.85)
64 (2.52)
337.5 (13.28)
57.2 (2.25)
340.5 (13.41)
1

"DSLHG-04-5W- - -N" drawing left.
DIMENSIONS IN
467
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
Terminal Box Type

DSLHG-06- 1 - -13/1390
2
: 196.4(7.73)
95(3.74)
SOL a
Cylinder Port "A"

"BT"
"AT"

"PA"
46
(1.81)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
"PB"
Manual
Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
27
(1.06)
50
(1.97)
90(3.54)
218.5 (8.60)
265.5 (10.45)
283.8 (11.17)
53
(2.09)
SOL a
Cylinder Port "B"

6 Places
DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC
SOL b
99(3.90)
306.8 (12.08)
77
(3.03)
3
(.12)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
46.1
(1.81)

(For External Pilot
Type only)


288.5 (11.36)
Fully Extended
130.2
(5.13)
97.8(3.85)
53.2
(2.09)
241.5 (9.51)
Tank Port " T"
DSLHG-06-3- -13/1390
Pressure Port "P"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-2 "
drawing left.
"BT"
"AT"
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
DSLHG-06- - -13
DSLHG-06- - -1390 1/2 NPT

Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
DEC.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
41
6
(.24) (1.61)
"PB"
"PA"
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
DSLHG-06-4W- -13/1390
DSLHG-06-4A- -13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)

SOL b
SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
165 (6.50)
Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA"
241.5 (9.51)
"AT"
288.5 (11.36)
306.8 (12.08)
SOL a
"BT"
"AT"
"BT"
"PB"
DEC.
"PA"
1
DSLHG-06-5W- -13/1390
3
(.12)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL b

drawing left.
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
"PA"
361.8 (14.24)
343.5 (13.52)
296.5 (11.67)
165(6.50)
"AT"
Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PB"
1
468
DSLHG-06-5A- -13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
SOL b
"BT"
DEC.
"PB"
SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
SOL b
SOL a
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"

drawing left.
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-06- 1 - -N-13/1390
2
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port " T"

Cylinder Port "B"

Cylinder Port "A"
DC/R :204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
102
(4.02)
C
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ......... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area .... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 sq. In)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
50
(1.97)
90(3.54)
"PB"
"PA"
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06- -A -N
DSLHG-06- -D -N
DSLHG-06- -R -N
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
41
6
(.24) (1.61)
"BT"
DEC. "AT"
27
(1.06)
E
Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
218.5 (8.60)
SOL b
SOL a
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
C
D
E
F
39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 283.5 (11.16) 27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 294.5 (11.59) 27.5 (1.08)
53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 297.5 (11.71) 34 (1.34)
E
46.1
77
(3.03)
(1.81)
Pilot Pressure Port "X "

6 Places
92.1(3.63)


97.8(3.85)
53.2
(2.09)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.
DSLHG-06-3- -N-13/1390
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
3
(.12)
"BT"
"AT"
"PA"
SOL a
241.5(9.51)
SOL b
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06-3-A -N
DSLHG-06-3-D -N
DSLHG-06-3-R -N
D
E
53 (2.09)
306.5 (12.07)
64 (2.52)
317.5 (12.50)
320.5 (12.62)
57.2 (2.25)
DIMENSIONS IN
1
469
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-06-4A- -N-13/1390
DSLHG-06-4W- -N-13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL a
SOL b
SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
"BT"
"AT"
241.5
(9.51)
E
"AT"
165
(6.50)
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA"
SOL b
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
"PB"
DEC.
D
E
53 (2.09)
306.5 (12.07)
64 (2.52)
317.5 (12.50)
320.5 (12.62)
57.2 (2.25)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06-4W-A -N
DSLHG-06-4W-D -N
DSLHG-06-4W-R -N
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-4W- -N"

drawing left.
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-06- 1

2 - -N on the previous page.
DSLHG-06-5W- -N-13/1390
DSLHG-06-5A- -N-13/1390
3
(.12)
99(3.90)
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
53
(2.09)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL b
SOL b
SOL a
SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
296.5
(11.67)
"BT"
"AT"
"AT"
165
(6.50)
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PB"
"BT"
"PB"
"PA"
DEC. "PA"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06-5W-A -N
DSLHG-06-5W-D -N
DSLHG-06-5W-R -N
D
E
53 (2.09)
361.5 (14.23)
64 (2.52)
372.5 (14.67)
375.5 (14.78)
57.2 (2.25)
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-06- 1

2 - -N on the previous page.
470
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-5W- -N"

drawing left.
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
Terminal Box Type

DSLHG-10- 1 - -13/1390
2
DSLHG-10-3- -13/1390
Pressure Port "P"

114.3
(4.50)
SOL b
Cylinder Port "B"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
46
(1.81)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-1 "

2
drawing left
6
(.24)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10- - -13
DSLHG-10- - -1390
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DSLHG-10-4A- -13/1390
DSLHG-10-4W- -13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
27
(1.06)
45
(1.77)
72
(2.83)
132(5.20)
"PB"
"PA"
350.8 (13.81)
"BT"
"AT"
332.5 (13.09)
SOL b
285.5 (11.24)
DEC.
SOL a
"AT"
Cylinder Port "A"
DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
95(3.74)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
SOL a
373.8 (14.72)

6 Places
99(3.90)
3
(.12) 53(2.09)

198(7.80)
79.4
(3.23)
158.8(6.25)
Tank Port " T"
190.5(7.50)
106.7(4.20) 76.2(3.00)
308.5 (12.15)
355.5 (14.00)
Fully Extended

SOL a
"PB"
DEC.
"PA"
308.5 (12.15)
Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
232 (9.13)
"BT"
373.8 (14.72)
SOL b
355.5 (14.00)
SOL a
Adj. Screw
"AT"
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
SOL b
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-2 " drawing above.
DSLHG-10-5W- -13/1390
"PB"

drawing left.
DSLHG-10-5A- -13/1390
3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53(2.09)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
DEC.
"PA"
428.8 (16.88)
"BT"
410.5 (16.16)
Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
SOL b
363.5 (14.31)
SOL a
232(9.13)
SOL b
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC. "AT"
SOL a
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
"PB"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-2 " drawing above.

drawing left.
471
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DSLHG-10- 1 - -N-13/1390
2
Pressure Port "P"

Fully Extended
190.5 (7.50)
106.7(4.20) 76.2
(3.00)

79.4
(3.23)
158.8
(6.25)
198
(7.80)
Tank Port " T"

6 Places
114.3
(4.50)
Cylinder Port "B"

Cylinder Port "A"
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
F
D
DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
102
(4.02) C
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 sq. in.)
SOL a
SOL b
72
(2.83)
132(5.20)
"PB"
"PA"
45
(1.77)
"BT"
"AT"
DSLHG-10- -A -N
DSLHG-10- -D -N
DSLHG-10- -R -N
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
6
(.24)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
DEC.
285.5(11.24)
27
(1.06)
Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
C
D
E
F
39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 350.5 (13.80) 27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 361.5 (14.23) 27.5 (1.08)
53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 364.5 (14.35) 34 (1.34)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.
DSLHG-10-3- -N-13/1390
99
(3.90)
53
(2.09)
3
(.12)
SOL b
"BT"
"AT"
308.5 (12.15)
SOL a
"PA"
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10-3-A -N
DSLHG-10-3-D -N
DSLHG-10-3-R -N
D
E
53 (2.09)
373.5 (14.70)
64 (2.52)
384.5 (15.14)
57.2 (2.25)
387.5 (15.26)

2
472
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

DSLHG-10-4W- -N-13/1390
DSLHG-10-4A- -N-13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)

SOL a
SOL a
SOL b
"BT"
SOL b
232 (9.13)
Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA"
"AT"
308.5 (12.15)
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC. "AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10-4W-A -N
DSLHG-10-4W-D -N
DSLHG-10-4W-R -N
D
E
53 (2.09)
373.5 (14.70)
64 (2.52)
384.5 (15.14)
57.2 (2.25)
387.5 (15.26)
E
"PB"
DEC.

"DSLHG-10-4W- -N" drawing left.
1
DSLHG-10-5A- -N-13/1390
DSLHG-10-5W- -N-13/1390
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
3
(.12)
99
(3.90)
154.5(6.08)
Fully Extended
53
(2.09)
SOL b
SOL a
"AT"
"BT"
232 (9.13)

Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
DEC.
"PA"
SOL a
"AT"
SOL b
363.5 (14.31)
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10-5W-A -N
DSLHG-10-5W-D -N
DSLHG-10-5W-R -N
D
E
53 (2.09)
428.5 (16.87)
64 (2.52)
439.5 (17.30)
442.5 (17.42)
57.2 (2.25)
1

"DSLHG-10-5W- -N" drawing left.
DIMENSIONS IN
473
List of Seals for Main Valve, Pilot Selector Valve and Orifice
DSLHG-04/06/10- 1 - -13/1390
2
26 27 14 25
13
ifi
Or
o
ef
T
rA
ifi
Or
13
f
ce
A
rP
14
SOL a
12
SOL b
i fi
Or
24
13
Section Y-Y
o
ef
rB
ifi
Or
o
ef
rP
13
Section Z-Z
21
23
22
10
23
9 20 18 15
4 16 11 17
2 19
DSLHG-04/06/10-3- -13/1390
SOL b
SOL a
26
24
Note) Main valve is same as above drawings.
List of Seals for Main Valves

Item
Name of Parts
15
16
17
18
19
20
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
Part Numbers
DSLHG-04 DSLHG-06
SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P8
SO-NA-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NB-P9
SO-BB-P8
SO-BB-P10
Item 24 Pilot Selector Valve List

DSLHG-10
SO-NB-G40
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P16
SO-NB-P11
SO-BB-P16
Qty.
4
4
2
4
4
4
Multi-Purpose
Control Valve
Model Numbers
24
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-1
DSLHG-04-2
DSLHG-04-3
DSLHG-06-1
DSLHG-06-2
DSLHG-06-3
DSLHG-10-1
DSLHG-10-2
DSLHG-10-3
CG-04-1-10
CG-04-2-10
CG-04-3-10
CG-06-1-10
CG-06-2-10
CG-06-3-10
CG-06-1-10
CG-06-2-10
CG-06-3-10
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed on
page 478.
Item 13 Orifice
The timing of flow path opening/closing can be adjusted as required by
selecting the appropriate pilot orifice diameter. When the diameter of
the orifice is to be changed, another orifice should be ordered. Standard
built-in orifice diameters and selectable orifice diameters are listed in
the table below.
Note: For details of Pilot Selector Valve, see page 476.
Pilot Valve
Refer to page 478 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers.
Orifice Type
TP-OPT-1/16 x d
Orifice Diameter "d" mm
Model Numbers Standard
Max. Dia. at Pressure
Selectable
Built-in
over 20 MPa(2900 PSI)
DSLHG-04
1.0
0.5, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0
1.2
DSLHG-06
1.2
1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8
2.0, 2.5
DSLHG-10
1.4
1.4
474
List of Seals for Main Valves and Pilot Selector Valve
DSLHG-04/06/10-4W- -12/1290
13
PB
BT
13
31
rif
i
O
ce
fo
r
ce
fo
r
rif
i
ce
fo
r
25
13
31
Section W-W
28
Z
Section Z-Z
30
30
29
16
12
19
11
21 3 10 15 18 17 14 22 20 27 23 6
DSLHG-04/06/10-4A- -12/1290
5A
7 19 24 26 3
13
O
rif
i
O
ri f
i
ce
fo
r
AT
PA
36 37 33 32
DSLHG-04/06/10-5W- -12/1290
36
32 24 26
34
35
32
9 19
7 11 12
Note) Main valve is the same as above drawings.
List of Seals for Main Valves

Item
Name of Parts
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
DSLHG-04
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P16
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P9
SO-NA-P8
SO-NB-P8
SO-BB-P8
Part Numbers
DSLHG-06
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P10
SO-NB-P9
SO-BB-P10
Pilot Selector Valve List

DSLHG-10
SO-NB-G40
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-A122
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P16
SO-NB-P11
SO-BB-P16
Qty.
4
4
2(1)
2(1)
2
2(3)
4
2(3)
Note 1: The figures in (

) indicate the quantity of seals used for 4A and
5A.
Note 2: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed
on page 478.
Pilot Valve
Refer to page 478 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers.
Multi-Purpose
Control Valve
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-4ADSLHG-04-4WDSLHG-04-5ADSLHG-04-5WDSLHG-06-4A
DSLHG-06-4W
DSLHG-06-5A
DSLHG-06-5W
DSLHG-10-4A
DSLHG-10-4W
DSLHG-10-5A
DSLHG-10-5W

Model Numbers
Item 34
Item 32
CG-04-4A- -10
CG-04-4W- -10
CG-04-5A- -10
CG-04-5W- -10
CG-06-4A-10
CG-06-4W-10
CG-06-5A-10
CG-06-5W-10
CG-06-4A-10
CG-06-4W-10
CG-06-5A-10
CG-06-5W-10
CG-04-3-10
CG-06-3-10
CG-06-3-10
Note: Fill "B" or "H" representing the pressure adjustment range

in section marked with .
See page 477 for the details of the pilot selector valves.
See the previous page for Item
13
Orifice.
475
List of Seals (Pilot Selector Valves)

CG-04/06-1-10
X
X
12
1 15
6 14
8 13 10 17
Section X-X
CG-04/06-2-10
X
X
3 16 11
4 12 1
15
7 14
6 13 10 17
Section X-X
CG-04/06-3-10
X
X
4 11 16
3 14
8 13 10 18 12
1 15
6 14
Section X-X
List of Seals
CG-06
CG-04
Item
Name of Parts
14
15
16
17
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NB-P8
SO-NB-P8
Quantity
CG-04-1 CG-04-2 CG-04-3
5
5
3
8
7
7
2
2
1
1
Quantity
CG-06-1 CG-06-2 CG-06-3
SO-NB-P10
3
5
5
SO-NB-P9
8
7
7
SO-NB-P8
2
2
SO-NB-A014
1
1
Part Nmbers
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 478.
476
List of Seals (Pilot Selector Valves)
CG-04/06-4W-10
Y
30 28 19
20 24
25
13
12 17
29 23
9
8
Section Y-Y
7
5
10 12
26 27 22 11 32
31
26 16
14 18
21 15
CG-04/06-4A-10
CG-04/06-5A-10
1
21 15 14 16 26 13 12
CG-04/06-5W-10
Y
30
28
19
20
24
25
18
17
29
23
9
8
Section Y-Y
7
5
32
31
List of Seals
CG-06
CG-04
Item
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-P8
SO-BB-P6
-4W2
2
3
2
2
8
2
Quantity
-4A- -5W1
2
2
1
4
2
1
2
8
8
2
1
-5A1
1
1
8
1
Part Nmbers
SO-NB-P16
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NA-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-BB-P9
-4W2
2
3
2
2
8
2
Quantity
-4A- -5W1
2
2
1
4
2
1
2
8
8
2
1
-5A1
1
1
8
1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 478.
477
List of Seal Kits and Pilot Valves

Seal Kit Numbers
Model Numbers
Complete Kit
For Pilot
Selector Valves
DSLHG-04-1- - -13
DSLHG-04-1- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-1- -13
DSLHG-04-2- - -13
DSLHG-04-2- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-2- -13
DSLHG-04-3- - -13
DSLHG-04-3- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-3- -13
DSLHG-04-4A- - - -13
DSLHG-04-4A- - - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-4A- -13
KS-CG-04-4A-10
DSLHG-04-4W- - - -13
DSLHG-04-4W- - - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-4W- -13
KS-CG-04-4W-10
DSLHG-04-5A- - - -13
DSLHG-04-5A- - - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-5A- -13
KS-CG-04-5A-10
DSLHG-04-5W- - - -13
DSLHG-04-5W- - - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-5W- -13
KS-CG-04-5W-10
DSLHG-06-1- - -13
DSLHG-06-1- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-1- -13
KS-CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-06-2- - -13
DSLHG-06-2- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-2- -13
KS-CG-06-2-10
DSLHG-06-3- - -13
DSLHG-06-3- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-3- -13
KS-CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-06-4A- - -13
DSLHG-06-4A- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-4A- -13
KS-CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-06-4W- - -13
DSLHG-06-4W- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-4W- -13
KS-CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-06-5A- - -13
DSLHG-06-5A- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-5A- -13
KS-CG-06-5A-10
DSLHG-06-5W- - -13
DSLHG-06-5W- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-5W- -13
KS-CG-06-5W-10
DSLHG-10-1- - -13
DSLHG-10-1- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-1- -13
KS-CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-10-2- - -13
DSLHG-10-2- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-2- -13
KS-CG-06-2-10
DSLHG-10-3- - -13
DSLHG-10-3- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-3- -13
KS-CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-10-4A- - -13
DSLHG-10-4A- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-4A- -13
KS-CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-10-4W- - -13
DSLHG-10-4W- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-4W- -13
KS-CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-10-5A- - -13
DSLHG-10-5A- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-5A- -13
KS-CG-06-5A-10
DSLHG-10-5W- - -13
DSLHG-10-5W- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-5W- -13
KS-CG-06-5W-10
KS-CG-04-1-10
KS-CG-04-2-10
For Pilot Valves
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
Note 1: Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol representing the
type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).
2: A complete seal kit is composed of seal kit for pilot selector valve, seal kit for pilot valve and seal for main valve.
See pages 474 and 475 for information on the seals for main valve.
3: See page 344 for the detailed information on the pilot valves.
478
How to Change Pilot & Drain Connection
Pilot Connectio n and Drain Connectio n can be change d easily with a disconnection/connectio n of pilot plug. The
following drawings give illustrations of External Pilot-External Drain Type, When changing to Internal Pilot-Internal
Drain Type, the following procedure may be followed.
External Pilot
I n t e r n a l P ilo t
(See Section E-E)
External Drain
I n t e r n a l D r a in
(See Section D-D)
1) Remove pipe plug 1 .

3) Wind a sealing tape around the pipe plug 1 , then fit the plug into
the port.

3) Wind a sealing tape around the pipe plug 3 , then fit the plug into
the port.
4) In case of DSLHG-04, fit the plug into the port "Y" on the
sub-plate. In case of DSLHG-06/10, wind a sealing tape around
the plug 4 and then thread it into the port "Y".
Pipe Plug 3
Pipe Plug 4 for

Drain Connection Selection
SOL a
SOL b
Pipe Plug 2 for

Pilot Connection Selection
D
Pipe Plug 1
DSLHG-04
Section E-E Section D-D
E
D
DSLHG-06/10
Pipe Plug 2 for
Pilot Connection
Selection
Pipe Plug 1
Pipe Plug 4 for

Drain Connection Selection
Pipe Plug 3
SOL b
SOL a
D
E
Thread "Y"
Section E-E Section D-D
479

These valves are used for opening/closing the oil path by having the poppet valve
operated with an electric signal via solenoid. Because these are of poppet type, the
internal leakage is quite small and there is no worry about hydraulic lock.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max. Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
CDSC-01-C-D24-10
CDSC-03-C- -21
CDST- 03W
03 -C- -21
CDSG-03-C- -21
Max. Operating Internal leakage Max. Changeover

Frequency
Pressure
cm3/min
MPa (PSI)
(cu.in./min) min-1 (Cycles/Min)
21 (3050)
15 (4.0)
50 (13.2)
14 (2030)
or less
0.25 (.015)
or less
0.25 (.015)
Approx.
Mass
kg(1bs.)
0.35 (.8)
240
AC: 300
DC: 240
R: 120
0.5 (1.1)
0.85 (1.9)
0.85 (1.9)
1. The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation
(changeover) of the valve.
2. When the valve is operated at 18.5 Mpa (2680 PSI) or higher pressure, continuous energies time is
restricted with Max. 30 min., and also the energies ratio less than 90 %.
Solenoid Ratings
Electric
Source
Coil Type
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
A120
AC
A200
A240
DC
(K Series)
AC DC
Rectified
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source Serviceable
Rating
Range
100
80 - 100
100
90 - 120
110
96 - 132
120
108 - 144
200
160 - 220
200
180 - 240
220
192 - 264
240
216 - 288
12
10.8 - 13.2
24
21.6 - 26.4
48
43.2 - 52.8
100
90 - 110
200
180 - 220

Inrush
Holding
Power
(A)
(A)
(W)
0.55
1.12
0.40
0.95
0.36
0.86
0.46
0.93
0.33
0.79
0.28
0.56
0.20
0.48
0.18
0.43
0.23
0.47
0.17
0.40
2.20
26
1.10
0.55
0.30
26
0.15
CDSC-01 is available with coil type D24 only.

Because both AC and DC solenoids employ the plug-in type electrical wiring, the valve can be
removed without removing the wiring. (Coil type of CDSC-01 is flying lead wire only.)
Being 50-60 Hz common service AC solenoids, do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is
changed.
K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed.
(Coil type of CDSC-01 is with Surge Suppressor.)
Graphic Symbol
X
Instructions
Direction of flow when the
solenoid is energised
These valves do not allow flow from
Y to X when the solenoid is energised.
At the time of test run

At the time of test run, there is a
possibility that the oil may not flow
even after the solenoid is energised
because of the residual air in the
valve.
Mounting
There are no mounting restrictions
for any models.

F-
CD S
-03
F:
CDS:
Special seals
Solenoid
for phosphate Operated
ester type
Poppet
fluids
Type
(Omit if not
Two-Way
required)
Valves
-D1 2
Valve Type
01
C: Cartridge
Type
Coil Type
DC D24
03
T: Threaded
Connection
G: Gasket
Mounting
-C
Valve Size
Special Seals Series Number Type of Connection
C:
AC
03W (Piping Size 1/4) Normally
DC
03 (Piping Size 3/8) Closed
AC
03
A100, A120
A200, A240
D12, D24, D100
DC Rectified
R100, R200
-21
Design Number
Design Standard
10

21
21
21
Mounting Bolts
Mounting bolt in the table below is attached only for Gasket mounting type valve (CDSG-03).
Socket Head Cap Screws (2pcs.)
Valve Model Numbers
CDSG-03
480
Japanese Standard "JIS

M6
60 Lg.

1/4-20 UNC
2-1/4Lg.
Pressure Drop
CDSC-01
PSI
MPa
1.5
150
1.0
Y
Viscosity
100
SSU
77
Factor
0.5
50
0
mm2/s 15
5
0
15 L/min
10
2
30
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
P' = P (G'/0.850)
20
98
4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
CDSC-03
CDST-03
CDSG-03
CDST-03W
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2 (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850

PSI
PSI
MPa
1.6
1.2
150
100
50
0.8
Y
Y
0.4
X
0
200
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
200
MPa
1.6
0
0
0
10
20
30
6
40
1.2
100
50
0
50 L /min
0.8
Y
Y
0.4
0
0
12 13 U.S.GPM
10
150
10
30
20
4
40
10
50 L /min
12 13 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
Note: Measuring has been made for the CDSC-03 (Cartridge type) when it is equipped with the same body
as the threaded connections and the gasket mounting type.
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
SSU
Factor
77
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from the
formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time, T2 and T4, in particular, varies according to the hydraulic circuit and operating conditions. As an
example, the following figures show how the measurement is made.
Test Circuit
Pressure Detector
Model
Number
Solenoid
Types
CDSC-01
DC
AC
CDS -03
Result of measurement
T4
T1
DC
AC DC
Rectified
Shifting time (ms)

Condition
Flow Rate SOL "ON"(OpenClose) SOL "OFF"(OpenClose)
Pressure "P"
L/min
T4 (ex.)
T3
T1
T2 (ex.)
MPa (PSI)
(U.S.GPM)
44.0
38.4
21.4
29.0
10 (1450)
15 (4.0)
47.0
44.0
30.6
27.0
21 (3050)
15 (4.0)
86.0
44.0
10.0
20.0
7 (1020)
50 (13.2)
43.0
54.0
11.0
12.0
14 (2030)
50 (13.2)
104.0
66.0
22.0
44.0
7 (1020)
50 (13.2)
60.0
73.0
24.0
41.0
14 (2030)
50 (13.2)
100.0
146.0
27.0
114.0
7 (1020)
50 (13.2)
66.0
142.0
32.0
108.0
14 (2030)
50 (13.2)
Pressure Drop P
200
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm2 (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
T3
P
T2
SOL
ON
Time
OFF
481
5
(.20)
CDSC-01-C-D24-10/1090
AWG 18
140
(5.51)
65 (2.56)
Flying Lead Wire
25.5(1.00)
48
(1.89)
19(.75)
14 0.1
(.55) (.004)
M20 1 Thd.
MODEL
CDSC-01-C-D24-10
DC24V
YUKEN KOGYO CO., LTD. JAPAN
38(1.50) Dia.
Coil
30
(1.18)
Core Tightening End

Tightening torque
: 25.5 - 30.6 Nm (230 - 270 IN. lbs)
12(.47) Dia.
VOLTAGE
24(.94)
Dia.
14.5(.57)
Across Flats
25
(.98)
24
(.94)
Free Flow Outlet

Port "X"
Free Flow Inlet
Port "Y"
10(.39)
55
(2.17)
24(.94) Dia.
Nut
Tightening torque
: 3.9 - 5.9 Nm (35 - 52 IN. lbs)
DIMENSIONS IN
Details of Mounting Holes
Min. 27(1.063)
19.6(.772)
19.4(.764)
1.5(.059)
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236)
Dia.
Min.
12(.472)
2.9(.114)
2.5(.098)
15
20
22.7(.893)
22.6(.890)
Dia.
19(.75)
Dia.
30(1.18) Dia.
1.6
45
3.2
1.6
Port "X"
R0.1 - 0.3(R.004 - .012)
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236) Dia.
Port "Y"
12.027(.4735)
12.000(.4724)
Dia.
0.3(.012)
0.2(.008)
How to Mount
When mounting, the following steps must be followed:
1. Loosen the nut , then remove the coil.
2. Thread the cartridge, making sure that the collar 24 (.94) Dia. of
the cartridge is well fitted to the component surface ( surface
in the left drawing).
3. Attach the coil and secure it with a nut.
M20 1 Thd.
16
(.630)
0.1(.004)
Dia.
Note: The fitting portion of o-rings should have a good machined finish.
482
CDSC-03-C-A -21/2190
29(1.14)
Dia.
40
(1.57)
44
(1.73)
27
(1.06)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia ................ 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area .......... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
27.5
(1.08)
Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge

Tightening Torque
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
20
(.79)
88.2
(3.47)
39
24 17.7
(1.54)
(.94) (.70)
Free Flow Outlet

Port "X"
O-Ring
SO-NB-P12
16(.63) Dia.
Free Flow Inlet Port "Y"
48
(1.89)
Coil
31.5
(1.24)
O-Ring
SO-NB-P26
Space Needed to Remove Coil
69
(2.72)
86
(3.39)
54
(2.13)
19
(.75)
Three positions of cable departure

are available in 90 increments.
Nut
Tightening Torque
: 6.0-7.5Nm (53-66 in. 1bs.)
M30
1.5 Thd.
35(1.38)
Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
32.9(1.295)
Dia.
15 32.7(1.287)
A
R 0.2
(R .008)
45
18
(.71)
14
(.55) 3.5
(.14)
1.5 Thd.
When mounting, the following steps must be followed:

1. Loosen the nut , then remove the coil.
2. Thread the cartridge, making sure that the collar 35 (1.38) Dia.
of the cartridge is well fitted to the component surface ( A
surface in the left drawing).
3. Attach the coil and secure it with a nut.
20
Max.
14 (.55)
Dia.
1
(.04)
24.6(.969)
24.4(.961)
M30
How to Mount
28.4 (1.12)
Dia.
E
The position can be changed by

loosening the nut . Be sure to
retighten the nut after changing
the position.
"Y"
"X"
16.027(.6310)
Dia.
16.000(.6299)
Note: The fitting portion of O-rings should have a good machined finish.
483
CDSC-03-C-D -21/2190
Models with DC Solenoids
47.5
(1.87)
22
(.87)

Tightening Torque
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)

52
(2.05)
24.5
(.96)
18.7
(.74)
39
(1.54)
27.5
(1.08)
Nut
Tightening Torque
: 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)
75.2
(2.96)
100.5
(3.96)
64
(2.52)
15
(.59)
31.5
(1.24)
Coil
47(1.85)
Dia.
For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids".
DIMENSIONS IN
CDSC-03-C-R -21/2190
Models with R Type Solenoids

Tightening Torque
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
Nut
Tightening Torque
: 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)
31.5
(1.24)
18.7
(.74)
Coil
47(1.85)
Dia.
484
75.2
(2.96)
53
(2.09)
24.5
(.96)
52
(2.05)
103.5
(4.07)
57.2
(2.25)
15
(.59)
34
(1.34)
CDST-03, 03W-C- -21/2180/2190
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia .............. 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area ........ Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
91
(3.58)
54
25
(2.13)
(.98)
18
(.71)
37
(1.46)
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
Free Flow Inlet Port "Y"

"A" Thd. (Opposite Side)
Models with R Type Solenoids

104
(4.09)
57.2
(2.25)
37.2
(1.46)
37.2
(1.46)
75.2
(2.96)
75.2
(2.96)
39
(1.54)

25
(.98)
53
(2.09)
52
(2.05)

25
(.98)
CDSG-03-C- -21/2190
Free Flow
Inlet Port "Y"
39
(1.54)
118.5
(4.67)
Mounting Surface
49
(1.93)
50
(1.97)

Max. 11(.43) Dia.
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
25
(.98)
106.2
(4.18)
36.2
(1.43)
49.5
(1.95)
19 18.5
(.75) (.73)
1
(.04)
Free Flow
Outlet Port "X"

48
(1.89)
91
(3.58)
54
(2.13)

45
(1.77)
60
(2.36)
DIMENSIONS IN
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia .............. 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area ........ Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
7.5
(.30)
E

101
(3.98)
64
(2.52)
Note: The position of cable departure

can be changed. For the detail,
refer to CDSC-03 on the
previous page.
25
(.98)
49
(1.93)
50
(1.97)
Free Flow Outlet Port "X"

"A" Thd.
45
(1.77)
60
(2.36)
7.5
(.30)
Model Numbers
"A" Thd.
CDST-03W-C- -21
Rc 1/4
CDST-03-C- -21
Rc 3/8
CDST-03W-C- -2180 1/4 BSP.F
CDST-03-C- -2180
3/8 BSP.F
CDST-03W-C- -2190 1/4 NPT
CDST-03-C- -2190
3/8 NPT
52
(2.05)
49.5
(1.95)
19 18.5
(.75) (.73)
106.2
(4.18)
36.2
(1.43)
118.5
(4.67)
69
(2.72)
39
(1.54)
48
(1.89)

Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Note 1: For models with DC solenoids and models with R type solenoids, refer to CDST-03, 03W.
2: The position of cable departure can be changed. For the detail, refer to CDSC-03 on the previous page.
485
List of Seals and Coil Ass'y

CDSC-01-C-D24-10/1090
Item
6
10
11
12
13
14
7 12 6
Name of Parts
Coil Ass'y
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
4 10 11 14 2
Part Numbers
2697-VK317470-3
TK280163-7
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P16
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-A014
13
Qty. Seal Kit Numbers

1
1
1
1 KS-CDSC-01-10
1
1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number.
486
List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y
CDST-03 -C- -21/2180/2190
CDSC-03-C- -21/2190
CDSG-03-C- -21/2190
12
13 11
10 14
Solenoid assembly is composed of the parts marked with
List of Seals
Item
9
10
11
14
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
List of Seal Kits

Part Numbers
SO-NB-P26
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-A014
Qty.
Remarks
1
1
1
2 only for CDSG
Valve Model Numbers

CDSC-03-C- -21
CDST-03 -C- -21
CDSG-03-C- -21
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y No.

Valve Model No.
CDS
CDS
CDS
CDS
CDS
CDS
CDS
CDS
CDS
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-C-A100
-C-A120
-C-A200
-C-A240
-C-D12
-C-D24
-C-D48
-C-R100
-C-R200
Solenoid Ass'y No.

CSA1-100-20
CSA1-120-20
CSA1-200-20
CSA1-240-20
CSD1-12-20
CSD1-24-20
CSD1-48-20
CSR1-100-20
CSR1-200-20
Coil No.
C-CSA1-100-20
C-CSA1-120-20
C-CSA1-200-20
C-CSA1-240-20
C-SD1-12-50
C-SD1-24-50
C-SD1-48-50
C-SR1-100-50
C-SR1-200-50
12
Connector Ass'y No.
GDM-211-B-11
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-CDSC-03-20
KS-CDSG-03-20
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-B-10
Change of supply voltage

The supply voltage can be changed by replacing the coil.
487
Interchangeability between Current and New Design

Because of solenoid assembly improvements, CDS -03 has been model-changed (design 20 to design 21).
Specifications and Characteristics
There are no changes in the specifications and characteristics of the valves themselves.
Solenoid Ratings
There are changes in the inrush current, holding current and power as shown below. No other changes.
Electric Source
Coil Type
Voltage (V)
Source
Serviceable
Rating
Range
100
80 - 110
100
90 - 120
110
96 - 132
120
108 - 144
160 - 220
200
200
180 - 240
220
192 - 264
240
216 - 288
10.8 - 13.2
12
21.6 - 26.4
24
43.2 - 52.8
48
90 - 110
100
200
180 - 220
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
60
50
60
50
A120
AC
A200
60
50
60
A240
DC
(K Series)
AC DC Rectified
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
50/60

Inrush (A)
Holding (A)
Power (W)
Current
Current
New
Current
New
New
1.12
0.55
1.30
0.52
0.95
0.40
1.08
0.39
0.86
0.36
1.19
0.47
0.46
0.93
1.08
0.45
0.79
0.33
0.98
0.33
0.56
0.28
0.65
0.27
0.20
0.48
0.54
0.20
0.18
0.59
0.24
0.43
0.55
0.47
0.23
0.23
0.45
0.40
0.17
0.17
2.20
2.40
26
29
1.10
1.20
0.55
0.60
0.30
0.32
26
29
0.17
0.15
AC Solenoids
Most items of mounting are interchangeable except the dimensions as shown below. In addition, the size of the spanner
(core end faces) for locking the CDSC cartridges has been changed to 15-19 mm across flats.
New: Design 21
86
(3.39)
20
54
(.79)
(2.13)
17.7(.70)
18.7(.74)

Hex. 19(.75)
69
(2.72)
23.6
(.93)
52(2.05)

Hex. 15(.59)
75.2
(2.96)
88
(3.46)
52.2
(2.06)
48(1.89)
Current: Design 20
A
A
Body
Body
DC/R Type Solenoids

Most items of mounting are interchangeable except the dimensions as shown below. The solenoid shape changed from
circular to hexagonal. No change in the size 15 mm of the spanner for locking cartridges.
Current: Design 20
DC: 63.2(2.49)
R : 57.2(2.25)
New: Design 21
DC: 99.4(3.91)
R : 103(4.06)
24
(.94)
48(1.89)
Dia.
DC: 64(2.52)
R : 57.2(2.25)
DC:100.5(3.96)
R :103.5(4.07)
24.5
(.96)
Body
Body
Note: The above drawings give illustrations for the cartridge type. The dimension A at the mounting section remains
unchanged. In case of the Thread Connection Type and Gasket Mounting Type, a body is mounted to the hatched section.
The dimensions of the body remain unchanged.
488
Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

The shut-off type solenoid operated directional valves are poppet type
solenoid operated two-way directional valves developed to meet the
needs of this age such as energy and resources saving.
High-response
High response is provided by the poppet design.
Smallest internal leakage
Internal leakage are very small, less than 5 drips per min., which is
achieved by the poppet design.
Two mounting types: cartridge and sub-plate
Mounting dimensions for both types conform to ISO standard.
Water-proof type (conforming to JIS D 0203 Water Spray Test
32) is also available.
E
Port
"2"
Graphic Symbol
2
Specifications
1
Max. Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
Port "1"
"1" to "2"
Flow
DSPC-01-C- -20
3
4
DSPG-01-C- -20
DSPC-03-C- -10
DSPG-03-C- -10
"2" to "1"
Flow
Port
"2"
40
(10.6)
10 (1450)
80
(21.1)
16 (2320)
Approx.
Mass
kg(1bs.)
Max.
Changeover
Frequency
min-1
(Cycles/Min)
Internal
leakage
cm3/min
(cu.in./min)
300
or Less
0.25 (.015)
0.45 (1.0) 0.6 (1.3)
240
or Less
0.25 (.015)
0.9 (2.0)
1.0 (2.2)
3.8 (8.4)
3.9 (8.6)
25 (3630)
AC
DC
1.45 (3.2) 1.6 (3.5)
Shut-off Type
Port
"1"
1. Maximum flow rates depend on operating conditions. For details, see page 491.
2. Do not connect port "1" to a line subjected to surge pressures. In addition, if you use port "1" for tank line, be sure to keep the end of the
line in the oil.
3. Protections against dust and water conform to the international electric standard (IEC) PUBL 529 IP64.
4. In the case of "DSPC-01-C-D ", use iron material for installation body (cabity).
489

F-
DSP
Special Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve Size
C:
Cartridge Type
01
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
DSP:
Shut-Off Type
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valves
-01
-C
Valve Type
-D24
-20
Coil Type
Design
Number
AC
A 100
A 200
20
DC
D12
D24
10
C:
Normally
Closed
Design Standard
None: Japanese Std.

"JIS" & European
Design Std.
N. American
90:
Design Std.
Solenoid Ratings
Voltage (V)
Electric
Source
Coil Type
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
60
AC
50
A200
2
DC
(K Series)
60

1
Source
Rating
Serviceable
Range
100
80 - 110
100
110
200
200
220
Inrush (A)
90 - 120
160 - 220
180 - 240
Holding (A)
01
03
01
03
2.42
5.37
0.51
0.90
2.14
4.57
0.37
0.63
2.35
5.03
0.44
0.77
1.21
2.69
0.25
0.45
1.07
2.29
0.19
0.31
1.18
2.52
0.22
0.38
D12
12
10.8 - 13.2
2.45
3.16
D24
24
21.6 - 26.4
1.23
1.57
Power (W)
01
03
29
38
2. K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed.
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
DSPG-01
DSPG-03

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size

Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2
DSGM-03X-2180
1/2 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Numbers
DSPG-01
Descriptions
DSPG-03

490

M5
50 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC

M6
2 Lg.
80 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC
3-1/4 Lg.
Tightening Torque
5-7 Nm
(44 -62 in. 1bs.)
12-15 Nm
(106 -133 in. 1bs.)
Typical Performance Characteristics at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) [ISO VG 46 oils, 50C(122F)]
Maximum Flow Rate
The zone under each shaded line denotes the flow rate ranges being free of
trouble in changeover.
DSPC/DSPG-01
40
Direction
of flow
"2" "1"
10
30

U.S.GPM L /min
40
100 %V
(50, 60 Hz)
80 %V
(50 Hz)
20
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
ON
100 %V
30
Solenoid
6
OFF
OFF
Poppet Shift
20
Max.
90 %V
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
90 %V
(60 Hz)
10
Direction
of flow
"2" "1"
10
Flow Rate
Flow Rate

Flow Rate: (01) 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM)
(03) 63 L/min (16.6 U.S.GPM)
100 % V
Voltage:
(After coil temperature rise and saturates)
"1"
Direction of Flow: "2"
T1
T2
10
Shifting Time (ms)
Model Numbers
0
5
0
10
1000
15
25 MPa
20
2000
PSI
3000
Pressure
5
0
10
1000
15
20
2000
MPa
25
PSI
3000
Pressure
DSPC/DSPG-03
15
100
100
Direction
of flow
20
"2" "1"
80
60
10
40
20
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
5
0
10
1000
15
25MPa
20
2000
3000
Pressure
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A
22
30
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D
69
14
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A
22
20
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D
60
80
Direction of flow"2" "1"
25
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
20
T2

U.S.GPM L /min

U.S.GPM L /min
25
T1
15
80
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
60
10
40
20
PSI
5
0
1000
10
15
25 MPa
20
2000
3000
PSI
Pressure
Pressure Drop
DSPC/DSPG-03
DSPC/DSPG-01
PSI
MPa
PSI
2.5
350
400
2.0
350
Pressure Drop
1.5
200
MPa
3.0
DSPG
300
Pressure Drop
E
Shut-off Type

U.S.GPM L /min
[Test Conditions]
1.0
DSPC
100
0.5
300
DSPG
2.0
250
200
150
DSPC
1.0
100
50
10
20
40 L /min
30
Viscosity
mm /s 15
Factor
SSU
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
20
0
10 U.S.GPM
6
8
Flow Rate
0
40
10
60
15
80 L /min
20
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
100
77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P(G'/0.850)
491
Mounting Surface: ISO 7789 20-01-0-93
Three positions of cable

departure are available in
90 increments.
47
(1.85)
27.5
(1.08)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
4.5
Conductor Area
(.18)
.....Not Exceeding
1.5m m 2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
20
(.79)
53
(2.09)
85
(3.35)
The position can be changed

by loosening the nut 2 .
Be sure to retighten the nut
after changing the position.
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Core Tightening End

15(.59) Across Flats
22
(.87)
Nut
1
2
93.7
(3.69)
0.3
30.2
(.01) (1.19)
39
16
14.5
(1.54) (.63)
(.57)
10
(.39)
M20
16.85(.6634)
16.82(.6622)
Dia.
DSPC-01-C- -20/2090
1.5 Thd.
Port "1"
O-Ring
SO-NB-A015
Port "2"
4
(.16)
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
1. Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 30 - 50 Nm (266-443 IN. lbs.)

2. Tightening torque for nuts: 10.3 - 11.3 Nm (91-100 IN. lbs.)
103
(4.06)
72.5
(2.85)
24
(.94)
64
(2.52)
100
(3.94)
47.5
(1.87)
48(1.89) Dia.
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236)
Dia.
18.6(.732)
Dia.
18.5(.728)
45
1.6
Port "2"
0.1(.004) A
Dia.
M20
492
1.5 Thd.
Port "1"
Min.
14.5(.571)
Max.
20.5(.807)
17.027(.6703)
17.000(.6693)
Dia.
33(1.30)
Dia.
22.7(.893)
22.6(.890)
1 .6
DIMENSIONS IN
Min.
30.5(1.201)
22.7(.893)
22.3(.878)
21.4(.842)
21.0(.827)
Min.
14.5(.571)
0.3(.012) 2.9(.114)
0.2(.008) 2.5(.098)
30
3.2
R 0.1-0.3
(R .004-.012)
15
6.3
How to Mount
When mounting, the following steps must be followed.
1. Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.
2. Making use of the core tightening end, screw the
cartridge in.
3. Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.
3. Port diameter of 6.2 (.244) Dia. recommended.

4. Use iron materials for the mounting section.
Mounting Surface: ISO 7789 27-01-0-93
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
.....Not Exceeding
1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. in.)
69.5
(2.74)
27.5
(1.08)
Core Tightening End

22(.87) Across Flats
27
(1.06)
61.8
(2.43)
100.8
(3.97)
The position can be changed

by loosening the nut 2 .
Be sure to retighten the nut
after changing the position.
Manual Actuator
6.3(.25) Dia.
5
(.20)
118.3
(4.66)
0.3
46
(.01)
(1.81)
39
16
(1.54) (.63)
22
(.87)
19.5
(.77)
Port "1"
4
(.16)
32
(1.26)
Port "2"
22.85(.8996)
22.82(.8984)
Dia.
24.95(.98)
Dia.
DSPC-03-C- -10/1090
Nut
O -Ring
SO-NB-A119
O-Ring
SO-NB-A018
M27
2 Thd.
141.3
(5.56)
34.5
(1.36)
73.8
(2.91)
120.3
(4.74)
95
(3.74)
69(2.72) Dia.
45
25.1(.988)
25.0(.984)
0
-2
3.2
DIMENSIONS IN
Port "1"
1.6
A
0.05(.002) A
Dia.
M27
2 Thd.
Min.
22(.866)
Max.
35(1.378)
How to Mount
23.033(.9068)
23.000(.9055)
Dia.
36(1.42)
Dia.
29.5(1.161)
29.4(1.158)
1.6
15
R 0.1-0.3
(R .004-.012)
0.3(.012)
0.2(.008)
46.9(1.846)
46.5(1.831)
37.6(1.480)
37.2(1.465)
35.9(1.413)
35.5(1.398)
Min.
22(.866)
3.5(.138)
3.1(.122)
30
6.3
Shut-off Type
1. Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 110-140 Nm (970-1240 IN. lbs.)
2. Tightening torque for nuts: 8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN. lbs.)
Port "2"
When mounting, the following steps must be followed.

1. Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.
2. Making use of the core tightening end, screw the
cartridge in.
3. Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.
3. A recommendable port dia. is 11 (.433) mm.
4. Use iron materials for the mounting section.
493
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
DSPG-01-C- -20/2090
65
(2.56)
40.5
(1.59)
11
(.43)
Port "2"
48
(1.89)
32.5
(1.28)
31
(1.22)
7.75
(.31)
0.75
(.03)
Port "1"
2

9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
128.2
(5.05)
74.2
(2.92)
27
39
(1.06) (1.54)
25
(.98)
49
(1.93)
43
(1.69)
90
(3.54)
53
(2.09)
27.5
(1.08)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
..... 8-10 mm(.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
..... Not Exceeding
1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque: 10.3-11.3 Nm
(91-100 IN. 1bs.)
22
(.87)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (2) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The mounting dimensions conform to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A. Ports A and B are used as ports "2" and "1" respectively.
4. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P9
DIMENSIONS IN
137.5
(5.41)
64
(2.52)
27.5
(1.08)
25
(.98)
101
(3.98)
27
(1.06)
83.5
(3.29)
39
(1.54)
22
(.87)
494
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
DSPG-03-C- -10/1090
Port "1"
12
(.47)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
Port "2"
92
(3.62)
19
54
(.75) (2.13)
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
164
(6.46)
91
(3.58)
39
35
(1.54) (1.38)
Manual Actuator
6.3(.25) Dia.
32
(1.26)
Mounting Surface 3
(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque: 8.5-10.5 Nm
(75-93 IN. 1bs.)
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (3) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The dimensions of mounting surface conform to ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A. Ports A and B are used as port 2 and port 1 respectively.
4. O-rings for each port: SO-NB-A014
DIMENSIONS IN

187
(7.36)
Shut-off Type
69
(2.72)
70
(2.76)
109.3
(4.30)
61.8
(2.43)
27.5
(1.08)
35.5
(1.40)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
.....Not Exceeding
1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
114
(4.49)
39
35
(1.54) (1.38)
121.3
(4.78)
35.5
(1.40)
73.8
(2.91)
27.5
(1.08)
32
(1.26)
495
List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y
13
16 8 17 10 2
Solenoid assembly is composed of the

parts marked with .
18 12 11 7
9 15 3
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
DSP -01
Part Numbers
Qty.
8
9
10
15
16
17
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
SO-NA-P8
SO-NB-A014
SO-NB-A015
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P18
5701-VK413831-9
1
1
1
4
1
2
DSP -03
Part Numbers
SO-NA-P12
SO-NB-A017
SO-NB-A018
SO-NB-A014
SO-NB-A119
2691-VK418550-0
Qty.
1
1
1
5
1
2
Remarks
only for "DSPG"
Note: When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
DSPC-01-C- -20
DSPC-03-C- -10
DSPG-01-C- -20
DSPG-03-C- -10
496
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y No.

Seal Kit Numbers
KS-DSPC-01-C-10
KS-DSPC-03-C-10
KS-DSPG-01-C-10
KS-DSPG-03-C-10
Valve Model No.
Solenoid Ass'y No.
12 Coil No.
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A100-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A200-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D12-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D24-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A100-10/1090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A200-10/1090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D12-10/1090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D24-10/1090
SA1-100-N-6055
SA1-200-N-6055
SD1-12-N-6055
SD1-24-N-6055
SA3-100-N-5130
SA3-200-N-5130
SD3-12-N-5130
SD3-24-N-5130
C-SA1-100-N-60
C-SA1-200-N-60
C-SD1-12-N-60
C-SD1-24-N-60
C-SA3-100-N-50
C-SA3-200-N-50
C-SD3-12-N-50
C-SD3-24-N-50
13 Connector No.
GDM-211-B-11
Check / Pilot Controlled Check Valves
Valve Type
Graphic
Symbols
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
.3
1
.5
In-Line
(CIT)
Check Valves
25
(3630)
Right Angle
(CRT/CRG)
2
5
10
20
10
20
50
100 200
02
03
06
10
03
06
Right Angle, Flanged Connection

(CRF)
Pilot Operated
Check Valves
25
(3630)
50
Threaded Connection(CP T)
Sub-plate Mounting(CP G) 03
Flanged Connection(CP F)
U.S.GPM
500 1000
Page
500 1000 2000 5000

L /min
498
10
10
06
100 200
16
24
10
504
10
16
497
In-Line Check Valves

These valves allow free flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction. Cracking pressure specified
is the pressure required to open the valve and allow free flow.
Graphic Symbol
Specifications
Model Numbers
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)

MPa (PSI)
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
25
(3630)
0.04 (6)
0.35 (50)
0.5 (70)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.1 (.22)
CIT-02- -50/5080/5090
16 (4.23)
CIT-03- -50/5080/5090
30 (7.93)
CIT-06- -50/5080/5090
85 (22.5)
CIT-10- -50/5080/5090
230 (60.8)
0.3 (.66)
0.8 (1.8)
2.3 (5.1)
Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific
gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 m m2 /s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).

CI
-03
-04
-50
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
Cracking Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
CI:
In-Line
Check Valve
T:
Threaded
Connection
02
Design
Standards
50
04: 0.04 (6)
35: 0.35 (50)
50: 0.5 (70)
03
06
50
50
10

50
Note: For In-Line Check Valves, standard type (for petroleum base oils) can be used phosphate ester type fluid.
CIT-02CIT-03CIT-06CIT-10-
-50/5080/5090
-50/5080/5090
-50/5080/5090
-50/5080/5090
"D" Thd.
2 Places
Inlet Port
Outlet Port
FREE
Model Numbers
mm (Inches)
B
CIT-02- -50
58 (2.28)
19 (.75)
Rc 1/4
CIT-02- -5080
65 (2.56)
22 (.87)
1/4 BSP.F
CIT-02- -5090
58 (2.28)
19 (.75)
1/4 NPT
CIT-03- -50
76 (2.99)
CIT-03- -5080
83 (3.27)
27 (1.06)
3/8 BSP.F
CIT-03- -5090
76 (2.99)
CIT-06- -50
95 (3.74)
CIT-06- -5080
102 (4.02)
CIT-06- -5090
95 (3.74)
Rc 3/8
3/8 NPT
Rc 3/4
41 (1.61)
CIT-10- -5080
CIT-10- -5090
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/4
CIT-10- -50
498
"D" Thd.
133(5.24)
60 (2.36)
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/4 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
0.7
100
0.6
80
60
CIT-02-50
CIT-02-35
0.4
40
20
0
0.2
CIT-02-04
0
0
0
10
15
3
4
Flow Rate
20
25
6
L/min
U.S.GPM
CIT-03
Pressure Drop P
PSI MPa
100
0.7
0.6
80
60
CIT-03-50
0.4
40
20
0
CIT-03-35
0.2
CIT-03-04
0
0
0
10
20
30
6
40 L/min
10
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop P
CIT-06
PSI MPa
0.7
100
0.6
80
60
CIT-06-50
0.4
CIT-06-35
40
20
0
Pressure Drop P
CIT-02
0.2
CIT-06-04
0
0
25
75
50
10
125
100
30
20
Flow Rate
L/min
U.S.GPM
CIT-10
Pressure Drop P
PSI MPa
100
0.7
0.6
80
60
CIT-10-50
0.4
40
20
0
CIT-10-35
0.2
CIT-10-04
0
0
0
50
100
20
150
200
250
60
40
Flow Rate
300
L/min
80 U.S.GPM
499
Right Angle Check Valves

These valves allow free flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction. Cracking pressure specified
is the pressure required to open the valve and allow free flow.
Graphic Symbol
Specifications
Model Numbers
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
CRT-03- -50/5080/5090
40 (10.6)
CRT-06- -50/5080/5090
125 (33)
CRT-10- -50/5080/5090
250 (66)
CRG-03- -50/5090
40 (10.6)
CRG-06- -50/5090
125 (33)
CRG-10- -50/5090
250 (66)
Type of Connection
Threaded Connection
Sub-plate Mounting

MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.04 (6)
0.9 (2.0)
0.35 (50)
1.7 (3.7)
0.5 (70)
5.6 (12.3)
0.04 (6)
1.7 (3.7)
0.35 (50)
2.9 (6.4)
0.5 (70)
5.5 (12.1)

F-
CR
-03
-04
-50
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
Cracking Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
T:
Threaded
Connection
03
04: 0.04 (6)
50
06
35: 0.35 (50)
50
10
50: 0.5 (70)
50
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
04: 0.04 (6)
50
06
35: 0.35 (50)
50
10
50: 0.5 (70)
50
F:
Special seals
for phosphate
ester type
fluids
(Omit if not
required)
CR:
Right Angle
Check Valve
Design
Standards
& European Design Std.
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
CRG-03
CRG-06
CRG-10
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
CRGM-03-50
Rc 3/8
CRGM-03-5080
CRGM-03X-50
Rc 1/2
CRGM-03X-5080
CRGM-06-50
Rc 3/4
CRGM-06-5080
Thread
Size
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
3/8 BSP.F
CRGM-03-5090
3/8 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
1/2 BSP.F
CRGM-03X-5090
1/2 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
3/4 BSP.F
CRGM-06-5090
3/4 NPT
2.4 (5.3)
1 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
CRGM-10-50
Rc 1-1/4
CRGM-10-5080
1-1/4 BSP.F
CRGM-10-5090
1-1/4 NPT
4.8 (10.6)
CRGM-10X-50
Rc 1-1/2
CRGM-10X-5080
1-1/2 BSP.F
CRGM-10X-5090
1-1/2 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
CRGM-06X-50
Rc 1
CRGM-06X-5080
1 BSP.F
CRGM-06X-5090
Mounting Bolts
Yuken can offer flanged connection

valves described below.

Model No.
500
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
CRF-10- -50
300 (79.3)
CRF-16- -50
600 (159)
CRF-24- -50
1300 (343)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
Valve
Model
Numbers

CRG-03
M10
45 Lg.
CRG-06
M10
50 Lg.
CRG-10
M10
55 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
Qty.
1-3/4 Lg.
2 Lg.
2-1/4 Lg.
DIMENSIONS IN
CRT-03- -50/5080/5090
CRT-06- -50/5080/5090
CRT-10- -50/5080/5090
Model Numbers
"H" Thd.
Rc 3/8
38
62
36
80.5 33
44
(1.50)
3/8 BSP.F
(2.44) (1.42)
(3.17) (1.30) (1.73)
Dia
3/8 NPT
CRT-03- -5090
CRT-03- -50
"H" Thd.
2 Places
CRT-03- -5080
Rc 3/4
54
45
104.5 49
54
74
(2.13)
3/4 BSP.F
CRT-06- -5080
(4.11) (1.93) (2.13)
(2.91) (1.77)
Dia.
3/4 NPT
CRT-06- -5090
CRT-06- -50
Outlet Port
CRT-10- -5080
CRG-03- -50/5090
CRG-06- -50/5090
Outlet Port
6
(.24)
FREE
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Inlet Port

4 Places
B
A
Model Numbers
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
A
Mounting Surface
CRG-03
90
66.7
(3.54) (2.63)
11.7
72
42.9
(.46) (2.83) (1.69)
17.5 72.5
30
ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
(.69) (2.85) (1.18)
CRG-06
102
79.4
(4.02) (3.13)
11.3
93
60.3
(.44) (3.66) (2.37)
21.4 84.5
35
ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
(.84) (3.33) (1.38)
CRG-10- -50/5090
Outlet Port
Inlet Port
20.3 (.80)
96.8
(3.81)
120
(4.72)
6
(.24)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
FREE
123
(4.84)
84.1
(3.31)
42.1
(1.66)
97
(3.82)
11.6
(.46)
Inlet Port
Rc 1-1/4
80
107
65
130
65
80
(3.15)
1-1/4 BSP.F
(4.21) (2.56)
(5.12) (2.56) (3.15)
SQ.
1-1/4 NPT
CRT-10- -5090
CRT-10- -50

6 Places
40
(1.57)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
501
Sub-plate
CRGM-03-50/5080/5090
CRGM-03X-50/5080/5090
13(.51) Dia.
2 Places
"B" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
4 Places
CRGM-06-50/5080/5090
CRGM-06X-50/5080/5090
11.3
(.44)
90
(3.54)
79.4(3.13)
22
(.87)
60.3
(2.37)
49.2
(1.94)
44.5
(1.75)
39.7
(1.56)
124
(4.88)
77
(3.03)
"H" Thd.
27
(1.06)
36
(1.42)
110
(4.33)
"J" Thd.
16
(.63)
80 (3.15) 24 (.94)
45
(1.77)
130
(5.12)
28(1.10) Dia.
2 Places
116(4.57)
9.6(.38)
96.8
(3.81)
48.4
(1.91)
21
D (.83)
C
126(4.96)
11.6
(.46)
120
(4.72)
19
(.75)
16.7
(.66)
84.1
(3.31)
67.5
(2.66)
62.7
(2.47)
42.1
(1.66)
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
12(.47)
"J" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
6 Places
CRGM-10-50
Thread Size
F
"H" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
12
(.47)
96
(3.78)
30
(1.18)
45
(1.77)
CRGM-10-5090
CRGM-10X-50
135
1-1/4 BSP.F
(5.31)
1-1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/2
177
(6.97)
3/8-16 UNC
140(5.51)
150
(5.91)
M10
1 BSP.F
1 NPT
82.3 (3.24) 22 (.87)
3/8-16 UNC
Rc 1
136
(5.35)
M10
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
"H" Thd.
2 Places
502
1/2 NPT
Thread Size
E
82.3 (3.24) 22 (.87)

4 Places
CRGM-10X-5090
CRGM-03X-5090
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
10
(.39)
CRGM-10-50/5080/5090
CRGM-10X-50/5080/5090
CRGM-10X-5080
1/2 BSP.F
Rc 3/4
CRGM-06X-5090
CRGM-10-5080
CRGM-03X-5080
A
CRGM-06X-50
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Rc 1/2
15
(.59)
CRGM-06-5090
CRGM-06X-5080
3/8 NPT
CRGM-03X-50
CRGM-06-50
CRGM-06-5080
CRGM-03-5090
11.1
(.44)
"H" Thd.
2 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
3/8 BSP.F
22(.87) Dia.
2 Places
"J" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
4 Places
102(4.02)

4 Places
25.5
(1.00)
104
(4.09)
22
(.87)
Rc 3/8
"B" Thd.
M10
3/8-16 UNC
M10
3/8-16 UNC
DIMENSIONS IN
"A" Thd.
2 Places
Thread Size
"A" Thd.
CRGM-03-5080
10
(.39)
7.1
(.28)
42.9
(1.69)
35.7
(1.41)
31.8
(1.25)
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
104(4.09)
33.3
(1.31)
CRGM-03-50
15
(.59)
66.7(2.63)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
32(1.26)
19.5
(.77)
21
(.83)
61
(2.40)
82
(3.23)
102
(4.02)
1.7(.07)
4 Places
70(2.76)
90(3.54)
10(.39)
50
(1.97)
167
1-1/2 BSP.F
(6.57)
1-1/2 NPT
"J" Thd.
M10
3/8-16 UNC
M10
3/8-16 UNC
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
CRT-03
CRG-03
0.8
80
0.6
CRT-03-50
CRT-03-35
CRT-03-04
0.4
0.2
0
10
30
20
5
40
50
60
15
10
Flow Rate
CRG-03-50
0.6
0.4
40
0
L/min
U.S.GPM
CRG-03-35
CRG-03-04
0.2
0
0
10
20
CRT-06
30
40
50
60
15
5
10
Flow Rate
L/min
U.S.GPM
CRG-06
PSI MPa
1.4
200
1.2
CRT-06-50
150
1.0
0.8
100
0.6
CRT-06-35
0.4
50
0.2
CRT-06-04
0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
0
10
20
30
40
Flow Rate
50
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
80
PSI MPa
1.4
200
1.2
CRG-06-50
150
1.0
0.8
100
0.6
CRG-06-35
0.4
50
CRG-06-04
0.2
0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
0
U.S.GPM
CRT-10
10
20
30
Flow Rate
40
50 U.S.GPM
CRG-10
PSI MPa
200
1.4
1.2
CRT-10-50
150
1.0
0.8
100
CRT-10-35
0.6
0.4
CRT-10-04
50
0.2
0
0
0 5 0 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min
0
20
40
60
Flow Rate
80
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
PSI MPa
1.0
140
120
0.8
PSI MPa
175
1.2
150
1.0
100
0.8
0.6
50
0.4
0.2
0
CRG-10-35
CRG-10-04
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min
100 U.S.GPM
CRG-10-50
20
40
60
Flow Rate
80
40
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
PSI MPa
1.0
140
120
100 U.S.GPM
List of Seals
CRT-03-50/5080/5090
CRT-06-50/5080/5090
CRT-10-50/5080/5090
List of Seals & Seal Kits
5
7
4
8
O-Ring
Seal Kit
3
2
CRT-03
CRT-06
CRT-10
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P24
SO-NB-P32
Qty.
1
KS-CRT-03-50 KS-CRT-06-50 KS-CRT-10-50
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
above.
CRG-03-50/5090
CRG-06-50/5090
CRG-10-50/5090
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts
5
7
9
6
4
3
1
2
8
10
List of Seals & Seal Kits

Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts
CRG-03
CRG-06
CRG-10
Qty.
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P24
SO-NB-P32
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
Seal Kit
KS-CRG-03-50 KS-CRG-06-50 KS-CRG-10-50
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
above.
503
Pilot Operated Check Valves

These check valves allow flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction, until operated by pilot pressure
to allow free reverse flow. The specified cracking pressure is required to open the valve to allow free flow direction.
Graphic Symbols
Internal Drain Type
External Drain Type
Specifications
Type of Connection
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
Threaded Connection
Sub-plate Mounting
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50
40 (10.6)
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50
125 (33)
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50
250 (66)
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50
40 (10.6)
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50
125 (33)
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50
250 (66)

MPa (PSI)
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.04
0.2
0.35
0.5
(6)
(29)
(50)
(70)
3.0 (6.6)
0.04
0.2
0.35
0.5
(6)
(29)
(50)
(70)
3.3 (7.3)
5.5 (12.1)
9.6 (21.2)
5.4 (11.9)
8.5 (18.7)
Model Number Designatioin

F-
CP
03
-E
-04
-50
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
Drain
Connection
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
Design
Standards
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
CP:
Pilot Operated
Check Valve
CPD:
Decompression
Type Pilot
Operated
Check Valve
T:
Threaded
Connection
03
None:
Internal
Drain
50
04: 0.04 (6)
50
20: 0.2 (29)
50

G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
35: 0.35 (50)
50
50: 0.5 (70)
50
06
10
06
10
E:
External
Drain
Mounting Bolts
Valve
Model
Numbers
N.American
Design Standard
Qty.
CP G-03
M10
45 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
1-3/4 Lg.
CP G-06
M10
50 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2 Lg.
CP F-10- - -50
250 (66)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
CP F-16- - -50
600 (159)
25 (3630)
CP G-10
504
Yuken can offer flanged connection valves

described below.

50

M10
55 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2-1/4 Lg.
Model Numbers
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
CP G-03
CP G-06
CP G-10
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
3/8 BSP.F
HGM-03-2090
3/8 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
1/2 BSP.F
HGM-03X-2090
1/2 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
3/4 BSP.F
HGM-06-2090
3/4 NPT
2.4 (5.3)
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
HGM-03-20
Rc 3/8
HGM-03-2080
HGM-03X-20
Rc1/2
HGM-03X-2080
HGM-06-20
Rc 3/4
HGM-06-2080
HGM-06X-20
Rc 1
HGM-06X-2080

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
1 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
HGM-10-20
Rc 1-1/4
HGM-10-2080
1-1/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
HGM-06X-2090
HGM-10-2090
1-1/4 NPT
4.8 (10.6)
HGM-10X-20
Rc 1-1/2
HGM-10X-2080
1-1/2 BSP.F
HGM-10X-2090
1-1/2 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available, specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mountingsurface should
Sub-plates are shared with those for H Type Pressure Control Valves. Refer to pages 244 to 246 for dimensions.
E
Operation of internal and external drain types
When the outlet side P1 is directly connected to the tank in reversed
free flow (Fig. a), the internal drain type is normally used. When
the back pressure is applied to the outlet side P1 (Fig. b), be sure
to use the external drain type.
P2
DR
Minimum pilot pressure characteristics

That depends on the pressure of the inlet side P2 in the reversed
free flow.
This value can be determined from the characteristics chart.
Cautionson replacementof 20 design low crackingpressure
t y p e v a lv e s w it h 5 0 d e s ig n v a lv e s .
In 20 design valve with cracking pressure of 0.035 MPa (5 PSI)
(Code "5"), for closing the valve completely and certainly, it was
necessar y to introduc e the pressurize d oil into the drain port to
push down the piston compulsory.
While in 50 design valve with cracking pressure of 0.04 MPa (6
PSI) (Code "6"), it has such structure that the valve can be closed
completely and certainly without introducing the pressurized oil
into the drain port. On the contrary , what is worse is that if the
pressurized oil is introduced into the drain port, the oil acts towards
the direction o f opening the valve, which i s very dangerous and
has to be absolutely avoided. Therefore, please do not supply any
pressurized oil into the drain port in case of using 50 design valve.
P2
P1
P1
(Fig.a)
(Fig.b)
Instructions
WARNING
The machinery, if misused due to failure to observe
the "Cautions" on the left, may perform
unforeseeable movements, resulting in a disastrous
accident.
505
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
H
Free Flow Inlet or Reversed

Controlled Flow Outlet Port
"N" Thd.
FREE
Drain Port
"P" Thd.
Free Flow Outlet or

Reversed Controlled
Flow Inlet Port "N" Thd.
B
A
Model Numbers
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50
CPT/CPDT-03- - -5080
CPT/CPDT-03- - -5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50
CPT/CPDT-06- - -5080
CPT/CPDT-06- - -5090
Dimensions
A
Pilot Port
"P" Thd.
mm (Inches)
F
Thread Size
J
"N" Thd.
38
80
40
39
150.5 84.5
60
29
67.5 26.5
(1.50)
(3.15) (1.57) (1.54) (5.93) (3.33)
(2.36) (1.14) (2.66) (1.04)
Dia.
Rc 1/4
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
62
96
48
47
171.5 92.5
72
35
75.5
31
(2.44)
(3.78) (1.89) (1.85) (6.75) (3.64)
(2.83) (1.38) (2.97) (1.22)
SQ.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1/4
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50
80
140
70
64
203.5 113
82
40
96
43
(3.15)
1-1/4 BSP.F
CPT/CPDT-10- - -5080
(5.51) (2.76) (2.52) (8.01) (4.45)
(3.23) (1.57) (3.78) (1.69)
SQ.
1-1/4 NPT
CPT/CPDT-10- - -5090
506
"P" Thd.
Rc 3/8
1/4 BSP.F
1/4NPT
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
A
B
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
FREE
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Pilot Port
Drain Port

4 Places
Free Flow Inlet or

Reversed Controlled
Flow Outlet Port
Dimensions
Model Numbers
mm (Inches)
Mounting Surface
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
90
(3.54)
66.7
(2.63)
11.7
(.46)
150.5
(5.93)
42.9
(1.69)
66
(2.60)
62
(2.44)
30
(1.18)
ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
102
(4.02)
79.4
(3.13)
11.3
(.44)
171.5
(6.75)
60.3
(2.37)
67.5
(2.66)
74
(2.91)
35
(1.38)
ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
Free Flow Outlet or Reversed

Controlled Flow Inlet Port
11.1
(.44)
119
(4.69)
96.8
(3.81)
89
(3.50)
Free Flow Outlet or Reversed

Controlled Flow Inlet Port
6
(.24)
6
(.24)
40
(1.57)
FREE
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
70
(2.76)
203.5
(8.01)
84.1
(3.31)
42.1
(1.66)
Drain Port

6 Places
Pilot Port
Free Flow Inlet or

Reversed Controlled
Flow Outlet Port
507
Pressure Drop
CPG-03, CPDG-03
PSI
PSI MPa
175
1.2
150
CP T-03- -50
CP T-03- -35
CP T-03- -20
0.8
100
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
CPT-03, CPDT-03
CP T-03- -04
0.4
50
Reversed
Controlled Flow
10
20
30
40
60
50
10
140
MPa
1.0
120
0.8
100
80
CP G-03- -20
60
0.4
20
0
U.S.GPM
PSI
200
CP T-06- -20
0.8
50
0.4
CP T-06- -04
25
50
100
75
125
20
30
Flow Rate
10
150
Reversed
Controlled Flow
175 200 L/min
40
50
CP T-10- -20
CP T-10- -04
0.9
100
0.6
50
0.3
0
50
100
200
150
250
300
40
60
Flow Rate
20
15
L/min
U.S.GPM
CP G-06- -50
150
CP G-06- -20
0.8
100
50
0.4
CP G-06- -04
25
50
75
100
Reversed
Controlled Flow
150 175 200 L/min
125
20
30
Flow Rate
10
PSI MPa
300
2.0
CP T-10- -35
1.2
150
10
60
40
50 U.S.GPM
CPG-10, CPDG-10
CP T-10- -50
1.5
200
50
CP G-06- -35
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
250
MPa
1.8
MPa
1.4
U.S.GPM
CPT-10, CPDT-10
PSI
40
1.2
CP T-06- -35
150
100
30
CPG-06, CPDG-06
CP T-06- -50
1.2
20
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
225
200
10
CPT-06, CPDT-06
MPa
1.6
Reversed
Controlled Flow
Flow Rate
PSI
CP G-03- -04
40
L/min
15
CP G-03- -50
CP G-03- -35
Reversed
Controlled Flow
350 400 L/min
80
100
250
CP G-10- -35
200
1.2
CP G-10- -20
150
100
50
0
CP G-10- -04
CP G-10- -50
1.6
0.8
0.4
Reversed
Controlled Flow
0
0
U.S.GPM
50
100
150 200
20
40
250 300 350

80
60
Flow Rate
400 L/min
100 U.S.GPM
Min. Pilot Pressure Chart

PSI
MPa
12
1700
Minimum Pilot Pressure (PP)
1600
10
1400
P2
1200
P2
P1
P1
PP
PP
Cracking Pressure
0.5 MPa (70 PSI)
0.04 MPa (6 PSI)
1000
6
800
P2
600
P1
Cracking Pressure
0.5 MPa (70 PSI)
0.04 MPa (6 PSI)
400
2
PP
200
A : Min. Pilot Pressure to open the Decompression Valve
10
500
1000
15
20
2000
1500
2500
3000
25
MPa
3500
PSI
Supply Pressure (P2)
Pressure Drop for Reversed Controlled Flow Only when Decompression Valve is Opened
CPDT-06, CPDG-06
2000
15
10
1000
0
5
0
0
0
508
5
1
10
15
2
3
Flow Rate
20
5
PSI MPa
3500 25
3000 20
2000
PSI MPa
3500 25
3000 20
15
2000
10
1000
25 L/min
6
CPDT-10, CPDG-10
Pressure Drop P
PSI MPa
3500 25
3000 20
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
CPDT-03, CPDG-03
U.S.GPM
1000
5
0
0
0
10
2
20
4
30
40
8
10
Flow Rate
50
12
14
60 L/min
15
10
16 U.S.GPM
5
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
30
Flow Rate
150
200 L/min
40
50 U.S.GPM
List of Seals
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
5
12
1
19
10
20
16
21
18
7
17
11
13
15
CPDT-03/06/10
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
11
12
13
Part Numbers
Qty.
CPT/CPDT-03
CPT/CPDT-06
CPT/CPDT-10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P7
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P29
SO-NB-P36
O-Ring
SO-NB-G25
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P42
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090
5
4
1
14
19
3
20
12
22
23
10
24
21
CPDG-03/06/10
13
6
8
15
9
16 18 11
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
11
12
Part Numbers
Qty.
CPG/CPDG-03
CPG/CPDG-06
O-Ring
SO-NB-P7
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P29
SO-NB-P36
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-G25
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P42
CPG/CPDG-10
Note: When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits

Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
KS-CPT-03-50
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
KS-CPT-06-50
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
KS-CPT-10-50
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
KS-CPG-03-50
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
KS-CPG-06-50
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090
KS-CPG-10-50
509
510
F
MODULES
YUKEN's Modular Valves are stack type valves, and require no piping. They not only rationalise system build, but
they also meet the technical requirements for a variety of hydraulic systems. Stacking systems is a new era in
hydraulics.
The valves have standardized mounting surface conforming to ISO 4401 and optimum thickness for each size. Any
hydraulic circuits can be easily composed by stacking the valves with mounting bolts. The valves can be used
widely for hydraulic systems for various industries such as machine tools, special purpose machines, ships and steel
mill equipment.
Valve Type
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
005 Series
Modular Valves
25
(3630)
01 Series
Modular Valves
31.5
(4570)
03 Series
Modular Valves
25
(3630)
06 Series
Modular Valves
25
(3630)
10 Series
Modular Valves
25
(3630)
Maximum Flow
5
10
20
50
100
U.S.GPM
200
Page
10
20
30
50 70 100
200 300
500 700 1000

L/min
517
005
01
535
01
03
577
03
619
06
10
633
Maximum Flow for Throttle and Check Modular Valves.
511
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluid listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum Base Oils
Synthetic Fluids
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluids. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-" to the
model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water-containing Fluids

Name
Viscosity
Temperature
2
005 Series Modular Valves
15 - 200 mm /s
(77 - 900 SSU)
-15 - +60C
(5 - 140F)

15 - 400 mm 2 /s
(77 - 1800 SSU)
-15 - +70C
(5 - 160F)
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise
lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valve.
512
Name
Contamination
Nominal Filtration
Within NAS1638 - Grade 11
20 m or less

Within NAS1638 - Grade 12
20 m or less
Modular Valves
MODULAR VALVES
High Pressure, High Flow Rate Modular Valves

Features
1. Installation and mounting space can be minimized.
2. No special skill is required for assembly and any addition or alteration of the hydraulic circuit can be made quickly
and easily.
3. Problems such as oil-leaks, vibration and noise which may be caused by piping are minimized, increasing the
reliability of the hydraulic system.
4. Maintenance and system check-ups can be easily carried out as they are normally installed in stackable units.
Specifications
Series
Valve
Size
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Number of Stack
25
(3630)
15
(3.96)
1 to 4 stackes
005 Series
01 Series
35 [60]
(9.24 [15.9])
31.5
(4570)
1/8
1 to 5 stackes
70 [120]
(18.5 [31.7])
03 Series
3/8
25 [31.5]
(3630 [4570])
06 Series
3/4
25
(3630)
500
(132)
10 Series
1-1/4
25
(3630)
800
(211)
1 to 5 stackes
F
Modular Valves
1. The values in parentheses represent the max. flow rates for throttle modular valves
(MSP) and throttle check modular valves (MSA/MSB/MSW).
2. Solenoid operated directional valve is included in the number of stack.
3. Solenoid operated directional valve is included in the number of stack. If the
working pressure is above 25 MPa (3630 PSI), the maximum number of layers in a
stack is 4 including the solenoid operated directional valve.
4. The value range in parentheses represents the tightening torque requirements if the
operating pressure is above 25 MPa (3630 PSI).
Mounting Surface
Mounting surface dimensions conform to ISO 4401 (Hydraulic fluid power four port directional control valves
mounting surface) as listed in the table below.
Name of Valve
ISO Mtg. Surface Code No.
01 Series Modular Valve
ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
Stacking Example
03 Series
3/8, Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
(DSG-03)
Modular Valves
P
T
B W A
Modular Valves
Base Plate
(MMC-03)
513
Instructions
Caution in the selection of valves and circuit designing
The selection of modular valves, to suit a particular function or hydraulic circuit, are made in exactly the same way
as conventional valves, taking into account of the flow and pressure of each valve to be used. In some cases, the
stacking system may be restricted, so please refer to the following instructions for stacking sequence. Please note,
that when designing a system using modular stacking valves, due consideration should be given to working space
for future maintenance.
Stacking sequence when using reducing valves (for "A"
or "B" line) and pilot operated check valves.
Because reducing valves are spool type, there is an internal
leakage. In the stacking sequence shown in the drawing left
(incorrect), the cylinder moves due to leakage through the
pilot pressure line
.
Consequently, retaining the position of the cylinder using
a pilot operated check valve becomes impossible. The
stacking sequence shown in the drawing right (correct) is
required in order to retain the cylinder position.
(Incorrect)
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
Pilot Operated
Check Valve
(for "A&B-Lines")
Reducing Valve
(for "B-Line")
P
Stacking sequence when using reducing valves (for "A"

or "B" line) and throttle and check valves (for metreout).
In B to T flow in the drawing left (incorrect), pressure is
generated at
part with a throttle effect of the throttle
and check valve. Depending upon the pressure so generated,
the reducing valve may perform a pressure reducing
function which causes a shortage of output power of the
cylinder and spoils the smooth operation of the cylinder.
Therefore, stacking sequence in the drawing right (correct)
is required in this combination.
514
(Correct)
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
Throttle and
Check Valve
(for "A&B-Lines",
Metre-out)
Reducing Valve
(for "B-Line")
T
(Incorrect)
(Correct)
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
Throttle and
Check Valve
(for "A&B-Lines",
Metre-out)
Pilot Operated
Check Valve
(for "A&B-Lines")
P
Stacking sequence when using brake valves and throttle

and check valves.
In the drawing left (incorrect), pressure is generated at
part (a load pressure and a back pressure from
throttle effect). For structual reasons of the brake valve, the
load pressure and back pressure act to open the valve,
therefore, the setting pressure should be more than the
pressure equal to the load pressure plus back pressure (Pa
+ Pb). If the setting pressure is less than Pa + Pb, the brake
valve acts and brakes the movement of the actuator in
operation, this eventually reduces the speed of the actuator.
On the contrary, if the setting pressure is more than Pa +
Pb, shock may occur when braking the actuator since the
setting pressure is too high against the load pressure.
Therefore, the stacking sequence in the drawing right
(correct) is required in this combination.
(Incorrect)
Stacking sequence when using pilot operated check

valves and throttle and check valves (metre-out).
In A to T flow in the drawing left (incorrect), pressure is
generated at
part with a throttle effect of the throttle
and check valve.
The pressure so generated acts to shut the pilot operated
check valve and eventually creates an open and shut
operation of the valve repeatedly which may cause the
cylinder to have a knocking effect (the same effect
will occur in the case of B to T flow). Therefore, the
stacking sequence in the drawing right (correct) is required
in this combination.
(Correct)
(Incorrect)
(Correct)
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
Throttle and
Check Valve
(for "A&B-Lines",
Metre-out)
Brake Valve
Modular Valves
MODULAR VALVES
Base Plates and Sub-Plates
Mounting Bolts
When mounting the modular valves, use base plates and sub-plates
specified below. If these base plates and the sub-plates are not
used, ensure that the mounting surface has a good machined
finish.
Sub-Plates
Base Plates
Model Numbers
Page
Model Numbers
Page
Series
Bolt Kit
Model Numbers
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs.)
005 Series
MMC-005-*-20
531
DSGM-005*-20
342
005 Series
MBK-005-*-20
2.5-3.5 (22-31)
01 Series
MMC-01-*-40
573
DSGM-01*-31
356
01 Series
MBK-01-*-30
5-6[6-7] (44-53[53-62])
03 Series
MMC-03-T-*-21
615
DSGM-03*-40
373
03 Series
MBK-03-*-10
12-15 (106-133)
06 Series
Consult your Yuken

representative in advance.
DHGM-06*-50
402
06 Series
MBK-06-*-30
50-60 (443-531)
DHGM-10*-40
403
10 Series
MBK-10-*-10
150-170 (1330-1505)
10 Series
The value range in parentheses represents the tightening

torque requirements if the operating pressure is above 25
MPa (3630 PSI).
Assembly
Mounting Bolt Kits
Assembly should be carried out in clean conditions and in accordance

with the following procedure. Cautious attention should be paid to
ensure that the interface of the valves are clean and free from dirt or
other foreign materials.
Assembly Procedure:
005 Series
1) To stack modular valves and solenoid operated directional valves
according to circuit requirements, match the O-ring surfaces to the
mounting surface and check the alignment of the locating pins.
2) Align the right and left sides of the stacked valves.
3) Tighten the four mounting bolts to the specified tightening torque.
4) Perform an operational test and re-check mounting bolt torque, retightening if required.
01-10 Series
1) Screw-in the four stud bolts(06 and 10 series: six stud bolts), fully
into the tapped holes on the mounting surface of the specified base
plate, sub-plate or manifold.
2) Stack the modular valves and solenoid operated directional valves in
accordance with the hydraulic circuit, place the O-ring inserted
surface face onto the base plate and make sure that the port
arrangement of the modular valves are in the correct position before
stacking the valves onto the stud bolts.
3) Align both the end of the valves stacked.
4) Screw-in the four nuts(06 and 10 series: six nuts) onto the stud bolts
and tighten with the specified torque. After the test run, be sure to retighten the nuts firmly within the specified torque.
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
SOL a
SOL b
F
Modular Valves
Base Plate

Nut
Stud Bolt
SOL b
Modular Valves
Series
Modular valves are mounted using stud bolts

which are supplied in a kit form. When
mounting, see the following table for tightening
torque. After the test run, be sure to tighten
again firmly within the specified torque.
Mounting
Bolt Kits
SOL a
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
Modular Valves
Base Plate
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves of the modular valves are those based on viscosity of 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity
of 0.850.
When using the modular valves in conditions other than the above mentioned, find the appropriate values referring to
the following table and formula.
Viscosity
mm2/s
SSU
Factor
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from the following formula.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Modular Valves
515

The model changed for the following models have been made.
Model Numbers
Models
005 Series
Mtg. Interchangeability
Main changes
Current
New
Throttle and Check

Modular Valves
MSW-005- -10
*
A
MSB-005- -20
*
W
Yes
Modification for large flow use.

Addition of the valve for A & B lines.
Pilot Operated Check

Modular Valves
MP B -005-2-10
W
A
MPB-005-2-20
W
Yes

Addition of the valve for A lines.
Base Plates
MMC-005- -10
*
MMC-005-*-20
Yes
Change of the port hole dia. for large flow use

(3.4 Dia.
4.3 Dia.).
Addition of bolt kit for 4-stage stacking.
Change the bolt kit model numbers to conform
to the required bolt length for the 01 to 10 series
(See the table below for details.)
Bolt Kits
MBK-005- -10
*
MBK-005-*-20
Yes
Throttle Modular
Valves
MSP-01-30
MSP-01-50
Yes
Throttle and Check

Modular Valves
A
MSB-01-**-40
W
A
MSB-01- -50
**
W
Yes
Improved Controllability and Operatability.
Relief Modular
Valves
MB*-03-*-20
MB*-03-*-30
Yes
Higher Operating Pressure.
Reducing Modular
Valves
P
MRA-03-*-20
B
P
MRA-03-*-30
B
Yes
01 Series
03 Series
Comparison of MBK-005 bolt kit model numbers
"D" Dia.
Bolt Kit Model Numbers
"F" Thd.
"F" Thd.
(New) 20 Design
(Old) 10 Design
MBK-005-01-20
MBK-005-02-10
65(2.56)
MBK-005-02-20
MBK-005-03-10
95(3.74)
MBK-005-03-20
125(4.92)
MBK-005-05-20
MBK-005-05-10
MBK-005-01-2090
MBK-005-02-2090
MBK-005-05-2090
2
20
(0.79)
4
(0.16)
7
(0.28)
3
(0.12)
M4
3
4
35(1.38)
MBK-005-02-1090
65.1(2-9/16)
MBK-005-03-1090
95.2(3-3/4)
MBK-005-03-2090
516
The number of the laminating

steps quantity of valves to be
stacked including solenoid
operated directional Valve
MBK-005-05-1090
22.4
4.17
6.86
125.4(4-15/16) (0.88) (0.164) (0.27)
34.9(1-3/8)
3.6
(9/64) No.8-32 UNC
3
4
1
Modular Valves
Class
Type of Modular Valve

Model Numbers
Graphic Symbols
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
DSG-005-***-*-40
336
Directional Control Valves
Flow Control Valves
Pressure Control
Valves
Modular Plates and

Mounting Bolts
Page
Releif Valves
(for "P-Line")
MBP-005-*-20
Reducing Valves
(for "P-Line")
MRP-005-*-20/2090
Throttle and Check Valves
(for "A-Line", Metre-out)
MSA-005-X-20
(for "A-Line", Metre-in)
MSA-005-Y-20
(for "B-Line", Metre-out)
MSB-005-X-20
(for "B-Line", Metre-in)
MSB-005-Y-20
(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out)
MSW-005-X-20
(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-in)
MSW-005-Y-20
(for "A-Line")
MPA-005-2-20
(for "B-Line")
MPB-005-2-20
(for "A&B-Lines")
MPW-005-2-20
Check Valves
(for "P-Line")
MCP-005-0-20
End Plates
(Blocking plates)
MDC-005-A-20
518
521
524
527
529
530
Base Plates
MMC-005-*-20/2080/2090
531
Bolts Kits
MBK-005-*-20/2090
534
517
Relief Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MBP-005-*-20
25 (3630)
15 (3.96)

FSpecial Seals
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MBP
Series Number
-005
-C
-20
Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Design Number
Design Standard
*-16 1
(*-2320)
H: 7-25
(1020-3630)
20
C:
MBP : Relief Valve for P-Line
005
Refer to
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure" of the next page for the item marked * .
2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
Graphic Symbol
Instructions
The minimum adjustment pressure equals the value
obtained from the minimum adjustment pressure
characteristics plus the tank line back pressure of
the next page. This back pressure should include
the value of the T-line pressure drop characteristics
of the valves stacked to the base plate side of the
modular valve.
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut
and turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise
or anti-clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn
the screw clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock
nut firmly after making adjustment to the pressure.
In case of a small flow, the setting pressure may
become unstable. To avoid this, refer to the
minimum flow characteristic curve of the next
page and use the valve within a range as shown
with
.
518
MBP-005
MODULAR VALVES
Typical Performance Characteristics
Minimum Flow
14
1000
21
2000
MPa
3000 PSI
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
0.6
80
60
Pressure
Pressure
P-Line
40
T-L
0.2
20
0
1100
1000
900
800
600
400
200
0.4
ine
2600
2400
2200
2200
2000
1800
1800
1600
1400
1200
ine
B-L
A&
MPa
25
23
21
19
17
15
16
14
12
12
10
8
8
7
6
4
3
2
0
0
0
5
1
10
2
Flow Rate
15 L/min
4 U.S.GPM

PSI MPa
200 1.4
160 1.2
120
80
40
0
0.8
0.4
0
0
0
5
1
10
2
Flow Rate
F
0
5
1
10
2
Flow Rate
15 L/min
3
4 U.S.GPM
PSI
3600
3400
3200
3000
Min. Flow
U.S.GPM L/min
5
1.5
4
1.0
3
2
0.5
1
0
0
0
15 L/min
3
4 U.S.GPM
519
MBP-005-*-20
4 Places
44(1.73)
2(.08)
4(.16)
33(.1.30)
25(.98)
DIMENSIONS IN
28(1.10) 8(.31)
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep

Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
P
B
A
T
INC.
3(.12)
30(1.18)
15
(.59)
Pressure Adj. Screw

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
2(.08) Dia.
Locating Pin
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Approx. Mass......0.45 kg(.99 lbs.)
Spare Parts List
MBP-005-*-20
10
17
5 12 1 13
2 16
6 11 4 15 14
List of Seals
520
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
Remarks
11
12
13
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NA-P12.5
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P6
1
2
4

Kit No. : KS-MBP-005-20
MODULAR VALVES
Reducing Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MRP-005-*-20/2090
25 (3630)
15 (3.96)
If the pressure is set below 1.6 MPa (232 PSI), the maximum flow is limited.
See the minimum adjustment pressure vs. maximum flow characteristics and
during use, stay within the shaded zone on the graph.
Special Seals
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MRP
Series Number
-005
-B
-20
Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Design Number
Design Standard
B: *-7 (*-1020)
MRP : Reducing Valve for P-Line
005
C: 3.5-16 (510-2320)
20
Refer to
H: 7-24.5 (1020-3550)
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure vs. Maximum Flow" of the next page for. the item marked *.
Graphic Symbol
Instructions
modular valve.
F-
MRP-005

521

Pressure Drop
PSI
90
80
60
40
Pressure Drop
MPa
0.6
0.4
Lin
T-
0.2
0
0
ne
-Li
B
A&
20
10
2
Flow Rate
15 L/min
4 U.S.GPM
Pres. Drop at Spool Fully Open (P-Line)
Pressure Drop
PSI
140
120
80
MPa
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
40
0
0.2
0
0
10
2
Flow Rate
15 L/min
4 U.S.GPM
Min. Adjustment Pressure vs. Max. Flow

PSI
280
240
MPa
2.0
1.6
200
160
1.2
120
0.8
80
40
0
0.4
0
0
522
10
2
Flow Rate
15 L/min
4 U.S.GPM
MODULAR VALVES
MRP-005-*-20/2090
DIMENSIONS IN
4(.16)
44(1.73)
28(1.10) 8(.31)
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
MR*-005-*-20
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
P
25(.98)
33(.1.30)
2(.08)

4 Places
Rc 1/8 = 1/8 BSP.Tr
MR*-005-*-2090
1/8 NPT
T
Pressure Gauge
Connection "C" Thd.
INC.
3
(.12)
30(1.18)
15
(.59)
Pressure Adj. Screw

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
2(.08) Dia.
Locating Pin
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Spare Parts List
15
13
14
18
10
12
16
17
MRP-005-*-20/2090
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
Remarks
12
13
14
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NA-P12.5
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P6
1
2
4

Kit No. : KS-MRP-005-20
523
Throttle and Check Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSW-005-*-20
MSA-005-*-20
MSB-005-*-20
25 (3630)
15 (3.96)

F-
MSW
-005
-X
-20
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve Size
Direction of Flow
Design Number
Design Standard
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MSA: Throttle and Check Valve

for A-Line
MSB: Throttle and Check Valve
for B-Line
X: Metre-out
005
20
Y: Metre-in
Refer to
MSW: Throttle and Check Valve

for A&B-Lines
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
Flow Adjustment
Graphic Symbols
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen the lock nut and

turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise or anticlockwise. To throttle the flow, turn the screw
clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut firmly
after the adjustment of the flow rate is completed.
Metre-out
Metre-in
MSA-005-X
MSB-005-X
MSW-005-X
524
MSA-005-Y
MSB-005-Y
MSW-005-Y
MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop for Free Flow
0.4
40
20
0
0.2
P&T-Line
0
0
10
2
Flow Rate
15 L/min
3
4 U.S.GPM
10
2
P=10(1450)
P=7(1020)
P=5(730)
8
6
P=3.5(510)
P=2(290)
P=1(145)
P=0.5(70)
2
0
0
Turn of Flow Adj. Screw
5
1
10
2
Flow Rate
15 L/min
3
4 U.S.GPM
PSI MPa
140 1.0
P=Differential Pressure MPa (PSI)

P=25(3630)
P=20(2900)
P=16(2320)
12
Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open
120
Pressure Drop
Flow Rate
Throttle
Fully Open
Metred Flow vs. Screw Position

U.S.GPM L/min
4 15
14
Throttle
Fully Closed
100
80
60
40
20
0
8
(Fully Open)
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
5
1
10
2
Flow Rate
15 L/min
3
4 U.S.GPM
60
A-Line: MSB-005
B-Line: MSA-005
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
0.8
100
80 0.6
PSI MPa
1.0
140
120 0.8
100
0.6
80
60 0.4
40
0.2
20
0
0
525
MSW-005-*-20
DIMENSIONS IN
4(.16)
75.6(2.98)
44(1.73)
23.8(.94)
28
(1.10)
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
A
T
Lock Nut
8(.31) Hex.
Fully Extended
44.5(1.75)
P
25
(.98)
33(.1.30)
2(.08)

4 Places
MSA-005-*-20
A
T
Approx. Mass......0.55 kg(1.2 lbs.)

Fully Extended
44.5(1.75)
Flow Adj. Screw

2.5(.10) Hex. Soc.
DEC.
MSB-005-*-20
15
(.59)
A
T
(.12)
30(1.18)
28.5
(1.12)
2(.08) Dia.
Locating Pin
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Spare Parts List
MSA-005- X -20
Y
12
List of Seals
11
10
10
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
7
8
9
10
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
SO-NA-P3
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P14
SO-BB-P3
List of Seal Kits
Valve Model Numbers
MSB-005- X -20
Y
Item
MSA-005
MSB-005
MSW-005
11
12
MSW-005- X -20
Y
526
11
10
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-MSA-005-20
KS-MSW-005-20
Qty.
MSA
MSW
MSB
1
4
2
1
2
4
2
2
MODULAR VALVES
Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPA-005-2-20
MPB-005-2-20
MPW-005-2-20
25 (3630)
15 (3.96)

F-
MPW
Special Seals
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
-005
Series Number
Valve
Size
-2
-20
Cracking Design
Pressure
MPa (PSI) Number
*
Design
Standard
MPA: Pilot Operated

Check Valve
for A-Line
MPB: Pilot Operated
Check Valve
for B-Line
005
2: 0.2 (29)
20
Refer to
MPW: Pilot Operated

Check Valve
for A&B-Lines
Graphic Symbols
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard
and N. American Design Standard
T
MPA-01

P
MPB-01
Pressure Drop for Free Flow/

Reversed Controlled Flow
PSI MPa
0.8
100
0.6
60
0.4
20
0.2
Reversed Controlled Flow
0
0
0
5
1
10
2
3
Flow Rate
PSI MPa
80 0.6
60
PSI MPa
200 14
4 U.S.GPM
A-Line: MPB-005
B-Line: MPA-005
0.4
40
20
Min. Pilot Pressure
15 L/min
Pressure Drop
P
40
Pressure Drop
Free Flow
180
Min. Pilot Pressure (PP)
Pressure Drop
80
MPW-01
160
140
10
120
100
80
60
40
0.2
20
P&T-Line
0
0
0
5
1
10
2
3
Flow Rate
15 L/min
12
4 U.S.GPM
2
0
0
0
10
15
20
25 MPa
1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI

527
MPA-005-2-20
MPB-005-2-20
MPW-005-2-20
DIMENSIONS IN
85.6(3.37)
44(1.73)
4(.16)
28
(1.10)
28.8(1.13)
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
25(.98)
33(1.30)
2(.08)

4 Places
A
T
33.5
(1.32)
3(.12)
30(1.18)
95(3.74)
2(.08) Dia.
Locating Pin
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Spare Parts List

MPA-005-2-20
List of Seals
10
11
Item
Name of
Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
Remarks
9
10
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P6
2
4

Kit No. : KS-MPA-005-20
MPB-005-2-20
10
11
MPW-005-2-20
528
10
11
MODULAR VALVES
Check Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Number

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MCP-005-0-20
25 (3630)
15 (3.96)

MCP
Special Seals
-005
Valve
Size
Series Number
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
-0
MCP: Check Valve

for P-Line
-20
Cracking Design
Pressure
MPa (PSI) Number
005
0: 0.035(5)
20
*
Design
Standard
Refer to
Graphic Symbol
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
40
0.2
20
0
5
1
2
Flow Rate
MCP-005-0-20
25(.98)
28
(1.10)
P
A
T
B-Line
0.1
0
A&T-Line
0
4 U.S.GPM
10
2
Flow Rate
15 L/min
3
4 U.S.GPM
Spare Parts List

MCP-005-0-20
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
60.3(2.37)
0.3
0.2
20
0
15 L/min
DIMENSIONS IN
4
(.16)

4 Places
10
40
2
(.08)
PSI MPa
0.6
80
0.5
60 0.4
33(1.30)
Pressure Drop
0.4
MCP-005
PSI MPa
0.6
80
60
F-
8(.31)
65(2.56)
3
(.12)
30(1.18)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
List of Seals
2(.08) Dia.
Locating Pin
Item
Name of
Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
Remarks
6
7
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P6
2
4

Kit No. : KS-MPA-005-20
529
End Plates
Blocking plates are used for auxiliary mounting surface or for closing unnecessary
circuits.
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure ------------ 25 MPa (3630 PSI)

F-
MDC
-005
-A
-20
Special Seals
Series Number
Plate Size
Type of Plate
Design Number
Design Standard
MDC : End Plate
005
A: Blocking Plate
20
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
Refer to
Graphic Symbol
MDC-005-A-20
44(1.73)
2
(.08)
33(1.30)
4
(.16)
P
B
25(.98)
28 8(.31)
(1.10)
T
O-Ring for Port
(SO-NB-P6: 4 Pcs.)
2(.08) Dia.
Locating Pin
DIMENSIONS IN
530
3
(.12)
29(1.14)

4 Places
MDC-005-A
MODULAR VALVES
Base Plates For Modular Valves

Specifications

MMC
-005
-5
-20
Series Number
Plate Size
Number of Stations
Design Number
Design Standard
005
: 1 Station
: 2 Stations
: 3 Stations
: 4 Stations
: 5 Stations
None : Japanese Standard "JIS"

80 : European Design Standard
90 : N.American Design Standard
20
Instructions
Graphic Symbols
Port Used: Base plate has more than one pressure port
"P" and tank port "T". Any one of these ports or two or
more ports nay be used. However, please note that the
ports marked with (P) or (T) in the drawing are normally
plugged. Remove the plugs when using such ports. Make
sure that ports that are not cuurently used are properly
plugged.
P
Pressure Drop
MMC-005-1
(P)
T
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
140 1.0
120
100
80
0.5
60
40
20
0
0
P
(T)
(P)
T
P
(T)
B
MMC-005-2-5
5
1
15 L/min
10
2
Flow Rate
4 U.S.GPM
MMC : Base Plate
1
2
3
4
5
Mounting Surface Dimensions for 005 Series Modular Valve

Min. Pitch
36
(1.42)
"C" Thd. "E" Deep 4 Places
B
P
Design Std.
"C" Thd.
"E"

M4
7.5 (.30)
No.8 - 32 UNC
10 (.39)
3.5
(.14)
12.5
(.49)
21.5
(.85)
DIMENSIONS IN
25
(.98)
33
(1.30)
8
(.31)
14
(.55)
20.75
(.82)
28
(1.10)
44
(1.73)
25
(.98)
7.25
(.29)
When standard base plates (MMC-005) are not used, the

mounting surface described on the right must be
prepared. The mounting surface should have a good
machined finish.
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep

4.3(.17) Dia. Max. 4 Places
4
(.16)
531
70(2.76)
10
(.39)
"E" Thd. "F" Deep 4 Places

Port Holes 3.5(.14) Dia. 4 Places
B
P
46
(1.81)
36
(1.42)
72(2.83)
Tank Port (T)

"C" Thd.
(20 Design Only)
14(.55) C'Bore
2 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
50
(1.97)
22.5 25 22.5
(.89) (.98) (.89)
22
28
(.87) (1.10)
MMC-005-1-20/2090
T
A
25
(.98)
Approx. Mass : 2.8 kg (6.2 lbs.)
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
Cylinder Port "A"

35(1.38)
"C" Thd.
43(1.69)
27(1.06)
53(2.09)
18(.71)
53(2.09)
18(.71)
21(.83)
Cylinder Port "B"

"C" Thd.
(T)
21(.83)
36(1.42)
18(.71)
36(1.42)
Tank Port (T)

"C" Thd.
Pressure Port "P"

"C" Thd.
Tank Port (T) "C" Thd.
MMC-005-*-20/2090
Threaded Holes 4 Places-Each Station
L1
10
(.39)
22 28
(.87) (1.10)
36(1.42)
72(2.83)
Number of Station
(2-5 Stations)
Port Holes 4 Places-Each Station
L2

14(.55) C'Bore 2 Places
B
T
B
P T
B
P
B
P
P
A
25(.98)
45
(1.77)
Pitch
36
(1.42)
22.5
(.89)
46
(1.81)
Tank Port "T"

"C" Thd.
21(.83)
62(2.44)
54(2.13)
72(2.83)
A
(P)
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep,

For Valve Locating Pin-Each Station
53(2.09)
53(2.09)
Pitch
35
36
(1.38) (1.42)
A
A
P
36(1.42)
Cylinder Port "B"

"C" Thd.
27
(1.06)
Tank Port (T)

"C" Thd.
45
(1.77)
Cylinder Port "A"

"C" Thd.
For other dimensions, refer to the above Model MMC-005-1.

Model Numbers
MMC-005-*-20
MMC-005-*-2090
Model Numbers
MMC-005-2
MMC-005-3
MMC-005-4
MMC-005-5
532
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
"E" Thd.
M4
Rc 3/8
3/8 NPT No. 8-32 UNC
F
8 (.31)
10 (.39)
L1
L2
106 (4.17)
86 (3.39)
142 (5.59)
122 (4.80)
178 (7.01)
158 (6.22)
214 (8.43)
194 (7.64)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
4.3 ( 9.5)
5.8 (12.8)
7.2 (15.9)
8.7 (19.2)
(T)
21(.83)
54(2.13)
18(.71)
21(.83)
21(.83)
Tank Port "T"

"C" Thd.
36(1.42)
18(.71)
(P)
62(2.44)
72(2.83)
18(.71)
Pressure Port "P"

"C" Thd.
MODULAR VALVES
MMC-005-1-2080
DIMENSIONS IN
85.6(3.37)
7.8(.31)
70(2.76)
10
(.39)

14(.55) C'Bore
2 Places
50
(1.97)
22.5 25 22.5
(.89) (.98) (.89)
M4 Thd. 10(.39) Deep 4 Places
72(2.83)
Port Holes 3.5(.14) Dia. 4 Places

22
28
(.87) (1.10)
B
P
T
A
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep

Cylinder Port "A"
3/8 BSP.F Thd.
53(2.09)
18(.71)
35(1.38)
53(2.09)
18(.71)
27(1.06)
43(1.69)
21(.83)
Tank Port (T)

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
7.8(.31)
10
(.39)
Pressure Port "P"

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
7.8(.31)
L1
L2
22 28
(.87) (1.10)
36(1.42)
72(2.83)
Number of Station
(2-5 Stations)
B
T
B
P T
B
P
B
P
P
A
Threaded Holes 4 Places-Each Station

Port Holes 4 Places-Each Station
14(.55) C'Bore 2 Places
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep,

For Valve Locating Pin-Each Station
25(.98)
Pitch
36
(1.42)
22.5
(.89)
53(2.09)
53(2.09)
Pitch
35
36
(1.38) (1.42)
A
A
P
36(1.42)
Tank Port (T)

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
Cylinder Port "B"

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
Cylinder Port "A"
3/8 BSP.F Thd.
27
(1.06)
45
(1.77)
(T)
21(.83)
54(2.13)
18(.71)
21(.83)
36(1.42)
21(.83)
18(.71)
(P)
62(2.44)
72(2.83)
18(.71)
Tank Port "T"

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
Pipe Plug
4 Places
Cylinder Port "B"

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
MMC-005-*-2080
(T)
21(.83)
36(1.42)
54(2.13)
18(.71)
72(2.83)
36(1.42)
Tank Port "T"

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
21(.83)
62(2.44)
A
(P)
Pressure Port "P"

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
For other dimensions, refer to the above Model MMC-005-1.

Detail of Pipe Plug
Model Numbers
MMC-005-2
MMC-005-3
MMC-005-4
MMC-005-5
L1
L2
106 (4.17)
86 (3.39)
142 (5.59)
122 (4.80)
178 (7.01)
158 (6.22)
214 (8.43)
194 (7.64)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
4.3 ( 9.5)
5.8 (12.8)
7.2 (15.9)
8.7 (19.2)
Bonded Seal
Part No.SG-FB-3/8
Pipe Plug
Part No.900-V33905
533
Mounting Bolt Kits

To mount the valves, four M4 bolts are used. The combination of valves varies with circuits. So, we have several
mounting bolt kits suitable for different valve combinations.
From the selection chart, choose a necessary bolt kit and
specify it with model number when ordering.

MBK
-005
-02
-20
Series Number
Size of
Modular Valve
Bolt Number
Design
Number
Design Standard
MBK: Bolt Kits

for Modular Valves
005
01,02,03,05
(Refer to the
following chart)
20
None : Japanese Standard "JIS" and

Bolt Kits Selection Chart
Bolts Kit Composition:

Soc. Hd. Cap Screw.....4 Pcs.
Quantity of valves to be stacked

Approx.
Solenoid Operated
Mass
Directional Valve Modular Valve Modular Valve g (1bs.)
(MDC-005)
(M**-005)
(DSG-005)
Model Numbers
MBK-005-01-20*
MBK-005-02-20*
MBK-005-03-20*
MBK-005-05-20*
30(.07)
40(.09)
50(.11)
18(.04)
Tightening Torque:
2.5 - 3.5 Nm (22-31 in. lbs.)
Mounting Bolt Kit
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves
005 Series
Modular Valves
Base Plate
The solenoid operated directional valve comes with mounting bolts.
Stacking Example
MBK-005-*-20/2090
E
C
"D" Dia.
mm (Inches)
20
(.79)
4
(.16)
7
(.28)
3
(.12)
22.4
(.88)
125.4
MBK-005-03-2090
(4-15/16)
4.17
(.164)
6.86
(.27)
MBK-005-01-20
65
(2.56)
MBK-005-02-20
95
(3.74)
MBK-005-03-20
125
(4.92)
MBK-005-05-20
35
(1.38)
"F" Thd.
534
Dimensions
Model Numbers
MBK-005-01-2090
65.1
(2-9/16)
MBK-005-02-2090
95.2
(3-3/4)
MBK-005-05-2090
34.9
(1-3/8)
"F" Thd.
M4
3.6
No. 8-32 UNC
(9/64)
1/8 Modular Valves
Releif Valves
(for "P-Line")
MBP-01-*-30
Releif Valves
(for "A-Line")
MBA-01-*-30
Releif Valves
(for "B-Line")
MBB-01-*-30
Reducing Valves
(for "P-Line")
MRP-01-*-30/3090
Reducing Valves
(for "A-Line")
MRA-01-*-30/3090
Reducing Valves
(for "B-Line")
MRB-01-*-30/3090
Brake Valves
MBR-01-*-30
Sequence Valves
(for "P-Line")
MHP-01-*-30
Counterbalance Valves
(for "A-Line")
MHA-01-*-30
Pressure Switch Valves
(for "P-Line")
MJP-01-*-*-10
(for "A-Line")
MJA-01-*-*-10
(for "B-Line")
MJB-01-*-*-10
Flow Control Valves
(for "P-Line")
MFP-01-10
MFA-01-X-10
MFA-01-Y-10
Flow Control Valves

MFB-01-X-10
MFB-01-Y-10
MFW-01-X-10
MFW-01-Y-10
Temperature Compensated
Class
Page
536

536

539
MSTW-01-X-10
MSCP-01-30
MSA-01-X-50
MSA-01-Y-50
MSB-01-X-50
MSB-01-Y-50
539

542

544

(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out, Metre-in)
544

(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-in, Metre-out)
547
Check Valves
(for "P-Line")
MSW-01-X-50
MSW-01-Y-50
MSW-01-XY-50
MSW-01-YX-50
Page
559
561
563
563
563
563
563
563
563
563
567
MCP-01-*-30
547
547
551
551
Check Valves
(for "T-Line")
567
MCT-01-*-30
Anti-Cavitation Valves
MAC-01-30
(for "A-Line")
568
569
MPA-01-*-40/4001
(for "B-Line")
569
MPB-01-*-40/4001
(for "A&B-Lines")
551
569
MPW-01-*-40/4001
End Plates
(Blocking plates)
551
571
MDC-01-A-30
551
551
551
555
555
MSTB-01-X-10
MSP-01-50
Check and Throttle Valves
(for "P-Line")
539
Graphic Symbols
P
Throttle Valves
(for "P-Line")
536
MSTA-01-X-10
Model Numbers
344
378
379
412
Flow Control Valves
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
(S-)DSG-01-***-*-70/7090
E-DSG-01-***-D*-60/6090
T-DSG-01-***-D24*-70/7090
G-DSG-01-***-*-50/5090
Graphic Symbols
Model Numbers
Modular Plates and Mounting Bolts
Class
End Plates
(Bypass plates)
571
MDC-01-B-30
Connecting Plates
(for "P&A-Lines")
572
MDS-01-PA-30/3090
Connecting Plates
(for "P&B-Lines")
572
MDS-01-PB-30/3090
Connecting Plates
(for "A&T-Lines")
572
MDS-01-AT-30/3090
Base Plates
MMC-01-*-40/4080/4090
573
Bolt Kits
555
MBK-01-*-30/3090
576
535

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MBP-01-*-30
MBA-01-*-30
MBB-01-*-30
21 (3050)
35 (9.25)

FSpecial Seals
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MBP
Series Number
MBP : Relief Valve for P-Line
MBA : Relief Valve for A-Line
MBB : Relief Valve for B-Line
-01
-C
-30
Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Design Number
Design Standard
*-14 1
(*-2030)
H: 7-21
(1020-3050)
30
C:
01
Refer to
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
modular valve.
with
.
536
MBP-01
MBA-01
MBB-01
MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop
60
Minimum Flow
MPa
0.6
P-Line: MBP-01
T-Line
A&B-Line
0.4
40
20
0
0.2
U.S.GPM
1.5
Min. Flow
80
Pressure Drop
PSI
P-Line: MB A -01
B
0
0
10
20
4
6
Flow Rate
L /min
6
1.0
0.5
0
0 3.5
30 35 L /min
8 9
U.S.GPM
10.5 14 17.5 21
1000
2000
MPa
3000 PSI
Pressure

MPa
1.4
1.2
0.8
0.4
0
0
10
20
4
6
Flow Rate
30 35 L /min
8 9 U.S.GPM
PSI
3000
2800
2000
1800
1000
800
500
300
200
100
0
MPa
21
20
19
14
13
12
7
6
5
3.5
2.5
1.5
1.6
0.8
0
0
0
10
2
20
4
6
Flow Rate
30 35 L /min
PSI
200
160
120
80
40
0
Pressure
8 9 U.S.GPM
537
MBP-01-*-30
MBB-01-*-30
65(2.56)
4 Places
11(.43)
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)
0.75
(.03)
40.5
(1.59)
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
31
(1.22)
47
(1.85)
15(.59)
32.5
(1.28)
Pressure Adj. Screw

4(.16) Hex. Soc.
Fully Extended L2
Fully Extended L1
Model No.
L1
L2
MB*-01-C
151 (5.94)
92 (3.62)
MB*-01-H
166.5 (6.56)
107.5 (4.23)
40(1.57)
INC.
20.5
(.81)
Approx. Mass............1.1 kg (2.4 lbs.)
DIMENSIONS IN
MBA-01-*-30
Fully Extended L1
16.75
(.66)
16
(.63)
P
B
A
T
For other dimensions, refer to above (MBP-01) drawing.
Spare Parts List

MBP-01-*-30
13
11
MBA-01-*-30
1
10
14
17 16
12
11
14
10
11
10
14
17 16
12
List of Seals
MBB-01-*-30
13
16 17
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
12
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
14
O-Ring
SO-NA-P20
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal

kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kit

Valve Model No.
Seal kit No.
MBP-01
MBA-01
MBB-01
12
538
KS-MBP-01-30
13
MODULAR VALVES

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa(PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MRP-01-*-30/3090
MRA-01-*-30/3090
MRB-01-*-30/3090
31.5 (4570)
35 (9.25)
If the pressure is set below 1.9 MPa (280 PSI), the maximum flow is limited.
See the minimum adjustment pressure vs. maximum flow characteristics
and during use, stay within the shaded zone on the graph.
Special Seals
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MRP
Series Number
-01
-B
-30
Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
01
B: *-7 (*-1020) 1
C: 3.5-14 (510-2030)
H: 7-21 (1020-3050)
30

MRA : Reducing Valve for A-Line
MRB : Reducing Valve for B-Line
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure vs. Maximum Flow" of the next page for the item marked *.
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
modular valve.
MRP-01
*
Design Standard
Refer to
F-
MRA-01
MRB-01
539

MPa
0.6
60
0.4

Primary Pressure 25 MPa(3630 PSI)
A&B-Line
40
20
0
0.2
T-Line
0
0
0
10
2
20
4
6
Flow Rate
30 35 L /min
8 9 U.S.GPM
Pressure Drop

PSI
200
160
120
80
40
0
MPa
1.4
1.2
Secondary Pressure
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI
80
PSI
3000
2900
2800
2700
2000
1900
1800
1700
1000
900
800
700
600
80
60
40
20
0
0.8
0.4
0
MPa
21
20
19
14
13
12
7
6
5
4
0.5
0.3
0.1
0
0
0
10
20
30 35 L /min
10 15 20 25 30 35 L/min
4
6
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
Pressure Adj. Range

0
4
6
Flow Rate
8 9 U.S.GPM

PSI
280
240
200
160
120
80
40
0
MPa
2.0
1.6
1.2
0.8
0.4
0
0
0
540
10
2
20
4
6
Flow Rate
30 35 L /min
8 9 U.S.GPM
:
:
:
"B"
"C"
"H"
MODULAR VALVES
MRP-01-*-30/3090
MRA-01-*-30/3090
MRB-01-*-30/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
11(.43)
0.75
(.03)
40.5
(1.59)
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)
65(2.56)

4 Places
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
31
(1.22)
47
(1.85)
15(.59)
32.5
(1.28)
Model No.
L1
L2
MR*-01- B
C
158 (6.22)
92 (3.62)
MR*-01-H
173.5 (6.83)
107.5 (4.23)
Fully Extended L2
Fully Extended L1
Pressure Adj. Screw
4(.16) Hex. Soc.
Pressure Gauge
Connection
"C" Thd.
INC.
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
40(1.57)
Model Numbers
MR*-01-*-30
Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr

1/4 NPT
20.5
(.81)
MR*-01-*-3090
Spare Parts List
MRP-01-*-30/3090
MRA-01-*-30/3090
MRB-01-*-30/3090
17
10
15
14
16
13
12
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
16
O-Ring
SO-NA-P20
Remarks
Kit No.: KS-MBP-01-30
541
Brake Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MBR-01-*-30
25 (3630)
35 (9.25)

F-
MBR
Special Seals
Series Number
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
-01
-C
-30
Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Design Number
Design Standard
*-14 1
(*-2030)
H: 7-21
(1020-3050)
30
C:
01
MBR : Brake Valve
Refer to
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure "for the item marked *.

Graphic Symbol

Pressure Drop
PSI
80
60
Pressure Drop
MPa
0.6
0.4
0.2
P&T-Line
0
10
20
4
6
Flow Rate
30
35 L /min
9 U.S.GPM
160
120
0.8
40
0
0.4
0
0
542

characteristics plus the tank line back pressure of the
left. This back pressure should include the value of
the T-line pressure drop characteristics of the valves
stacked to the base plate side of the modular valve.
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut and
turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise or anticlockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn the screw
after making adjustment to the pressure.

MPa
1.4
1.2
80
Instructions
B-Line
20
PSI
200
A-Line
40
10
20
4
6
Flow Rate
30
35 L /min
9 U.S.GPM
MODULAR VALVES
MBR-01-*-30
11(.43)
40.5
(1.59)
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)
65(2.56)
0.75
(.03)

4 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
31
(1.22)
47
(1.85)
32.5
(1.28)
P
A
B
T
Fully Extended L2
Pressure Adj. Screw
4(.16) Hex. Soc.
Fully Extended L1
Model No.
L1
L2
MBR-01-C
161 (6.34)
107 (4.21)
MBR-01-H
176.5 (6.95)
122.5 (4.82)
20.5
(.81)
40(1.57)
INC.
MBR-01-*-30
13 14 7 19 5
1 16 10 3 12 11 17 9
20 21
Spare Parts List
6 15
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P7
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
16
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
Kit No.: KS-MBR-01-30
17
O-Ring
SO-NA-P20
Remarks
543
Sequence Modular Valves/Counterbalance Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Numbers
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
25 (3630)
35 (9.25)
MHP-01-*-30
MHA-01-*-30
Free Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
35 (9.25)
Graphic Symbols
MHP-01
MHP-01
MHA-01
MHA-01

FSpecial Seals
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MHP
Series Number
-01
-C
-30
Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Design Number
Design Standard
*-14 1
(*-2030)
H: 7-21
(1020-3050)
30
C:
MHP : Sequence Valve for P-Line

01
MHB : Counterbalance Valve for A-Line
Refer to
Instructions
The minimum adjustment pressure (MHP-01) equals
the value obtained from the minimum adjustment
pressure characteristics plus the tank line back
pressure of the next page. This back pressure should
include the value of the T-line pressure drop
characteristics of the valves stacked to the base plate
side of the modular valve.
The minimum adjustment pressure (MHA-01) equals

the value obtained from the minimum adjustment
pressure characteristics plus the outlet-side back
pressure of the valve on the next page. The outlet-side
back pressure should include the values of the A-line
and T-line pressure drop characteristics of the valves
to be stacked due to the valve with internal drain.

after making adjustment to the pressure.
544
MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop
120
0.8
MHP/MHA-01
P
160
MPa
1.4
1.2
PSI
200
PSI
Pressure Drop
80
40
0
0.4
0
0
10
20
4
6
Flow Rate
30
35 L /min
80
60
MPa
0.6
MHP-01
A&B-Line
0.4
40
0.2
20
0
T-Line
0
0
9 U.S.GPM
0
10
2
20
4
6
Flow Rate
30
8
35 L /min
9 U.S.GPM
F
Pressure Drop
0.4
40
0.2
PSI
60
MPa
0.4
B-Line
40
0.2
20
0
P&T-Line
0
0
20
0
MHA-01
10
20
30
35 L /min
0
0
10
20
4
6
Flow Rate
30
35 L /min
9 U.S.GPM
4
6
Flow Rate
9 U.S.GPM
60
MHA-01
P
80
MPa
0.6
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI
545
MHP-01-*-30
65(2.56)
4 Places
0.75
(.03)
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)
40.5 11(.43)
(1.59)
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
Model Numbers
L1
L2
MHP-01-C
151 (5.94)
92 (3.62)
MHP-01-H
166.5 (6.56)
107.5 (4.23)
31
(1.22)
47
(1.85)
15(.59)
32.5
(1.28)
Pressure Adj. Screw

4(.16) Hex. Soc.
Fully Extended L2
Fully Extended L1
20.5(.81)
40(1.57)
INC.
DIMENSIONS IN
MHA-01-*-30
65(2.56)

4 Places
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)
0.75
(.03)
40.5 11(.43)
(1.59)
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
Model Numbers
L1
L2
MHA-01-C
171 (6.73)
112 (4.41)
MHA-01-H
186.5 (7.34)
127.5 (5.02)
31
(1.22)
47
(1.85)
15(.59)
32.5
(1.28)
Pressure Adj. Screw

4(.16) Hex. Soc.
Fully Extended L2
Fully Extended L1
20.5(.81)
40(1.57)
INC.
Spare Parts List

MHP-01-*-30
9
16
17
13 12
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
Part Numbers Qty.
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
16
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
17
O-Ring
SO-NA-P20
Remarks
Kit No.:
KS-MBP-01-30
15
MHA-01-*-30
11
10
16
17 12 13 14
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
16
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
17
O-Ring
SO-NB-P20
15
546
Part Numbers Qty.
15
Remarks
Kit No.:
KS-MHA-01-30
MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Switch Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa(PSI)
MJ*-01-M-*-*-10
31.5 (4570)
MJ*-01-J-35-10
10 (1450)
MJ*-01-J-100-10
10 (1450)
MJ*-01-J-200-10
20 (2900)
MJ*-01-J-350-10
35 (5080)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
35 (9.25)
Sensitive Switch Ratings

Electric Source
AC
DC
Voltage
125 250
125
250
Current
11A-1/3HP
0.5
0.25
Specifications of semiconductor type pressure switch

JT-02 series is installed for semiconductor type pressure
switch, refer to page 272 for details.
Special Seals
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
MJP
-01
-M
-B
-N
-10
Series Number
Valve
Size
Type of
Switch
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Type of Electrical
Connection
Design
Number
M:
Sensitive
Switch
B: 1-7 (145-1020)
C: 3.5-14 (510-2030)
H: 7-21 (1020-3050)
None: Cable Connector

Type
J:
Semiconductor
Type
Pressure
Switch
35: 0.1-3.5 (14.5-510)

100: 1-10 (145-1450)
200: 2-20 (290-2900)
350: 3.5-35 (510-5080)
MJP :
Pressure Switch for P-Line
MJA :
Pressure Switch for A-Line
01
MJB :
Pressure Switch for B-Line
Design
Standard
N: With Plug-in
Connector (DIN)
10
None: Lead Wire Type
Refer to
F-
Graphic Symbols
MJP-01-M
MJP-01-J
MJA-01-M
MJB-01-M
MJA-01-J
MJB-01-J
547
Instructions
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut and turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise or anti-clockwise.
For an increase of pressure, turn the screw clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut firmly after making adjustment
to the pressure.
Wiring of a sensitive switch should be made correctly referring to the table below. Numbers in the switch status
column indicate wiring numbers in receptacles or contact numbers of connectors.
Pressure with Sensitive Switch
and The Switch Status
Operating Pressure
Switch Status
Less than
Pressure setting
2
3
More than
Pressure setting
2
3
Attachment
Valve Model No.
Attachment
Cable connector:
NJC-203-PR ...... 1 Pc.
DIN connector:
GDM311-B-11... 1 Pc.
MJ*-01-M-*-10
MJ*-01-M-*-N-10
Pressure Drop
80
40
0
MJP-01-M
MPa
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
B-Line
P-Line
A-Line
T-Line
Pressure Drop
PSI
140
120
80
40
0
20
4
6
Flow Rate
30 35 L /min
PSI
60
40
20
0
8 9 U.S.GPM
MJA-01-M
MJB
MPa
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
B-Line: MJA-01, A-Line:MJB-01

P-Line
A-Line: MJA-01, B-Line:MJB-01
T-Line
0
0
548
10
10
2
20
4
6
Flow Rate
MJ*-01-J
PSI
140
120
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
30 35 L /min
8 9 U.S.GPM
MPa
0.1
P,A,B&T-Line
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min
0
4
6
Flow Rate
8 9 U.S.GPM
MODULAR VALVES
Cable Connector Type
MJP-01-M-*-10
MJA-01-M-*-10
MJB-01-M-*-10
Fully Extended 286.5 (11.28)
Fully Extended
115.2 (4.54)

4 Places
P
65(2.56)
0.75
(.03)
INC.
Lock Nut
17(.67) Hex.
Cable Connector
NJC-203-PR
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)
40.5 11(.43)
(1.59)

5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
15.5 (.61)
B
T
P -01"
For other dimensions, refer to "MJA
drawing left.
31
(1.22)
47
(1.85)
32.5
(1.28)
T
128.3
(5.05)
20.5
(.81)
40 (1.57)
F
DIMENSIONS IN

MJP-01-M-*-N-10
MJA-01-M-*-N-10
Cable Departure
Applicable cable:
O.D. of cable 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
2
Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm
(.0023 Sq. in.)

4 Places
MJB-01-M-*-N-10
Fully Extended
115.2 (4.54)
65(2.56)
39
(1.54)
53(2.09)
62.5(2.46)
B
32.5
(1.28)
31
(1.22)
47
(1.85)
A
T
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)
0.75
(.03)
INC.
Lock Nut
17(.67) Hex.
P
B
15.5 (.61)
40.5 11(.43)
(1.59)

5 (.20) Hex. Soc.

P -01"
drawing left.
110.6 (4.35)
122.6 (4.83)
20.5
(.81)
40 (1.57)
As shown by the dot-and-dash line, the cable departure can also be faced opposite.
549
Semiconductor Type Pressure Switch

MJP-01-J-*-10
MJA-01-J-*-10
11(.43)
40.5
(1.59)
P
B
LED Indicator
30(1.18) Dia.
15.5 0.75(.03)
(.61)
31(1.22) 8(.31)
32.5(1.28)
47(1.85)
1.8(.07)
65(2.56)
Differential Pressure Setting Trimmer

(DIFF Trimmer)
Four Conductor Cable
[5 mm(.20 in.) O.D.]
RED-------Power Supply
BLACK---Power Supply
WHITE---Output
GREEN---Output
A
T
43(1.69)

4 Places
97(3.82)
Pressure Setting Trimmer

(On Trimmer)
30
(1.18)
2000(78.7)
MJB-01-J-*-10
20(.79)
40(1.57)
P
B
A
T
45.5
(1.79)
O-Ring for Port

(SO-NB-P9: 4 Pcs.)
2000(78.7)
97(3.82)
Approx. Mass............1 kg (2.2 lbs.)

Approx. Mass............1 kg (2.2 lbs.)
P -01"
drawing left.
Spare Parts List

17
19
12
16
10
18
14
15

MJP
MJA-01-M-*-N-10
MJB
13
Cable Connector Type

MJP
MJA-01-M-*-10
MJB
8
21
11
20
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
Packing
3116-VK414239-4
Packing
3116-VK414240-2
18
O-Ring
SO-NA-P5
19
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit

List of Seal Kits

Valve Model No.
Seal Kit Numbers
MJP-01
MJA-01
Included in seal kit

Kit No.: KS-MJP-01-10
MJB-01
Since MJ*-01-J-*-10 (Semiconductor type pressure
switch) does not have any seals inside, only four(4)
O-rings for the ports are required. Please refer to the
above drawing.
550
MODULAR VALVES
Pressure and Temperature Compensated

Flow Control (and Check) Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Metred Flow Max. Free Flow

MFP-01-10
MFA-01-*-10
MFB-01-*-10
MFW-01-*-10
16 (2320)
35 (9.25)
35 (9.25)
FSpecial Seals
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MFA
Series Number
-01
-X
-10
Valve Size
Direction
of Flow
Design
Number
10
MFP : Flow Control Valve for P-Line

MFA : Flow Control and Check Valve for A-Line
MFB : Flow Control and Check Valve for B-Line
MFW : Flow Control and Check Valve for A&B-Lines
Design
Standard
01
Refer to
X : Metre-out
Y : Metre-in
10
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
P
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking screw

for the dial and turn the flow adjustment dial
clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a decrease of flow,
turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the
locking screw firmly after the adjustment of the
flow rate.
MFP-01
Metre-out
Metre-in
MFA-01-X
MFB-01-X
MFW-01-X
MFA-01-Y
MFB-01-Y
MFW-01-Y
551

160
120
80
40
0
MPa
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
Metred Flows vs. Dial Position

U.S.GPM L /min
35
9
8
30
A
MFB-01
W
MFP-01
Flow Rate
PSI
200
20
4
10
2
10
0
0
20
30 35 L /min
4
6
Flow Rate
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(Fully Open)
8 9 U.S.GPM
Turn of Flow Adj. Dial
Min. Metred Flow

U.S.GPM
9.50
9.25
9.00
2.65
2.60
2.55
.064
.060
.056
.052
15
Flow Rate
Metred Flow
cm3/min
cu.in/min 400
22.5
20
300
200
10
5
0
100
0
0
0
12
L /min
36
35
34
10.0
9.8
9.6
0.24
0.22
0.20
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
16 MPa
400 800 1200 1600 2000

PSI
2200
Metred Flow vs. Differential Pres.

B-Line: MFA-01
A-Line: MFB-01
10
2
20
4
6
Flow Rate
L/min
37
A-Line: MFP-01
9.25
35
B-Line: MFP-01
8.75
33
P&T-Line
U.S.GPM
9.75
30 35 L /min
8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
0.4
50
40 0.3
0.2
20
0.1
0
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 SSU

Viscosity
2.8
2.6
2.4
.28
.26
.24
11
10
9
1.1
1.0
0.9
0
Pressure Drop

PSI
140
120
MPa
1.0
0.8
80
0.6
0.4
40
0
0.2
0
0
0
552
10
2
20
4
6
Flow Rate
30 35 L /min
8 9 U.S.GPM
12
16 MPa
400 800 1200 1600 2000 PSI

2200
MODULAR VALVES
MFP-01-10
4 Places
1.8
(.07)
47
(1.85)
13(.51)
8
(.31)
0.75
(.03)
40.5
(1.59)
31
(1.22)
67(2.64)
32 Dia.
(1.26)
12 3 4 5
32.5
(1.28)
P
B
T
Fully Extended
138 (5.43)
Fully Extended 192 (7.56)
Flow Adj. Dial
8 9 0 1 2
22
(.87)
40 (1.57)
INC.
LOCK
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
Approx. Mass............ 1.7 kg (3.8 lbs.)
MFW-01- X -10
Y
DIMENSIONS IN
65(2.56)
11(.43)
0.75
(.03)
8
(.31)
40.5
(1.59)
1.8
(.07)

4 Places
Flow Adj. Dial
(for B-Line)
INC.
Fully Extended
131.3 (5.17)
Flow Adj. Dial

(for A-Line)
INC.
1 2 3 4 5
5 6 7 8 9
LOCK
MFW-01-X ------------ 22 (.87)

MFW-01-Y ------------ 18 (.71)
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
32 Dia.
(1.26)
47
(1.85)
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
89 0 12
89 0 1 2
P
B
T
40 (1.57)
MFB-01- X -10
Y
MFA-01-X -10
Y

Fully Extended
131.3 (5.17)
89 0 1 2
89 0 1 2
P
B
41.8
(1.65)
P
B
A
T
For other dimensions, refer to "MFW-01" drawing above.
553
Spare Parts List

MFP-01-10
21
6 19
11
10
MFW-01- X -10
Y
12 18 17 14
20 15
11 8
22 16
3 12 18 17 14
19 10 20 15 22 16
MFA-01- X -10
Y
13
19
11
20
12 18 17 14 22
10
20 15 16
20
MFB-01- X -10
Y
22 14 17 18 12
16 15 11
10
19
13
20
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits

Quantity
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
MFP-01
KS-MFP-01-10
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
17
Back Up Ring
SO-BB-P6
MFA-01
18
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
MFB-01
19
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
MFW-01
20
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
21
O-Ring
SO-NB-P10
MFP-01 MFA-01 MFB-01 MFW-01
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.
554
KS-MFA-01-10
KS-MFW-01-10
MODULAR VALVES
Temperature Compensated Throttle and Check Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Numbers
MSTA-01-X-10
MSTB-01-X-10
MSTW-01-X-10
Max.
Max.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Operating Differential Metred
Metred
Free
Pressure
Pressure
Flow
Flow
Flow
MPa
MPa
L/min
L/min
L/min
(PSI)
(PSI)
(U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM)
31.5
(4570)
14
(2030)
35
(9.25)
0.5
(.13)
35
(9.25)

FSpecial Seals
-01
-X
-10
Series Number
Valve
Size
Direction of Flow
Design
Number
01
X : Metre-out
10
Design
Standard
MSTA : Temperature Compensated

Throttle and Check Valve for A-Line
MSTB : Temperature Compensated
Throttle and Check Valve for B-Line
Refer to
MSTW: Temperature Compensated

Throttle and Check Valve for A&B-Lines
Instructions
flow rate.
F:
Special Seals for
Fluids
MSTA
Graphic Symbols
MSTA-01-X
MSTB-01-X
MSTW-01-X
555

MPa
0.3
30
20
0.2
10
0
B-Line: MSTA-01
A-Line: MSTB-01
0.1
P&T-Line
0
0
10
20
35 L /min
30
4
6
Flow Rate
PSI
40
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI
280
240
200
160
120
80
40
0
9 U.S.GPM
MPa
2.0
1.6
1.2
0.8
0.4
0
0
0
MPa
1.0
80
0.6
0.8
Throttle Closed
0.4
40
0
Throttle Fully Open
0.2
0
0
10
20
30
4
6
Flow Rate
20
4
6
Flow Rate
30
8
35 L /min
9 U.S.GPM

U.S.GPM
8.0
7.8
7.6
7.4
35 L /min
9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop

PSI
140
120
10
5.50
5.25
5.00
2.64
2.62
2.60
.16
.15
.14
.13
L /min
30
29
28
21
20
19
10.0
9.9
9.8
0.60
0.55
0.50
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s

U.S.GPM L /min
35
9
8
30
7
Flow Rate
25
6
5
4
3
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 SSU

P:
14(2030)
P:
10(1450)
P:
7(1020)
Viscosity
P: 2(290)
P: 5(730)
P: 1(145)
20
15
P: 0.5(70)
10
2
1
0
5
0
0
556
7
(Fully Open)
MODULAR VALVES
MSTW-01-X-10
DIMENSIONS IN
4 Places
65(2.56)
0.75
(.03)
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)
11(.43)
40.5
(1.59)
32 Dia.
(1.26)
47
(1.85)
89 0 1 2
31
(1.22)
8 9 0 12
32.5
(1.28)
P
B
T
Fully Extended
81.8(3.22)
Flow Adj. Dial

(for B-Line)
Flow Adj. Dial

(for A-Line) INC.
5 6 7 8 9
22
(.87)
LOCK
1 2 3 4 5
40(1.57)
INC.
LOCK
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
MSTB-01-X-10
Fully Extended
81.8(3.22)
41.8
(1.65)
P
P
89 0 1 2
8 9 0 12
B
T
B
T
For other dimensions, refer to "MSTW-01" drawing above.
MSTA-01-X-10
557
Spare Parts List

MSTA-01-X-10
15
14
13
12
10
11
MSTB-01-X-10
MSTW-01-X-10
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits

Quantity
Valve Model Numbers
MSTA MSTB MSTW
MSTA-01
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
12
Back Up Ring
SO-BB-P6
MSTB-01
13
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
MSTW-01
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the
table right.
558
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-MFA-01-10
KS-MFW-01-10
MODULAR VALVES
Throttle Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Number

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSP-01-50
31.5 (4570)
60 (15.9)
At the low differential pressure, maximum flow is limited. See "Pressure

Drop at Throttle Fully Open".

F-
MSP
-01
-50
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve
Size
Design
Number
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MSP : Throttle Valve

for P-Line
01
50
Design
Standard
Refer to
Graphic Symbol
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and
P
250
200
1.5
150
1.0
50
0
U.S.GPM L /min
60
16
0.5
0
50
0 10
20
4
30
40
50
60 L/min
8
12
16
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
P
Pressure Drop
200
1.5
150
1.0
30
20
10
MPa
2.0
250
40
Pressure Drop
PSI
12
Flow Rate
100

P=25(3630)
P=21(3050)
P=14(2030)
P=10(1450)
P=7(1020)
MPa
2.0
Pressure Drop
PSI
P=4(580)
P=2(290)
P=1(145)
P=0.5(70)
0
A-Line
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(Fully Open)
100
50
0
0.5
0
B&T-Line
0 10
0
20
4
30
40
50
8
12
Flow Rate
60 L/min
16
U.S.GPM
Instructions
flow rate.
559
MSP-01-50
DIMENSIONS IN
65(2.56)
0.75
(.03)
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)
11(.43)
40.5
(1.59)

4 Places
47(1.85)
32 Dia.
(1.26)
89 0 1 2
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
T
Fully Extended
79 (3.11)
Flow Adj. Dial
5 6 7 8 9
20.5
(.81)
40 (1.57)
INC.
LOCK
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
Spare Parts List

MSP-01-50
12 1
11 7 13 2
4 10
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
560
Part Numbers Qty.
Back Up Ring
SO-BB-P6
11
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
12
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
Remarks

Kit No.: KS-MSP-01-50
MODULAR VALVES
Check and Throttle Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Number

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSCP-01-30
31.5 (4570)
35 (9.25)
At the low differential pressure, maximum flow is limited. See "Pressure

Drop at Throttle Fully Open".

F-
MSCP
-01
-30
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve
Size
Design
Number
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MSCP :
Check and Throttle
Valve for P-Line
01
30
Design
Standard
Refer to
Graphic Symbol
P
PSI
110
100
80
60
MPa
0.8
U.S.GPM
9
P=21(3050)
P=25(3630)
L /min
35
0.6
8
30
0.4
40
20
0.2
0
0
10
20
30 35 L /min
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop
P=14(2030)
20
P=10(1450)
P=7(1020)
P=4(580)
10
0
4
6
Flow Rate
8 9 U.S.GPM
P
Pressure Drop
8 8.5
(Fully Open)
A-Line
0.2
B-Line
T-Line
0
0
0
40
20
P=1(145)
P=0.5(70)
0
MPa
0.5
0.4
P=2(290)
Pressure Drop
PSI
70
60
10
20
4
6
Flow Rate
30 35 L /min
8 9 U.S.GPM
Instructions
flow rate.
561
MSCP-01-30
DIMENSIONS IN
65(2.56)
89 0 1 2
31(1.22)
12.5(.49)
32.5
(1.28)
P
A
47(1.85)
0.75
(.03)
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)
11(.43)
40.5
(1.59)
32 Dia.
(1.26)

4 Places
T
Fully Extended
77.5 (3.05)
Flow Adj. Dial
5 6 7 8 9
20.5
(.81)
40 (1.57)
INC.
LOCK
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
Spare Parts List

MSCP-01-30
13 1
6 12 11 14 9 10 8 17 16
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
562
Part Numbers Qty.
11
Back Up Ring
SO-BB-P6
12
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
Remarks

MODULAR VALVES

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSA-01-**-50
MSB-01-**-50
MSW-01-**-50
31.5 (4570)
60 (15.9)
At the low differential pressure, maximum flow is limited. See "Pressure Drop
at Throttle Fully Open" of the next page.
Special Seals
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
MSW
-01
-X
-50
Series Number
Valve
Size
Direction of Flow
("A" Line)
Direction of Flow
("B" Line)
Design
Number
X : Metre-out
Y : Metre-in
50
X : Metre-out
Y : Metre-in
MSA : Throttle and Check Valve

for A-Line
MSB : Throttle and Check Valve
for B-Line
Design
Standard
01
Refer to
X : Metre-out
Y : Metre-in
MSW : Throttle and Check Valve

for A&B-Lines
X : Metre-out
Y : Metre-in
Y : Metre-in
X : Metre-out
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
flow rate.
Metre-out
Metre-in
MSA-01-X
MSB-01-Y
MSW-01-X
MSW-01-Y
Metre-out Metre-in
Metre-in Metre-out
MSW-01-XY
MSA-01-Y
MSB-01-X
F-
MSW-01-YX
563

MPa
2.0
Pressure Drop

P=25(3630)
P=21(3050)
P=14(2030)
250
200
1.5
150
1.0
A-Line: MSB-01
B-Line: MSA-01
100
50
0
U.S.GPM L /min
16
60
0.5
P&T-Line
0
0 10
0
20
4
30
40
50
8
12
Flow Rate
60 L /min
16 U.S.GPM
50
12
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop
PSI
40
8
30
P=10(1450)
P=7(1020)
P=4(580)
P=2(290)
P=1(145)
P=0.5(70)
20
4
10
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (Fully Open)
MPa
2.0
250
Pressure Drop
PSI
200
1.5
150
1.0
Application
100
50
0
0.5
0
0 10
0
20
4
30
40
50
8
12
Flow Rate
60 L /min
Circuit of Clamp Cylinder

for Injection Molding Machine
a
16 U.S.GPM
2 DSG-01-3C4
MPa
2.0
250
Pressure Drop
PSI
200
1.5
150
1.0
MSW-01-XY-50
1 DSG-03-3C12
100
50
0
0.5
Clamp Cylinder
0
0 10
0
20
4
30
40
50
8
12
Flow Rate
60 L /min
16 U.S.GPM
Operation Sequence
Clamp Cylinder Advance
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
1
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
2
564
End Point
Decompression Retreat
Pressurisation
Sol.a
ON
Sol.b
ON
Centre Position
Sol.a
ON
Sol.b
ON
Sol.b
ON
MODULAR VALVES
MSW-01- X -50
Y
DIMENSIONS IN
65(2.56)
1.8
(.07)
47(1.85)
1 2
32 Dia.
(1.26)
A
B
1 2
P
8 9 0
8 9 0
32.5
(1.28)
11(.43)
8
(.31)
Flow Adj. Dial

(for B-Line)
INC.
0.75(.03)
40.5
(1.59)
31
(1.22)

4 Places
T
Fully Extended
83.8 (3.30)
Flow Adj. Dial
(for A-Line) INC.
5 6 7 8 9
40
(1.57)
1 2 3 4 5
LOCK
MSW-01-X ------------ 22 (.87)

MSW-01-Y ------------ 18 (.71)
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
40
(1.57)
8 9 0 1 2
5 6 7 8 9
MSW-01- XY -50
YX
MSW-01-XY --------- 22 (.87)

MSW-01-YX --------- 18 (.71)
MSW-01-XY --------- 18 (.71)

MSW-01-YX --------- 22 (.87)

For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-01- X " drawing above.
Y
MSA-01- X -50
Y
MSB-01- X -50
Y
Fully Extended
83.8 (3.30)
41.8
(1.65)
P
B
1 2
8 9 0
8 9 0
1 2
P
A
B
T
For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-01" drawing above.
565
Spare Parts List

MSA-01- X -50
Y
1
15
14
13
11
10
9 16
MSB-01- X -50
Y
MSW-01-**-50
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
13
Back Up Ring
14
15
16
Quantity
Valve Model Numbers
MSA,MSB
MSW
MSA-01
SO-BB-P6
MSB-01
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
MSW-01
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from
the table right.
566
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-MSA-01-30
KS-MSW-01-30
MODULAR VALVES

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MCP-01-*-30
MCT-01-*-30
31.5 (4570)
35 (9.25)

F-
MCP
Special Seals
Series Number
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
MCP : Check Valve

for P-Line
-01
-0
-30
Valve
Size
Cracking
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
Design
Standard
01
0 : 0.035 (5)
2 : 0.2 (29)
4 : 0.4 (58)
30
MCT : Check Valve

for T-Line
Refer to
Graphic Symbols
T
MCP-01
MCT-01

MCP-01*-30
MCT
P' (T)
1.0
120
0.8
T
MC*-01-2
P (T')
60
40
20
0
90(3.54)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 4 Places
36
(1.42)
MC*-01-0
100
80
0.6
40
(1.57)
Pressure Drop
160
140
MC*-01-4
0.4
MPa
1.3
1.2
P
32.5
(1.28)
PSI
180
1.8
(.07)
47(1.85)
0.75
(.03)
40.5 11(.43)
(1.59)
8
(.31)
65(2.56)
31
(1.22)
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU),

0.2
0
0
0
5
1
10
2
15
20
25
4 5 6
Flow Rate
30
8
35 L /min
DIMENSIONS IN
Approx. Mass...... 1.1 kg (2.4 lbs.)
9 U.S.GPM
MCP-01- -30
*
MCT
7
10
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI
70
60
40
20
0
MPa
0.5
0.4
A-Line
B-Line
T-Line:
MCP-01
P-Line:
MCT-01
0.2
0
0
0
5
1
10
2
15
20
4 5 6
Flow Rate
25
7
30
8
35 L /min
9 U.S.GPM
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
Part Numbers Qty.
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
Remarks
Kit No.: KS-MCP-01-30
567
Anti-Cavitation Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Number

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MAC-01-30
31.5 (4570)
35 (9.25)

F-
MAC
-01
-30
Valve Design
Size Number
Special Seals
Series Number
F:
Special Seals for Phosphate
Ester Type Fluids
MAC : Anti-Cavitation
Valve
01
30
Design
Standard
Refer to
Graphic Symbol
Presure Drop
MAC-01-30
MPa
0.5
T-Line
0.4
50
40
0.3
30
0.2
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)
31
(1.22)
47
(1.85)
P
32.5
(1.28)
A
T
18.5
80(3.15) (.73)
A&B-Line
20
10
0
0.1
P-Line
0
0
10
15
20
4 5 6
Flow Rate
25
30
40
(1.57)
P
Pressure Drop
60
40.5 11(.43)
(1.59)
0.75
(.03)
Pressure Drop
PSI
70
65(2.56)

4 Places
35 L /min
9 U.S.GPM
DIMENSIONS IN
Approx. Mass...... 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs.)
MAC-01-30
2
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
568
Part Numbers Qty.
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
Remarks
Kit No.: KS-MAC-01-30
MODULAR VALVES

Specifications
Model Numbers
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
31.5 (4570)
35 (9.25)
MP*-01-*-40
Standard
Low Pilot Pressure
Control Type
MP*-01-*-4001

F-
MPA
-01
-2
Cracking
Valve Pressure
Size
MPa (PSI)
Special Seals
Series Number
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
MPA : Pilot Operated

Check Valve
for A-Line
MPB : Pilot Operated
Check Valve
for B-Line
MPW : Pilot Operated
Check Valve
for A&B-Lines
-40
Design
Number
Design
Standard
Graphic Symbols
40
(Standard)
2 : 0.2 (29)
01
4 : 0.4 (58)
4001
(Low Pilot
Pressure
Control
Type)
Refer to
MPA-01

MPW-01
PSI MPa
140 1.0
0.8
PSI MPa
0.6
80
0.6
P
80
Pressure Drop for Reversed Controlled Flow
MP*-01-4
100
60
0.4
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
120
MP*-01-2
40
0.2
20
0
0
0
10
2
20
4
6
Flow Rate
P
Pressure Drop
60
0.4
40
0.2
A-Line: MPB-01
B-Line: MPA-01
20
0
P,T-Line
0
0
0
10
2
20
4
6
Flow Rate
0.2
20
0
0
9 U.S.GPM
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
0.6
80
0.4
40
30 35 L /min
Min. pilot Pressure (PP)
60
30 35 L /min
8 9 U.S.GPM
MPB-01
PSI
1750
1500
10
2
20
4
6
Flow Rate
500
0
8 9 U.S.GPM
Min. Pilot Pressure

MPa
12
PP P1
40
-4-01
-40
MP * -01-2
MP *
1
1-4-400
P
M *-0
1
0
0
-4
1-2
MP *-0
9
1000
30 35 L /min
P2
6
3
0
0
0
5
1000
10
15
2000
20
25 MPa
3000 3500
PSI
569
MPA-01-*-40/4001
MPB-01-*-40/4001
MPW-01-*-40/4001
DIMENSIONS IN
11(.43)
0.75
(.03)
40.5
(1.59)
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)
65(2.56)
31
(1.22)
47
(1.85)
32.5
(1.28)
P
A
T
45.5
(1.79)

4 Places
40
(1.57)
134(5.28)
Spare Parts List
MPW-01-*-40
6 11 7
9 12 8
MPA-01-*-40
12
Low Pilot Pressure Control Type

(MPW-01-*-4001)
MPB-01-*-40
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
570
Part Numbers Qty.
11
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
12
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
Remarks
MODULAR VALVES
End Plates
Blocking plates are used for auxiliary mounting surface or for
closing unnecessary circuits.
Bypass plates are used for unidirectional circuits that require
no solenoid operated directional valves.
Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MDC-01-*-30
31.5 (4570)
35 (9.25)
Graphic Symbols
FSpecial Seals
MDC
-01
Series Number
Plate
Size

-A
-30
Type of Plate
Design
Number
Design
Standard
F
T
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
MDC-01-A
MDC-01-B
01
A : Blocking
Plate
B: Bypass
Plate
30
Refer to
MDC : End Plate
MDC-01-*-30
31
(1.22)
47(1.85)
0.4
T
40
20
P B Line
A T Line
0.2

4 Places
0
0
10
15
20
25 30
4 5 6 7
Flow Rate
35 L /min
38
(1.50)
40
(1.57)
60
11(.43)
MPa
0.6
32.5
(1.28)
P
Pressure Drop
80
40.5
(1.59)
0.75
(.03)
Pressure Drop
PSI
65(2.56)
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)

9 U.S.GPM
O-Ring for Port
(SO-NB-P9: 4 Pcs.)
DIMENSIONS IN
Approx. Mass......... 1 kg (2.2 lbs.)
571
Connecting Plate
These plates are used for detecting pressure of each line.
Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MDS-01-*-30/3090
31.5 (4570)
35 (9.25)

F-
MDS
-01
-PA
-30
Special Seals
Series Number
Plate Size
Type of Detecting Line
Design Number
Design Standard
F: Special Seals for Phosphate

Ester Type Fluids
MDS : Connecting Plate
01
PA : P&A-Lines
PB : P&B-Lines
AT : A&T-Lines
30
Refer to
Graphic Symbols
Pressure Drop
PSI
10
5
0
MPa
0.1
0
0
10
15
20
25
4 5 6
Flow Rate
30
35 L /min
9 U.S.GPM
MDS-01-AT
MDS-01-*-30/3090
11(.43)
0.75
(.03)
40.5
(1.59)
8
(.31)
1.8
(.07)
65(2.56)

4 Places
15.5
(.61)
31
(1.22)
47(1.85)
32.5
(1.28)
P
B
Model Numbers
Pressure Detecting Line

Port "X"
Port "Y"
MDS-01-PA
P-Line
A-Line
MDS-01-PB
B-Line
P-Line
MDS-01-AT
T-Line
A-Line
T
Port "Y"
"C" Thd.
20
(.79)
40(1.57)
Port "X"
"C" Thd.
MDS-01-PB
P, A, B, T-Line
Model Numbers
Thread Size "C" Thd.
MDS-01-*-30
Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
MDS-01-*-3090
1/4 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
O-Ring for Port

(SO-NB-P9: 4 Pcs.)
Approx. Mass......... 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs.)
572
MDS-01-PA
Pressure Drop
P
Pressure Drop
MODULAR VALVES

Specifications

MMC
-01
-6
-40
Series Number
Plate Size
Number of Stations
Design Number
Design Standard
01
6 : 6 Stations
1 : 1 Station
2 : 2 Stations 7 : 7 Stations
5 : 5 Stations 10: 10 Stations
40

Pressure Drop
Graphic Symbols
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU),Specific Gravity 0.850
20
10
B'
B A
0.1
P'
A' A
(P)
T
0
0
10
20
30
35 L /min
P
(T)
B
4
6
Flow Rate
9 U.S.GPM
Instructions
Port Used: Base plate has three (two, in case of
1 station type) pressure port "P"s and four tank
port "T"s. Any one of these ports or two or more
ports may be used. However, please note that
the ports marked with (P) or (T) in the drawing are
normally plugged. Remove the plugs when using
such ports. Make sure that ports that are not
currently used are properly plugged.
32.5
(1.28)
When standard base plates (MMC-01) are not used,

the mounting surface described on right must be
prepared. The mounting surface should have a good
machined finish.
Min. Pitch
50
(1.97)
32.5
(1.28)
0.75
(.03)
0.75
(.03)
Max. 7(.28) Dia.

4 Places
B
T
P
A
Interface Mounting Surface Dimensions for

1/8 Modular Valve
MMC-01-2-10
12.7
(.50)
21.5
(.85)
MMC-01-1
31
(1.22)
65
(2.56)
P
T
40.5
(1.59)
P
T
0.2
P
(T)
(P)
T
T' T
P' T' B' A'
11
(.43)
30
MPa
0.3
30.2
(1.19)
40
Pressure Drop
PSI
MMC : Base Plate
5.2(.20)
15.5(.61)
"C" Thd. "E" Deep

4 Places
25.8(1.02)
31(1.22)
8(.31)
47(1.85)
Design Std.
"C" Thd.

M5
10 (.39)
N.American Design Standard No. 10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
DIMENSIONS IN
573
MMC-01-1-40/4090
87(3.43)
72(2.83)
10(.39)
"E" Thd. "F" Deep
32.5
4 Places
(1.28) 0.75(.03)
Port Holes 6.5(.26) Dia.
4 Places
40.5
(1.59)
T
A
The two tank ports (T) are not machined

for 4090 design.
12.5
(.49)
46(1.81)
36
(1.42)

14(.55) C'Bore
2 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
67(2.64)
Tank Port (T)

"C" Thd.
31
28
(1.22) (1.10)
62(2.44)
53(2.09)
45
(1.77)
27(1.06)
21(.83)
Tank Port "T"

"C" Thd.
21(.83)
54(2.13)
18(.71)
36
(1.42)
62(2.44)
72(2.83)
A
(P)
18(.71)
36(1.42)
Cylinder Port "A"

"C" Thd.
18(.71)
Tank Port (T)

"C" Thd.
Cylinder Port "B"

"C" Thd.
(T)

21(.83)
53(2.09)
Pressure Port "P"

"C" Thd.
MMC-01-*-40/4090
Number of Station
(2-10 Stations)
L1
Threaded Holes 4 Places
Port Holes 4 Places
B
T
B
P
B
P
B
P
T
A
Each Station

14(.55) C'Bore
2 Places
31(1.22)
Pressure Port "P"
"C" Thd.
Pitch
28
50
(1.10) (1.97)
53(2.09)
42
(1.65)
Pitch
50
(1.97)
(P) A
18(.71)
Cylinder Port "B"

"C" Thd.
Each Station
Cylinder Port "A"
"C" Thd.
Each Station
36(1.42)
27(1.06)
Pressure Port (P)

"C" Thd.
62(2.44)
Tank Port (T)

"D" Thd.
Tank Port (T)

"C" Thd.
(T)
21(.83)
(T)
43
(1.69)
40.5
(1.59)
L2
32.5(1.28)
21(.83)
54(2.13)
18(.71)
62(2.44)
72(2.83)
12.5
(.49)
72(2.83)
36(1.42)
10
(.39)
46
(1.81)
69(2.72)
For other dimensions, refer to above Model MMC-01-1.
Thread Size
Model Numbers
MMC-01-*-40
MMC-01-*-4090
Model Numbers
MMC-01-2
MMC-01-3
MMC-01-4
MMC-01-5
MMC-01-6
574
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 NPT
"D" Thd.
Rc 1/2
1/2 NPT
"E" Thd.
M5
No.10-24 UNC
L1
L2
137 ( 5.39)
117 ( 4.61)
187 ( 7.36)
167 ( 6.57)
237 ( 9.33)
217 ( 8.54)
287 (11.30)
267 (10.51)
337 (13.27)
317 (12.48)
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
F
10 (.39)
12 (.47)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
5.5 ( 12.1)
7.0 ( 15.4)
8.5 ( 18.7)
10.0 ( 22.1)
11.5 ( 25.4)
Model Numbers
MMC-01-7
MMC-01-8
MMC-01-9
MMC-01-10
L1
L2
387 (15.24)
367 (14.45)
437 (17.20)
417 (16.42)
487 (19.17)
467 (18.39)
537 (21.14)
517 (20.35)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
13.0 ( 28.7)
14.5 ( 32.0)
16.0 ( 35.3)
17.5 ( 38.6)
MODULAR VALVES
MMC-01-1-4080
DIMENSIONS IN
102.6(4.04)
7.8(.31)
87(3.43)
67(2.64)
72(2.83)

14(.55) C'Bore
2 Places
10(.39)
32.5
(1.28) 0.75(.03)
T
A
Bonded Seal
Part No.SG-FB-3/8
Pipe Plug
Part No.900-V33905
53(2.09)
45
(1.77)
Cylinder Port "A"

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
18(.71)
Port Holes 6.5(.26) Dia.

4 Places
12.5
(.49)
31
28
(1.22) (1.10)
53(2.09)
Detail of Pipe Plug
40.5
(1.59)
36
(1.42)
M5 Thd. 10(.39) Deep

4 Places
18(.71)
Pressure Port "P"
3/8 BSP.F Thd.
36(1.42)
18(.71)
54(2.13)
72(2.83)
Cylinder Port "B"

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
(T)
21(.83)
Tank Port "T"

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
P
B
21(.83)
36
(1.42)
62(2.44)
A
(P)
Pipe Plug
2 Places
MMC-01-*-4080
Number of Station
(2-10 Stations)
L2

Port Holes 4 Places
32.5(1.28)
B
T
B
P
B
P
P
A
T
A
31(1.22)
Pressure Port "P"
3/8 BSP.F Thd.
Pitch
28
50
(1.10) (1.97)
53(2.09)
42
(1.65)
Pitch
50
(1.97)
(P) A
18(.71)
27(1.06)
MMC-01-2
MMC-01-3
MMC-01-4
MMC-01-5
MMC-01-6
Pressure Port (P)

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
69(2.72)
36(1.42)
Tank Port (T)

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
(T)
21(.83)
(T)
Cylinder Port "B"

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
Each Station
Cylinder Port "A"
3/8 BSP.F Thd.
Each Station
Model Numbers
Each Station

14(.55) C'Bore
2 Places
43
(1.69)
18(.71)
7.8(.31)
L1
21(.83)
40.5
(1.59)
36(1.42)
62(2.44)
54(2.13)
72(2.83)
12.5
(.49)
72(2.83)
10
(.39)
7.8(.31)
7.8(.31)
For other dimensions, refer to above Model MMC-01-1.
L1
L2
137 ( 5.39)
117 ( 4.61)
187 ( 7.36)
167 ( 6.57)
237 ( 9.33)
217 ( 8.54)
287 (11.30)
267 (10.51)
337 (13.27)
317 (12.48)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
5.5 ( 12.1)
7.0 ( 15.4)
8.5 ( 18.7)
10.0 ( 22.1)
11.5 ( 25.4)
Model Numbers
MMC-01-7
MMC-01-8
MMC-01-9
MMC-01-10
L1
L2
387 (15.24)
367 (14.45)
437 (17.20)
417 (16.42)
487 (19.17)
467 (18.39)
537 (21.14)
517 (20.35)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
13.0 ( 28.7)
14.5 ( 32.0)
16.0 ( 35.3)
17.5 ( 38.6)
575
Mounting Bolt Kits

Valves are mounted with four stud bolts. Valve combination
varies according to the circuit type. Hence, the mounting bolt
kits are available on a combination type basis.
When ordering the bolt kit, be sure to give the bolt kit model
Bolt Kit Composition

MBK
-01
-02
-30
Series Number
Size of
Modular Valve
Bolt Number
Design
Number
MBK : Bolt Kits

for Modular Valves
01
01, 02, 03, 04, 05

(Refer to the
following chart)
30
Stud Bolt ------ 4 Pcs.

1 Set
Nut ------------- 4 Pcs.
Note: In case of bolt kit model number
having "05", four hexagon socket
head cap screws only.
Design
Standard
Tightening Torque:
Refer to
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
25(3630) or less
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs.)
5 - 6 (44 - 53)
More Than 25(3630)
6 - 7 (53 - 62)

Model Numbers
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valve
(*-DSG-01)
End Plate
(MDC-01)
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
MBK-01-01-30*
MBK-01-02-30*
MBK-01-03-30*
1
MBK-01-04-30*
MBK-01-05-30*
Nut
Modular
Valve &
Connecting
Plate
Approx.
Mass
g (lbs.)
60(.13)
100(.22)
130(.29)
160(.35)
40(.09)
Stud Bolt
SOL a
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
01 Series
Modular
Valves
Base Plate
1. In case of MBK-01-04-30*, operating pressure is restricted at 25 MPa

(3630 PSI) or less.
2. The solenoid operated directional valve comes with mounting bolts.
MBK-01-01/02/03/04-30/3090
SOL b
Mounting
Bolt Kit
Stacking Example
MBK-01-05-30/3090
Stud Bolt
MBK-01-05-30: 4(.16)
MBK-01-05-3090: 3.97(5/32)
"B" Thd.
Both Ends
9
(.35)
MBK-01-05-30: M5 45 Lg.
MBK-01-05-3090: No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
9
(.35)
A
DIMENSIONS IN
Nut
8.5 Dia.
(.33)
"B" Thd.
9
(.35)
15
(.59)
576
4
(.16)
Model Numbers
MBK-01-01-30
MBK-01-02-30
MBK-01-03-30
MBK-01-04-30
MBK-01-01-3090
MBK-01-02-3090
MBK-01-03-3090
MBK-01-04-3090
A mm (In.)
94 (3.70 )
134 (5.28 )
174 (6.85 )
214 (8.43 )
94 (3.70 )
134 (5.28 )
174 (6.85 )
214 (8.43 )
"B" Thd.
M5
No.10-24 UNC
MODULAR VALVES
3/8 Modular Valves
Releif Valves
(for "P-Line")
MBP-03-*-30
Releif Valves
(for "A-Line")
MBA-03-*-30
Releif Valves
(for "B-Line")
MBB-03-*-30
Releif Valves
(for "A&B-Lines")
MBW-03-*-30
Reducing Valves
(for "P-Line")
MRP-03-*-30/3090
Reducing Valves
(for "A-Line")
MRA-03-*-30/3090
Reducing Valves
(for "B-Line")
MRB-03-*-30/3090
Reducing Valves for Low Pressure Setting
(for "P-Line")
MRLP-03-10/1090
(for "A-Line")
MRLA-03-10/1090
(for "B-Line")
MRLB-03-10/1090
Sequence Valves
(for "P-Line")
MHP-03-*-20
(for "A-Line")
MHA-03-*-20
(for "B-Line")
MHB-03-*-20
Flow Control Valves
(for "P-Line")
MFP-03-11
MFA-03-X-11
Flow Control Valves
MFA-03-Y-11
MFB-03-X-11
MFB-03-Y-11
MFW-03-X-11
MFW-03-Y-11
Class
Page
MSTB-03-X-20
Graphic Symbols
T
Page
595
MSTW-03-X-20
Throttle Valves
(for "P-Line")
578
598
MSP-03-30
Check and Throttle Valves
(for "P-Line")
578
600
MSCP-03-20
578
578
581

602
MSA-03-X-40
602
MSA-03-Y-40
602
MSB-03-X-40
581
602
MSB-03-Y-40
581
602
MSW-03-X-40
584
602
MSW-03-Y-40
Check Valves
(for "P-Line")
584
MCP-03-*-10
Check Valves
(for "A-Line")
584
MCA-03-*-20
Check Valves
(for "B-Line")
588
588
588
591
MCB-03-*-20
Check Valves
(for "T-Line")
MCT-03-*-10
Check Valves
(for "P&T-Lines")
MCPT-03-P*-T*-10
Anti-Cavitation Valves
605
605
605
605
607
MAC-03-10
609
591

(for "A-Line")
610
591

(for "B-Line")
591

(for "A&B-Lines")
591
End Plates
(Blocking Plates)
591
591
595
MSTA-03-X-20
Model Numbers
361
378
379
412
Flow Control Valves
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
(S-)DSG-03-***-*-50/5090
E-DSG-03-***-D*-50/5090
T-DSG-03-***-D24*-50/5090
G-DSG-03-***-*-50/5090
Graphic Symbols
Model Numbers
595
MPA-03-*-20/2001
MPB-03-*-20/2001
MPW-03-*-20/2001
Modular Plates and Mounting Bolts
Class
MDC-03-A-10
End Plates
(Bypass Plates)
MDC-03-B-10
Connecting Plates
MDS-03-10/1090
Base Plates
MMC-03-T-*-21/2180/2190
Bolt Kits
MBK-03-*-10/1090
610
610
613
613
614
615
618
577

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MBP-03-*-30
MBA-03-*-30
MBB-03-*-30
MBW-03-*-30
31.5 (4570)
70 (18.5)

F-
MBA
Special Seals
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
Series Number
MBP :
MBA :
MBB :
MBW :
Relief Valve for P-Line

Relief Valve for A-Line
Relief Valve for B-Line
Relief Valve for A&B-Lines
-03
-B
-30
Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Design Number
Design Standard
B:
03
-7 1
*
(*-1020)
30
H: 3.5-31.5
(510-4570)
Refer to
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure" of the next page for the item marked *.
Instructions
modular valve.
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
Detailed Graphic
Symbols
MBP-03
P
TA
TB
TA
TB
TA
TB
TA
TB
MBA-03

and turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise or
anti-clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn the
screw clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut
firmly after making adjustment to the pressure.
with
.
578
MBB-03
MBW-03
MODULAR VALVES

MPa
31
30
29
25.0
24.5
24.0
21.0
20.5
20.0
14.0
13.5
13.0
7.0
6.5
6.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
1.0
0.7
0.4
Min. Adjiustment Pressure
Pressure
PSI
4500
4400
4300
4200
3600
3550
3500
3000
2950
2900
2000
1950
1900
1000
950
900
500
450
400
140
100
60
MPa
1.2
PSI
160
120
80
40
0
0.8
0.4
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
5.0
10.0
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
F
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
5.0
10.0
Flow Rate
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Min. Flow vs. Adjustment Pressure
Min. Flow
.5
T-Line: MBP/MBA/
MBW-03
A-Line: MBP-03
0.4
50
40
0.3
30
0.2
20
10
U.S.GPM L /min
6
1.5
1.0
Pressure Drop
60
MPa
0.5
B-Line: MBP-03
T-Line: MBB-03
P-Line: MBP-03
0
P,A&B-Line: MBA/MBB/
MBW-03
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
0.1
L /min
0
5.0
10.0
Flow Rate
0
1000
10
15
2000
Pressure
20
Pressure Drop
PSI
70
15.0 17.5
U.S.GPM
25 MPa
PSI
3000
3500
579
MBW-03-*-30
MBP-03-*-30
MBA-03-*-30
DIMENSIONS IN
25(.98)
106(4.17)
26
(1.02)
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
54
(2.13)
Fully Extended
134(5.28)
12(.47)
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
P
A
TA
TB
TA
70
(2.76)
46
(1.81)
P
A
TB
1.8(.07)

Fully Extended
133(5.24)
Pressure Adj. Screw
(for B-Line)
14(.55)Hex.
INC.
MBB-03-*-30
INC.

26(1.02)
55(2.17)
Pressure Adj. Screw

(for A-Line)
14(.55) Hex.
For other dimensions, refer to "MBW-03"

drawing left.
27.5
(1.08)
A
TA
B
TB

For other dimensions, refer to "MBW-03"
drawing left.
Spare Parts List

MBP-03-*-30
MBA-03-*-30
12 11
MBB-03-*-30
2 16
3 19 18
7 17
1 13
15
MBW-03-*-30
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits

Quantity
Valve Model Numbers Seal kit Numbers
Item
Name
of Parts
Part
Numbers
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
MBA-03
16
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
MBB-03
17
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
MBW-03
18
O-Ring
SO-NB-P26
MBP-03 MBA-03 MBB-03 MBW-03
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table
right.
580
MBP-03
KS-MBP-03-30
KS-MBW-03-30
MODULAR VALVES

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa(PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MRP-03-*-30/3090
MRA-03-*-30/3090
MRB-03-*-30/3090
25 (3630)
70 (18.5)
In pressure adjustment range "H", if the pressure in the primary side is

set above 20 MPa (2900 PSI) and the pressure in the secondary side is
set below 10 MPa (1450 PSI), the maximum flow is limited to 50 L/min
(13.2 U.S.GPM).

FSpecial Seals
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MRP
Series Number
-03
-B
-30
Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Design
Number

03
B: 1-7 (145-1020)
*
Design Standard
30
H: 3.5-24.5 (510-3550)
Refer to
Instructions
The minimum adjustment pressure equals the lower
limit of either pressure adjustment range (B, H) plus
the tank line back pressure of the next page. This
back pressure should include the value of the T-line
pressure drop characteristics of the values stacked to
the base plate side of the modular valve.
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
Detailed Graphic
Symbols
MRP-03
P
TA
TB
TA
TB
TA
TB
MRA-03
MRB-03
581

Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI
40
30
MPa
0.3

A&B-Line
0.2
PSI
3600
MPa
25
3400
24
2700
23
19
20
0.1
10
0
T-Line
0
0 10
20
30
40
50
60
70 L /min
2500
cu.in./min
50
12
8
Flow Rate
16 18
U.S.GPM
Secondary Pressure
Pilot Flow
cm3/min
17
13
1700
12
1000
11
7
Pilot Flow
600
400
200
140
2
1.0
0.8
20
100
200
10
15
20
25 MPa
1000
2000
3000 3500 PSI
(Primary pressure - Secondary pressure)
P
Pressure Drop
70
MPa
0.5
60
0.4
50
40
30
0.3
0.2
20
10
0
0.1
0
0 10
0
20
4
30
8
40
50
12
60
70 L /min
16 18 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
582
0.6
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
PSI
400
30
10
6
5
800
600
40
18
1900
800
Primary Pressure 25 MPa (3630 PSI)
8
12
Flow Rate
16 18 U.S.GPM
Pressure Adj. Range

:
:
"B"
"H"
MODULAR VALVES
MRP-03-*-30/3090
MRB-03-*-30/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
14(.55)
54
(2.13)
19
(.75)
Model Numbers
P
B
TA
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
TB
Fully Extended
131(5.16)
INC.
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
MB*-01-*-30
MB*-01-*-3090
1/4 NPT
1.8
(.07)
Pressure Adj. Screw

14(.55) Hex.
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
92(3.62)
12
(.47)
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
27.5
(1.08)
55
(2.17)

"C" Thd.
MRA-03-*-30/3090

"C" Thd.
47.5
(1.87)
P
A
TA

For other dimensions, refer to "MRP-03" drawing above.
Spare Parts List
MRP-03-*-30/3090
11 10 3
5 15 18 16 12 4
MRA-03-*-30/3090
MRB-03-*-30/3090
1
2 19 9 17 13
TB
14
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
15
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
16
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
17
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
18
O-Ring
SO-NB-P26
Remarks

Kit No.:
KS-MRP-03-30
583
Reducing Modular Valves For Low Pressure Setting

Specifications
Model Numbers
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
MRLP-03-10/1080/1090
MRLA-03-10/1080/1090
MRLB-03-10/1080/1090
7 (1020)
Pres. Adj.
Range
MPa (PSI)
0.2-6.5 (29-940)
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
50 (13.2)
When pressure setting is less than 0.8 MPa (116 PSI), maximum flow
decreases. See "Min. Adjustment Pressure vs. Max. Flow" on the next page for
the appropriate range.

F-
MRLP
-03
-10
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve Size
Design Number
F:
Special Seals for Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids
MRLP : Low Pressure Setting Type

Reducing Valve for P-Line
MRLA : Low Pressure Setting Type
Reducing Valve for A-Line
MRLB : Low Pressure Setting Type
Reducing Valve for B-Line
03
10
Design Standard
Refer to
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"

Instructions
If there is a pressure in drain line, it is added to the
secondary setting pressure. Hence, drain line must
be connected to tank directly with a low back
pressure close to atmospheric pressure.

and turn the pressure adjustment handle clockwise
the handle clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
V
V
DR
MRLP-03
P
TB
V
DR
MRLA-03
P
DR
TA
TB
TA
TB
V
DR
P
DR
TA
MRLB-03
584
Detailed Graphic
Symbols
DR
MODULAR VALVES

70
MPa
0.5
60
0.4
50
Pressure Drop
PSI
40
30
0.3
0.2
20
10
0
0.1
0
0
10
20
2.5
5.0
30
7.5
40
10.0
50 L /min
12.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop
MPa
0.2
25
20
A&B-Line
0.1
10
0
T-Line
0
0
10
20
2.5
5.0
30
7.5
40
10.0
50 L /min
12.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop
PSI
Min. Adjustment Pres.

PSI
140
120
MPa
1.0
80
0.6
0.8
0.4
40
0
0.2
0
0
10
20
2.5
5.0
30
7.5
40
10.0
50 L /min
12.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
585
1080
6
(.24) Design
Only
MRLP-03-10/1080/1090
MRLB-03-10/1080/1090
7(.28) Dia. Through
4 Places
92(3.62)
54
(2.13)
19
(.75)
12
(.47)
Vent Port "V"

"D" Thd.
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
Drain Port "DR"

"C" Thd.
TB
1.8
(.07)
53
(2.09)
70(2.76)
TA
46
(1.81)
47
(1.85)
14
(.55)
45 Dia.
(1.77)
P
A
Fully Extended
151.5(5.96)
"E" Thd.
55
(2.17)
27.5
(1.08)
INC.
Thread Size
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
MRL*-03-1080
1/4 BSP.F
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.Tr
MRL*-03-1090
1/4 NPT
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
MRL*-03-10
DIMENSIONS IN
MRLA-03-10/1080/1090

"E" Thd.
54
(2.13)
108
(4.25)
Vent Port "V"

"D" Thd.
P
A
TA
B
TB
Drain Port "DR"
"C" Thd.

For other dimensions, refer to "MRLP-03" drawing above.
586
MODULAR VALVES
Spare Parts List
MRLP-03-10/1080/1090
MRLB-03-10/1080/1090
22 25
For Design 1080
P
A
TA
TB
23 20 21
13 12 11 6 15
2 10
8 19
1 16 18 3
F
17 14
3 18 16 1
7 19 8
10 2 15 6 11 12 13
14 17
MRLA-03-10/1080/1090
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty.
15
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
16
O-Ring
SO-NB-P6
17
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
18
O-Ring
SO-NB-P22
19
O-Ring
SO-NB-P32
25
Bonded Seal
SG-FB-1/8
Remarks

Kit No.:KS-MRLP-03-10
Note: No bonded seal are included in seal kits.
587
Sequence Modular Valves/Counterbalance Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Numbers
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
25 (3630)
50 (13.2)
Max. Free Flow

L/min
(U.S.GPM)
MHP-03-*-20
MHA-03-*-20
MHB-03-*-20
70 (18.5)
MHP-03
MHA/MHB-03

F-
MHA
-03
-C
-20
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
03
N: *-1.8 (*-260) 1
A : 1.8-3.5 (260-510)
B : 3.5-7 (510-1020)
C : 7-14 (1020-2030)
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MHP : Sequence Valve for P-Line

MHA : Counterbalance Valve for A-Line
MHB : Counterbalance Valve for B-Line
*
Design Standard
20
2
Refer to
20
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure" of the next page for the item marked *.
Instructions
modular valve.
588
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
Detailed Graphic
Symbols
MHP-03
P
TA
TB
TA
TB
TA
TB
MHA-03
MHB-03
MODULAR VALVES

PSI
100
80
60
40
20
0
MPa
0.8
MHP/MHA/MHB-03
PSI
Pressure Drop
0.6
0.4
0.2
50
40
0.3
30
0.2
20
10
20
2.5
5.0
30
40
0.1
10
0
0
MHA/MHB-03
MPa
0.4
50 L/min
7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
10
20
2.5
5.0
30
40
50
60
70 L/min
7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
MHP-03
25
20
0.1
10
0
A,B-Line
T-Line
0
0
10
2.5
20
30
40
50 L/min
5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
MPa
0.2
25
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI
PSI
20
15
MHA/MHB-03
MPa
0.20
A-Line: MHB-03
B-Line: MHA-03
0.10
T-Line: MHA-03
P-Line
T-Line: MHB-03
10
5
0
0
0 10
20
30
40
50
60
70 L/min
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
589
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
92(3.62)
TA
TB
Fully Extended
134(5.28)
27.5
(1.08)
55(2.17)
INC.
1.8
(.07)
Pressure Adj. Screw

14(.55) Hex.
46
(1.81)
14
(.55)
P
A
12
(.47)
19(.75) 54
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
(2.13)
70(2.76)
MHP-03-*-20
DIMENSIONS IN
MHA-03-*-20
MHA-03-*-20
Fully Extended
134(5.28)
40
(1.57)
P
A
TA
TA
TB
17
(.67)
17
(.67)
P
A
TB
For other dimensions, refer to "MHP-03" drwaing above.
Spare Parts List
MHP-03-*-20
12 14 6 16 5
7 18 15 2
8 13 17 9
List of Seals
MHP-03, MHA-03
4 10
Item Name of Parts
MHA-03-*-20
13 19 7 16 6
3 8 18 2 1 15 12 14 9 10 17 5
MHB-03-*-20
4
5 17 10 9 14 12 15 1 2 18 8
6 16 7 19 13
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
16
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
17
O-Ring
SO-NB-P29
18
O-Ring
SO-NB-P32
Remarks

Kit No.:KS-MHP-03-20
MHB-03
Item Name of Parts
590
Part Numbers Qty.
15
Part Numbers Qty.
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
16
O-Ring
SO-NA-P16
17
O-Ring
SO-NB-P29
18
O-Ring
SO-NB-P32
Remarks

Kit No.:KS-MHB-03-20
MODULAR VALVES
Pressure and Temperature Compensated

Flow Control (and Check) Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Metred Flow Max. Free Flow

MFP-03-11
MFA-03-*-11
MFB-03-*-11
MFW-03-*-11
16 (2320)
50 (13.2)
70 (18.5)

F-
MFA
Special Seals
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
Series Number
-03
-X
-11
Valve Size
Direction
of Flow
Design
Number
Design
Standard
11
MFP : Flow Control Valve for P-Line

MFA : Flow Control and Check Valve for A-Line
MFB : Flow Control and Check Valve for B-Line
MFW : Flow Control and Check Valve for A&B-Lines
03
Refer to
X : Metre-out
Y : Metre-in
11
Instructions
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking
screw for the dial and turn the flow adjustment dial
clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a decrease of
flow, turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten
the locking screw firmly after the adjustment of
the flow rate.
Model No.
Detailed Graphic
Symbols
Graphic
Symbols
MFP-03
P
Model No.
TA
TB
Model No.
Graphic
Symbols
Metre-out
Detailed Graphic
Symbols
Metre-in
MFA-03-Y
MFA-03-X
P
TA
TB
TA
TB
TA
TB
TA
TB
MFB-03-Y
MFB-03-X
P
TA
TB
TA
TB
MFW-03-Y
MFW-03-X
591

MPa
1.2
120
0.8
MFP-03
A
MF B -03
W
80
40
0
0.4
PSI
160
Pressure Drop
0
10
0
0
20
30
40
PSI
140
120
MPa
1.0
80
0.6
0.4
40
0
50 L/min
0.8
0.2
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
0
6
8 10 1213 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
5.0
10.0
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
75
30
50
20
25
0
PSI
Pressure Drop
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L/min
50
125
40
100
10
0
0
5
(Fully Open)
50
40
30
20
10
0
Pressure Drop
MPa
0.4
0.3
B-Line: MFA-03
A-Line: MFB-03
0.2
A
T-Line: MF B -03
0.1
0
A&B-Line: MFP-03
T-Line: MFB-03 , P-Line
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
0
5.0
10.0
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Min. Metred Flow
30
300
200
5.50
48
21
5.25
20
500
400
20
10
0
L/min
U.S.GPM
13.8
13.4
13.0
12.6
Flow Rate
Min. Metred Flow
cu.in./min cm3/min
700
40
600
100
0
0
0
16 MPa
12
500 1000 1500 2000

2250 PSI
52
50
5.00
19
1.32
1.30
1.28
5.0
4.9
4.8
0
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L/min
13.2
50
13.0
49
12.8
48
5.3 20.0
5.2 19.5
5.1
5.0 19.0
.13 0.50
.12 0.45
.11 0.40
0
0
592
40
200
80
400
Viscosity
120
160 mm2/s
600 700 SSU
12
1000
2000
16 MPa
PSI
MODULAR VALVES
MFP-03-11
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
54
(2.13)
1 2
TA
TB
46
(1.81)
8 9 0
P
A
Flow Adj. Dial
4 5
33(1.30)
LOCK
1 2 3
55(2.17)
INC.
1.8
(.07)
32(1.26) Dia.
Fully Extended
160(6.30)
70(2.76)
19(.75)
12
(.47)
15(.59)
92(3.62)
Locking Screw
2(.08) Hex. Soc.
MFW-03- X -11
Y
7(.28) Dia. Through
4 Places
32(1.26) Dia.
TA
B
TB
46(1.81)
21.4
(.84)
P
A
1.8
(.07)
Fully Extended
153 (6.02)
Flow Adj. Dial

(for B-Line) INC.
55(2.17)
LOCK
MFW-03-X ------------ 33 (1.30)

MFW-03-Y ------------ 22 (.87)
Locking Screw
2(.08) Hex. Soc.
54
(2.13)
70(2.76)
19(.75)
12
(.47)
92(3.62)
Flow Adj. Dial
(for A-Line) INC.
DIMENSIONS IN
MFB-03- X -11
Y
MFA-03-X -11
Y
Fully Extended
153 (6.02)
56
(2.20)
P
A
TA
P
A
B
TB
TA
TB
For other dimensions, refer to "MFW-03" drawing above.
593
Spare Parts List

MFP-03-11
21 12 23 13 15 16 10
18
20
19 17
MFA-03- X -11
Y
23 12 13 15 16 10
21
18
17
14
18
4 10 16 15 13 12 23
MFB-03- X -11
Y
14
1 17
21
MFW-03- X -11
Y
23 12 13 15 16 10
21
18
17
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits

Quantity
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
MFP-03 MFA-03 MFB-03 MFW-03
MFP-03
KS-MFP-03-10
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
15
Back Up Ring
SO-BB-P6
MFA-03
16
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
MFB-03
17
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
MFW-03
18
O-Ring
SO-NB-P28
594
KS-MFA-03-10
KS-MFW-03-10
MODULAR VALVES
Temperature Compensated Throttle and Check Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Numbers
MSTA-03-X-20
MSTB-03-X-20
MSTW-03-X-20
Max.
Max.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Operating Differential Metred
Metred
Free
Pressure
Pressure
Flow
Flow
Flow
MPa
MPa
L/min
L/min
L/min
(PSI)
(PSI)
(U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM)
25
(3630)
25
(3630)
70
(18.5)
2 (.53)
{1 (.26)}
70
(18.5)
The figures in parentheses are the values when the differential pressure is less than
3.5 MPa (510 PSI).

MSTA
-03
-X
-20
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve Size
Direction of Flow
Design
Number
F:
Special Seals for
Fluids
MSTA : Temperature Compensated

Throttle and Check Valve for A-Line
MSTB : Temperature Compensated
Throttle and Check Valve for B-Line
MSTW : Temperature Compensated
Throttle and Check Valve for A&B-Lines
03
X : Metre-out
20
Design
Standard
Refer to
Instructions
flow rate.
Model No.
Graphic
Symbols
Detailed Graphic
Symbols
Metre-out
MSTA-03-X
P
TA
TB
TA
TB
TA
TB
F-
MSTB-03-X
MSTW-03-X
595

Pressure Drop
MPa
0.20
B-Line:MSTA-03
A-Line:MSTB-03
25
20
15
P: Differential Pressure MPa(PSI)

P: 14(2030)
0.15
U.S.GPM
0.10
P-Line
5
0
P: 25(3630)
L /min
70
17.5
10
0.05
T-Line
15.0
0
0 10
20
5.0
30
40
10.0
Flow Rate
50
60
70 L /min
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
12.5
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop
PSI
30
10.0
7.5
60
50
40
30
P: 7(1020)
P: 5(730)
60
Pressure Drop
PSI
70
50
MPa
0.5
0.3
30
0.2
10
0
20
2.5
10
Throttle Closed
0.1
P: 2(290)
P: 1(145)
P: 0.5(70)
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Turn of Flow Adj. Dial (Fully Open)
0.4
40
20
5.0
Throttle Fully Open
0
0 10
20
30
40
50
60
70 L /min

5.0
10.0
Flow Rate
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM

PSI
P
140
Pressure Drop
160
120
MPa
1.2
1.0
0.8
100
80
0.6
60
0.4
L/min
71
70
69
5.6
5.4
5.2
5.0
.56
.54
.52
.50
21
20
19
2.1
2.0
1.9
.28
.26
.24
1.1
1.0
0.9
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
18.8
18.6
18.4
18.2
13.4
13.2
13.0
40
20
0
40
80
0.2
120
160
mm2/s
0
0 10
596
51
50
49
20
5.0
30
40
10.0
Flow Rate
50
60
70 L /min
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
200
400
Viscosity
600 700
SSU
MODULAR VALVES
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
TB

For other dimensions, refer to "MSTW-03" drawing left.
1.8
(.07)
Fully Extended
106(4.17)
MSTB-03-X-20
Flow Adj. Dial

(for B-Line)

51
(2.01)
INC.
8 9
5 6 7
4 5
33
(1.30)
1 2 3
55(2.17)
TB
LOCK
TA
Locking Screw
2(.08)Hex.Soc.
1 2
1 2
46
(1.81)
1 2
32(1.26) Dia.
8 9 0
8 9 0
A
TA
TA
1 2
8 9 0
54
(2.13)
INC.
12
(.47)
92(3.62)
19(.75)

Fully Extended
106(4.17)
70(2.76)
Flow Adj. Dial

(for A-Line)
21.4
(.84)
MSTA-03-X-20
DIMENSIONS IN
8 9 0
MSTW-03-X-20
TB

For other dimensions, refer to "MSTW-03" drawing left.
Spare Parts List
10
11
12
MSTB-03-X-20
13
15 14
14 15
13
11
10
12
MSTW-03-X-20
List of Seals
MSTA-03-X-20
List of Seal Kits

Quantity
Valve Model Numbers
MSTA-03 MSTB-03 MSTW-03
MSTA-03
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
12
Back Up Ring
900-VK411915-2
MSTB-03
13
O-Ring
SO-NA-P7
MSTW-03
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-P24
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-MSTA-03-20
KS-MSTW-03-20
597
Throttle Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Number

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSP-03-30
25 (3630)
70 (18.5)
Maximum flow decreases when the differential pressure is less than

1 MPa (145 PSI).
See "Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open".

F-
MSP
-03
-30
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve
Size
Design
Number
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MSP : Throttle Valve

for P-Line
03
30
Design
Standard
Graphic Symbol
Refer to
Detailed Graphic Symbol

TA
Pressure Drop
MPa
0.2
A-Line
0.1
10
B&T-Line
0
0 10
20
30
40
50
60
70 L /min
Pressure Drop
25
20
PSI
140
MPa
1.0
120
5.0
10.0
Flow Rate
TB
0.8
100
0.6
80
60
0.4
40
0.2
20
0
0
Pressure Drop
PSI
0 10
20
30
40
50
60
70 L /min
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM

0
5.0
10.0
Flow Rate
15.0 17.5
U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
70
17.5
60
15.0
50
10.0
5.0
Instructions
P=20(2900)
P=14(2030)
P=10(1450)
40
P=5(730)
P=3(440)
30
598
P=25(3630)
P=2(290)
20
P=1(145)
10
0
P=0.5(70)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8

screw for the dial and turn the flow adjustment
dial clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a decrease
of flow, turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to retighten the locking screw firmly after the
adjustment of the flow rate.
9 10
(Fully Open)
MODULAR VALVES
MSP-03-30
DIMENSIONS IN
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
54
(2.13)
B
TB
1.8
(.07)
Fully Extended
107(4.21)
70(2.76)
A
TA
46
(1.81)
8 9 0 12
13.5
(.53)
19
(.75)
12
(.47)
92(3.62)
Flow Adj. Dial

INC.
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
Spare Parts List

MSP-03-30
6
11
1 10
55 (2.17)
33
(1.30)
32 Dia.
(1.26)
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
Back Up Ring
900-VK411915-2
O-Ring
SO-NA-P7
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
11
O-Ring
SO-NB-P24
Remarks

599
Check and Throttle Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Number

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSCP-03-20
25 (3630)
70 (18.5)
Maximum flow decreases when the differential pressure is less than

1 MPa (145 PSI).
See "Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open".

F-
MSCP
-03
-20
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve
Size
Design
Number
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MSCP :
Check and Throttle
Valve for P-Line
03
20
Design
Standard
Graphic Symbol
Refer to
TA
TB
Pressure Drop
A-Line
0.1
B-Line
10
T-Line
0
0 10
20
5.0
30
40
50
10.0
Flow Rate
60
70 L /min
MPa
0.8
20
PSI
MPa
0.2
100
Pressure Drop
25
Pressure Drop
PSI
80
0.6
60
0.4
40
20
0
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
0.2
0
0 10
20
5.0
30
40
10.0
Flow Rate
50
60
70 L /min
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM

P=20(2900)
P=14(2030)
P=25(3630)
Instructions
U.S.GPM L /min
17.5
15.0
70
60
P=10(1450)
Flow Rate
50
10.0
P=5(730)
40
P=3(440)
30
5.0
P=2(290)
20
P=1(145)
10
0
P=0.5(70)
0
0
Dial Position
600
9 10 11
(Fully Open)

screw for the dial and turn the flow adjustment
dial clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a
decrease of flow, turn the dial clockwise. Be
sure to re-tighten the locking screw firmly
after the adjustment of the flow rate.
MODULAR VALVES
MSCP-03-20
DIMENSIONS IN
7(.28) Dia. Through
4 Places
19
(.75)
12
(.47)
92(3.62)
54
(2.13)
B
TB
1.8
(.07)
Fully Extended
109.7 (4.32)
70(2.76)
A
TA
46
(1.81)
8 9 0 12
16.5
(.65)
Flow Adj. Dial
27.5
(1.08)
32 Dia.
(1.26)
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
Spare Parts List

MSCP-03-20
10 11
LOCK
1 2 3 45
55 (2.17)
INC.
12 13 15 14
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
12
Part Numbers
Back Up Ring 900-VK411915-2
Qty.
Remarks
13
O-Ring
SO-NA-P7
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-P24

601

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSA-03-*-40
MSB-03-*-40
MSW-03-*-40
25 (3630)
120 (31.7)

FSpecial Seals
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
MSW
-03
-X
-40
Series Number
Valve
Size
Direction
of Flow
Design
Number
03
X : Metre-out
Y : Metre-in
40
Design
Standard

for A-Line
for B-Line
Refer to

for A&B-Lines
Instructions
flow rate.
Model No.
Graphic
Symbols
Detailed Graphic
Symbols
Model No.
Graphic
Symbols
Metre-out
Metre-in
MSA-03-X
MSA-03-Y
P
TA
TA
TA
TB
TB
TB
MSB-03-X
TA
TB
TA
TB
TA
TB
MSB-03-Y
MSW-03-X
602
Detailed Graphic
Symbols
MSW-03-Y
MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop
0.8
A-Line: MSB-03
B-Line: MSA-03
0.6
T-Line
MPa
1.2
160
1.0
P
120
PSI
80
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
1.0
140
0.4
40
0
0.2
P-Line
0
0
20
40
60
120
80
80 100 120 L /min
10
20
Flow Rate
30
0.6
0.4
40
0
0.8 Throttle Closed
U.S.GPM
Throttle Fully Open
0.2
0
0 20
60
80 100 120 L /min
10
20
Flow Rate
30 U.S.GPM

PSI
40
MPa
1.2
160
120
80
0.8
0.6
Pressure Drop
1.0
0.4
40
0
0.2
0
0 20
40
60
80 100 120 L /min
10
20
Flow Rate
30
U.S.GPM
Metred Flow vs Dial Position

PSI
30
Flow Rate
25
MPa
120
100
20
80
15
60
10
40
5
0

P:7(1020)
P:14(2030)
P:25
(3630)
P:30
(4350)
P:5(730)
P:2(290)
P:1(145)
P:0.5(70)
20
0
0
Turn of Flow Adj Dial
10
Fully Open
603
MSW-03- X -40
Y
DIMENSIONS IN
92(3.62)
19
(.75)
P
A
P
A
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
B
TB
Fully Extended
91.5 (3.60)
TB

For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-03" drawing left.
Flow Adj. Dial

(for B-Line)
INC.
TA
1.8
(.07)
TA
32(1.26) Dia
21.4
(.84)
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
54
(2.13)
INC.

Fully Extended
91.5 (3.60)
12
(.47)
Flow Adj. Dial

(for A-Line)
MSA-03- X -40
Y
MSB-03- X -40
Y
55
(2.17)

48
(1.89)
24
(.94)
LOCK
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
TA
TB

Spare Parts List

MSA-03-X -40
Y
13
14
MSB-03-X -40
Y
8
12
10 11
MSW-03- X -40
Y
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits

Quantity
Valve Model Numbers
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
MSA-03
MSB-03
MSW-03
MSA-03
Back Up Ring
SO-BB-P8
MSB-03
10
O-Ring
SO-NA-P8
MSW-03
11
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
12
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
604
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-MSA-03-40
KS-MSW-03-40
MODULAR VALVES

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MCP-03-*-10
MCA-03-*-20
MCB-03-*-20
MCT-03-*-10
25 (3630)
70 (18.5)

F-
MCP
Special Seals
Series Number

Ester Type Fluids
MCA : Check Valve for A-Line

MCB : Check Valve for B-Line
-03
-0
-10
Valve Size
Cracking Pressure
MPa(PSI)
Design Number
Design Standard
MCP : Check Valve for P-Line
10
0 : 0.035(5)
03
20
Refer to
2 : 0.2(29)
MCT : Check Valve for T-Line

Model No.
Graphic
Symbols
Detailed Graphic
Symbols
Pressure Drop

PSI
85
80
MPa
0.6
70
0.5
60
MCA -03-2
MCB
MCP -03-2
MCT
0.4
T B
TA A
B TB
T B
TA A
B TB
T B
TA A
B TB
T B
TA A
B TB
MCA-03
MCA -03-0
MCB
50
40
30
MCP
MCT -03-0
0.3
10
0
MCT-03
0.1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
5.0
10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
Pressure Drop
P
PSI
25
20
MPa
0.2
A-Line: MCB/MCT-03
B-Line: MCA-03
Instructions
Tank Line Used
Check valve function of MCT-03 is included in
TA-Line. Therefore, the tank line for a circuit that
uses this valve must be TA-line.
A&B-Line: MCP-03
T-Line: MCA/MCB-03
P-Line: MCA/MCB/MCT-03
B-Line: MCT-03
T-Line: MCP-03
0.1
10
0
MCB-03
0.2
20
Pressure Drop
MCP-03
10
...........
Design Standards: None
Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
0
0 10
20
30
40
5.0
10.0
Flow Rate
50
60
70 L/min
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
605
54
(2.13)
54
(2.13)
P
TB
100(3.94)
TB
44
(1.73)
117(4.61)
55
(2.17)
55
(2.17)
174(6.85)
55
(2.17)
TA
1.8
(.07)
60
(2.36)
1.8
(.07)
23
(.91)
A
TA
1.8
(.07)
TB
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
TA
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
92(3.62)
19 (.75)
12
(.47)
19 (.75)
P
A
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
92(3.62)
12
(.47)
54
(2.13)
(Check valve is included)
12
(.47)
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
92(3.62)
19
(.75)
MCT-03-*-10
MCA-03-*-20
MCB-03-*-20
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
MCP-03-*-10
DIMENSIONS IN
Spare Parts List

MCP-03-*-10
6
MCT-03-*-10
9
List of Seals
Part Numbers Qty.
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
Item Name of Parts
Remarks
MCA-03-*-20
7
Part Numbers Qty.
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
MCB-03-*-20
3
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
606
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
Part Numbers Qty.
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
O-Ring
SO-NB-P24
Remarks
Kit No.: KS-MCA-03-20
Remarks
MODULAR VALVES
Check Modular Valves For "P&T" Lines

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MCPT-03-P*-T*-10
25 (3630)
70 (18.5)

F-
MCPT
-03
-P0
-T0
-10
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve
Size
Cracking Pres. of
P-Line MPa(PSI)
Cracking Pres. of
T-Line MPa(PSI)
Design
Number

Ester Type Fluids
MCPT : Check Valve

for P&T-Lines
03
P0 : 0.035(5)
T0 : 0.035(5)
Refer to
10
P2 : 0.2(29)
Design
Standard
T2 : 0.2(29)

MPa
0.6
70
0.5
60
0.4
Pressure Drop
PSI
85
80
MCPT-03-P*-T2
30
20
10
0
MCPT-03-P2-T*
MCPT-03-P*-T0
50
40
TA
TB
0.3
Graphic Symbol
MCPT-03-P0-T*
0.2
0.1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
5.0
Instructions
10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
Tank Line Used

Check valve function of Tank Line is included in
TA-Line. Therefore, the tank line for a circuit that
uses this valve must be TA-line.
P
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI
25
20
MPa
0.2
0.1
A,B-Line
10
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
5.0
10.0
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
607
MCPT-03-P*-T*-10
7(.28) Dia. Through
4 Places
92(3.62)
19 (.75)
12
(.47)
54
(2.13)
(Check valve is included)
TB
1.8
(.07)
60
(2.36)
70
(2.76)
TA
46
(1.81)
P
A
55
(2.17)
133
(5.24)
DIMENSIONS IN
Spare Parts List

MCPT-03-P*-T*-10
8 10
8 10 3
Y-Y Section
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
608
Part Numbers Qty.
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
Remarks
Kit No.: KS-MCPT-03-10
MODULAR VALVES
Anti-Cavitation Modular Valves

Specifications
Model Number

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MAC-03-10
25 (3630)
70 (18.5)

F-
MAC
-03
Special Seals
Series Number
F:
Ester Type Fluids
MAC : Anti-Cavitation
Valve
-10
Valve Design
Size Number
03
10
*
Design
Standard
Refer to
Graphic Symbol
Pressure Drop
PSI
MPa
0.1
10
5
0
P
A&B-Line
P&T-Line
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0
5.0
10.0
15.0
17.5 U.S.GPM
TA
TB
Flow Rate
Spare Parts List
MAC-03-10
7(.28) Dia Through
4 Places
92(3.62)
19(.75)
9 11
12
(.47)
54
(2.13)
MAC-03-10
2
Pressure Drop
10
150
(5.91)
70(2.76)
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
55
(2.17)
48
(1.89)
TB
1.8
(.07)
TA
46
(1.81)
P
A
Part Numbers Qty.
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
11
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
Remarks
DIMENSIONS IN
609

Specifications
Model Numbers
Standard
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
25 (3630)
70 (18.5)
MP*-03-*-20
Low Pilot Pressure

Control Type
MP*-03-*-2001

F-
MPA
-03
Special Seals
Series Number
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)

Check Valve
for A-Line
Check Valve
for B-Line
Check Valve
for A&B-Lines
-2
Cracking
Valve Pressure
Size
MPa (PSI)
-20
Design
Number
Design
Standard
20
(Standard)
2 : 0.2 (29)
03
4 : 0.4 (58)
2001
(Low Pilot
Pressure
Control
Type)
Refer to
Graphic
Symbols
Model No.
Detailed Graphic
Symbols
MPA-03
P
TA A
B TB
TA A
B TB
TA A
B TB
MPB-03
MPW-03
610
MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop
50
40
30
20
10
0
MPa
0.4
PSI
0.3
B-Line: MPA-03
A-Line: MPB-03
0.2
T-Line
0.1
0
P-Line
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
5.0
50
40
30
20
10
0
MPa
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
10.0
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
5.0
10.0
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
F
Min. Pilot Pressure
0.7
MP*-03-4
0.6
MP*-03-2
Pressure Drop
80
0.5
60
0.4
40
0.3
0.2
20
0
0.1
0
140
MPa
12
PP
10
120
80
P2
P*
20
2-
03
P*
1
3-4-200
MP *-0
1
3-2-200
MP -0
5
0
5.0
-2
-4
3
-0
4
40
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
P1
10.0
15.017.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
1000
10
15
2000
20
25 MPa
3000 3500 PSI
PSI
110
100
MPa
0.8
PSI
611
MPA-03-*-20/2001
MPB-03-*-20/2001
MPW-03-*-20/2001
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
92(3.62)
19
(.75)
12
(.47)
54
(2.13)
DIMENSIONS IN
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
P
B
TB
1.8
(.07)
TA
60
(2.36)
55
(2.17)
174(6.85)
Spare Parts List

MPA-03-*-20
7
MPB-03-*-20
4
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts
7
11
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P24
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
Low Pilot Pressure Control Type

(MPA-03-*-2001)
MPW-03-*-20
612
Part Numbers Qty.
Remarks
Kit No.: KS-MPA-03-20
MODULAR VALVES
End Plates
Blocking plates are used for auxiliary mounting surfaces or for closing
unnecessary circuit.
Bypass plates are used for one-way flow circuit that requires no solenoid
operated directional valves.
Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MDC-03-*-10
25 (3630)
70 (18.5)

F-
MDC
-03
-A
-10
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve Size
Type of Plate
Design Number
Design Standard
F:
Ester Type Fluids
MDC: End Plate
03
10
None: Japanese Standard "JIS",

European Design Standard and
A: Blocking Plate
B: Bypass Plate
Graphic
Symbols
Model No.
Detailed Graphic
Symbols
MDC-03-A
MDC-03-B
40
30
P B-Line
A T-Line
0.2
T B
TA A
B TB
T B
TA A
B TB
MDC-03-B
20
0.1
0
40
50
10.0
60
70 L /min
MDC-03-*-10
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
O-Ring for Port

(SO-NB-A014: 5 Pcs.)
7(.28) Dia. Through
4 Places
92(3.62)
19
54
(2.13)
(.75)
P
A
TA
B
TB
70
(2.76)
5.0
30
1.8
(.07)
20
12
(.47)
0 10
46
(1.81)
10
0
27
(1.06)
28
(1.10)
Pressure Drop
PSI
MPa
0.3
Pressure Drop
DIMENSIONS IN
613
Connecting Plates
Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MDS-03-10/1090
25 (3630)
70 (18.5)

F-
MDS
Special Seals
Series Number
-03

Ester Type Fluids
MDS : Connecting Plate
-10
Valve Size Design Number
03
Design Standard
European design Standard
10
Graphic Symbol
Pressure Drop
PSI
MPa
0.1
10
P, A, B&T-Line
0
0 10
5.0
30
40
10.0
Flow Rate
50
60
70 L /min
TA
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
O-Ring for Port

(SO-NB-A014: 5 Pcs.)
MDS-03-10/1090
19
(.75)
46
(1.81)
35(1.38)
TB
TA
A-Line Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
TA-Line Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
10.5(.41)
54
(2.13)
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
55(2.17)
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
92(3.62)
40(1.57)
23
(.91)
100(3.94)
15
(.59)
40
(1.57)
A-Line Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
B-Line Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.

Model Numbers
MDS-03-10
MDS-03-1090
614
TB
70(2.76)
20
1.8
(.07)
0.05
12
(.47)
22.5(.89)
Pressure Drop
Thread Size "C" Thd.

Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
1/4 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
MODULAR VALVES

Specifications

MMC
-03
-T
-6
-21
Series Number
Plate Size
Type of Connection
Number of Stations
Design Number
Design Standard
03
T : Threaded
Connection
21

MMC : Base Plate
5 : 5 Stations
6 : 6 Stations
7 : 7 Stations
1 : 1 Station
2 : 2 Stations
3 : 3 Stations
4 : 4 Stations
TA A
P' T' B' A'
P
T
0.2
20
B
P
T
0.1
B
(T)
P
MMC-03-T-1
A A'
P P'
B A
T
P
(T) (P)
(P)
T
T T'
Graphic Symbol
B B'
0
0
10
20
5.0
30
40
50
60
70 L /min
P
(T)
(P)
T
15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
10.0
Flow Rate
MMC-03-T-2-7
Mounting Surface Dimensions for

3/8 Modular Valve
Instructions
When the standard base plate (MMC-03) is not used,

the following mounting surface must be prepared.
Also, the mounting surface must have a good
machined finish.
Min. Pitch:
75(2.95)
46(1.81)
32.5
(1.28)
54(2.13)
27(1.06)
"C" Thd.
13(.51) Deep
4 Places
37.3(1.47)
92
(3.62)
TA
3.2
16.7(.66) (.13)
6.4
(.25)
19
(.75)
21.4
(.84)
Although two ports are provided for both

pressure port "P" and tank port "T", either
may be used.
However, the ports having (P) or (T) in the
drawing are normally plugged. Remove the
plugs of the ports when they are used. Make
sure that the ports that are not currently used
are properly plugged.
Pressure Drop

PSI MPa
0.3
40
10
Detailed Graphic
Symbol
Graphic Symbol
Pressure Drop
30
DIMENSIONS IN
11(.43) Dia. (Max.)

4 Places
70(2.76)
12
(.47)
Design Std.
"C" Thd.

M6
1/4-20 UNC
615
110(4.33)
10(.39)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
100(3.94)
TA
10
(.39)
32
46
(1.81) (1.26)
79(3.11)
MMC-03-T-*-21/2190
Cylinder Port "A"

"D" Thd.
Number of Station
(2-7 Stations)
Port Holes 4 Places
M10 Thd. 21.6(.86) Deep

2 Places For Eye Bolts.
For Above Three Stations Type
[MMC-03-T-*-21 Models Only]
A
P

14(.55) C' bore "F" Deep
4 Places
32
75
(1.26) (2.95)
Pitch
72.5(2.85)
55
(2.17)
75
(2.95)
Pitch
75
(2.95)
3/8-16 UNC Thd. 18(.71) Deep

Both Ends For Eye Bolts
[MMC-03-T-*-2190 Models Only]
75
(2.95)
79(3.11)
40(1.57)
32(1.26)
Cylinder Port "B" Each Station

"D" Thd.
(T)
Pressure Port "P"

"C" Thd.
Cylinder Port "A" Each Station

"D" Thd.
For other dimensions, refer to above Model MMC-03-T-1.

Model Numbers
MMC-03-T-1-21
MMC-03-T-1-2190
MMC-03-T-2-21
MMC-03-T-2-2190
MMC-03-T-3-21
MMC-03-T-3-2190
MMC-03-T-4-21
MMC-03-T-4-2190
MMC-03-T-5-21
MMC-03-T-5-2190
MMC-03-T-6-21
MMC-03-T-6-2190
MMC-03-T-7-21
MMC-03-T-7-2190
616
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/4
3/4 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 NPT
Thread Size
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
M6
Rc 1/2
1/4-20 UNC
1/2 NPT
M6
Rc 1/2
1/4-20 UNC
1/2 NPT
M6
Rc 1/2
1/4-20 UNC
1/2 NPT
M6
Rc 1/2
1/4-20 UNC
1/2 NPT
M6
Rc 1/2
1/4-20 UNC
1/2 NPT
M6
Rc 1/2
1/4-20 UNC
1/2 NPT
M6
Rc 1/2
1/4-20 UNC
1/2 NPT
F
L1
L2
8.6 (.34)
22 (.87)
8.6 (.34)
185
165
(7.28)
(6.50)
22 (.87)
8.6 (.34)
22 (.87)
8.6 (.34)
22 (.87)
8.6 (.34)
22 (.87)
8.6 (.34)
22 (.87)
8.6 (.34)
22 (.87)
60
(2.36)
47.5
(1.87)
22.5
(.89)
95(3.74)
47.5 15
(1.87) (.59)
60
(2.36)
Each Station
15
(.59)
46
(1.81)
10
(.39)
54
(2.13)
100(3.94)
18
(.71)
TA
32(1.26)
Tank Port "T"

"C" Thd.
Pressure Port "P"

"C" Thd.
L1
L2
10
(.39)
40(1.57)
60
(2.36)
22.5
(.89)
Tank Port "T"

"C" Thd.
(T)
P
47.5
(1.87)
95(3.74)
72.5(2.85)
47.5
(1.87)
60
(2.36)
(P)
(P)
32(1.26)
79(3.11)
Cylinder Port "B"

"D" Thd.
55
(2.17)
32(1.26)
79(3.11)
54
(2.13)
46
(1.81)

14(.55) C' bore "F" Deep
4 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
"E" Thd. 13(.51) Deep

4 Places
90(3.54)
18
(.71)
MMC-03-T-1-21/2190
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
8.5
(18.7)
14
(30.9)
260
(10.24)
240
(9.45)
19.5
(43.0)
335
(13.19)
315
(12.40)
25
(55.1)
410
(16.14)
390
(15.35)
30.5
(67.3)
485
(19.09)
465
(18.31)
36
(79.4)
560
(22.05)
540
(21.26)
41
(90.4)
MODULAR VALVES
MMC-03-T-1-2180
10(.39)
TA
32
46
(1.81) (1.26)
79(3.11)
Pipe Plug
2 Places
B
(T)
72.5(2.85)
Tank Port "T"

3/4 BSP.F Thd.
47.5
(1.87)
60
(2.36)
P
A
22.5
(.89)
47.5
(1.87)
(P)
95(3.74)
60
(2.36)
Pipe Plug
Part No.900-V33907
Cylinder Port "B"

1/2 BSP.F Thd. 32(1.26)
55
(2.17)
32(1.26)
Bonded Seal
Part No.SG-FB-3/4
18
(.71)
P
B
79(3.11)
Detail of Pipe Plug
54
(2.13)
10
(.39)

14(.55) C' bore 8(.31) Deep
4 Places

4 Places
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
90(3.54)
46
(1.81)
100(3.94)
10(.39)
DIMENSIONS IN
10(.39)
110(4.33)
Cylinder Port "A"

1/2 BSP.F Thd.
Pressure Port "P"

3/4 BSP.F Thd.
MMC-03-T-*-2180

Port Holes 4 Places
10(.39)
46
(1.81)
TA
79(3.11)
Pitch
75
(2.95)
B
32(1.26)
75
(2.95)
B
Cylinder Port "B" Each Station

1/2 BSP.F Thd.
(T)
60
(2.36)
47.5
(1.87)
22.5
(.89)
95(3.74)
55
(2.17)
M10 Thd. 2 Places For Eye Bolts.

75
(2.95)
21
(.83)
10
(.39)
32
75
(1.26) (2.95)
Pitch
72.5(2.85)
47.5
(1.87)
60
(2.36)
P
B
32(1.26)
Tank Port "T"

3/4 BSP.F Thd.

14(.55) C' bore 8.6(.34) Deep
4 Places
54
(2.13)
18
(.71)
100(3.94)
L2
79(3.11)
(P)
10(.39)
L1
10(.39)
Each Station
Number of Station
(2-7 Stations)
Pressure Port "P"

3/4 BSP.F Thd.
Cylinder Port "A" Each Station

1/2 BSP.F Thd.
For other dimensions, refer to above Model MMC-03-T-1.
Model Numbers
MMC-03-T-2-2180
MMC-03-T-3-2180
MMC-03-T-4-2180
MMC-03-T-5-2180
MMC-03-T-6-2180
MMC-03-T-7-2180
L1
L2
185 (7.28)
165 (6.50)
260 (10.24)
240 (9.45)
335 (13.19)
315 (12.40)
410 (16.14)
390 (15.35)
485 (19.09)
465 (18.31)
560 (22.05)
540 (21.26)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
14 (30.9)
19.5 (43.0)
25 (55.1)
30.5 (67.3)
36 (79.4)
41 (90.4)
617
Mounting Bolt Kits For Modular Valves

Valves are mounted with four stud bolts. Valve combination
varies according to the circuit type. Hence, the mounting
bolt kits are available on a combination type basis.
When ordering the mounting bolt kit, be sure to give the bolt
kit model number from the table below.

MBK
-03
-04
-10
Series Number
Size of
Modular Valve
Bolt Number
Design
Number
MBK : Mounting Bolt Kits

for Modular Valve
03
01, 02, 03, 04, 05

(Refer to the
following chart)
10
Design
Standard

1 Set
Nut ------------- 4 Pcs.
Note: In case of bolt kit model number
having "05", four hexagon socket
head cap screws only.
Tightening Torque:
Refer to
12-15 Nm (106-133 IN. lbs.)
Nut
Stud Bolt

Model Numbers
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valve
(*-DSG-03)
End Plate
(MDC-03)
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
MBK-03-01-10*
MBK-03-02-10*
MBK-03-03-10*
MBK-03-04-10*
MBK-03-05-10*
Modular
Valve &
Connecting
Plate
Approx.
Mass
g (lbs.)
120(.26)
160(.35)
200(.44)
240(.53)
40(.09)
SOL b
Mounting
Bolt Kit
SOL a
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
03 Series
Modular Valves
Base Plate
Stacking Example
The solenoid operated directional valve comes with mounting bolts.
MBK-03-*-10/1090
MBK-03-05-10/1090
Stud Bolt
"B" Thd.
Both Ends
MBK-03-05-30: M6 35 Lg.
MBK-03-05-3090: 1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
12
(.47)
12
(.47)
A
"B" Thd.
10 Dia.
(.39)
Nut
DIMENSIONS IN
13
(.51)
22
(.87)
618
Model Numbers
MBK-03-01-10
MBK-03-02-10
MBK-03-03-10
MBK-03-04-10
MBK-03-01-1090
MBK-03-02-1090
MBK-03-03-1090
MBK-03-04-1090
A mm (In.)
103 ( 4.06 )
158 ( 6.22 )
213 ( 8.39 )
268 (10.55 )
103 ( 4.06 )
158 ( 6.22 )
213 ( 8.39 )
268 (10.55 )
"B" Thd.
M6
5 (.20)
1/4-20 UNC
4.76
(3/16)
3/4 Modular Valves
Model Numbers
Graphic Symbols
Page
Class
Class

Model Numbers

(for "A-Line", Internal Pilot-)
Internal Drain Type)

Operated Directional Valve
381
Graphic Symbols
Page
626
MPA-06-*-30/3090
(S-)DSHG-06-***-*-53/5390
P

(for "A-Line", External Pilot-)
External Drain Type)
MPA-06*-*-X-30/3090
MRP-06-*-30/3090

Reducing Valves
(for "A-Line")
MPA-06*-*-Y-30/3090
620
MRA-06-*-30/3090
Reducing Valves
(for "B-Line")
620
MRB-06-*-30/3090

626
MPB-06*-*-Y-30/3090
(for "A&B-Lines", Internal Pilot-)
626
MPW-06-*-30/3090
623
623
Mounting Bolts
Flow Control Valves
626
623
Bolt Kits
MBK-06-*-30/3090
630
Because drain ports "V" and "W" are not provided for solenoid
controlled pilot operated directional valves of Pressure Centred Type
(3H*) and models with Pilot Piston (P*), those valves cannot be
used in combination with modular valves.
MSB-06-Y-30/3090


(for "B-Line", External Pilot-)

MSB-06-X-30/3090

626
MPB-06-*-30/3090
MPB-06*-*-X-30/3090
MSA-06-Y-30/3090


(for "B-Line", Internal Pilot-)
626
623
MSA-06-X-30/3090

626
620
Reducing Valves
(for "P-Line")
623
MSW-06-X-30/3090

623
MSW-06-Y-30/3090
619

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa(PSI)
MR*-06-A-30/3090
B
MR*-06-C-30/3090
H
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
125 (33)
25 (3630)
500 (132)
In the pressure adjustment ranges "A" and "B", maximum flow rates are
limited by the pressure setting on the secondary side.
Referring to the secondary pressure vs. maximum flow characteristics on
the following page, use the valve at the maximum flow rate within a
zone highlighted with
.

F-
MRP
-06
-B
-30
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
06
A : 0.7-7 (100-1020)
B: 1.5-7 (220-1020)
C: 3.5-14 (510-2030)
H: 7-21 (1020-3050)
30
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)

Refer to
Instructions
Graphic Symbols
Connect Drain Line (Y port) to oil tank independently

so as to obtain stable pressure setting. At the same time,
the solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve
to be used in combination with this valve must be of
internal drain type (with T).
clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut firmly after
making adjustment to the pressure.
Y X B
Y X B
Y X B
MRB-06
MRA-06
620
MRP-06
*
Design Standard
MODULAR VALVES
0.10
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
15
10
5
0
0.05
0
0
100
200
300
MPa
350 2.5
300 2.0
PSI
A,B&T-Line
400
200
1.0
100
500 L /min
0
20
40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
100
20
200
300
400
500 L /min
40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
F
MR*-06-B/C/H
MR*-06-A
0.8
PSI
3000
2900
0.4

MPa MR -06-H
*
21
20
2800
0.2
0
0
0
5
1000
10
15
20
25 MPa
2000
3000
3500 PSI
(Primary Pres. - Secondary Pres.)
Secondary Pressure
Pilot Flow
0.6
.1
0.5
Pilot Flow
U.S.GPM L /min
1.4
.35
1.2
.3
1.0
.2
1.5
20
MPa
0.15
PSI
Pressure Drop at Spool Fully Open

(P-Line)
Pressure Drop
2700
19
2000
14
1900
1700
12
1000
MR*-06-B/C/H
800
700
0
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
500
120
400
100
80
300
250
66
200
125
33
90
23.8
0
0
13
1800
900
Secondary Pressure vs. Max. Flow
MR*-06-C/H
MR*-06-B
5
0
100
20
200
40
300
400
500 L/min
60 80 100 120
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
MR*-06-A
0 0.7 1
4 MPa
100 200 300 400 500 600 PSI

Secondary Pressure
621
DIMENSIONS IN
130(5.12)
12
(.47)
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
45
(1.77)
MRP-06
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
41
(1.61)
116(4.57)
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
13.5(.53) Dia. Through 6 Places
53
(2.09)
12
(.47)
View Arrow Z
3
(.12)
154(6.06)
"D" Thd. 9(.35) Deep

2 Places
Sling Fitting Screw
92
(3.62)
MRP-06-*-30/3090
MRA-06-*-30/3090
MRB-06-*-30/3090
77
(3.03)
Pressure Adj. Screw

14(.55) Hex.
3
(.12)
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
85
(3.35)
38(1.50)
MRA-06
6
(.24)
3
(.12)
INC.
Two Locating Pins

6(.24) Dia.
MRB-06
Model Numbers
MR*-06-*-30
Thread Size
"D" Thd.
"C" Thd.
M8
Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
MR*-06-*-3090
5/16-18 UNC
1/4 NPT
Spare Parts List

MRP-06-*-30/3090
MRA-06-*-30/3090
MRB-06-*-30/3090
14 3 10 18 21 1 12 5
13 19 15
2 16 17 8
9 11
20
List of Seals
622
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
17
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
18
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
19
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
20
O-Ring
SO-NB-P28
21
O-Ring
SO-NB-P30
Remarks

Kit No.: KS-MRP-06-10
120
(4.72)
MODULAR VALVES

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSA-06-*-30/3090
MSB-06-*-30/3090
MSW-06-*-30/3090
25 (3630)
500 (132)
Special Seals
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
MSW
-06
-X
-30
Series Number
Valve
Size
Direction
of Flow
Design
Number

for A-Line
for B-Line
Design
Standard
X : Metre-out
06
30
Refer to
Y : Metre-in

for A&B-Lines
F-
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen lock nut and
turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise or anticlockwise. To throttle the flow, turn the screw
clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut
firmly after the adjustment of the flow rate is
completed.
Metre-out
Metre-in
MSA-06-X
MSW-06-X
MSA-06-Y
MSB-06-X
MSB-06-Y
MSW-06-Y
623

Pressure Drop
150
100
50
0
200
MPa
2.0
1.5
B-Line: MSA-06
A-Line: MSB-06
Pressure Drop
250
Pressure Drop
PSI
1.0
P&T-Line
0.5
0
0
0
100
20
200
300
400
500 L /min
PSI
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
MPa
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
0
40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
100
20
200
300
400
500 L /min
40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

P=10(1450)
P=7(1020)
U.S.GPM L /min
500
120
MPa
2.5
2.0
1.5
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop

PSI
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
Throttle Closed
1.0
0.5
Throttle Fully Open
100
200
300
400
400
80
300
P=5(730)
60
200
500 L /min
20
100
0
0
624
20
P=3(435)
P=2(290)
40
0
0
100
P=14(2030)
P=21(3050)
40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
0
0
P=1(145)
P=0.5(70)
4
6
8 10 12 14
(Fully Open)
MODULAR VALVES
MSW-06- X -30/3090
Y
12
(.47)
MSA-06- X -30/3090
Y
130(5.12)
12
(.47)
53
(2.09)
116
(4.57)
92
(3.62)
58
(2.28)
"D" Thd. 16(.63) Deep

2 Places
Sling Fitting Screw

6 Places
154(6.06)
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Fully
Extended
115.5(4.55)
Fully
Extended
115.5(4.55)
77
(3.03)
Approx. Mass............ 12 kg (26.5 lbs.)
120
(4.72)
Flow Adj. Screw

(for A-Line)
8(.31) Hex. INC.
Flow Adj. Screw

(for B-Line)
8(.31) Hex.
INC.
MSB-06- X -30/3090
Y
85
(3.35)
6
(.24)
40.5
(1.59)
MSW-06-X ------ 52(2.05)
MSW-06-Y ------ 33(1.30)
Two Locating Pins

6(.24) Dia.
Model Numbers
"D" Thd.
MS*-06-*-30
DIMENSIONS IN
M8
MS*-06-*-3090
5/16-18 UNC

MSB-06-*-30/3090
MSA-06-*-30/3090
8
4 10 11 5
14 12
Spare Parts List
13
7 14
MSW-06-*-30/3090
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
10
Back Up Ring
11
12
Quantity
Valve Model Numbers
MSA-06
MSB-06
MSW-06
MSA-06
SO-BB-P14
MSB-06
O-Ring
SO-NA-P14
MSW-06
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P28
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P32
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-MSA-06-10
KS-MSW-06-10
625

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPA-06*-*-*-30/3090
MPB-06*-*-*-30/3090
MPW-06-*-30/3090
25 (3630)
500 (132)

F-
MPA
Special Seals
Series Number
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)

Check Valve
for A-Line
Check Valve
for B-Line
Check Valve
for A&B-Lines
-06
Valve
Size
-2
-X
-30
Port Tapping Feature

of Pilot-Drain Port 1
Cracking
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Pilot-Drain 2
Connection
Design
Number
Design
Standard
None :
Internal PilotInternal Drain
X : External PilotExternal Drain
Y : External PilotInternal Drain
30
None : Taper Thread

2 : 0.2 (29)
06
S : Straight Thread
(Applicable only for
Japanese Std. "JIS")
4 : 0.4 (58)
1. This item applies only to External Pilot or External Drain Type.

2. Only "None: Internal Pilot-Internal Drain Type" is available for MPW (for "A&B-Lines").
Graphic Symbols
Pilot-Drain
Internal pilottype
Internal drain type
Model No.
Exnternal pilotExternal drain type
External pilotInternal drain type
MPA-06
P
Y X
Y X
MPA-06*-*-X
MPA-06-*
Y X
MPA-06*-*-Y
MPB-06
P
Y X
MPB-06-*
Y X
MPW-06
P
Y X
MPW-06-*
626
MPB-06*-*-X
Y X
MPB-06*-*-Y
Refer to
MODULAR VALVES
2.0
B-Line: MPA-06
A-Line: MPB-06
200
1.0
P&T-Line
100
0
0
0
0
100
20
200
300
400
500 L /min
PSI
350
300
MPa
2.5
2.0
200
1.0
100
0
0
0
40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
100
20

400
300
MPa
3.0
PSI
600
2.0
200
1.0
MP*-06-4
100
0
MP*-06-2
0
0
0
100
20
200
40
60
300
400
300
400
500 L /min
40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
Min. Pilot Pressure
500 L /min
80 100 120 U.S.GPM
Pressure Drop
PSI
200
MPa
4.5
4.0
PP
500
400
300
P1
P2
3.0
2.0
200
MP*-06-4
1.0
MP*-06-2
100
0
0
0
Flow Rate
0
10
15
20
25 MPa
1000 2000 3000 PSI

3500
MPa
2.5
P
PSI
350
300
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
627
MPA-06-*-30/3090 Internal PilotMPB-06-*-30/3090 Internal Drain Type

MPW-06-*-30/3090
12
(.47)
130(5.12)
12
(.47)
53
(2.09)
116
(4.57)
92
(3.62)
"D" Thd. 16(.63) Deep

2 Places
Sling Fitting Screw
DIMENSIONS IN
154(6.06)

6 Places
40.5
77
(1.59) (3.03)
235(9.25)
Model Numbers
85
(3.35)
120(4.72)
MP*-06-*-30
MP*-06-*-3090
6
(.24)
Two Locating Pins

6(.24) Dia.
"D" Thd.
M8
5/16-18 UNC
MPA-06*-*-X-30/3090 External Pilot-
External Drain Type
40.5
(1.59)
120(4.72)
285
(11.22)
58
(2.28)
Pilot Port "C" Thd.
23(.91)
63(2.48)
Drain Port "C" Thd.
MPA-06*-*-Y-30/3090 External Pilot-
Model Numbers
Internal Drain Type

Pilot Port "C" Thd.
120(4.72)
58
(2.28)
52
(2.05)
40.5
(1.59)
253
(9.96)
MPA-06-*-*-30
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8 = 3/8 BSP. Tr
MPA-06-*-*-3090
3/8 NPT
MPA-06S-*-*-30
G 3/8

For other dimensions, refer to "Internal pilot-Internal drain type" drawing above.
MPB-06*-*-X-30/3090 External Pilot-
External Drain Type
120(4.72)
Pilot Port "C" Thd.
90.5
(3.56)
58
(2.28)
285
(11.22)
63(2.48)
23(.91)
Drain Port "C" Thd.
MPB-06*-*-Y-30/3090 External Pilot-
Model Numbers
Internal Drain Type
120(4.72)
58.5
(2.30)
58
(2.28)
52
(2.05)
Pilot Port "C" Thd.
253
(9.96)
MPB-06-*-*-30
Rc 3/8 = 3/8 BSP. Tr
MPB-06-*-*-3090
3/8 NPT
MPB-06S-*-*-30
G 3/8
628
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
MODULAR VALVES
Spare Parts List
Internal PilotInternal Drain Type
13
10
12
13
MPB-06-*-30/3090
MPA-06-*-30/3090
MPW-06-*-30/3090
External PilotExternal Drain Type

1
3 15 18 11 14 19 16 17
F
MPB-06*-*-X-30/3090
MPA-06*-*-X-30/3090
External PilotInternal Drain Type
1
14 17
MPA-06*-*-Y-30/3090
MPB-06*-*-Y-30/3090
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits

Quantity
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
Valve Model Numbers
Internal Pilot- External Pilot- External PilotInternal Drain External Drain Internal Drain
MPA-06-*
MPB-06-*
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-MPA-06-10
MPW-06-*
11
O-Ring
SO-NA-P26
12
O-Ring
SO-NB-P28
MPA-06*-*-X
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P32
MPB-06*-*-X
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P36
MPA-06*-*-Y
MPB-06*-*-Y
KS-MPA-06-X-10
KS-MPA-06-Y-10
629

Valves are mounted with six stud bolts. Valve combination
bolt kits are available on a combination type basis. When
ordering the mounting bolt kit, be sure to give the bolt kit
model number from the table below.

MBK
-06
-04
-30
Series Number
Size of Modular Valve
Bolt Number
Design Number
Design Standard

for Modular Valves
06
01, 02, 03, 04
30


Nut ------------- 6 Pcs.

Quantity of Valves to be Stacked
Bolt Kit Model
Numbers
Sol. Cont. Pilot Operated

Directional Valves
(*-DSHG-06)
Modular
Valve
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
MBK-06-01-30*
1.1(2.4)
MBK-06-02-30*
1.5(3.3)
MBK-06-03-30*
2.0(4.4)
MBK-06-04-30*
2.4(5.3)
1 Set
Tightening Torque:
50-60 Nm (443-531 in. lbs.)
Nut
Mounting
Bolt Kits
Stud Bolt
SOL a
SOL b
APB
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated
Directional Valve
06 Series
Modular Valves
Stacking Example
MBK-06-*-30/3090
Stud Bolt
DIMENSIONS IN
"B" Thd.
Both Ends
19
(.75)
19
(.75)
A
Model Numbers
MBK-06-01
MBK-06-02
MBK-06-03
MBK-06-04
A mm (in.)
161 ( 6.34 )
246 ( 9.69 )
331 ( 13.03 )
416 ( 16.38 )
Nut
"B" Thd.
18 Dia.
(.71)
Model Numbers
MBK-06-*-30
MBK-06-*-3090
20
(.79)
30
(1.18)
630
"B" Thd.
M12
1/2-13 UNC
C
10 (.39)
9.5 (3/8)
MODULAR VALVES
Mounting Surface Dimensions for 3/4 Modular Valve
When mounting 06 series modular valve, be sure to use a sub-plate for
3/4 solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valves.
Name
Sub-plate Model Number
Page
Sub-plate for 3/4 Solenoid

Controlled Pilot Operated
Directional Valves
DHGM-06*-50/5080/5090
402
Also, when no sub-plates are used, be sure to use the following mounting surface.
156(6.14)
130.2(5.13)
12.5
(.49)
112.7(4.44)
100.8(3.97)
94.5(3.72)
77(3.03)
29.5
(1.16)
T
116(4.57)
4.8
(.19)
A
17.5
(.69)
19.1
(.75)
74.6(2.94)
17.5
(.69)
73.1(2.88)
92.1(3.63)
Min. Pitch : 125(4.92)
11(.43) Dia. (Max.)

2 Places
53.2
(2.09)
29.4
(1.16)
"C" Thd. 24(.94) Deep

6 Places
12
(.47)
23(.91) Dia. (Max.)

4 Places
7(.28) Dia. 8(.31) Deep

2 Places for Locating Pins
P
Y
Design Std.
Japanese std. "JIS" and
"C" Thd.
M12
1/2-13 UNC
631
632
1 14 Modular Valves
Model Numbers
Graphic Symbols
Page
Class
Class

Model Numbers

(for "A-Line", Internal Pilot-)

Operated Directional Valve
381
Graphic Symbols
Page
640
MPA-10-*-30/3090
(S-)DSHG-10-***-*-43/4390
P

MPA-10*-*-X-30/3090
MRP-10-*-30/3090
Reducing Valves
(for "A-Line")

634
MRA-10-*-30/3090
Reducing Valves
(for "B-Line")
634
MRB-10-*-30/3090

MPB-10-*-30/3090
640
637

MPB-10*-*-Y-30/3090
640
637
(for "A&B-Lines", Internal Pilot-)
640
637
Mounting Bolts
MPW-10-*-30/3090
637
MSB-10-X-30/3090
Bolt Kits
MBK-10-*-10/1090
644
Because drain ports "V" and "W" are not provided for solenoid
controlled pilot operated directional valves of Pressure Centred Type
(3H*) and models with Pilot Piston (P*), those valves cannot be
used in combination with modular valves.
MSB-10-Y-30/3090

640
MPB-10*-*-X-30/3090
MSA-10-Y-30/3090
Flow Control Valves

(for "B-Line", Internal Pilot-)


640
MPA-10*-*-Y-30/3090
MSA-10-X-30/3090

640
634
Reducing Valves
(for "P-Line")
637
MSW-10-X-30/3090

637
MSW-10-Y-30/3090
633

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa(PSI)
MR*-10-A-30/3090
B
MR*-10-C-30/3090
H
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
250 (66)
25 (3630)
800 (211)
In the pressure adjustment ranges "A" and "B", maximum flow rates are
limited by the pressure setting on the secondary side.
Referring to the secondary pressure vs. maximum flow characteristics on
the following page, use the valve at the maximum flow rate within a
zone highlighted with
.

FSpecial Seals
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
MRP
Series Number
-10
-B
-30
Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
10
A : 0.7-7 (100-1020)
B: 1.5-7 (220-1020)
C: 3.5-14 (510-2030)
H: 7-21 (1020-3050)
30

Refer to
Instructions
Graphic Symbols
Connect Drain Line (Y port) to oil tank independently

so as to obtain stable pressure setting. At the same time,
the solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve
to be used in combination with this valve must be of
internal drain type (with T).
clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut firmly after
making adjustment to the pressure.
Y X B
Y X B
Y X B
MRB-10
MRA-10
634
MRP-10
*
Design Standard
MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop at Spool Fully Open

(P-Line)
Pressure Drop
MPa
0.4
40
A,B&T-Line
0.2
Pressure Drop
20
MPa
2.5
300
2.0
0
0
0
200
50
400
600
100
150
800 L /min
200
1.5
1.0
100
200 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0.5
0
200
400
50
100
150
Flow Rate
Pilot Flow
U.S.GPM L /min
2.0
.5
1.8
.4
1.6
MR*-10-B/C/H
Pilot Flow
1.2
MR*-10-A
0.8
0.4
0.2
0
0
10
15
20
25 MPa
PSI
3000
3500
(Primary Pres. - Secondary Pres.)
1000
2000
Secondary Pressure
0.6
.1
PSI
3000
2900
2800
2700
MPa MR -10-H
*
21
2000
1900
14
1000
900
100
90
20
19
MR*-10-C/H
13
MR*-10-A
6
MR*-10-A
0.7
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
800
200
700
175
600
150
500
100
400
75
66
47.6
25
300
250
180
100
0
0
0
200
50
400
600
100
150
Flow Rate
800 L/min
200 U.S.GPM
MR*-10-B
MR*-10-A
0 0.7 1
0
MR*-10-B/C/H
0.6
Secondary Pressure vs. Max. Flow
125
200 U.S.GPM
1.0
.2
800 L /min
1.4
.3
600
350
PSI
Pressure Drop
PSI
60
4 MPa
100 200 300 400 500 600 PSI

Secondary Pressure
635
MRP-10-*-30/3090
MRA-10-*-30/3090
MRB-10-*-30/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
View Arrow Z
205(8.07)
MRP-10
7
(.28)
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
Pressure Adj. Screw

14(.55) Hex.
INC.
230.5(9.07)
75
(2.95)
62
(2.44)
"D"Thd.16(.63)Deep
2 Places
Sling Fitting Screw
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
114
(4.49)
322.5(12.70)
45(1.77)
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
42
(1.65)
76
(2.99)
205(8.07)
7
(.28)
190.5
(7.50)
6
(.24)
MRB-10
159
(6.26)
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
120(4.72)
205(8.07)
7
(.28)
MRA-10
199(7.83)
20
(.79)
20
(.79)
Fully Extended
99(3.90)

6 Places
Two Locating Pins

6(.24) Dia.

Model Numbers
MR*-10-*-30
MR*-10-*-3090
Thread Size
"D" Thd.
"C" Thd.
M8
Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
1/4 NPT
5/16-18 UNC
Spare Parts List

MRP-10-*-30/3090
MRA-10-*-30/3090
MRB-10-*-30/3090
4 14 18
11
12
21 16
13
10
5
17
9
Y
18
11
6
21
2 19 22 20
7
8
15
List of Seals
636
Section Y-Y
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
17
O-Ring
SO-NA-P9
18
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
19
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
20
O-Ring
SO-NB-P40
21
O-Ring
SO-NB-P44
Remarks

Kit No.: KS-MRP-10-10
MODULAR VALVES

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MSA-10-*-30/3090
MSB-10-*-30/3090
MSW-10-*-30/3090
25 (3630)
800 (211)
Special Seals
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
MSW
-10
-X
-30
Series Number
Valve
Size
Direction
of Flow
Design
Number
MSA : Throttle and Check Valves

for A-Line
MSB : Throttle and Check Valves
for B-Line
Design
Standard
X : Metre-out
10
30
F-
Refer to
Y : Metre-in
MSW : Throttle and Check Valves

for A&B-Lines
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen the lock nut
and turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise or
anti-clockwise. To throttle the flow, turn the screw
after the adjustment of the flow rate is completed.
Metre-out
Metre-in
MSA-10-X
MSW-10-X
MSA-10-Y
MSB-10-X
MSB-10-Y
MSW-10-Y
637

Pressure Drop
B-Line: MSA-10
A-Line: MSB-10
0.6
0.4
P&T-Lines
0.2
0
0
0
200
50
400
600
100
150
Flow Rate
800 L /min
100
80
60
40
20
0
MPa
0.8
250
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI
PSI
200
MPa
2.0
1.5
150
1.0
100
0.5
50
Throttle Fully Open
200 U.S.GPM
Throttle Closed
200
50
400
600
100
150
Flow Rate
800 L /min
200 U.S.GPM

200
150
1.5
1.0
100
50
0
0.5
0
0
0
638
U.S.GPM L /min
800
200
700
175
600
150
500
125
400
100
MPa
2.0
Flow Rate
250
Pressure Drop
PSI
200
50
400
600
100
150
Flow Rate
800 L /min
200 U.S.GPM
75
300
50
200
25
100
0
0
P=25(3630)
P=14(2030)
P=10(1450)
P=7(1020)
P=5(730)
P=3(435)
P=2(290)
P=1(145)
P=0.5(70)
8 10 12 14 15.3
(Fully Open)
MODULAR VALVES
MSW-10- X -30/3090
Y
DIMENSIONS IN
Lock Nut
22(.87) Hex.
230.5(9.07)
Flow Adj. Screw

(for A-Line)
10(.39) Hex.
76
(2.99)
Fully Extended
103(4.06)
Fully Extended
103(4.06)
INC.
Flow Adj. Screw

(for B-Line)
10(.39) Hex.
114
(4.49)
MSB-10- X -30/3090
Y
205
(8.07)
"D" Thd. 16(.63) Deep

2 Places
Sling Fitting Screw
T
X
INC.

6 Places
190.5(7.50)
90
(3.54)
159(6.26)
199(7.83)
20
(.79)
20
(.79)
MSA-10- X -30/3090
Y
6
(.24)
120
(4.72)
45
(1.77)
MSW-10-X ------ 75(2.95)

MSW-10-Y ------ 45(1.77)
Two Locating Pins

6(.24) Dia.
X
Model Numbers
"D" Thd.
MS*-10-*-30
M8
MS*-10-*-3090
5/16-18 UNC

4 10 12 9
11
Spare Parts List

MSB-10-*-30/3090
MSA-10-*-30/3090
1
5 14
8 13
MSW-10-*-30/3090
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
10
Back Up Ring
11
Quantity
Valve Model Numbers
MSA-10
MSB-10
MSW-10
MSA-10
SO-BB-P20
MSB-10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
MSW-10
12
O-Ring
SO-NA-P20
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P40
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P44
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-MSA-10-10
KS-MSW-10-10
639

Specifications
Model Numbers

MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPA-10*-*-*-30/3090
MPB-10*-*-*-30/3090
MPW-10-*-30/3090
25 (3630)
800 (211)

F-
MPA
Special Seals
Series Number
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)

Check Valve
for A-Line
Check Valve
for B-Line
Check Valve
for A&B-Lines
-10
Valve
Size
-2
Port Tapping Feature

of Pilot-Drain Port 1
Cracking
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
-X
Pilot-Drain
Connection
None :
Internal PilotInternal Drain
X : External PilotExternal Drain
Y : External PilotInternal Drain
None : Taper Thread

2 : 0.2 (29)
10
S : Straight Thread
(Applicable only for
Japanese Std. "JIS")
4 : 0.4 (58)
1. This item applies only to External Pilot or External Drain Type.

2. Only "None: Internal Pilot-Internal Drain Type" is available for MPW (for "A&B-Lines").
Graphic Symbols
Pilot-Drain
Internal PilotExnternal PilotExternal Pilottype
Internal Drain Type External Drain Type Internal Drain Type
Model No.
MPA-10
P
Y X
Y X
MPA-10*-*-X
MPA-10-*
Y X
MPA-10*-*-Y
MPB-10
P
Y X
Y X
MPW-10
P
Y X
MPW-10-*
640
MPB-10*-*-X
MPB-10-*
Y X
MPB-10*-*-Y
-30
Design
Number
Design
Standard
30
Refer to
MODULAR VALVES
P
B-Line: MPA-10
A-Line: MPB-10
1.5
1.0
100
0
P&T-Line
0.5
MPa
1.5
PSI
200
1.0
100
0.5
0
0
0
200
50
400
600
100 150
Flow Rate
800 L /min
50
200 U.S.GPM
P
Pressure Drop
1.5
MP*-10-4
0.5
0
MP*-10-2
0
0
200
50
400
600
100 150
Flow Rate
800 L /min
800 L /min
600
100 150
Flow Rate
200 U.S.GPM
MPa
5.0
PSI
1.0
100
400
Min. Pilot Pressure
MPa
350 2.5
300 2.0
PSI
200
200
700
600
PP
4.0
3.0
400
P1
P2
2.0
200
MP*-10-4
1.0
0
MP*-10-2
200 U.S.GPM
10
1000
15
20
25 MPa
2000
3000
PSI
3500
In case of 500 L/min (132 U.S.GPM) or more.
250
200
MPa
2.0
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
PSI
Pressure Drop
641
20
(.79)

6 Places
76
(2.99)
"D" Thd. 16(.63) Deep

2 Places
Sling Fitting Screw
T
X
45
(1.77)
114
(4.49)
320(12.60)
Model Numbers
120
(4.72)
205(8.07)
DIMENSIONS IN
230.5(9.07)
190.5(7.50)
199
(7.83)
159
(6.26)
20
(.79)
MPA-10-*-30/3090 Internal PilotMPB-10-*-30/3090 Internal Drain Type

MPW-10-*-30/3090
MP*-10-*-30
6
(.24)
MP*-10-*-3090
Two Locating Pins
6(.24) Dia.
"D" Thd.
M8
5/16-18 UNC
MPA-10*-*-X-30/3090 External Pilot-
External Drain Type

205(8.07)
364
(14.33)
45
(1.77)
90
(3.54)
Pilot Port "C" Thd.
50(1.97)
90(3.54)
Drain Port "C" Thd.

Model Numbers
MPA-10*-*-Y-30/3090 External Pilot-
Internal Drain Type
324
(12.76)
205(8.07)
Pilot Port "C" Thd.
90
(3.54)
75
(2.95)
45
(1.77)
MPA-10-*-*-30
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8 = 3/8 BSP. Tr
MPA-10-*-*-3090
3/8 NPT
MPA-10S-*-*-30
G 3/8

MPB-10*-*-X-30/3090 External Pilot-
External Drain Type
205(8.07)
Pilot Port "C" Thd.
90
(3.54)
89
(3.50)
364
(14.33)
90(3.54)
50(1.97)
Drain Port "C" Thd.
MPB-10*-*-Y-30/3090 External Pilot-
Model Numbers
Internal Drain Type
205(8.07)
49
(1.93)
324
(12.76)
75
(2.95)
Pilot Port "C" Thd.
90
(3.54)
MPB-10-*-*-30
Rc 3/8 = 3/8 BSP. Tr
MPB-10-*-*-3090
3/8 NPT
MPB-10S-*-*-30
G 3/8
642
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
MODULAR VALVES
Spare Parts List
Internal PilotInternal Drain Type
8 13 5
10
4 1
9 12
MPA-10-*-30/3090
MPB-10-*-30/3090
MPW-10-*-30/3090
External PilotExternal Drain Type

13
3 15 19 20 11 14 17 16 18
F
MPB-10*-*-X-30/3090
MPA-10*-*-X-30/3090
External PilotInternal Drain Type

13
3 14 17 18
MPA-10*-*-Y-30/3090
MPB-10*-*-Y-30/3090
List of Seals
List of Seal Kits

Quantity
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
Valve Model Numbers
Internal Pilot- External Pilot- External PilotInternal Drain External Drain Internal Drain
MPA-10-*
MPB-10-*
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-MPA-10-10
MPW-10-*
11
O-Ring
SO-NB-P34
12
O-Ring
SO-NB-P40
MPA-10*-*-X
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P44
MPB-10*-*-X
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P46
MPA-10*-*-Y
MPB-10*-*-Y
KS-MPA-10-X-10
KS-MPA-10-Y-10
643

Valves are mounted with six stud bolts. Valve combination
bolt kits are available on a combination type basis. When
ordering the mounting bolt kit, be sure to give the bolt kit
model number from the table below.

MBK
-10
-04
-10
Series Number
Size of Modular Valve
Bolt Number
Design Number
Design Standard

for Modular Valves
10
01, 02, 03, 04
10


Nut ------------- 6 Pcs.

Quantity of Valves to be Stacked
Model Numbers
Sol. Cont. Pilot Operated

Directional Valves
(*-DSHG-10)
Modular
Valve
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
MBK-10-01-10*
3.9 (8.6)
MBK-10-02-10*
5.7 (12.6)
MBK-10-03-10*
7.4 (16.3)
MBK-10-04-10*
9.2 (20.3)
1 set
Tightening Torque:
150-170 Nm (1330-1505 in. lbs.)
Nut
Stud Bolt
SOL a
Mounting
Bolt Kits
SOL b
APB
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated
Directional Valve
10 Series
Modular Valves
Stacking Example
MBK-10-*-10/1090
Stud Bolt
DIMENSIONS IN
"B" Thd.
Both Ends
28
(1.10)
28
(1.10)
A
Bolt Numbers
MBK-10-01
MBK-10-02
MBK-10-03
MBK-10-04
A mm (in.)
217 ( 8.54 )
337 ( 13.27 )
457 ( 17.99 )
577 ( 22.72 )
Nut
"B" Thd.
30 Dia.
(1.18)
Model Numbers
MBK-10-*-10
MBK-10-*-1090
28
(1.10)
42
(1.65)
644
"B" Thd.
M20
3/4-10 UNC
C
17 (.67)
15.9 (5/8)
MODULAR VALVES
Mounting Surface Dimensions for 1-1/4 Modular Valve
When mounting 10 series modular valve, be sure to use a sub-plate for 1-1/4
solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valves.
Name
Sub-plate Model Number
Page
Sub-plate for 1-1/4 Solenoid

Controlled Pilot Operated
Directional Valves
DHGM-10*-40/4080/4090
403
When no sub-plates are used, be sure to use the following mounting surface.
234(9.21)
190.5(7.50)
21.8
(.86)
168.3(6.63)
147.6(5.81)
114.3(4.50)
82.5
(3.25)
76.2
(3.00)
41.3
(1.63)
P
Y
20.1
(.79)
11(.43) Dia. (Max.)

2 Places
199
(7.83)
35
(1.38)
123.8(4.87)
130.2(5.13)
158.8(6.25)
Min. Pitch : 210(8.27)
"C" Thd. 35(1.38) Deep

6 Places
7(.28) Dia. 8(.31) Deep

2 Places for Locating Pins
44.5
(1.75)
37.5(1.48) Dia. (Max.)

4 Places
Design Std.
"C" Thd.

M20
3/4-10 UNC
645
646
LOGIC VALVES
Graphic
Symbols
Valve Type
Rated Flow
Maximum
Operating
Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
.5
1
1
3
2
5
3
10
10
20 30 50
20 30
50
100
U.S.GPM
1500
200 300 500 1000
100 200 300 500
1000
Page
3000 6000
L/min
Directional Control
Logic Valves
31.5
(4570)
Directional and Flow

Control Logic Valves
Solenoid Operated
Directional Control
Logic Valves
LD
16
25
32 40
50 63 80 100
650
50 63
651
31.5
(4570)
Y
LDS
25 32 40
B
A
Relief Logic Valves
31.5
(4570)
LB
16
25
32
50
652
LBS
16
25
32
50
653
Solenoid Controlled
Relief Logic Valves
31.5
(4570)
Y
X
B
647
Logic Valves
Yuken Logic Valves comprise cartridge typed elements and covers
with pilot passages. Various types may be combined for direction,
flow rate and pressure control.
Yuken Logic Valves can be incorporated in manifold blocks to form
optimum integrated hydraulic circuits and compact hydraulic power
units. Being a poppet type, the elements permit high-pressure, high
flow rates, high speed and shockless shifting with low pressure drop.
Typical applications include steel mill machines, injection moulding
machines, machine tools and so on. In addition, Yuken Logic Valves
cavity specifications conform to ISO standards.
Features
Multifunction performance in terms of direction, flow and pressure can
be obtained by combining elements and covers.
Poppet-type elements virtually eliminate internal leakage and hydraulic
locking. Because there are no overlaps, response times are very high,
permitting high-speed shifting.
For high pressure, large capacity systems, optimum performance is
achieved with low pressure losses.
Since the logic valves are directly incorporated in cavities provided in
blocks, the system is free from problems related to piping such as oil
leakage, vibration and noise, and higher reliability is achieved.
Multi-function logic valves permit compact integrated hydraulic
systems which reduce manifold dimensions and mass and achieve lower
cost conventional types.
648
Logic Valves
LOGIC VALVES
Structure and Functions
As shown below, a logic valve consists of a cover, a sleeve, a poppet and a spring incorporated in a block. Although it is a
simple two-port valve designed to open and close the poppet in accordance with the pressure signals from the pilot line,
it serves as a multifunctional valve for controlling the direction, flow and pressure by controlling the pressure signals.
Standard covers have several pressure signal ports (pilot ports) and control valves for control purposes are available.
The covers are spigot mounted. There is no risk of oil leakage.
Relief Logic Valve (LB)
Basic Structure
Directional Control Logic Valve (LD)
Cover
Spring
B
Sleeve
X
Poppet
B
Poppet with
cushion
Ratio
of
poppet
area
Poppet without
cushion
AA100
AB 50%LDLDS
4.2%LBLBS
AX 150%LDLDS
104.2%LBLBS
Solenoid Controlled Relief Logic Valve (LBS)

Solenoid Operated Directional
Logic Valve (LDS)
Directional & Flow Control Logic Valve

(LD- - -S-1/2/3)
G
X
B
X
B
B
A
Functions, working area ratios and features

Function
Direction
Graphic Symbols
Logic Valves
Working area ratio

(AA : AB)
Features
Poppet shape
Without cushion (LD/LDS- - ): high-speed shift
With cushion (LD/LDS- - -S): Shockless shift
No leakage between port A and B
Flow A to B and B to A are possible
Response time and shock can be adjusted by orifice selection.
B
A
2:1
Poppet shape
With cushion (LD- - -S-1/2/3): flow control.
Direction
and Flow
No leakage between port A and B
Flow A to B only is possible.

Response time and shock can be adjusted by orifice selection.
Relief
24 : 1
Remote and unloading control is possible with vent circuit (LB- - ).

Two or three pressure controls are possible in combination of solenoid
operated directional valve and pilot relief valve (LBS- - ).
Logic Valves
649
Directional Control / Directional & Flow Control Logic Valves

These valves are 2-way directional valves designed to
open and close the circuits in accordance with pressure
signals from the pilot lines. They are used as
multifunctional valves for controlling flow directions or
flow directions and rates.
Standard covers provided with a choice of several control
valves are available so that optimum valves can be
selected for control purposes.
LD-32
LD-80
Specifications
Model
No.
Max.
Rated Flow
Operating
L/min
Pressure
(U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
Cracking
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Ratio of
Poppet
Area
Approx.
Mass
kg(lbs.)
LD-16
130 (34.3)
1.6 (3.5)
LD-25
350 (92.5)
3.0 (6.6)
LD-32
500 (132)
List of Cover Types

Cover Type
Designation
Standard
(None)
5.3 (11.7)
2:1
Refer
to
LD-40 850 (225)
(Annular 9.1 (20.1)
31.5 (4570) Model No.
area
LD-50 1400 (370)
14.8 (32.6)
Designation
50%)
LD-63 2100 (555)
29.8 (65.7)
LD-80 3400 (898)
48 (106)
LD-100 5500 (1453)
86 (190)
Note: The rated flow is values with a pressure drop of 0.3 MPa
(44 PSI) [fluid viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU)].
Graphic
Symbols
X
B
A
Directional
Control
With
Check
Valve
(4)
S
X
Z1
B
A

LD - 32 - 05 - S - 1 - X 05 - 12
Design number
LD-16, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63...12
LD-80, 100...11
Designation of orifice
Location of orifice
(see the table right)
None: no orifice
X: Pilot port X
Z1: Pilot port Z1
S: Port leading to spring
Cover type (See the table right)
None, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Poppet shape
None: Without cushion
S: With cushion
Cracking pressure (A B)
None: No Spring
05: 0.05 MPa (7 PSI)
20: 0.2 MPa (29 PSI)
With
Shuttle
Valve
(5)
Z 1 Z2
B
A
With
Stroke
Adjuster
(1)
X
B
A
With
DirecCheck
tional
Valve &
&
Stroke
Flow
Adjuster
Control
(2)
Valve Size: 16, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100
Directional control logic valves
Directional & flow control logic valves
Poppet shapes
The type without a cushion and the type with a cushion
are both suitable for high-speed shifting and shockless
shifting respectively. For directional and flow control
logic valves, be sure to specify "poppet with cushions".
650
Logic Valves
With
Shuttle
Valve &
Stroke
Adjuster
(3)
S
Z1
B
A
Z1 Z 2
B
A
Valve Size
16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
LOGIC VALVES
Solenoid Operated Directional Control Logic Valves

These solenoid operated directional control logic valves are
composed of directional control valves and solenoid operated
directional valves combined together. The solenoid operated
directional valves serve to switch pilot lines and the directional
control valves are used to control the direction of the main circuits.
Covers provided with various control valves are available to
provide optimum control.
Specifications
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Cracking
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Approx.
Mass
kg(lbs.)
Model
No.
Rated Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
LDS-25
350 (92.5)
LDS-32
500 (132)
LDS-40
850 (225)
LDS-50
1400 (370)
6.5 (14.3)
2:1
Refer to
(Annular
31.5 (4570) Model No.
10.3 (22.7)
area
Designation
50%)
18.6 (41.0)
LDS-63
2100 (555)
33.6 (74.1)
Ratio of
Poppet
Area
4.2 (9.3)
List of Cover Types

Cover Type
Designation
Valve Size
Graphic
Symbols
25
32
40
50
63
Normally
Closed
(1)
Note: The rated flow is values with a pressure drop of 0.3 MPa
(44 PSI) [fluid viscosity 35mm2/s (164 SSU)].
S
X
Y
B
Design No.
LDS-25, 32, 40...14
LDS-50, 63.........13
Type of electrical conduit
connection
None: Terminal box
N: Plug-in connector
Type of manual override
None: Manual override pin
C: Push button and lock nut
(Option)
Coil type
A : AC,
R : AC DC rectified
D : DC, RQ : AC DC rectified
(quick return)
Designation of orifice
Location of orifice
None: No orifice
P: Pilot port P, B: Pilot port B
A: Pilot port A, X: Pilot port X
Solenoid operated valve
None: With solenoid operated valve
O: Without solenoid operated valve
Cover type (See the table right) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
Poppet shape
None: Without cushion
S: With cushion
Cracking pressure (A B)
None: No spring
05: 0.05 MPa (7 PSI)
20: 0.2 MPa (29 PSI)
Valve Size: 25, 32, 40, 50, 63
Solenoid operated directional control logic valve
Applicable only for LDS-50, 63.
Normally Open
(2)
Y
A
B
A
Normally
Closed with
Shuttle Valve
(3)
Z1
Logic Valves
LDS- 32 - 05 -S - 1 - O - X 05 - A100 - C - N - 14
Normally Open
with Shuttle
Valve
(4)
Z1
B
A
Normally
Closed with
Shuttle Valve
(5)
Z1
B
A
Normally
Open with
Shuttle Valve
(6)
Z1
B
A
Note: In case of LDS-O (without solenoid operated valve),

the graphic symbol for the solenoid operated valve is excluded.
Logic Valves
651
Relief Logic Valves

These relief logic valves are used to protect pumps and control
valves from excessive pressure and control the pressures of
their hydraulic lines at constant levels.
With the help of vent lines, they are also capable of remote and
unload control.
Specifications
Max. Operating Pres. Adj. Max. Flow
Pressure
Range
L /min
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM)
Model
Numbers
Approx.
Mass
kg(lbs.)
LB-16- - -10
125 (33)
3.6 (7.9)
LB-25- - -10
250 (66)
4.5 (9.9)
LB-32- - -11
31.5 (4570)
0.4 - 31.5
(60 - 4570) 500 (132)
6.7 (14.8)
1200 (317) 16.1 (35.5)
LB-50- - -11
List of Cover Types
LB - 32 - V - Z1 - 11
Cover Type
Designation
Design number
LB-16, 25...10
LB-32, 50...11
Cover type (See the table right)
None, Z1, Z2
Standard
(None)
Specify only for high-vent types

Valve size:
Valve Size
Graphic
Symbols
16
X
B
A
16, 25, 32, 50

Relief logic valve
Use high-vent pressure types if the shifting time from

unloading to on-loading is reduced.
Vent
controlled
(Z1)
Z1
B
A
Vent
controlled
(Z2)
Z2
B
A
652
Logic Valves
25
32
50
LOGIC VALVES
Solenoid Controlled Relief Logic Valves

These solenoid controlled relief logic valves are composite control
valves having solenoid controlled directional and pilot relief valves and
vent restrictors combined together.
This configuration eliminates pipes from the vent circits of relief logic
valves. They are used to put pumps into unloading operation, with the
solenoid controlled directional valves serving to select pilot lines, or to
place hydraulic system two or three pressure controls, with the pilot
relief valves in action.
Specifications
Model
Numbers
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Pres. Adj.
Range
MPa (PSI)
31.5
(4570)
0.4 - 31.5
(60 - 4570)
LBS-16- - - -14
LBS-25- - - -14
LBS-32- - - -14
LBS-50- - - -14
Max. Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Approx. Mass
kg(lbs.)
LBS- -0
LBS- -1/2
125 (33)
7.2 (15.9)
8.6 (19.0)
250 (66)
8.1 (17.9)
9.5 (20.9)
500 (132)
10.3 (22.7) 11.7 (25.8)
1200 (317)
19.7 (43.4) 21.1 (46.5)
LBS - 32 - V - 1 - A100 - C - N - 14
X
B
A
Logic Valves
Design number
Type of electrical conduit connection
None: Terminal box
N: Plug-in connector
Type of manual override
None: Manual override pin
C: Push button and lock nut (Option)
Coil type
A : AC
D : DC
R : AC DC rectified
Cover type (See the following page)
0: No solenoid operated valve
1: Normally closed, for unloading
(Solenoid operated valve spool type: 2B3A)
2: Normally open, for unloading
(Solenoid operated valve spool type: 2B3B)
3: Normally closed, with vent restrictor
(Solenoid operated valve spool type: 2B3A)
4: Normally open, with vent restrictor
(Solenoid operated valve spool type: 2B3B)
5: Two-pressure control
(Solenoid operated valve spool type: 2B2)
6: Three-pressure control
(Solenoid operated valve spool type: 3C9)
7: Two-pressure control and unloading
(Solenoid operated valve spool type: 3C3)
Specify only for high-vent types
Valve size: 16, 25, 32, 50
Solenoid controlled relief logic valve
Use high-vent pressure types if the shifting time from unloading
to on-loading is reduced.
Logic Valves
653
List of Cover Type

Cover Type
Designation
Valve Size
Graphic
Symbols
16
25
32
50
Cover Type
Designation
Valve Size
Graphic
Symbols
16
Without
Solenoid
Valve
(0)
Two
Pressure
Control
(5)
B
A
Y
B
Normally
Closed for
Unloading
(1)
Y
a
B
A
Three
Pressure
Control
(6)
Normally
Open for
Unloading
(2)
X
X
Y
B
Y
B
Normally
Closed with
Vent
Restrictor
(3)
Two Pressure
Control and
Unloading
(7)
X
X
Y
B
B
A
A
Normally
Open
with Vent
Restrictor
(4)
X
Y
B
A
654
Logic Valves
25
32
50
PROPORTIONAL
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC
CONTOROLS
Series-Hybrid Components ......................................................................................................................Page 656

Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Control Valves
Series ................................................................................................................................................................Page 667

Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Controls
655
High-accuracy, simple, convenient

Series realizes your dreams.
Why simple ?
Highly accurate hydraulic control can be
obtained only by supplying 24 V DC power 3
and inputting a command signal voltage of 0 to
5V 4 . 4
3 24 V DC
power supply
1 Power amplifier
4 Command signal
voltage input
2 Pressure sensor
incorporated
5 Voltage output for
pressure monitor
6 Alarm signal output
Details of Proportional Electro-hydraulic Relief Valve
Why high-accuracy ?
The power amplifier 1 and pressure sensor 2
are integrated in the control valve.
Furthermore, the closed-loop control 2 design
greatly improves the linearity, hysteresis and
stability in control pressure.
Why convenient ?
1
1. The sensor in directional control valves is to monitor the

spool position. Valves without sensor are also available in
both pressure control valves and directional control valves.
2. Open-loop types are also available.
3. EHDFG-04 and 06: 24V DC power supply is needed.
4. EHDFG-01, 03, 04 and 06: 0 to 5V DC command signal
is needed.
5. EHDFG-04 and 06: The spool displacement is shown as a
percentage.
656
Analog voltages can be output by using the

incorporated sensor for monitoring pressure, etc.
5 5.
Pressure can be displayed remotely with the
indicators obtainable in the market and also can
be transmitted into a computer.
If any trouble arises in the system and the
command signal does not match to the output, the
alarm signal 6 is dispatched.
The trouble, if arises, can be easily detected by
monitoring the dispatch of the alarm signal with
sequence controller or computer.
Series-Hybrid Components Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Controls
Series-Hybrid Components
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Controls
Max.
Operating
Pressure
Graphic
Symbols
Types
MPa
(PSI)
Pilot Relief Valves
24.5
(3550)
SB1110:
24.5(3550)
SB1190:
7(1020)
Relief Valves
24.5
(3550)
Relieving and
Reducing Valves
24.5
(3550)
Flow Control
(and Check) Valves
03:
20.6
(2990)
06:
24.5
(3550)
O
M
Maximum Flow
.5
1
2 3
1
5
3
10
U.S.GPM
10
20 30
20 30
50
100
50
100
200 300
500
200
Page
1000
L/min
658
EHDG
01
SB1110
659
SB1190
EHBG
03
EHRBG
06
06
EHFG
EHFCG
660
10
661
10
03
662
06
A
Y
Flow Control
and Relief Valves
O
M
V
24.5
(3550)
EHFBG
03
24.5
(3550)
EHFBG
03
24.5
(3550)
EHDFG
15.7
(2280)
EHDFG
06
10
663
T
P
A
Y
High Flow Series

Flow Control
and Relief Valves
O
M
V
06
664
T
P
A
Directional and
Flow Control Valves
High Respones Type

Control Valves
BAVP T
01
665
03
04
06
666
YX
Series-Hybrid Components Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Controls
657
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Pilot Relief Valves

The valve can be used as a pilot valve of the Proportional ElectroHydraulic Control Valves.
The valve can also be used as a relief valve for the hydraulic system
where a small flow rate and continuous pressure control are required.
Specifications
Model Numbers
EHDG-01
Description
24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Max. Flow
2 L /min (.53 U.S.GPM)
Min. Flow
0.3 L /min (.08 U.S.GPM)
Pressure Adjustment Range
Coil Resistance
10
3% (1%)
Hysteresis
or less
1% or less
Repeatability
B : 10 (27) Hz 1
(-90 degree)
C: 10 (27) Hz 1
H : 12 (27) Hz 1
24 V DC
(21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
28 W
Frequency Response
Power Input (Max.)
Graphic Symbols
B : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI) / 5 V DC

C: 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI) / 5 V DC
H : 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI) / 5 V DC
10 k
Voltage: Max. 30 V DC
Current: Max. 40 mA
Input Signal
Input Impedance
Alarm Signal Output
(Open Collector)
Open-Loop Type
Open-Loop Type
with Safety Valve
Open-Loop Type
with Sensor
Open-Loop Type with

Safety Valve & Sensor
Closed-Loop Type
Closed-Loop Type
with Safety Valve
B : 5 V DC / 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)

C: 5 V DC / 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI)
H : 5 V DC / 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
0 - 50C (32 - 122F)
Pressure Signal Output

Ambient Temperature
1. The value in ( ) is for the closed-loop type.

2. The repeatability of the valve is obtained by having it tested independently on the
conditions similar to its original testing.

F-
EHD
-01
-B
-S
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Applicable
Control
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Control
Type
F:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if
not
required)
EHD :
Proportional
ElectroHydraulic
Pilot
Relief
Valve
None:
For general
use
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
01
V:
Vent
Control of
Relief
Valve
(Omit if not
required)
B: 0.5 - 6.9
(70 - 1000)
C: 1 - 15.7
(145 - 2275)
H: 1.2 - 24.5
(175 - 3550)
1. For closed-loop models, specify applicable control code "V" even

though the valve may not be used as vent control of relief valve.
658
None:
OpenLoop
S:
OpenLoop
with
Sensor
L:
ClosedLoop 1
-1
Safety
Valve
None:
Without
Safety
Valve
1:
With
Safety
Valve
-PN
T15
M10
-50
P-Line
Orifice
T-Line
Orifice
P-B Line
Orifice
Design
Number
PN :
Without
Orifice
(Standard)
T15
T13
T11
2
2. Standard of T-line Orifice.

Pres. Adj. Range B:T15, C:T13, H:T11.
Series
Pilot Relif valves
M10:
Standard
Orifice
50
SERIES
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Pressure Control Valves

These are closed-loop type pressure control valves controlling the system
pressure from low to high in proportion to the input voltage. The stable
pressure control is possible even in a small flow rate.
Specifications
Model Numbers
SB1190
SB1110
B: 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)

H: 24.5MPa (3550 PSI)
7.0MPa (1020 PSI)
Max. Flow
30 L /min (7.93 U.S.GPM)
70 L /min (18.49 U.S.GPM)
Min. Flow
B: 0.5 L/min (.13 U.S.GPM)

H: 0.5 L/min (.13 U.S.GPM)
at 0.2 - 6.9 MPa (29 - 1000 PSI)
1.5 L/min (.40 U.S.GPM)
at 6.9 - 15.7 MPa (1000 - 2275 PSI)
3.0 L/min (.79 U.S.GPM)
at 15.7 - 24.5 MPa (2275 - 3550 PSI)

Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
Repeatability
Power Input (Max.)
Input Signal

10
28 W
B: 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI) / 5 V DC
H: 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI) / 5 V DC
7.0 MPa (1020 PSI) / 5 V DC
10 k
Alarm Signal Output

(Open Collector)
Ambient Temperature
Graphic Symbol
1 % or less
24 V DC (21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
Input Impedance
1.5 % or less
1 % or less
Current: Max. 40 mA
B: 5 V DC / 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)
H: 5 V DC / 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
0 - 50C (32 - 122F)
5 V DC / 7.0 MPa (1020 PSI)
EH Series-Hybrid
Components
Description
1. The repeatabilit y of the valve is obtained by having it tested independentl y on the conditions
similar to its original testing.

FSpecial Seals

Phosphate Ester
Type Fluid
SB1110
-B
Series Number
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
-20
Design Number
SB1110:
Pressure Control Valve
(3/8, Sub-plate mounting)
B: 0.2 - 6.9 (29 - 1000)

H: 0.2 - 24.5 (29 - 3550)
20
SB1190:
Pressure Control Valve
(3/4, Sub-plate mounting)
B: 0.2
10
- 7.0 (29 - 1020)
The minimum adjustable pressure is the value obtained at maximum flow rate.
Series
Pressure Control valves
659
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Relief Valves

These valves, consist of a small size but high performance EH series electrohydraulic proportional pilot relief valve and a low noise type relief valve.
The valves control the system pressure proportionally through a controlled
input voltage.
Specifications
Model Numbers
EHBG-03
Description
EHBG-06
EHBG-10
24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Max. Flow
100 L /min
200 L /min
(26.4 U.S.GPM) (52.8 U.S.GPM)
Min. Flow
3 L /min
3 L /min
3 L /min
(.79 U.S.GPM) (.79 U.S.GPM) (.79 U.S.GPM)
10
2% (1%) 1 or less
1% 2 or less

Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
Repeatability
C: 10 (22) Hz
H : 10 (25) Hz
(-90 degree)
Frequency Response
Power Input (Max.)
Input Signal
Input Impedance
Alarm Signal Output
(Open Collector)
Ambient Temperature
1
1
C: 11 (22) Hz
H : 13 (24.5) Hz
(-90 degree)
400 L /min
(106 U.S.GPM)
1
1
C: 7 (10.5) Hz
H : 6 (14) Hz 1
(-90 degree)
24 V DC
28 W
C : 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI) / 5 V DC
(At Max. Flow)
H : 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI) / 5 V DC
10 k
Current: Max. 40 mA
C : 5 V DC / 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI)
H : 5 V DC / 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
0 - 50C (32 - 122F)
Graphic Symbols
Open-Loop Type
Open-Loop Type with Sensor
1. The value in ( ) is for the closed-loop type.

2. The repeatability of the valve is obtained by having it tested independently on the conditions
Closed-Loop Type

FSpecial
Seals
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
EHB
-03
-C
-S
Series Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Control
Type
EHB :
Proportional ElectroHydraulic Relief Valve
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
C: 0.6 [0.8] - 15.7 (85 [115] - 2275)

H: 0.6 [0.8] - 24.5 (85 [115] - 3550)
06
C: 0.9 [1.0] - 15.7 (130 [145] - 2275)

H: 0.9 [1.0] - 24.5 (130 [145] - 3550)
10
C: 1.1 [1.4] - 15.7 (160 [205] - 2275)

H: 1.1 [1.4] - 24.5 (160 [205] - 3550)
Each value of minimum adjustment pressure is of at 50% flow rate of the Max. Flow shown on the Specifications.
The value in [ ] is for the closed-loop type.
660
Series
Relif valves
-50
Design
Number
None:
Open-Loop
50
S : Open-Loop
with Sensor
L:
Closed-Loop
50
50
SERIES
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Relieving and Reducing Valves

These valves consist of a small size but high performance electro-hydraulic
proportional pilot relief valve and reducing valve with relief function. The
valves control the system pressure proportionally through a controlled input
voltage.
Moreover, a good response speed in reducing the pressure even at a large
load capacity can be obtained with the relief function of the valves.
Specifications
Model Numbers
EHRBG-06
Description
EHRBG-10
24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)

100 L /min
(26.4 U.S.GPM)
Max. Flow
Max. Relieving Flow
Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
Repeatability
250 L /min
(66 U.S.GPM)
35 L /min 1
15 L /min 1
(9.24 U.S.GPM)
(3.96 U.S.GPM)
10
3% or less
1% 2 or less
B : 4 Hz
C : 3 Hz
H : 3 Hz
Frequency Response
(-90 degree)
24 V DC
28 W
Power Input (Max.)

Input Signal
Input Impedance
Graphic Symbols
B : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI) / 5 V DC

C : 13.7 MPa (2000 PSI) / 5 V DC
H : 20.6 MPa (3000 PSI) / 5 V DC
(at Flow Rate Zero)
EH Series-Hybrid
Components
10 k
B : 5 V DC / 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)

C : 5 V DC / 13.7 MPa (2000 PSI)
H : 5 V DC / 20.6 MPa (3000 PSI)
Ambient Temperature
0 - 50C (32 - 122F)

Open-Loop Type
1. The figures shown are those obtained where the differential pressure between the secondary
pressure port and tank port is 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
2. The repeatability of the valve is obtained by having it tested independently on the conditions
Open-Loop Type with Sensor

F-
EHRB
-06
-C
Special
Seals
Series Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
EHRB:
Relieving & Reducing Valve
-S
Control Type
-50
Design
Number
06
B: 0.8 - 6.9 (115 - 1000)

C: 1.2 - 13.7 (175 - 2000)
H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 3000)
None:
Open-Loop
50
10
B: 0.9 - 6.9 (130 - 1000)

C: 1.2 - 13.7 (175 - 2000)
H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 3000)
S: Open-Loop
with Sensor
50
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
Series
Relieving and Reducing valves
661
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Flow Control (and Check) Valves

The system flow rate can be controlled remotely as desired by
regulating input voltage. Further, since pressure and temperature
compensation functions are provided, the preselected flow rate is not
affected by pressure (load) or temperature (fluid viscosity).
Specifications
Model Numbers
Description
EHF G-03- 60
125
EHF G-06-250
20.6 (3000)
24.5 (3550)

MPa (PSI)
Max. Metred Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Min. Metred Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Min. Differential Pressure 1
MPa (PSI)
Free Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
(Only with Check Valve)
at Normal
Pilot Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM) at Transition
Min. Pilot Pressure
MPa (PSI)
60 : 60 ( 15.8)
125 : 125 ( 33)
250 (66)
1 (.26)
2.5 (.66)
1.0 (145)
1.0 (145)
130 (34.3)
280 (73.9)
0.5 ( .13)
2.6 ( .69)
1 ( .26)
4 ( 1.06)
1.0 (145)
1.5 (215)
Frequency Response
Graphic Symbols
12 Hz (-90 degree)
Hysteresis
3% or less
Repeatability
1%
EHFG
or less
10
Coil Resistance
24 V DC
O
O
28 W
Power Input (Max.)
Max. Metred Flow / 5V DC
Input signal
Internal Pilot
External Pilot
10 k
Input Impedance
0 - 50C (32 - 122F)

Ambient Temperature
EHFCG
1. Minimum differential pressure means fine pressure compensation at inlet and outlet port.
2. The repeatability of the valve is obtained by having it tested independently on the
O
O
External Pilot
Internal Pilot

F-
EHF
-0 3
-6 0
-E
-5 0
Special
Seals
Series Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve Size
Max. Metred Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)
Pilot Connection
Design
Number
03
60 : 60 ( 15.8)
125 : 125 ( 33)
None:
Internal Pilot
06
250: 250 ( 66)
E:
External Pilot
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
662
EHF :
Flow Control Valve
EHFC:
Flow Control and Check Valve
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
Series
Flow Control (and Check) valves
50
50
SERIES
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Flow Control and Relief Valves

These are proportional electro-hydraulic flow control valves having functions
for controlling the direct electric current of metre-in type and for pressure
control.
They are energy-saving valves for supplying the minimum pressure and flow
required to operate actuators.
Specifications
60
EHFBG-03- 125
EHFBG-06-250
EHFBG-10-500
Flow Controls
Max. Operating Pressure MPa (PSI)

24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
Max. Flow
60 : 60 ( 15.8)
250 (66)
500 (132)
L /min (U.S.GPM) 125 : 125 ( 33)
Metred Flow Capacity
60 : 1-60(.26-15.8)
2.5-250 (.66-66) 5-500 (1.32-132)
L /min (U.S.GPM) 125: 1-125(.26-33)
1.5 (215)
1.5 (215)
1.5 (215)
Min. Pilot Pressure
MPa (PSI)
at Normal
1 (.26)
1 (.26)
1 (.26)
Pilot Flow
3 (.79)
4 (1.06)
6 (1.59)
0.7 (100)
0.9 (130)
MPa (PSI)
0.6 (85)
3% or less
Hysteresis
1% or less
Repeatability
Max. Flow / 5 V DC
Input Signal
10
Coil Resistance
10 k
Input Impedance
28 W
Power Input (Max.)
Pressure Controls
Pres. Adj. Range Adj. Range: C 1.2-15.7 (175-2275) 1.4-15.7 (200-2275) 1.5-15.7 (215-2275)
MPa (PSI)
Adj. Range: H 1.4-24.5 (200-3550) 1.4-24.5 (200-3550) 1.5-24.5 (215-3550)
2% or less
Hysteresis
1% or less
Repeatability
10
Coil Resistance
Input Signal
Max. Operating Pres. / 5 V DC
10 k
Input Impedance
28 W
Power Input (Max.)
C : 5 V DC / 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI)
Output Signal
H : 5 V DC / 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
0 - 50C (32 - 122F)
Ambient Temperature
The repeatability of the valves is obtained by having it tested independently on the conditions
Graphic Symbols
A
A
Y
O
M
O
M
Models with
Proportional Pilot
Relief Valve
Models with
Proportional Pilot
Relief Valve and
Sensor
A
Y
O
M
V
X
EH Series-Hybrid
Components
Model Numbers
Description
O
M
Models without
Proportional Pilot
Relief Valve
External Pilot Pres.

Connection

F-
EHFB
-0 3
-6 0
-C
-E
-S
-5 0
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Max. Metred Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)
Pilot Relief Valve

Pres. Adj. Range
Pilot Connection
of Flow Control
Pressure
Controls
Design
Number
F:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
EHFB :
Proportional
ElectroHydraulic
Flow Control
and Relief
Valve
03
60 : 60 ( 15.8)
125 : 125 ( 33)
None:
Open-Loop
50
None:
Internal Pilot
E:
External Pilot
S:
Open-Loop
with Sensor
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
06
10
250: 250 ( 66)

500: 500 ( 132)
None:
Without Proportional Pilot Relief
Valve
C, H :
See Specifications
Series
Flow Control and Relief Valves
50
50
663
High Flow Series

This flow control and relief valve is a energy-saving valve that supplies
the minimum pressure and flow necessary for actuator drive.
For the High Flow Series, double maximum flow rate [03 size: 125
250 L/min (33 66 U.S.GPM), 06 size: 250 500 L/min (66 132
U.S.GPM)] enables a smaller valve size than conventional products;
compact-sized devices can be provided.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Description
EHFBG-03-250
EHFBG-06-500
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
250 (66)
500 (132)
2.5-250 (.66-66)
5-500 (1.32-132)
1.5 (215)
1 (.26)
4 (1.06)
1.5 (215)
1 (.26)
6 (1.59)
Max. Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Metred Flow Capacity
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Min. Pilot Pressure
Pilot Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
at Normal
Pressure Controls
Flow Controls
at Transition
MPa (PSI)
Hysteresis
Repeatability
Input Signal
Coil Resistance
Input Impedance
Power Input (Max.)
Pres. Adj. Range Adj. Range: C
MPa (PSI)
Adj. Range: H
Hysteresis
Repeatability
Coil Resistance
Input Signal
Input Impedance
Power Input (Max.)
Output Signal
Ambient Temperature
0.9 (130)
3% or less
1% or less
Max. Flow / 5 V DC
10
10 k
28 W
0.8 (115)
1.6-15.7 (230-2275)
1.5-15.7 (215-2275)
1.8-24.5 (260-3550)
1.5-24.5 (215-3550)
3% or less
1% or less
10
Max. Operating Pres. / 5 V DC
10 k
28 W
C : 5 V DC / 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI)
H : 5 V DC / 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
0 - 50C (32 - 122F) (With Circulated Air)
Graphic Symbols
A
Y
O
M
O
M
V
Models with
Proportional Pilot
Relief Valve and
Sensor
Models with
Proportional Pilot
Relief Valve
A
Y
O
M
O
M
The repeatability of the valves is obtained by having it tested independently on the

Models without
Proportional Pilot
Relief Valve
External Pilot Pres.

Connection
664
F-
EHFB
-0 3
-250
-C
-E
-S
-5 0
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Max. Metred Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)
Pilot Relief Valve

Pres. Adj. Range
Pilot Connection
of Flow Control
Pressure
Controls
Design
Number
F:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
EHFB:
Proportional
ElectroHydraulic
Flow Control
and Relief
Valve
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
None:
Internal Pilot
None:
Open-Loop
50
E:
External Pilot
S:
Open-Loop
with Sensor
50
06
250: 125 ( 66)
None:
Without Proportional Pilot Relief
Valve
500: 500 ( 132)
C, H :
See Specifications
Series
High Flow Series Flow Control and Relief Valves
SERIES
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Directional and Flow Control Valves

These valves incorporate two control functions - flow and direction which simplify the hydraulic circuit composition and therefore the cost
of the system is reduced.
Specifications
Description
EHDFG-01
EHDFG-03
MPa (PSI)
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
Max. Tank Line Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)
7 (1020)
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
[Valve P 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)]
30 (7.92)
60 (15.9)
Hysteresis
5% or less
Repeatability
1% or less
20 Hz (-90 deg.)
Frequency Response
Graphic Symbols
8.0
24 V DC
Input
Voltage
17 Hz (-90 deg.)
10.5
Coil Resistance
Metre-in Metre-out Control

A
By Controlling Variable
Resistance
(Using of Power from Amp.)
1-2k
0 - 5 V for SOL a
0 - +5 V for SOL b
10 k
Power Input (Max.)
40 W
45 W
0 - 50C (32 - 122F)
3C2
10 k
Input Impedance
Ambient Temperature
Volume Range
P
By Controlling Voltage
(Using of Power outside Amp.)
3C40
Metre-out Control
A
The repeatability of the valves is obtained by having it tested independently on the conditions similar to its original testing.
3C2
3C40
Metre-in Control
3C2
3C40
EH Series-Hybrid
Components
Model Numbers

FSpecial
Seals
F: Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
EHDF
-0 1
-3 0
-3C2
-E
-3 0
Series Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve Size
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Spool Type
Direction of Flow
Design
Number
01
30: 30 (7.92)
3C2
XY : Metre-in
Metre-out
30
03
60: 60 (15.9)
3C40
EHDF:
Proportional Electro- G:
Hydraulic Directional Sub-plate
Mounting
and Flow Control
Valve
X : Metre-in
Y : Metre-out
30
Spool type shown in the column is for the centre position.
Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves
665
High Response Type Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Directional

and Flow Control Valves
These valves pursue the ultimate performance of proportional electrohydraulic directional & flow control valves and make themselves to
have high response features.
The closed-loop is composed in the valve inside by combination of a
differential transformer (LVDT) and a power amplifier. Thus, high
accuracy and reliability are provided.
In addition to control in the open-loop, these can be used for the closedloop system as simplified servo valves.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Description
MPa (PSI)
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Valve Pres. Difference: 1.5 MPa (215 PSI)
Min. Required Pilot Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Min. Required Pilot Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
EHDFG-04
EHDFG-06
15.7 (2280)
15.7 (2280)
130 (34.3)
280 (73.9)
1.5 (215)
1.5 (215)
at Normal
2 (.53)
2 (.53)
at Transition
6 (1.59)
10 (2.64)
MPa (PSI)
0.1 (15)
Max. Drain Line Back Pres.

Hysteresis
Graphic Symbols
Models without Pressure
Compensator Valve
0.1 (15)
1% or less
Repeatability
1% or less
Frequency Response
55 Hz (-90 deg.)
Coil Resistance
45 Hz (-90 deg.)
30
30
BAV P
24 V DC
( 21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
Rated Flow / 5 V DC
Input Signal
Input Impedance
20 W
20 W
Current: Max. 30 mA
5 V DC / Rated Travel of Spool

LVDT Output (Sensor Monitor)
BAV P
Y X
External Pilot
Models with Pressure

Compensator Valve
0 - 50C (32 - 122F)

Ambient Temperature
10 k
10 k
Power Input (Max.)
Internal Pilot
The repeatability of the valves is obtained by having it tested independently on the conditions similar to its original testing.
BA
F-
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
EHDF
Series Number
-0 4
Type of Valve
Mounting Size
EHDF:
Proportional
Electro-Hydraulic G:
Sub-plate
Directional and
Mounting
Flow Control
Valve
-1 3 0
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
-2
-E
-CB
-1 0
Spool Type
Pilot
Connection
Relief Type Pres.

Compensator
Design
Number
04
130: 130 (34.3)
None:
Internal Pilot
None:
Not Provided
10
06
280: 280 (73.9)
40
E:
External Pilot
CB:
Provided
10
Spool type shown in the column is for the centre position.
666
Internal Pilot

Special
Seals
Series
High Response Type Directional and Flow Control Valves
Series Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Controls

Max.
Operating
Pressure
Graphic
Symbols
Types
MPa
(PSI)
Pilot Relief Valves
24.5
(3550)
Relief Valves
24.5
(3550)
Relieving and
Reducing Valves
24.5
(3550)
40 Series
Flow Control
(and Check) Valves
20.6
(3000)
O
M
10 Series
Flow Control
(and Check) Valves
03:
20.6
(3000)
06:
24.5
(3550)
O
M
40 - 10 Series
Flow Control
and Relief Valves
O
M
10 - 10 Series
Flow Control
and Relief Valves
24.5
(3550)
24.5
(3550)
O
M
Maximum Flow
.5
1
1
3
5
5
10
U.S.GPM
10
20 30
50
50
100
100
200 300
200
Page
1000
500
L/min
670
EDG
01
676
EBG
03
06
10
685
ERBG
EFG
EFCG
EFG
EFCG
06
10
02
03
06
695
10
705
03
06
EFBG
03
06
10
EFBG
03
06
10
EFBG
03
712
722
High Flow Series

Flow Control
and Relief Valves
X
O
M
24.5
(3550)
V
T
06
10
733
A B
Shockless Type
Directional and
Flow Control Valves
Directional and
Flow Control Valves
SOL.a
SOL.b
EDFG
25
(3630)
EDFHG
P T
743
01
P T
SOL.a
SOL.b
P T
746
04
03
06
A B
High Respones Type

Control Valves
25
(3630)
01/03:
31.5
(4570)
04/06:
35
(5080)
ELDFG
01
03
ELDFHG
04
753
06
Power Amplifiers ......................................................................................................................................................Page 766

Setting Adjusters........................................................................................................................................................Page 789
667
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluid listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum Base Oils
Synthetic Fluids
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluids. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-" to the
model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water-containing Fluids

Name
Viscosity
Temperature
Pilot Relief Valves

Relief Valves
Reducing and Relieving Valves
15 - 400 mm 2/s
(77 - 1800 SSU)
Flow Control Valves

Flow Control and Relief Valves
20 - 200 mm 2/s
(98 - 900 SSU)
Directional and Flow Control

Valves
20 - 400 mm 2/s
(98 - 1800 SSU)
0 - +60C
(32 - 140F)
Shockless Type Directional and

Flow Control Valves
High Respones Type Directional
(Direct Type)
20 - 200 mm 2/s
(98 - 900 SSU)
0 - +60C
(32 - 140F)
High Respones Type Directional

(Two Stage Type)
15 - 400 mm 2/s
(77 - 1800 SSU)
-15 - +60C
(5 - 140F)
-15 - +70C
(5 - 160F)
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead
to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
11. Use 20 m or finer line filter.
668
SERIES
Instructions
Mounting
Be sure that the air vent faces up.
In addition, if the valve is mounted vertically, the minimum adjustment pressure is 0.2 MPa (29 PSI) or higher.
[ G o o d e x a m p le ]
[ B a d e x a m p le ]
Air Vent
Air Vent
SOL
SOL
SOL
SOL
Air Vent
Air Vent
Air Vent
SOL
Air Vent
SOL
Air Bleeding
To ensure stable control, bleed the air from solenoid
completely and fill its core with oil.
Bleeding can be done by slowly loosening one of the air
vents at the end of the solenoid. Choose one of the three
air vents which is expected to work most effectively (see
the figure to the right).
Solenoid
Air Vent
3 Places
Manual Adjustment Screw
10
When initial adjustments are to be made or when no

current is supplied to the valve due to electrical failure or
other problem, turn the manual adjustment screw to
temporatily set the valve pressure / flow rate. In that
case, when turn the manual adjustment screw clockwise,
the valve pressure / flow rate increases. Under normal
condition, however, this screw must be kept in its
original position (see the figure to the right).
Solenoid
Case
Air Vent
Manual adjustment pin

Manual adjustments can be done by screwing for
example an M4 20L screw in the M4 thread or
pushing in a pin there with a rod etc.
M4 Screw
40
Tank and Drain Piping
Series Solenoid
H
E Series Proportional
Electro-Hydraulic Controls
Series Solenoid
The tank-line back pressure and drain back pressure directly affect the minimum adjustment pressure. Therefore, do
not connect the tank or drain pipes to other lines, but connect them directly to the reservoir maintaining the back
pressure as low as possible. Be sure that the tank and drain pipe ends are immersed in fluid.
Hysteresis and Repeatability Value Indications

The hysteresis and repeatability values indicated in the specifications for each control valve are determined under
the following conditions:
Hysteresis Value:
Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used.
Repeatability Value: Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used under the same conditions.
669
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Pilot Relief Valves

This valve consists of a small DC solenoid and a direct-acting relief
valve. It serves as a pilot valve for a low flow rate hydraulic system or
a proportional electro-hydraulic control valve and controls the
pressure in proportion to the input current. Note that this valve is used
in conjunction with the applicable power amplifier.
Specifications
Model Numbers
EDG-01
Description
24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Max. Flow
Min. Flow
0.3 L /min (.08 U.S.GPM)
Pressure Adj. Range MPa (PSI)

EDG-01 -B : 800 mA
EDG-01 -C : 900 mA
EDG-01 -H : 950 mA
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
10
Hysteresis
3% or less
Repeatability
1% or less
Approx. Mass
2 kg (4.4 lbs.)
Graphic Symbols
Without Safety Valve
With Safety Valve

F-
ED
Special
Seals
Series Number
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
ED :
Proportional
ElectroHydraulic
Pilot Relief
Valve
-01
Type of Valve
Mounting Size
-C
Applicable
Control 1
Pressure Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
-1
Safety
Valve
B: 0.5 - 6.9 ( 70 - 1000) None:

Without
Safety
Valve
V:
C: 1.0 - 15.7 ( 145 - 2275)
Vent Control of
1:
Relief Valve
With
(Omit if not
H: 1.2 - 24.5 ( 175 - 3550) Safety
required)
Valve
-PN
P-Line
Orifice
None:
General use
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
01
T13
-51
2
T-Line Design Design

Orifice Number Standards
T15
PN:
Without
Orifice
(Standard)
T13
51
Refer to
T11
1. When the valve is to be used for vent control purpose, orifice adjustment is required due to piping capacity limitations. Therefore, consult your
Yuken representative in advance.
2. The orifice used as the pilot valve may differ from the standard orifice.
670
Series
Pilot Relief Valves
SERIES
Attachment
Applicable Power Amplifier
Mounting Bolts
Four socket head cap screws in the table below are
included.
For stable performance , it is recommended that Yuken's

applicabl e power amplifiers be used (for details see
page 767, 771, 780).
Model Numbers : AME-D-10- -20
AME-D2-1010-11
SK1022- - -11
SK1015-11 (For DC power supply)
AMN-D-10 (For DC power supply)
Descriptions
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw

M5
45 Lg.
No. 10 - 24 UNC
1-3/4 Lg.
Sub-plate
Piping Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
1/8
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP.F
1/4
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP.F
3/8
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8

Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plates are those for 1/8 solenoid operated directional valves. For dimensoins, see page 356.
Instructions
Circuit Pressure Control

When the pressure in a circuit is directly controlled with
this valve , set the trapped oil volume being more than
40 cm3 (2.44 cu. in.).
Setting pressure = (Operating pressure upper limit) +

(Additional pressure indicated below)
PSI
300
MPa
2.0
225
150
H
E Series
Pilot Relief Valves
Vent Control
When the valve is used for vent control of relief valves
or others, use the pipes of 6 mm (.24 in.) ID. 300 mm
(11.8 in.) or less length for connection.
If the pressure is instable, provide a 1.0 to 1.5 mm (.04
to .06 in.) diameter orifice to the vent port of the
relief valves or others.
Safety Valve Pressure Setting

The pressure of the safety valve at the maximum flow is
preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure
adjustment range plus 2 MPa (290 PSI).
In case where the upper limit of operating pressure is low
or the upper limit of flow rate to be used is different from
the specified maximum flow, please adjust and determine
the setting pressure of the safety valve at the value
calculated from the following formula.
Additional Pressure
Tank-Line Back Pressure

Check that the tank line back pressure does not exceed
0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
1.0
75
0
0
0
2 L /min
.25
.50 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
To lower the setting pressure, turn the safety valve

pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise.
After
adjustment, be sure to tighten the lock nut.
Series
Pilot Relief Valves
671
EDG-01 - -PNT -51/5190
With Safety Valve

Fully Extended
52
(2.05)
79(3.11)
Pressure Adj.
Screw for
Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
40.5
(1.59)

9.5(.37) C'Bore
4 Places
20.5
(.81)
0.75
(.03)
8.5
(.33)
EDG-01 - -1-PNT -51/5190
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
48
(1.89)
INC.
Pressure Port "P"

The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.
Tank Port "T"
For other dimensions, refer to the without safety valve.
DIMENSIONS IN
Connector
(The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area . . .
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.0023 sq. in.)
190.5
(7.50)
27.5
(1.08)
39
(1.54)
86.5
(3.41)
26.5
(1.04)

3(.12) Hex.Soc.
INC.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Note: For valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawings of sub-plates (P.356) in common use.
672
Series
Pilot Relief Valves
50
(1.97)
37.5
(1.48)
57.5
(2.26)
25
(.98)
94.5
(3.72)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
SERIES
Step Response (Example)
: 2 L /min (.53 U.S. GPM)

Flow Rate
Trapped Oil Volume : 40 cm3 (2.44 cu. in.)
: 30 mm2 /s (141 SSU)
Viscocity
These characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve.

Therefore, they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used.
MPa
9
EDG-01-B
1200
0.2s
600
3
400
Step Signal
2000
12
0.2s
1500
8
1000
Frequency (Hz)
0.4 0.7 1
4
7 10
2
20
-10
-20
-30
40
MPa
2.5
EDG-01-H
3000
2.0
Gain
2500
Pressure
Phase
1.5
2000
1500
:
:
:
:
2 L /min (.53 U.S. GPM)

7.8 1.6 MPa (1130
230 PSI)
30 cm3 (1.83 cu. in.)
30 mm2 /s (141 SSU)
1.0
EDG-01-C
1000
0.5
500
EDG-01-B
0
MPa
0.3
200
400
800
Input Current mA
EDG-01-H
0.2
600
EDG-01-C
200
EDG-01-B
0.1
100
0
1000
0
0
0
.25
.50
Flow Rate
3 L /min
.75
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate vs. Pressure
Viscosity vs. Pressure

Flow Rate : 2 L /min (.53 U.S. GPM)
Oil : ISO VG 46 Oil

PSI
MPa
2200
2000
15.7
14.2
12.7
1000
800
600
6.9
5.4
3.9
EDG-01-H
24.5
23.0
21.5
EDG-01-C
Pressure
PSI
3600
3400
3200
EDG-01-B
3000
3550
MPa
24.9
24.5
24.1
2350
2300
2250
16.1
15.7
15.3
EDG-01-H
EDG-01-C
EDG-01-B
1050
1000
950
L /min
7.3
6.9
6.5
0
Temperature
35
40
90 100
7060 50 40
0
.25
Flow Rate
.50
U.S.GPM
E Series
Pilot Relief Valves
Time
PSI
3500
70
Pressure
Control Pressure vs. Input Current
300
Step Signal
10
Time
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
0.2
Flow Rate
Pressure
Trapped Oil Volume
Viscocity
PSI
0.2s
15
2000
Frequency Response
400
20
Step Signal
Time
0.1
EDG-01-H
25
3000
1000
200
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
MPa
30
16
Pressure
Pressure
800
PSI
4000
1000
EDG-01-C
MPa
20
PSI
2750
2500
Pressure
PSI
45
50
55
120
30 25
60
140 F
20 mm2/s
Viscosity
300250 200
Series
Pilot Relief Valves
150 125
100
SSU
673
List of Seals and Solenoid Ass'y

EDG-01- -PNT -5101
EDG-01 - -PNT -51/5190

EDG-01V- -PNT -5103
12
21 16 20
24
13 18
5 22 15
11 28
17
17
25 15
With Safety Valve
EDG-01 - -1-PNT -51/5190

EDG-01V- -1-P T -5103/5197
19 10 14 27 26
Solenoid Ass'y
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Fastener Seal
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P7
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-A013
SO-NB-P22
SG-FCF-4
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Valve Model Numbers
Remarks
Included in
Seal Kit
Kit No.:
KS-EDG-01-51
EDG-01- - -P T -51/5190
EDG-01- - -P T -5101
E318-Y06M1-28-61
EDG-01V- - -P T -51/5190
EDG-01V- - -PNT -5103
EDG-01V- -1-PNT20-5197
E318-Y06M1-05-61
E318-Y06M1-04-61
E318-Y06M1-28-61
Note) The connector assembly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 12) is not

included in the solenoid assembly.
Note) O-ring (Item 16, 18, 20) and the fastener seal (Item 21) are
674
13 Solenoid Ass'y
Series
Pilot Relief Valves
SERIES
EDG-01 series valve has changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the solenoid improvement.
No change in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Mounting Interchangeability
There is an interchangeability in the mounting dimensions, however, the outside shape and dimensions are changed as
shown below due to solenoid improvement and other modifications.
Current: Design 50
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
New: Design 51
191.5
(7.54)
26.5
(1.04)
94.5
(3.72)
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
Adaptor
22(.87) Hex.
190.5
(7.50)
86.7
(3.41)
26.5
(1.04)
94.5
(3.72)
86.6
(3.41)
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
Solenoid Ass'y
1 E318- - -50
2 E318- - -60
Fully
Extended
52
(2.05)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Solenoid Ass'y
E318- - -61
Fully
Extended
52
(2.05)
The solenoid assembly current design comes in two types: 1 E318-50 design and 2 60 design.
See the figure on the left for an external view of type 1 . See the figure on the right for type 2 .
H
E Series
Pilot Relief Valves
DIMENSIONS IN
Series
Pilot Relief Valves
675
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Relief Valves

This valve is derived by combining a small, high-performance 1/8
proportional electro-hydraulic pilot relief valve with a specially
developed low-noise relief valve.
With this valve, it is possible to regulate the system pressure in
proportion to the input current. Note that this valve is used in
conjunction with the applicable power amplifier.
Specifications
Model Numbers
EBG-03
EBG-06
EBG-10
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
100 (26.4)
200 (52.8)
400 (106)
3 (.79)
3 (.79)
3 (.79)
Description
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L /min(U.S.GPM)
Min. Flow
L /min(U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
C : 770 mA
H : 820 mA
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
Repeatability
Approx. Mass
10
10
Hysteresis
kg (lbs.)
C : 750 mA
H : 800 mA
C : 730 mA
H : 780 mA
10
3% or less
3% or less
3% or less
1% or less
1% or less
1% or less
5.6 (12.3)
6.3 (13.9)
10 (22)
Graphic Symbols
With Safety Valve

FSpecial
Seals
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
EB
-03
-C
-T
Series Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
Safety Valve
03
EB :
Proportional
Electro-Hydraulic
Relief Valve
C:
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
06
- 15.7
( - 2275)
1
H:
10
- 24.5
( - 3550)
1. Min. adjustment pressure shall be referred to the curves on page 680.

676
Series
Relief Valves
-51
Design
Number
Design
Standards
51
Refer to 2
None:
With
Safety Valve
T:
Without
Safety Valve
SERIES
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve
Model Numbers
Japanese Standard "JIS" & European Design Standard
Qty.
EBG-03
M12
40 Lg.
1/2 - 13 UNC
1-1/2 Lg.
EBG-06
M16
50 Lg.
5/8 - 11 UNC
2 Lg.
EBG-10
M20
60 Lg.
3/4 - 10 UNC
2-1/4 Lg.
Applicable Power Amplifiers

For stable performance, it is rrecommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see page 767,
771, 780).
AME-D2-1010-11
SK1022- - -11
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
EBG-03
EBG-06
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
BGM-03-20
Rc 3/8
BGM-03-3080
BGM-03X-20
Rc 1/2
BGM-03X-3080
BGM-06-20
Rc 3/4
BGM-06-3080
BGM-06X-20
EBG-10
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Rc 1
BGM-06X-3080

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs)
3/8 BSP.F
BGM-03-2090
3/8 NPT
2.4 (5.3)
1/2 BSP.F
BGM-03X-2090
1/2 NPT
3.1 (6.8)
3/4 BSP.F
BGM-06-2090
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
1 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
Thread
Size
1 BSP.F
BGM-06X-2090
BGM-10-20
Rc 1-1/4
BGM-10-3080
1-1/4 BSP.F
BGM-10-2090
1-1/4 NPT
8.4 (18.5)
BGM-10X-20
Rc 1-1/2
BGM-10X-3080
1-1/2 BSP.F
BGM-10X-2090
1-1/2 NPT
10.3 (22.7)
Sub-plates are those for pilot operated relief valves. For dimensions, see page 213.
300
EBG-03
PSI
200
1
100
0
0
0 25
50
75 100 L /min
700
600
400
MPa
5
EBG-06
4
3
2
200
0
1
0
0 50 100 150 200 L /min
Additional Pressure
400
MPa
3
Additional Pressure
Additional Pressure
PSI
PSI
900
800
MPa
6
600
400
5 10 15 20 25 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
EBG-10
2
200
0
H
E Series
Relief Valves
Instructions
Safety Valve
The pressure of the safety valve for EBG-03 is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment
range plus 2 MPa (290 PSI) subject to a flow rate of 50 L /min (13.2 U.S.GPM).
The same for EBG-06 is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range plus 3.5 MPa (510
PSI) subject to a flow rate of 100 L /min (26.4 U.S.GPM).
The same for EBG-10 is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range plus 4 MPa (580
PSI) subject to a flow rate of 200 L /min (52.8 U.S.GPM).
In case where the upper limit of operating pressure is low or the upper limit of flow rate to be used is different from the
specified maximum flow, please adjust and determin e the setting pressure of the safety valve at the value calculated
from the following formula.
Setting pressure = (Operating pressure upper limit) + (Additional pressure indicated blow)
1
0
0 100 200 300 400 L /min
0 20 40 60 80 100 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
To lower the setting pressure, turn the safety valve pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise. After adjustment, be sure
to tighten the lock nut.
Series
Relief Valves
677
Mounting Surface
EBG-03 : ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
EBG-06 : ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
EBG- 03
06 - -51/5190
With Safety Valve
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Adj. Screw

for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
EBG- 03
06 - -T-51/5190
INC.

"Q" Dia. Through
"S" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
A
C

Tank Port "T"

Pressure Port "P"
Connector
This port is not used. It is provided

because of the common use of the body
with the low-noise type pilot operated
relief valve.
On the sub-plate, plug the port which
corresponds to this port.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
(.0023 sq. in.)
48
(1.89)

3 Places
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
130
(5.12)
199.5
(7.85)
57.5
(2.26)
27.5
(1.08)
39
(1.54)
INC.
6
(.24)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
6 (.24) Dia. Locating Pin
Model Numbers
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
EBG-03
197.5
(7.78)
117.6
(4.63)
53.8
(2.12)
40.3
(1.59)
76
(2.99)
53.8
(2.12)
26.9
(1.06)
11.1
(.44)
21.5
(.85)
106
(4.17)
26.1
(1.03)
13.5
(.53)
21
(.83)
EBG-06
205.5
(8.09)
119.5
(4.70)
66.7
(2.63)
42.1
(1.66)
98
(3.86)
70
(2.76)
35
(1.38)
14
(.55)
26
(1.02)
122
(4.80)
36
(1.42)
17.5
(.69)
26
(1.02)
Note: For valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawings of sub-plates (p.213) in common use.
678
Series
Relief Valves
SERIES
Mounting surface:
ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A
EBG-10- -51/5190
With Safety Valve
DIMENSIONS IN
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
EBG-10- -T-51/5190
INC.
101
(3.98)
39
(1.54)
41.3
(1.63)
82.6
(3.25)
120
(4.72)
88.9
(3.50)
23.7
(.93)

4 Places
18.7
(.74)
211(8.31)

Tank Port "T"

Pressure Port "P"
This port is not used. It is provided

because of the common use of the body
with the low-noise type pilot operated
relief valve.
On the sub-plate, plug the port which
corresponds to this port.
Connector
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
(.0023 sq. in.)
48
(1.89)
27.5
(1.08)
E Series
Relief Valves
235.5(9.27)
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
INC.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
6
(.24)
33.5
(1.32)
166(6.54)
57.5
(2.26)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
3 Places
45
(1.77)
6 (.24) Dia.
Locating Pin
155
(6.10)
Series
Relief Valves
679

PSI
1.6
200
1.2
150
0.8
100
50
0.4
0
0
25
50
10
15
75
100
L /min
20
25
U.S.GPM
275
250
E B G -0 6
MPa
2.0
PSI
275
250
EBG-03
MPa
2.0
PSI
1.6
200
1.2
150
100
50
0
Flow Rate
0.8
0.4
0
0
50
10
100
20
150
30
40
200
L /min
50
U.S.GPM
275
250
E B G -1 0
MPa
2.0
1.6
200
1.2
150
100
0.8
50
0.4
0
0
100
20
Flow Rate
200
40
60
300
400
L /min
80
100
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

These Characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve.
PSI
2750
2500
MPa
20
EBG-03-C
PSI
Pressure
Pressure
12
1500
8
1000
0.2s
3000
2000
1000
EBG-06-C
PSI
1500
8
0.2s
3000
20
2000
15
EBG-06-H
0.2s
Step Signal
10
1000
Step Signal
Time
(Flow Rate : 200 L /min, 52.8 U.S.GPM )
Time
MPa
20
EBG-10-C
PSI
MPa
30
EBG-10-H
4000
25
16
2000
12
1500
8
Pressure
Pressure
MPa
30
25
Pressure
Pressure
12
1000
0.2s
3000
20
0.2s
2000
Step Signal
15
10
1000
4
Step Signal
Time
(Flow Rate : 400 L /min, 106 U.S.GPM )
Time
(Flow Rate : 400 L /min, 106 U.S.GPM )
680
4000
2000
1000
Step Signal
Time
16
2750
2500
15
10
Time
MPa
20
20
0.2s
Step Signal
PSI
EBG-03-H
25
2000
2750
2500
MPa
30
4000
16
PSI
Trapped Oil Volume : 1 L (.264 U.S. Gallons)

Viscosity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
Series
Relief Valves
SERIES
Input Current vs. Pressure
Fr eq uenc y Res pons e

Trapped Oil Volume : 1 L (.264 U.S. Gallons)
Viscocity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
EBG-03
PSI
3500
MPa
EBG-03
25
Frequency (Hz)
20
EBG-03-H
Phase (deg.)
Pressure
2500
15
2000
1500
10
1000
EBG-03-C
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
0.4 0.7 1
7 10
20
-10
-20
-30
40
Gain
Phase
: 7.8 1.6 MPa

(1130 230 PSI)
Flow Rate : 100 L /min
(26.4 U.S.GPM)
Pressure
500
0
Gain (dB)
3000
0.2
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
Input Current mA
EBG-06
3500
3500
MPa
EBG-06
25
20
EBG-06-H
Phase (deg.)
Pressure
2500
15
2000
1500
10
1000
EBG-06-C
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
0.2
0.4
Frequency (Hz)
0.7 1
2
4
7 10
-10
-20
-30
20
40
Gain
Gain (dB)
PSI
Phase
: 7.8 1.6 MPa

(1130 230 PSI)
(52.8 U.S.GPM)
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
Input Current mA
EBG-10
PSI
MPa
3500
25
E Series
Relief Valves
Pressure
500
EBG-10
Frequency (Hz)
0.2
20
EBG-10-H
15
Phase (deg.)
Pressure
2500
2000
1500
10
1000
EBG-10-C
5
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
500
0
0.4
0.7 1
-10
-20
-30
Gain (dB)
3500
7 10
20
Gain
Phase
: 7.8 1.6MPa
(1130 230 PSI)
(106 U.S.GPM)
Pressure
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
Input Current mA
Series
Relief Valves
681
Viscosity vs. Pressure
Flow Rate vs. Pressure
Oil : ISO VG 46 Oil
EBG-03
L /min
Flow Rate : 100
(26.4 U.S.GPM)
MPa
EBG-03-H
24.9
Pressure
3600
3500
2350
2300
2250
EBG-03
24.5
24.1
EBG-03-C
16.1
15.7
15.3
30
35
Pressure
PSI
40
45
50
55
60
PSI
MPa
3600
3450
3300
24.5
23.5
22.5
2300
2150
2000
15.7
14.7
13.7
EBG-03-H
EBG-03-C
Temperature
90
70 60
100
50
120
30
40
140
20
25
Viscosity
0
300 250
200
150
125
25
F
mm 2/s
50
10
15
20
Flow Rate
SSU
100
75
100
L /min
25
U.S.GPM
EBG-06
200 L /min
Flow Rate : (52.8 U.S.GPM)
MPa
24.9
Pressure
3600
3500
2350
2300
2250
EBG-06
EBG-06-H
24.5
24.1
EBG-06-C
16.1
15.7
15.3
30
35
Pressure
PSI
40
45
50
55
60
PSI
MPa
3600
3400
3200
24.5
23.0
21.5
2300
2150
2000
15.7
14.7
13.7
EBG-06-H
EBG-06-C
Temperature
90
70 60
100
50
120
30
40
140
20
25
F
mm 2/s
Viscosity
0
300 250
200
150
125
50
10
100
20
30
40
Flow Rate
SSU
100
150
200
L /min
50
U.S.GPM
EBG-10
L /min
Flow Rate : 400
(106 U.S.GPM)
Pressure
3600
3500
2350
2300
2250
EBG-10
MPa EBG-10-H
24.9
24.5
24.1
EBG-10-C
16.1
15.7
15.3
30
35
Pressure
PSI
40
45
50
60
55
PSI
MPa
3500
3250
3000
24.5
22.5
20.5
2250
2000
1750
15.7
13.7
11.7
EBG-10-H
EBG-10-C
Temperature
90
70 60
100
50
40
120
30
140
20
25
Viscosity
0
300 250
682
F
mm 2/s
200
150
125
100
SSU
Series
Relief Valves
100
200
20
50
300
75
Flow Rate
400
L /min
100
U.S.GPM
SERIES
03
EBG- 06 - - -51/5190
10
17
23 19 10
Pilot Valve
18
2
11
19
22
14
12
15
13
21
16
Valve Model Numbers
10 Pilot Valve Model Numbers
EBG-03-C-51/5190
EBG-03-H-51/5190
EBG-03-C-T-51/5190
EBG-03-H-T-51/5190
EBG-06-C-51/5190
EBG-06-H-51/5190
EBG-06-C-T-51/5190
EBG-06-H-T-51/5190
EBG-10-C-51/5190
EBG-10-H-51/5190
EBG-10-C-T-51/5190
EBG-10-H-T-51/5190
EDG-01V-C-1-PNT09-51
EDG-01V-H-1-PNT09-51
EDG-01V-C-PNT09-51
EDG-01V-H-PNT09-51
EDG-01V-C-1-PNT10-51
EDG-01V-H-1-PNT10-51
EDG-01V-C-PNT10-51
EDG-01V-H-PNT10-51
EDG-01V-C-1-PNT11-5103
EDG-01V-H-1-PNT11-5103
EDG-01V-C-PNT11-5103
EDG-01V-H-PNT11-5103
Note: For the details of pilot valves, refer to "Pilot Relief Valves"
on page 674.
List of Seals
Name of Parts
11
12
13
14
15
16
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
EBG-03
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-A024
SO-NB-P18
Part Numbers
EBG-06
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-A024
SO-NB-P28
EBG-10
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-A128
SO-NB-P32
Qty.
1
1
1
2
1
2
Note) When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
In addition to the above O-rings, seals for pilot valve are included in the seal kit.
For the details of the pilot valve seals, see page 674.
List of Seal Kit

Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
EBG-03
EBG-06
EBG-10
KS-EBG-03-51
KS-EBG-06-51
KS-EBG-10-51
Series
Relief Valves
H
E Series
Relief Valves
Item
683

EBG-03/06/10 series valves have changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the model change of pilot valve
(EDG-01).
shown below due to pilot valve improvement and other modifications.
Current: Design 50
New: Design 51
Fully Extended A
Fully Extended A
B
B
C
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
Adaptor 22(.87) Hex.

Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Pilot Valve
EDG-01V, 51 Design
Pilot Valve
EDG-01V, 50 Design
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
See EDG-01 (page 675) for

details of the solenoid ass'y
See EDG-01 (page 675) for

details of the solenoid ass'y
Model Numbers
Current EBG-03- - -50/5090
217
(8.54)
118.6
(4.67)
40.2
(1.58)
EBG-03- - -51/5190
216
(8.50)
117.6
(4.63)
40.2
(1.59)
Current EBG-06- - -50/5090
217
(8.54)
120.5
(4.74)
42.1
(1.66)
EBG-06- - -51/5190
216
(8.50)
119.5
(4.70)
42.1
(1.66)
Current EBG-10- - -50/5090
217
(8.54)
102
(4.02)
23.6
(.93)
EBG-10- - -51/5190
216
(8.50)
101
(3.98)
23.6
(.93)
New
New
New
684
199.5
(7.85)
130
(5.12)
199.5
(7.85)
130
(5.12)
235.5
(9.27)
166
(6.54)
Series
Relief Valves
DIMENSIONS IN
SERIES
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Relieving and Reducing Valves

This valve is derived by combining a small, high-performance 1/8
proportional electro-hydraulic pilot relief valve with a relieving
and reducing valve.
With this valve, it is possible to regulate the system pressure in
proportion to the input current.
Incorporating a relief mechanism, this valve provides a good
response speed and the pressure decreases even if the load is
large. Note that this valve is used in conjunction with the
applicable power amplifier.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Description
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
L /min(U.S.GPM)
Max. Relieving Flow
L /min(U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
ERBG-10
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
100 (26.4)
250 (66)
35 (9.24)
15 (3.96)

B : 800 mA
C : 800 mA
H : 950 mA
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
B : 800 mA
C : 800 mA
H : 950 mA
10
10
Graphic Symbol
Hysteresis
3% or less
3% or less
Repeatability
1% or less
1% or less
12 (26.5)
13.5 (29.8)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
The values shown are those obtained where the differential pressure between the
secondary pressure port and tank port is 13.7 MPa (2000 PSI).

ERB
-06
-C
Special Seals
Series Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Secondary Pres. Adj. Range

MPa (PSI)
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester
Type Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
ERB:
Proportional
Electro-Hydraulic
Relieving and
Reducing Valve
06
B: 0.8 - 6.9 (115 - 1000)

C: 1.2 - 13.7 (175 - 2000)
H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 3000)
10
B: 0.9 - 6.9 (130 - 1000)

C: 1.2 - 13.7 (175 - 2000)
H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 3000)
F-
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
-51
Design
Number
51
Design
Standards
E Series
Relieving and Reducing Valves
Secondary Pres. Adj. Range
ERBG-06
Refer to
Series
685
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve
Model Numbers

Japanese Standard "JIS" & European Design Standard
Qty.
ERBG-06
M10
70 Lg.
3/8 - 16 UNC
2-3/4 Lg.
ERBG-10
M10
70 Lg.
3/8 - 16 UNC
2-3/4 Lg.

For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power ampliffiers be used (for details see page 767,
771, 780).
AME-D2-1010-11
SK1022- - -11
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
ERBG-06
ERBG-10
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
ERBGM-06-20
Rc 3/4
ERBGM-10-10
Rc 1-1/4

Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
ERBGM-06-2080
3/4 BSP.F
ERBGM-06-2090
3/4 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
ERBGM-10-1080
1-1/4 BSP.F
ERBGM-10-1090
1-1/4 NPT
6.5 (14.3)
Instructions
Primary Pressure Required for Preselected Pressure
The primary pressure must be 1 MPa (145 PSI) higher than the preselected pressure.
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure does not exceed 0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
Trapped Oil Volume
The recommended secondary side trapped oil volume is about 20 liters (5.28 U.S.Gallons). Note that the trapped oil
volume must not be lower than 1.4 liters (.37 U.S.Gallons).
686
Series
SERIES
ERBG-06- -51/5190
The direction can be alterd

2
(.08)
12.3
(.48)
104
(4.09)
79.4
(3.13)
213.5
(8.41)
DIMENSIONS IN
75.2
(2.96)
60.3
(2.37)
Secondary Pressure
Port "A"
Primary Pressure Port "P"

Drain Port "DR"

4 Places
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 sq. in.)
Connector
48
(1.89)
39
(1.54)
27.5
(1.08)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Tank Port "T"
57.5
(2.26)

3(.12) Hex.Soc.
136.5
(5.37)
57
(2.24)
115
(4.53)
90
(3.54)
56
(2.20)
184.5
(7.26)
INC.
69.7
(2.74)
6
(.24)
208
(8.19)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Sub-plate:
ERBGM-06-20/2080/2090
130(5.12)
"E" Thd. 20(.79) Deep

4 Places
30.7 77.3(3.04)
(1.21) 60.3(2.37)
49.2(1.94)

4 Places
44.5(1.75)
25
(.98)
79.4
(3.13)
73
(2.87)
39.7
(1.56)
"C" Thd.
(From Rear)
20.7
(.81)
"D" Thd.
(From Rear)
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
5(.20) Dia.
136(5.35)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
ERBGM-06-20
ERBGM-06-2080
ERBGM-06-2090
Thread Size
"B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
M10
3/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
45(1.77)
16
(.63)
27.9
(1.10)
104(4.09)
16(.63)
"B" Thd.
2 Places
(From Rear)
18(.71) Dia.
2 Places
10(.39) Dia.
15(.59)
102
(4.02)
11.3
(.44)
20.6(.81)
11.1
(.44)
H
E Series
6 (.24) Dia.
Locating Pin
Series
687
The direction can be alterd

ERBG-10- -51/5190
11.1
(.44)
63.5
(2.50)
2
(.08)
Secondary
Pressure Port "A"
Primary Pressure Port "P"

Drain Port "DR"
Connector

6 Places
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
39
158
(6.22)
(1.54)
48
(1.89)
27.5
(1.08)
57.5
(2.26)
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Tank Port "T"
119
(4.69)
96.8
(3.81)
DIMENSIONS IN
234.5
(9.23)
84.1
(3.31)
42.1
(1.66)
56
(2.20)
117
(4.61)
92
(3.62)
55
(2.17)
186.5
(7.34)
INC.
62
(2.44)
6
(.24)
6 (.24) Dia.
Locating Pin
Sub-plate
ERBGM-10-10/1080/1090
233
(9.17)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
101.5(4.00)
84.1(3.31)
16.7
(.66)
14(.55) Dia.
27
(1.06)
116(4.57)
21
(.83)
"B" Thd.
2 Places
(From Rear)
30(1.18)
"D" Thd.
(From Rear)
96
(3.78)
126(4.96)
150(5.91)
28(1.10) Dia.
2 Places
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
5(.20) Dia.
19(.75)
12
(.47)
688
Thread Size
"B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
ERBGM-10-10
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
M10
ERBGM-10-1080 1-1/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
ERBGM-10-1090 1-1/4 NPT 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
55(2.17)
25
(.98)
24.6
(.97)
140(5.51)
42.1(1.66)
120
(4.72)
96.8
(3.81)
92.9
(3.66)
48.4
(1.91)
11.6
(.46)

4 Places
"C" Thd.
(From Rear)
12
(.47)
62.7(2.47)
9.6
(.38)
67.5(2.66)
20(.79)
"E" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
6 Places
Series
SERIES
The following step response characteristics are taken when the trapped oil volume is 20 liters (5.28 U.S.Gallons).
The step response varies by trapped oil volume.
Primary Pressure
: 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Trapped Oil Volume : 20 L (5.28 U.S.Gallons)
Viscocity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
ERBG-06-B
MPa
8.8
PSI
1200
7.8
Secondary Pressure
1000
5.9
800
0.1s
600
3.9
400
2.0
Step Signal
MPa
9.8
1200
7.8
1000
800
5.9
0.1s
600
3.9
400
2.0
200
Step Signal
200
0
Time
Time
ERBG-06-C
PSI
3000
ERBG-10-C
PSI
MPa
21.6
19.6
2750
2500
15.7
15.7
2000
11.8
1500
500
0
0.1s
7.8
3.9
Step Signal
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
2500
1000
MPa
19.6
2000
11.8
1500
1000
500
0.1s
7.8
3.9
0
Time
Secondary Pressure
3000
MPa
23.5
19.6
2000
500
0
0.1s
11.8
7.8
3.9
PSI
4000
MPa
27.5
3500
23.5
3000
15.7
1000
ERBG-10-H
ERBG-06-H
2500
1500
Time
Step Signal
Secondary Pressure
PSI
3500
2500
19.6
15.7
0.1s
2000
1500
1000
500
Step Signal
11.8
7.8
Step Signal
3.9
0
Time
E Series
Secondary Pressure
ERBG-10-B
PSI
1400
Time
Series
689
Input Current vs. Secondary Pressure

Primary Pressure : 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Viscocity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
MPa
21.0
2500
17.5
ERBG-10
ERBG-06-H
2000
14.0
1500
10.5
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
ERBG-06
PSI
3000
ERBG-06-C
1000
7.0
500
3.5
PSI
3000
MPa
21.0
2500
17.5
2000
14.0
1500
10.5
1000
7.0
500
3.5
ERBG-10-H
ERBG-10-C
ERBG-06-B
ERBG-10-B
0
200
400
800
600
Input Current
1000
mA
200
400
600
Input Current
800
1000
mA
Frequency Response
0.4 0.7 1
7 10
Gain
Phase
Secondary Pressure
4.9 1.5 MPa
(710 215 PSI)
10
0
-10
-20
0.1
Frequency (Hz)
0.4 0.7 1
7 10
Gain
Phase
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
10
0
-10
-20
0.1
Secondary Pressure
16.7 3.9 MPa
(2420 565 PSI)
7 10
Phase
Secondary Pressure
10.8 2.9 MPa
(1565 420 PSI)
Frequency (Hz)
4
7 10
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
Series
10
0
-10
-20
0.1
0.2
0.4 0.7 1
7 10
Gain
Gain ( dB)
Gain
Phase
0.4 0.7 1
ERBG-10-H
Phase ( deg.)
0.4 0.7 1
Gain ( dB)
Phase ( deg.)
690
0.2
0.2
Gain
Frequency (Hz)
0.1
7 10
Secondary Pressure
4.9 1.5 MPa
(710 215PSI)
ERBG-10-C
0.2
Phase
Frequency (Hz)
0.1
Gain
ERBG-06-H
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
0.4 0.7 1
ERBG-06-C
Secondary Pressure
10.8 2.9 MPa
(1565 420 PSI)
10
0
-10
-20
0.2
Gain ( dB)
10
0
-10
-20
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
Gain ( dB)
0.2
Phase ( deg.)
0.1
Frequency (Hz)
Phase ( deg.)
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
10
0
-10
-20
ERBG-10-B
Frequency (Hz)
Gain ( dB)
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
ERBG-06-B
Gain ( dB)
Phase ( deg.)
Phase ( deg.)
Primary Pressure
: 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Trapped Oil Volume : 20 L (5.28 U.S.Gallons)
Viscocity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
Phase
Secondary Pressure
16.7 3.9 MPa
(2420 565 PSI)
SERIES
Flow Rate vs. Secondary Pressure
Viscosity : 30 mm 2/s (141 SSU)
ERBG-06-B
700
600
4.9
4.4
3.9
500
400
3.4
2.9
2.4
100
0
1.0
0.5
0
PSI
1000
800
MPa
6.9
5.9
4.9
600
400
3.9
2.9
1.9
200
0
2.0
1.0
0
Secondary Pressure
MPa
6.9
6.4
5.9
Secondary Pressure
PSI
1000
900
ERBG-10-B
0 25
0
20
40
60
80
100 L /min
50
10
75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 L /min

20
30
40
50
60 65 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0
10
15
20
25
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
ERBG-06-C
ERBG-10-C
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
PSI
2000
1900
MPa
13.7
13.2
12.7
1400
1300
9.8
9.3
8.8
1000
900
6.9
6.4
5.9
600
500
400
3.9
3.4
2.9
PSI
1600
1400
MPa
10.8
9.8
8.8
800
600
5.9
4.9
3.9
0 25
0
50
10
75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 L /min

20
30
40
50
60 65U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0
0
20
5
40
10
60
15
80
20
100 L /min
25
U.S.GPM
ERBG-06-H
ERBG-10-H
PSI
3200
2800
MPa
20.6
19.6
18.6
2000
1800
13.7
12.7
11.7
1400
1200
9.8
8.8
7.8
1000
900
6.9
6.4
5.9
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
PSI
3000
2800
0
0
20
5
40
10
60
15
80
20
100 L /min
25
U.S.GPM
MPa
21.6
19.6
17.6
2400
2000
16.7
14.7
12.7
1600
1200
11.8
9.8
7.8
1000
800
6.9
4.9
2.9
0 25
0
Flow Rate
50
10
75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 L /min

20
30
40
50
E Series
Flow Rate
60 65 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Series
691
Viscosity vs. Secondary Pressure

Oil: ISO VG32
ERBG-06-B
PSI
1090
1020
950
580
510
770
Viscosity
30
40
50
60
70 C
86
104
122
140
158 F
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
MPa
7.5
7.0
6.5
4.0
3.5
3.0
20
Temperature
65
ERBG-10-B
PSI
1090
1020
950
580
510
770
MPa
7.5
7.0
6.5
4.0
3.5
3.0
Temperature
150
85
56
37
26
17 mm2/s
695
380
265
175
130
80 SSU
Viscosity
20
30
40
50
60
70 C
65
86
104
122
140
158 F
150
85
56
37
26
17 mm2/s
695
380
265
175
130
80 SSU
ERBG-10-C
ERBG-06-C
MPa
14.0
13.5
13.0
7.5
7.0
6.5
20
Temperature
65
30
40
50
60
70 C
86
104
122
140
158 F
150
85
56
37
26
17 mm2/s
695
380
265
175
130
80 SSU
30
40
50
60
70 C
86
104
122
140
158 F
150
85
56
37
26
17 mm2/s
695
380
265
175
130
80 SSU
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
Viscosity
MPa
14.0
13.5
13.0
7.5
7.0
6.5
20
Temperature
65
PSI
PSI
2030
1960
1890
1090
1020
950
2030
1960
1890
1090
1020
950
Viscosity
ERBG-10-H
ERBG-06-H
30
40
50
60
70 C
86
104
122
140
158 F
150
85
56
37
26
17 mm2/s
Viscosity
PSI
30
40
50
60
70 C
86
104
122
140
158 F
150
85
56
37
26
17 mm2/s
695
380
265
175
130
80 SSU
3050
2900
2750
1600
1450
1300
Viscosity
695
692
MPa
21
20
19
11
10
9
20
Temperature
65
Secondary Pressure
MPa
21
20
19
11
10
9
20
Temperature
65
Secondary Pressure
PSI
3050
2900
2750
1600
1450
1300
380
265
175
130
80 SSU
Series
SERIES
ERBG- 06
10 - -51/5190
7
13
11
16
1 17 11
List of Seals
Name of Parts
8
9
10
11
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
9 14 10
2 15 12
Pilot Valve
Part Numbers
ERBG-06
ERBG-10
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P36
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
Qty.
2
2
1
3
Note) When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from
the table below. In addition to the above O-rings, seals for pilot
valve are included in the seal kit.
For the details of the pilot valve seals, see page 674.
Valve Model No.

ERBG-06-B-51/5190
ERBG-06-C-51/5190
ERBG-06-H-51/5190
ERBG-10-B-51/5190
ERBG-10-C-51/5190
ERBG-10-H-51/5190
Note: For the details of pilot valves, refer to "Pilot Relief Valves"
on page 674.
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
ERBG-06
ERBG-10
KS-ERBG-06-51
KS-ERBG-10-51

EDG-01-B-PNTN-5101
EDG-01-C-PNTN-5101
EDG-01-H-PNT15-5101
EDG-01-B-PNTN-5101
EDG-01-C-PNTN-5101
EDG-01-H-PNT15-5101
Series
H
E Series
Item
6 18
693

ERBG-06/10 series valves have changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the model change of pilot valve
(EDG-01).
shown below due to pilot valve improvement and other modifications.
Current: Design 50
See EDG-01 (page 675)
for details about the
solenoid ass'y
New: Design 51
Pilot Valve
EDG-01, 5001 Design
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
See EDG-01 (page 675)

for details about the
solenoid ass'y
A
B
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
Model Numbers
694
A
B
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
Adaptor
22(.87) Hex.
Pilot Valve
EDG-01, 5101 Design
136.5
(5.37)
115
(4.53)
Current
ERBG-06- -50/5090
214.5
(8.44)
New
ERBG-06- -51/5190
213.5
(8.41)
136.5
(5.37)
115
(4.53)
Current
ERBG-10- -50/5090
235.5
(9.27)
158
(6.22)
117
(4.61)
New
ERBG-10- -51/5190
234.5
(9.23)
158
(6.22)
117
(4.61)
Series
DIMENSIONS IN
SERIES
40 Series
Since the preselected flow rate continuously varies in proportion to the
current input to the valve, the system flow rate can be remotecontrolled as desired by regulating the amplifier current output.
Further, since pressure and temperature compensation functions are
provided, the preselected flow rate is not affected by pressure (load) or
temperature (fluid viscosity).
This valve is ideal for use where actuator startup, stop, and speed
changes are to be implemented without producing a shock. Note that
this valve is used in conjunction with the applicable power amplifier.
Specifications
Description
MPa (PSI)
Metred Flow
Adjustment Range
L /min (U.S.GPM)
EFG
10
EFCG-02-30
EFG
60
EFCG-03-125
EFG
EFCG-06-250
EFG
EFCG-10-500
20.6 (3000)
20.6 (3000)
20.6 (3000)
20.6 (3000)
3-250
(.79-66)
5-500
(1.32-132)
10: 0.3-10
(.08-2.6)
30: 0.3-30
(.08-7.9)
60: 2-60
(.53-15.9)
125: 2-125
(.53-33)
Min. Differential Pres.

MPa (PSI)
0.6 (90)
1.0 (145)
1.3 (190)
2.0 (290)
Free Flow
(EFCG Models Only.)
L /min (U.S.GPM)
40 (10.6)
130 (34.3)
280 (74.0)
550 (145)
Rated Current
600 mA
600 mA
600 mA
700 mA
45
45
45
45
Hysteresis
5% or less
7% or less
7% or less
7% or less
Repeatability
1% or less
1% or less
1% or less
1% or less
8.2 (18.1)
12.5 (27.6)
25 (55.1)
51 (113)
Coil Resistance
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Graphic Symbols
O
M
EFG-
Min. pressure difference required between inlet and outlet ports to maintain function as
pressure compensator.
O
M
EFCG-

F-
EFC
-02
-10
-31
Special Seals
Series Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Max. Metred Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)
Design
Number
02
10 : 10 (2.6)
30 : 30 (7.9)
31
03
60 : 60 (15.9)
125 : 125 (33)
26
06
250: 250 (66)
22
10
500: 500 (132)
11

Phosphate Ester
Type Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
EF:
Proportional ElectroHydraulic Flow Control
Valve
EFC:
Proportional ElectroHydraulic Flow Control
and Check Valve
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
Design
Standards
E Series
40 Series Flow Control (and Check) Valves
Model No.
Refer to
Note: If you are going to use the model with pressure compensator stroke adjustment screw, consult your
Yuken representative in advance.
Series
695
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model
Numbers
Qty.
EF G-02
M8
75 Lg.
5/16-18 UNC
3 Lg.
EF G-03
M10
100 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
4 Lg.
EF G-06
M16
130 Lg.
5/8-11 UNC
5 Lg.
EF G-10
M20
160 Lg.
6-1/2 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC

For stable performance , it is recommende d that Yuken's applicabl e powe r amplifier s be used (for details see
page 772).
Model Numbers : AME-D- -40
AME-DF-S- -22
AME-T-S- -22
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
Thread Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread Size
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
EFGM-02X-20
Rc 3/8
EFGM-02X-2080
3/8 BSP.F
EFGM-02X-2090
3/8 NPT
2.3 (5.1)
EFGM-02Y-20
Rc 1/2
EFGM-02Y-2080
1/2 BSP.F
EFGM-02Y-2090
1/2 NPT
3.1 (6.8)
EFG -03
EFCG
EFGM-03Y-20
Rc 3/4
EFGM-03Y-2080
3/4 BSP.F
EFGM-03Y-2090
3/4 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
EFGM-03Z-20
Rc 1
EFGM-03Z-2080
1 BSP.F
EFGM-03Z-2090
1 NPT
5.6 (12.3)
EFG -06
EFCG
EFGM-06X-20
Rc 1
EFGM-06X-2080
1 BSP.F
EFGM-06X-2090
1 NPT
12.5 (27.6)
EFGM-06Y-20
Rc 1-1/4
EFGM-06Y-2080
1-1/4 BSP.F
EFGM-06Y-2090
1-1/4 NPT
16 (35.3)
EFG -10
EFCG
EFGM-10Y-10
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
EFGM-10Y-1080
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
EFGM-10Y-1090
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
37 (81.6)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
EFG -02
EFCG
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mountingsurface should
When ordering the EFGM-10Y, see Type F3 Pipe Flange Kits on page 821 and order an appropriate pipe flange kit also.
Models with Pressure Compensator Stroke Adjustment Screw

A models with pressure compensator stroke adjustment screw is optionally available to minimize the actuator protrusion
(jumping) at startup. For the details, please consult us or your Yuken distributors.
Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure does not exceed 0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
Models with Check Valve
A models with check valve makes it possible to obtain a free flow in the direction opposite that of the controlled flow
without respect to the input current.
696
Series
SERIES
EFG/EFCG-02- -31/3190
EFG/EFCG-03- -26/2690
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable: Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
(.0023 sq. in.)
Inlet Port for Controlled Flow or

Outlet Port for Reversed Free Flow
Connector
The direction can
be altered to every
90 degree angles.
Drain Port
Outlet Port for
Controlled Flow or
Inlet Port for
Reversed Free
C
Flow
40
45
(1.77) (1.57)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
97
(3.82)
85
(3.35)
39
(1.54)
Locating Pin
6 (.24) Dia.
"U" Places
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
"Q" Dia. Through

"S" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
B
A
6
(.24)
T
N
L
Manual Adjustment
M4 Thd. (Internal Thd.)
K
INC.
Manual adjustment can be done by screwing for example an M4 20 L screw in the M4 thread or pushing
in a rod etc. there.
mm (Inches)
J
EF G-02
96
76.2
(3.78) (3.00)
66
9.9
38.1
106
82.6 11.7 46.3
195
81
108
(.39) (1.50) (4.17) (3.25) (.46) (1.82) (7.68) (3.19) (2.60) (4.25)
8.8
(.35)
14
65
(.55) (2.56)
EF G-03
125 101.6
(4.92) (4.00)
85
11.7 50.8
130 101.6 14.2 61.8
212
98
125
(.46) (2.00) (5.12) (4.00) (.56) (2.43) (8.35) (3.86) (3.35) (4.92)
11
(.43)
17.5
84
(.69) (3.31)
EFG/EFCG-06-250-22/2290
EFG/EFCG-10-500-11/1190
DIMENSIONS IN
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable: Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
(.0023 sq. in.)
39
Q
(1.54)
Inlet Port for Controlled Flow or

Outlet Port for Reversed Free Flow
Two Locating Pins

"V" Dia.
45
(1.77)
Drain Port
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
97
(3.82)
85
(3.35)
40
(1.57)
Connector
The direction can
be altered to every
90 degree angles.
Outlet Port for

Controlled Flow or
Inlet Port for
Reversed Free
C
Flow
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
"S" Dia. Through

"T" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
N
L
Manual Adjustment
K
INC.
Manual adjustment can be done by screwing for example an M4 20 L screw in the M4 thread or pushing
in a rod etc. there.
Model
Numbers
Dimensions
A
H
E Series
Dimensions
Model
Numbers
mm (Inches)
K
EF G-06
180 146.1
(7.09) (5.75)
103.5
16
17
73.1
174 133.4 20.3
99
244
130
105
7
157
17.5
26
(.67) (2.88) (6.85) (5.25) (.80) (3.90) (9.61) (5.12) (4.13) (.28) (6.18) (.69) (1.02) (4.07) (.63)
EF G-10
244 196.9
(9.61) (7.75)
135
18
23.5 98.5
228 177.8
25
144.5 274
160
137
10
187
21.5
32
(.93) (3.88) (8.98) (7.00) (.98) (5.69) (10.79) (6.30) (5.93) (.39) (7.36) (.85) (1.26) (5.31) (.71)
Series
697
Sub-plate
EFGM-02X/02Y-20/2080/2090
52.4(2.06)
2.5(.10)
78(3.07)
106(4.17)
82.6(3.25)
11.1(.44)
54
(2.13)
38.1
(1.50)
9.5
(.37)
23.8(.94)

4 Places
14
(.55)
"J" Dia.
2 Places
44.3(1.74)
9.9
(.39)
"C" Thd. "H" Deep
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
96(3.78)
79.4(3.13)
76.2(3.00)
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep

"A" Thd.
2 Places
(From Rear)
"K" Dia. "B" Thd.

(From Rear)
EFGM-02Y-20
Rc 1/2
15
(.59)
16
(.63)
M8
EFGM-02Y-2080
1/2 BSP.F
EFGM-02X-2090
3/8 NPT
EFGM-02Y-2090
1/2 NPT
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Dimensions
D
E
F
75.9
25
8.6
(.34) (2.99) (.98)
EFGM-02X-20
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/4
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
EFGM-02Y-20
11.5 72.9
35
(.45) (2.87) (1.38)
EFGM-02X-2080
8.6
75.9
(.34) (2.99)
EFGM-02Y-2080
11.5 72.9
35
(.45) (2.87) (1.38)
EFGM-02X-2090
8.6
75.9
(.34) (2.99)
EFGM-02Y-2090
11.5 72.9
35
(.45) (2.87) (1.38)
120(4.72)
140(5.51)
Thread Size
"B" Thd.
EFGM-02X-2080
10
(.39)
21.9(.86)
EFGM-02X-20
"A" Thd.
Rc 3/8
25
(.98)
25
(.98)
5/16-18 UNC
mm (Inches)
H
J
14
(.55)
14
(.55)
15.2
(.60)
15
(.59)
18
(.17)
14
(.55)
11
(.43)
11.7
(.46)
11
(.43)
DIMENSIONS IN
EFGM-03Y/03Z-20/2080/2090
7(.28) Dia. 8(.31) Deep

2 Places
47.8
(1.88)
92.2(3.63)
101.6(4.00)
86.5(3.41)
11.1(.44)
22.2(.87)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers

4 Places
EFGM-03Y-20
"A" Thd.
Rc 3/4
EFGM-03Z-20
Rc 1
EFGM-03Y-2080 3/4 BSP.F

EFGM-03Z-2080
1 BSP.F
EFGM-03Y-2090
3/4 NPT
EFGM-03Z-2090
1 NPT
11(.43) Dia.
146(5.75)
168(6.61)
19
(.75)
20
(.79)
40
(1.57)
11
(.43)
"C" Thd. "D" Deep

4 Places
61.8(2.43)
16.1
(.63)
"A" Thd.
2 Places
(From Rear)
23(.91) Dia.
2 Places
75
(2.95)
50.8
(2.00)
20.6
(.81)
54
(2.13)
81.5(3.21)
130(5.12)
14.2
(.56)
"B" Thd.
(From Rear)
125(4.92)
102.4(4.03)
101.6(4.00)
28.6
(1.13)
11.7(.46)
0.8(.03)
698
Series
Thread Size
"B" Thd.
"C" Thd.
D
mm(in.)
Rc 1/4
M10
18
(.71)
3/8-16 UNC
21
(.83)
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
SERIES
Sub-plate
EFGM-06X/06Y-20/2080/2090
180(7.09)
29(1.14) Dia.
2 Places
146.1(5.75)
144.4(5.69)

4 Places
104.8(4.13)
"C" Thd. "P" Deep

4 Places
73(2.87)
12.7(.50)
24
(.94)
22.2(.87)
F
Q
H
"S" Dia.
Rc 1
EFGM-06Y-20
Rc 1-1/4
EFGM-06X-2080
1 BSP.F
D
101.1
(3.98)
95.3
(3.75)
101.1
(3.98)
95.3
(3.75)
101.1
(3.98)
95.3
(3.75)
Rc 3/8
M16
3/8 BSP.F
EFGM-06Y-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F
EFGM-06X-2090
1 NPT
EFGM-06Y-2090
1-1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
5/8-11 UNC
E
14.3
(.56)
19.3
(.76)
14.3
(.56)
19.3
(.76)
14.3
(.56)
19.3
(.76)
F
55.2
(2.17)
67
(2.64)
55.2
(2.17)
67
(2.64)
55.2
(2.17)
67
(2.64)
Dimensions
H
J
45
137.8
(5.43) (1.77)
60
132
(5.20) (2.36)
45
137.8
(5.43) (1.77)
60
132
(5.20) (2.36)
45
137.8
(5.43) (1.77)
60
132
(5.20) (2.36)
1.6(.06)
48(1.89) Dia.
2 Places
(From Rear)
43.5(1.71) Dia.
2 Places
196.9(7.75)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
98.5(3.88)
3/8 BSP.F
EFGM-10Y-1090
3/8 NPT
EFGM-10Y-1080
EFGM-10Y-1090
"D" Thd.
M20
M16
3/4-10 UNC
5/8-11 UNC
mm (Inches)
C
E
Sub-plate
Model Numbers

4 Places
Thread Size
"B" Thd.
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
34 (1.34)
35 (1.38)
"A" Thd.
(From Rear)
48(1.89)
"F3" Series Pipe Flange Kits

Refer to page 821
50(1.97)
80
(3.15)
25
(.98)
Rc 3/8
EFGM-10Y-1080
EFGM-10Y-10
73
43.5 (2.87)
(1.71)
148.5(5.85)
183.5(7.22)
284(11.18)
334(13.15)
"A" Thd.
EFGM-10Y-10
250(9.84)
29(1.14)
73
(2.87)
20(.79) Dia.
15(.59) Deep
2 Places
14(.55) Dia.
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
25
(.98)
73
(2.87)
228(8.98)
34.9
(1.37)
73
(2.87)
17.3(.68)
55.5(21.9)
144.5(5.69)
36
(1.42)
177.8(7.00)
244(9.61)
198.4(7.81)
144.5(5.69)
"B" Thd. "C" Deep

4 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
EFGM-10Y-10/1080/1090
23.5(.93)
mm (Inches)
K
N
P
Q
S
34
35
(1.38) (1.34)
106
14
(4.17) (.55)
39
40
(1.57) (1.54) 30
34 (1.18)
35
15.2
(1.38) (1.34)
116 (.60)
(4.57) 15
39
40
(1.57) (1.54)
(.59)
34
35
(1.38) (1.34) 35
106
14
39 (1.38) (4.17) (.55)
40
(1.57) (1.54)
E Series
EFGM-06X-20
"C" Thd.
Thread Size
"B" Thd.
"A" Thd.
212(8.35)
250(9.84)
19
(.75)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
133.4(5.25)
99(3.90)
17(.67) Dia. 10(.39) Deep

2 Places
33(1.30)
"A" Thd.
2 Places
(From Rear)
104.8(4.13)
3.7
(.15)
D
126(4.96)
174(6.85)
1.6(.06)
41.3(1.63)
17
(.67)
Series
699
Input Current vs. Flow

Viscosity: 30 mm2/s
(141 SSU)
EFG -02
EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min
8
30
7
25
EF G-02-30
25.0
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
32.5
30.0
20
5
4
15
10
2
5
EF G-02-10
20.0
L /min
125
120
100
80
15.0
60
10.0
40
5.0
20
EF G-03-125
EF G-03-60
0
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
EFG -03
EFCG
Input Current mA
100 200 300 400 500 600
Input Current mA
EFG
EFCG -06
EFG
EFCG -10
U.S.GPM L /min
140
500
120
400
100
200
50
40
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
250
65
60
150
30
80
60
200
40
100
20
20
100
50
10
300
100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Input Current mA
100 200 300 400 500 600
Input Current mA
EFG
-02
EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min
8.5
32
8.0
30
7.5
28
Flow Rate
Viscosity: 30 mm2/s
(141 SSU)
4.1
4.0
3.9
3.8
15.5
15.0
14.5
.550
.525
.500
2.1
2.0
1.9
0.4
1.0
100
200
2.0
5.0
500
10
U.S.GPM
34
33
32
L /min
130
125
120
Flow Rate
Differential Pressure vs. Metred Flow
14.0
13.5
13.0
52.5
50.0
47.5
.96
.90
3.7
3.5
3.3
EFG
-03
EFCG
0.8 1.0
20 MPa
150 200
1000 2000 3000

PSI
Flow Rate
28
26
24
110
100
90
2.8
2.6
2.4
11
10
9
1
EFG
-06
EFCG
2
200 300
5
500
10
1000
U.S.GPM
132
130
128
126
L /min
500
490
480
Flow Rate
L /min
260
250
240
82
80
78
76
310
300
290
1.45
1.40
1.35
1.30
5.4
5.2
5.0
20 MPa
2000 3000
PSI
700
5.0
500
10
20 MPa
1000 2000 3000

PSI
U.S.GPM
68
66
64
2.0
Series
EFG
-10
EFCG
2
300
5
500
20 MPa
10
1000
2000 3000
PSI
SERIES
Step Response

These characteristic s have been obtaine d by measurin g on each valve.
Therefore , they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used.
L /min
35
U.S.GPM L /min
140
35
120
30
100
25
80
20
60
15
30 L /min
(7.9 U.S.GPM)
30
25
20
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
EFG
-03
EFCG
15 L /min
(4 U.S.GPM)
15
10
0.2s
5
0
Step Signal
10
5
0
U.S.GPM
8.5
8.0
7.5
7.0
5.0
4.5
4.0
3.5
Flow Rate
EFG
-02
EFCG
Viscosity vs. Flow
125 L /min
(33 U.S.GPM)
60 L /min
(15.9 U.S.GPM)
40
1.5
1.0
.5
0
Step Signal
Time
Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
30
27
19
16
13
6
3
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 C
Temperature
50 60
80 100 120 140 160 F
200 10075 50 40 30 20 15mm2/s
Viscosity
1000 500 300 200
100 80 SSU
0.2s
20
L /min
33
EFG
-02
EFCG
Time
EFG
-03
EFCG
40
30
20
150
10
0
50
U.S.GPM L /min
600
150
500
125
400
100
300
75
125 L /min
(33 U.S.GPM)
100
0.2s
Step Signal
50
200
25
100
500 L /min
(132 U.S.GPM)
Flow Rate
250 L /min
(66 U.S.GPM)
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
300
70
250
60
200
50
EFG
-10
EFCG
250 L /min
(66 U.S.GPM)
0.2s
Step Signal
Time
Time
EFG
-06
EFCG
0.7 1
Phase
Input Current : 440 100 mA

Pressure : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)
Gain ( dB)
0
10
20
Phase ( deg.)
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
Gain ( dB)
Phase ( deg.)
Frequency (Hz)
0.2
Flow Rate
EFG
-02
EFCG
EFG
-06
EFCG
EFG
-10
EFCG
4
Gain
Phase

7 10
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
0
5
10
15
20
0.1 0.2
0.71
4 7 10 20
Gain
Phase
Gain ( dB)
0
5
10
15
20
Frequency (Hz)
Phase ( deg.)
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
0.7 1
Gain ( dB)
Phase ( deg.)
Frequency (Hz)
0.1 0.2
U.S.GPM L /min
560
140
500
130
120
440
Flow Rate
Frequency Response
U.S.GPM L /min
Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
280
70
250
65
60
220
EFG
-03
155
40
EFCG
35
Frequency (Hz)
125
30
25
95
0.71 2 4 710
30
0.1 0.2
7 10 20 40
0
0
60
15
20 10
10
40 20
Gain
30
Gain
60
5
80
0
0
Phase
100
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 C
120
Temperature
140
50 60
80 100 120 140 160 F
160
200 100 75 50 40 30 20 15 mm2/s
180
Viscosity
1000 500 300 200
100 80 SSU

Series
80
70
60
50
30
20
10
0
EFG
-10
EFCG
Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
310
H
E Series
EFG
-06
EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min
Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
140
35.0
125
32.5
30.0
110
75
20.0
17.5
60
15.0
12.5
45
30
7.5
5.5
15
2.5
0
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 C
Temperature
50 60
80 100 120 140 160 F
200 100 75 50 40 30 20 15mm2/s
Viscosity
1000 500 300 200
100 80 SSU
250
190
120
60
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 C
Temperature
50 60
80 100 120 140 160 F
200 100 75 50 40 30 20 15mm2/s
Viscosity
1000 500 300 200
100 80 SSU
701
Pressure Drop for Reversed Free Flow (Only for "EFCG" Models)
Oil Viscosity: 35 mm2/s (164 SSU)
Specific Gravity: 0.850
PSI
MPa
0.5
Throttle Closed
PSI
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
EFCG-03
0.4
0.3
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
EFCG-02
Throttle Fully Open
0.2
0.1
0
80
60
10
20
2.5
5.0
30
7.5
40
10.0
Throttle Closed
0.4
Throttle Fully Open
40
20
0
MPa
0.6
0.2
0
0
50 L /min
50
10
12.5 U.S.GPM
100
20
30
MPa
1.0
P
Throttle Closed
0.8
Throttle Fully Open
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
100
200
25
50
300
75
400 L /min
100 U.S.GPM
PSI
160
140
120
100
MPa
80
60
0.6
40
20
0
1.0
50 U.S.GPM
Throttle Closed
0.8
Throttle Fully Open
0.4
0.2
0
0
200
50
Free Flow
400
100
Free Flow
mm2/s 20 40 60 80 100
SSU 98 186 278 371 464
Factor
0.87 1.03 1.14 1.23 1.30
Viscosity
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from the formula below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
702
40
EFCG-10
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
EFCG-06
0.6
200 L /min
Free Flow
Free Flow
PSI
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
150
Series
600
150
800 L /min
200 U.S.GPM
SERIES
EFG/EFCG-02- -31/3190
EFG/EFCG-03- -26/2690
EF G-03
13 31 8
7 40 2 21
44
24 39 5
EF G-02
6 12 29 36
5 39 33 4 29 36
15 32 35
A
25 10 34 11
Detail of A
38 16 37 3
1 27 34
43 42 23
41
1 30
26 1
6 22 15 12 30 35
With Check Valve (EFCG-02, 03)

1
18 9 28 14 17

Item
Name of Parts
23
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
41
42
43
44
Solenoid Ass'y
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Fastener Seal
Part Numbers
EF G-02
EF G-03
E321-45-20
E321-45-20
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P10A
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P31
SO-NB-G25
SO-NB-G35
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-G45
SO-NB-G45
SO-NB-G35
SO-NB-G35
SO-NA-P4
SO-NA-P4
SG-FCF-4
SG-FCF-4
List of Seal Kits

Qty.
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Valve Model Numbers

EFG-02- -31
EFCG-02- -31
EFG-03- -26
EFCG-03- -26
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-EFG-02-31
KS-EFCG-02-31
KS-EFG-03-26
KS-EFCG-03-26
E Series
Note 1: O-rings (Item 41, 42, 43) and the fastener seal (Item 44) are
2: The connector assembly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 24) is not
3: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the
table right.
Series
703

EFG/EFCG-06-250-22/2290
EFG/EFCG-10-500-11/1190
44
12 5 26 15 11 26 14 30 13
24 35 22 2
9 29 20
21 19 32 25
Detail of A
43 42 23
6 34 1 10
41
28
1 27
With Check Valve (EFCG-06, 10)

16 18 31 14
Section B-B
List of Seal Kits

Item
Name of Parts
23
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
41
42
43
44
Solenoid Ass'y
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Fastener Seal
Part Numbers
EF G-06
EF G-10
E321-45-20
E321-45-20
SO-NB-P50
SO-NB-G75
SO-NB-P44
SO-NB-G60
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P50
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P48
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P26
SO-NA-P10
SO-NA-P10
SO-NB-G45
SO-NB-G45
SO-NB-G35
SO-NB-G35
SO-NA-P4
SO-NA-P4
SG-FCF-4
SG-FCF-4
Qty.
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Valve Model Numbers

EFG-06-250-22
EFCG-06-250-22
EFG-10-500-11
EFCG-10-500-11
Note1: O-rings (Item 41, 42, 43) and the fastener seal (Item 44) are
2: The connector assembly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 24) is not
3: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the
table right.
704
Series
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-EFG-06-22
KS-EFCG-06-22
KS-EFG-10-11
KS-EFCG-10-11
SERIES
10 Series
Since the preselected flow rate continuously varies in proportion to the
current input to the valve, the system flow rate can be remotecontrolled as desired by regulating the current output from the
amplifier. Further, since the pressure and temperature compensation
functions are provided, the preselected flow rate is not be affected by
pressure (load) or temperature (fluid viscosity). This valve is ideal for
use where actuator startup, stop, and speed changes are to be
implemented without producing a shock. Note that this valve is used in
conjunction with the applicable power amplifier.
Specifications

MPa (PSI)
Metred Flow Adj. Range
L /min (U.S.GPM)
EFG -03- 60
EFCG
125
EFG -06-250
EFCG
20.6 (3000)
24.5 (3550)
60: 1-60
(.26-15.9)
125: 1-125
(.26-33)
2.5-250
(.66-66)
Min. Differential Pressure 1

MPa (PSI)
1.0 (145)
1.0 (145)
Free Flow (EFCG Models Only)

L /min (U.S.GPM)
130 (34.3)
280 (74.0)
1.0 (145)
1.5 (220)
Min. Pilot Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Pilot Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Internal Pilot
at Normal
0.5 (.13)
at Transition
2.6 (.69)
4 (1.06)
780 mA
820 mA
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
O
M
10
10
O
M
EFG-
EFG-
3% or less
3% or less
Repeatability
1% or less
1% or less
10 (22.1)
25 (55.1)
kg (lbs.)
External Pilot
1. Min pressure difference required between inlet and outlet ports to maintain function as
pressure compensator.
2. The minimum required value for the external pilot type.
O
M
O
M
EFCG-
EFCG-

F-
EFC
-03
Special
Seals
Series Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve Size
Max. Metred Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)
Pilot
Connection
Design
Number
03
60 : 60 (15.9)
125 : 125 (33)
None:
Internal
Pilot
51
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
EF:
Proportional
Electro-Hydraulic
Flow Control Valve
EFC:
Proportional
Electro-Hydraulic
Flow Control and
Check Valve
1 (.26)
Hysteresis
Approx. Mass
Graphic Symbols
-125
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
-E
-51
Design
Standards
E Series
Model No.
Description
Refer to
06
250: 250 (66)
E:
External
Pilot
51
Series
705
Attachment
Mounting bolts
Valve Model
Numbers
EF G-03
M10
80 Lg.
EF G-06
M16
130 Lg.
Qty.

3/8-16 UNC
5/8-11 UNC
3-1/4 Lg.
5 Lg.

For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details
see page 767, 771, 780).
Model Numbers: AME-D-10- -20
AME-D2-1010-11
SK1022- - -11
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
Thread Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread Size
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
EFGM-03Y-30
Rc 3/4
EFGM-03Y-3080
3/4 BSP.F
EFGM-03Y-3090
3/4 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
EFGM-03Z-30
Rc 1
EFGM-03Z-3080
1 BSP.F
EFGM-03Z-3090
1 NPT
5.6 (12.3)
EFGM-06X-30
Rc 1
EFGM-06X-3080
1 BSP.F
EFGM-06X-3090
1 NPT
12.5 (27.6)
EFGM-06Y-30
Rc 1-1/4
EFGM-06Y-3080
1-1/4 BSP.F
EFGM-06Y-3090
1-1/4 NPT
16 (35.3)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
EFG -03
EFCG
EFG -06
EFCG
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the tabel above. When sub-ptates are not used, the mounting surface should
[Example of Circuit]
Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure dose not exceed
0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
Pilot Type Selection
This valve is constructed so as to operate at a predetermined pilot pressure. For the 03, a pilot pressure of
1 MPa (145 PSI) or higher is required. For the 06, the
requied pilot pressure is 1.5 MPa (220 PSI) or higher.
To obtain such a required pilot pressure, select the pilot
type according to the circuit examples on the right.
1
P.P.
P.P.
O
M
EFCG-
03
06
O
M
03
EFCG- 06
-E-51
4
P.P.
/ 2
Use the external pilot type (pilot connection code: E)
whether a metre-in or metre-out circuit is employed.
O
M
EFG-
03
- -51
06
Use the internal pilot type (pilot connection code: None)

4
Use the external pilot type (pilot connection code: E)
706
A
a
-E-51
Series
O
M
EFG-
03
- -E-51
06
SERIES
60
EFG
-03- -51/5190
125
EFCG
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
39
(1.54)
Outlet Port for

Controlled Flow or
Inlet Port for
Reversed Free
Flow
50.8
(2.00)
101.6
(4.00)
125
(4.92)
158.1
(6.22)
69.5
(2.74)
57.5
(2.26)
61.8
(2.43)
101.6
(4.00)
125
(4.92)
Drain Port
11.7
(.46)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable: Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm ( .31 - .39 in.)
(.0023 sq. in.)
11.7
(.46)
Connector
The direction can
be altered to every
90 degree angles.

17.5 (.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Two Locating Pins

6 (.24) Dia.
Manual
Adjustment
Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
INC.
68
(2.68)
69
(2.72)
88
(3.46)
Inlet Port for Controlled

Flow or Outlet Port for
Reversed Free Flow
Pilot Port
6
(.24)
235.5
(9.27)
DIMENSIONS IN
EFG
-06-250- -51/5190
EFCG
17
(.67)
39
(1.54)
Manual
Adjustment
Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
73
(2.87)
146
(5.75)
180
(7.09)
199.1
(7.84)
69.5
(2.74)
57.5
(2.26)
104.8
(4.13)
133.4
(5.25)
174
(6.85)
Drain Port
Outlet Port for

Controlled Flow
or Inlet Port for
Reversed Free
Flow
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable: Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm ( .31 - .39 in.)
(.0023 sq. in.)
Two Locating Pins

16 (.63) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
104
(4.09)
105
(4.13)
120
(4.72)
INC.

4 Places
Pilot Port
7
(.28)
E Series
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Inlet Port for Controlled Flow

or Outlet Port for
Reversed Free Flow
20.3
(.80)
Connector
The direction can
be altered to every
90 degree angles.
276.5
(10.89)
Series
707
Sub-plate
EFGM-03Y, 03Z-30/3080/3090
125(4.92)
102.4(4.03)
75
(2.95)
50.8
(2.00)
20.6
(.81)
"D" Thd. " E" Deep

4 Places
7(.28) Dia. 8(.31) Deep
2 Places
92(3.62)
11.1
(.44)
28.6
(1.13)
61.8
(2.43)
86.5(3.41)
81.5
(3.21)
54
(2.13)
16.1
(.63)
14.2
(.56)

4 Places
130(5.12)
23(.91) Dia.
2 Places
101.6(4.00)
0.8
(.03)
"C" Thd.
(From Rear)
101.6(4.00)
11.7(.46)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
22.2(.87)
168(6.61)
40
(1.57)
11
(.43)
EFGM-03Y-30
EFGM-03Z-30
Rc 1
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
EFGM-03Z-3080
1 BSP.F
EFGM-03Y-3090
3/4 NPT
EFGM-03Z-3090
1 NPT
E
mm(in.)
Rc 1/4
EFGM-03Y-3080 3/4 BSP.F

20(.79)
11(.43) Dia.
6(.24) Dia.
"C " Thd. (From Rear)
47.8
(1.88)
92.2(3.63)
146(5.75)
19(.75)
"B" Thd.
2 Places
"B" Thd.
Rc 3/4
M10
18
(.71)
3/8-16 UNC
21
(.83)
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
EFGM-06X, 06Y-30/3080/3090
180(7.09)
146(5.75)
"A" Thd.
2 Places
144.5(5.69)
108(4.25)
104.8(4.13)
EFGM-06X-30
EFGM-06Y-30
Rc 1-1/4
212(8.35)
EFGM-06X-3080
1 BSP.F
250(9.84)
EFGM-06Y-3080 1-1/4 BSP.F
"B" Thd.
(From Rear)
K
F
147(5.79)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
EFGM-06X-30
EFGM-06Y-30
55.2 (2.17)
137.8 (5.43)
52 (2.05)
132 (5.20)
1-1/4 NPT
Rc 3/8
M16
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT 5/8-11 UNC
N
35 (1.38)
P
45 (1.77)
40 (1.57)
60 (2.36)
137.8 (5.43)
14.3 (.56)
101.1 (3.98)
52 (2.05)
132 (5.20)
19.3 (.76)
91.3 (3.59)
EFGM-06X-3090
55.2 (2.17)
137.8 (5.43)
14.3 (.56)
101.1 (3.98)
52 (2.05)
132 (5.20)
19.3 (.76)
91.3 (3.59)
35
(1.38)
1 NPT
EFGM-06Y-3090
Thread Size
"B" Thd. "C" Thd.
J
K
L
14.3 (.56) 101.1 (3.98)
34
(1.34)
106
(4.17) 39 (1.54)
19.3 (.76) 91.3 (3.59)
55.2 (2.17)
EFGM-06Y-3090
EFGM-06X-3090
EFGM-06Y-3080
EFGM-06X-3080
708
30
(1.18)
6(.24) Dia.
19
(.75)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"A" Thd.
Rc 1
"Q" Dia.
136(5.35)
"B" Thd.
(From Rear)
33(1.30)
29(1.14) Dia.
2 Places
104.8(4.13)
126(4.96)
174(6.85)
85.7(3.37)
1.6
(.06)
133.4(5.25)
24
(.94)
22.2(.87)
41.3(1.63)
"C" Thd. " D" Deep

4 Places
73(2.87)
12.7(.50)

4 Places
3.7(.15)
17(.67) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
2 Places
17
(.67)
11
(.43)
116
(4.57)
34 (1.34)
35 (1.38)
45 (1.77) 15.2 (.60)
39 (1.54)
40 (1.57)
60 (2.36)
15 (.59)
106
(4.17)
34 (1.34)
35 (1.38)
45 (1.77)
39 (1.54)
40 (1.57)
60 (2.36)
11
(.43)
Series
SERIES
EFG
-03
EFCG
Viscosity: 30 mm2/s
(141 SSU)
EFG
-06
EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min
250
65
60
U.S.GPM L /min
125
35
30
50
EF G-03-125
20
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
200
100
25
75
15
40
30
50
150
100
20
10
50
25
EF G-03-60
10
200
400
600
800
1000
200
mA
Input Current
600
800
Input Current
400
mA
1000
Step Response
EFG
-03
EFCG
L /min
150
U.S.GPM
35
Flow Rate
70
20
15
10
75
60 L /min
(15.9 U.S.GPM)
50
0.2s
25
50
200
40
150
30
125 L /min
(33 U.S.GPM)
100
20
0.2s
50
10
0
Step Signal
250 L /min
(66 U.S.GPM)
250
60
100
25
L /min
300
U.S.GPM
125 L /min
(33 U.S.GPM)
125
30
Viscosity: 30 mm2/s
(141 SSU)
EFG
-06
EFCG
Flow Rate
These characteristics have been

obtained by measuring on each
valve. Therefore , they may vary
according to a hydraulic circuit
to be used.
Step Signal
Time
Time
0.1
0
-20
-10
-40
-20
-60
-30
-80
-100
-120
0.2
0.4
0.7 1
Frequency (Hz)
2
4
7 10
20
40
70
40
70
Gain
Phase
Gain ( dB)
Phase ( deg.)
EFG
-03
EFCG
-140
Flow Rate : 65 15 L /min (17 4.0 U.S.GPM)

Supply Pressure : 13.7 MPa (2000 PSI)
-160
-180
0.1
0
-20
-10
-40
-20
-60
-30
-80
-100
-120
0.2
0.4
0.7 1
Frequency (Hz)
2
4
7 10
20
Gain
Gain ( dB)
EFG
-06
EFCG
Phase ( deg.)
Viscosity: 30 mm2/s
(141 SSU)
E Series
Frequency Response
Phase
-140
-160
Flow Rate : 125 25 L /min (33 6.6 U.S.GPM)

Supply Pressure : 13.7 MPa (2000 PSI)
-180
Series
709
Viscosity vs. Flow
EFG
-03
EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min
37.5
140
35.0
125
32.5
110
20.0
17.5
15.0
75
12.5
45
7.5
5.0
2.5
30
U.S.GPM L /min
75
280
70
250
65
60
220
Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
30.0
EFG
-06
EFCG
60
15
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
40
35
30
25
155
15
10
5
0
60
125
95
30
0
10
Temperature
Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
20
30
40
50
60
70
100
120
50 40 30
140
20
160 F
15 mm 2/s
Temperature
50 60
200
80
100 75
100
120
50 40 30
140
20
160 F
15 mm 2/s
Viscosity
50 60
200
80
100 75
Viscosity
1000
500
300 200
100
Differential Pressure vs. Metred Flow
1000
SSU
U.S.GPM
37.5
35.0
32.5
30.0
Flow Rate
EFG
-03
EFCG
80
500
300
200
100
80
SSU
20
MPa
L /min
140
125
110
22.5
20.0
17.5
15.0
85
10.0
7.5
5.0
2.5
40
70
55
25
10
0
0
500
1000
12
1500
16
2000
2500
3000 PSI
U.S.GPM L /min
70 270
Flow Rate
EFG
-06
EFCG
65
250
60
230
35
140
30
25
120
10
40
20
100
0
0
4
500
8
1000
12
1500
16
2000
710
Series
20
2500
MPa
3000 PSI
SERIES
EFG
-03- - -51/5190
EFCG
18 32 16
2 29 37 17 19
26
42 5 13 10
40 34 27
List of Seal Kits
25 7 28 12 11 31 39 35
31 38 33
21 22 36 24 23
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-EFG-03-51
KS-EFCG-03-51
With Check Valve (EFCG-03)

Note: The connector assembly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 26) is not included in the solenoid
assembly.
In addition to the right o-rings, seals for solenoid ass'y is included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the solenoid ass'y seals, see page 674.
Item
25
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Name of Parts
Solenoid Ass'y
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Qty.
Part Numbers
E318-Y06M1-28-61 1
1
SO-NB-G35
SO-NB-P28
1
2
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P26
1
SO-NB-P16
1
1
SO-NB-P14
1
SO-NB-P9
2
SO-NB-P6
1
SO-NA-A016
EFG
-06-250- -51/5190
EFCG
23 21 34 22 18 19 39 20
32 42 46 49 30 38 17
12 40 47 11 10
47 40 12
38
29
Detail of Section C-C
C
C
35
List of Seal Kits
33
Valve Model Numbers

EFG-06-250- -51
EFCG-06-250- -51
16
13 44
45 44 34 24
31 43
41 36 15 37 14 38 41
With Check Valve (EFCG-06)

5
48 28
39
27
26
Detail of "A"
Section B-B
Note: The connector assembly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 32) is not included in the solenoid
assembly.
In addition to the right o-rings, seals for solenoid ass'y is included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the solenoid ass'y seals, see page 674.
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-EFG-06-51
KS-EFCG-06-51

Item
31
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Name of Parts
Solenoid Ass'y
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
Qty.
E318-Y06M1-28-61 1
1
SO-NA-P21
3
SO-NB-P50
1
SO-NB-P46
1
SO-NB-P36
2
SO-NB-P34
4
SO-NB-P32
1
SO-NA-P21
2
SO-NB-P10
3
SO-NB-P9
E Series
15 14 41 30 31
Valve Model Numbers

EFG-03- - -51
EFCG-03- - -51
Two O-rings are required for the EFCG.
Series
711
40 10 Series
This flow control and relief valve is an energy-saving valve that supplies the
minimum pressure and flow necessary for actuator drive.
Since this valve controls the pump pressure by following the load pressure
while keeping the differential pressure minimized, it serves as a low powerconsumption energy - saving, metre-in, controlled flow control valve.
Further, since a temperature compensation function is incorporated, this valve
provides consistent flow control without respect to the fluid temperature.
Specifications
Model No.
EFBG-03
-125- -17
EFBG-06
-250- -17
EFBG-10
-500- -17
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
L /min (U.S.GPM)
125 (33)
250 (66)
500 (132)
Metred Flow Adjustment Range

L /min (U.S.GPM)
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
MPa (PSI)
1-125
(.26-33)
2.5-250
(.66-66)
5-500
(1.32-132)
600 mA
45
580 mA
45
700 mA
45
0.6 (85)
0.7 (100)
0.9 (130)
7% or less
1% or less
7% or less
1% or less
7% or less
1% or less
C: 1.4-13.7
(205-2000)
H : 1.4-20.6
(205-3000)
C: 1.5-13.7
(220-2000)
H : 1.5-20.6
(220-3000)
C: 1.6-13.7
(230-2000)
H : 1.6-20.6
(230-3000)
C : 750 mA
H : 750 mA
C : 690 mA
H : 730 mA
C : 690 mA
H : 690 mA
Description
MPa (PSI)
Flow Controls
Max. Flow
Hysteresis
Repeatability
2
Pressure Controls
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
Repeatability
Approx. Mass
10
3% or less
1% or less
kg (lbs.)
Graphic Symbols
A
Y
O
M
10
10
3% or less
3% or less
1% or less
1% or less
Refer to page 714 to 716
T
P
1. The specifications for pressure controls are applied to models with proportional pilot relief
valve. (Ex. EFBG-03-125-C-17)
2. The maximum pressure adjustment range of the models without proportional pilot relief valves
is 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI).
With Proportional Pilot Relief Valve

A
Y
V
O
M
T
P
Without Proportional Pilot Relief Valve

F-
EFB
-0 3
-1 2 5
-C
-1 7
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Max. Metred Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)
Proportional Pilot Relief Valve

Design
Number
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
EFB:
Proportional
ElectroHydraulic
Flow Control
and Relief
Valve
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
125: 125 ( 33)
06
250: 250 ( 66)
10
500: 500 ( 132)
C, H :
See Specifications
None:
Without Proportional
Pilot Relief Valve
712
Series
40-10 Series Flow Control and Relief Valves
Design
Standards
17
17
17
Refer to
SERIES
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model
Numbers

M10 100 Lg.
M16 130 Lg.
M20 130 Lg.
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10

3/8-16 UNC 4 Lg.
5/8-11 UNC 5 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC 5 Lg.
Qty.
4
4
4

For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken' s applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
page 772, 778).
Valve Model Numbers
EFBG-03-125-17/1790
EFBG-06-250-17/1790
EFBG-10-500-17/1790
03
EFBG-06 - -C -17/1790
H
10
Power Amplifier Model Numbers

For Flow Control
For Pres. Control
AME-D-S- -40
AME-DF-S- -22
AME-T-S- -22
AME-D2-H1- -12
Sub-plate
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10

Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Thread Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread Size
EFBGM-03Y-10
Rc 3/4
EFBGM-03Y-1080
3/4 BSP.F
EFBGM-03Y-1090
3/4 NPT
EFBGM-03Z-10
Rc 1
EFBGM-03Z-1080
1 BSP.F
EFBGM-03Z-1090
1 NPT
EFBGM-06X-10
Rc 1
EFBGM-06X-1080
1 BSP.F
EFBGM-06X-1090
1 NPT
12.5 (27.6)
EFBGM-06Y-10
Rc 1-1/4
EFBGM-06Y-1080
1-1/4 BSP.F
EFBGM-06Y-1090
1-1/4 NPT
16 (35.3)
EFBGM-10Y-10
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
EFBGM-10Y-108 0
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
EFBGM-10Y-1090
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
37 (81.6)
6 (13.2)
When ordering the EFBGM-10Y, see Type F3 Pipe Flange Kits on page 821 and order an appropriate pipe flange kit also.
Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure dose not exceed 0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
When Relief Valve Passing Flow Rate is Low in Pressure Control State
To avoid preselected pressure instability, use a passing flow rate of 10 L/min (2.6 U.S.GPM) or higher for nominal sizes
03 and 06 or 15 L/min (4.0 U.S.GPM) or higher for nominal size 10.
Further, check that the tank-line back pressure does not exceed 0.5 MPa (70 PSI).
The pressur e of the safety valve is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressur e adjustmen t range plus
2 MPa (290 PSI). Please adjust the pressure of the valve so preset to meet the pressure to be used actually.
To lower the pressure setting, turn the safety valve pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise. After adjustment, be sure
Series
H
E Series
Valve
Model
Numbers
713
Models with Proportional Pilot Relief Valve

EFBG-03-125- C-17/1790
H
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
(.0023 sq. in.)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
188
(7.40)
Pressure Adj. Screw for Safety Valve

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Lock Nut 10 (.39) Hex.
61.7
(2.43)
35.5
(1.40)
14.2
(.56)
Inlet Port "P"
Fully Extended
216(8.50)
39
100.6
(3.96)
(1.54)
61.8
(2.43)
101.6
(4.00)
130
(5.12)
38
(1.50)
37.7
(1.48)
11.7
(.46)
The direction can be altered to every 90 degree angles
50.8
(2.00)
101.6
(4.00)
125
(4.92)
Outlet Port "A"

4 Places
Tank Port " T"
Manual Flow Adjustment

INC.
Vent Port " V"

Drain Port "Y"
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 sq. in.)
Connector
Connector
to 90 degree angles.
80
(3.15)
Air Vent 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.

3 Places
39
(1.54)

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
6
(.24)
DIMENSIONS IN
85
(3.35)
125
(4.92)
110.5
(4.35)
41
57.5
(1.61) (2.26)
212
(8.35)
INC.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Manual flow adjustment can be done by screwing for example an

M4 20L screw in the M4 thread or pushing in a rod etc. there.
Models without Proportional Pilot Relief Valve

EFBG-03-125-17/1790
Two Locating Pins

6(.24) Dia.
Approx. Mass ...... 16 kg

(35.3 lbs.)
174
(6.85)
47.7
(1.88)
Fully Extended
102.5
(40.4)
29.7
(1.17)

Manual Pressure Adjustment Screw for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Approx. Mass ...... 14 kg

(30.9 lbs.)
For other dimensions, please refer to the models with proportional pilot relief valve.
714
Series
SERIES
C
EFBG-06-250- -17/1790
H
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
247
(9.72)
Fully
Extended
32.5
(1.28)
67
(2.64)
Inlet Port "P"

43
(1.69)
82
(3.23)
133.4
(5.25)
174
(6.85)
39
(1.54)
106.2
(4.18)
73
(2.87)
146.1
(5.75)
180
(7.09)
The direction can be altered to every 90 degree angles.

17
(.67)
Outlet Port "A"
80
(3.15)
INC.
Connector
Two Locating Pins

16 (.63) Dia.
Approx. Mass ...... 30 kg (66.2 lbs.)
Manual flow adjustment can be done by screwing for example an M4 20L screw in the M4 thread
or pushing in a rod etc. there.

EFBG-06-250-17/1790
238
(9.37)
58
(2.28)
Fully Extended
119(4.69)
43
(1.69)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
H
E Series
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
245
(9.65)
107
(4.21)
157
(6.18)
131.5
(5.18)
57.5
62
(2.44) (2.26)
DIMENSIONS IN

39
(1.54)
Connector
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Manual Pressure Adjustment Screw

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Tank Port " T"
Vent Port " V"
Drain Port "Y"

Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area

4 Places
7
(.28)
Fully Extended
216(8.50)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
20.3
(.80)
INC.
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw for Safety Valve

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.

For other dimensions, please refer to the models with Proportional Pilot Relief Valve.
Series
715

C
EFBG-10-500- -17/1790
H
Inlet Port "P"

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
315
(12.40)
73.5
(2.89)

2 Places for Eye Bolts
23
(.91)
22.5
(.89)
48.5
(1.91)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
(.0023 sq. in.)
115
(4.53)
177.8
(7.00)
224
(8.82)
116.5
(4.59)
39
(1.54)
98.5
(3.88)
196.9
(7.75)
244
(9.61)
The direction can be altered to every 90 degree angles.

23.5
(.93)
Outlet Port "A"

Drain Port "Y"
70
(2.76)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
Connector
107
(4.21)
187
(7.36)
57.5
(2.26)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
INC.
Two Locating Pins

18(.71) Dia.
274
(10.79)
Connector
150
(5.91)
219.5
(8.64)
INC.

Vent Port " V"
80
(3.15)
Manual Pressure Adjustment Screw

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Tank Port " T"
10
(.39)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area

4 Places
39
(1.54)
Fully Extended
216(8.50)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
Approx. Mass ...... 60 kg (132 lbs.)

Manual adjustment can be done by screwing for example an M4 20 L screw in the M4 thread or
pushing in a rod etc. there.

EFBG-10-500-17/1790
301
(11.85)
59.5
(2.34)
Fully Extended
145.5(5.73)
41.5
(1.63)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw for Safety Valve

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.

For other dimensions, please refer to the models with Proportional Pilot Relief Valve.
716
Series
SERIES
Sub-plate
EFBGM-03Y/03Z-10/1080/1090
"C" Thd. "D" Deep
4 Places
23(.91) Dia.
3 Places
101.6(4.00)
77.8(3.06)
7(.28) Dia.
7(.28) Deep
2 Places
50.8(2.00)
22.2
(.87)
"E" Dia.
"B" Thd.(From Rear)
11
(.43)
39.2
(1.54)
106.8(4.20)
146(5.75)
168(6.61)
95.3(3.75)
20(.79)
"A" Thd.
(From Rear)
3 Places
"B" Thd.
(From Rear)
EFBGM-03Y-10
EFBGM-03Z-10
EFBGM-03Y-1080
EFBGM-03Z-1080
EFBGM-03Y-1090
EFBGM-03Z-1090
Thread Size
mm (in.)
"A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd.
D
E
Rc 3/4
11
Rc 1/4
(.43)
Rc 1
M10
18 (.71)
3/4 BSP.F
11.7
1/4 BSP.F
(.46)
1 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
11
1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83)
(.43)
1 NPT
19
(.75)
20
(.79)
40
(1.57)
6(.24) Dia.
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DIMENSIONS IN
EFBGM-06X/06Y-10/1080/1090
133.4(5.25)
85.7(3.37)
107(4.21)
"F " Thd.

212(8.35)
250(9.84)
6.2(.24) Dia.
"J " Thd. (From Rear)
"N" Dia.
"H" Thd. (From Rear)
E
20.3
(.80)
41.3(1.63)
17(.67) Dia. 10(.39) Deep

2 Places
33(1.30)
19(.75)
29(1.14) Dia.
3 Places
73.1(2.88)
28.1(1.11)
1.6(.06)
16(.63)
126(4.96)
174(6.85)
24
(.94)

26(1.02) Dia. spotface
4 Places
180(7.09)
146.1(5.75)
144.5(5.69)
118.1(4.65)
12.7(.50)
17
(.67)
3.7(.15)
"K" Thd. "L" Deep

4 Places
Sub-plate
Model No.
EFBGM-06X-10
EFBGM-06Y-10
EFBGM-06X-1080
EFBGM-06Y-1080
EFBGM-06X-1090
EFBGM-06Y-1090
Dimensions
mm (in.)
D
E
C
B
EFBGM-06X 103.3 (4.07) 45 (1.77) 35 (1.38) 34 (1.34)
EFBGM-06Y 95 (3.74) 60 (2.36) 40 (1.54) 39 (1.54)
"F " Thd.

Rc 1
Rc 1-1/4
1 BSP.F
1-1/4 BSP.F
1 NPT
1-1/4 NPT
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread Size
"H" Thd.
"J " Thd.
"K" Thd.
mm (in.)
L
N
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
M 16
30
(1.18)
14
(.55)
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
M 16
30
(1.18)
15.2
(.60)
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
5/8-11 UNC
35
(1.38)
14
(.55)
Series
E Series
59(2.32)
80(3.15)
12.7
28.6 (.50)
88.9(3.50) (1.13)
23.8(.94)
14.2
(.56)
100(3.94)
101.6(4.00)
102.4(4.03)
0.8
(.03)

4 Places
130(5.12)
125(4.92)
11.7
(.46)
717
Sub-plate
DIMENSIONS IN
EFBGM-10Y-10/1080/1090
244(9.61)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
196.9(7.75)
20(.79) Dia. 15(.59) Deep

2 Places
73
(2.87)
29
(1.14)
224
(8.82)
55.5
(2.19) 17.5
(.69)
23
(.91)
98.5
(3.88)
73
35
1.6
(.06) (1.38) (2.87)
36.1
(1.42)
250(9.84)
"E" Thd. "F" Deep

162(6.38)

32(1.26) Dia. spotface
4 Places
177.8(7.00)
144.5(5.69)
119(4.69)
43.5(1.71) Dia.
3 Places
198.4(7.81)
23.5
(.93)
43.5
(1.71)
73
(2.87)
72
(2.83)
25
(.98)
73
(2.87)
48(1.89) Dia.
"H" Dia.
212(8.35)
284(11.18)
334(13.15)
50
(1.97)
80
(3.15)
6.2(.24) Dia.
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
EFBGM-10Y-10
EFBGM-10Y-1080
EFBGM-10Y-1090
718
"B" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
Rc 1/4
M20
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT 3/4-10 UNC
mm (in.)
"E" Thd.
M16
32 (1.26)
5/8-11 UNC
34 (1.34)
Series
H
14 (.55)
15.2 (.60)
14 (.55)
SERIES
Step Response
Flow Controls
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
40
0.1s
60
50
200
40
150
30
0.1s
100
20
0
EFBG-10
EFBG-03-125-C
0.2s
2000
14
1500
10
1000
Step Signal
EFBG-06-250-C
0.2s
EFBG-03
50
Flow Rate
40
150
200
300
400
500
50
0
Input Current mA

PSI
3500
MPa
25
3000
20
EFBG-03
1000
EFBG-03-125-C
5
500
0
PSI
3500
MPa
25
3000
20
200
400
600
800 1000
Input Current mA
100
0
0
2000
EFBG-06-250-H
15
EFBG-06-250-C
5
0
PSI
3500
MPa
25
3000
20
EFBG-10
EFBG-10-500-H
2500
2000
1500
10
1000
100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Input Current mA
500
0
0
25
100 200 300 400 500 600 700
2500
1500
10
200

EFBG-06
Pressure
15
50
Input Current mA
EFBG-03-125-H
2500
300
600
75
100
Pressure
100
400
100
200
50
500
125
250
10
1500
Time
20
25
Step Signal
EFBG-10
60
30
10
2000
10
EFBG-10-500-C
0.2s
U.S.GPM L /min
300
70
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
80
75
1500
EFBG-06
U.S.GPM L /min
100
14
1000
Step Signal
2000
U.S.GPM L /min
35
125
30
15
18
2500
Time
20
EFBG-10-500-H
EFBG-06-250-H
Time
25
MPa
22
PSI
18
2500
10
1000
Pressure
Time
3000
Pressure
Pressure
1500
Step Signal
3000
EFBG-03-125-H
14
100
EFBG-06
3000
2000
25
MPa
22
PSI
18
200
Time
EFBG-03
2500
50
0.1s
MPa
22
PSI
300
Pressure Controls
75
50
10
Time
400
Step Signal
20
Step Signal
100
E Series
10
5
0
100
250
60
Flow Rate
20
15
80
70
U.S.GPM L /min
600
150
500
125
Pressure
120
EFBG-10
U.S.GPM L /min
80
300
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
160
40
140
35
30
25
15
10
1000
EFBG-10-500-C
5
500
0
0
200
400
600
800 1000
Input Current mA
Series
0
0
200
400
600
800 1000
Input Current mA
719
List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y and Safety Valve

EFBG-03-125- -17/1790
EFBG-06-250- -17/1790
48
18 37 38 17
52 31
2 25 53 35 6 33 7
23
25
28
20
46
16
49
15
27
32
41
42
11
43
24
44
26
45
39
49 47
21
19 36 29 34
22
40
41
32
50
15
10
16
13 51 12 30 14
28
Detail of "B"
17 23 37 38 18
48
Pilot Relief Valve
Section A-A
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P28
Qty.
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-P44
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P11
SO-NA-P10
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-A013
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-A013
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
EFBG-03-125-17
EFBG-03-125-C/H-17
EFBG-06-250-17
EFBG-06-250-C/H-17
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-EFBG-03-17
KS-EFBG-03-C-17
KS-EFBG-06-17
KS-EFBG-06-C-17
Solenoid Ass'y and Safety valve

Valve Model Number s
EFBG-03-125-C/H-17/1790
EFBG-06-250-C/H-17/1790
47 Solenoid Ass'y Model No.
46 Solenoid Ass'y Model No .
E318-Y06M2-05-61
E321-45-20
EFBG-03-125-17/1790
EFBG-06-250-17/1790
Note: The connector assembly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 49) is not included in the solenoid assembly.
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table above.
In addition to the above o-rings, seeals for solenoid ass'y 46 and 47 are included in the seal kit.
For the details of seals for solenoid ass'y 46 , see page 704 and for solenoid ass'y 47 see page 674.
720
48 Safety Valve Model No.
Series
SB1094-2002
SERIES
List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Pilot Relief Valves and Safety Valve
EFBG-10-500- -17/1790
29 32 21 35 6
7 33 3
4 21 5 30
42
45
45
22
31
43
9
11
8
A
10
20
23
39
2 32 27 32 33 36 26 34
Section A-A
Detail of Safety Valve
(Item 44)
28 15 25 19 37 38
41
29 2
14
12
B
24
13
16 18 17
44
Detail of "C"
Section B-B
Pilot Relief Valve

Item
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
42
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Solenoid Ass'y
Part Numbers
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-G60
SO-NB-G55
SO-NB-P50
SO-NB-P48
SO-NA-P10
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P11
PO-NB-P11
SO-NB-A013
E321-45-20
Qty.
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
EFBG-10-500-17
EFBG-10-500-C/H-17
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-EFBG-10-17
KS-EFBG-10-C-17
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.
In addition to the above o-rings, seals for Pilot Valve and solenoid ass'y are included in the seal kit.
E Series
40
Pilot Valves and Safety Valve

Valve Model Numbers
43 Proportional Pilot Relief Valve Model Numbers
44 Safety Valve Model Numbers
EFBG-10-500-17/1790
SB1094-2002
EFBG-10-500-C-17/1790
EDG-01V-C-1-P18T17-5103
EFBG-10-500-H-17/1790
EDG-01V-H-1-PNT13-5103
Note: For the details of seals for solenoid ass'y 42 , see page 704 and for pilot relief valve 43 see page 674.
Series
721
10 10 Series
This flow control and relief valve is an energy-saving valve that supplies the
minimum pressure and flow necessary for actuator drive.
Since this valve controls the pump pressure by following the load pressure
while keeping the differential pressure minimized, it serves as a low powerconsumption energy-saving, metre-in, controlled flow control valve.
Further, since a temperature compensation function is incorporated, this valve
provides consistent flow control without respect to the fluid temperature.
Specifications
Model Numbers
EFBG-03
-125- - -61
EFBG-06
-250- - -61
EFBG-10
-500- - -51
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
L /min (U.S.GPM)
125 (33)
250 (66)
500 (132)

L /min (U.S.GPM)
Min. Pilot Pressure
MPa (PSI)
at
Normal
Pilot Flow
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
MPa (PSI)
1-125
(.26-33)
2.5-250
(.66-66)
5-500
(1.32-132)
1.5 (220)
1 (.26)
3 (.79)
800 mA
10
1.5 (220)
1 (.26)
4 (1.06)
750 mA
10
1.5 (220)
1 (.26)
6 (1.59)
900 mA
10
0.7 (100)
0.7 (100)
0.9 (130)
3% or less
1% or less
3% or less
1% or less
3% or less
1% or less
C: 1.4-15.7
(200-2275)
H : 1.4-24.5
(200-3550)
C: 1.4-15.7
(200-2275)
H : 1.4-24.5
(200-3550)
C: 1.5-15.7
(220-2275)
H : 1.5-24.5
(220-3550)
Description
MPa (PSI)
Flow Controls
Max. Flow
Pressure Controls
Hysteresis
Repeatability
2
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
C : 890 mA
H : 930 mA
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
Repeatability
Approx. Mass
10
3% or less
1% or less
kg (lbs.)
C : 820 mA
H : 880 mA
C : 800 mA
H : 900 mA
10
10
3% or less
3% or less
1% or less
1% or less
Graphic Symbols
External Pilot
Internal Pilot
A
Y
X
O
M
1. The specifications for pressure controls are applied to models with proportional pilot relief
valve. (Ex. EFBG-03-125-C- -61)
2. The maximum pressure adjustment range of the models without proportional pilot relief
valves is 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI).
O
M
V

External Pilot
Internal Pilot
A
Y
X
O
M
V
O
M
722
Series
SERIES
F-
EFB
Special
Seals
Series
Number

Phosphate Ester
Type Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
-03
-125
-C
-E
-61
Type of Valve Max. Metred Flow Proportional Pilot Relief

Pilot
Mounting Size L /min (U.S.GPM) Valve Pressure Adj. Range Connection
EFB :
Sub-plate
Hydraulic Flow
Mounting
Control and Relief
Valve
03
125: 125 ( 33)
06
250: 250 ( 66)
10
500: 500 ( 132)
C, H :
See Specifications
None:
Pilot Relief Valve
Design
Design
Number Standards
61
None:
Internal Pilot
61
E:
External Pilot
Refer to
51
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model
Numbers
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
M10 65 Lg.
M16 100 Lg.
M20 130 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.

5/8-11 UNC 4 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC 5 Lg.
Qty.
4
4
4

For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details
see page 767, 780).
Valve Model Numbers
For Pres. Control
AME-D-10- -20
AMN-D-10 (For DC Power Supply)
AME-D2-1010-11
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread Size
EFBGM-03Y-20
Rc 3/4
EFBGM-03Y-2080
3/4 BSP.F
EFBGM-03Y-2090
3/4 NPT
EFBGM-03Z-20
Rc 1
EFBGM-03Z-2080
1 BSP.F
EFBGM-03Z-2090
1 NPT
EFBGM-06X-20
Rc 1
EFBGM-06X-2080
1 BSP.F
EFBGM-06X-2090
1 NPT
12.5 (27.6)
EFBGM-06Y-20
Rc 1-1/4
EFBGM-06Y-2080
1-1/4 BSP.F
EFBGM-06Y-2090
1-1/4 NPT
16 (35.3)
EFBGM-10Y-20
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
EFBGM-10Y-2080
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
EFBGM-10Y-2090
1-1/2, 2
Flange
Mounting
37 (81.6)
6 (13.2)
When ordering the EFBGM-10Y, see Type F3 Pipe Flange Kits on page 821 and order an appropriate pipe flange kit also.
Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
To avoid preselected pressure instability, use a passing flow rate of 15 L /min (4.0 U.S.GPM) or higher.
Further, check that the tank-line back pressure dose not exceed 0.5 MPa (70 PSI).
The pressure of the saffety valve is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment renge
plus 2 MPa (290 PSI). Please adjust the pressure of the valve so preset to meet the pressure to be used actually.
To lower the pressure setting, turn the safety valve pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise. After adjustment, be
sure to tighten the lock nut.
Series
E Series
EFBG-03-125(-E)-61/6190
EFBG-06-250(-E)-61/6190
EFBG-10-500(-E)-51/5190
EFBG-03-125-C/H(-E)-61/6190
EFBG-06-250-C/H(-E)-61/6190
EFBG-10-500-C/H(-E)-51/5190
For Flow Control
723
Outlet Port "A"
17.5(.69) C'Bore
4 Places
12.8
(.50)
50.8
33.3
(2.00)
(1.31)
57.5
(2.26)
101.6
(4.00)
125
(4.92)
Vent Port " V"
11.7
(.46)
Inlet Port "P"
Tank Port " T"

3(.12) Hex. Soc.

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
Drain Port "Y"
View Arrow Z
2
(.08)
14.2
(.56)
130
(5.12)
101.6
(4.00)
94.8
(3.73)
61.8
(2.43)
132
(5.20)
C
EFBG-03-125- (-E)-61/6190
H
INC.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
Models without
EFBG-03-125(-E)-61/6190
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Fully Extended
161(6.34)
59
(2.32)
48.2
(1.90)
171.8
(6.74)
INC.
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
248.5
(9.78)
39
(1.54)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
6
(.24)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
Two Locating Pins

6 (.24) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
For other dimensions, please refer to the models with

Proportional Pilot Relief Valve.
Approx. Mass ...... 13.3 kg (29.3 lbs.)
724
Series
DIMENSIONS IN
SERIES
C
EFBG-06-250- (-E)-61/6190
H

4 Places
Tank Port " T"

Drain Port "Y"
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
17
(.67)
20.3
(.80)
174
(6.85)
133.4
(5.25)
129.7
(5.11)
85.7
(3.37)
19.7
(.78)
57.5
54
(2.26)
(2.13)
73.1
(2.88)
146.1
(5.75)
180
(7.09)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Inlet Port "P"

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Vent Port " V"
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
Outlet Port "A"

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Models without
INC.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
EFBG-06-250(-E)-61/6190
8
(.31)
Fully Extended
195(7.68)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
77
(3.03)
76
(2.99)
INC.
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
289.5
(11.40)
212.5
(8.35)
39
(1.54)

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Two Locating Pins

16(.63) Dia.
E Series
For other dimensions, please refer to the models

with Proportional Pilot Relief Valve.
DIMENSIONS IN
Approx. Mass ...... 21.3 kg (47.0 lbs.)
Series
725

EFBG-10-500- C(-E)-51/5190
H
Sling Fitting
2 Places

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.

4 Places
Inlet Port "P"

3 Places
57.5
(2.26)
69.5
(2.74)
98.5
(3.88)
39
(1.54)
196.9
(7.75)
244
(9.61)
Vent Port " V"
12
(.47)
65.4
(2.57)
Connector
The direction can be
altered to every 90 degree
angles.
Drain Port "Y"
23.6
(.93)
21
(.83)
INC.
Tank Port " T"
220
(8.66)
177.8
(7.00)
115
(4.53)
41
(1.61)
DIMENSIONS IN
Outlet Port "A"

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
Models without
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
INC.
Fully Extended
226(8.90)
EFBG-10-500(-E)-51/5190
Pressure Adj. Screw

for Safety Valve
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
244.2
(9.61)
321.5
(12.66)
107
(4.21)
106
(4.17)
INC.
39
(1.54)
57.5
(2.26)
31
(1.22)
310.5
(12.22)
241
(9.49)
Lock Nut
10 (.39) Hex.
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
176
(6.93)
10
(.39)
Two Locating Pins

18(.71) Dia.
A
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
For other dimensions, please refer to the models with

Proportional Pilot Relief Valve.
726
Connector
altered to 90 degree
angles.
Series
SERIES
Sub-plate
03Y
EFBGM-20/2080/2090
03Z
125(4.92)

4 Places
7(.28) Dia. 7(.28) Deep

2 Places
77.8(3.06)
Y
T
V
22.2(.87)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"B" Thd.
(From Rear)
3 Places
6(.24) Dia.
39.2 (1.54)
106.8(4.20)
146(5.75)
Thread Size
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"B" Thd.
EFBGM-03Y-20
Rc 3/4
EFBGM-03Z-20
Rc 1
168(6.61)
40
(1.57)
EFBGM-03Z-2080
1 BSP.F
EFBGM-03Y-2090
3/4 NPT
EFBGM-03Z-2090
1 NPT
mm (in.)
E
F
Rc 1/4
18
(.71)
M10
EFBGM-03Y-2080 3/4 BSP.F
"C" Thd.
19(.75)
6(.24) Dia.
"F " Dia.
11
(.43)
59(2.32)
45(1.77)
P
20(.79)
80(3.15)
28.6(1.13)
12.7(.50)
14.2
(.56)
50.8(2.00)
23.8(.94)
100(3.94)
130(5.12)
101.6(4.00)
23(.91) Dia.
3 Places
101.6(4.00)
95.3(3.75)
0.8(.03)
20(.79)
"D" Thd. " F " Deep

4 Places
102.4(4.03)
88.9(3.50)
11.7(.46)
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
3/8-16 UNC
11
(.43)
11.7
(.46)
21 11
(.83) (.43)
DIMENSIONS IN
EFBGM- 06X-20/2080/2090
06Y
180(7.09)
3.7(.15)
28.1(1.11)
250(9.84)
"P " Dia.

"J " Thd. (From Rear)
"H " Thd.

(From Rear)
3 Places
6.2(.24) Dia.
"K" Thd. (From Rear)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
EFBGM-06X
212(8.35)
33(1.30)
19
(.75)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
EFBGM-06Y
EFBGM-06X-20
"H" Thd.
Rc 1
EFBGM-06Y-20
Rc 1-1/4
EFBGM-06X-2080
1 BSP.F
EFBGM-06Y-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F

EFBGM-06X-2090
1 NPT
EFBGM-06Y-2090
1-1/4 NPT
B
103.3
(4.07)
Dimensions mm (in.)
C
D
E
63.3
45
35
(2.49)
(1.77)
(1.38)
F
34
(1.34)
95
(3.74)
53.3
(2.10)
39
(1.54)
Thread Size
"J " Thd. "K" Thd.
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F

3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
Series
60
(2.36)
"L " Thd.
40
(1.57)
mm (in.)
N
P
M16
30
(1.18)
14
(.55)
M16
30
(1.18)
15.2
(.60)
5/8-11 UNC
35
(1.38)
14
(.55)
E Series
133.4(5.25)
107(4.21)
X A Y
6.2(.24) Dia.
P
85.7(3.37)
16(.63)
1.6
(.06)
20.3
(.80)
73.1(2.88)
"K" Thd.
(From Rear)
17(.67) Dia. 10(.39) Deep

2 Places
118.1(4.65)
24
(.94)
126(4.96)
174(6.85)
29(1.14) Dia.
3 Places
144.5(5.69)
41.3(1.63)
1.9(.07)
"L " Thd. " N " Deep

4 Places
4 Places
146.1(5.75)
12.7(.50)
17(.67)
727
EFBGM-10Y-20/2080/2090
DIMENSIONS IN
244(9.61)
20(.79) Dia. 15(.59) Deep
2 Places
80(3.15)
162(6.38)
73(2.87)
49(1.93)
73
(2.87)
23
(.91)
17.5(.69)
224
(8.82)
43.5(1.71)
25
(.98)
284(11.18)
334(13.15)
"H" Dia.
6.2(.24) Dia.
"B" Thd.
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
EFBGM-10Y-20
"B" Thd.
Rc 3/8
EFBGM-10Y-2080 3/8 BSP.F

EFBGM-10Y-2090
728
3/8 NPT
Thread Size
"D" Thd.
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/4
M20
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
3/4-10 UNC
"E" Thd.
M16
73
(2.87)
43.5(1.71) Dia.
3 Places
41.9(1.65)
X
Y
T
73
(2.87)
55.5(2.19)
6.2(.24) Dia.
"C" Thd.
142(5.59)
50(1.97)
35
(1.38)
115(4.53)
119(4.69)
36.1
(1.42)
144.5(5.69)
177.8(7.00)
48(1.89) Dia.
3 Places
196.9(7.75)
98.5(3.88)
250(9.84)
"E" Thd. " F" Deep

12 Places
73
(2.87)
72
(2.83)
212
(8.35)
"C" Thd.
mm (in.)
H
14(.55)
32(1.26)
15.2(.60)
F
5/8-11 UNC 34(1.34)
Series
14(.55)
29
(1.14)
1.6(.06)

4 Places
198.4(7.81)
74
(2.91)
119
(4.69)
144.5
(5.69)
177.8
(7.00)
23.5(.93)
7.5(.30)
"D" Thd. " F" Deep

4 Places
SERIES
Step Response
L /min
150
U.S.GPM L /min
300
70
250
60
200
50
40
150
30
100
20
50
10
125
100
75
0.1s
50
25
Step Signal
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
U.S.GPM L /min
600
150
500
125
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Flow Rate
Flow Controls
EFBG-03
0.2s
Step Signal
Time
100
400
75
300
50
200
25
100
0.2s
Step Signal
Time
Time
Pressure Controls
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
4000
EFBG-03-125-H
3000
Pressure
20
Pressure
3000
EFBG-03-125-C
2000
EFBG-06-250-C
10
0
Step Signal
0.2s
Step Signal
1000
0
Time
Flow Rate
: 250 L /min (66 U.S.GPM)
Trapped Oil Volume : < 1 L (.264 U.S.Gallons)
Flow Rate
: 500 L /min (132 U.S.GPM)
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
60
100
20
50
Flow Rate
25
75
15
50
40
30
200
100
Flow Rate
30
U.S.GPM L /min
500
125
U.S.GPM L /min
250
65
U.S.GPM L /min
125
32.5
Flow Rate
EFBG-10-500-C
Time
Flow Rate
: 125 L /min (33 U.S.GPM)
150
100
400
75
300
50
200
25
100
20
10
25
10
200
400
600
800 1000
50
0
0
mA
Input Current
1500
EFBG-03-125-H
3000
20
Pressure
15
2000
EFBG-03-125-C 1000
5
0
200
400
600
Input Current
800
mA
200
400
600
Input Current
800 1000
mA
EFBG-10
PSI
3500
MPa
25
EFBG-06-250-H
3000
20
1000
MPa
25
EFBG-10-500-H
20
2500
15
10
EFBG-06-250-C
2000
1500
500
0
0
200
400
600
Input Current
800
15
10
1000
500
500
0
mA
2500
1500
10
1000
800 1000
EFBG-06
PSI
3500
MPa
25
2500
2000
600
Pressure
3000
400
EFBG-03
PSI
3500
200
Input Current
Pressure
20
10
Time
EFBG-10-500-H
2000
0.2s
1000
Step Signal
1000
3000
20
2000
0.2s
10
4000
EFBG-06-250-H
EFBG-10
MPa
30
1000
mA
Series
E Series
4000
PSI
MPa
30
Pressure
PSI
MPa
30
PSI
EFBG-10-500-C
5
0
0
200
400
600
Input Current
800
1000
mA
729

EFBG-03-125- - -61/6190
EFBG-06-250- - -61/6190
35
35 34 49 21 44
33
20
29
53
22
19
26
40
27
56
15
58
18
11
57
28
59
12
32
25
53
51
14
31
24
46
45
10
51
43
52
39
50
55
45
42 41
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
51
46
25
24
47
Section X-X
List of Seals
Name of Parts
37
30
46 16
2 23 36 38
Item
13
List of Seal Kits

EFBG-03
Part Numbers
SO-NA-A016
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P15
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-A016
EFBG-06
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
5
1
Part Numbers
SO-NA-P26
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-P44
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P36
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P15
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-A016
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
4
1
Valve Model Numbers

EFBG-03-125-61
EFBG-03-125-C/H-61
EFBG-06-250-61
EFBG-06-250-C/H-61
In addition to the above o-rings, seals for solenoid ass'y are included in the
seal kit.
For the details of seals for solenoid ass'y 33 and 34 see page 674.
Solenoid Ass'y
Valve Model Numbers
33 Solenoid Ass'y Model Numbers
34 Solenoid Ass'y Model Numbers
EFBG-03-125-C/H(-E)-61/6190
E318-Y06M1-04-61
EFBG-06-250-C/H(-E)-61/6190
E318-Y06M1-28-61
EFBG-03-125(-E)-61/6190
EFBG-06-250(-E)-61/6190
730
Series
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-EFBG-03-61
KS-EFBG-03-C-61
KS-EFBG-06-61
KS-EFBG-06-C-61
SERIES
List of Seals, Pilot Valves, Solenoid Ass'y and Safety Valve
EFBG-10-500- - -51/5190
28
27
25
37
33
42
40
Z
20
21
44
40
45
36
40
18
31
32
12
35
Z
31
34
29
33
33
19
36
23
14
15
11
10
30
17
47 57 48 50 51 52
8 36 9 13 41 7 16 41 10 36 8
Section Z-Z
54 53 55 49 26
Section W-W
Only for Models without
Pilot Relief Valve
List of Seals
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Models with
Pilot Relief Valve
Models without
Pilot Relief Valve
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
53
54
55
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NA-P34
SO-NB-G60
SO-NB-G55
SO-NB-P50
SO-NB-P48
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P36
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-A013
SO-NA-P6
1
1
3
1
5
1
1
8
1
1
3
1
5
1
1
8
1
1
1
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
EFBG-10-500-51
EFBG-10-500-C/H-51
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-EFBG-10-51
KS-EFBG-10-C-51
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right. In addition to the
above o-rings, seals for pilot valve and solenoid ass'y are included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve and solenoid ass'y seals, see page 674.
E Series
Qty.
Item
Pilot Valve, Solenoid Ass'y and Safety Valve

Valve Model Numbers
EFBG-10-500-C(-E)-51/5190
EDG-01V-C-1-PNT12-5103
EFBG-10-500-H(-E)-51/5190
EDG-01V-H-1-PNT12-5103
E318-Y06M1-28-61
EFBG-10-500(-E)-51/5190
SB1094-2002
Series
731

Model changes have been made from 50, 51 to 61 design in the EFBG-03/06 because of changes in the pilot valve
building-in method and model changes have been made from 50 to 51 design in the EFBG-10 because of improvement
in Solenoid Ass'y.
Specification and Characteristics
No changes in specifications and characteristics between current and new design
EFBG-03/06
50 51 Design 61 Design
The mounting surface are interchangeable. However, the method of building in the pilot valve has been changed,
bringing about changes in the appearance shapes and dimensions as shown below.
C u rre n t : D e s ig n 5 0 5 1
Air Vent
See EDG-01
(page 671)
for the details of
the solenoid ass'y
Fully Extended A
Air Vent
N e w : D e sig n 6 1
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
Front Side :
Rear Side :
Air Vent 6 Places

See EDG-01
(page 671)
for the details of
the solenoid ass'y
Pilot Valve
EDG-01,50 Design
Pressure Adj. Screw

for Saftey Valve
Pressure Adj. Screw

for Saftey Valve
B
217
(Current) EFBG-03-125- - -50/5090
51/5190 (8.54)
93.2
(3.67)
155
(6.10)
236.5
(9.31)
132
(5.20)
18.7
(.74)
248.5
(9.78)
217
(Current) EFBG-06-250- - -50/5090
51/5190 (8.54)
53.3
(2.10)
196
277.5
(7.72) (10.93)
Model Numbers
(New)
(New)
EFBG-03-125- - -61/6190
EFBG-06-250- - -61/6190
180
(7.09)
289.5
(11.40)
60 Design 61 Design
The mounting surface are interchangeable. There are no changes in the appearance shapes and dimensions.
EFBG-10
Mounting compatibility is provided.
Note that because of improvements made on the solenoids, the overall shapes have been changed as shown below.
C u rre n t : D e s ig n 5 0
Air Vent
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
Air Vent
3 Places
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
Air Vent
3 Places
321.5
(12.66)
322.5
(12.70)
Air Vent
DIMENSIONS IN
732
Series
SERIES
High Flow Series Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Flow Control

and Relief Valves
This flow control and relief valve is an energy-saving valve that supplies
the minimum pressure and flow necessary for actuator drive.
For the High Flow Series, double maximum flow rate [03 size: 125250
L/min (33.0366.05 U.S.GPM), 06 size: 250500 L/min (66.05132.1
U.S.GPM), 10 size: 5001000 L/min (132.1264.2 U.S.GPM)] enables
a smaller valve size than conventional products; compact-sized devices can
be provided.
Specifications
EFBG-03
-250- - -51
EFBG-06
-500- - -51
EFBG-10
-1000- - -51
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
24.5 (3550)
L /min (U.S.GPM)
250 (66)
500 (132)
1000 (264)

L /min (U.S.GPM)
Min. Pilot Pressure
MPa (PSI)
at
Normal
Pilot Flow
Rated Currnt
Coil Resistance
MPa (PSI)
2.5-250
(.66-66)
5-500
(1.32-132)
10-1000
(2.64-264)
1.5 (220)
1 (.26)
4 (1.06)
830 mA
10
1.5 (220)
1 (.26)
6 (1.59)
780 mA
10
1.5 (220)
4.5 (1.19)
10.0 (2.64)
830 mA
10
0.8 (115)
0.9 (130)
1.2 (174)
3% or less
1% or less
3% or less
1% or less
3% or less
1% or less
C: 1.6-15.7
(230-2275)
H : 1.8-24.5
(260-3550)
C: 1.5-15.7
(220-2275)
H : 1.5-24.5
(220-3550)
C: 1.1-15.7
(160-2275)
H : 1.1-24.5
(160-3550)
C : 850 mA
H : 870 mA
C : 800 mA
H : 900 mA
C : 900 mA
H : 950 mA
Description
MPa (PSI)
Flow Controls
Max. Flow
Pressure Controls
Hysteresis
Repeatability
2
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
Repeatability
Approx. Mass
10
3% or less
1% or less
kg (lbs.)
10
10
3% or less
3% or less
1% or less
1% or less
H
Graphic Symbols
Internal Pilot
External Pilot
A
Y
X
O
M
1. The specifications for pressure controls are applied to models with proportional pilot relief valve. (Ex. EFBG-03-250-C- -51)
2. The maximum pressure adjustment range of the valves without proportional
pilot relief valves is 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI).
O
M
V

Internal Pilot
External Pilot
A
Y
E Series
Model No.
X
O
M
O
M
Series
733

F-
EFB
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Mounting
F: Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
-250
-03
Valve Max. Metred Flow

Size L /min (U.S.GPM)
EFB :
Sub-plate
Hydraulic Flow
Mounting
Control and Relief
Valve
03
250: 250 ( 66)
06
500: 500 (132)

1000: 1000 ( 264)
10
-C
-E
Proportional Pilot Relief

Valve Pressure Adj. Range
Pilot
Connection
-5 1
C, H :
See Specifications
None:
Pilot Relief Valve
None:
Internal Pilot
51
E:
External Pilot
51
Design Design
Number Standards
Refer to
51
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model
Numbers

EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
M12
M16
M20
120 Lg.
120 Lg.
150 Lg.

1/2-13 UNC
5/8-11 UNC
3/4-10 UNC
4-3/4 Lg.
4-3/4 Lg.
6 Lg.
Qty.
4
4
4

For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see page 767,
771).
Model Numbers
EFBG-03-250(-E)-51/5190
EFBG-06-500(-E)-51/5190
EFBG-10-1000(-E)-51/5190
EFBG-03-250-C/H(-E)-51/5190
EFBG-06-500-C/H(-E)-51/5190
EFBG-10-1000-C/H(-E)-51/5190

For Flow Control
For Pres. Control
AME-D-10- -20
AME-D2-1010-11
Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
To avoid preselected pressure instability, use a passing flow rate of 15 L /min (4.0 U.S.GPM) or higher.
Further, check that the tank-line back pressure dose not exceed 0.5 MPa (70 PSI).
The pressure of the safety valve is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressur e adjustment range plus
2 MPa (290 PSI). Please adjust the pressure of the valve so preset to meet the pressure to be used actually.
To lower the pressure setting, turn the safety valve pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise. After adjustment, be sure
Interchangeability in installation with conventional valves (10 -10 Series)
EFBG-03
There is no interchangeability in installation.
EFBG-06/10
A product in the high-flow series can be mounted on the conventional mounting surface but no conventional product
can be mounted on the mounting surface of the high-flow series.
734
Series
SERIES
EFBG-03-250- C (-E)-51/5190, EFBG-03-250 (-E)-51/5190
H
Drain Port "Y"

Tank Port "T"
11.7
(.46)
14.2
(.56)
26.2
(1.03)
Vent Port "V"

Outlet Port "A"
4 Places
153
(6.02)
101.6
(4.00)
26.8
(1.06)
V
T
Y
103.3
(4.07)
139.5
(5.49)
130
(5.12)
101.6
(4.00)
45.8
(1.80)
Inlet Port "P"

11.7
(.46)
Manual Flow Adj.Screw

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Cable Departure (For Flow Control)

Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. .. . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
.. . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.0023 sq. in.)
85.8
(3.38)
125
(4.92)
Manual Pressure Adj.Screw

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Pressure Adj. Srerw

for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex Soc.
INC.
View Arrow Z
INC.
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Cable Departure (For Pressure Control)

Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ..... . 8-10 mm ( .31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area .. . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 sq. in.)
Models with proportional pilot
relief valve (EFBG-03-250-C/H )
only.
255.4
(10.05)
293.5
(11.56)
274.5
(10.81)
236.4
(9.30)
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
DIMENSIONS IN
101.6(4.00)
26(1.02) Dia. (Max.)

3 Places ("P", "A" & "T" Port)
76.8(3.02)
6.2(.24) Dia. (Max.)

3 Places ("V", "X" & "Y" Port)
50.8(2.00)
EFBG-03-250- - -51
"B" Thd.
130
(5.12)
Model Numbers
7(.28) Dia. 7(.28) Deep

2 Places (For Locating Pin)
14.2
(.56)
Prepare a mounting surface as shown to the right.

Also finish it finely.
24.8
(.98)
X
A
45
(1.77)
59(2.32)
0.8
(.03)
12.7
(.50)
28.6
(1.13)
Dimensions of valve mounting surface
M12
95.3(3.75)
101.6(4.00)
Two Locating Pins

6(.24) Dia.
87.9(3.46)
6
(.24)
102.4(4.03)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
E Series
100
(3.94)
99
(3.90)
EFBG-03-250- - -5190 1/2-13 UNC

11.7
(.46)
125
(4.92)
Series
"B" Thd. 24(.94) Deep

4 Places
735

C
EFBG-06-500- (-E)-51/5190
H
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
17
(.67)

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
180
(7.09)
146.1
(5.75)
INC.
Inlet Port "P"

(Rear Side)
3 Places
Outlet Port "A"
151.3
(5.96)
215.8
(8.50)
180
(7.09)
133.4
(5.25)
112
(4.41)
26.3
(1.04)

4 Places
Models without Proportional Pilot

Relief Valve
EFBG-06-500(-E)-51/5190
33
(1.30)
111
(4.37)
Tank Port "T"

Drain Port "Y"
Vent Port "V"

Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
(.0023 sq. in.)
Pressure Adj. Screw

for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.

Cable Applicable:
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
(.0023 sq. in.)


3 Places
8
(.31)
96
(3.78)
95
(3.74)
288.5
(11.36)
311.5
(12.26)
273.3
(10.76)

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Sling Fitting
2 Places
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Two Locating Pins

16(.63) Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
146.1
(5.75)
144.5
(5.69)
115
(4.53)
73.1
(2.88)

35(1.38) Dia. (Max.)

"B" Thd. "C" Deep

4 Places
Model Numbers
EFBG-06-500- - -51
C mm (in.)
"B" Thd.
30 (1.18)
M16
EFBG-06-500- - -5190 5/8-11 UNC
35 (1.38)
180
(7.09)
26.3
(1.04)
7.5
(.30)
41.3
(1.63)
31
(1.22)
1.6
(.06)
P
X Y
T
85.7
(3.37)
110
(4.33)
133.4
(5.25)
A V
7(.28) Dia. (Max.)
17
(.67)
736
1.9
(.07)
180
(7.09)
17(.67) Dia. 10(.39) Deep

14(.55) Dia. (Max.)
Series
SERIES
C
EFBG-10-1000 - (-E)-51/5190
H
Pressure Adj. Screw
244(9.61)
73
(2.87)
160.8(6.33)
130.5
(5.14)

Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
(.0023 sq. in.)
31
(1.22)

4 Places
196.9(7.75)

3 Places
INC.
232(9.13)

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
23.5
(.93)
for Safety Valve

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
Sling Fitting
2 Places
177.8(7.00)
Inlet Port "P"
Models without Proportional Pilot

Relief Valve
EFBG-10-1000(-E)-51/5190
Pressure Adj. Screw

for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
43.5
(1.71)
Tank Port "T"

Drain Port "Y"
Vent Port "V"
137
(5.39)
Outlet Port "A"

3 Places

Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm 2 ( .0023 sq. in.)

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.

342.5(13.48)
Two Locating Pins

18(.71) Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
198.4(7.81)
"B" Thd. "C" Deep

4 Places
196.9(7.75)
159.7(6.29)
20(.79) Dia. 15(.59) Deep

98.5(3.88)
32 (1.26)
EFBG-10-1000- - -5190 3/4-10 UNC
35 (1.38)
55.5
(2.19)
115(4.53)
C mm (in.)
M20
31
(1.22)
"B" Thd.
232(9.13)
Model Numbers
14.3
(.56)
37.3
(1.47)
EFBG-10-1000- - -51
50(1.97) Dia. (Max.)

Y
A
146.8(5.78)
1.6
(.06)
177.8(7.00)

119(4.69)
E Series
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
10
(.39)
120
(4.72)
285(11.22)
327.3(12.89)
365.5(14.39)
7(.28) Dia. (Max.)
23.5
(.93)
7(.28) Dia. (Max.)
244
(9.61)
Series
14(.55) Dia. (Max.)
737
Step Response
Viscosity: 30mm2/s (141 SSU)

Therefore , they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used.
Flow Controls
U.S.GPM L /min
500
120
400
150
100
20
50
0.25s
200
100
750
150
600
Time
450
300
50
150
Step Signal
200
100
0.25s
40
EFBG-10-1000
U.S.GPM L /min
900
80 300
Step Signal
EFBG-06-500
Flow Rate
40
EFBG-03-250
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
250
60
200
0.25s
Step Signal
Time
Time
Pressure Controls
PSI MPa
4000 28
EFBG-03-250-H
PSI MPa
4000 28
0.2s
2000
16
12
1000
0.25s
Step Signal
Step Signal
100
200
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
150
300
80
60
200
50
100
20
0
400
600
200
Input Current mA
EFBG-03-250
20
2000
Pressure
Pressure
15
10
1000
0
0
400
600
200
0
200
400
600
800 900
Input Current mA
20
PSI MPa
3500 25
3000
EFBG-06-500-H
15
2000
10
800 900
EFBG-10-1000
EFBG-10-1000-H
20
15
10
1000
EFBG-03-250-C
200
400
800
1000
Input Current mA
738
600
EFBG-06-500
PSI MPa
3500 25
3000
600
EFBG-03-250-H
2000
400
Pressure
3000
120
800
Input Current mA

PSI MPa
3500 25
160
40
800 900
EFBG-10-1000
80
40
200
Step Signal
U.S.GPM L /min
1000
240
400
100
0.25s
Time
120
200
20
EFBG-06-500
U.S.GPM L /min
500
60
10
1000
EFBG-03-250
U.S.GPM L /min
250
30
12
Time
40
16
Time
50
2000
20
24
3000
20
Pressure
16
12
1000
Pressure
Pressure
2000
3000
20
EFBG-10-1000
PSI MPa
4000 28
24
24
3000
EFBG-06-500-H
0
0
EFBG-06-500-C
200
400
600
800 900
Input Current mA
Series
EFBG-10-1000-C
200
400
600
800
Input Current mA
1000
SERIES
List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y and Safety Valve
EFBG-03-250- - -51/5190
57
32
28
30
46
Y
X
Detail of Safety Valve

(Item 31)
29
31
43 52
32
15
47
48
26
14
27
13
25
16
44 40 45 58
Section X-X
37
24
56
23
17
21
39
51
34
36
33
20
12
54
19
50
22
51
49
18
41
42
42 10 38
35
40 55
Section Y-Y
53
H
Section W-W
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Section Z-Z
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-A013
SO-NA-P6
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
6
3
1
1
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
EFBG-03-250-51
EFBG-03-250-C/H-51
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-EFBG-03-250-51
KS-EFBG-03-250-C-51
O-rings, item 37 and 39, are used only with the proportional pilot relief
valve (EFBG-03-250-C/H).
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal lit number from the table right.
In addition to the above o-rings, seals for solenoid ass'y are included in the
seal kit.
For the detail of seals for solenoid ass'y seals, see page 674.
E Series
11
42 60 61 59 62 64 63
Solenoid Ass'y and Safety Valve

Valve Model Numbers
EFBG-03-250-C/H(-E)-51/5190
EFBG-03-250(-E)-51/5190
E318-Y06M1-04-61
E318-Y06M1-28-61
SB1094-2002
Series
739

EFBG-06-500- - -51/5190
Detail of Safety Valve (Item 24)

Models Without Pilot Relief
Valve : EFBG-06-500(-E)
21
48
22
38
24
35
23
25
55 56 54 51 53 52
Y
Y
28
32
Q
W
50 37 31 36
Section S-S
39
16
17
40
42
19
44
11
20
29
33
34
26
46
33
10
42
14
18
27
12
49
13 35 2 30
47
33 43
Section U-U
32
Section Q-Q
28 1 15 6
List of Seals
Item
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P46
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-P36
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-G55
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-AO13
SO-NA-P6
Qty.
1
1
3
1
1
1
4
4
1
2
1
1
40
41 40
Section Z-Z
Section W-W
O-rings, item 31, 36 and 37, are used only without the proportional pilot relief
valve [(EFBG-06-500(-E)].
In addition to the above o-rings, seals for pilot valve and solenoid ass'y are
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
EFBG-06-500-51
EFBG-06-500-C/H-51
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-EFBG-06-500-51
KS-EFBG-06-500-C-51
Pilot Valve, Solenoid Ass'y and Sefety Valve

Valve Model Numbers
EFBG-06-500-C(-E)-51/5190
EDG-01V-C-1-PNT11-5103
EFBG-06-500-H(-E)-51/5190
EDG-01V-H-1-PNT11-5103
E318-Y06M1-28-61
SB1094-2002
EFBG-06-500(-E)-51/5190
740
Series
SERIES
EFBG-10-1000- - -51/5190
Detail of Safety Valve (Item 23)
Models Without Pilot Relief
Valve : EFBG-10-1000(-E)
38
36
Y
37
24
39
40
25
23
26
53 52 55 51 56
41
29
48
21
33
20
17
14
49
48
43
47
Section Y-Y
41 21 8 41 28
46
41
59 54 58 60 57
Section X-X
42
30
10
27
22
31
15
45
20
32
11
34
12
Detail A
Section Z-Z
20 44 16 43 1 43 45 35
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
JIS-B 2401-1B-P11
JIS-B 2401-1B-P55
JIS-B 2401-1B-G45
JIS-B 2401-1B-G50
JIS-B 2401-1B-G55
JIS-B 2401-1B-G65
JIS-B 2401-1B-P14
AS568-013(NBR, Hs90)
JIS-B 2401-1A-P6
Qty.
8
1
3
1
4
1
1
1
1
O-rings, item 58, 59 and 60, are used only without the proportional pilot relief
valve [EFBG-10-1000(-E)].
In addition to the above o-rings, seals for pilot valve and solenoid ass'y are
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
EFBG-10-1000-51
EFBG-10-1000-C/H-51
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-EFBG-10-1000-51
KS-EFBG-10-1000-C-51
E Series
List of Seals
Item
41
42
43
44
45
46
58
59
60
Pilot Valve, Solenoid Ass'y and Safety Valve

Valve Model Numbers
EFBG-10-1000-C(-E)-51/5190
EDG-01V-C-1-PNT20-5197
EFBG-10-1000-H(-E)-51/5190
EDG-01V-H-1-PNT20-5197
E318-Y06M1-28-61
SB1094-2002
EFBG-10-1000(-E)-51/5190
Series
741

EFBG-03/06/10 series valves have changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the model change of solenoid ass'y.
No changes in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
There is an interchangeability in the mounting dimensions between current and new design, however, note that because
of improvements made on the solenoids, the overall shapes have been changed as shown below.
EFBG-03
Air Vent
Air Vent

Air Vent
3 Places
Air Vent
3 Places
EFBG-06/10
Pressure Adj. Screw

for Safety Valve
Air Vent
3 Places
Air Vent
Air Vent
3 Places
Air Vent
742
Pressure Adj. Screw

for Safety Valve
Series
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
SERIES
Shockless Type Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Directional and Flow Control Valves

These valves are well accepted by industrial users as shifting time adjustable type shockless valves. By employing the
basic design concept of the G series solenoid operated directional valves, we have been successful developing the
shifting time adjustable shockless valves with high performance which makes the speed setting possible at any high
speed operation.
In combination with the newly developed digital amplifiers, the further enhancement of maneuverability and
repeatability of the valves can be realized.
Specifications
Model No.
EDFG-01
Description
Max. Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
25 (3630)
Max. Tank Line Back Pressure

MPa (PSI)
14 (2030)
Rated Current
1100 mA
30 (7.9)
10.8
Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
5% or less
Repeatability
1% or less
Step Response (Typical Rating)

(0 100%)
Approx. Mass
A B
A B
20 Hz (90 degree)
Phase
Gain
kg (lbs.)
25 Hz (3 dB)
2.4 (5.3)
SOL.a

F-
EDF
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Mounting
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
EDF:
Shockless
Type
Proportional
Directional
and Flow
Control Valve
-01
-30
Valve Size
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
3C2
01
30 (7.9)
3C40
SOL.a
SOL.b
P T
P T
3C2
3C40
-XY
-50
Direction
of Flow
Design
Number
XY:
Metre - In
Metre - Out
50
-3C2
Spool Type
SOL.b
Design
Standards
Refer to
1 Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Descriptions
Qty.
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw

M5 45 Lg.
For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable

power amplifiers be used (for details see page 782).
Model Numbers: AMN-G/W-10
N. American Design Standard No.10 - 24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
Sub-plate
Piping Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
1/8
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP.F
1/4
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP.F
3/8
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size

Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
E Series
Shockless Type Directional and Flow Control Valves
Frequency Response
(50% 25%)
Graphic Symbols
100 ms or less
Sub-plates are those for 1/8 solenoid operated directional valves. For dimensoins, see page 356.
Series
743
Mounting Surface
ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
EDFG-01-30-3C -XY-50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A"

altered to every 90
degree angles.
Tank Port "T"
3: Earth Terminal
DIMENSIONS IN
32.5
(1.28)
0.75
(.03)
40.5
(1.59)
31(1.22)

9.5(.37) C Bore
4 Places
1,2: Power supply Terminal
Cylinder Port "B"
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia ... 810mm(.31.39in.)
Conductor Area ...
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 sq.in.)
282 (11.10)
48 (1.89)
119.5 (4.70)

3(.12) Hex. Soc.
(Both Ends)
INC.
27.5
(1.08)
39
(1.54)
39.1
(1.54)
T
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings furnished)
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
58 (2.28)
82.1 (3.23)
11
(.43)
65 (2.56)
Under normal conditions, however, this screw

must be kept in its original position.
Valve pressure Difference vs. Flow

Valve Pressure Difference: 7 MPa (1020 PSI)
U.S.GPM L/min
40
10.0
2.5
0
30
P T
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
5.0
P T
20
10
0
1500
U.S.GPM L/min
40
10.0
AB
AB
7.5
7.5
30
5.0
20
2.5
10
500
500
1000
AB
P T
P T
1100mA
800mA
400mA
1500
Input Current mA
744
AB
600mA
0
1000
95 (3.74)
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex.Soc.

3 Places (Both Ends)
Series
0
0
5
1000
10
15
2000
Valve Pres. Diff.
20
25 MPa
3000 3500 PSI

P
SERIES
EDFG-01-30- -XY-50/5090
19
18 17
12
11 8
20 10 9 15 13
2 14 16 5
List of Seals
Item
14
17
18
19
20
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Fastner Seal
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P7
SG-FCF-4
SO-NB-P18
Qty.
4
2
2
6
2
Remarks
Included in
Seal Kit
Kit No.:
KS-EDFG-01-50
Note) O-ring (Item 17, 18, 20) and the fastner sael (Item 19) are included in
the solenoid assembly.
Valve Model Numbers

EDFG-01-30- -XY-50/5090
11 Solenoid Ass'y
Qty.
E318-Y05M2-28-6103
Note) The connector assembley GDM-211- -11 (Item 12, 13) is not included
in the solenoid assembly.
Series
E Series
Solenoid Ass'y
745
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Directional and Flow Control Valves

These valves are double-deck directional and flow control valves employing as their pilot the electro-hydraulic
proportional pressure reducing valves with two proportional solenoids. The flow rate can be controlled by changing an
input current to the solenoids and the direction of the flow can be controlled by providing the current to either solenoid
of the two.
By combining the valves with the power amplifiers specially designed for the valves, the speed control, acceleration,
deceleration and directional control can be done with a single valve, which eventually makes the hydraulic circuits
simple and contributes the cost of the hydraulic systems.
Specifications
Model No.
EDFHG-03
Description
EDFHG-04
EDFHG-06
25 (3630)
MPa (PSI)
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
at Valve Pressure Difference:
1.0 MPa (145 PSI)
Pilot Pressure 1
MPa (PSI)
at Normal
Pilot Flow
MPa (PSI)
Max. Drain Line Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
Hysteresis
Repeatability
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
100 (26.4)
140 (37.0)
1 (.26)
3 (.79)
1.5 - 16 (220 - 2320)

1 (.26)
4 (1.06)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
3.0 (435)
800 mA
280 (74.0)
1 (.26)
6 (1.59)
21 (3050)
980 mA
10
5% or less
1% or less
12 (26.5)
11 (24.3)
900 mA
3
3
15 (33.1)
1. Take care to keep the difference between the pilot pressure and drain port back pressure
consistently greater than 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
2. To obtain stable performance, keep the drain port back pressure low and minimize its fluctuations.
3. The hysteresis and repeatability values indicated in the specifications for each control valve are
determined under the following conditions:
Hysteresis Value: Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used.
Repeatability Value: Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used under the
same conditions.
Graphic Symbols
External Pilot Type
a
Internal Pilot Type

a
Y X
b
Y

F-
EDFH
-0 3
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
03
100: 100 (26.4)
F:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
EDFH :
Proportional
G: Sub-Plate
ElectroMounting
Hydraulic
Directional and
Flow Control
Valves
-3C2
-100
Spool Type
3C2
04
140: 140 (37.0)
06
280: 280 (74.0)
-XY
Direction
of Flow
XY : Metre-in
Metre-out None:
Internal Pilot
Mounting Bolts
EDFHG-04
EDFHG-06
746
-31
Design
Design
Number Standards
31
31
31
Attachment
EDFHG-03
Pilot
Connection
E:
External Pilot
3C40
1. Spool type shown in the column is for the centre position.

Model
Numbers
-E

Qty.
M6 35 Lg.
M6 45 Lg.
M10 50 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.

1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
4
2
4
6
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs.)
12 - 15
12 - 15
58 - 72
100 - 123
Series
(106 - 133)
(106 - 133)
(513 - 637)
(885 - 1089)
Refer to
SERIES
Sub-plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
EDFHG-03
EDFHG-04
EDFHG-06

Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
kg (lbs.)
DHGM-03Y-10
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
4.7 (10.4)
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DHGM-03Y-1080
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
DHGM-06-5080
DHGM-06X-5080
3/4 BSP.F
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
4.7 (10.4)
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
8.5 (18.7)
8.5 (18.7)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DHGM-03Y-1090
DHGM-04-2090
DHGM-04X-2090
DHGM-06-5090
DHGM-06X-5090
3/4 NPT
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
Sub-plates are those for solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valves. For dimensions, see page 401 and 402.

For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
page 784).
Model Numbers: SK1091-D24-10
Instructions
Manual Adjustment
In the event of an electric fault or emergency, a manual shift can be made by screwing in the manual adjustment screw.
Take care, however, that this manual shift has no flows adjusting function.
For this operation, set the pilot pressure (or P-port pressure on an internal-pilot model) below 7 MPa (1020 PSI).
After operation, be sure to return the manual adjustment screw completely to the original position.
E Series
Series
747
Mounting Surface:
EDFHG-03-100-3C -XY- -31/3190

285.8
(11.25)
54
(2.13)
Connector
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
48
Outside Dia. .. . 8-10 mm ( .31 - .39 in.)
(1.89)
Conductor Area
27.5
(1.08)
(.0023 sq. in.)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
110
57.5
(4.33)
(2.26)
179.5
(7.07)
114.9
(4.52)
12
(.47)
Connector
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
Note: For valve mounting surface

dimensions, see the dimensional
drawings of sub-plates (p.401) in
common use.
Cylinder Port "B "
Pressure Port "P"

Cylinder Port "A "
7(.28) Dia. Through

4 Places
Tank Port "T"
93.5
(3.68)
37.5 39
(1.48) (1.54)
SOL b
26(1.02)
SOL a
Manual
Adjustment
Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
(Both Ends)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
27(1.06)
Of the two tank ports "T", the tank

port in the left side is normally used
in our standard sub-plate, though,
either side of the tank port "T" can be
used without problem.
Main port ... Conform to ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A.

Pilot/drain ports ... Conform to ISO.
79
(3.11)
212
(8.35)
Mounting surface: Conform to ISO4401-AD-07-4-A.
4
(.16)
34
(1.34)
35
(1.38)
116
(4.57)
185.5
(7.30)
57.5
(2.26)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
(Both Ends)
50
(1.97)
7(.28) Dia. Through
Cylinder Port "B "
2 Places
39
65.5
65.5
(2.58)
(2.58) (1.54)
SOL a
SOL b
Manual
Adjustment
Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
(Both Ends)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
204
(8.03)
Series
50.4
(1.98)
91
(3.58)
72.9
(2.87)
69.8
(2.75)
91.3
(3.59)
1.5
(.06)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. .. . 8-10 mm ( .31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
(.0023 sq. in.)
748
Cylinder Port "A "
Connector
27.5
(1.08)
285.8
(11.25)
101.6
(4.00)
34(1.34)

4 Places
Position of cable departure can be changed.

For details, refer to above EDFHG-03.
Note: For valve mounting surface dimensions,
see the dimensional drawings of subplates (p.401) in common use.
48
(1.89)
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port "T"
9.1
(.36)
EDFHG-04-140-3C -XY- -31/3190
SERIES
Mounting surface: Conform to ISO4401-AE-08-4-A.
EDFHG-06-280-3C -XY- -31/3190
Pressure Port "P"

285.8
(11.25)
130.2
(5.13)
53.2
(2.09)

Connector
48
(1.89)
39
(1.54)
65.5
(2.58)
65.5
(2.58)
206.5
(8.13)
SOL a
SOL b
Manual
Adjustment
Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
(Both Ends)
6
(.24)
137
(5.39)
41(1.61)
40(1.57)

6 Places
Cylinder Port "B "
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
57.5
(2.26)
27.5
(1.08)
77
(3.03)
Cylinder Port "A "
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. .. . 8-10 mm ( .31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
(.0023 sq. in.)
13
(.51)
92.1
(3.63)
Note: For valve mounting surface dimensions,

see the dimensional drawings of subplates (p.402) in common use.
65.4
(2.57)
Tank Port "T"
118
(4.65)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For

details, refer to EDFHG-03 valve on page 748.
50.3
(1.98)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
255
(10.04)

No changes in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
The mounting surface are interchangeable.
Note that because of improvements made on the solenoids, the overall shapes have been changed as shown below.
Current: Design 30
New: Design 31
E Series
DIMENSIONS IN
Air Vent
SOL a
SOL b
Air Vent
3 Places
Series
749
Valve Pressure Difference vs. Flow

Valve Pres. Difference : P A (B), B (A)
EDFHG-03
T 1 MPa (145 PSI)
3500 PSI
1000 2000 3000
U.S.GPM
35 A B
750 mA
0
140
U.S.GPM
120
30
A B
A B
80
PT
PT
25
20
60
15
40
10
20
Flow Rate
100
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
L /min
L /min 120
40
600 mA
24
24.5
MPa
Valve
Pres.
Diff.
40
0
10
20
A B
80
700 mA
30
120
750 mA
P T 35
140
U.S.GPM
3000 2000 1000
PSI 3500
30
PT
20
600 mA
1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA
80
Valve Pres. Diff.

MPa
24.5
24
16
8
700 mA
16
10
0
Flow Rate
EDFHG-03
L /min
EDFHG-04
3500 PSI
1000 2000 3000
U.S.GPM
0
280
L /min
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
160
40
140
A B
A B
PT
PT
80
20
60
40
80
20
20
80
40
1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA
24
24.5
Valve Pres. Diff. MPa
160
800 mA
A B
900 mA
60
240
P T 70
280
U.S.GPM
3000 2000 1000
PSI 3500
16
0
0
300
400
70
A B
60
PT
PT
50
60
200
30
Valve Pres. Diff.

MPa
16
8
600 mA
100
50
1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA
20
20
10
40
60
A B
PT
100
700 mA
24.5
24
700 mA
100
200
80
400
U.S.GPM
750
Series
24
24.5
Valve Pres. Diff. MPa
L /min
900 mA
3000 2000 1000
PSI 3500
300
800 mA
100
20
600 mA
Flow Rate
40
150
80 P T
40
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
A B
800 mA
300
250
200
3500 PSI
2000 3000
U.S.GPM
900 mA
100 A B
1000
L /min
U.S.GPM
80
Flow Rate
EDFHG-06
L /min
EDFHG-06
L /min
60 P T
700 mA
700 mA
10
A B
40
24.5
24
20
0
160
Valve Pres. Diff.

MPa
16
8
30
100
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
120
800 mA
70
Flow Rate
EDFHG-04
L /min
900 mA
240
16
SERIES
Freq uency Response
Step Response
These characteristics have been obtained by measuring
on each valve. Therefore, they may vary according to a
hydraulic circuit to be used.
0.2
Frequency (Hz)
0.4 0.7 1
2
4
7 10
20
40
Viscosity : 30 mm2/s(141 SSU)

Supply Pressure : 15.7 MPa(2280 PSI)
Gain
Phase
U.S.GPM L / min
140
35
120
30
Flow Rate
0
-10
-20
-30
0
- 20
- 40
- 60
- 80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
EDFHG-03
Model Number : EDFHG-03-100-3C2-E-31

Pilot Pressure : 15.7 MPa(2280 PSI)
Travel of Spool : 10% of Maximum Stroke
EDFHG-03
100
20
80
0.1 s
60
10
40
Step Signal
0
-10
-20
-30
Frequency (Hz)
0.4 0.7 1
2
4
7 10
20
Time
40
U.S.GPM L / min
Gain
45
175
40
150
Flow Rate
Phase

30
125
100
20
50
Frequency (Hz)
0.4 0.7 1
2
4
Time
7 10
Gain
Phase

Step Signal
10
20
40
U.S.GPM L / min
400
100
350
Flow Rate
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
0
-10
-20
-30
0.2
0.1 s
75
EDFHG-06
0
- 20
- 40
- 60
- 80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
EDFHG-04
80
EDFHG-06
300
250
60
200
40
0.1 s
150
100
Step Signal
20
Time
Series
H
E Series
0
- 20
- 40
- 60
- 80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
0.2
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
EDFHG-04
751

EDFHG-03-100-3C -XY- -31/3190
EDFHG-04-140-3C -XY- -31/3190
EDFHG-06-280-3C -XY- -31/3190
15
16
Removed for
internal pilot models
8 17 14 6 21 26 18 20 25 7 19 24 29 22
23
28
27
Section X-X
16
10
11
12
13
Section Y-Y
Item
6
11
12
13
14
25
26
Name of Parts
EDFHG-03
Part Numbers
Solenoid Ass'y E318-Y06M1-28-61

O-Ring
SO-NB-P28
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P4
O-Ring
EDFHG-04
EDFHG-06
Qty.
Part Numbers
Qty.
Part Numbers
Qty.
2
2
5
2
6
4
2
E318-Y06M1-28-61
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P4
2
2
4
2
2
4
2
E318-Y06M1-28-61
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P4
2
2
4
2
2
4
2
Note: The GDM-211-B-11 connector assembly (Item 29) is not included in the solenoid assembly.
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below. In addition to the above o-rings,
seals for solenoid ass'y are included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the solenoid ass'y o-rings, see page 674.
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers
EDFHG-03
EDFHG-04
EDFHG-06
752
Seal Kit Numbers

KS-EDFHG-03-31
KS-EDFHG-04-31
KS-EDFHG-06-31
Series
15
SERIES
High Response Type Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Directional and Flow Control Valves
High response, high precision and high reliability are achieved be a combination of a compact and powerful solenoid
and a spool-position-detection LVDT.
Direct type ELDFG-01/03 and two stage type ELDFG-04/06 (which use the ELDFG-01 as a pilot) are available.
Direct Operated Type Directional and Flow Control Valves

This product can be interchanged with the simpliffied servo valve to perform position control and pressure control.
Compared to nozzle flapper type servo valve, this product has excellent contamination-related problems.
Specifications
Model No.
Description
ELDFG-01
ELDFG-03
31.5 (4570 )
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI)
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Valve Pres. Diff. : 1.5 MPa (220 PSI)
21 (3050)
10: 10 (2.6)
20: 20 (5.3)
35: 35 (9.2)
Hysteresis
40: 40 (10.6)
80: 80 (21.1)
0.5% or less
Repeatability
0 100%
Step Response
(Typical Rating)
100 0%
Phase
-90 degree
Gain
-3 dB
Frequency Response
(0 25 %V)
Rated Current
Coil Resistance
[20C (68F)]
kg (lbs.)
Graphic Symbols
ELDFG-01
ELDFG-03
A B
3
Max. 27 W
3.9
Max. 25 W
3.2 (7.1)
Power Input
Approx. Mass
0.5% or less
3C2, 3C40: 29 ms
30 ms
3C2P: 25 ms
3C2, 3C40: 26 ms
38 ms
3C2P: 23 ms
3C2, 3C40: 36 Hz
48 Hz
3C2P: 41 Hz
3C2, 3C40: 35 Hz
52 Hz
3C2P: 38 Hz
Max. 2.5 A
Max. 3 A
A B
SOL.a
7.5 (16.5)
SOL a
SOL.b
SOL b
P T
PT
3C2
3C2P
3C2
3C2P
A B
A B
See Valve Pres. Difference vs. Flow Rate below charactristics for
the appropriate range.
SOL.a
SOL a
SOL.b
3C40
ELDFG-01
SOL.b
SOL.a
PT
SOL a
SOL.b
PT
Flow Rate
80
15
60
10
40
20
0
0
SOL a
SOL b
U.S.GPM L/min
50 200
U.S.GPM L/min
50 200
10
1000
Rated Flow
35 L/min
(9. 2 U.S.GPM)
20 L/min
(5. 3 U.S.GPM)
10 L/min
(2. 6 U.S.GPM)
30 MPa
31.5
20
2000
3000
Valve Pres. Diff.
SOL b
P T
P T
U.S.GPM L/min
25 100
20
Control Type
3 Port Valve
A B
4000
5000 PSI
Flow Rate
SOL.a
Control Type
4 Port Valve
40
30
150
Rated Flow
80 L/min
(21. 1 U.S.GPM)
40 L/min
(10. 6 U.S.GPM)
100
20
10
0
50
0
0
10
1000
30 MPa
31.5
20
2000
3000
Valve Pres. Diff.
4000
Flow Rate
A B
3C40
ELDFG-03
Control Type
3 Port Valve
Control Type
4 Port Valve
SOL b
PT
PT
40
30
150
Rated Flow
80 L/min
(21. 1 U.S.GPM)
40 L/min
(10. 6 U.S.GPM)
100
20
10
50
5000 PSI
10
0
1000
20
2000
3000
Valve Pres. Diff.
30 MPa
31.5
4000 5000 PSI
E Series
Range of Flow Control
Valve pressure difference P is reference by follows. In addition, P, A, B, T, are pressure of each port.
4 Port Valve: P = [(PA) + (BT)] or [(PB) + (AT)]
3 Port Valve: P = (PA) or (AT)
Series
753

F-
ELDF
-01
-35
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Mounting
Valve
Size
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
F: Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if not
required)
ELDF:
High Response (Direct) Type G:
Sub-plate
Proportional Electro
-Hydraulic Directional Mounting
01
03
10:
20:
35:
40:
80:
10 (2.6)
20 (5.3)
35 (9.2)
40 (10.6)
80 (21.1)
-3C2
-XY
Spool Type
Direction
of Flow
3C2
3C40
3C2P
-10
Design Design
Number Standards
XY:
Metre-In
Metre-Out
(Zero Lap)
10
Refer to
10
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Descriptions
Model No.

ELDFG-01
M5 45 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

ELDFG-03
Tightening Torque
5 - 7 Nm (43 - 60 in. lbs.)
Applicable to working pressure more than
25 MPa (3630 PSI): 6 - 7 Nm (52 - 60 in. lbs.)
M6 35 Lg.
12 - 15 Nm
(106 - 133 in. lbs.)
1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
ELDFG-01
ELDFG-03
Piping
Size

Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
3/8 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-2180
1/2 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
1/8
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP.F
1/4
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP.F
3/8
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8
3/8
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-2180
1/2
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2
3/4
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
The Sub-plates are those for 1/8 and 3/8 solenoid operated directional valves. For dimensions,
see page 356 and 373.

For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see page 786).
Valve Model Numbers
ELDFG-01- - 3C2
3C40
754

AMN-L-01-1-10
ELDFG-01- -3C2P
ELDFG-03- - 3C2
3C40
AMN-L-01-3-2P-10
ELDFG-03- -3C2P
AMB-EL-03-2P-1-10
AMB-EL-03-1-10
Series
SERIES
ELDFG-01- - -XY-10/1090
Mounting surface: Conform to ISO4401-AB-03-4-A.


9.5(.37) C Bore
4 Places
Pressure Port P
3 Places
Cylinder Port A
40.5
(1.59)
31
0.75
(1.22) (.03)
32.5(1.28)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
1: SIG
Air Vent 2.5(.10) Hex. Soc.

3: COM
2: CAR
1, 2: Power supply Terminal
Cylinder Port B
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ... 810 mm(.31.39 in.)
Conductor Area
... 0.75 - 1.5 mm2 (.0012 - .0023 sq. in.)
148.5
(5.85)
48(1.89)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
... 4.57 mm(.18.28)
Conductor Area
... 0.50.75 mm2
(.0008.001 sq. in.)
186.5(7.34)
82
(3.23)
133(5.24)
37
(1.46)
39
(1.54)
39
(1.54)
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
44
(1.73)
58
(2.28)
27.5
(1.08)
95(3.74)
3: Earth Terminal
Tank Port T
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
65
(2.56)
11
(.43)
335(13.19)
Mounting surface: Conform to ISO4401-AC-05-4-A.
ELDFG-03- - -XY-10/1090
Pressure Port P
46(1.81)
Y UKEN

2 Places
1, 2: Power supply Terminal
Tank Port TA
Tank Port TB
3: Earth Terminal
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable: Outside Dia. ... 4.57 mm(.18.28)
Conductor Area ... 0.50.75 mm2 (.0008.001 sq. in.)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable: Outside Dia. ... 810 mm(.31.39 in.)
Conductor Area ... 0.75 - 1.5 mm2 (.0012 - .0023 sq. in.)
173(6.81)
39
37
(1.54) (1.46)
91
(3.58)
27.5
(1.08)
SOL a
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
365
(14.37)
86
(3.39)
36
(1.42)
21(.83)
44
(1.73)
SOL b
70(2.76)
72(2.83)
138.1(5.44)
120
(4.72)
192(7.56)
37
(1.46)
DIMENSIONS IN
16 (.63)
E Series

altered to every 90 degree angles.
54
(2.13)
2:CAR
1:SIG
3:COM
Cylinder Port B
56(2.20)
Dia.
7(.28) Dia. Through

Air Vent
2.5(.10) Hex. Soc. 10.5(.41) C Bore
4 Places
Cylinder Port A
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Series
755
Input Voltage vs. Flow Rate

ELDFG01
ELDFG01 3C2/3C40
Viscosity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
(9.2 U.S.GPM)
20
P T
(5.3 U.S.GPM)
20 L/min
10 L/min
10
0
10
4
8 10
Input Voltage VDC
2.5
(9.2 U.S.GPM)
20
A B
(5.3 U.S.GPM)
7.5
30
P T
35 L/min
(2.6 U.S.GPM)
40
L/min
40
20 L/min
10 L/min
10
(2.6 U.S.GPM)
20
P T
30
7.5
35 L/min
40
L/min

Viscosity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
U.S.GPM L/min
100
25
80 L/min
A B
(21.1 U.S.GPM)
40 L/min
(10.6 U.S.GPM)
20
0
20
80
15
60
10
40
10
60
15
80 L/min
P T
80
20
(21.1 U.S.GPM)
100
L/min
(21.1 U.S.GPM)
40 L/min
(10.6 U.S.GPM)
20
0
4
8 10
20 Input Voltage VDC
40 L/min
Flow Rate
40
A B
80 L/min
A B
P T
VDC Input Voltage

10 8
4
40 L/min
10
U.S.GPM
ELDFG03 3C2P
4
8 10
20 Input Voltage VDC
(10.6 U.S.GPM)
4
8 10
Input Voltage VDC
2.5
A B
(2.6 U.S.GPM)
10
U.S.GPM
P T
VDC Input Voltage

10 8
4
20 L/min
(5.3 U.S.GPM)
(5.3 U.S.GPM)
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
60
10
P T
10
U.S.GPM L/min
100
25
15
20
(9.2 U.S.GPM)
(9.2 U.S.GPM)

Viscosity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
80
10 L/min
ELDFG03 3C2/3C40
20
A B
(10.6 U.S.GPM)
40
10
60
15
A B
P T
80 L/min
20
80
(21.1 U.S.GPM)
25
U.S.GPM
100
L/min
Flow Rate
10 L/min
30
2.5
VDC Input Voltage
10 8
4
(2.6 U.S.GPM)
35 L/min
7.5
Flow Rate
A B
Flow Rate
30
20 L/min
U.S.GPM L/min
40
10
35 L/min
7.5
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L/min
40
10
2.5
VDC Input Voltage
10 8
4
3C2P

Viscosity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
25
U.S.GPM
Input Voltage vs. Spool St.
0.08
0.12
in.
3
mm
0.5
A B
1.0
P T
0.5
1.0
10
VDC
A B
P T
0
4
8 10
Input Voltage VDC
0.04
1.5
2.0
0.08
2.5
3.0
mm
0.04
0.04
0.08
0.12
in.
3
mm
VDC
10
0
0.5
A B
1.0
P T
0.12
in.
mm
0.12
Sensor Monitor Voltage
1.0
VDC Input Voltage 0.5

10 8
4
0
0
Spool St.
Spool St.
756
8
P T
1.5
0.04
VDC
10
A B
2.0
0.08
1.5
VDC
ELDFG03 3C2P
in.
3.0
2.5
0.08
Input Voltage
0
4
8
0
10 8
4
VDC Input Voltage
1.5
VDC
ELDFG03 3C2/3C40
mm
0.12
0.5
Spool St.
Spool St.
0.04
VDC
10
0
P T
in.
3.0
VDC
12
A B
2.5
0.08
2.0
10
8
P T
1.5
1.0
Input Voltage 0.5

VDC
10 8
4
0
0
0.04
0.5
1.0
1.5
A B
2.0
8
10
P T
12
VDC
Series
0
4
8 10
Input Voltage VDC
0.04
0.08
2.5
3.0
mm
0.12
in.
0
10 8
4
VDC Input Voltage
Input Voltage
4
8
1.0
0.04
in.
0.12
Spool St.
0.5
mm
3
A B
Spool St.
0.08
P T
1.0
VDC
1.5
Spool St.
in.
0.12
mm
3
A B
VDC
1.5
ELDFG01 3C2P
Spool St.
ELDFG01 3C2/3C40
SERIES
The values were measured on independent valves. They vary by circuit.

ELDFG-01-35-3C2/3C40
ELDFG-01-35-3C2P

Flow Rate
: 35 L/min (9.2 U.S.GPM)
A B
P T
Step Signal
P T
-100%
35L/min
0
A B
P T
P T
Step Signal
(9.2 U.S.GPM)
100% 35L/min
35L/min
0
+100%
Travel of
Spool
+100%
ELDFG-03-80-3C2/3C40
A B
20ms
(9.2 U.S.GPM)
35L/min
(9.2 U.S.GPM)
20ms
A B
100%
Travel of
Spool
20ms
20ms
Travel of
Spool
-100%
100%
(9.2 U.S.GPM)
Step Signal
Step Signal
100
Travel of
Spool

Flow Rate
: 35 L/min (9.2 U.S.GPM)
A B
ELDFG-03-80-3C2P

Flow Rate
: 80 L/min (21.1 U.S.GPM)

Flow Rate
: 80 L/min (21.1 U.S.GPM)
A B
P T
P T
20ms
20ms
0
Travel of
Spool
Step Signal
(21.1 U.S.GPM)
100%
100% 80L/min
Travel of
Spool
-100%
0
-100%
A B
A B
P T
Step Signal
0
(21.1 U.S.GPM)
80L/min
P T
+100%
100% 80L/min
0
Step Signal
(21.1 U.S.GPM)
Travel of
0
Spool
+100%
100% 80L/min
(21.1 U.S.GPM)
20ms
Travel of
Spool
20ms
Frequency Response
Input Signal : 0 25 %V
Primary Pressure : 14 PMa (2030 PSI)
ELDFG-01-35-3C2/3C40/3C2P
ELDFG-03-80-3C2/3C40
-200
-15
-20
Phase
-45
-5
-90
-135
-180
5 7 10
20
Gain
-10
Phase
-15
-20
50 70 100
-45
-5
-90
-135
(dB)
Gain
-10
Phase (deg.)
-150
Gain
Frequency (Hz)
Frequency (Hz)
50 70100
(dB)
-100
20
Gain
-5
5 7 10
Phase (deg.)
-50
(dB)
Gain
Phase (deg.)
Frequency (Hz)
0
ELDFG-03-80-3C2P
-180
Series
5 7 10
20
Gain
-10
-15
-20
Phase
50 70 100
E Series
Step Signal
757

ELDFG-01- - -XY-10/1090
14
2
16 14
12 11 17
1
14 10
3 18 1
21 8
15
1
6 15
List of Seals
Item
14-1
14-2
15-1
18
Name of Parts
O-Ring
Fastner Seal
Fastner Seal
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P18
SG-FCF-4
TK280152-0
SO-NB-P9
Qty.
2
2
1
4
Remarks
Kit No.: KS-ELDFG-01-10
Note) O-ring (Item 14-1) and the fastner sael (Item 14-2, 15-1) are included in the
solenoid assembly.
Solenoid Ass'y
Valve Model Numbers
ELDFG-01- - -XY-10/1090
Item
Solenoid Ass'y
Qty.
14
15
E318-Y06M2-14-5007
E318-Y06M2-14-L-5007
1
1
758
Series
SERIES
ELDFG-03- - -XY-10/1090
6
1
12
4 21
5
1
2 10 1
11
5
2
List of Seals
Item
5-1
5-2
6-1
10
Name of Parts
O-Ring
Fastner Seal
Fastner Seal
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-A128
SG-FCF-4
TK280152-0
SO-NB-A014
Qty.
2
2
1
4
Remarks
Kit No.: KS-ELDFG-03-10
Note) O-ring (Item 5-1) and the fastener sael (Item 5-2, 6-1) are included in the
solenoid assembly.
Solenoid Ass'y
ELDFG-03- - -XY-10/1090
Item
5
6
Solenoid Ass'y
E324-Y12M2-28-10
E324-Y12M2-28-L-10
Qty.
1
1
Series
E Series
Valve Model Numbers
759
Two Stage Type Directional and Flow Control Valves

Specifications
Model No.
ELDFHG-04
Description
Rated Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Valve Pres. Diff. : 1 MPa (145 PSI)
35 (5080)
MPa (PSI)
Proof Pressure at Return Port

(External Drain)
MPa (PSI)
T Port : 31.5 (4570)

Y Port : 21 (3050)
Proof Pressure at Return Port

(Internal Drain)
MPa (PSI)
2
Pilot Pressure
350: 350 (92.5)

500: 500 (132.1)
350: 35 (5080)
500: 31.5 (4570)
280 (74.0)
ELDFHG-06
350
T Port : 35 (5080)
Y Port : 21 (3050)
500
T Port : 25 (3630)
Y Port : 21 (3050)
21 (3050)
MPa (PSI)
1.531.5 (218 4570)

350: 16 L/min or more
Pilot Flow
16 L/min or more
500: 19 L/min or more
Null Leakge 4 Ps=14 MPa (2030 PSI), 3C2: 3 L/min or less
3C40: 4 L/min or less
Pp=14 MPa (2030 PSI) 3C2P: 10 L/min or less
Step Response
(Typical Rating)
350: 15 ms
13 ms
(0100%) Pp=14 MPa (2030 PSI)
500: 18 ms
Frequency Response (025%V, Phase)
350: 66 Hz
46 Hz (90 degree)
(90 degree)
Pp=14 MPa (2030 PSI)
500: 39 Hz
Water - Proofness
IP64
Operating Temperature Range
15 +60 C (5140F)
3
Spool Type
3C2:
Approxmate Spool Stroke to Stops
5 mm ( .20 in.)
[20 C (68 F)]
Approx. Mass
Graphic Symbols
3C40:
AB
350: 5 mm ( .20 in.)

500: 7 mm ( .28 in.)
7.1 (1.10)
8 (1.24)
Max. 2.5 A
Main Spool End Area cm2 (sq. in.)

Rated Current
Coil Resistance
3C2P:
(Zero Rap)
PT
Internal Pilot /
External Drain Type
350: 18 (39.7)
500: 19 (41.9)
10 (22.0)
PT
3.9
kg (lbs.)
AB
Internal Pilot /
Internal Drain Type
AB
1. Return pressure should be less than the actual supply pressure.

2. Pilot pressure should be between 1.5 MPa (218 PSI) and 3.5 MPa (508 PSI), and
should exceed 60% of the actual supply pressure to main valve.
3. Pilot flow is calculated with the above step response time at pilot pressure 14 MPa
(2030 PSI).
4. Added up leakage of main and pilot spools are stated.
AB
b
PT
Y X
PT
External Pilot /
External Drain Type
External Pilot /
Internal Drain Type

FSpecial
Seals
F:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
ELDFH
Series
Number
-04
-280
-3C2P
Type of
Valve
Rated Flow
Spool Type
Mounting Size L /min (U.S.GPM)
ELDFH:
High Response
(Two Stage) Type
G:
Proportional
Sub-Plate
ElectroMounting
Hydraulic
Directional
and Flow
Control Valves
-XY
Direction
of Flow
3C2 3C40
04
06
3C2P
XY : Metre-in
Metre-out
(Zero Lap)
None:
External
Drain
T:
E:
External External
Drain
Pilot
760
-10
Drain
Pilot
Design
Design
Connection Connection Number Standards
None:
Internal
Pilot
280: 280(74.0)
350: 350(92.5)
500: 500(132.1)
-E
Series
10
Refer to
10
SERIES
For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see page 786).
Model Numbers: AMB-EL- - - -10
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Model
Numbers

M6 55 Lg.
M10 60 Lg.
M12 85 Lg.
ELDFHG-04
ELDFHG-06
1/4-20 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs.)
2
4
6
12 - 15 (106 - 133)
58 - 72 (513 - 637)
100 - 123 (885 - 1089)
2-1/4 Lg.
2-1/2 Lg.
3-1/2 Lg.
ELDFHG-04-280- -XY- - -10/1090

Tank Port T
Connector
altered to every 90
degree angles.
Pressure Port P
34
(1.34)
101.6
(4.00)
Pilot Pressure Port X
DIMENSIONS IN
35
(1.38)
1, 2: Power Supply Terminal

10.5
(.41)
50
(1.97)
3: Earth Terminal
Pilot Drain Port Y
Cylinder Port A
2 Places
Cylinder Port B
1: SIG.

3 Places
3: COM
2: CAR.
Position Sensor
for Pilot Spool
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
... 810 mm(.31.39 in.)
Conductor Area
... 0.75 - 1.5 mm2
(.0012 - .0023 sq. in.)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
... 4.57 mm(.18.28)
Conductor Area
... 0.50.75 mm2
(.0008.001 sq. in.)
206 (8.11)
82
(3.23)
130
(5.12)
38
(1.50)
Position Sensor
for Main Spool
1: SIG.
4
(.16)
13.5
(.53)
46
(1.81)
45
(1.77)
136
(5.35)
180 (7.09)

3 Places
194 (7.64)
Air Vent
2.5 (.10) Hex. Soc.
3 (.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
3: CAR
2: COM
Series
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings furnished)
E Series
91 (3.58)
69.9 (2.75)
77
(3.03)
341
(13.43)

4 Places
761
ELDFHG-06- - -XY- - -10/1090

Tank Port T
Pressure Port P
Connector
The direction can bealtered
55
(2.17)
350: 371(14.61)
500: 375(14.76)
130.2
(5.13)
92.1
(3.63)
46
(1.81)
53.2
(2.09)
Cylinder Port B
1:SIG.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
... 810 mm(.31.39 in.)
Conductor Area
... 0.75 - 1.5 mm2
(.0012 - .0023 sq. in.)
Cylinder Port A
3:COM
2:CAR.
Position Sensor
for Pilot Spool

3 Places
SOL a
SOL b
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ... 4.57 mm(.18.28)
Conductor Area ... 0.50.75 mm2
(.0008.001 sq. in.)
Air Vent
2.5 (.10) Hex. Soc.
206 (8.11)
96
(3.78)
1:SIG.
156
(6.14)
6
(.24)
Position Sensor
for Main Spool
11.5
(.45)
52
(2.05)
64
(2.52)
162 (6.38)

3 Places
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings furnished)
6 (.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
2:COM
3:CAR.
ELDFHG-06
Prepare a mounting surface as shown to the below.

130.2(5.13)
7 (.28) Dia.
8 (.31) Deep
2 Places
112.7(4.44)
ELDFHG-04
94.5(3.72)
77(3.03)
76.7(3.02)
Model Numbers
C Thd.
762
17.5
(.69) 29.5
(1.16)
20 (.79) Dia. 4 Places

(Port P, T, A, B)
D Thd. E mm (in.) F mm (in.)
M6
M10
12 (.47)
ELDFHG-04- - - - - -1090 1/4-20 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 14 (.55)
ELDFHG-04- - - - - -10
17.5
(.69)
19.1(.75)
16(.63)
88.1(3.47)
P
Y
65.8(2.59)
3.6(.14) Dia. 5(.20) Deep
2 Places

(Port X, Y)
T
74.6(2.94)
34(1.34)
92.1(3.63)
D Thd. F Deep
4 Places
57.1
(2.25)
55.6(2.19)
14.2 1.6
(.06)
69.8(2.75)
71.4(2.81)
29.4
(1.16)
50(1.97)
18.3
(.72)
H Thd. J Deep
6 Places
53.2(2.09)

(Port X, Y)
73.1(2.88)
101.6(4.0)
C Thd. E Deep
2 Places
232 (9.13)
Pilot Pressure Port X
1, 2: Power Supply Terminal

3: Earth Terminal
220 (8.66)
77
(3.03)
100.8
(3.97)
96.9
(3.81)
13(.51)
118 (4.65)

6 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
Pilot Drain Port Y
ELDFHG-06-350 :
27 (1.06) Dia. 4 Places
ELDFHG-06-500 :
32 (1.26) Dia. 4 Places
(Port P, T, A, B)
Model Numbers
H Thd.
M12
17 (.67)
ELDFHG-06- - - - - -10
20 (.79 )
ELDFHG-06- - - - - -1090 1/2-13 UNC
Series
J mm (in.)
24 (.94)
28 (1.10)
SERIES
Input Voltage vs. Flow Rate
Valve Pres. Diff. : 1 MPa (145 PSI)

Viscosity
: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
50
100
Input Voltage VDC
12 10 8 6 4 2
25
50
200
300
P T
100
400
U.S.GPM
Load Flow Characteristics
400
1600
300
1200
200
800
100
400
Flow Rate
800
600
200
1000
20
25
2000
3000
Load Press. Diff.

A B
30
35 MPa
4000
ELDFHG-04
A B
+100%
Step
Signal
P T
100%
Step
Signal
Travel of
0
Spool
10ms
Travel of
0
Spool
A B
P T
100%
Step
Signal
Travel of
0
Spool
P T
100%
100%
Input Signal : 0 25 %
Hydrauric Circuit : Port A/B Closed
Supply and Pilot Pressure : 14 PMa (2030 PSI)
ELDFHG-06-500
ELDFHG-06-350
Frequency (Hz)
Frequency (Hz)
50 70 100
40
80
120
160
200
Gain (dB)
Gain
Travel of
0
Spool
100%
Phase (deg.)
Gain (dB)
Phase (deg.)
100%
Phase
+100%
0
10ms
20
5000 PSI
ELDFHG-06-500
10ms
5 7 10
35 MPa
+100%
Frequency (Hz)
200
Step
Signal
ELDFHG-04
160
30
10ms
Frequency Response
25
3000
4000
Load Press. Diff.
A B
A B
20
10ms
0
2000
+100%
Travel of
0
Spool
A B
1000
15
P T
10ms
80
10
+100%
Travel of
0
Spool
40
ELDFHG-06-350
+100%
P T
5000 PSI
P T
120
ELDFHG-06-350
5 7 10
20
Phase
Gain
50 70 100
40
80
120
160
200
Series
5 7 10
20
Phase
Gain
Gain (dB)
Step
Signal
ELDFHG-06-500
400
15
ELDFHG-06
Phase (deg.)
Flow Rate
2000
10
L/min
2800
2400
4 6 8 10 12
Input Voltage VDC
180
150
120
90
60
30
0
600
700
P
PT
(132.1U.S.GPM)
500
1000
Step
Signal
500 L/min
U.S.GPM L/min
700
400
A
AB
B
1200
200
(92.5U.S.GPM)
1400
100
350 L/min
(92.5U.S.GPM)
0 2
350 L/min
600
200
P T
500 L/min
200
Input Voltage VDC
12 10 8 6 4 2
60
90
120
150
180
1600
300
400
U.S.GPM
(132.1U.S.GPM)
ELDFHG-04
1800
400
AB
U.S.GPM
L/min
U.S.GPM L/min
500
6 8 10 12
Input Voltage VDC
700
600
50 70 100
E Series
A B
75
0
30
Flow Rate
100
Flow Rate
0 2
Flow Rate
75
P T
200
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
300
25
L/min
100
A B
ELDFHG-06
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
L/min
400
Flow Rate
ELDFHG-04
763
List of Seals and Pilot Valve

ELDFHG-04-280- -XY-
-10/1090
11
X
Y
Remove for
Internal Pilot Models
21
Z
Z
21
17
X
Y
21 15 2 13 5
4 23 1
6 12 22 16 3 15 21 9
Remove for
External Pilot Models
Section Y-Y
Removed for
Removed for
Internal Drain Models
20
21
T
21
21
17
14
21
Y
Removed for
External Drain Models
Section Z-Z
Section X-X
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
Remarks
13
14
15
16
17
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P39
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-A029
SO-NB-A012
1
4
2
1
2

Kit No.: KS-ELDFHG-01-10
Pilot Valve
Valve Model No.
ELDFHG-04
11 Pilot Valve Model No.
ELDFG-01-30-3C2P-XY-1004
Note) See ELDFG-01- - -XY-10/1090 on page 758 for the corresponding seal and solenoid
assembly for the pilot valve.
Note: When ordering seals, pease specify the seal kit number from the table above. In addition to
the above o-rings, seals for pilot valve are included in the seal kit. For the detail of the pilot
valve seals, see page 758.
764
Series
Removed for
SERIES
List of Seals and Pilot Valve
ELDFHG-06- - -XY-
-10/1090
12
Z
X
22
Removed for
External Pilot Models
16
14
22
15
17
7
X
4 24 9
2
9
6 18 13 23 3 16 22 10
Removed for
Internal Drain Models
21
22
22
22
Section X-X
Removed for
External Drain Models
22
22
22
22
21
17
15
22
Removed for
Section Z-Z
Section Y-Y
Item
14
15
16
17
18
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
ELDFHG-06-350
ELDFHG-06-500
SO-NB-A135
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-A126
SO-NB-A123
SO-NB-A135
SO-NB-A030
SO-NB-P40
Qty.
Valve Model Numbers

ELDFHG-06-350- -XY-
1
2
2
4
1
ELDFHG-06-500- -XY-
Note: When ordering seals, pease specify the seal kit number from the table
above. In addition to the above o-rings, seals for pilot valve are included
in the seal kit. For the detail of the pilot valve seals, see page 758.
Pilot Valve
Valve Model No.
ELDFHG-06
12 Pilot Valve Model No.
ELDFG-01-30-3C2P-XY-1006
Note) See ELDFG-01- - -XY-10/1090 on page 758 for the corresponding

seal and solenoid assembly for the pilot valve.
Series
Seal Kit Numbers
-10/1090 KS-ELDFHG-06-350-10
-10/1090 KS-ELDFHG-06-500-10
E Series
Seal Kit Numbers
List of Seals
765
Power Amplifiers / Setting Adjusters

For Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Control Valves
These are power amplifiers to be used exclusively to operate the electro-hydraulic proportional valves. Various type
and models on available for a variety of applications.
Type
Model Numbers
AME-D-10- -20
AME-D-40- -40
DC Input
AME-D2-H1- -12
AME-D2-1010- -11
SK1022- - -11
DC Input-Feedback
AME-DF-S- -22
Slow Up-Down
DC Input
For DC Power
24 V DC
AME-T-S- -22
SK1015-11
AMN-D-10
AMN-W-10
Applicable to
Control Valve
Function
Pressure or Flow Control By giving the command of DC voltage (0 10 V) to the amplifier,

current in proportion to that voltage will flow into the solenoid of the
(For 10 Sol.)
control valve in order to control pressure or flow rate.
An external setting unit which makes the command voltage of 0 10 V
Flow Control
and a DC power supply (or a function generator) are necessary, but if
(For 40 Sol.)
a variable resistor for external setting is only one, the internal power
supply for amplifier can be used.
Flow Control and Relief
Variable
(For 40 -10 Sol.)
Resistor
1k
Flow Control and Relief

(For 10 -10 Sol.)
Amplifier
Valve
Pressure or Flow Control

Basically, this is a DC input type with a feedback operating unit.
(For 10 Sol.)
This is for high-accuracy control and used to feedback the pressure or
Flow Control
flow rate converted to electric signals.
(For 40 Sol.)
Flow Control
(For 40 Sol.)
A slow up-down signal generator and the functions of a DC input type

are incorporated. This is used to control the pressure or flow rate by
slow up-down pattern and the command signals are given by relay
contacts, limit switches, timer contacts, etc.
An amplifier which is operated by a battery power supply (24 V). By

giving the command of DC voltage to the amplifier, current in
proportion to that voltage will flow in the solenoid of the control
valve in order to control pressure or flow rate.
Pressure or Flow Control An external setting unit which makes the command voltage and a DC
(For 10 Sol.)
power supply (or a function generator) are necessary, but if a variable
resistor for external setting is only one, the internal power supply for
amplifier can be used.
Variable
Resistor
SK1091-D24-10
Directional and
Flow Control
Amplifier
Valve
SK1015 amplifier can be used in automobile construction machine.
DC Input
with
Minor Feedback
Shockless
AMN-L-01- - -10
AMB-EL- - - - -10
AMN-G-10
An amplifier which is operated by a battery power supply (24V).

High Response Type
Directional and
Flow Control
Shockless Directional
and
Flow Control
This is for high-response, high-accuracy control and used to feedback

the pressure or flow rate converted to electric signals.
Outputs shockless patterns, low speed (Level 1) high-speed (Level 2)
low speed (Level 3).
Shockless speed control is enabled just by providing SOL a and SOL
b only contact signals in the same control mode as the mode for the
G series of shifting time adjustable type shockless valves.
Instructions
The power amplifiers should be kept away from hot and humid conditions which may deteriorate some components of
the power amplifiers. They also should be installed in the clean and dry place where the vibration is minimal.
Please avoid to install the power amplifiers in the complete enclosure or get them enclosed totally as they need to
radiate the heat from semiconductors or ICs inside.
Please use shielded wires for input signal transmission to prevent the amplifiers from any interference such as noise
from outside.
766
Power Amplifiers
SERIES
Power Amplifiers For 10 Series Control Valves

These power amplifiers are used to drive the 10 series proportional
electro-hydraulic pressure or flow control valves.

AME
-D
-10
-100
-20
Series
Number
Type of Function
Coil Resistance
of Valve
Power Supply
Design
Number
AME
D : DC Input Type
10 : 10
100 : 100 V AC
200 : 200 V AC
20
Applicable to Valve
-A
Series Number
-100
Type of Function
SK1022:
DC Input-Feedback
Type
-11
Power Supply
A : Polarity of Feedback
Voltage...()
100 : 100 V AC
B : Polarity of Feedback
Voltage...(+)
200 : 200/220 V AC
Design
Number
11
SK1015:
DC Input Type
for DC Power
Supply
11
Name of Valve
Model Numbers
Pilot Relief Valves
EDG-01
Relief Valves
EBG-03
EBG-06
EBG-10
Relieving and
Reducing Valves
10 Series
Flow Control Valves
ERBG-06
ERBG-10
EFG-03/06
EFCG-03/06
(51 Design)
Flow Control and

Relief Valves
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
Use with 24 V DC since this is for a battery power supply.
Specifications
Model No.
AME-D-10- -20
SK1022-A- -11
SK1022-B- -11
SK1015-11
DC Input Type
DC Input
Feedback Type
DC Input
Feedback Type
DC Input Type
Max. Output Current
1 A (10 Solenoid)
1 A (10 Solenoid)
1 A (10 Solenoid)
0.9 A (10 Solenoid)
Max. Input Voltage
+ 10 V DC
+ 10 V DC
+ 10 V DC
+ 10 V DC
0 to 10V
0 to +10V
Description
Type of Fuction
Feedback Voltage
Input Impedance
Max. Gain
Dither
Temperature Drift (Max.)
Power Supply
Power Input (Max.)
Ambient Temperature
External Setting Resistance
Mass
10 k
50 k
50 k
50 k
1A/5V
1 A / 0.5 V
1 A / 0.5 V
0.9 A / 5 V
Variable
Fix
Fix
Fix
0.2 mA /C
0.2 mA /C
0.2 mA /C
1 mA /C
100 V AC, 200 V AC

(50/60 Hz)
100 V AC, 200/220 V AC 10% (50/60 Hz)
Power Amplifiers
SK1022
22-30 V DC
55 VA
45 VA
45 VA
25 VA
0-50C (32-122F)
0-50C (32-122F)
0-50C (32-122F)
0-50C (32-122F)
1 k
1 k
1 k
10 k
2.1 kg (4.6 lbs.)
4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.)
4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.)
0.4 kg (.88 lbs.)
Serviceable Range; 100 VAC can be used from 90 to 132 VAC, 200 VAC can be used from 180 to 264 VAC.
Instructions
Power supply for the setting adjuster can be provided from this power amplifier, but for only one.
However, please use the variable resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 1 k (in case of madel SK1015, use
10 k) for the setting adjuster.
Power Amplifiers
767
AME-D-10- -20
Detail of Terminal Board
Terminal
Number
[Example Diagram]
1
2
3
4
5
Setting Adjuster
MC-01
6
220
+12V
DITHER
MAX
MIN
1 k
SOL
7
8
9
10
11
12
8
10
11
12
Power Supply
Ammeter
(Output Current)
Max. Adjuster
Zero Adjuster
Name
Input Signal
Input Signal
IN
COM
Input Signal
COM
Internal Power
Supply
+12 V
Output to Valve
Solenoid
SOL
Ground
Power Supply
100/200 VAC
Terminal Board
(Refer to table above)
MAX
MIN
Supply Switch
IN
COM
COM
12V

4 Places
199(7.83)
Power Fuse
189(7.44)
CURRENT
MONITOR
SOL
DITHER
POWER
Dither Adjuster
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
G
AC
9
10
11
12
178(7.01)
POWER AMP
Indicator Lamp
70
(2.76)
80
(3.15)
25
(.98)
170
(6.69)
185.5
(7.30)
76
(2.99)
1. Adjustment of upper limit of usable range

2. Adjustment of lower limit of usable range
DIMENSIONS IN
768
Power Amplifiers
SERIES
A
SK1022- - -11
B
[ Example Diagram ]
Setting Adjuster
MC- 01
470
15V
DITHER
REF
1
GAIN
1 k
SOL
8
11
3
F.B
NULL
Pressure
Sensor
12
13
14
SO L
+15V
G
Terminal Board
Check Terminal
3 Places
NULLG
AIN
Feedback 3
Adjuster
Gain Adjuster
SO L
+15V
Power Fuse
100 V AC : 2A
200/220 V AC :
1A
Indicator Lamp
POWER
G
AC
F1
8 REF
9 CO M
10 F.B
11 CO M
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
14
178
(7.01)
199(7.83)
REF COMF
189(7.44)
Zero 2
Adjuster
Supply
Switch
Output to Valve
Solenoid
Power Supply
100 V AC, 200V AC : 13, 14
220 V AC : 12, 14
Ammeter (Output Current)
Reference
Adjuster
REF
CO M
F.B
CO M
Ground
11
12
13
14
Power Supply
Input Signal
Input Signal
Feedback Signal
Feedback Signal
Power Supply for

Setting Adjuster
(10 V at 1 k)
10
Name
Output
Fuse(2A)
F2
4.5(.18) Dia.
Through
4 Places
105(4.13)
125(4.92)
1.
2.
3.
4.
240(9.45)
22
(.87)
260(10.24)
Adjustment of upper limit of usable range

Adjustment of lower limit of usable range
Adjustment of feedback voltage ratio
Adjustment of input voltage ratio
120
(4.72)
Power Amplifiers
10
Terminal
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DIMENSIONS IN
Power Amplifiers
769
SK1015-11
Lead Wire
Approx.
200
(7.87)
[ Example Diagram ]
Setting
Adjuster
Blue
Blue
Black
10 k
White
Black
SO
GAIN
Red
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NULL
1 k
Yellow
100(3.94)
3
(.12)
75(2.95)
85(3.35)
4(.16) Dia. Through

4 Places
45
(1.77)
120(4.72)
24 V DC
Zero Adjuster
Gain Adjuster
Lead Wire Detail

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
White........Plus of 24 V DC
Black........Zero of 24 V DC
Blue..........
Blue.......... Output to Valve Solenoid
Yellow......15 V Power Supply for Setting Adjuster (10 V at 10 k )
Red...........Input Signal
Black........Zero of Input Signal
DIMENSIONS IN
Instructions
Supply Switch
The power amplifier has no power supply switch.
As soon as it is connected to a power supply, it comes to be alive. Provide a power switch externally.
770
Power Amplifiers
SERIES
Compact Power Amplifiers For 10 Series Control Valves

Compact power amplifiers for 10 proportional solenoids. The power
supply is 24 V DC. It uses a new circuitry to be slow to heat.

AMN
-D
-10
Series Number
Type of Function
Design
Number
AMN
D : DC Input Type
10
Specifications
Applicable to Valve
Model No.
Name of Valve
AMN-D-10
Description
Type of Function
DC Input Type
1 A (10
Max. Output Current
EDG-01
Relief Valves
EBG-03
EBG-06
EBG-10
Relieving and
Reducing Valves
ERBG-06
ERBG-10
10 Series
Flow Control Valves
EFG-03/06
EFCG-03/06
(51 Design)
10 -10 Series
High Flow Series
Flow Control and
Relief Valves
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
Solenoid)
+ 10 V DC
Power Input (Max.)
Model Numbers
Pilot Relief Valves
10 k
Input Impedance
1A/5V
Max. Gain
Variable
Dither
0.2 mA /C
24 V DC (20 - 30 V DC)
Power Supply
25 W
Max. Input Power
0 - 50C (32 - 122F)
Ambient Temperature
1k
AMN-D-10
Power Amplifiers
0.2 kg (.44 lbs.)
Approx. Mass
DIMENSIONS IN
[Example Diagram]
Setting Adjuster
MC-01
MIN

2 Places
+12V
5
SPAN
SOL
SPAN
Zero Adjuster
Power Supply
Span Adjuster
POWER
100(3.94)
MIN
DITHER
90(3.54)
1k

Terminal
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Name
Power Supply
Power Supply
Ground
Internal Power Supply
Input Signal
Input Signal
Output to Valve
Solenoid
+24 V
0V
G
+12 V
IN
COM
Terminal Board
(Refer to table on
the left.)
50
(1.97)
60
(2.36)
Indicator
Lamp
2.5
(.10)
30
(1.18)
SOL
Power Amplifiers
771
Power Amplifiers For 40 Series Flow Control Valves

These power amplifiers are used to drive the 40 series proportional
electro-hydraulic flow control valves.

AME
-D
-40
-100
-40
Series
Number
Type of Function
Coil Resistance
of Valve
Power Supply
Design
Number
AME
D: DC Input Type
40 : 40
100 : 100 V AC
200 : 200 V AC
40
AME
-DF
Series
Number
Type of
Function
AME
DF: DC Input
Feedback
Type
T : Slow Up
Down Type
-S
Type of Mounting
S : Panel Mounting
Type
-100
-22
Power Supply
Design
Number
100 :
100 V AC
22
200 :
200/220 V AC
22
Applicable to Valve
Name of Valve
Model Numbers
EFG -02 (31 Design)
EFCG
40 Series
Flow Control Valves
EFG -03 (26 Design)

EFCG
EFG -06 (22 Design)
EFCG
EFG -10 (11 Design)
EFCG
Specifications
Model No.
Description
Type of Fuction
AME-D-40- -40
AME-DF-S- -22
DC Input Type
DC Input Feedback Type
Max. Output Current
0.8 A (40 Solenoid)
0.8 A (40 Solenoid)
Max. Input Voltage
+ 10 V DC
+ 10 V DC
Feedback Voltage
Input Impedance
Dither
Power Supply
Power Input (Max.)
Ambient Temperature
Approx. Mass
Slow Up Down Type

0.8 A (40 Solenoid)
0 to 10 V
10 k
50 k
0.8 A / 5 V
0.8 A / 5 V
Slow Up Down Range

Max. Gain
AME-T-S- -22
0.05 1 s/100 mA
Fix
Fix
Fix
0.2 mA /C
0.2 mA /C
0.2 mA /C
100 V AC, 200/220 V AC 10% (50/60 Hz)

70 VA
90 VA
90 VA
050C (32122F)
0 50C (32 122F)
0 50C (32 122F)
1 k
1 k
2.8 kg (6.2 lbs.)
4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.)
4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.)
Instructions
Power supply of the outside setting adjuster
When DC input type (AME-D-40) or DC input-feedback type (AME-DF-S) power amplifier is used, power supply for
the setting adjuster can be provided from this power amplifier, but for only one. However, please use the variable
resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 1 k for the setting adjuster.
772
Power Amplifiers
SERIES
AME-D-40- -40
[Example Diagram]
Terminal
Number
Setting Adjuster
MC-01
10 180
MIN
+12V
1
SPAN
40 SOL
1k
9
0.1
DITHER
12
13 14
Power Supply
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Name
Input Signal
Input Signal

Feedback Signal
Output to Valve
Solenoid
Frame Ground
Power Supply
IN
COM
5V
MFB
COM
SOL
+12V
FG
VAC
VAC
Terminal Board

2Places
Span Adjuster
1
2
3
4
SPAN
MIN
8
9
10
11
Indicator Lanp
ON
POWER
12
13
OFF
14
Supply Switch
FUSE
POWER AMPLIFIER
MODEL
FUSE
MFG No.
140 (5.51)
Power Fuse
100 V AC : 3 A
200 V AC : 1.5 A
4.5
(.18)
70
(2.76)
115
(4.53)
4.5
(.18)
152 (5.98)

DIMENSIONS IN
Power Amplifiers
Power Amplifiers
Zero Adjuster
165 (6.50)
140 (5.51)
153 (6.02)
WARNING
773
AME-DF-S- -22

Terminal
Number
[Example Diagram]
Setting Adjuster
MC-01
10
470
15V
DITHER
REF
1
GAIN
1k
SOL
8
11
F.B
NULL
Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Output to Valve Solenoid
12
13
14
11
12
13
14
Power Supply
SOL
Power Supply for Setting

+15 V
Adjuster (10 V at 1 k )
Ground
G
10
Sensor
REF
COM
F.B
COM
Input Signal
Input Signal
Feedback Signal
Feedback Signal
Power Supply
100 V AC, 200 V AC: 13, 14
220 V AC: 12, 14
Ammeter
(Output Current)
Check Terminal
3 Places
4
Reference Adjuster
Feedback Adjuster
2
FB
Supply Switch
NULL
GAIN
199(7.83)
REF COM
189(7.44)
Zero Adjuster
Gain Adjuster
Indicator Lamp
POWER

4 Places
240
(9.45)
260
(10.24)
22
(.87)
Terminal Board

3. Adjustment of feedback voltage ratio
4. Adjustment of input voltage ratio
8
9
SOL
DIMENSIONS IN
Power Fuse
100 V AC: 3 A
200/220 V AC: 1.5 A
REF
1
2
COM
F.B
10
11
AC
12
13
5
6
14
+15V
F1
3
4
COM
F2
120
(4.72)
View Arrow X
774
Power Amplifiers
178(7.01)
105
(4.13)
125
(4.92)
Output Fuse (1.5A)
SERIES
AME-T-S- -22
[Example Diagram]
1
2
3
Limit Switch
4
10
CH1
CR1
Input Command
CR1
Input Command
CR2
Input Command
CR3
Input Command
CR4
SOL
DITHER
SOL
CR3
6
7
CH2
CR4
Name
CR2
Sequence Holding
Circuit
14
10
Input Command
Power Supply
11
Ground
12 13
CR. COM
G
12
Power Supply
13
100 V AC, 200 V AC: 13, 14
14
220 V AC: 12, 14

Indicator Lamp
(CH2)
Indicator Lamp
(CH1)
Terminal Board
MAX
UP
DOW
UP
Supply Switch
POWER
DOW
NULL
4.5(.18) Dia.
Through
4 Places
Null Adjuster
105(4.13)
125(4.92)
Power Fuse
100 V AC : 3A
200/220 V AC :
1.5 A
240(9.45)
260(10.24)
22
(.87)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
MIN
F1
F2
Output
Fuse
(1.5 A)
120
(4.72)
[Output Current Pattern]

CH1
(Channel 1)
Current
MAX.1
DOWN 1
UP.1
N U LL
DIMENSIONS IN
CH2
(Channel 2)
DOWN 2
MAX.2
UP.2
MIN.1
H
Power Amplifiers
MIN
189(7.44)
199(7.83)
MAX
178
(7.01)
CH2 Adjuster
CH1 Adjuster
Indicator Lamp
Trminal
Number
1
MIN.2
Time
Terminal
1 & 10 in Short-Circuit
CR1 ON
CR2 ON
CR3 ON
CR4 ON
Note: 1. CR1 to CR4: Relays in the power amplifier.

The output patterns CH1 and CH2 can not be obtained simultaneously nor can they be transmitted
halfway to another pattern.
2. The words such as MAX, MIN, UP and DOWN show the volume adjustment of the power amplifier.
Power Amplifiers
775
How to Calculate Accelerating and Decelerating Time (Example)

Question: Wish to accelerate and decelerate the actuator in between 5 L/min (1.32 U.S. GPM) and 25 L/min (6.6 U.S.
GPM) in the use of proportional flow control valve model EFG-02-30-31 .
In such case, what are the manimum and minimun time adjustable for the acceleration and deceleration?
Answer:
The input current for EFG-02-30-31 at the flow rate of 5 L/min (1.32 U.S. GPM) and 25 L/min (6.6 U.S.
GPM) can be obtained respectively from the chart below. The chart shows:
Input current at 5 L/min (1.32 U.S. GPM) 300 mA
Input current at 25 L/min (6.6 U.S. GPM) 520 mA
Then, the difference between the above two can be obtained with the following formula:
520 mA 300 mA = 220 mA
While, the speecification for the model AME-T-S shows the amplifier's gradient for acceleration or
deceleration as being between 0.05 s/100 mA and 1.0 s/100 mA (which means that the minimum time is
0.05 second and the maximum time is 1.0 second for every 100 mA variation).
Therefore, the minimum and maximum adjustable time can be obtained as follows:
220 mA
100 mA
0.05 second = 0.11 second (Minimum)
220 mA
100 mA
1.0 second = 2.2 second (Maximum)
The result above are as illustrated on the below.
[F l o w P a t t e r n ]
[In p u t C u r r e n t v s . F l o w ]
EFG-02
U.S.GPM L /min
30
8
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Flow Rate
25 L /min
(6.6 U.S.GPM)
25
5 L /min
(1.3 U.S.GPM)
Min.
0.11 s
Max. 2.2 s
Flow Rate
Min.
0.11 s
Time s
Max. 2.2 s
5
4
3
20
15
10
2
1
0
5
0
0
10
200 300 400 500
Input Current
776
Power Amplifiers
mA
600
SERIES
Interchangeability in Installation Current and New Design
Specification
Electricity consumption is different by Current and New Design.
The other specifications remain unchanged.
Electricity Consumption
New : 40 Design
Current : 32 Design
90 VA
70 VA
Installation Interchangeability : None
AME-D-S- -32
Power Fuse
100 V AC : 3A
200 V AC : 1.5A
Terminal Board
Gain Adjuster
10
REF
COM
10
F.B
11
COM
8
9
GAIN
+15V
G
Indicator Lamp
POWER
220V
12
220V
13
0V
14
F1
240 (9.45)
105(4.13)
Output Fuse
(1.5A)
120
(4.72)
260 (10.24)
22
(.87)
125(4.92)
F2
DIMENSIONS IN
AME-D-40- -40
Terminal Board
Power Amplifiers
NULL
199
(7.83)

2 Places
Span Adjuster
1
2
3
4
WARNING
Zero Adjuster
7
MIN
8
9
10
11
Indicator Lamp
ON
POWER
12
13
OFF
14
Supply Switch
Power Fuse
100 V AC : 3 A
200 V AC : 1.5 A
FUSE
165 (6.50)
SPAN
153 (6.02)
4.5(.18) Dia.
Through
4 Places
189
(7.44)
SOL
Supply Switch
178 (7.01)
POWER AMPLIFIER
Zero Adjuster
POWER AMPLIFIER
MODEL
FUSE
MFG No.
4.5(.18)
4.5(.18)
152
(5.98)
70(2.76)
115
(4.53)
Power Amplifiers
777
Power Amplifiers For 40 - 10 Series Control Valves

These power amplifiers are specially designed to combine and
incorporate the functions of pressure control (10 solenoid) and
flow control (40 solenoid) into one and can be used for the
proportional electro-hydraulic flow control and relief valves of
which model numbers are as shown below.

AME
-D 2
-H 1
-100
Series Number
Type of Function
Type of Mounting
AME
D2: DC Input Type
H1: Wall Tapestry Type
Power Supply
100: 100 V AC
200: 200/220 V AC
-12
Design
Number
12
Applicable to Valve
Name of Valve
40 - 10 Series
Flow Control and Relief Valve
Model Numbers
EFBG-03-125-C/H-17
EFBG-06-250-C/H-17
EFBG-10-500-C/H-17
Specifications
Model No.
Description
Type of Function
Max. Output Current
Max. Input Voltage
Input Impedance
Max. Gain
Dither
Power Supply
Power Input (Max.)
Ambient Temperature
Approx. Mass
AME-D2-H1- -12
Flow Controls (40 Solenoid)
Pressure Controls (10 Solenoid)
DC Input Type
DC Input Type
0.8 A (40 Solenoid)
1 A (10 Solenoid)
+10 V DC
+10 V DC
10 k
10 k
0 .8 A / 5 V
1A/5V
Fix
Fix
0.2 mA / C
0.2 mA / C
100 V AC, 200/220 V AC 10% (50/60 Hz)
130 VA
0-50 C (32-122 F)
1k
1k
5.6 kg (12.3 lbs.)
Instructions
Power supply for the setting adjuster up to two set can be provided from this power amplifier. However, please use the
variable resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 1 k for the setting adjuster.
778
Power Amplifiers
SERIES
AME-D2-H1- -12

Terminal
Number
[Example Diagram]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Flow Setting
Adjuster
20
19
DITHER
12V
Flow Control Valve
SPAN
9
17
MIN
18
DITHER
SPAN
8
6
40
SOL
Pres.Control Valve
10
SOL
TOFF TON
MIN
Pres. Setting
Adjuster
Terminal Board
(Refer to the table
on the right above.)
Name
Power Supply
100 V AC, 200 V AC: 1, 2
220 V AC: 1, 3
G
Ground
Output to Pressure Control

Valve (10 ) Solenoid
PR. SOL
Ammeter
Output to Flow Control
Valve (40 ) Solenoid
Ammeter
Common
-12 V OUT
Common
+12 V OUT
Common
Input Signal for PRES.
Input Signal for FLOW
+12 V OUT
Pres. Zero-Point Adjuster
Flow Zero-Point Adjuster
FL. SOL
COM
-12 V
COM
+12 V
COM
PR.IN
FL.IN
+12 V
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
PRES FLOW
Flow Span Adjuster
MIN
SPAN
T ON
Pres. Rising Time Adjuster
T OFF
POWER
F2
Pres. Span Adjuster
Power Amplifiers
F1
10
174
(6.85)
188(7.40)
200(7.87)
POWER
AMPLIFIER
Indicator Lamp
Pres. Falling Time Adjuster
Flow Output Fuse

1.5 A
Pres. Output Fuse
2A
60
(2.36)
6(.24)
100(3.94)
220(8.66)
Supply Switch
145
(5.71)
1. Minimum Pressure Setting

2. Variable Pressure Range Setting
3. Minimum Flow Setting
4. Variable Flow Range Setting
DIMENSIONS IN
Power Amplifiers
779
Power Amplifiers For 10 - 10 Series Control Valves

These power amplifiers can drive two solenoid of 10 load simultaneously
or separately, and the control can be done in the same way even though
the object is separated by pressure system and flow rate system. Although
the display of control unit on the front panel is PRESS and FLOW , they
are exactly the same circuit, so there is no distinction between the two
system when used.
Applicable to Valve
AME
-D2
-1010
-11
Series
Number
Type of Function
Coil Resistance
of Valve
Design
Number
AME
D2:
DC Input Type
1010: 10
Model No.
Type of Function
Max. Output Current
Max. Input Voltage
Input Impedance
Max. Gain
Dither
Power Supply
Power Input (Max.)
Ambient Temperature
Approx. Mass
AME-D2-1010-11
Model Numbers
Pilot Relief Valves
EDG-01
Relief Valves
EBG-03
EBG-06
EBG-10
Relieving and
Reducing Valves
ERBG-06
ERBG-10
10 Series
Flow Control Valves
EFG-03/06
EFCG-03/06
10 -10 Series
High Flow Series
Flow Control and
Relief Valves
EFBG-03
EFBG-06
EFBG-10
11
Specifications
Description
Name of Valve
DC Input Type
1 A (10
Solenoid)
+ 10 V DC
Applicable to Piston Pump
10 k
1A/5V
Name of Pump
Variable 100-300 mA
0.2 mA /C
85 - 264 VAC
120 VA
0-50C (32-122F)
1k
4.3 kg (9.5 lbs.)
"A" Series Variable

Displacement
Piston Pump
Proportional
Electro-Hydraulic
Load Sensing Type
Model Numbers
A16- -R-04
A22- -R-04
A37- -R-04
A56- -R-04
A70- R04
A90- R04
A145- R04
Also, double pumps
combined with the
models listed above
and fixed displacement vane pumps.
Instructions
Power supply for the setting adjuster up to two set can be provided from this power amplifier. However, please use the
variable resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 1 k for the setting adjuster.
780
Power Amplifiers
SERIES
AME-D2-1010-11
Terminal
Number
[Example Diagram]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Flow Setting
Adjuster
17
16
DITHER
+12V
SPAN
14
15
MIN
DITHER
SPAN
PR.
SOL
MIN
FL.
SOL
Pres. Setting
Adjuster
Power Supply
Name
Power Supply
85 - 264 VAC
G
Ground
Output to Pressure Control

Valve Solenoid
PR. SOL
Ammeter
Output to Flow Control
Valve Solenoid
Ammeter
-12 V OUT
Common
+12 V OUT
Common
Input Signal for PRES.
Input Signal for FLOW
+12 V OUT
FL. SOL
-12 V
COM
+12 V
COM
PR.IN
FL.IN
+12 V
Pres. Dither Adjuster
Pres. Span Adjuster

1
Pres. Zero-Point Adjuster
Terminal Board
(Refer to the table
on the right above.)
Flow Zero-Point Adjuster

Flow Span Adjuster
POWER AMPLIFIER
+12V
188 (7.40)
200 (7.87)
FL
SOL
FL
IN
Flow Dither Adjuster
16
PRESS
PR
IN
15
COM
14
FLOW
MIN
A
PR
SOL
GND
+12V
13
SPAN
5
COM
-12V
AME-D2-1010-11
17
Indicator Lamp
12
11
DITHER
3
2
AC
F3
U S
POWER
E
F
F2
U S
F1
U S
F
E
Supply Switch
6(.24)
60
(2.36)
145
(5.71)
100 (3.94)
220 (8.66)
Power Fuse
100 V AC : 2 A
200 V AC : 1 A
Power Amplifiers
10
175
(6.89)
Pres. Output Fuse

1.5 A
Flow Output Fuse
1.5 A
1. Minimum Pressure Setting

2. Variable Pressure Range Setting
3. Minimum Flow Setting
4. Variable Flow Range Setting
DIMENSIONS IN
Power Amplifiers
781
Power Amplifiers
For Shockless Type Directional and Flow Control Valves
These power amplifiers are used to drive the shockless type proportional
and flow control valves.

AMN
-G
-10
Series Number
Type of Function
Design Number
AMN
Shockless Directional
G : and Flow Control Type
10
W : DC Input Type
10
Applicable to Valve
Name of Valve
Model Numbers
Shockless Type Proportional

Directional and flow Control
Valves
EDFG-01
Specifications
Model Numbers
Description
AMN-G-10
1.3 A (10 Solenoid)
Max. Output Current

Setting Resolution
Input Current
0 99 % (1 % Units)
SOLa : 3 Patterns
SOLb : 3 Patterns
10 mA/24 V
Voltage Range
10 28 V
Number of Preselection Pattern

Sequence Input
AMN-W-10
10 V DC : SOLa
+10 V DC : SOLb
10 k
1.3 A/5 V : SOLa
1.3 A/+5 V : SOLb
Maximum Input Voltage

Input Impedance
Maximum Gain
Dither
Slope Adjustment Range
Maximum Slope Time
Delay Time Adjustment Range
Temperature Drift
Power Supply
Power Input
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Humidity
Approx. Mass
Variable (Internal)
0 99 %/Max. slope time
1 99 s
0.1 3 s
0.2 mA /C
24 V DC (Power Supply Range : 20 30 V)
25 W
0 50C (32 122F)
90 % RH or less
0.2 kg (.4 lbs.)
Instructions
Power supply of the outside setting adjuster
When DC input type (AMN-W) power amplifier is used, power supply for the setting adjuster can be provided from
this power amplifier, but for only one. However, please use the variable resistor or potentiometre of which impedance
is 1 k for the setting adjuster.
Supply Switch
The power amplifier has no power supply switch. As soon as it is connected to a power supply, it comes to be alive.
Provide a power switch externally.
782
Power Amplifiers
SERIES
AMN-G-10
SOL A
SOL B
SEL 1
SEL 2
COM
[Example Diagram]
Name
Terminal
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
Power Supply
+24V
Power Supply
0V
Ground
G
Sequence Input IN COM
Sequence Input SOL A
Sequence Input SOL B
7
8
9
10
11
12
SOL.a
IN
DISPLAY
10
PWN
11
RAM
+
Terminal
Number
Name
CPU
5
6
7
8
4
ROM
Power
Supply
Sequence
Controller
+5 V
+1 5 V
- 15V
Power Supply
FG
SOL.b
12
AD
24V 0V
1
2
+
Sequence Input
Sequence Input
SEL 1
SEL 2
Output to Valve
Solenoid
SOL a
Output to Valve
Solenoid
SOL b
Power Supply
DC24V
Terminal Board
(Refer to table on the
right above)
Point Lamps
Input Signal Output Current
9 10 11 12
S OL a
S OL b
2
1
3
3
1
2
L EVEL
S L OP E
MA X
MI N
DA T A
90(3.54)
Item Check Key
Data Display
I T EM
POWE R A MP .
G
3
Data Setting
Push Buttons
SEQ. IN
ASOL B 1 SEL 2
5 6 7 8
C
4
2
1
SOL b
OFF
0
SOL a
1
2
SOL
SOL
SEL
SEL
B
A
1
2
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
5
(.20)
POWER
24V 0V
1 2
115(4.53)
Item Indicating
Lamps
5
(.20)
Terminal Board
(Refer to table on the right above)
AMN-W-10

2 Places
30
(1.18)
DIMENSIONS IN
Terminal
Number
Manually Operated
Setting Adjuster
MIN a
MC02
SPA Na
+12V
11
- 12V
DE L A Y
2 k
SOLa
10
DE L AY
SPA Nb
SOLb
12
MIN b
DIT H ER
G
0V
24V
[Example Diagram]
1
2
3
4
5
6
Name
Terminal
Number
Power Supply
+24V
Power Supply
0V
Ground
G
Internal Power Supply +12V
Internal Power Supply 12V
7
8
9
10
11
12
Name
Input Signal
Input Signal
IN
COM
Output to Valve
Solenoid
SOL a
Output to Valve
Solenoid
SOL b
Power Supply
Terminal Board
(Refer to table on the
right above)
Power Amplifiers
50(1.97)
60(2.36)
SOL a, b
Indicator Lamp
11 12
SOL b
SPAN b
MIN a
MIN b
Delay Adjuster
DELAY
POWER
MODEL
Zero Adjuster
AMN-W-10
MFG NO.
0V
+12V
-12V
IN
COM
Indicator Lamps
5
(.20)
24V
50(1.97)
5
(.20)
3.5(.14) Dia. Though

60(2.36)
2 Places
Terminal Board
(Refer to table on the right above)
30
(1.18)
Power Amplifiers
DELAY
SOL b
0
SOL a
Input Voltage
SOL a
SPAN a
Output Current
Span Adjuster
SOL b
115(4.53)
10
SOL a
90(3.54)
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
+V
0
V
DIMENSIONS IN
783
Power Amplifiers For Directional and Flow Control Valves

These power amplifiers are used to drive the proportional electro-hydraulic
directional and flow control valves.

SK1091
-D24
-10
Series Number
Power Supply
Design Number
SK1091
D24: 24 V DC
10
Applicable to Valve
Name of Valve
Model Numbers
Directional and
Flow Control Valve
03
EDFHG- 04
06
Specifications
Model No.
Description
Max. Output Current
Max. Input Voltage
Input Impedance
Max. Gain
SK1091-D24-10
1 A (10
Solenoid)
10 V DC for SOL a
+10 V DC for SOL b
10 k
1 A / 5 V
Dither
Variable
Delay Time Adjustment

Range
0.15-3 s

Power Supply
Required Current
Power Input (Max.)
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Humidity
Approx. Mass
0.2 mA /C
24 V DC (21-28 V Included Ripple)
1.5 A or more
25 W
0-50C (32-122F)
90%RH or less
2k
1.0 kg (2.2 lbs.)
Instructions
Power Supply for the Setting Adjuster
Power supply for the setting adjuster can be provided from this power amplifier, but for only one. However, please use
the variable resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 2 k for the setting adjuster.
Power Switch
The power amplifier has no power supply switch. As soon as it is connected to a power supply , it comes to be alive.
784
Power Amplifiers
SERIES
SK1091-D24-10
For SOLa
MINa
Setting Adjuster
DOWNa
UPa
MC-02
SPANa
+12V
8 SOL a
9
1
6
5
2k
Output Current ( A)
[Input-Output Characteristics]
[Example Diagram]
DELAY
-12V
SPAN a
MIN a
10 SOL b
UPb
-V
11
DOWNb SPANb
14
24V
12
MINb
DITHER
For SOL b
SPAN b
MIN b
Approx. 0.1V
Input Voltage
+V
0V
[Delay Function]
13
Power Supply
1 In case 1 and 2 Input signal terminals are used.

+V
Input Voltage 0

Terminal
Number
SOL b
Input Signal
Input Signal
Input Signal
Power Supply for Setting Adjuster
IN
COM
IN
+12V
COM
12V
Output Current 0
UP b
DOWN a
DOWN b
UP a
SOL a
2 In case 3 and 2 Input signal terminals are used.

+V
Input Voltage 0
V
SOL b
SOL a
Output Current 0
SOL b
Power Supply
Power Supply
Frame Ground
DOWN a
UP b
DOWN b
UP a
SOL a
24 V
0V
FG
3 In case 1 , 2 and 3 Input signal terminals are used.

Terminal 1 2 Terminal 3 2
+V
Three (3) usages are available as shown 1 to 3 of Delay Function

at right hand side for Input signal terminal (IN).
Input Voltage 0
SOL b
UP b
Output Current 0
Indicator Lamp
DOWN a
DOWN b
UP a
SOL a
Delay Time Adjuster

for SOL a
SOL a, b
Indicator Lamp
POWER
Power Amplifiers
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Name
SOLa
SOLb
Delay Time Adjuster

for SOL b
DOWNa
150(5.91)
SPANb
Span Adjuster
14
13
12
11
10
SPANa
180(7.09)
7
8
DOWNb
166(6.54)
UPb
UPa
MINa
MINb
DITHER
Zero-Point Adjuster
Terminal Board
(Refer to the table
on the above.)
6
(.24)
48
(1.89)
Dither Adjuster
Power Amplifiers
10
(.39)
100
(3.94)
785
Power Amplifiers
For High Response Type Directional and Flow Control Valves
These power amplifiers are used to drive the high
response type proportional electro-hydraulic
directional and flow control valves.
A compact AMN-L model and a euro card type
AMB-EL model are available.
The single height [3U: 100 160 mm (3.94
6.30 in.)] is employed for the euro card size of the
AMB-EL model.
AMB-EL
AMN-L

AMN-L
AMN
Series Number
AMN
-L
-01
Type of Function
Size of
Applicable Valve
L: DC Input Type Directional

and Flow Control with
Miner feedback
-3
01: 01 Size
-10
-2P
Applicable
Spool Type
Compensation
1: Type 1
None: 3C2, 3C40
3: Type 3
2P: 3C2P
Desigen Number
10
AMB-EL
-EL
-03
-2P
Type of Function
Size of
Applicable Valve
Applicable
Spool Type
AMB
Series Number
-10
-1
Compensation
Desigen Number
01: 01 Size
AMB
EL: DC Input Type

Control with Miner
feedback
Please refer to us for
03: 03 Size
None: 3C2, 3C40
04: 04 Size
2P: 3C2P
06: 06 Size
1: For flow rate 40/80 L/min

(10.6/21.1 U.S.GPM)
2: For flow rate 280 L/min
(74.0 U.S.GPM)
3: For flow rate 350 L/min(92.5 U.S.GPM)
4: For flow rate 500 L/min(132 U.S.GPM)
10
Specifications
Description
Model Numbers
AMN-L-01-1
AMN-L-01-3-2P
2.5 A
(3.9 Solenoid)
+10 V DC: PBAT
Max. Input Voltage
10 V DC: PABT
10 k or more
Input Impedance
Terminal
Number
Slope-off input
13-14 Short
Slope Adjust Time
0.03 5 s
Monitor Voltage
1.5 V / 3 mm st.
Alarm
Open Collector (30 V DC, 10 mA Max.)
Supply Voltage Rage
24 V DC (20 30 V DC)
Power Input
75 W
Ambient Temperature
0 50 C (32 122 F)
Ambient Humidity
90 % RH or less
Connector
Approx. Mass
0.3 kg (.66 lbs.)
Max. Output Current
AMB-EL-03
2.5 A
(3.9 Solenoid)
3.0 A
(3 Solenoid)
AMB-EL-04
AMB-EL-06
2.5 A
(3.9 Solenoid)
10 V / 5 V
100 k (50 k in single-end mode)
4 28 V
0.05 5 s (Slope Adjustment function is not available with AMB-EL- -2P
10 V / rated st.
Open Collector (30 V DC, 10 mA Max.)
24 V DC (21 28 V DC)
30 W
30 W
40 W
0 50 C (32 122 F)
85 % RH or less
DIN 41612 F32
0.28 kg (.62 lbs.)
0.34 kg (.75 lbs.)
Instructions
Applicable to Valve
786
AMB-EL-01
Power Amplifiers
Model Numbers
Valve Model Numbers
AMN-L
ELDFG-01
AMB-EL
ELDFG-01/03 ELDFHG-04/06
Power Switch
The power amplifier has no power supply switch. As soon as it is
connected to a power supply, it comes to be alive.
Power Amplifiers
SERIES
12V
MIN a
Terminal
Number
SP A Na
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Vin 10
11
12
SLOPE
GAIN
SLOPE
SLOPE
19
S PANb
MIN b
DITHER
231
LVDT
ALARM
ALARM
20
15
16
LVDT
AMP
3.15A
24V
0V
1
DC24V
Terminal Board
17
5
18
S.M
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
+ I N - I N COM S L OP E CA R. COM
Vc c
A LA RM
Vi n
SL OPE
L VDT
S P A Na
MINa
P OWER
Power Fuse
(3.15 A)
S OLb
6 7
S OL a
8
5
(.20)
Terminal
Number
6
GAIN
231
LVDT
ALARM
ALARM
15
16
LVDT
AMP
24V
0V
2 3 4
17
5
18
S. M
DC24V
Terminal Board
OPEN
HIGH
SPEED SLOPE
SHORT
DIMENSIONS IN
DITHER
SLOPE SLOPE
SLOPE SLOPE
30
(1.18)
3.5(.14) Dia.
Through 2 Places
+V
0
V
PB
Indicator
Lamp
90(3.54)
3.15A
SLOPE
SLOPEOFF(13PIN)
SLOPEVcc(14PIN)
20
+IN
Input Signal
[Example Diagram]
19
SOL a
PA
80(3.15)
Output to Valve
Solenoid
INPUT
AMN-L-01-3-2P-10
Vin 10
11
12
Input Signal
IN
Input Signal
COM
Slope Control ON/OFF Terminal SLOPE Vcc
Slope Control ON/OFF Terminal SLOPE OFF
LVDT Terminal
CAR.
LVDT Terminal
COM
LVDT Terminal
SIG.
Sensor Moniter Output S.M
Alarm Output
ALM(C)
Alarm Output
ALM(E)
- 10
Ca p .
( + ) 2 4 V 0V G
1 2 3 4 5
Terminal Board
(Refer to
table above)
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
5
(.20)
MODEL AMN- L
MF G NO.
Power Supply CAPACITOR(+)

Power Supply
+24V
Power Supply
0V
Power Supply CAPACITOR()
Frame Ground
G
Output to Valve
SOL b
Solenoid
LVDT Disconnection
Detection Indicator
SL OP E
MINb
Name
Slope Function
OFF Indicator
SL OP E
SPA Nb
Zero Adjuster
Terminal
Number
115(4.53)
Span Adjuster
Name
Slope Time
Adjuster
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 0
90(3.54)
13
14
SLOPE OFF
[Example Diagram]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Name
Terminal
Number
Power Supply CAPACITOR(+)

Power Supply
+24V
Power Supply
0V
Power Supply CAPACITOR()
Frame Ground
G
Output to Valve
SOL b
Solenoid
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Output to Valve
Solenoid
Input Signal
SOL a
+IN
Name
Input Signal
Input Signal
IN
COM
LVDT Terminal
CAR.
LVDT Terminal
COM
LVDT Terminal
SIG.
Sensor Moniter Output S.M
Alarm Output
ALM(C)
Alarm Output
ALM(E)
Power Amplifiers
AMN-L-01-1-10
10 11 1 2 13 14 15 16 1 7 18 19 2 0
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
+ I N - I N COM
CA R. COM ( C ) ( E )
Vi n
L VDT
A LA RM
Span Adjuster
LVDT Disconnection
Detection Indicator
Zero Adjuster
90(3.54)
NUL L
POWE R
MODEL AMN- L
MF G NO.
FUSE
Terminal Board
(Refer to
table above)
-10
Y UK E N K OGY O CO. , L T D.
Cap.
Ca p .
( + ) 2 4 V 0V (-)
1 2 3 4
G
5
S OLb
6 7
S OL a
8
9
MA DE I N J A P A N
80(3.15)
90(3.54)
Indicator
Lamp
5
(.20)
Power Fuse
(3.15 A)
115(4.53)
S PA N
5
(.20)

2 Places
Power Amplifiers
30
(1.18)
DIMENSIONS IN
787
AMB-EL- - - -10
Pin Connections and Functions
Pin
Number
This power amplifier requires connector cards for

connection. A connector card attached model is
also available.
Please ask for details if interested.
Pin
Number
Name
0V
0V
Power Supply
Power Supply
sol b(+)
sol b()
b02
b04
b06
b08
b10
b12
b14
b16
b18
b20
b22
b24
b26
b28
b30
b32
sol a(+)
sol a()
z02
z04
z06
z08
z10
z12
z14
z16
z18
z20
z22
z24
z26
z28
z30
z32
COM
Power Supply
+24V
Power Supply
+24V
Slope Off
COM (No.3) Conected to pilot
Signal (No.1) valve sensor.
Carrier (No.2) See Snsor Connecton
24V
24V
Output
Output
Name
FG
Command Input
Command Input
(+)
()
COM (No.2) Conected to main

Carrier (No.3) valve sensor.
Signal (No.1) See Snsor Connecton
Alarm Output
Alarm Output
Stroke Monitor Signal
Stroke Monitor Signal
()
(+)
(P)
(S)
DIMENSIONS IN
3
(.12)
40(1.57)
4
(.16)
Jumper Plugs : Selects the slope time
6.5
(.26)
191.4(7.54)
160(6.30)
3
(.12)
Span Adjuster
Mini Adjuster
Slope Adjuster
DS P 1
Slope-off
Indicator Lamp
Zero Adjuster
SOCO T
SOCO T
SOCO T
SOCO T
SOCO T
SOCO T
SOCO T
SOCO T
SOCO T
Sensor Adjuster
Jumper Plugs : Selects the input sensitivity
4
(.16)
Gain Adjuster
6.5
(.26)
Lamp Pattern
Sensor Connection
Main Valve Sensor
0.055 s
Carrier Output (z18)
1
3
Sensor Signal (z20)
COM (z16)
P T
P T
COM (b22)
1
2
Sensor Signal (b24)

3
0.055 s
A B
A B
Pilot Valve Sensor
788
SOCO T
AMB-EL-03-1-10
3
(.12)
3
(.12)
Disconnection
Indicator Lamp
Power
Indicator Lamp
Carrier Output (b26)
Power Amplifiers
Time
100(3.94)
128.5(5.06)
SOCO T
SERIES
Setting Adjusters
The setting adjuster supplies the command signal voltage to the power
amplifier. Since the setting adjuster is closely related to actual
machine operating procedure, the user generally provides this device.
Yuken makes the following standard setting adjusters for general use
and designs and manufactures special setting adjusters to order.
Type
Model Number
Function
MC-01
This is the simplest setting adjuster, consisting of a trimmer (1 k)

and a dial.
MC-02
Consisting of a centre-tapped trimmer (1 k - 1 k) and a dial, this

setting adjuster is ideal for a servo system.
Manually Operated
Setting Adjuster
Six trimmers are incorporated, so it is possible to set six points.
AMC-V6-S- -10
Multifunction Slope
Controller
AMC-T-20
This multifunction slope controller generates any desired two-channel

analog voltage patttern outputs. It can also be used with slopeproportional and time-proportional systems.
Slope Controller
AMN-T-10
Slope and output can be set optionally 4-bit signal.
H
Setting Adjusters
6-point Setting Adjuster
Setting Adjusters
789
Manually Operated Setting Adjuster

MC-01
[Example Diagram]
2 Rotation
1
8
62(2.44)
Clockwise
1 k
M4 Thd.
4 Places
Power Amplifier
(AME-D-10)
7
6
Setting Adjuster
(MC-01)
3
[Mounting Panel]
10
70(2.76)
[Electric Circuit]
11 12
Power Supply
62(2.44)
70(2.76)

4 Places
50
20
80
3
2
1
90
10
0
1 2 3 4
60
(2.36)
70
70
(2.76)
80
(3.15)
60
30
5
(.20)
40
100
YUKEN MODEL MC-01
70(2.76)
30
(1.18)
80(3.15)
2.3
(.09)
60
(2.36)
10
(.39)
60
(2.36)
DIMENSIONS IN
MC-02
[Example Diagram]
[Electric Circuit]
M4 Thd.
4 Places
Setting Adjuster
(MC-02)
3
1
4
6
5
+12V
Input
12V
0V
Servo Amplifier
1k 1k
2k
[Mounting Panel]
70(2.76)
This setting adjuster is for using positive and

negative voltages to the right and left of the
zero point. Most suitable for servo systems.
Please contact us for usage details.
62(2.44)
[How to Use]
Clockwise
Rotation
2
62(2.44)
70(2.76)

4 Places
20 INC.
40
60
60
80
3
2
1
80
100
60
(2.36)
40
5
(.20)
70
(2.76)
80
(3.15)
DEC. 20
100
YUKEN MODEL MC-02
70(2.76)
80(3.15)
30
(1.18)
2.3
(.09)
10 (.39)
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
DIMENSIONS IN
790
Setting Adjusters
SERIES
6-Point Setting Adjuster
AMC-V6-S- -10
Power Supply
100 .......... 100 VAC
200 .......... 200 VAC
220 .......... 220 VAC
Terminal
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
[Electric Circuit]
AC
Power Supply
12
13
14
10 VDC 10V VR1 VR2 VR3 VR4 VR5 VR6

Power
Supply
0V
11
8(0V)
Name
1 OUT (VR1)
2 OUT (VR2)
3 OUT (VR3)
4 OUT (VR4)
5 OUT (VR5)
6 OUT (VR6)
COM
0V
Ground
Power Supply
85 265 VAC
[Example Diagram]
Relay Circuit
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
13 14
11
Power Amplifier
(AME-D-S)
1
SOL
13 14 11
AC
Power Supply

4 Places
NP 2
NP 5
Supply Switch
NP 3
NP 6
10
11
12
13
14
Power Fuse
(1 A)
F1
POWER
70
(2.76)
80
(3.15)
178
(7.01)
NP 4
Terminal Board
199(7.83)
NP 1
189(7.44)
Adjusting Dial
6 Places
Setting Adjusters
Setting Adjuster
(AMC-V6-S)
Indicator Lamp
22
(.87)
240
(9.45)
260
(10.24)
76
(2.99)
DIMENSIONS IN
Setting Adjusters
791
Multifunction Slope Controllers

This controller can generate any desired two-channel analog voltage pattern
outputs and can be used with slope-constant and time-constant systems. Although
two-channel outputs can be used independently, this controller can also be used as
a setting adjuster for the EH Series variable piston pumps.

AMC
-T
-20
Series Number
Type of Function
Design
Number
AMC : Setting Adjuster
T : Acceleration/deceleration signal type

(Slope Controller)
20
Specifications
Model No.
AMC-T-20
Description
Number of Output Channels
2 channels (A, B)
0 - +5 V , 0 - 5 V, 0 - +10 V, 0 - 10 V (The settings are DIP switch selectable)
Maximum Output Range
Two Categories of Slopes
Slope-constant
With a level change, the slope will not change (but arrival time changes.)
Time-constant
With a level change, the time will not change (but the slope changes.)
Acceleration/Deceleration
Signal Type
: 1 Type
4 Types Polygonal Line Signal
Curve Compensation Signal : 3 Types
M
aximSlope
um STime
lope Time
Max.
5 s , 20 s, 50 s, 100 s (The settings are DIP switch selectable)
Mode 1, 4-bit binary code input, 15 patterns

Mode 2, 6-bit binary code input, 63 patterns
Mode 3, Timer control, 9 patterns (4 variations)
Control Mode Number

of Preselected Patterns
ON
: The stop mode is to retain the state of controller output at the instant an external input signal is
interrupted. When the external signal is input again, the operation is resumed from the retained state.
OFF : When external input signal is interrupted, function goes back to the initial setting (Pattern No.0).
Control Input Signal

Control Output Signal
Data Save
Power Supply
Power Input
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Humidity
Current input type, 10 mA /bit max.

Usable as a voltage input type (voltage range: 8 to 48V DC) Photocoupler insulation input
Output from transister open collector
Max. 30V, 50 mA
EEP-ROM (Battery not needed)
100/200 V AC, 50/60 Hz (85-260 V AC)
10 VA or less
0-50C (32-122F)
85%RH or less (Bedewing must be avoided)
Approx. Mass
Note:
to be selected
by DIP switch
The level and slope settings are variable in 0.1% units from 0 to 99.9%
Setting Resolution
Stop Mode
Applicable Only for
Control Mode 1
1 kg (2.2 lbs.)
Indicates preset conditions.
Instructions
Since this controller incorporates a micro computer, do subject it to undue electrical noise.
792
to be selected
by DIP switch
Setting Adjusters
SERIES
Control Modes
Setting Example
One among the following three types of control

modes can be chosen by changing DIP swicth.
Control Mode 1
Control Mode 1
Channels A and B generate optional slopes
independently each other.
Channel-A
Code Input
Pattern No.
0000
0001
0010
0011
0000
0
Channel - A
Pattern Setting %
No. Level Slope
Code Input
Remarks
A8
A4
A2
A1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
99.9
40.0
Cylinder forward
acceleration
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
-80.0
60.0
Cylinder backward
acceleration
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
10.0
50.0
Cylinder forward
deceleration
ON
ON
ON
ON
15
10.0
10.0
Stop
Output
Channel-B
Code Input
0000
0101
0100
0000
Pattern No.
Backward
Forward
Output
Pattern 3
Pattern 1
0000
0001
0010
0011
Pattern 2
Level
Slope Level
50.0% 10.0%
Slope
40.0%
-80.0%
0000
Slope
Pattern No.
Code Input
Strobe Signal
0
Channel-A
60.0%
ON
A1
ON
ON
A2
Output
Channel-B
Slope Type
Output
One among the follwing four types can be chosen by changing

DIP switch.
Ty p e 1
Ty p e 2
Channel-A
(% )
100
Straight
Slope Waveform
50
Output Voltage
(% )
100
Output Voltage
Control Mode 3
The internal timer is activated by a start signal,
causing the slopes to be generated successively in
memory.
Channels A and B operate independently.
Setting Adjusters
Code Input
Level
99.9%
Output
Control Mode 2
A slope is generated by a strobe signal (signal for
change to next signal). Channels A and B operate
synchronously.
75
50
25
The 0 to 25% and

75 to 100% portions
of the slope
waveform are
rounded with arcs.
Start Signal 1
0
1.0
1.1
1.2
Output
3.0
3.1 3.2
3.3 3.4 3.5
3.6
3.7 3.8
3.9
Output Voltage
Start Signal 3
Output
Time
Ty p e 3
Ty p e 4
(% )
100
Channel-B
Pattern No.
Time
1.3
(% )
100
R
50
R
0
Two portions above

and below 50% of
the waveform are
rounded with arcs.
Time
Setting Adjusters
Output Voltage
Pattern No.
R
50
30
0
Two portions above

and below 30% of
the waveform are
rounded with arcs.
Time
793
AMC-T-20
[Example Diagram]
AMC-T-20
(Ex.)
EHDFG-03
Sequence Controller
A1
A2
A4
A8
B1
B2
9
10
B8
11
D/A
IN
D/A
DC24V
EHDFG-03
B
RAM
19
DC
Power
Supply
COM 12
CO.A 13
3 B out
18
Isolation
Power
Supply
IN
ROM
1 A out
2 COM
IN
B4
CPU
20
a
FG
IN
AC
85-260V C
DC24V
Voc
CO.B 14
M.SV 15
OUT
ALM. 16
17
DOC
DC Power
Supply

Terminal
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Terminal
Number
Name
A out
COM
B out
A1
A2
A4
A8
B1
B2
B4
Channel A Output
Common
Channel B Output
Code Input
Code Input
Code Input
Code Input
Code Input
Code Input
Code Input
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Name
B8
DCOM
CO.A
CO.B
M.SV
ALM.
DOC
FG
Code Input
Code Input Common
Coincidental Output Signal with "A"
Coincidental Output Signal with "B"
Data Save Signal
Alarm Signal Output
Output Common
Frame Ground
AC
Power Supply
DIMENSIONS IN
D : Slope Display
M : Channel B Output
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
POWER
14
ON
15
16
OFF
17 18 19 20
189(7.44)
D : Channel Selection
D : Time Display
DIP Switch
D : Alteration of Level
Slope Time Values
A
B
AMC-T
Panel Operating Key

Data Set (D)
Monitor (M)
D : Pattern No.
Designation After
Channel Selection
70
(2.76)
80
(3.15)
794
199(7.83)
Indicator Lamp

4 Places
Setting Adjusters
25
(.98)
60
(2.36)
72
(2.83)
178(7.01)
D : Level Display
M : Channel A Output
Pattern No. Display
Terminal Board
Supply
Switch
SERIES
Specifications
Specifications unchanged unless specified below.
Model No.
New : AMC-T-20
Current : AMC-T-10

Max. 30 V, 50 mA

Max. 30 V, 10 mA
Description
Control Output Signal
: 1 Type
4 Types Polygonal Line Signal
Curve Compensation Signal : 3 Types
Slope Types
to be selected
by DIP switch
1 Type : Polygonal Line Signal
Stop Mode
(Applicable only for Control Mode 1)
ON, OFF
Data Save
EEP-ROM Battery not needed
Battery Required
Approx. Mass
1 kg (2.2 lbs.)
1.8 kg (4.0 lbs.)
Terminal
The following are differences between current and new.
Name
Terminal
Number
New : Design 20
Current : Design 10
13

"CO.A"

"DO1"
14

"CO.B"

"DO2"
15
Data Save Signal

"M.SV"
16
Alarm Signal Output

"ALM."
Remarks
Abbreviation of the terminals are changed,

though functionally the same.
Added new functions.
There is an interchangeability in installation, although depths (dimensions "A" and "B") are different.
Model Numbers
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
POWER
14
ON
15
16
OFF
17 18 19 20
A
B
AMC-T
mm (Inches)
A
Current
AMC-T-10
185
(7.28)
200
(7.87)
New
AMC-T-20
60
(2.36)
72
(2.83)
Setting Adjusters
A
B
Setting Adjusters
795
Slope Controllers
This slope controller is considerably smaller and lighter compared to
conventional slope controllers.
4-bit switching signals allow the pattern output of given levels and
acceleration/deceleration times. One-touch disconnection is supported.
The mass and the volume have been reduced to one-fifth and onefourth, respectively.
AMN
-10
-T
Type of Function
Design Number
T : Slope Controller
10
DIMENSIONS IN
AMN-T-10
Terminal Board
(Refer to table below)
Specifications
Number of Output Channels

Maximum Output Range
Maximum Slope Time
AMN-T-10
9
x1
1 channel
MON .
D. S .
P O I NT
Acceleration/Deceleration
Signal Type
Setting Resolution
The level and slope setting are variable

in 0.1 % units from 0 to 99.9%
Sequence Input
Sequence Output
24 VDC (20 30 VDC)

3W
Ambient Humidity
Approx. Mass
MF G N O .
P O WE R
24V 0V
1 2
DC2 4 V
+ 4 5
G
3
OU T
SG + 6 7 8
50(1.97)
5
(.20)
0 50 C (32 122 F)
90 % RH or less
0.2 kg (.44 lbs)
1. A fixed slope means that the slope endpoint time changes while
the slope gradient remains unchanged when the level is changed.
2. A fixed time means that the slope endpoint time remains
unchanged when the level is changed.
3. The same slope types as those for the multifunction slope
controller are supported. See page 789 for details.
Terminal
Number
Name
Terminal
Number
Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Power Supply
+24V
Power Supply
0V
Frame Ground
G
Internal Power Supply +24V
0V
Signal Ground
SG
Output Signal
+
Output Signal
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Sequence Input
1
Sequence Input
2
Sequence Input
4
Sequence Input
8
Sequence Input IN COM
Sequence Output COL N.
Sequence Output ALARM
Sequence Output OUT COM
[Example Diagram]
x1
x2
x4
x8
C O.
AL .
Instructions
Since this controller incorporates a micro computer,
do subject it to undue electrical noise.
Po we r
Su p p l y
+
-
Sequence Controller
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
3
Setting Adjusters
Ex.
EHDFG-03
CPU
IN
D/ A
IN
8
+5V
ROM
OUT
FG
DC Power
Supply
24V
0V
2
+
Power Supply
DC24V
796
30
(1.18)

2 Places
Terminal Board
(Refer to table below)
Load Current: Max. 50 mA

Supply Voltage: Max. 32 V
Power Input
Ambient Temperature
S L OP E CONT ROL L E R
MO D E L A MN - T - 1 0
60(2.36)
4-bit binary code input

15 patterns
Input Current: 10 mA/24 V
Voltage Range: 10 28 V
Power Supply Voltage
DA T A
L EVEL
S L OP E
Slope-constant type:
1-9999 s/Max. Output signal
(Factory Setting, 5 s)
Time-constant type: 19999 s
(Can be set in 1 second increments)
Polygonal Line Signal: 1 Type (Factory Setting)
Curve Compensation Signal: 3 Type
Number of Preselected
Patterns
Data setting
Buttons
DA T A
I TEM
0 +5 V (Factory Preset)
0 +10 V
5 V
10 V
Item/Point/Data
Display
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
x 2 x 4 x 8 I C CO. A L. OC
S E Q. I N
S E Q. OU T
90(3.54)
115(4.53)
Model Numbers
Description
5
(.20)
AMN
Series Number
RAM
+5V
+15V
- 15V
D I S PL AY
SG
24V DC
I
SERVO VALVES
Valve Type
Maximum
Operating
Graphic Symbols Pressure
MPa
1
(PSI)
.5
Maximum Flow
10
20
50
U.S.GPM
200
500
100
Page
2
10
20 30
50
100
200 300 500
1000 2000
L / min
A B
Direct Type
High Speed
Linear Servo Valves
Two Stage Type

High Speed
Linear Servo Valves
35
(5080)
LSVG-03
35
(5080)
LSVHG-04
10
20
798
40 60
P T
A B
P T
DR
35
(5080)
31.5
(4570)
31.5
(4570)
750
LSVHG-06
900
LSVHG-06
800
1300
LSVHG-10
1500
802
Linear Servo Amplifier

31.5
(4570)
OBE Type
Linear Servo Valves
AB
PT
DR
35
(5080)
35
(5080)
31.5
(4570)
LSVHG-03EH
230
LSVHG-04EH
LSVHG-06EH
LSVHG-06EH
270
750
803
900
1300
Consult Yuken when detailed material such as dimensions figures is reqired.
797
High Speed Linear Servo Valves

High-speed linear servo valves have outstanding features of high response and exceptional contamination resistance.
These features are achieved by the compact and powerful linear motor which directly drives the spool and gives electric
feedback of the spool position. These valves have garnered an excellent reputation since their launch by Yuken in 2001.
Direct type LSVG-03 and two stage type LSVHG-04/06/10(which use the LSVG-03 as a pilot) are available.
Direct Type High Speed Linear Servo Valves

High accuracy
These valves have a low hysteresis of 0.1 % or less, achieving high accuracy.
They allow the main unit to operate with much higher repeatability.
High response characteristics
The valves provide significantly high levels of step and frequency responses,
which are typically used as measures of response characteristics; the step
response is 2 ms (0 100 %)*, and the frequency response is 450 Hz/- 90
( 25 % amplitude)*. Thus, the valves ensure that the main unit can achieve
unprecedented high response.
(*: Representative values)
Excellent vibration-proof characteristics
With a simple structure, the valves offer high vibration resistance.
Excellent contamination resistance
The valves are also featured by excellent contamination resistance since they
have a simple structure that directly connects the linear motor moving coil,
the spool, and the position sensor. Compared to conventional servo valves for
which the permissible contamination level is up to NAS 1638 class 7, the
direct type linear servo valves can accept the contamination level of up to
NAS 1638 class 10. These valves can contribute to greatly reducing the cost
of fluid management.
Graphic Symbol
AB
P T
Model Number Deignation

F-
798
LSVG
-03
-40
-R
-10
Special Seals
Series
Number
Valve
Size
Rated Flow
@P = 7 MPa
(@P = 1020 PSI)
Cable Departure
Direction
Design
Number
F
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid (Omit if
not required).
LSVG:
Direct Type
High Speed
Linear Servo
Valves
03
4= 4
10=10
20=20
40=40
60=60
L/mi n
L/mi n
L/mi n
L/mi n
L/mi n
( 1.06
( 2.64
( 5.28
(10.57
(15.85
U.
U.
U.
U.
U.
S. GP M)
S. GP M)
S. GP M)
S. GP M)
S. GP M)
(Viewed from the

linear motor side)
None:
Upper (Standard)
R: Right
L: Left
10
SERVO VALVES
Specifications
The specifications below are for use with a 48 VDC type exclusive amplifier; for use with a 24 VDC type amplifier,
see the values in parentheses { }.
Model Numbers
LSVG-03-4/10/20/40
Description
Rated Flow @P = 7 MPa (1020 PSI) (1)
LSVG-03-60
4, 10, 20, 40 L/min

(1.06, 2.64, 5.28, 10.57 U. S. GPM)
35 MPa (5080 PSI)
Proof Pres. at Return Port
35 MPa (5080 PSI)
Drain Port (Y) Permissible Back Pres. (2)

Null Leakage @Ps = 14 MPa (2030 PSI)
32 mm2/s (150 SSU)
Hysteresis
Step Response (0
60 L/min
(15.85 U. S. GPM)
1.7 L/min (.45 U.S. GPM) or less

0.1 % or less
(3)
2 ms {3 ms}
3 ms {4 ms}
Gain: - 3 dB
350 Hz {300 Hz}
330 Hz {240 Hz}
Phase: - 90
450 Hz {370 Hz}
410 Hz {330 Hz}
100 %, Typical)
Frequency Response
( 25 % Amplitude,
Typical) (3)
0.05 MPa (7 PSI)
Frequency: 10 - 60 Hz, Amplitude: 4 mm (.157 in.), Acceleration: 7.8 - 282 m/s2 (25.6 to 925 ft./s2)
Frequency: 61 - 2000 Hz, Amplitude: 4 - 0.0038 mm (.157 - .00015 in.), Acceleration: 294 m/s2 (965 ft./s2)
IP 64
Vibration Proof (4)

Protection
- 15 to + 60 C (5 to 140F)
Ambient Temperature
Neutral / Zero Lap
Spool Type
7.5 mm ( .0295 inches)
0.5 mm ( .0197 inches)
Spool Stroke to Stops

Current
Linear Motor
Specification
2 A [Max. 6 A]
4.5 [at 20 C (68 F)]
Coil Resistance
Mass
5 kg (11.0 lbs.)
Applicable Servo Amplifier
AMLS-A-D*-*-10
AMLS-B-D*-*-10
Note: (1) Use the valves so that the relationship between the valve pressure difference and the flow rate, as specified below in Range of Flow Control
is met.
(2) Back pressure at the drain port (Y) should be 0.05 MPa (7 PSI) or less and not be a negative pressure.
(3) This value is measured for each valve; it may differ depending on the actual circuit.
(4) There are restrictions on the mounting position; consult Yuken for details.
Range of Flow Control

Control Method: 4-Way Valve
Control Method: 3-Way Valve
P T
P T
LSVG-03-60-
LSVG-03-60100
50
LSVG-03-40-
50
30
LSVG-03-20-
30
20
LSVG-03-1010
LSVG-03-4-
L/min
3
2
1
Controlled Flow
Controlled Flow
100
L/min
LSVG-03-40LSVG-03-20-
20
LSVG-03-10-
10
LSVG-03-45
3
2
2 3 5
10
Pressure Difference
20 35
MPa
2 3 5
10
Pressure Difference
Direct Type
AB
20 35
MPa
799
Two Stage Type High Speed Linear Servo Valves

Two stage type linear servo valves are a type of high-flow servo valve
that has a direct type high-speed linear servo valve in its pilot stage to
drive the main spool.
These valves control the positions of the pilot and main spools with
electrical feedback, achieving high accuracy and response.
High flow
The valves consist of two stages to provide a high flow rate [Rated
flow at P = 7 MPa (1020 PSI): 750 to 1500 L/min (198 to 396
U.S.GPM)].
High accuracy
The valves have a low hysteresis of 0.1 % or less, achieving high
accuracy. They allow the main unit to operate with much higher
repeatability.
High response characteristics
The valves provide significantly high levels of step and frequency
responses, which are typically used as measures of response
characteristics; the step response is 8 ms (0 100 %), and the frequency
response is 100 Hz/- 90 ( 25 % amplitude) (Representative values
for LSVHG-10-1500). Thus, the valves ensure the achievement of
unprecedented high response.
Excellent contamination resistance
As is the case with the direct type linear servo valves, the permissible
level of fluid contamination for these valves is up to NAS 1638 class
10.
Graphic Symbols
A B
A B
P T
DR
Int. Pilot Int. Drain

A B
A B
P T
DR
P T
Int. Pilot Ext. Drain
DR
P T
DR
Ext. Pilot Int. Drain
Ext. Pilot Ext. Drain
A B
Note) The symbols above indicate

the spool types "2" and "2P".
The graphic symbol of the
spool type "40" is shown on
the right (external pilot/
internal drain type).
P T
DR

F-
LSVHG
-06
-900
-2P
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Valve
Size
Rated Flow
@P = 7 MPa
(@P = 1020 PSI)
Spool
Type
04
750: 750 L/min

(198 U. S. GPM)
-E
Pilot
Drain
Connection Connection
-R
-10
Cable
Departure
Direction
Design
Number
2: 10 % Overlap
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid (Omit if
not required).
LSVHG:
Two Stage Type
High Speed
Linear Servo
Valves
900: 900 L/min

(238 U. S. GPM)
06
1300: 1300 L/min
(343 U. S. GPM)
40: Open Centre

A, B & T
None:
Internal
Pilot
None:
External
Pilot
2P: Zero Lap
E:
External
Pilot
T:
Internal
Pilot
1500: 1500 L/min

10
(396 U. S. GPM)
None:
Upper (Standard)
10
10
R: Right
L: Left
(Dual Flow Gain)
800
(Viewed from
the linear
motor side)
10
SERVO VALVES
Specifications
The specifications below are for use with a DC 48 V type exclusive amplifier; for use with a DC 24 V type amplifier,
see the values in parentheses { }.
Model Numbers
Description

Proof Pres.
External Drain
at Return Port
Internal Drain (1)
Drain Port (DR Port) Permissible
Back Pressure (2)
LSVHG-06-900
LSVHG-06-1300
LSVHG-10-1500
750 L/min
{198 U. S. GPM}
283 L/min
{74.8 U. S. GPM}
35 MPa
(5080 PSI)
31.5 MPa
(4570 PSI)
900 L/min
{238 U. S. GPM}
340 L/min
{89.8 U. S. GPM}
35 MPa
(5080 PSI)
35 MPa
(5080 PSI)
1300 L/min
{343 U. S. GPM}
490 L/min
{129 U. S. GPM}
31.5 MPa
(4570 PSI)
25 MPa
(3630 PSI)
1500 L/min
{396 U. S. GPM}
600 L/min
{159 U. S. GPM}
31.5 MPa
(4570 PSI)
21 MPa
(3050 PSI)
0.05 MPa (7 PSI)
Pilot Pressure (3)

Pilot Flow Rate (4)
L/min (U. S. GPM)
27 (7.1) or more
{22 (5.8)} or more
Pilot Valve
Max. Leakage
Ps = Pp = 14 MPa
(2030 PSI)
@ Visocity:
32 mm2/s
(150 SSU)
-2Main Spool
- 40 Valve Type
0.8 L/min
(.21 U. S. GPM)
1.6 L/min
(.42 U. S. GPM)
6.8 L/min
(1.80 U. S. GPM)
1 L/min
(.26 U. S. GPM)
2 L/min
(.53 U. S. GPM)
8 L/min
(2.11 U. S. GPM)
0.9 L/min
(.24 U. S. GPM)
1.8 L/min
(.48 U. S. GPM)
7 L/min
(1.85 U. S. GPM)
3 L/min
(.79 U. S. GPM)
6 L/min
(1.59 U. S. GPM)
10 L/min
(2.64 U. S. GPM)
0.1 % or less
Hysteresis
100 %, Typical) (5)
Frequency Response
( 25 % Amplitude,
Typical) (5)
8 ms {10 ms}
8 ms {10 ms}
10 ms {13 ms}
8 ms {8 ms}
Gain: - 3 dB
150 Hz {140 Hz}
160 Hz {130 Hz}
150 Hz {110 Hz}
160 Hz {150 Hz}
Phase: - 90
110 Hz {100 Hz}
105 Hz {100 Hz}
100 Hz {100 Hz}
100 Hz {100 Hz}

m/s2
Frequency: 10 - 60 Hz, Amplitude: 4 mm (.157 in.), Acceleration: 7.8 - 282

(25.6 to 925 ft./s2)
Frequency: 61 - 2000 Hz, Amplitude: 4 - 0.0038 mm (.157 - .00015 in.), Acceleration: 294 m/s2 (965 ft./s2)
Vibration Proof (6)

Protection
IP 64
- 15 to + 60 C (5 to 140F)
Ambient Temperature
5 mm
( .197 in.)
7.1 cm2
(.011 Sq. in.)

Spool End Area
Linear Motor
Specification
34 (9.0) or more
{27 (7.1)} or more
1.5 - 25 MPa
(220 - 3630 PSI)
30 (7.9) or more
{30 (7.9)} or more
1.7 L/min (.45 U.S. GPM)
- 2P -
Step Response (0
1.5 - 35 MPa
(220 - 5080 PSI)
30 (7.9) or more
{24 (6.3)} or more
Current
Applicable Servo Amplifier
7 mm
( .276 in.)
8 cm2
(.012 Sq. in.)
5 mm
( .197 in.)
8 cm2
(.012 Sq. in.)
2 A [Max. 6 A]
4.5 [at 20 C (68 F)]
Coil Resistance
Mass
5 mm
( .197 in.)
8 cm2
(.012 Sq. in.)
12 kg (26.5 lbs.)
20 kg (44.1 lbs.)
21 kg (46.3 lbs.)
54 kg (119 lbs.)
AMLS-C2-D*-*-10
AMLS-C-D*-*-10
AMLS-D-D*-*-10
AMLS-C-D*-*-10
Note: (1) Pressure at the return port should be at actual supply pressure or less.
(2) Back pressure at the drain port should be 0.05 MPa (7 PSI) or less and not be a negative pressure.
(3) Supply pressure for the pilot valve should be 1.5 to 35 MPa (220 to 5080 PSI) {1.5 to 25 MPa (220 to 3630 PSI) for LSVHG-10} and should
also be 60 % of actual supply pressure or more.
(4) The pilot flow is calculated based on 14 MPa (2030 PSI) of pilot pressure and the above step response.
(5) This value is measured for each valve based on 14 MPa (2030 PSI) of pilot pressure; it may differ depending on the actual circuit/operation
conditions.
(6) There are restrictions on the mounting position; consult Yuken for details.
Two Stage Type

Rated Flow
P = 7 MPa (1020 PSI)

(4-Way Valve)
P = 0.5 MPa (73 PSI)
(Per Land)
LSVHG-04-750
801

This amplifier is used to drive LSVG/LSVHG series high speed linear servo valves. With an
optimal design for the servo valves, the amplifier can maximize the valve performance.
Specifications
Model Numbers
AMLS-*-D48-*-10
AMLS-*-D24-*-10
DC 48 V 2.4 V (200 VA or more)
DC 24 V 1.2 V (75 VA or more)
Description
Power Supply
Rated Output Current
Continuous 2 A (4 A Peak)
Continuous 2 A (3 A Peak)
Output Signal = Spool Travel Monitoring
Input / Output Signal
Voltage Signal 10 V (Ri = 100 k, RL >

= 10 k)
AMLS-*-D48/D24-A1-
Current Signal 4 - 20 mA (Ri = 200 , RL >

= 100 - 500 k)
AMLS-*-D48/D24-B1-
Current Signal 10 mA (Ri = 200 , RL >

= 100 - 500 k)
AMLS-*-D48/D24-C1-
a) Servo ON Input/Alarm Reset Input:

Photocoupler Input Voltage: + 15 VDC to + 28 V, Input Impedance: 2.2 k
b) Overcurrent Output (Curr.AL.)/Deviation Alarm Output (CRTL.AL.):
Photocoupler Output Voltage: Max. 50 VDC, Current: Max. 30 mA
Control Input / Output Signal
0 - 50 C (32 122F)
Ambient Temperature
20 - 90 %RH (No Condensation)
Ambient Humidity
1.8 kg (4.0 lbs.)
Mass

AMLS
-A
-D48
-A1
-10
Series
Number
Applicabele Valve Type
Supply Voltage
Input Signal/Spool Travel

Monitoring
Design
Number
AMLS:
Linear Servo
Amplifier
A: LSVG-03-4/10/20/40
B: LSVG-03-60
C: LSVHG-06-900 &
LSVHG-10-1500
C2: LSVHG-04-750
D: LSVHG-06-1300
D48: 48 VDC
D24: 24 VDC
A1: Voltage Signal 10 V

B1: Current Signal 4 to 20 mA
C1: Current Signal 10 mA
10
Output Signal (Spool Travel Monitoring)
I/O Signal Characteristics
802
+10 mA 20 mA +10 V
A
0 mA 12 mA 0 V
-10 mA 4 mA -10 V
-10 V
4 mA
-10 mA
+10 V
0V
12 mA
20 mA
0 mA
+10 mA
Input Signal
SERVO VALVES
OBE (On-Board Electronics) Type Linear Servo Valves

On-board electronics type linear servo valves have been developed based on high-speed linear servo valves, but with a
focus on downsizing the pilot valve. The integration of the exclusive amplifier and the linear servo valve create a high
performance valve in a compact package which greatly improves user-friendliness.
High accurate, simple and convenient Ideal on-board electronics type linear servo valves
Convenient
Simple
Fault diagnosis is esy to conduct with the alarm indication when the command
signal and the spool position differ due to abnormality in the system.
Highly accurate hydraulic control can be

obtained only by supplying 24 V DC power
and inputting a command signal.
Colour
Description of Alarm Indicator
Green
Indication of power supply (Normal operation)
Red
Deviation alarm for the pilot vlve
Yellow
Deviation alarm for the main vlve
High Accuracy
Closed loop control by the combination of the position sensors for the polot
valve and the main valve in the compact amplifiers ensures excellent linearity,
hysteresis and stability on control.
Graphic Symbols
AB
AB
PT
DR
Int. Pilot Int. Drain
AB
PT
DR
PT
Int. Pilot Ext. Drain
AB
Y X
DR
PT
Ext. Pilot Ext. Drain

Note) The symbols above indicate
the spool types "2" and "2P".
The graphic symbol of the
spool type "40" is shown on
the right (external pilot/
internal drain type).
DR
Ext. Pilot Int. Drain

AB
PT
DR
Special
Seals
LSVHG -06 EH
Series Valve Amp.
Number Size Type
-900
-2P
Rated Flow
@P = 7 MPa
(@P = 1020 PSI)
230:
230 L/min
(60.8 U. S. GPM)
03
F:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluid
(Omit if
not
required).
LSVHG:
Two Stage
Type
Linear
Servo
Valves
Spool
Type
04
06
-A
-20
Input
Signal/Spool Connector Design
Pilot
Drain
Travel
Number
Connection Connection
Type
Monitoring
2L: 2 % Overlap
(Linear Flow Gain)
270:
2: 10 % Overlap
270 L/min
(71.3 U. S. GPM)
EH:
OBE
Type
-E
40: Open Centre

750:
A, B & T
750 L/min
(198 U. S. GPM)
900:
2P: Zero Lap
900 L/min
(238 U. S. GPM)
1300:
1300 L/min
(Dual Flow Gain)
(343 U. S. GPM)
None:
Internal
Pilot
None:
External
Drain
E:
External
Pilot
T:
Internal
Drain
OBE Type Linear Servo Valves
A:
Voltage
Signal
10 V
B:
Current
Signal
4 to 20 mA
C:
Current
Signal
10 mA
20
1:
6 + PE
Pole
2:
11 + PE
Pole
OBE Type
Linear Servo Valves
F-
20
20
803
Specifications
Model Numbers
Description
LSVHG-03EH
-230-2L
LSVHG-03EH
-270-*
LSVHG-04EH
-750-*
LSVHG-06EH
-900-*
LSVHG-06EH
-1300-*
230 L/min
750 L/min
270 L/min
900 L/min
P = 7 MPa (1020 PSI)
1300 L/min
{60.8 U. S. GPM} {71.3 U. S. GPM} {198 U. S. GPM} {238 U. S. GPM} {343 U. S. GPM}
(4-Way Valve)
Rated Flow
87 L/min
283 L/min
102 L/min
340 L/min
P = 0.5 MPa (73 PSI)
490 L/min
{23 U. S. GPM} {26.9 U. S. GPM} {74.8 U. S. GPM} {89.8 U. S. GPM} {129 U. S. GPM}
(Per Land)
31.5 MPa (5)
31.5 MPa
35 MPa
35 MPa
(4570 PSI)
(4570 PSI)
(5080 PSI)
(5080 PSI)
25 MPa
21 MPa (5)
35 MPa
31.5 MPa
Port "T"
External
(3630 PSI)
(5080 PSI)
(3050 PSI)
(4570 PSI)
Proof Pres.
Drain
21 MPa (5)
21 MPa
at Return
Port "Y"
(3050 PSI)
(3050 PSI)
(1)
Port
Internal
21 MPa (5)
21 MPa
Port "T" & "Y"
Drain
(3050 PSI)
(3050 PSI)
Drain Port (DR Port) Permissible
0.05 MPa (7 PSI)
Back Pressure. (2)
1.5 - 21 MPa
Pilot Pressure (3)
(220 - 3050 PSI)
Pilot Flow Rate (4) L/min (U. S. GPM)
Pilot Valve
9 (2.4) or more
20 (5.3) or more
0.8 L/min (.21 U.S. GPM)

1.6 L/min
- 2L (.42 U. S. GPM)
Max. Leakage
Ps = Pp = 14 MPa
(2030 PSI)
-2@ Visocity:
Main Spool
32 mm2/s
Valve Type
- 40 (150 SSU)
- 2P -
(6)
8 ms
7 ms
11 ms
11 ms
15 ms
Gain: - 3 dB
120 Hz
125 Hz
100 Hz
100 Hz
75 Hz
Phase: - 90
110 Hz
110 Hz
90 Hz
90 Hz
70 Hz
5 mm
( .197 in.)
8 cm2
(.012 Sq. in.)
7 mm
( .276 in.)
8 cm2
(.012 Sq. in.)
100 %, Typical)
100 m/s2
IP 65
Protection
0 to + 50 C (32 to 122 F)
Ambient Temperature
4 mm
( .157 in.)
3.5 mm
( .138 in.)
3 cm2
(.0047 Sq. in.)
Spool End Area
Electric Connection
1 L/min
0.8 L/min
0.5 L/min
0.9 L/min
(.13 U. S. GPM) (.21 U. S. GPM) (.24 U. S. GPM) (.26 U. S. GPM)
2 L/min
1 L/min
1.8 L/min
1.6 L/min
(.26 U. S. GPM) (.42 U. S. GPM) (.48 U. S. GPM) (.53 U. S. GPM)
8 L/min
5.6 L/min
7 L/min
6.8 L/min
(1.48 U. S. GPM) (1.8 U. S. GPM) (1.85 U. S. GPM) (2.11 U. S. GPM)
Vibration Proof (7)
Mass
0.1 % or less
Frequency Response
( 25 % Amplitude,
Typical) (6)
Linear Motor
Specification
23 (6.1) or more
1.2 L/min (.32 U.S. GPM)
Hysteresis
Step Response (0
22 (5.8) or more
5 mm
( .197 in.)
7 cm2
(.010 Sq. in.)
Max. 2.1 A
Current
9.6 [at 20 C (68 F)]
Coil Resistance
8.5 kg (18.7 lbs.)
14 kg (30.9 lbs.)
20 kg (44.1 lbs.) 20 kg (44.1 lbs.)
6 + PE / 11 + PE Connector
Note: (1) Pressure at the return port should be at actual supply pressure or less.
(2) Back pressure at the drain port should be 0.05 MPa (7 PSI) or less and not be a negative pressure.
(3) Supply pressure for the pilot valve should be 1.5 to 21 MPa (220 to 3050 PSI) and should also be 60 % of actual supply pressure or more.
(4) The pilot flow is calculated based on 14 MPa (2030 PSI) of pilot pressure and the above step response.
(5) To use the external pilot types with supply pressure of 21 MPa (3050 PSI) or more, pressure at the port T/Y should be 7 MPa (1020 PSI) or
less.
(6) This value is measured for each valve based on 14 MPa (2030 PSI) of pilot pressure; it may differ depending on the actual circuit/operation
conditions.
(7) There are restrictions on the mounting position; refer to the instructions for use.
804
OBE Type Linear Servo Valves
J
ACTUATORS
Hydraulic Cylinders
Nominal Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Cylinder Type
Standard Type
Switch Set Type
Cylinder Bore
mm (Inches)
CJT-35
3.5 ( 510)
32 - 160 ( 1.26 - 6.30)
CJT-70
7 ( 1020)
32 - 250 ( 1.26 - 9.84)
CJT-140
14 (2030)
32 - 250 ( 1.26 - 9.84)
CJT-210
21 (3050)
40 - 160 ( 1.57 - 6.30)
CJT-35L
3.5 ( 510)
32 - 80 ( 1.26 - 3.15)
CJT-70L
7 ( 1020)
32 - 125 ( 1.26 - 4.92)
CJT-140L
14 (2030)
32 - 125 ( 1.26 - 4.92)
Page
806
805
"CJT" Series Hydraulic Cylinders

YUKEN's "CJT" Series Hydraulic Cylinders are provided with
many mounting types so that they can be used for wide use of
general purpose industrial machines such as machine tools.
Moreover, Switch-Set "CJT" Series Hydraulic Cylinders with a
proximity switch which facilitates detecting a position with a slide
proximity switch on the cylinder body is also available.
Various mounting types.

Excellent ability in low speed and high-precision operation.
Gentle stop characteristics obtained with a smooth cushion effect.
Specifications
Description
Cylinder Bore
Nominal Pressure
Min. Operating
Pressure
Operating
Speed
Max. Stroke 2
3.5 (510)
Switch Set Type

Standard Type
CJT70
CJT140
CJT210
CJT35L
CJT70L
Refer to the "Cylinder Bore Selection Chart"
7 (1020)
14 (2030)
21 (3050)
3.5 (510)
7 (1020)
Less than
0.1 (14.5)
Less than
0.3 (43.5)
CJT35
mm (In.)
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI)
8 - 400 1
(.31 - 15.7)
2000 (78.7)
8 - 300
(.31 - 11.8)
1800 (70.9)
mm/s (In./s)
mm (In.)
Less than
0.3 (43.5)
Less than
0.3 (43.5)
Less than
0.1 (14.5)
8 - 300
(.31 - 11.8)
8 - 300
(.31 - 11.8)
1600 (63.0)
Less than
0.3 (43.5)
CJT140L
14 (2030)
Less than
0.3 (43.5)
8 - 400 1
(.31 - 15.7)
2000 (78.7)
1. Max. Operating Speed is varied according to the Cylinder Bore.

2. Max. Stroke may be varied according to the Cylinder Bore. It also may be limited to lower value according to buckling strength.
For details, consult Yuken.
Cylinder Bore Selection Chart

Standard Type
Cylinder
Bore
mm(ln.)
CJT 35
CJT 70
CJT 140
Switch Set Type

CJT 210
CJT 35L
CJT 70L CJT 140L
32 (1.26)
40 (1.57)
50 (1.97)
63 (2.48)
80 (3.15)
100 (3.94)
125 (4.92)
140 (5.51)
150 (5.91)
160 (6.30)
180 (7.09)
200 (7.87)
220 (8.66)
250 (9.84)
The mark
Graphic Symbols
Std. Type
in above chart show selectable Cylinder Bore.
806
Hydraulic Cylinders
Switch Set Type
ACTUATORS
Standard Type
(Ex.) CJT70 - LA 32 C 100 B - A B D -
- 20
Options
(Consult YUKEN when options is required.)

35: 3.5 MPa (510 PSI)
70: 7 MPa (1020 PSI)
140: 14 MPa (2030 PSI)
210: 21 MPa (3050 PSI)
Mounting
(Refer to the following page)
Air Vent Position

D: Left
Cushion Valve Position
B: Right
N: No Cushion Valve
Cylinder Bore (mm)
Port Position
A: Upward
Rod Type
A: Ultra Heavy Duty Type (CJT 70/140)
B: Heavy Duty Type (CJT70/140/210)
C: Standard Type (CJT70/140)
S: Special Type (CJT35)
Rod Side
Location of Cushion
B: Both Sides
R: Rod Side
H: Head Side
N: No Cushion
Head Side
B
C
Stroke (mm)
Switch Set Type

Composition of basic model code is the same as of the above mentioned standard type. However the following
underlined marks shall be added.
(Ex.) CJT70L - LA32C100B - ABD -
X1 2 - 20
Number of Switch
1: 1 Pc.
2: 2 Pcs.
3: 3 Pcs.
Type of Switch (Refer to Table below)
X1, Y1: Lead Wire, 1.5m (4.9 ft.)
X5, Y5: Lead Wire, 5m (16.4 ft.)
XA, XB: Plug-in Connector
Switch Set Type
Options
(Consult Yuken when options is required.)
J
Specification of Switch
Load Current
Range
Maximum
Switching
Capacity
XA (Plug-in Connector)
XB (Plug-in Connector)
5- 120 V AC
5- 30 V DC
5- 120 V AC
5- 30 V DC
5- 20 mA (AC)
5- 40 mA (DC)
5- 20 mA (AC)
5- 40 mA (DC)
2 VA (AC)
1.5 W (DC)
2 VA (AC)
1.5 W (DC)
Y1, Y5 (Lead Wire)
5- 30 V DC
5- 40 mA (DC)
X1, X5 (Lead Wire)

Contact
Switch
Contactless
Switch
Hydraulic Cylinders
Allowable
Length
of Wire
10 m (AC)
100 m (DC)
10 m
100 m
10 m
Indication Light
Light Emitting Diode

(Red colour lights when
switch is "ON".)
CJT Series
Hydraulic Cylinders
Load Voltage
Range
Switch Type
807
LA
Foot Mounting Side Lugs
LB
Foot Mounting Side End Angles
Illustration of Mounting Type
FA
FE
Rod Rectangular Flange
FY
FB
Head Rectangular Flange
FF
FC
Rod Square Flange
FD
Head Square Flange
CA
Cap Detachable Eye
CB
Cap Detachable Clevis
TA
Rod Trunnion
TC
Intermediate Trunnion
SD
Basic Type
The mark
808
in above chart show selectable Mounting Types.
Hydraulic Cylinders
CJT210
Name
Symbol
CJT35
CJT35L
CJT70
CJT70L
CJT140
CJT140L
Mounting
Standard Hydraulic Power Units

Power Packages
Energy-Saving Hydraulic Units and Controllers
Energy-Saving Control System for
Hydraulic Units
(Energy-Saving Controller)
Equipped with the variable

displacement vane pump
<YM-e Pack>
Equipped with the variable

displacement piston pump
<YA-e Pack>
Page 811
Page 812
Page 813
Standard Hydraulic Power Units
AC Servo Motor Driven

Hydraulic Pump Control System
Space-Saving & Low Noise

<YF Pack>
Low Noise & Small Type

<YP Pack>
Intelligent Hydraulic
Servo Drive Pack
Page 814
Page 815
Page 816
809
Energy-Saving Hydraulic Units and Controllers

Substantial energy saving of hydraulic units has been achieved by the inverter drive.
Hydraulic units equipped with variable displacement
pumps feature greater energy-saving than those with
fixed displacement pumps. Yukens energy-saving
hydraulic units and controllers utilize rotational
frequency control with an inverter. This innovative
configuration solves the problem of efficiency losses
suffered by induction motors operating at light loads
and ensures significant energy savings.
Efficiency Characteristics
of Induction Motor
At Rated Output: Maximum
Efficiency
At Light-load: Significant
Efficiency loss
Rotational frequency control is effective for reducing power loss.
Energy-saving control system for hydraulic units (Energy

saving controller)
For modification of existing hydraulic units to energy-saving
type
Equipped with the variable displacement vane pump
<YM-e Pack>
Equipped with the variable displacement piston pump
<YA-e Pack>
Example of reduction of power consumption

with rotational frequency control
Combination of the A37 piston pump and
7.5 kW (10 HP) motor
kW
HP 2.5
3
Power Consumption
Extensive energy saving is possible by detecting a load pressure

with the pressure sensor and keeping the motor rotation at the
optimum level required for pressure holding. Based on the
concept above, the following three different types of inverterdriven system and packages have been developed.
60 Hz (1800 r/min)
2.0
30 Hz (900 r/min)
2
1.0
1
10 Hz (300 r/min)
0
0
0
0
10
1000
15
2000
20
25 MPa
3000 3500 PSI
Full Cut-Off Pressure
Features of YUKEN energy-saving units / controllers

Extremely easy operation and maintenance
Adjustment and maintenance works are very easy as basically the conventional power unit is used.
Significant reduction of power consumption
With rotational frequency control, more than 40% of power consumption at pressure holding is possible compared to
conventional hydraulic units.
Low Noise
Especially the noise level at the full-cutoff is reduced.
Discharge volume can be set to a certain volume at 50/60 Hz.
Regardless the power supply frequency, the rotation speed at the maximum discharge volume can be set by the inverter
within the range from 1500 to 1800 r/min.
Continuous operation is possible even at breakdown of the pressure sensor or the inverter.
Operation at a certain rotation speed is possible even without receiving a signal from the pressure sensor due to
breaking of wire or malfunction of the pressure sensor. Incase of malfunction of the inverter itself, the same operation
mentioned above is possible by reconnecting of the primary power supply to the electric motor.
810
Energy-Saving Hydraulic Power Units and Controllers
Hydraulic Power Units
Energy-Saving Control System for Hydraulic Units (Energy-Saving Controller)

Energy-saving effect can be obtained by adding the controller, the
pressure sensor, and the inverter to an existing unit and carrying out
simple adjustment.
System Configuration
Controller for setting rotational
frequency of inverter
AMC-IV-2-10
Inverter
Pressure
Sensor
The following five monitoring figures can be indicated

1 Input voltage or pressure for Pressure sensor
2 Inverter output
3 Simple arithmetic figure for Power (kW)
4 Sequence input code
5 Alarm output code
Existing Hydraulic Power Unit

Applicable Induction Motor : 0.75 to 7.5 kW (1 to 10 HP)
Applicable Pump : Variable Displacement Vane / Piston Pump
Specifications
Output Voltage
for
Inverter
Model
AMC-IV-2-10
Input Voltage
for
Pressure Sensor
Select one of the following voltage

(0 to +5 V, +1 to +5 V, +0.5 to 4.5 V)
Power Supply
for
Pressure Sensor
Voltage
for
Power Source
Power
Consumption
Ambient
Temperature
+5 V
AC 100/200 V
Less than 6 VA
0 to 50C
(32 to 112F)
Example of Reduction Rate of Power Consumption

(Machining line for auto parts)
HP
8.0
kW
6.0
One Cycle Time = 42.4 s
B 1 = 1 3 .0 s
4.0
A = 22.5 s
With Controller
Electric motor can be stopped
if necessary.
B2 =6.9 s
Without Controller
4.0
3.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
20
10
30
40
50
Time (s)
Average of Power Consumption
Symbol
Status
Without Controller
With Controller
Reduction Rate
Standby
1.80 kW (2.41 HP)
1.47 kW (1.97 HP)
Approx. 18%
B1 + B2
Actual Work
2.01 kW (2.70 HP)
1.69 kW (2.27 HP)
Approx. 16%
Energy - Saving Controller
Power Consumption
5.0
6.0
811
Energy-Saving Hydraulic Units Equipped with Vane Pump <YM-e Pack>

Energy-saving unit equipped with the high performance variable
displacement vane pump.
Specifications
Mass
(Does not included
hydraulic fluid)
kg (lbs.)
Max. Operating Setting Range of Rotation

Speed at Max. Discharge
Pressure
r/min
MPa (PSI)
3.5 (510)
EYM8A2 30
7.0 (1020)
EYM8B2 30
1500 1800
3.5 (510)
EYM16A2 30
7.0 (1020)
EYM16A2 30
Model Numbers
*
*
*
*
0.75 kW: 43 (94.8)

1.5 kW: 49 (108)
2.2 kW: 56 (123)

8
Series Number
Pressure Adj. Range

A: 1.753.5 MPa
(255510 PSI)
B: 3.57.0 MPa
(5101020 PSI)
8: 8.6 cm3/rev
(.525 cu.in./rev)
EYM: Compact
Energy-Saving
Hydraulic Unit
YM-e Pack
Standard <YM Pack>

Power Consumption
Power Consumption
0.6
0.5
0.6
Reduction
0.4
0.4
Reduction Rate
0.6
Reduction Rate
0.32 kW
(0.43 HP)
0.4
0.4
0.0
80%
0.15 kW
(0.2 HP)
1.0
0.81 kW
(1.09 HP)
Reduction Rate
1.2
51%
0.8
0.8
0.53 kW
(0.71 HP)
0.6
Reduction Rate
72%
0.4
0.23 kW
(0.31 HP)
0.4
0
Entire machine
1.09 kW
(1.46 HP)
0.2
Energy-Saving
<YM-e Pack>
Power Consumption per Cycle
HP
1.6 1.2
64%
0.8
0.2
0.0
1.5: 1.5 kW (2 HP) 4P

2.2: 2.2 kW (3 HP) 4P
0.75 kW
(1.0 HP)
0.8
0.2
0.1
30
0.75: 0.75 kW (1 HP) 4P

1.5: 1.5 kW (2 HP) 4P
0.9 kW
(1.2 HP)
1.2
0.3
0.2
0.75: 0.75 kW (1 HP) 4P

1.5: 1.5 kW (2 HP) 4P
Power Consumption during Standby
1.0
0.8
Design Number
Example of Power Consumption of Grinding Machine

HP kW
1.6 1.2
0.7
-30
Electric Motor
2: 20 L
(5.3 Gal.)
B: 3.57.0 MPa
(5101020 PSI)
HP kW
1.2 0.9
1.0
0.75
2: 20 L
(5.3 Gal.)
A: 1.753.5 MPa
(255510 PSI)
16: 15.6 cm3/rev

(.952 cu.in./rev)
Power Consumption at Full Cut-Off Pressure

0.8
2
Reservoir
Capacity
Power Consumption
EYM
Hydraulic Unit Only
Entire machine
Hydraulic Unit Only
Conventional System YM-e Pack (E-YM16)
200
400
600
800
7 MPa
1000 PSI
Noise Characteristics (Example) [Measurement Point: 1 m (3.3 ft.) horizontally away] Characteristics of Oil Temperature Increase in
the Reservoir (At 700 r/min)
E-YM8-B-2-1.5
E-YM8-A-2-0.75
75
70
65
60
55
0
0
2
200
100
300
3
400
3.5 MPa
F
28
70
65
24
60
55
0
0
500 PSI
200
400
1000 PSI
800
600
7 MPa
E-YM16-B-2-2.2
E-YM16-A-2-1.5
75
75
Noise level dB(A)
Noise level dB(A)
Pressure
Pressure
70
65
60
55
0
0
100
2
200
300
3
400
3.5 MPa
500 PSI
70
Temperature Rise
Noise level dB(A)
Noise level dB(A)
75
20
C
16
14
E-YM8/16-A
12
E-YM8/16-B
10
16
8
12
8
6
4
65
60
55
0
0
200
Pressure
3
400
4
600
6
800
7 MPa
0
0
1000 PSI
2
200
3
400
Pressure

600
At Full Flow (1800 r/min)

At Full Flow (1500 r/min)
At Full Cut-Off (700 r/min)
812
6
800
7 MPa
1000 PSI
Energy-Saving Hydraulic Units Equipped with Piston Pump <YA-e Pack>

Energy-saving units equipped with the high efficiency, high performance AR/A series variable displacement piston
pumps.
Specifications
Max. Operating Reservoir Capacity
Pressure
L (Gal.)
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)
EYA10B6 41
60 (15.9)
16 (2320)
EYA10C6 41
100 (26.4)
16 (2320)
EYA10C10 41
60 (15.9)
7 (1020)
EYA16B6 41
100 (26.4)
7 (1020)
EYA16B10 41
60 (15.9)
16 (2320)
EYA16C6 41
100 (26.4)
16 (2320)
EYA16C10 41
60 (15.9)
7 (1020)
EYA22B6 41
7 (1020)
EYA22B10 41
100 (26.4)
16 (2320)
EYA22C10 41
100 (26.4)
7 (1020)
EYA37B103.741
160 (26.4)
7 (1020)
EYA37B16 41
Model Numbers
Setting Range of Rotation

Speed at Max. Discharge
r/min
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1500 1800

10
Series Number
Pressure Adj. Range

B: 1.2 7 MPa
(1701020 PSI)
10: 10.0 cm /rev

(.610 cu.in./rev)
EYA: Energy-Saving
Hydraulic Unit
YA-e Pack
C: 2.0 16 MPa
(2902320 PSI)
B: 1.2 7 MPa
(1701020 PSI)
16: 15.8 cm /rev

(.964 cu.in./rev)
C: 2.016 MPa
(2902320 PSI)
B: 1.2 7 MPa
(1701020 PSI)
22: 22.2 cm3/rev

(1.355 cu.in./rev)
C: 2.0 16 MPa
(2902320 PSI)
37: 36.9 cm3/rev

(2.25 cu.in./rev)
B: 1.2 7 MPa
(1701020 PSI)
Power Consumption at Full Cut-Off Pressure
1.2
0.8
0.4
0.0
0
0
6: 60 L (15.9 Gal.)
2.2: 2.2kW (3 HP) 4P

3.7: 3.7kW (5 HP) 4P
2.2: 2.2kW (3 HP) 4P
6: 60 L (15.9 Gal.)
3.7:3.7kW (5 HP) 4P
10: 100 L (26.4 Gal.) 2.2: 2.2kW (3 HP) 4P
3.7: 3.7kW (5 HP) 4P
10: 100 L (26.4 Gal.) 5.5: 5.5kW (7.4 HP) 4P
7.5: 7.5kW (10 HP) 4P
2.2: 2.2kW (3 HP) 4P
6: 60 L (15.9 Gal.)
10: 100 L (26.4 Gal.) 3.7: 3.7kW (5 HP) 4P
5.5: 5.5kW (7.4 HP) 4P
10: 100 L (26.4 Gal.)
7.5: 7.5kW (10 HP) 4P
10: 100 L (26.4 Gal.) 3.7: 3.7kW (5 HP) 4P
5.5: 5.5kW (7.4 HP) 4P
16: 160 L (42.3 Gal.)
7.5: 7.5kW (10 HP) 4P
10: 100 L (26.4 Gal.)
5
500
10
15
1000
1500
2000
20 MPa
2500
PSI
75
65
55
45
8
1000
Design Number
2.2: 2.2kW (3 HP) 4P
Temperature Rise
2.0
41
Electric Motor
Noise Characteristics
Noise Level dB(A)
Power Consumption
1.8
2.2
[Full Cut-Off, 1 m (3.3 ft.) horizontally away]
HP kW
3.0 2.0
1.0
6
Reservoir
Capacity
10
12
14
1500
2000
F C
60 35
30
50
25
40
20
30
15
20 10
10
0
0
16 MPa
2320 PSI
41
Characteristics of Oil Temperature

Increase in the Reservoir
5
500
10
15
1000 1500 2000

: Standard Type <YA37, 3.7kW, 1800 r/min>

: Energy-Saving Type <E-YA37, 3.7kW, 300 r/min>
K
20
MPa
2500 PSI
YA-e Pack
EYA

813
Space-Saving & Low Noise Type Hydraulic Power Units <YF Pack>
The Keywords are Cubic Structure
Graphic Symbol
YF PACK are cubic integrated construction of Piston

Pump, Electric Motor and Reservoir etc. Each function
module linked directly together has allowed us to realize
our pipeless concept which means no oil leakage.
Dr
Energy-Saving & Low Oil Temperature Rise

YF PACK save 10% of their energy consumption compared
to YP pack. Improving cooling capacity reduced thermal
radiation. Machines, in which YF PACK can be built, are
free from heat distortion.
Temperature Rise
Model Number: YF16-B-1-2.2-H-20
Frequency: 50 Hz
Pressure: Full-cut off at 7 MPa (1020 PSI), Continuous
Temperature
Smaller size and lighter weight of our unique cubic structure

make YF PACK easy to build in various machines.
Volume Reduced 50 % (Compared to YP Pack)
Mass Reduced 30 % (Compared to YP Pack)
Suction Oil Temperature
30
80
70
Options
You may have 10 options choosing various accessories: -size
005/01 base blocks (one station three stations), thermosensor, pressure switch etc.
Set up Space Halved (compared to YP pack)
C
F 40
100
90
M
O
Room Temperature
20
YP Pack
60
50
484
(19.06)
10
20
40
60
80
100 120 140 160 180

294.5
(11.59)
Time min
Noise Level 53 dB (A) & Low Vibration

We made the best of our hydraulic technology to take low
noise and vibration. YUKEN has achieved noise level 53
dB (A).
Noise Level
Noise Level dB(A)
Model Number: YF16 - C - 1 - 1.5 - H - 20

One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from YF Pack (average
of five directions)
Viscosity: 32 mm2/s (150 SSU) [ISO VG 32 Oils, 40 C (104 F)]
Frequency: 50 Hz (1500 r/min)
YF Pack

YF10 - B - 1 - 1.5 - H - - - 20
65
60
Full Flow
55
Full Cut-Off
50
45
500
8
1000
16 MPa
12
1500
2000
PSI
Pressure
1 2 3 4
56 7
8
1 Geometric Displacement
2 Pressure Adjustment Range
Refer to Specifications
3 Reservoir Capacity
4 Electric Motor
5 Base Block Size5:005, 1:01
None: Without
6 No. of Base Block Stations
Base Block
1: 1 Station, 2: 2 Stations, 3: 3 Stations
7 Options
M: Magnet Filter, L: Level Sensor
Omit of not
P: Pressure Sensor, T: Thermo Sensor
Required
8 Design Standards
None: Japanese Standard JIS
950: N. American Design Standard
Specifications
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev (cu.in.3/rev)
Model Numbers
YF10B10.75H20
YF10B11.5H20
YF10C11.5H20
YF16B11.5H20
YF16B12.2H20
YF16B2U2.2H20
YF16B2S2.2H20
YF16C11.5H20
YF16C12.2H20
YF16C2U2.2H20
YF16C2S2.2H20
10.0 (.610)
Pressure
Adjustment Range
MPa (PSI)
1.2 7 (1701020)
1.2 7 (1701020)
2.016 (2902320)
Reservoir
Capacity
L (Gal.)
10 (2.6)
10 (2.6)
15.8 (.964)
1.2 7 (1701020)
20 (5.3)
15.8 (.964)
1.216 (1702320)
10 (2.6)
20 (5.3)
Electric Motor (4 Poles),

200 V AC (50 Hz)
200/220 V AC (60 Hz)
0.75 kW (1 HP)
1.5 kW (2 HP)
1.5 kW (2 HP)
1.5 kW (2 HP)
2.2 kW (3 HP)
2.2 kW (3 HP)
2.2 kW (3 HP)
1.5 kW (2 HP)
2.2 kW (3 HP)
2.2 kW (3 HP)
2.2 kW (3 HP)

814
YF Pack
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
44 ( 97)
49 (108)
49 (108)
49 (108)
51 (112)
57 (126)
57 (126)
49 (108)
51 (112)
57 (126)
57 (126)
Low Noise & Small Type Hydraulic Power Unit <YP Pack>
Quiet-Low Vibration
Equipped with low-noise PAL pump and drain cooler. Also, low noise
and vibration levels have been achieved by effectively arraying the
components to control vibration.
Noise Level
Model Number: YP16-C-2-2.2-22

One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from YP Pack
Noise Level dB(A)
70
60 Hz
60
50
50 Hz
40
500
8
1000
1500
Graphic Symbol
16 MPa
12
PSI
2000
T1
T2
Compact
YP pack is well designed to be compact by uprighting the PAL pump
and reducing the reservoir size with added drain cooler. It saves floor
space for installation.
M
O
Low Fluid Temperature Rise

Standard equipment, built-in drain cooler and radiator fins, reduce the
fluid temperature rise ratio. Good solution for heat distortion.
Temperature Rise
Model Number: YP16-B-1-2.2-20
Frequency: 50 Hz
Pressure: Full-cut off at 7 MPa (1020 PSI), Continuous
F
140
C
60
120
50
100
40
Temperature
60
30
20
Room Temperature
10
40
32
0
0
30
60
90
120
150
180
2 3
1 Geometric Displacement
(Refer to Specifications)
2 Pressure Adjustment Range
B: 1.2 7 MPa (170 1020 PSI)
C: 1.2 16 MPa (170 2320 PSI)
YP10 Only
C: 2.0 16 MPa (290 2320 PSI)
3 Reservoir Capacity
4 Electric Motor
Oil Temperature in the Reservoir
80

YP10 - B - 1 - 1.5 - 22
210
Time min
Line Up
YP packs offer nine different models in variety. Eight kinds of optional
YP pack are available such as YP pack with control circuit consists of
modular & solenoid operated directional valve.
Model Numbers
YP10B10.7522
YP1011.522
YP1611.522
YP1612.222
YP1622.222
YP2222.222
YP2233.722
YP3733.722
YP3735.522
Geometric
Displacement
cm3/rev (cu.in.3/rev)
Pressure
Adjustment Range
MPa (PSI)
Reservoir
Capacity
L (Gal.)
10.0 (.610)
Refer to Model
Number Designation
10 (2.6)
15.8 (.964)
Refer to Model
Number Designation
10 (2.6)
22.2 (1.355)
Refer to Model
Number Designation
36.9 (2.25)
Refer to Model
Number Designation
20 (5.3)
20 (5.3)
30 (7.9)
30 (7.9)
Electric Motor (4 Poles),

200 V AC (50 Hz)
200/220 V AC (60 Hz)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.75 kW (1 HP)
1.5 kW (2 HP)
1.5 kW (2 HP)
2.2 kW (3 HP)
2.2 kW (3 HP)
2.2 kW (3 HP)
3.7 kW (5 HP)
3.7 kW (5 HP)
5.5 kW (7.4 HP)
58 (128)
68 (150)
68 (150)
78 (172)
78 (172)
78 (172)
105 (234)
145 (320)
145 (320)
YP Pack
Specifications

YP Pack
815
AC Servo Motor Driven Hydraulic Pump Control System
Intelligent Hydraulic Servo Drive Pack

The IH (intelligent hydraulic) servo drive pack is a compact energy-saving and
low-noise hydraulic device which is combined as one with the AC servo motor,
piston pump, reservoir and hydraulic control circuit. This combination can control
the number of revolutions of the servo motor and adjust the discharge and pressure
of the pump. This device can be combined with the sensor equipped cylinder
and dedicated controller to facilitate the configuration of a position, speed and
pressure control system.
Energy Saving
The operation at the number of revolutions meeting the machine requirements (flow rate and pressure) reduces useless
power losses and provides energy savings.
Low Noise
During pressure control, the pump rotation compensating for the internal leakage of oil pressure provides low
revolutions with almost no noise.
During flow control, the number of revolutions meeting the machine requirements ensures lower noise generation than
conventional devices.
Compactness
A substantial reduction in heat generation enables the operation with a minimum amount of fluid oil for cylinder
operation in addition something extra oil. This results in a combination of the servo motor, piston pump, reservoir and
hydraulic control circuit in one, providing energy savings.
Incorporation into an integral part of the machine is also possible.
Digital Control
Software control of the dedicated controller allows a system to have a great deal of versatility because of making use of
a CPU. Digital control parameter setting facilitates to operate the system and its maintenance, furthermore the analog
input/output ports provide as standard for user interface.
Specifications
Model Numbers
YSD109
YSD113
YSD218
YSD229
YSD244
YSD355
YSD375
Geometric
Displacement of Pump
cm3/rev (cu. in./rev)
6 (.366)
10 (.610)
6 (.366)
10 (.610)
16 (.976)
10 (.610)
16 (.976)
30 (1.831)
Maximum
Shaft Speed
r/min
2000
Note)
It may vary according to
AC servo motor output
and operating pressure.
Thrust Output
and
Cylinder bore
Reservoir
Capacity
cm3 (cu. in.)
Oil Level
Variations
cm3 (cu. in.)
20 30 kN (45 67.4 lbs.)

Cyl. Bore 63 mm (2.48 in.)
2500 (152.6)
1500 (91.5)
50 60 kN (112 135 lbs.)

4200 (256.3)
2500 (152.6)
100 kN (225 lbs.)

5800 (353.9)
3500 (213.6)
AC Servo Motor Output and Operating Pressure (for reference)

Continuous Operating
AC Servo Motor
Short Time Operating
Geometric
Displacement
MPa (PSI)
Output
Rated Torque
Model Numbers
cm3/rev
3.5
7.0
10.5
14.0
17.5
21.0
kW (HP)
Nm (in. lbs.)
(cu. in./rev)
(510)
(1020) (1525) (2030) (2540) (3.50)
6 (.366)
0.85 (1.14)
5.39 (44.7)
YSD109
10 (.610)
6 (.366)
1.3 (1.74)
8.34 (73.8)
YSD113
10 (.610)
6 (.366)
1.8 (2.4)
11.5 (101.8)
YSD218
10 (.610)
16 (.976)
10 (.610)
2.9 (3.9)
18.6 (165)
YSD229
16 (.976)
10 (.610)
4.4 (5.9)
28.4 (251)
YSD244
16 (.976)
16 (.976)
5.5 (7.4)
35 (310)
YSD355
30 (1.831)
16 (.976)
7.5 (10.1)
48 (425)
YSD375
30 (1.831)
Note: The above table is guidance for model selection. It is required to take operating condition of hydraulic power unit such as cycle time in consideration
when selecting the AC servo motor. Please contact us for more details.
816

YSD3
Series
No.
YSD1
YSD2
YSD3
-F
Mtg.
Type
- 55
Servo Motor
Output
Direction of
Servo Motor
Connection
55
Servo Pack
- 16
-H
Relief
Geometric
Location
Valve
Displacement Setting Location
of
of
of Pump
CounterPres.
Pressure balance
Sensor
cm3/rev
Valve
MPa
(cu. in./rev) (PSI)
N1: Without
Servo
Motor
(for 0.85 kW)
N: Without
B: 9.5
N2: Without
Servo
(1380)
Servo
Pack
6: 6 (.366)
Motor
09: 0.85 kW 10: 10 (.610)
C: 18.5
(for 1.3 kW)
(1.14 HP)
(2680)
09: 0.85 kW
13: 1.3 kW
(Viewed
from
(1.14 HP)
(1.74 HP)
the
Motor
13: 1.3 kW
H: Head
End)
(1.74 HP)
Side
A: Upwards N: Without
N: Without
F:
R: Rod
Servo
Servo
Flange
B: Downwards
Side
Pack
Motor
Mtg.
18: 1.8 kW
18: 1.8 kW
6: 6 (.366)
R: Right
B: Both
(2.4 HP) 10: 10 (.610)
(2.4 HP)
Sides
29: 2.9 kW 16: 16 (.976)
29: 2.9 kW
B:
L: Left
(3.9 HP)
(3.9 HP)
Foot
B: 9.5
44: 4.4 kW
44: 4.4 kW
Mtg.
(1380) None:
(5.9 HP)
(5.9 HP)
None:
Without
Without
C: 18.5 pressure
Servo
(2680) Sensor
Motor
N: Without
N: Without
Servo
H: 23.5
Servo
Pack
(3410)
Motor
10: 10 (.610)
55: 5.5 kW
55: 5.5 kW
16: 16 (.976)
(7.4 HP)
(7.4 HP)
30: 30 (1.831)
75: 7.5 kW
75: 7.5 kW
(10.1 HP)
(10.1 HP)
Setting
Pres. of
Head Side
Counterbalance
Valve
Setting
Pres. of
Rod Side
Counterbalance
Valve
MPa
(PSI)
MPa
(PSI)
-B
- 20
Location
Design Design
of
Shut-off Number Std.
Valve
10
B: * - 7
B: * - 7
(* - 1020)
(* - 1020)
None:
Without
Head Side
CounterR: Rod
balance
Side
Valve
B: Both N: * - 1.8
(* - 260)
Sides
A: 1.8 - 3.5
(260 - 510)
None:
B: 3.5 - 7
Without
(510 - 1020)
Counterbalance None:
Without
Valve
Head Side
Counterbalance
Valve
H: Head
Side
None:
Without
Rod Side
Counterbalance
Valve
N: * - 1.8
(* - 260)
A: 1.8 - 3.5
(260 - 510)
B: 3.5 - 7
(510 - 1020)
None:
Without
Rod Side
Counterbalance
Valve
H: Head
Side
20
Refer
to
R: Rod
Side
B: Both
Sides
None:
Without
Shut-off
Valve
20
. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"

80 ................ European Design Standard
950 .............. N. American Design Standard
Structure
System Configuration
The IH Servo Drive Pack pump is a bidirectional revolution

piston pump which offers high performance in a wide range
of very low to high revolutions. The hydraulic control
circuit simply consists of safety valves and self priming
valve, without a control valve in the pump discharge line
and the series line between cylinders. The reservoir is made
compact by using space around the pump. With the oil
supply port of hydraulic fluid doubling as an air breather
and the side-mounted oil level gauge, the pump is well
equipped as a hydraulic driving force.
Input Signal Analogue 0 +5 V etc.
Applicable
Driver for AC
Servo Motor
Monitor Output Analogue 5 V etc.

Sequence I/O
K
Cylinder with
Stroke Sensor
Piston Pump Ass'y
YSD
Request us for
your custom-made.
AC Servo Motor
Coupling
Swash Plate
Intelligent Hydraulic
Servo Drive Pack
Filling Port Air Breather

Oil Reservoir
IH Controller
SK 1114 -10

817
L
ACCESSORIES & OTHERS
Accessories
Page
Air Bleed Valves ........................................................................................................................................................ 820
F3 Series Pipe Flange Kits ...................................................................................................................................... 821
Data Sheet
Size of O-Ring ............................................................................................................................................................ 833
SAE J1926-1 SAE Straight Thread O-Ring Port........................................................................................................ 835
819
Air Bleed Valves

These air bleed valves are designed to use, at the
start-up of the pumps, to bleed off the air
enclosed in the suction line or the other lines in
the system.
Specifications
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Model Numbers
Reseating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Cracking
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
ST1004-5-10
25 (3630)
0.15 (22)
-5
-10
Series
Number
Flow Rate to
Reseating
Design
Number
ST1004:
Air Bleed
Valve
5: 5 L /min
(1.32 U.S.GPM)
10
5 (1.32)
For 20 to 75 L /min
(5.28 to 19.8 U.S.GPM)
10 (2.64)
For Over 75 L /min

(19.8 U.S.GPM)
Design
Standards
80: European Design

Standard
90: N. American
Design Standard
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.2 (.44)
Graphic
Symbol
Instructions
None: Japanese
Standard "JIS"
10: 10 L /min
(2.64 U.S.GPM)
Range of Usage to
Pump Output Flow
0.34 (49)
ST1004-10-10
ST1004
Flow Rate to
Reseating
L /min (U.S.GPM)
When the valve is used to bleed off the

air from the pump, connect the inlet
port of the valve to the discharge port
of the pump as close as possible. When
removing the air from the pipes, install
the valve at the highest position of the system. In either
case , the outlet port of the valve must be connected to
the tank, the end of which is located below the oil level
in the reservoir.
Hydraulic Fluids
Type of Hydraulic Fluids
Petroleum Base Oils ........Use R & O (Rust and Oxidation inhibitor) type oils or anti-wear type oils (equivalent to ISO
VG-32 or 46)
Synthetic Fluids ................Use phosphate ester type fluid or polyol ester type fluids.
Water Containing Fluids ..Use water glycol type fluids or water in oil emulsion type fluids.
Other Special Fluids ........Consult factory for information.
Recommended viscosity and Oil Temperatures
Viscosity ranging between 15 and 400 mm2 /s (77 and 1800 SSU).
Oil temperatures between -15 and +70C (5 and 160F)
Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given above.
Filtration Recommended...25 microns or less.
ST1004- -10/1080/1090
Outlet Port
"A" Thd.
C
Model Numbers
B
ST1004- -10
ST1004- -10
Inlet Port
"A" Thd.
820
Air Bleed Valves
"A" Thd.
Rc 3/8
mm (Inches)
B
C
70 (2.76) 24 (.94)
ST1004- -1080
3/8 BSP.F
82 (3.23)
27 (1.06)
ST1004- -1090
3/8 NPT
70 (2.76)
24 (.94)
DIMENSIONS IN
ACCESSORIES
F3 Series Pipe Flange Kits

Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure...25 MPa (3630 PSI)
Socket
Welding
Threaded
Connection

F-
F3
-03W
-A
Material
of Seal
Series
Number
Flange
Size
Type of Pipe
Connection
-N
-11
O-Ring & Bolts
Design
Number
03W, 03, 06V

06W, 06, 10W
10, 16W, 16
24W, 24
A:
Pipe Socket
Welding
03W, 03, 06W

06, 10W, 10
None:
Standard NBR
(Buna N) Seal
C:
Block Type
None:
& European Design
Standard
None:
With O-Ring and
Mounting Bolts
N:
No O-Ring and
Mounting Bolts
Design
Standards
11
90:
N. American Design
Standard
16W, 16, 24W

24
F3
F:
FPM (Viton) Seal
(For Synthetic
fluids)
03W, 03, 06V

06W, 06, 10W
10, 16W, 16
24W, 24
B:
Threaded
Connection
None:
With O-Ring and
Mounting Bolts
11
N:
No O-Ring and
Mounting Bolts
03W, 03, 06W

06, 10W, 10
None:
16W, 16, 24W
80:
European Design
Standard
90:
N. American Design
Standard
24
Three different design standards are available as shown blow. Select the suitable design standard to your requirement.
Type of Pipe
Connection
Pipe Socket Welding
Block Type
Design
Standard
Pipe
Thread

Metric Thd.
Unified Thd.

Rc
Metric Thd.
BSP.F
Metric Thd.
NPT
Unified Thd.
L
Accessories
Threaded Connection
Mounting Bolt
(Socket Head Cap Screw)
821
Pipe Socket Welding
Block Type
F3- -A -11/1190
F3- -C -11/1190
"H" Dia. Through

4 Places
"D" Sq.
Customers Mounting Surface

L
"K" Dia.
"J" Dia.
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw

(4 Pcs.)
Kit Numbers
Piping
Size
O-Ring
D
54
36
21
11
(2.13) (1.42) (.83) (.43)
F3-03- -11
3/8
15
(.59)
3/8
17.8 12.5
9
(.70) (.49) (.35)
1/2
22.2 16
11
(.87) (.63) (.43)
F3-06W- -11
F3-06W- -1190
58
40
21
11
(2.28) (1.57) (.83) (.43)
F3-06- -11
F3-06- -1190
F3-10W- -11
34.5 25
14
(1.36) (.98) (.55)
1
76
56
27 13.5
(2.99) (2.20) (1.06) (.53)
F3-10- -11
31.5
(1.24)
43.2 31.5 16
(1.70) (1.24) (.63)
1-1/4
F3-10- -1190
F3-16W- -11
49.1 37.5 18
(1.93) (1.48) (.71)
1-1/2
F3-16W- -1190
100
73
35 17.5
(3.94) (2.87) (1.38) (.69)
F3-16- -11
50
(1.97)
61.1 47.5 20
(2.41) (1.87) (.79)
2
F3-16- -1190
F3-24W- -11
77.1 60
22
(3.04) (2.36) (.87)
2-1/2
F3-24W- -1190
140 103
44
24
(5.51) (4.06) (1.73) (.94)
F3-24- -11
3
20
(.79)
27.7 20
12
(1.09) (.79) (.47)
3/4
F3-10W- -1190
17.8 12.5
9
(.70) (.49) (.35)
F3-03- -1190
F3-24- -1190
14.3 11
8
(.56) (.43) (.31)
1/4
F3-06V- -11
F3-03W- -11
F3-03W- -1190
O-Ring
O-Ring
"N" Dia. Max.
Surface should have a good

machined finish.
75
(2.95)
90.0 71
25
(3.54) (2.80) (.98)
14
(.55)
17.1
(.67)
14
(.55)
17.1
(.67)
14
(.55)
14
(.55)
17.1
(.67)
14
(.55)
17.1
(.67)
18
(.71)
17.5
(.69)
18
(.71)
17.5
(.69)
25
(.98)
22.1
(.87)
25
(.98)
22.1
(.87)
36
(1.42)
38.6
(1.52)
36
(1.42)
38.6
(1.52)
Approx. mass is the value including socket head cap screws (4 Pcs.).
822
Socket Head
Cap Screw
M10
3/8-16UNC
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
35 Lg.
1-1/2 Lg.
SO-NB-G25
0.5 (1.1)
M10
3/8-16UNC
35 Lg.
1-1/2 Lg.
M10
35 Lg.
M10
35 Lg.
SO-NB-G30 3/8-16UNC
M10
3/8-16UNC
M12
1/2-13UNC
1-1/2 Lg.
0.8 (1.8)
35 Lg.
1-1/2 Lg.
45 Lg.
1-3/4 Lg.
1.4 (3.1)
SO-NB-G40
M12
1/2-13UNC
M16
8/5-11UNC
45 Lg.
1-3/4 Lg.
60 Lg.
2-1/4 Lg.
2.7 (6.0)
SO-NB-G60
M16
8/5-11UNC
M22
7/8-9UNC
60 Lg.
2-1/4 Lg.
80 Lg.
3-1/4 Lg.
5.8 (12.8)
SO-NB-G85
M22
7/8-9UNC
80 Lg.
3-1/4 Lg.
ACCESSORIES
Threaded Connection

F3- -B -11/1190
F3- -B -1180
"H" Dia. Through

4 Places
Customers
Mounting
Surface
"H" Dia. Through

4 Places
F
0.3-1.6 mm
(.01-.06 IN.) K
O-Ring

(4 Pcs.)
Piping Size:
03W to 10
F3-03W-B -11
Piping
Size
"C" Thd.
Dimensions
Piping Size:
16W to 24
mm (Inches)
O-Ring
Rc 1/4
11 (.43)
F3-03W-B -1180
1/4 BSP.F
11.5 (.45)
F3-03W-B -1190
1/4 NPT
12 (.47)
21 (.83)
M10
14 (.55)
F3-03-B -11
Rc 3/8
54
(2.13)
36
(1.42)
21
(.83)
11
(.43)
11 (.43)
15
(.59)
14 (.55)
1-1/2 Lg.
SO-NB-G25
0.5 (1.1)
M10
35 Lg.
24.3 (.96)
F3-03-B -1180
3/8 BSP.F
15 (.59)
F3-03-B -1190
3/8 NPT
14 (.55)
17.1 (.67)
14 (.55)
M10
35 Lg.
14 (.55)
M10
35 Lg.
F3-06V-B -11
Rc3/8
14 (.55)
F3-06W-B -11
Rc 1/2
17.5 (69)
F3-06W-B -1180
F3-06W-B -1190
F3-06-B -11
21
(.83)
1/2 BSP.F
1/2 NPT
58
(2.28)
40
(1.57)
19 (.75)
11
(.43)
3/4 NPT
23 (.91)
F3-10W-B -11
Rc 1
29 (1.14)
1 NPT
F3-10-B -1180
1-1/4 BSP.F
F3-10-B -1190
1-1/4 NPT
F3-16W-B -11
Rc 1-1/2
F3-16W-B -1180
1-1/2 BSP.F
F3-16W-B -1190
1-1/2 NPT
F3-16-B -11
Rc 2
F3-16-B -1180
2 BSP.F
F3-16-B -1190
2 NPT
F3-24W-B -11
Rc 2-1/2
F3-24W-B -1180
2-1/2 BSP.F
F3-24W-B -1190
2-1/2 NPT
F3-24-B -11
Rc 3
F3-24-B -1180
3 BSP.F
F3-24-B -1190
3 NPT
24.5 (.96)
17.1 (.67)
SO-NB-G30 3/8-16UNC
76
(2.99)
56
(2.20)
20 (.79)
1-1/2 Lg.
0.8 (1.8)
M10
30.5 (1.20)
3/8-16UNC
17.5 (.69)
13.5
(.53)
35
(1.38)
21 (.83)
31.5
(1.24)
22 (.87)
M12
1-3/4 Lg.
45 Lg.
43.5 (1.71)
29 (1.14)
31.5 (1.24)
40 Lg.
35.5 (1.40)
18 (.71)
27
(1.06)
1 BSP.F
Rc 1-1/4
20
(.79)
13 (.51)
27
(1.06)
F3-06-B -1190
F3-10-B -11
1-1/2 Lg.
23 (.91)
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
F3-10W-B -1190
3/8-16UNC
29 (1.14)
17.5 (.69)
F3-06-B -1180
F3-10W-B -1180
17 (.67)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
35 Lg.
3/8-16UNC
17.1 (.67)
14 (.55)
14 (.55)
Socket Head
Cap Screw
1/2-13UNC
17.5 (.69)
1-3/4 Lg.
SO-NB-G40
1.4 (3.1)
15 (.59)
M12
15.8 (.62)
1/2-13UNC
25 (.98)
M16
50 Lg.
53 (2.09)
2 Lg.
43.5 (1.71)
35
(1.28)
100
(3.94)
73
(2.87)
45 (1.77)
17.5
(.69)
43.5 (1.71)
50
(1.97)
5/8-11UNC
28.5 (1.12)
47.5 (1.87)
2-1/2 Lg.
SO-NB-G60
21 (.83)
39
(1.54)
60 Lg.
22 (.87)
2.7 (6.0)
M16
60 Lg.
22 (.87)
5/8-11UNC
24.5 (.96)
2-1/2 Lg.
70 (2.76)
36 (1.42)
44
(1.73)
140
(5.51)
103
(4.06)
72.5 (2.85)
24
(.94)
49
(1.93)
70 (2.76)
75
(2.95)
7/8-9UNC
38.6 (1.52)
80 Lg.
3-1/4 Lg.
5.8 (12.8)
SO-NB-G85
31 (1.22)
71 (2.80)
M22
20 (.79)
M22
80 Lg.
20 (.79)
33.6 (1.32)
7/8-9UNC
3-1/4 Lg.
Accessories
Kit Numbers
Surface should have

O-Ring
"J"Dia.
"L" Dia.
"J"Dia.
"C" Thd.
O-Ring

(4 Pcs.)
"C" Thd.
"N" Dia. Max.
"D"Sq.
"C" Thd.
"J"Dia.
"D" Sq.
Approx. Mass is the value including socket head cap screws (4 Pcs.).
823

The dimensions of the flange mounting surface are based
upon SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series).
Specifications
Maximum operation pressure varies with the type of pipe

connection or flange size. Refer to the applicable
installation drawings.
Threaded Connection
Socket Welding

F-
F5
-06
-A
-10
Material of Seal
Series Number
Flange Size
Type of Pipe Connection
Design Number
Design Standards
04W, 04, 06X

06, 08, 08W,10
None:
12, 16, 16W, 20

24, 28, 32
04, 06, 08
None:
Standard NBR
(Buna N) Seal
10
A: Threaded Connection
10, 12, 16
80:
20
04W, 04, 06
08, 10, 12
16, 16W, 20
24, 28, 32
F5
F:
FPM (Viton) Seal
(For Synthetic
Fluids)
90:
04W, 04, 06X

06, 08, 08W,10
12, 16, 16W, 20
24, 28, 32
None:
10
B: Socket Welding
04W, 04, 06
08, 10, 12
90:
16, 16W, 20,24

28, 32
04, 06, 08
10, 12, 16
10
C: Butt Welding
None:
90:
20
Three different design standards are available as shown below. Select the suitable design standard to your requirement.
Type of Pipe
Connection
Design
Standard
Threaded Connection

Pipe Socket Welding

Butt Welding
824
Pipe
Thread
Mounting Bolt
Rc
Metric Thd.
BSP.F
Metric Thd.
NPT
Unified Thd.

Metric Thd.
Unified Thd.
ACCESSORIES
Threaded Connection
: F5- -A-10
N. American Design Standard : F5- -A-1090
"J" Dia. Through
4 Places
Customers
Mounting Surface
"C" Thd.
Surface should have

a good machined finished.
"N" Dia. Max.
O-Ring
Soc. Hd Cap Screw

(4 Pcs.)
Dimensions
D
F5-04W-A-10
Rc 3/8
F5-04-A-10
Rc 1/2
F5-04W-A-1090
3/8 NPT
F5-04-A-1090
1/2 NPT
F5-06X-A-10
Rc 3/4
F5-06-A-10
F5-06-A-1090
3/4 NPT
F5-08W-A-10
Rc 3/4
F5-08-A-10
F5-08-A-1090
F5-10-A-10
F5-10-A-1090
F5-12-A-10
Rc 1
1 NPT
Rc 1-1/4
1-1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/2
F5-12-A-1090
1-1/2 NPT
F5-16W-A-10
Rc 1-1/2
F5-16-A-10
Rc 2
F5-16W-A-1090 1-1/2 NPT

F5-16-A-1090
F5-20-A-10
F5-20-A-1090
F5-24-A-10
F5-24-A-1090
F5-28-A-10
F5-28-A-1090
F5-32-A-10
F5-32-A-1090
2 NPT
Rc 2-1/2
2-1/2 NPT
Rc 3
3 NPT
Rc 3-1/2
3-1/2 NPT
Rc 4
4 NPT
Socket Head
Cap Screw
(4 Pcs.)
mm (Inches)
J
L
10
(.39)
54
38.1 8.8
30
40
17.5
(1.57) (2.13) (.689) (1.500) (.346) (1.18)
O-Ring
N
M8
40 Lg.
13
(.51)
14.5
(.57)
8.8
(.346)
15
30 (.59) 19
65
48
22.2
47.6
(.75)
(1.89) (2.56) (.874) (1.874) 11 (1.18)
(.433)
14.5
(.57)
15
11
30 (.59) 26
70
26.2
52.4
55
(1.02)
(2.17) (2.76) (1.031) (2.063) (.433) (1.18)
14.5
(.57)
11
17
80
30.2
58.7 (.433) 38 (.67) 32
64
(2.52) (3.15) (1.189) (2.311) 12 (1.50) 19.2 (1.26)
(.472)
(.76)
17
94
35.7
69.9 13.5 38 (.67) 38
72
(2.83) (3.70) (1.406) (2.752) (.531) (1.50) 19.2 (1.50)
(.76)
48
17 (1.89)
(.67) 51
(2.01)
102
42.9
77.8 13.5 38
85
(3.35) (4.02) (1.689) (3.063) (.531) (1.50)
48
19.2 (1.89)
(.76) 51
(2.01)
17
50.8
88.9 13.5 48 (.67) 63
102 114
(4.02) (4.49) (2.000) (3.500) (.531) (1.89) 21.8 (2.48)
(.86)
17
(.67) 76
61.9 106.4
116 135
(4.57) (5.31) (2.437) (4.189)
19.2 (2.99)
(.76)
17
69.9 120.7 17.5 53 (.67) 88
134 153
(5.28) (6.02) (2.752) (4.752) (.689) (2.09) 19.2 (3.46)
(.76)
17
(.67) 101
77.8 130.2
150 162
(5.91) (6.38) (3.068) (5.126)
19.2 (3.98)
(.76)
Recommended
Max.
1
Tightening
Operating Approx.
Pressure
Mass
Torque
MPa
kg (lbs.) (Tolerance 10%)
(PSI)
Nm (IN.lbs.)
SO-NB-P22
28
(4060)
0.5
(1.1)
35
(310)
5/16-18UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
M8
45 Lg.
M10
45 Lg.
35
(310)
SO-NB-G30
28
(4060)
0.7
(1.5)
SO-NB-G35
28
(4060)
0.9
(2.0)
68.5
(606)
SO-NB-G40
28
(4060)
1.2
(2.6)
68.5
(606)
SO-NB-G50
21
(3050)
1.5
(3.3)
118
(1044)
1.8
(4.0)
1.7
(3.8)
1.8
(4.0)
1.7
(3.8)
118
(1044)
SO-NB-G65
21
(3050)
17.5
(2540)
21
(3050)
17.5
(2540)
SO-NB-G75
17.5
(2540)
2.0
(4.4)
118
(1044)
3/8-16UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
M10
45 Lg.
68.5
(606)
3/8-16UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

M10
55 Lg.
7/16-14UNC 2-1/4 Lg.

M12
55 Lg.
1/2-13UNC 2-1/4 Lg.

SO-NB-G60
M12
55 Lg.
SO-NB-G65
SO-NB-G60
1/2-13UNC 2-1/4 Lg.
M12
65 Lg.
1/2-13UNC 2-3/4 Lg.

M16
70 Lg.
M16
70 Lg.
SO-NB-G100
5/8-11UNC x 2-3/4 Lg.

M16
70 Lg.
SO-NB-G115
5/8-11UNC x 2-3/4 Lg.
2.7
(6.0)
SO-NB-G85
5/8-11UNC x 2-3/4 Lg.
3.5
(510)
3.4
(7.5)
287
(2540)
3.7
(8.2)
Accessories
Kit
Numbers
Piping
Size
"C" Thd.
1. Approx. mass is the value including socket head cap screws (4 Pcs.).
2. The values of recommended tightening torque are for socket head cap screws and apply to when these flanges are used for pressure line.
825
Threaded Connection
F5- -A-1180
"J" Dia. Through
"K" C' bore "P" Deep
4 Places
D
Surface should have a

good machine finish.
O-Ring

(4 Pcs.)
Piping Size:
1/2 to 1-1/2
Kit
Numbers
Piping
Size
"C" Thd.
Dimensions
D
Piping Size:
2 & 2-1/2
mm (Inches)
K
Socket Head
Cap Screw
(4 Pcs.)
O-Ring
Max.
Approx.
Operating
Mass
Pressure
kg
MPa
(lbs.)
(PSI)
F5-04-A-1080 1/2 BSP.F
40
59
17.5 38.1 8.8 14 31 12.6 8.6 17
15
M8
(1.57) (2.32) (.689) (1.500) (.346) (.55) (1.22) (.50) (.34) (.67) (.59)
35 Lg. SO-NB-P22
28
(4060)
0.5
(1.1)
F5-06-A-1080 3/4 BSP.F
48
72
22.2 47.6
11 17.5 31 14.8 10.8 20
19
M10
(1.89) (2.83) (.874) (1.874) (.433) (.69) (1.22) (.58) (.43) (.79) (.75)
35 Lg. SO-NB-G30
28
(4060)
0.7
(1.5)
F5-08-A-1080
55
77
26.2 52.4
11 17.5 31 14.8 10.8 21
25
M10
(2.17) (3.03) (1.031) (2.063) (.433) (.69) (1.22) (.58) (.43) (.83) (.98)
35 Lg. SO-NB-G35
28
(4060)
0.9
(2.0)
F5-10-A-1080 1-1/4 BSP.F
64
83
30.2 58.7
11 17.5 39 16.8 10.8 22
32
M10
(2.52) (3.27) (1.189) (2.311) (.433) (.69) (1.54) (.66) (.43) (.87) (1.26)
45 Lg. SO-NB-G40
28
(4060)
1.2
(2.6)
F5-12-A-1080 1-1/2 BSP.F
72
99
35.7 69.9 13.5 21 41 17.5 13.5 22
38
M12
(2.83) (3.90) (1.406) (2.752) (.531) (.83) (1.61) (.69) (.53) (.87) (1.50)
45 Lg. SO-NB-G50
21
(3050)
1.6
(3.5)
F5-16-A-1080
85 107 42.9 77.8 13.5 21 41 17.5 13.5 31

50
M12
(3.35) (4.21) (1.689) (3.063) (.531) (.83) (1.61) (.69) (.53) (1.22) (1.97)
45 Lg. SO-NB-G65
17.5
(2540)
1.8
(4.0)
102 118 50.8 88.9 13.5 21 46 17.5 13.5 31

63
M12
(4.02) (4.65) (2.000) (3.500) (.531) (.83) (1.81) (.69) (.53) (1.22) (2.48)
50 Lg. SO-NB-G75
17.5
(2540)
1.9
(4.2)
1 BSP.F
2 BSP.F
F5-20-A-1080 2-1/2 BSP.F
R e c o m m e n d e d T ig h t e n in g T o r q u e
For Socket Head Cap Screw
Kit Numbers
F5-04-A-1080
Tightening Torque
Recommendation Nm (IN.lbs.) Tolerance
35 (310)
F5-06-A-1080
F5-08-A-1080
68.5 (606)
10%
F5-10-A-1080
F5-12-A-1080
F5-16-A-1080
118 (1044)
F5-20-A-1080
Note: The values of tightening torque above apply to when
these flanges are used for pressure line.
826
"S" Dia. Max.
0.3-0.5 mm
(.01-.02 IN.)
Customers
Mounting Surface
"C" Thd.
ACCESSORIES
Recommended Tightening Torque
Socket Welding
European Design Standard : F5- -B-10
N. American Design Standard : F5- -B-1090
Customers
Mounting
Surface
"J" Dia. Through

4 Places
K
Surface should have

"S" Dia. Max.
"N" Dia.
O-Ring
Kit Numbers
Piping
Size
D
F5-04W-B-10
3/8
F5-04W-B-1090
40
54
17.5 38.1
8.8
30
(1.57) (2.13) (.689) (1.500) (.346) (1.18)
F5-04-B-10
1/2
F5-04-B-1090
8.8
(.346)
F5-06X-B-10
F5-06-B-10
3/4
F5-06-B-1090
F5-08W-B-10
48
65
22.2 47.6
(1.89) (2.56) (.874) (1.874)
30
11 (1.18)
(.433)
3/4
F5-08-B-10
1
55
70
26.2 52.4
11
30
(2.17) (2.76) (1.031) (2.063) (.433) (1.18)
F5-08-B-1090
F5-10-B-10
1-1/4
F5-10-B-1090
F5-12-B-10
1-1/2
F5-12-B-1090
11
64
80
30.2 58.7 (.433)
38
(2.52) (3.15) (1.189) (2.311) 12 (1.50)
(.472)
38
72
94
35.7 69.9 13.5
(2.83) (3.70) (1.406) (2.752) (.531) (1.50)
F5-16W-B-10
1-1/2
F5-16W-B-1090
85
102
42.9 77.8 13.5
38
(3.35) (4.02) (1.689) (3.063) (.531) (1.50)
F5-16-B-10
2
F5-16-B-1090
F5-20-B-10
2-1/2
F5-20-B-1090
F5-24-B-10
3
F5-24-B-1090
F5-28-B-10
3-1/2
F5-28-B-1090
F5-32-B-10
4
F5-32-B-1090
Tolerance
35 (310)
68.5 (660)
10%
118 (1044)
287 (2540)
Note: The values of tightening torque above

apply to when these flanges are used for
pressure line.

(4 Pcs.)
F5-04W-B
F5-04-B
F5-06X-B
F5-06-B
F5-08W-B
F5-08-B
F5-10-B
F5-12-B
F5-16W-B
F5-16-B
F5-20-B
F5-24-B
F5-28-B
F5-32-B
Recommendation
Nm (IN.lbs.)
102
114
50.8 88.9 13.5
48
(4.02) (4.49) (2.000) (3.500) (.531) (1.89)
116
135
61.9 106.4 17.5
38
(4.57) (5.31) (2.437) (4.189) (.689) (1.50)
134
153
69.9 120.7 17.5
38
(5.28) (6.02) (2.752) (4.752) (.689) (1.50)
150
162
77.8 130.2 17.5
38
(5.91) (6.38) (2.063) (5.126) (.689) (1.50)
10
(.39)
14.5
(.57)
10
(.39)
14.5
(.57)
15
(.59)
17.8
(.701)
9
(.35)
11
(.43)
5/16-18UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

SO-NB-P22
M8 40 Lg.
19
(.75)
M10 45 Lg.
SO-NB-G30
3/8-16UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

27.7
12
(1.091) (.47)
34.5
14
14.5 (1.358) (.55)
(.57)
17
(.67) 43.2
16
19.2 (1.701) (.63)
(.76)
17
(.67) 49.1
18
19.2 (1.933) (.71)
(.76)
17
(.67) 49.1
18
19.2 (1.933) (.71)
(.76)
17
(.67) 61.1
20
19.2 (2.406) (.79)
(.76)
17
(.67) 77.1
22
21.8 (3.035) (.87)
(.86)
17
(.67) 90.0
25
19.2 (3.543) (.98)
(.76)
17
(.67) 102.8
28
19.2 (4.047) (1.10)
(.76)
17
(.67) 115.5 31.5
19.2 (4.547) (1.24)
(.76)
28
(4060)
0.5
(1.1)
28
(4060)
M8 45 Lg.
27.7
12
(1.091) (.47)
Max. Approx.
Operating Mass
Pressure
MPa(PSI) kg (lbs.)
5/16-18UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
14.5
(.57)
15
(.59)
O-Ring
M8 40 Lg.
13
(.51)
22.2
(.874)
Socket Head
Cap Screw
(4 Pcs.)
26
(1.02)
38
(1.50)
48
(1.89)
51
(2.01)
63
(2.48)
76
(2.99)
88
(3.46)
101
(3.98)
SO-NB-G35
M10 55 Lg.
14
(2030)
0.9
(2.0)
SO-NB-G40
14
(2030)
1.2
(2.7)
SO-NB-G50
14
(2030)
1.5
(3.3)
SO-NB-G60
21
(3050)
1.8
(3.7)
SO-NB-G65
10.5
(1520)
1.7
(3.8)
SO-NB-G75
7
(1020)
2.0
(4.4)
SO-NB-G85
3.5
(510)
2.7
(6.0)
SO-NB-G100
3.5
(510)
3.4
(7.5)
SO-NB-G115
3.5
(510)
3.7
(8.2)
7/16-14UNC 2-1/4 Lg.

M12 55 Lg.
1/2-13UNC 2-1/4 Lg.
M12 55 Lg.
1/2-13UNC 2-1/4 Lg.
M12 55 Lg.
1/2-13UNC 2-1/4 Lg.
M12 65 Lg.
1/2-13UNC 2-3/4 Lg.
M16 55 Lg.
5/8-11UNC 2-1/4 Lg.
M16 55 Lg.
5/8-11UNC 2-1/4 Lg.
M16 55 Lg.
5/8-11UNC 2-1/4 Lg.
0.7
(1.5)
28
(4060)
M10 45 Lg.
3/8-16UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

32
(1.26)
14
(2030)
L
Accessories
Tightening Torque
Kit Numbers
827
Butt Welding
Japanese Standard "JIS" & European Design Standard : F5- -C-10
N. American Design Standard : F5- -C-1090
K
"J" Dia. Through

4 Places
Customers
Mounting Surface
Surface should have
"S" Dia. Max.
"Q" Dia.
O-Ring

(4 Pcs.)
Kit Numbers
F5-04-C-10
F5-04-C-1090
F5-06-C-10
F5-06-C-1090
Piping
Size
F5-08-C-1090
F5-10-C-10
1-1/4
F5-10-C-1090
F5-12-C-10
1-1/2
F5-12-C-1090
F5-16-C-10
2
F5-20-C-10
F5-20-C-1090
48
65 22.2 47.6 11
41
3/4 (1.89)
(2.56) (.874) (1.874) (.433) (1.61)
F5-16-C-1090
40
54 17.5 38.1 8.8
39
1/2 (1.57)
(2.13) (.689) (1.500) (.346) (1.54)
F5-08-C-10
Socket Head
Cap Screw
(4 Pcs.)
55
70 26.2 52.4 11
42
(2.17) (2.76) (1.031) (2.063) (.433) (1.65)
11
80 30.2 58.7 (.433) 44
64
(2.52) (3.15) (1.189) (2.311) 12 (1.73)
(.472)
94 35.7 69.9 13.5 50
72
(2.83) (3.70) (1.406) (2.752) (.531) (1.97)
85 102 42.9 77.8 13.5 50

(3.35) (4.02) (1.689) (3.063) (.531) (1.97)
2-1/2 102 114 50.8 88.9 13.5 50

(4.02) (4.49) (2.000) (3.500) (.531) (1.97)
13
(.51)
14.8
(.58)
16
(.63)
19.1
(.75)
16
(.63)
19.1
(.75)
16
(.63)
19.1
(.75)
18
(.71)
16.1
(.63)
18
(.71)
16.1
(.63)
20
(.79)
19.5
(.77)
17 21.7 13
(.67) (.85) (.51)
19 27.2 19
(.75) (1.07) (.75)
26
19 34
(.75) (1.34) (1.02)
19 42.7 32
(.75) (1.68) (1.26)
22 48.6 38
(.87) (1.91) (1.50)
22 60.5 51
(.87) (2.38) (2.01)
25 76.3 63
(.98) (3.00) (2.48)
M8 30 Lg.
SO-NB-G30
28
(4060)
0.35
(.8)
SO-NB-G35
28
(4060)
0.45
(1.0)
SO-NB-G40
28
(4060)
0.63
(1.4)
SO-NB-G50
21
(3050)
1.3
(2.9)
SO-NB-G65
17.5
(2540)
1.3
(2.9)
SO-NB-G75
14
(2030)
1.4
(3.1)
M10 35 Lg.
3/8-16UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
M10 35 Lg.
7/16-14UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
M12 40 Lg.
1/2-13UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
M12 40 Lg.
1/2-13UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
M12 45 Lg.
Tightening Torque
Kit Numbers Recommendation
Tolerance
Nm (IN.lbs.)
35 (310)
68.5 (660)
10%
118 (1044)
Note: The values of tightening torque above

apply to when these flanges are used for
pressure line.
828
0.25
(.6)
3/8-16UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
Recommended Tightening Torque

F5-06-C
F5-08-C
F5-10-C
F5-12-C
F5-16-C
F5-20-C
28
(4060)
M10 35 Lg.
1/2-13UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
Max.
Approx.
Operating
Mass
Pressure
kg (lbs.)
MPa (PSI)
SO-NB-P22
5/16-18UNC 1-1/4 Lg.
F5-04-C
O-Ring
ACCESSORIES

The dimensions of the flange mounting surface are based
upon SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (High Pressure Series).
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Remarks
F6- -A- -10/1080/1090
31 (4500)
Threaded Connection
F6- -B- -10/1090
42 (6090)
Pipe Socket Welding
Threaded Connection
Socket Welding

F-
F6
-06
-A
-M
-10
Material
of Seal
Series
Number
Flange
Size
Type of Pipe
Connection
Type of
Mounting Bolt
Design
Number
04W, 04
06W, 06
08W, 08
10W, 10
12W, 12
04W, 04
06W, 06
08W, 08
10W, 10
12W, 12
None:
Standard NBR
(Buna N) Seal
F6
F:
FPM (Viton) Seal
(For Synthetic
Fluids)
None:
M: Metric Thd.
A:
Threaded
Connection
M: Metric Thd.
Design
Standards
10
80:
European Design
Standard
04W, 04
06W, 06
08W, 08
10W, 10
12W, 12
U: Unified Thd.
90:
N. American Design
Standard
04W, 04
06W, 06
08W, 08
10W, 10
12W, 12
M: Metric Thd.
None:
& European Design
Standard
04W, 04
06W, 06
08W, 08
10W, 10
12W, 12
B:
Pipe Socket
Welding
10
U: Unified Thd.
90:
N. American Design
Standard
Three different design standards are available as shown below. Select the suitable design standard to your requirement.
Design
Standard
Pipe
Thread
Mounting Bolt
Rc
Metric Thd.

Threaded Connection
BSP.F
Metric Thd.
NPT
Unified Thd.

Pipe Socket Welding

Metric Thd.
Unified Thd.
L
Accessories
Type of Pipe
Connection
829
Threaded Connection
: F6- -A-M-10
N. American Design Standard : F6- -A-U-1090
"J" Dia. Through

4 Places
"C" Thd.
Customers
Mounting Surface
"N" Dia. Max.
O-Ring
Soc. Head Cap Screw

(4 Pcs.)
Surface should have

Kit
Numbers
Piping
Size
"C" Thd.
F6-04W-A-M-10
Rc 3/8
F6-04-A-M-10
Rc 1/2
F6-04W-A-U-1090 3/8 NPT

F6-04-A-U-1090
1/2 NPT
F6-06W-A-M-10
Rc 1/2
F6-06-A-M-10
Rc 3/4
F6-06W-A-U-1090 1/2 NPT

F6-06-A-U-1090
D
18.2
40.5
48
56.5
8.8
(1.89) (2.22) (.717) (1.594) (.346)
SO-NB-P22
0.4
(.9)
35
(310)
SO-NB-G30
0.9
(2.0)
68.5
(606)
15
M12 45 Lg.
(.59)
16
M12 50 Lg.
(.63)
26
SO-NB-G35
18 (1.02)
7/16-14UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
(.71)
16.8
7/16-14UNC 2 Lg.
(.66)
1.1
(2.4)
118
(1044)
SO-NB-G40
1.3
(2.9)
118
(1044)
SO-NB-G50
1.5
(3.3)
287
(2540)
26
12.1
(1.02) (.48)
5/16-18UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
15
(.59)
23.8
50.8
57.5 77.5
11
30
(2.26) (3.05) (.937) (2.000) (.433) (1.18)
M10 45 Lg.
21
(.83)
14.5
(.57)
16
(.63)
34
16.8 (1.34)
(.66)
18.2
(.72)
21
(.83)
3/8-16UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
M12 50 Lg.
M12 55 Lg.
1/2-13UNC 2 Lg.
1/2-13UNC 2-1/4 Lg.
M16 55 Lg.
M16 60 Lg.
44
(1.73)
23.2
5/8-11UNC 2-1/4 Lg.
(.91)
24.5
5/8-11UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
(.96)
2. The values of recommended tightening torque are for socket head cap screws.
830
O-Ring
Recommended
1
Approx.
Tightening
Mass
Torque
Nm (IN.lbs.)
M8 40 Lg.
15
(.59)
3/4 NPT
Rc 3/4
12
28
(1.10) (.47)
30
(1.18)
34
F6-08-A-M-10
Rc 1
27.8
57.2
65
81
13.5 (1.34)
(2.56) (3.19) (1.094) (2.252) (.531) 26.5
F6-08W-A-U-1090 3/4 NPT
(1.04)
34
F6-08-A-U-1090
1 NPT
(1.34)
34
F6-10W-A-M-10
Rc 1
(1.34)
39
F6-10-A-M-10
Rc 1-1/4
31.8
66.7
72
95
13.5 (1.54)
(2.83) (3.74) (1.252) (2.626) (.531) 34
F6-10W-A-U-1090 1 NPT
(1.34)
39
F6-10-A-U-1090 1-1/4 NPT
(1.54)
34
F6-12W-A-M-10
Rc 1-1/4
(1.34)
39
F6-12-A-M-10
Rc 1-1/2
36.5
79.4
90
113
17.5 (1.54)
(3.54) (4.45) (1.437) (3.126) (.689) 34
F6-12W-A-U-1090 1-1/4 NPT
(1.34)
39
F6-12-A-U-1090 1-1/2 NPT
(1.54)
F6-08W-A-M-10
Socket Head
Cap Screw
(4 Pcs.)
ACCESSORIES
Threaded Connection
European Design Standard : F6- -A-M-1080
O-Ring
0.3-0.5 mm
(.01-.02 IN.)
Customers
Mounting Surface
"C" Thd.
"P" Dia. Max.
"J" Dia. Through

4 Places
D
Soc. Head Cap Screw

(4 Pcs.)
Surface should have

Kit
Numbers
Piping
Size
"C" Thd.
Dimensions
mm (Inches)
Socket Head
Cap Screw
(4 Pcs.)
Recommended
Approx.
Tightening
Mass
Torque
Nm (IN.lbs.)
1
O-Ring
14
28 12 (.55) 15 M8 40 Lg. SO-NB-P22
48 56.5 18.2 40.5 8.8
(1.89) (2.22) (.717) (1.594) (.346) (1.10) (.47) 17 (.59)
1/2 BSP.F
(.67)
F6-04W-A-M-1080 3/8 BSP.F

F6-04-A-M-1080
0.4
(.9)
35
(310)
17
11
30 15 (.67) 21 M10 45 Lg. SO-NB-G30 0.9
57.5 77.5 23.8 50.8
(2.0)
(2.26) (3.05) (.937) (2.000) (.433) (1.18) (.59) 20 (.83)
3/4 BSP.F
(.79)
68.5
(606)
30 15
27.8 57.2 13.5 (1.18) (.59)
65
81
(2.56) (3.19) (1.094) (2.252) (.531) 34 16
(1.34) (.63)
20
M12 45 Lg.
(.79) 26
SO-NB-G35 1.1
(2.4)
21 (1.02) M12 50 Lg.
(.83)
118
(1044)
34
31.8 66.7 13.5 (1.34) 16
72
95
(2.83) (3.74) (1.252) (2.626) (.531) 39 (.63)
1-1/4 BSP.F
(1.54)
21
M12 50 Lg.
(.83) 34
SO-NB-G40 1.3
(2.9)
22 (1.34) M12 55 Lg.
(.87)
118
(1044)
34
M16 55 Lg.
1.5
90 113 36.5 79.4 17.5 (1.34) 21 22 44
SO-NB-G50 (3.3)
(3.54) (4.45) (1.437) (3.126) (.689) 39 (.83) (.87) (1.73)
M16 60 Lg.
1-1/2 BSP.F
(1.54)
287
(2540)
F6-06W-A-M-1080 1/2 BSP.F

F6-06-A-M-1080
F6-08W-A-M-1080 3/4 BSP.F

F6-08-A-M-1080
F6-10W-A-M-1080
F6-10-A-M-1080
1 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
F6-12W-A-M-1080 1-1/4 BSP.F

F6-12-A-M-1080
2. The values of recommended tightening torque are for socket head cap screw.
Accessories
831
Socket Welding
Japanese Standard "JIS" & European Design Standard : F6- -B-M-10
N. American Design Standard : F6- -B-U-1090
"J" Dia. Through
4 Places
Customers
Mounting Surface
"Q" Dia. Max.
"N" Dia.
O-Ring
Soc. Head Cap Screw

(4 Pcs.)
Surface should have

Kit
Numbers
Piping
Size
D
F6-04W-B-M-10
3/8
F6-04W-B-U-1090
F6-04-B-M-10
1/2
F6-04-B-U-1090
28
(1.10)
26
48
56.5 18.2
40.5
8.8 (1.02)
(1.89) (2.22) (.717) (1.594) (.346) 28
(1.10)
26
(1.02)
F6-06W-B-M-10
1/2
F6-06W-B-U-1090
30
57.5 77.5 23.8
50.8
11
(2.26) (3.05) (.937) (2.000) (.433) (1.18)
F6-06-B-M-10
3/4
F6-06-B-U-1090
F6-08W-B-M-10
3/4
F6-08W-B-U-1090
F6-08-B-M-10
1
F6-08-B-U-1090
30
(1.18)
26.5
65
81
27.8
57.2 13.5 (1.04)
(2.56) (3.19) (1.094) (2.252) (.531) 30
(1.18)
26.5
(1.04)
F6-10W-B-M-10
1
F6-10W-B-U-1090
34
72
95
31.8
66.7 13.5
(2.83) (3.74) (1.252) (2.626) (.531) (1.34)
F6-10-B-M-10
1-1/4
F6-10-B-U-1090
F6-12W-B-M-10
1-1/4
F6-12W-B-U-1090
34
90
113 36.5
79.4 17.5
(3.54) (4.45) (1.437) (3.126) (.689) (1.34)
F6-12-B-M-10
1-1/2
F6-12-B-U-1090
L
12
(.47)
12.1
(.48)
12
(.47)
12.1
(.48)
15
(.59)
14.5
(.57)
15
(.59)
14.5
(.57)
15
(.59)
18
(.71)
15
(.59)
18
(.71)
16
(.63)
16.8
(.66)
16
(.63)
16.8
(.66)
21
(.83)
23.2
(.91)
21
(.83)
23.2
(.91)
15
(.59)
11
22.2
(.874) (.43)
5/16-18UN C 1-1/2 Lg.

SO-NB-P22
0.4
(.9)
35
(310)
SO-NB-G30
0.9
(2.0)
68.5
(606)
SO-NB-G35
1.1
(2.4)
118
(1044)
SO-NB-G40
1.3
(2.9)
118
(1044)
SO-NB-G50
1.5
(3.3)
287
(2540)
M8 40 Lg.
5/16-18UN C
1-1/2 Lg.
M10 45 Lg.
11
22.2
(.874) (.43)
21
(.83)
12
27.7
(1.091) (.47)
3/8-16UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

M10 45 Lg.
3/8-16UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
M12 45 Lg.
12
27.7
(1.091) (.47)
26
(1.02)
14
34.5
(1.358) (.55)
7/16-14UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

M12 45 Lg.
7/16-14UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
M12 50 Lg.
14
34.5
(1.358) (.55)
34
(1.34)
16
43.2
(1.701) (.63)
1/2-13UNC 2 Lg.
M12 50 Lg.
1/2-13UNC 2 Lg.
M16 55 Lg.
16
43.2
(1.701) (.63)
44
(1.73)
5/8-11UNC 2-1/4 Lg.

M16 55 Lg.
5/8-11UNC 2-1/4 Lg.
2. The values of recommended tightening torque are for socket head cap screws.
832
O-Ring
Recommended
1
Approx.
Tightening
Mass
Torque
Nm (IN.lbs.)
M8 40 Lg.
17.8
9
(.701) (.35)
18
49.1
(1.933) (.71)
Socket Head
Cap Screw
(4 Pcs.)
Size of O-Ring
Data Sheet
(Conformed to "JIS B 2401")
SO-NA/NB-P
SO-FA/FB-P
SO-NA/NB-G
SO-FA/FB-G
O-ring Symbol
SO N A P 90
ID
Size
Classification by use
P: For Moving (Packing)
G: For Fixing (Gasket)
Durometer
A: A70
B: A90
Material
N: Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
F: Fluororubber (FPM)
O-Ring
P 3
P 4
P 5
P 6
P 7
P 8
P 9
P 10
P 10A
P 11
P 1 1 .2
P 12
P 1 2 .5
P 14
P 15
P 16
P 18
P 20
P 21
P 22
P 22A
P 2 2 .4
P 24
P 25
P 2 5 .5
P 26
P 28
P 29
P 2 9 .5
P 30
P 31
P 3 1 .5
P 32
P 34
P 35
P 3 5 .5
P 36
P 38
P 39
P 40
P 41
P 42
P 44
P 45
P 46
P 48
P 49
P 50
P 48A
P 50A
P 52
P 53
P 55
P 56
P 58
P 60
P 62
P 63
P 65
P 67
P 70
P 71
P 75
P 80
P 85
SO-N
NA/ NB- P SO-F
FA/ FB-P
P
ID
2.8
3.8
4.8
5.8
6.8
7.8
8.8
9.8
9 .8
1 0 .8
1 1 .0
1 1 .8
1 2 .3
1 3 .8
1 4 .8
1 5 .8
1 7 .8
1 9 .8
2 0 .8
2 1 .8
2 1 .7
2 2 .1
2 3 .7
2 4 .7
2 5 .2
2 5 .7
2 7 .7
2 8 .7
2 9 .2
2 9 .7
3 0 .7
3 1 .2
3 1 .7
3 3 .7
3 4 .7
3 5 .2
3 5 .7
3 7 .7
3 8 .7
3 9 .7
4 0 .7
4 1 .7
4 3 .7
4 4 .7
4 5 .7
4 7 .7
4 8 .7
4 9 .7
4 7 .6
4 9 .6
5 1 .6
5 2 .6
5 4 .6
5 5 .6
5 7 .6
5 9 .6
6 1 .6
6 2 .6
6 4 .6
6 6 .6
6 9 .6
7 0 .6
7 4 .6
7 9 .6
8 4 .6
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
.110
.150
.189
.228
.268
.307
.346
.386
.3 8 6
.4 2 5
.4 3 3
.4 6 5
.4 8 4
.5 4 3
.5 8 3
.6 2 2
.7 0 1
.7 8 0
.8 1 9
.8 5 8
.8 5 4
.8 7 0
.9 3 3
.9 7 2
.9 9 2
1 .0 1 2
1 .0 9 1
1 .1 3 0
1 .1 5 0
1 .1 6 9
1 .2 0 9
1 .2 2 8
1 .2 4 8
1 .3 2 7
1 .3 6 6
1 .3 8 6
1 .4 0 6
1 .4 8 4
1 .5 2 4
1 .5 6 3
1 .6 0 2
1 .6 4 2
1 .7 2 0
1 .7 6 0
1 .7 9 9
1 .8 7 8
1 .9 1 7
1 .9 5 7
1 .8 7 4
1 .9 5 3
2 .0 3 1
2 .0 7 1
2 .1 5 0
2 .1 8 9
2 .2 6 8
2 .3 4 6
2 .4 2 5
2 .4 6 5
2 .5 4 3
2 .6 2 2
2 .7 4 0
2 .7 8 0
2 .9 3 7
3 .1 3 4
3 .3 3 1
W
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
1.9
(.075)
Size
Number
2.4
3.5
5.7
(.094)
(.138)
(.224)
P 90
P 95
P 100
P 102
P 105
P 110
P 112
P 115
P 120
P 125
P 130
P 132
P 135
P 140
P 145
P 150
P 150A
P 155
P 160
P 165
P 170
P 175
P 180
P 185
P 190
P 195
P 200
P 205
P 209
P 210
P 215
P 220
P 225
P 230
P 235
P 240
P 245
P 250
P 255
P 260
P 265
P 270
P 275
P 280
P 285
P 290
P 295
P 300
P 315
P 320
P 335
P 340
P 355
P 360
P 375
P 385
P 400
SO-N
NA/ NB -P
P SO-F
FA/ FB -P
P
ID
8 9 .6
9 4 .6
9 9 .6
1 0 1 .6
1 0 4 .6
1 0 9 .6
1 1 1 .6
1 1 4 .6
1 1 9 .6
1 2 4 .6
1 2 9 .6
1 3 1 .6
1 3 4 .6
1 3 9 .6
1 4 4 .6
1 4 9 .6
1 4 9 .5
1 5 4 .5
1 5 9 .5
1 6 4 .5
1 6 9 .5
1 7 4 .5
1 7 9 .5
1 8 4 .5
1 8 9 .5
1 9 4 .5
1 9 9 .5
2 0 4 .5
2 0 8 .5
2 0 9 .5
2 1 4 .5
2 1 9 .5
2 2 4 .5
2 2 9 .5
2 3 4 .5
2 3 9 .5
2 4 4 .5
2 4 9 .5
2 5 4 .5
2 5 9 .5
2 6 4 .5
2 6 9 .5
2 7 4 .5
2 7 9 .5
2 8 4 .5
2 8 9 .5
2 9 4 .5
2 9 9 .5
3 1 4 .5
3 1 9 .5
3 3 4 .5
3 3 9 .5
3 5 4 .5
3 5 9 .5
3 7 4 .5
3 8 4 .5
3 9 9 .5
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
3 .5 2 8
3 .7 2 4
3 .9 2 1
4 .0 0 0
4 .1 1 8
4 .3 1 5
4 .3 9 4
4 .5 1 2
4 .7 0 9
4 .9 0 6
5 .1 0 2
5 .1 8 1
5 .2 9 9
5 .4 9 6
5 .6 9 3
5 .8 9 0
5 .8 8 6
6 .0 8 3
6 .2 8 0
6 .4 7 6
6 .6 7 3
6 .8 7 0
7 .0 6 7
7 .2 6 4
7 .4 6 1
7 .6 5 7
7 .8 5 4
8 .0 5 1
8 .2 0 9
8 .2 4 8
8 .4 4 5
8 .6 4 2
8 .8 3 9
9 .0 3 5
9 .2 3 2
9 .4 2 9
9 .6 2 6
9 .8 2 3
1 0 .0 2 0
1 0 .2 1 7
1 0 .4 1 3
1 0 .6 1 0
1 0 .8 0 7
1 1 .0 0 4
1 1 .2 0 1
1 1 .3 9 8
1 1 .5 9 4
1 1 .7 9 1
1 2 .3 8 2
1 2 .5 7 9
1 3 .1 6 9
1 3 .3 6 6
1 3 .9 5 7
1 4 .1 5 4
1 4 .7 4 4
1 5 .1 3 8
1 5 .7 2 8
W
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
Data Sheet
5.7
8.4
(.224)
(.331)
Size
Number
G 25
G 30
G 35
G 40
G 45
G 50
G 55
G 60
G 65
G 70
G 75
G 80
G 85
G 90
G 95
G100
G105
G110
G115
G120
G125
G130
G135
G140
G145
G150
G155
G160
G165
G170
G175
G180
G185
G190
G195
G200
G210
G220
G230
G240
G250
G260
G270
G280
G290
G300
SO-N
NA/ NB -G
G SO-F
FA/ FB-G
G
ID
2 4 .4
2 9 .4
3 4 .4
3 9 .4
4 4 .4
4 9 .4
5 4 .4
5 9 .4
6 4 .4
6 9 .4
7 4 .4
7 9 .4
8 4 .4
8 9 .4
9 4 .4
9 9 .4
1 0 4 .4
1 0 9 .4
1 1 4 .4
1 1 9 .4
1 2 4 .4
1 2 9 .4
1 3 4 .4
1 3 9 .4
1 4 4 .4
1 4 9 .3
1 5 4 .3
1 5 9 .3
1 6 4 .3
1 6 9 .3
1 7 4 .3
1 7 9 .3
1 8 4 .3
1 8 9 .3
1 9 4 .3
1 9 9 .3
2 0 9 .3
2 1 9 .3
2 2 9 .3
2 3 9 .3
2 4 9 .3
2 5 9 .3
2 6 9 .3
2 7 9 .3
2 8 9 .3
2 9 9 .3
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
.9 6 1
1 .1 5 7
1 .3 5 4
1 .5 5 1
1 .7 4 8
1 .9 4 5
2 .1 4 2
2 .3 3 9
2 .5 3 5
2 .7 3 2
2 .9 2 9
3 .1 2 6
3 .3 2 3
3 .5 2 0
3 .7 1 7
3 .9 1 3
4 .1 1 0
4 .3 0 7
4 .5 0 4
4 .7 0 1
4 .8 9 8
5 .0 9 4
5 .2 9 1
5 .4 8 8
5 .6 8 5
5 .8 7 8
6 .0 7 5
6 .2 7 2
6 .4 6 9
6 .6 6 5
6 .8 6 2
7 .0 5 9
7 .2 5 6
7 .4 5 3
7 .6 5 0
7 .8 4 6
8 .2 4 0
8 .6 3 4
9 .0 2 8
9 .4 2 1
9 .8 1 5
1 0 .2 0 9
1 0 .6 0 2
1 0 .9 9 6
1 1 .3 9 0
1 1 .7 8 3
W
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
3.1
(.122)
5.7
(.224)
L
Data Sheet
Size
Number
833
Size of O-Ring
Data Sheet
(Conformed to "AS568A")
SO-NA/NB-A
SO-FA/FB-A
O-r ing Symbol
SO N A A 012
Size
ID
A: Conformed to AS568A
Durometer
A: A70
B: A90
Material
N: Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
F: Fluororubber (FPM)
O-Ring
Size
Number
A006
A007
A008
A009
A010
A011
A012
A013
A014
A015
A016
A017
A018
A019
A020
A021
A022
A023
A024
A025
A026
A027
A028
A029
A030
A031
A032
A033
A034
A035
A036
A037
A038
A039
A040
A041
A042
A043
A044
A045
A046
A047
A048
A049
A050
A110
A111
A112
A113
A114
A115
A116
A117
A118
A119
A120
A121
A122
A123
A124
A125
A126
A127
A128
A129
A130
A131
A132
A133
A134
834
SO-N
NA/ NB-A
A SO- FA/ FB-A
A
ID
2.90
3.68
4.47
5.28
6.07
7.65
9.25
10.82
12.42
14.00
15.60
17.17
18.77
20.35
21.95
23.52
25.12
26.70
28.30
29.87
31.47
33.05
34.65
37.82
41.00
44.17
47.35
50.52
53.70
56.87
60.05
63.22
66.40
69.57
72.75
75.92
82.27
88.62
94.97
101.32
107.67
114.02
120.37
126.72
133.07
9.19
10.77
12.37
13.94
15.54
17.12
18.72
20.29
21.89
23.47
25.07
26.64
28.24
29.82
31.42
32.99
34.59
36.17
37.77
39.34
40.94
42.52
44.12
45.69
47.29
( .114 )
( .145 )
( .176 )
( .208 )
( .239 )
( .301 )
( .364 )
( .426 )
( .489 )
( .551 )
( .614 )
( .676 )
( .739 )
( .801 )
( .864 )
( .926 )
( .989 )
( 1.051 )
( 1.114 )
( 1.176 )
( 1.239 )
( 1.301 )
( 1.364 )
( 1.489 )
( 1.614 )
( 1.739 )
( 1.864 )
( 1.989 )
( 2.114 )
( 2.239 )
( 2.364 )
( 2.489 )
( 2.614 )
( 2.739 )
( 2.864 )
( 2.989 )
( 3.239 )
( 3.489 )
( 3.739 )
( 3.989 )
( 4.239 )
( 4.489 )
( 4.739 )
( 4.989 )
( 5.239 )
( .362 )
( .424 )
( .487 )
( .549 )
( .612 )
( .674 )
( .737 )
( .799 )
( .862 )
( .924 )
( .987 )
( 1.049 )
( 1.112 )
( 1.174 )
( 1.237 )
( 1.299 )
( 1.362 )
( 1.424 )
( 1.487 )
( 1.549 )
( 1.612 )
( 1.674 )
( 1.737 )
( 1.799 )
( 1.862 )
W
Size
Number
1.78
2.62
(.070 )
(.103 )
A135
A136
A137
A138
A139
A140
A141
A142
A143
A144
A145
A146
A147
A148
A149
A150
A151
A152
A153
A154
A155
A156
A157
A158
A159
A160
A161
A162
A163
A164
A165
A166
A167
A168
A169
A170
A171
A172
A173
A174
A175
A176
A177
A178
A210
A211
A212
A213
A214
A215
A216
A217
A218
A219
A220
A221
A222
A223
A224
A225
A226
A227
A228
A229
SO-N
NA/ NB-A
A SO-F
FA/ FB-A
A
ID
48.90
50.47
52.07
53.64
55.24
56.82
58.42
59.99
61.60
63.17
64.77
66.34
67.94
69.52
71.12
72.69
75.87
82.22
88.57
94.92
101.27
107.62
113.97
120.32
126.67
133.02
139.37
145.72
152.07
158.42
164.77
171.12
177.47
183.82
190.17
196.52
202.87
209.22
215.57
221.92
228.27
234.62
240.97
247.32
18.64
20.22
21.82
23.39
24.99
26.57
28.17
29.74
31.34
32.92
34.52
36.09
37.69
40.87
44.04
47.22
50.39
53.57
56.74
59.92
( 1.925 )
( 1.987 )
( 2.050 )
( 2.112 )
( 2.175 )
( 2.237 )
( 2.300 )
( 2.362 )
( 2.425 )
( 2.487 )
( 2.550 )
( 2.612 )
( 2.675 )
( 2.737 )
( 2.800 )
( 2.862 )
( 2.987 )
( 3.237 )
( 3.487 )
( 3.737 )
( 3.987 )
( 4.237 )
( 4.487 )
( 4.737 )
( 4.987 )
( 5.237 )
( 5.487 )
( 5.737 )
( 5.987 )
( 6.237 )
( 6.487 )
( 6.737 )
( 6.987 )
( 7.237 )
( 7.487 )
( 7.737 )
( 7.987 )
( 8.237 )
( 8.487 )
( 8.737 )
( 8.987 )
( 9.237 )
( 9.487 )
( 9.737 )
( .734 )
( .796 )
( .859 )
( .921 )
( .984 )
( 1.046 )
( 1.109 )
( 1.171 )
( 1.234 )
( 1.296 )
( 1.359 )
( 1.421 )
( 1.484 )
( 1.609 )
( 1.734 )
( 1.859 )
( 1.984 )
( 2.109 )
( 2.234 )
( 2.359 )
Data Sheet
Size
Number
2.62
3.53
(.103 )
(.139)
A230
A231
A232
A233
A234
A235
A236
A237
A238
A239
A240
A241
A242
A243
A244
A245
A246
A247
A248
A249
A250
A251
A252
A253
A254
A255
A256
A257
A258
A259
A260
A261
A262
A263
A264
A265
A266
A267
A268
A269
A270
A271
A272
A273
A274
A901
A902
A903
A904
A905
A906
A907
A908
A909
A910
A911
A912
A913
A914
A916
A918
A920
A924
A928
A932
SO-N
NA/ NB-A
A SO-F
FA/ FB-A
A
ID
63.09
66.27
69.44
72.62
75.79
78.97
82.14
85.32
88.49
91.67
94.84
98.02
101.19
104.37
107.54
110.72
113.89
117.07
120.24
123.42
126.59
129.77
132.94
136.12
139.29
142.47
145.64
148.82
151.99
158.34
164.69
171.04
177.39
183.74
190.09
196.44
202.79
209.14
215.49
221.84
228.19
234.54
240.89
247.24
253.59
4.70
6.07
7.64
8.92
10.52
11.89
13.46
16.36
17.93
19.18
21.92
23.47
25.04
26.59
29.74
34.42
37.46
43.69
53.09
59.36
( 2.484 )
( 2.609 )
( 2.734 )
( 2.859 )
( 2.984 )
( 3.109 )
( 3.234 )
( 3.359 )
( 3.484 )
( 3.609 )
( 3.734 )
( 3.859 )
( 3.984 )
( 4.109 )
( 4.234 )
( 4.359 )
( 4.484 )
( 4.609 )
( 4.734 )
( 4.859 )
( 4.984 )
( 5.109 )
( 5.234 )
( 5.359 )
( 5.484 )
( 5.609 )
( 5.734 )
( 5.859 )
( 5.984 )
( 6.234 )
( 6.484 )
( 6.734 )
( 6.984 )
( 7.234 )
( 7.484 )
( 7.734 )
( 7.984 )
( 8.234 )
( 8.484 )
( 8.734 )
( 8.984 )
( 9.234 )
( 9.484 )
( 9.734 )
( 9.984 )
( .185 )
( .239 )
( .301 )
( .351 )
( .414 )
( .468 )
( .530 )
( .644 )
( .706 )
( .755 )
( .863 )
( .924 )
( .986 )
( 1.047 )
( 1.171 )
( 1.355 )
( 1.475 )
( 1.720 )
( 2.090 )
( 2.337 )
3.53
(.139)
1.42
1.63
1.63
1.83
1.83
1.98
2.08
2.21
2.46
2.46
( .056 )
( .064 )
( .064 )
( .072 )
( .072 )
( .078 )
( .082 )
( .087 )
( .097 )
( .097 )
2.95
(.116 )
3.00
(.118 )
SAE J1926-1
Data Sheet
SAE Straight Thread O-Ring Port

For 950 (N. American) Design Standard
63
(1.6
45
A Dia.
X
B Dia.
45
(3.2
126
Max. R .016
(Max. R0.4)
R .004 - .008
(R0.1 - 0.2)
Detail X
DIMENSIONS IN
INCHES (MILLIMETRES)
Dimensions Inch (mm)

Nominal
Tube OD
Thread Size
.002
O-Ring Size
(Hs 90)
+.015
0
+0.4
0
Max.
Min.
Dash
Size
Inch
-2
1/8
5/16-24 UNF-2B
.669 (17)
.360 ( 9.15)
.075 (1.9)
.063 (1.6)
.394 (10)
12
AS568-902
-3
3/16
3/8-24 UNF-2B
.748 (19)
.423 (10.75)
.075 (1.9)
.063 (1.6)
.394 (10)
12
AS568-903
-4
1/4
7/16-20 UNF-2B
.827 (21)
.490 (12.45)
.094 (2.4)
.063 (1.6)
.453 (11.5)
12
AS568-904
-5
5/16
1/2-20 UNF-2B
.906 (23)
.553 (14.05)
.094 (2.4)
.063 (1.6)
.453 (11.5)
12
AS568-905
-6
3/8
9/16-18 UNF-2B
.984 (25)
.618 (15.7)
.098 (2.5)
.063 (1.6)
.453 (11.5)
12
AS568-906
-8
1/2
3/4-16 UNF-2B
1.181 (30)
.813 (20.65)
.098 (2.5)
.095 (2.4)
.500 (12.7)
15
AS568-908
-10
5/8
7/8-14 UNF-2B
1.339 (34)
.945 (24)
.098 (2.5)
.095 (2.4)
.563 (14. 3)
15
AS568-910
-12
3/4
1-1/16-12 UN-2B
1.614 (41)
1.150 (29.2)
.130 (3.3)
.095 (2.4)
.657 (16.7)
15
AS568-912
-14
7/8
1-3/16-12 UN-2B
1.772 (45)
1.276 (32.4)
.130 (3.3)
.095 (2.4)
.748 (19)
15
AS568-914
-16
1- 5/16-12 UN-2B
1.929 (49)
1.400 (35.55)
.130 (3.3)
.126 (3.2)
.748 (19)
15
AS568-916
-20
1-1/4
1- 5/8-12 UN-2B
2.283 (58)
1.715 (43.55)
.130 (3.3)
.126 (3.2)
.748 (19)
15
AS568-920
-24
1-1/2
1-7/8-12 UN-2B
2.559 (65)
1.965 (49.9)
.130 (3.3)
.126 (3.2)
.748 (19)
15
AS568-924
-32
2-1/2-12 UN-2B
3.465 (88)
2.589 (65.75)
.130 (3.3)
.126 (3.2)
.748 (19)
15
AS568-932
Min.
(0.05)
If face of boss is on a machined surface, dimensions A and D need not apply as long as corner radius R .0004 - .0008 inches
(R 0.1 - 0.2 mm) is maintained.
Data Sheet
Data Sheet
835
Worldwide
Affiliated Companies and Distributors
CHINA
Yuci Yuken Hydraulics Co., Ltd.
Jingwei Road 256, Yuci, Jinzhong City,
Shanxi Province P.C. 030600
Tel. 354-2427866Fax. 354-2421606
URL http://yuciyuken.com/
E-mail xsb@yuciyuken.com
(Norway)
(Sweden)
(Denmark)
(United Kingdom)
(Ireland)
(Netherland)
(Poland)
(Austria)
(Switzerland)
(France)
Irkutsk
(Turkey)
(Spain)
Yuci
(Portugal)
UNITED KINGDOM
Dalian
Seoul
Zhangjiagang
(Egypt)
Yuken (U.K.) LTD.

51 Spindus Road,
Speke Hall Industrial Estate,
Liverpool L24 1YA
Tel. 0151-486-4696
Fax. 0151-486-3537
URL http://www.yuken.co.uk
E-mail office@yuken.co.uk
Busan
Shanghai
Hangzhou
Ningbo
Taipei
Foshan Shenzhen Taichung
Tainan
Hanoi Hong Kong
New Delhi
Kolkata
Mumbai
Bangkok
Bangalore
Colombo
Yuken Kogyo(H.K.)
Service Center
Manila
HCMC
Ipoh
Kuala Lumpur
Singapore
Jakarta
INDIA
Yuken India Ltd.
(Head Office)
P.B.No.16, Whitefield Road,
Whitefield, Bangalore-560 066
Tel. 080-28452262
Fax. 080-28452261
URL http://www.yukenindia.com
E-mail enquiry@yukenindia.com
Yuken Kogyo(H.K.)
Service Center
(South Africa)
(New Delhi Office)

26, Community Centre, Mayapuri,
Phase-1, New Delhi 110 064
Tel. 011-28115545 Fax. 011-28115452
(Kolkata Office)
Indra Prastha,46A, Madan Mohan
Malaviya, Sarani,
(Formerly Chakraberia Road, North),
Ground Floor, Kolkata 700 020.
Tel. 033-24544345 Fax. 033-24544348
Brisbane
HONG KONG
(Mumbai Office)
H-4 Ansa Industrial Estate,
Saki Vihar Road, Sakinaka,
Mumbai-400 072
Tel. 022-28472011 Fax. 022-28472012
(Bangalore Office)
B-80, 2nd Cross, 1st Phase
Peenya Industrial Area,
Bangalore-560 058.
Tel. 080-28390225Fax. 080-28390224
Yuken Kogyo (H.K.) Co., Ltd.

Flat 20, 7F., Block B
Focal Industrial Centre,
21 Man Lok Street,
Hung Hom, Kowloon, Hong Kong
Tel. 2362-2355
Fax. 2765-7612
E-mail yuken@yuken.com.hk
EUROPE
AUSTRIA
NETHERLAND
RUSSIA
TURKEY
Eurofluid Hydraulik GmbH.,

Europastr. 5,
A-3442 Tulln-Langenrohr
Tel. 2272-66990
Fax. 2272-66991
Motrac Hydrauliek B. V.
Dambroek 2
7223 DV Baak
Postbus 24
7200AA
Zutphen
Tel. 0575-448844
Fax. 0575-448866
ZAO Enerprom-Mikuni
P.O. box 718, 28
Starokuzmikhinskaya str.,
Irkutsk, Russia, 664033
Tel. 3952-211-541
Fax. 3952-255-797
Mert Teknik Fabrika Malzemeleri

Ticaret ve Sanayi A.S.
Tersane Cad No.43, (34420)
Karakoy-Istanbul
Tel. 212-252-8435
Fax. 212-245-6369
SPAIN
UNITED KINGDOM
Keelavite
Ctra. Billabona-Asteasu, Km. 3
Tel. 943 69 27 00
Fax. 943 69 17 75
Servitec Industriales Tecnicos SA
Poligono Industrial Palmones-11
Gondola-12
Los Barrios(Cadiz) 11379
Tel. 05-5667-7361
Fax. 05-5667-7903
East Yorkshire Hydraulics Ltd.

Units 4B / 4C Harpings Rd.,
National Avenue, Hull HU5 4JF
Tel. 01482-440222
Fax. 01482-440225
Ovalway Hydraulic
Engineering Ltd.
11, Cannon Park Road,
Cannon Park, Middlesbrough,
Cleveland, TS1 5JU
Tel. 01642-247106
Fax. 01642-241874
DENMARK
Hydro Service
Glarmester Vej 18, DK-6710 Esberg
Tel. 75 155855
Fax. 75 155093
FRANCE
DHPS Sarl
1 Impasse Du Jardin Renard,
95110 Sannois
Tel. 01-3026-2626
Fax. 01-3025-2737
IRELAND
Hydraulic Consultants &
Service Ltd.
Unit 3
Ballymount Court Business Centre
Ballymount Road
Walkinstown Dublin
Tel. 1-4565871
Fax. 1-4508080
836
NORWAY
A/S Hydranor
Withs Gate 11, N-3600 Kongsberg
Tel. 32865656
Fax. 32865655
POLAND
Masterpol
Przedsiebiorstwo ProdukcyjnoHandlowe, 60-167 Poznanul,
Olesnicka 15
Tel. 061-8685911
Fax. 061-8689355
PORTUGAL
Fluidraulica-Eq. Hydraulicos
LDA,
Meaes-Lousado 11, VN Famalicao,
4760 Lousado
Tel. 252-316215
Fax. 252-316280
SWEDEN
P & N Hydraulics
Ostra Zinkgatan 3
SE-271
Ystad
Tel. 0411-186 58
Fax. 0411-186 58
SWITZERLAND
Oelhydraulik Hagenbuch AG.
Risching 1 Ch-6030 Ebikon LU
Tel. 041-444-1200
Fax. 041-444-1201
KOREA
Yuken Korea Co., Ltd.
(Head Office)
Rm 210, Asia Bld., 413-49,
Shindorim-Dong, Guro-Gu,
Seoul, 152-887
Tel. (02)2675-2110
Fax. (02)2675-2104
URL http://www.yuken.co.kr
E-mail: mc.jo1220@yuken.co.kr
ALA Industries, Ltd. has a sales
network in U.S.A. and Canada
consisting of many distributors.
(Busan Office)
#557-10 Gwaebeop-Dong,
Sasang-Gu,
Busan 617-809
Tel. (04)2359-2712
Fax. (04)2359-2096
NORTH, CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA
JAPAN
MEXICO
ALA Industries, Ltd.

1150 Southpoint CR Ste D
Valparaiso, IN 46385 - 6236 U.S.A.
Tel. 219-465-4197
Fax. 219-477-4194
E-mail ala@yuken.org
Yukme S.A.De C.V.

Zaragoza No.7,
Col. Sta. Ana Tlapaltitlan
C.P. 50160, Toluca, EDO.
DE Mexico
Tel. 722-270-5282
Fax. 722-270-9349
Yuken North American Service

Center
Servo Kinetics, Inc.
3716 Plaza Drive Ann Arbor MI
48108 U.S.A.
Tel. 734-996-4996
Fax. 734-668-6630
Bear Fluid Power
34612 Centaur Clinton Township,
Ml 48035, U.S.A.
Tel. 586-792-2800
Fax. 586-792-2882
Yuken North American

Service Center
(Indiana)
U.S.A./CANADA
(Michigan)
Mexico
YUKEN KOGYO CO., LTD.
CANADA
International Sales Department:

(Tokyo Office)
Hamamatsucho Seiwa Bldg.
4-8, Shiba-Daimon 1-Chome,
Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-0012
Tel. +81-3-3432-2110
Fax. +81-3-3436-2344
URL http://www.yuken.co.jp
E-mail int.bd@yuken.co.jp
Drive Products Inc.

1665 Shawson Drive, Mississauga,
Ontario, Canada, L4W 1T7
Tel. 905-564-5800
Fax. 905-564-5799
Sao Paulo
ARGENTINA
Distritec S.A.
Av.85 No.1113
(B1650 HWG) San Martin,
Buenos Aires
Tel. 11-4754-6000
Fax. 11-4755-9093
BRAZIL
Yutec Hidraulica Ltda.
Rua Tiburcio de Souza, 1621,
Itaim Paulista
Sao Paulo S.P.
CEP:08140-000
Tel. 011-6568-6400
Fax. 011-6568-7327
Hidracomp Componentes
Hidraulicos Ltda.
Rua Dr. Edgard Magalhaes
Noronha, 704-Vila Nova York,
CEP 03480-000 Sao Paulo S.P.
Tel. 011-6721-1113
Fax. 011-6721-9302
Buenos Aires
TAIWAN
Yuken Hydraulics(T.W)
Co., Ltd.
(Head Office)
NO.12, 7th Road, Taichung
Industrial Park, Taichung
Tel. 04-2359-3077
Fax. 04-2359-8813
URL http://www.yuken.com.tw
E-mail office@yuken.com.tw
(Taipei Office)
1F, No.97, Wun Ming Road,
Guei Shan Township,
Taoyuan County
Tel. 03-328-3628
Fax. 03-328-3242
AFRICA
ASIA & AUSTRALIA/NEW ZEALAND

CHINA
INDONESIA
TAIWAN
Hy South Tech (SHENGZHEN)

Co., Ltd.
Room 2806, 28/F., News Bldg.,
Shennan Rd.,Shenzhen 518027
Tel. 755-82091466
Fax. 755-82091966
Hy Industry (HANGZHOU) Co.,
Ltd.
19/F Kaiser Commercial Center,
No.11 Qingchun Rd.,
Hangzhou
Tel. 571-87225088
Fax. 571-87225066
Dalian Yuken Trading Co., Ltd.
Room 1210B, Rainbow Building,
No.23 Renmin Road,
Zhongshan District, Dalian
Tel. 411-39869128
Fax. 411-39869127
Yuken Kogyo (Zhangjiagang)
Trading Co., Ltd.
No.9 Xin Jing Xi Road,
Zhangjiagang City, Jiangsu
Tel. 512-5816-2355
Fax. 512-5816-5199
P.T. Samudra Teknindo

Hydraumatic
Jl. Prof. Latumenten,
Hasbilan
No.35,
Jakarta Barat 11220.
Tel. 021-630 8889
Fax. 021-630 8989
San Shin Co., Ltd.

59 Cheng Kung Road, Tainan
Tel. 06-223-4191
Fax. 06-220-0218
Shinhsing Trading Co., Ltd.
No.16, Lane 313
Fu Hsing N.Road. Taipei
Tel. 02-2712-2190
Fax. 02-2712-7173
EGYPT
E. M. A. Co.,
292 Ramsis 2 Extension
Nasr City, Cairo
Tel. 2-3865509
Fax. 2-3865509
SOUTH AFRICA
Ernest Lowe (Pty) Ltd.
6 Skew Road Boksburg North 1460
P.O. Box 6357,
Dunswart, 1508
Tel. 011-8944281
Fax. 011-8943267
Yuken Kogyo (H.K.) Service

Center
Yuken Kogyo (Ningbo) Hydraulic
Technology Company Limited
1/F, Block D, No. 143,
Qi Xin Road, Jiang Dong Hi-Tech
Park, Jiang Dong, Ningbo,Zhejiang
Tel. 0574-87928836
Fax. 0574-87929773
Yuken Kogyo (Foshan)
Hydraulic Service Co., Ltd.
2B of Block No.9, Jin Qiao
Industry City, No.9 Xin Yue Road,
Wu Sha, Daliang, Shunde District,
Foshan City, Guangzhou
Tel. 757-2280-5066
Fax. 757-2280-5068
MALAYSIA
Mega Engineering (M) Sdn.Bhd.
No.45, Jalan Perindustrian
Silibin 1, Kawasan Perindustrian
Ringan Silibin 30100 Ipoh, Perak
Tel. 05-5279823
Fax. 05-5272711
PHILIPPINES
L&L Optimum Commercial Corp.
Lot 39 Blk. 15 Basswood St.,
Greenwoods, Pasig City
Tel. 2-642-4895
Fax. 2-643-9241
SINGAPORE
Taknas Engineering (Pte.) Ltd.
Block 6 No.102, Pandan Loop
Jurong, Singapore 128310
Tel. 67775856
Fax. 67796711
AB Hydramec Pte, Ltd.
188, Tagore Lane, Singapore 787584
Tel. 64532766
Fax. 64539377
SRI LANKA
Yuken India Ltd.
(Sri Lanka Branch Office)
No.15, Col. T G Jayawardana
Mawatha, Colombo 03
Tel. 011-2564037
THAILAND
Chavanan Corporation Limited
156 Sukhumvit 55 Road,
Klongton Nua, Vadhana,
Bangkok 10110
Tel. 2714-9088
Fax. 2381-1832
VIET NAM
Thang Long Tech Co., Ltd.
82 Le Thnh Nghi Str,
Hai Ba Trung Dist, Hanoi
Tel. 4-623-0117
Fax. 4-623-0116
Thuy-Khi-Dien R.T.
165/40 Nguyen Thai Binh Str.,
Dist 1, HCM City
Tel. 8-8218613
Fax. 8-8218614
AUSTRALIA/NEW ZEALAND
ACT Corporation (Australia) Pty. Ltd.
5 Woorabinda Street, Runcorn
QLD4113, Australia
Tel. 07-3841-5788
Fax. 07-3841-4088
837
Engineering Information
Catalogue
August, 1991 First Edition
March, 2008 Edition 11
Publisher
Yuken Kogyo Co., Ltd.

Sales Planning Division,
Products Publicity Section
4-8, Shiba-daimon 1 Chome,
Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-0012, Japan
TEL: 81-3-3432-2113
FAX: 81-3-3436-2344
Printer
See code number on back cover
Please address your inquiries regarding

this catalogue to the International Sales
Department
TEL: 81-3-3432-2110
FAX: 81-3-3436-2344

Yuken Catalog PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Yuken Catalog PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hydraulic Equipment Catalogue

Please note before using this catalogue:

N. American Design Standard

"80" Design Standard

"90" Design Standard

"950" Design Standard

Pressure Gauge Connection

SAE Straight Thread

"80" European design standard

Minor Design No.

"90" N. American design standard

3. Precautions for Operation

an imminent danger that is very

1. Precautions for Use

2. Precautions for Installation, Removal, and Maintenance

1 Never operate any device in an environment

Head Office and Sagami Plant

Sagami Plant Front Gate

R&D Centre Design Room

Outline of the Company

HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT CATALOGUE

AR Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ..........15

Single Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ..............................................................33

PV2R Series Single Vane Pumps ............................................................................163

Remote Control Relief Valves ....................................................................................203

Flow Control (and Check) Valves ..............................................................................277

Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves ............331

Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..........................378

005 Series Modular Valves ........................................................................................517

Directional/Directional & Flow Control Logic Valves ..............................................650

PROPORTIONAL ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC CONTROLS 655

Series Hybrid Components, Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Controls ................656

High-Speed Linear Servo Valves ................................................................................798

CJT Series Standard Hydraulic Cylinders ..................................................................806

HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS / POWER PACKAGES

Energy-Saving Hydraulic Units and Controllers ........................................................810

ACCESSORIES & Others

Affiliated Companies and Distributors ....................................836

Model Number Index

AMN-G: Power Amplifiers for Shockless Type

E-YM: Energy-saving Hydraulic Units YM-e Pack

FCG: Flow Control and Check Valves ..........................277

MBK-01: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 1/8 Modular

MSB-005: 005 Throttle and Check Modular Valves

SK1091: Power Amplifiers for Proportional Directional

PV2R1, 2, 3, 4: PV2R Series Single Vane Pumps......163

UBGR: Brake Valves ....................................................271

Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps ...................................... P27

Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps .......................... P117

High Pressure: 35 MPa (5080 PSI)

Available in a wide range of displacements

"AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

"A" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

"A3H" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

Use petroleum base oils such as anti-wear type hydraulic

Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over

When installing the pump the filling port should be positioned

Install drain piping according to the chart and ensure that

[Recommended Drain Piping Size]

Permissible suction pressure at inlet port of the pump is

Japnese Std. "JIS" &

[Inside Dia. 8.5 mm (.33 in.) or more]